This is something that can't be answered, as it depends on the use case and your personal preference.
-
-
Here we will provide some suggestions and try to explain why we recommend these settings. Adjust it to your liking, and keep in mind that it is only a suggestion.
+
+
Here we will provide some suggestions and try to explain why we recommend these settings. Adjust it to your liking, and keep in mind that it is only a suggestion.
-
Warning
-
Some settings are only visible for Plex Pass holders.
+
Some settings are only visible for Plex Pass holders.
All changes need to be done on your Plex Media Server.
-
+
Why didn't you cover option .... ?
-
We will only cover settings that we think might be interesting or are personal preference, if you would like me to cover some other settings, please contact me on
+
We will only cover settings that we think might be interesting or are personal preference, if you would like to see other settings covered, please contact us on
Settings
@@ -3773,7 +3835,7 @@
TIP - Autoscan - [Click to show/hide]
-
If for some reason ex. your operating systems don’t provide this trigger or your storage is mounted on a network (SMB/NFS/Cloud Storage) or your library just doesn't automatically scan, or is just plain impractical, You might want to consider using autoscan. IBRACORP (A Youtube channel we collaborate with) has a video explaining it in further detail.
+
In some cases, an operating system may not support this trigger - for example, if your storage is mounted on a network (SMB/NFS/Cloud Storage). In other cases, you may just find that your library doesn't automatically scan on its own. In these cases, you could consider using autoscan. IBRACORP (A Youtube channel we collaborate with) has a video explaining it in further detail.
Please don't forget to check out his other Unraid Videos HERE
@@ -3813,6 +3875,13 @@
Suggested: Enabled
This makes sure it uses fewer resources and ensures they do not interfere with regular streaming.
+
Marker source
+
+
Credits markers can be generated locally and/or retrieved via an online database. Online markers may not always exist, if this preference is set to 'both' then any locally detected markers are submitted anonymously back to the online database for future use.
+
+
Suggested: both, try online first
+
If you notice that the markers don't match your releases try local detection only.
+
Generate video preview thumbnails
This option creates a series of preview thumbnails from a media item when it is analyzed. These images are used by some Plex apps when you move back and forward in an app with the timeline scrubber. They’ll also be displayed in Now Playing when someone is streaming from you so that you can see where they are in the video.
@@ -3838,6 +3907,22 @@
or
Suggested: as a scheduled task and when media is added
+
Generate credits video markers
+
+
+
Suggested: as a scheduled task
+
or
+
Suggested: as a scheduled task and when media is added
+
+
Generate voice activity data
+
+
This allows the server to analyze the audio stream to detect voice activity for movies and episodes. The analysis must be run on the video before it’s possible to make use of auto-syncing for that video.
+
+
Suggested: as a scheduled task
+
or
+
Suggested: as a scheduled task and when media is added
Chapter thumbnails provide images in the chapter view on supported apps. They can take a little time to generate and consume very minor additional disk space.
@@ -3846,6 +3931,14 @@
or
Suggested: as a scheduled task and when media is added
+
Database Cache Size (MB)
+
Set the size of the main database cache, in MB. The default value is 40 and should be sufficient for just about every user. Increasing much beyond the default value is likely to only benefit users with extremely large media collections (as in, hundreds of thousands of episodes or music tracks).
+
+
Suggested: 1024
+
or
+
Suggested: 2048
+
These results are provided by users from our community
+
Network
Enable IPv6 support
@@ -3953,6 +4046,15 @@
Note
Plex’s tone mapping support should generally be able to produce good color mapping and help avoid the “washed-out” colors that occur when converting HDR content without tone mapping.
+
Tonemapping Algorithm
+
+
Plex Media Server owners can choose which tone mapping algorithm is used when transcoding HDR content to SDR. Note: this feature is not yet available on Intel-based Windows systems.
+
+
Suggested: hable
+
This is a personal preference depending on what you prefer
+- hable: Preserve both dark and bright details better than reinhard, at the cost of slightly darkening everything. Use it when detail preservation is more important than color and brightness accuracy.
To use Hardware-Accelerated Streaming in Plex Media Server.
@@ -3965,6 +4067,16 @@
Suggested: Enabled
+
Hardware transcoding device
+
The GPU or other hardware device that will be used for transcoding. The default setting will have the Auto option selected. If you have multiple devices capable of hardware-accelerated transcoding (e.g. both an integrated and discrete GPU), you can select a particular device.
+
+
Suggested: Whichever device you wish to use for hardware transcoding
+
+
Maximum simultaneous video transcode
+
Set the maximum number of transcoding sessions that you will allow simultaneously. For instance, if you only want to allow two transcodes to happen at any one time (even if your computer is capable of more), you can set the value to 2.
+
+
Suggested: However many your setup is capable of
+
Manage
@@ -3986,7 +4098,7 @@
-
I will only cover the library settings for Movies and TV shows
+
We will only cover the library settings for Movies and TV shows
Movies
@@ -4051,6 +4163,34 @@ If you want you could disable it, the choice is yours.
+
+
+
+
Enable credits detection
+
In some cases, you may have more than one library and perhaps it doesn’t make sense to do this detection for all of your libraries. For any individual library, you can choose whether or not content in that library is included in detecting credits.
+
+
Suggested: Enabled
+
If Enable credits detection is disabled, then content from that library will not be included for analysis. Disabling for the library will also prevent the skip credits button from appearing and any skip credits behavior such as minimizing even if the markers have already been detected
+
+
+
+
Ad detection
+
+
Suggested: For all items
+
+
+
+
Enable voice activity detection
+
Depending if you want to make use of Auto-Sync Subtitles.
+
+
Suggested: Enabled
+
If you want to make use of Auto-Sync Subtitles for this library
+
or
+
Suggest: Disabled
+
If you don't want to make use of Auto-Sync Subtitles for this library
+
+
+
TV
@@ -4064,8 +4204,17 @@ If you want you could disable it, the choice is yours.
-
How episodes are named on disk. If your naming follows The MovieDB or TheTVDB choose that here.
-
Use season titles when available.
+
+
Episode ordering
+
This depends on how episodes are named on the disk.
+
+
Suggested: TheTVDB
+
Sonarr fully relies on TheTVDB for the naming scheme.
+
+
+
+
Use season titles when available.
+
When scanning this library, use local posters and artwork if present. (Local subtitles files will be used whether this is enabled or not)
@@ -4101,25 +4250,46 @@ If you want you could disable it, the choice is yours.
This deletes the preview thumbnails it generated before you disabled this option
+
+
+
+
+
Generate intro detection for items in this library when enabled in server settings.
+
+
Suggested: Enabled
+
Have you ever watched a TV show, and it starts playing that same minute and a half credits intro that you've already seen multiple times? Well, you can have your Plex Media Server analyze your TV shows to try and detect those introductions, and then let you skip through them with a single click!
+
+
-
If you want to show your Collection in your library
+
Enable credits detection
+
In some cases, you may have more than one library and perhaps it doesn’t make sense to do this detection for all of your libraries. For any individual library, you can choose whether or not content in that library is included in detecting credits.
-
Suggested: Disabled
-
When Disabled your tv show will show up normally when you use library view, This doesn't mean it will disable the collection view.
+
Suggested: Enabled
+
If Enable credits detection is disabled, then content from that library will not be included for analysis. Disabling for the library will also prevent the skip credits button from appearing and any skip credits behavior such as minimizing even if the markers have already been detected
-
Generate intro detection for items in this library when enabled in server settings.
+
Ad detection
+
+
Suggested: For all items
+
+
+
+
Enable voice activity detection
+
Depending if you want to make use of Auto-Sync Subtitles.
Suggested: Enabled
-
Ever watch a TV show and it starts playing that same minute and a half credits intro that you've already watched multiple times? Well, you can have your Plex Media Server analyze the TV shows to try and detect those introductions and then let you skip through them with a single click!
+
If you want to make use of Auto-Sync Subtitles for this library
+
or
+
Suggest: Disabled
+
If you don't want to make use of Auto-Sync Subtitles for this library
-
For the information in this guide, we made use of the following sources
+
For the information in this guide, we made use of the following sources.
-
Information we gathered from Several Discord servers
+
Information we gathered from Several Discord servers and our own community
@@ -4155,7 +4325,7 @@ If you want you could disable it, the choice is yours.
- June 27, 2024 22:11:19
+ November 1, 2024 12:00:02
diff --git a/Plex/Tips/images/manage-libraries-movies-part5.png b/Plex/Tips/images/manage-libraries-movies-part5.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..954d63f59
Binary files /dev/null and b/Plex/Tips/images/manage-libraries-movies-part5.png differ
diff --git a/Plex/Tips/images/manage-libraries-tv-part2.png b/Plex/Tips/images/manage-libraries-tv-part2.png
index 4006b2478..2a128d0f5 100644
Binary files a/Plex/Tips/images/manage-libraries-tv-part2.png and b/Plex/Tips/images/manage-libraries-tv-part2.png differ
diff --git a/Plex/Tips/images/manage-libraries-tv-part4.png b/Plex/Tips/images/manage-libraries-tv-part4.png
index 1034ba92e..4f5262092 100644
Binary files a/Plex/Tips/images/manage-libraries-tv-part4.png and b/Plex/Tips/images/manage-libraries-tv-part4.png differ
diff --git a/Plex/Tips/images/manage-libraries-tv-part5.png b/Plex/Tips/images/manage-libraries-tv-part5.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..82bc86b9c
Binary files /dev/null and b/Plex/Tips/images/manage-libraries-tv-part5.png differ
diff --git a/Plex/Tips/images/settings-library-generate-credits-video-markers.png b/Plex/Tips/images/settings-library-generate-credits-video-markers.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bcd0ef0e1
Binary files /dev/null and b/Plex/Tips/images/settings-library-generate-credits-video-markers.png differ
diff --git a/Plex/Tips/images/settings-library-generate-intro-video-markers.png b/Plex/Tips/images/settings-library-generate-intro-video-markers.png
index 4c0b6fa07..0a2ee8834 100644
Binary files a/Plex/Tips/images/settings-library-generate-intro-video-markers.png and b/Plex/Tips/images/settings-library-generate-intro-video-markers.png differ
diff --git a/Plex/Tips/images/settings-library-generate-voice-activity-data.png b/Plex/Tips/images/settings-library-generate-voice-activity-data.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5a59152ae
Binary files /dev/null and b/Plex/Tips/images/settings-library-generate-voice-activity-data.png differ
diff --git a/Plex/Tips/images/settings-library-marker-source.png b/Plex/Tips/images/settings-library-marker-source.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8e98bcda2
Binary files /dev/null and b/Plex/Tips/images/settings-library-marker-source.png differ
diff --git a/Plex/Tips/images/settings-transcoder-hardware-transcoding-device.png b/Plex/Tips/images/settings-transcoder-hardware-transcoding-device.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..eeb1cc87a
Binary files /dev/null and b/Plex/Tips/images/settings-transcoder-hardware-transcoding-device.png differ
diff --git a/Plex/Tips/images/settings-transcoder-tonemapping-algorithm.png b/Plex/Tips/images/settings-transcoder-tonemapping-algorithm.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9f94684dc
Binary files /dev/null and b/Plex/Tips/images/settings-transcoder-tonemapping-algorithm.png differ
diff --git a/search/search_index.json b/search/search_index.json
index 5851ad192..3c0e85c91 100644
--- a/search/search_index.json
+++ b/search/search_index.json
@@ -1 +1 @@
-{"config":{"lang":["en"],"separator":"[\\s\\-]+","pipeline":["stopWordFilter"]},"docs":[{"location":"","title":"TRaSH-Guides","text":"
TRaSH Guides, Guides that aren't trash.
Here you will find guides mainly for Sonarr/Radarr/Bazarr and everything related to it.
"},{"location":"#how-this-all-started","title":"How this all started","text":"
When I started using Sonarr/Radarr, I noticed that it didn't grab the releases that I wanted (I'm a bit picky about which releases and what quality I prefer). I decided to fine-tune my quality profile settings to try and get the releases and qualities I preferred. While on Discord, I noticed that others ran into the same issue, so I explained how I managed to solve this. Once I started having to explain more often, I decided to write it down and make it public so I could easily link to it when needed. After a while, I also decided to create guides for frequently asked questions and started to collect all kinds of information gathered from various sources. I try to make my guides as easy as possible for everyone to understand and, in my opinion, pictures often explain more than just some text.
The information provided in the guides has been gathered from different sources such as support forums, Reddit, Discord, or the development teams themselves, and has been developed based on user input. I have tested and tuned most things with the ultimate goal being to have them in line with my, and sometimes others', needs.
All of the information provided in these guides, as well as in Discord or any guides-related mediums, is to be used at your own risk. I am not responsible if something happens to your setup or collection!
"},{"location":"thnx/","title":"Thanks for the Coffee","text":""},{"location":"Bazarr/","title":"Bazarr","text":""},{"location":"Bazarr/#basic-guides","title":"Basic guides","text":"
For Installation and the basics of Bazarr, please check the official Bazarr Wiki.
For Support specific related to Bazarr we suggest you join their official Discord Support server.
Some of these guides were started by us and are now maintained by the Bazarr team.
Basic-Guide - The basic set up needed to get started with Bazarr (external link to the official most up-to-date Bazarr guide).
After Install Configuration - Bazarr only searches for subtitles for Episodes and Movies that are added after the install, So you will need to set the preferred languages for your existing Shows and Movies. (external link to the official most up-to-date Bazarr guide).
Suggested Scoring - Suggested scores that would work with the most common languages, with this scoring 99% of your downloaded subtitles should be the correct ones for your release.
Scripts - The start of a collection of community-provided and maintained scripts for Bazarr, that only should be used if you have a specific need for it.
After you've installed everything it's best to check all of your settings,
Warning
Bazarr only searches for subs of Episodes and Movies that are added after the installation.
So you will need to set the preferred languages for your existing Shows and Movies.
In this example, we will show you how to do that with a series.
click on Mass Edit
Select all.
Select the Language Profile you created earlier.
Click on Save.
Then go back to your Movies home screen and do the same for your Movies. If you've done it correctly you will get something that looks like the following screenshot with your preferred languages.
You just set up Bazarr and wonder which scoring you should use/set up for your subtitles and sync?
We're going to suggest a scoring for what would work with the most common languages, with this scoring 99% of your downloaded subs should be the correct ones for your release.
Setting it too low could result in bad subs or completely out of sync and un-syncable.
This score is the minimal score that the subs should match for your release, settings this too low could result in bad subs or completely out of sync and un-syncable.
This score is the minimal score that the subs should match for your release, settings this too low could result in bad subs or completely out of sync and un-syncable.
Enable Automatic Subtitles Synchronization in step 3.
Enable Series Score Threshold in step 4 and set the score to 96.1
Enable Movies Score Threshold in step 5 and set the score to 86.1
This will set the Synchronization Score Threshold, meaning at which score Bazarr will sync the subtitles.
Info
The synchronization is \"best effort\", based on the following.
it uses the embedded subtitles track as a reference, if not present.
it needs to extract the audio track and analyze it to define the start of sentence markers.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
Why not set the Synchronization Score to max? It's kinda useless to start with why would you want to try to sync perfectly matching subs in the first place?
We noticed that when setting it to high 98-100 we would get subs that are actually 1 second to slow/fast.\u00a0\u21a9\u21a9
In this guide we will try to explain the basic setup you need to do to get started with Bazarr. For a more detailed few of all the setting check the following LINK.
Before Bazarr works we need to set up and configure a few settings.
After installation and starting up, you open a browser and go to http://ip_where_installed:6767.
Enter the hostname or the IP address of the computer running your Sonarr instance.
Info
Be aware that when using Bazarr in docker, you cannot reach another container on the same Docker host using the loopback address (ex.: 127.0.0.1 or localhost). Loopback address refers to the Bazarr Docker container, not the Docker host.
Enter the TCP port of your Sonarr instance. Default is 8989.
Sonarr uses the Base URL ONLY if used with a \"Reverse Proxy\" (ex: Nginx Proxy Manager or SWAG) and MUST have a leading slash if it is needed (ex: /sonarr).
Info
If you don't use a reverse proxy or don't know what it is leave this empty!!!
Enter your Sonarr API key here.
Enable this if your Sonarr instance is exposed through SSL.
Info
Not needed if you reach it with a local IP address.
Click the Test button after filling in all the fields. Make sure the test is successful before you proceed.
Select the minimum score (in percentage) required for a subtitle file to be downloaded.
Info
Are your subs often out of sync or just bad? Raise the score!
Episodes from series with those tags (case sensitive) in Sonarr will be excluded from automatic downloading of subtitles. In Sonarr you add a custom tag to a show, in this case the shows with these tags will be ignored by Bazarr.
Episodes from series with these types in Sonarr will be excluded from automatic downloading of subtitles.
Options: Standard, Anime, Daily
Automatic downloading of subtitles will only happen for monitored shows/episodes in Sonarr.
You should only use this section if Sonarr and Bazarr use a different path to access the same files.
(for example if you run Sonarr on a different device than Bazarr or have a Synology and mix packages with Docker.)
Click on Add and you will get an extra option
Here you enter the path that Sonarr uses to access your shows.
Here you enter the path that Bazarr uses to access your shows.
Warning
IF YOU HAVE THE SAME VALUES ON BOTH SIDES THEN YOU DON'T NEED IT!!!
IT SHOULD ALSO BE REMOVED OR ELSE YOU WILL GET AN ERROR.
Info
If everything runs on Docker you normally don't need to use this except if you got messed up paths and then it would be smarter to fix those first to have consistent and well-planned paths.
Please take a look at TRaSH's Hardlink Tutorial https://trash-guides.info/hardlinks
Enter the hostname or the IP address of the computer running your Radarr instance.
Info
Be aware that when using Bazarr in docker, you cannot reach another container on the same Docker host using the loopback address (ex.: 127.0.0.1 or localhost). Loopback address refers to the Bazarr Docker container, not the Docker host.
Enter the TCP port of your Radarr instance. Default is 7878.
Radarr uses the Base URL ONLY if used with a \"Reverse Proxy\" (ex: Nginx Proxy Manager or SWAG) and MUST have a leading slash if it is needed (ex: /radarr).
Info
If you don't use a reverse proxy or don't know what it is leave this empty!!!
Enter your Radarr API key here.
Enable this if your Radarr instance is exposed through SSL.
Info
Not needed if you reach it with a local IP address.
Click the Test button after filling in all the fields. Make sure the test is successful before you proceed.
Select the minimum score (in percentage) required for a subtitle file to be downloaded.
Info
Are your subs often out of sync or just bad? Raise the score!
Movies with those tags (case sensitive) in Radarr will be excluded from the automatic downloading of subtitles. In Radarr you add a custom tag to a movie.
Automatic downloading of subtitles will only happen for monitored movies in Radarr.
You should only use this section if Radarr and Bazarr use a different path to access the same files.
(for example, if you run Radarr on a different device than Bazarr or have a Synology and mix packages with Docker.)
Click on Add and you will get an extra option
Here you enter the path that Radarr uses to access your movies.
Here you enter the path that Bazarr uses to access your movies.
Warning
IF YOU GOT THE SAME VALUES ON BOTH SIDES THEN YOU DON'T NEED IT!!!
IT SHOULD ALSO BE REMOVED OR ELSE YOU WILL GET AN ERROR.
Info
If everything runs on Docker you normally don't need to use this except if you got messed up paths and then it would be smarter to fix those first to have consistent and well-planned paths.
Please take a look at TRaSH's Hardlink Tutorial https://trash-guides.info/hardlinks
**We don't recommend enabling the Single Language option unless required (ie: media player not supporting language code in subtitles filename). Results may vary.
Be aware the language code (ex.: en) is not going to be included in the subtitles file name when enabling this.**
Here you select which languages you want for your subtitles, you can just start typing your language name and it will show you what's available.
These languages are the subtitle languages you later use for the Languages Profiles
In this example, we've selected Dutch and English.
Click on Add to add the languages you enabled earlier in Subtitle Language.
Select the languages you want to enable for your profile (Including the optional settings).
Forced => FAQ - What are Forced Subtitles
HI => Hearing Impaired
Exclude Audio => Exclude if matching audio
Optional select the cutoff where you want Bazarr to stop downloading other languages.
Save your settings.
Cutoff
So you can have a profile that states: English, Dutch, German, French With cutoff Dutch, if it finds Dutch, it will download it and call it a day. If no Dutch is found it will continue searching the other languages till Dutch is found.
Here we're going to select which subtitle providers you want to use.
Settings => Providers
Click on the Plus sign box.
Select the subtitle providers you would like to enable. It is best to select multiple providers and create/use an account with them especially when you got a lot of wanted subtitles. Some subtitle providers require an extra paid Anti-Captcha Service.
Your enabled providers.
Tip
If possible don't forget to support them for their free service
Basic-Setup - Basic set up of the most common settings.
Using Labels - Labels are the equivalent of categories for qBittorrent, and how you can manage and organize your torrents in groups. Starr apps can use labels in Deluge to keep track of downloads to monitor, rather than watching every torrent in your client.
Port forwarding - Where in your download client you should add the port you've port forwarded with your VPN Service.
Tips - Several tips/tweaks for Deluge.
Plugins - Here you will find a list of included and available plugins that may be useful.
Thin Client - How to set up the Thin-Client to manage Deluge.
unRAID Mover and Deluge - How to move your files from your cache drive to your array when torrents are still seeding.
The default path setup suggested by some docker developers that encourages people to use mounts like /movies, /tv, /books or /downloads is very suboptimal and it makes them look like two or three file systems, even if they aren\u2019t (Because of how Docker\u2019s volumes work). It is the easiest way to get started. While easy to use, it has a major drawback. Mainly losing the ability to hardlink or instant move, resulting in a slower and more I/O intensive copy + delete is used.
But you're able to change this, by not using the pre-defined/recommended paths like:
Download to is where you want you want Deluge to download your media. If you want to move your files upon completion - check the box and enter a path for that option as well.
Pre-allocate disk space for the added torrents. This limits fragmentation and also makes sure if you use a cache drive or a feeder disk, that the space is available.
Suggested: Enabled
Warning
Do not set Pre-allocated disk space if you are using ZFS as your filesystem as ZFS does not support fallocate
ATTENTION
You set your download location in your download client
Your download client ONLY downloads to your download folder/location.
And you tell Radarr where you want your clean media library
Starr Apps import from your download location (copy/move/hardlink) to your media folder/library
Plex, Emby, JellyFin, or Kodi should ONLY have access to your media folder/library
Your Download and Media Library should be **NEVER the same locations**
Here you can set your rate limits, meaning your maximum download/upload/connections.
Info
In Deluge, the value of -1 is used for \"infinity\" or \"unlimited\".
The best settings depend on many factors.
Your ISP speed.
Your hardware.
Bandwidth needed by other services in your home network.
Suggested: For a home connection that you use with others it's best practice to set the upload/download rate to about 70-80% of your maximum upload/download speed.
I recommend using the seeding goals in your Starr Apps indexer settings (enable advanced) to remove completed downloads. These sections are then not necessary.
You can configure your network protocols in this section. Depending on which type of tracker you use, some of these will be beneficial while on other trackers (private) it will put you at risk of being banned/disabled.
Warning
Please read this section carefully.
UPnP and NAT-PMP should be both disabled in your router, as well as in Deluge, as they can pose security risks.
Suggested: Disabled
Public trackers can benefit from having settings like DHT (Distributed Hash Table) and Peer Exchange (PEX) enabled. These protocols rely on sources besides the trackers to get peers. The following settings are recommended ONLY for public trackers.
Suggested: Recommended
Decent private trackers will use the \"private flag\" and ignore these settings by default. However, it is strongly recommended that you use the following settings if you use private trackers. Almost all private trackers have rules stating that you must disable DHT, PEX, and LSD/LPD (Local Peer Discovery). Failing to do so puts your account at risk of being disabled.
Finally, you will want to enable some plugins. There are plenty of plugins on the Deluge community forums to browse once you are familiar with the client, but for the time being, we will only be covering the WebUI and Label plugins to get started.
Tip
If you are familiar with the client and plugins you can find more information here
Info
If you are running a docker container, such as binhex's image, the WebUI plugin may not need to be enabled. Instead, it may be configured in the container.
Once you have enabled the WebUI plugin, it will appear in your Preferences menu list, and you will need to enable the web interface and set the port you want the WebUI to listen on.
Info
The default WebUI password is deluge and you can change that in preferences inside the WebUI once you access it through your browser.
The Label plugin will allow you to categorize/sort your torrents. You can assign one Label per torrent. Starr apps can also use Deluge's labels to help them keep track of downloads and imported torrents.
Labels are a valuable tool, if used properly, to keep your torrents managed and organized.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Deluge is an open-source cross-platform torrent client written in Python. It has been around since 2006 and offers many features that, while niche, many consider to be critical to their setups.
To seed content effectively, it is necessary to have some form of port-forwarding enabled. This can vary depending on whether you use a VPN or not and/or what router or firewall you have.
"},{"location":"Downloaders/Deluge/Port-Forwarding/#how-to-port-forward","title":"How to port-forward","text":"VPN ServiceRouter
Please consult your VPN Service and/or your VPN container documentation for specifics.
For Torguard we've created instructions on how to setup port-forwarding.
Please consult your router manual for specifics or check if your router can be found on Port Forward.
"},{"location":"Downloaders/Deluge/Port-Forwarding/#how-to-check-if-your-vpn-is-working","title":"How to Check if Your VPN is Working","text":"
Download one of the test .torrents or magnet links from one of the following sites:
ipleak.net
TorGuard's \u201cCheck My Torrent IP\u201d
Add the magnet link to your torrent client and wait for the results. It should show you a different IP than your WAN IP number. Remember this IP because you will need it to check if your port is open or closed.
"},{"location":"Downloaders/Deluge/Port-Forwarding/#how-to-check-if-a-port-is-open-or-closed","title":"How to Check if a Port is Open or Closed","text":"
Use the free online Open Port Check Tool to check if your port is open. If you're using a VPN and have forwarded your port with the VPN service, then use the IP you got from How to Check if Your VPN is Working and the port you used to forward. If you're not using a VPN service, use your WAN IP address and the port you used to forward.
Labels are the equivalent of categories for qBittorrent, and how you can manage and organize your torrents in groups. Starr apps can use labels in Deluge to keep track of downloads to monitor, rather than watching every torrent in your client.
Once you have enabled the Label plugin, you simply right-click anywhere in the area occupied by the label index on the pane on the left and you will be presented with a menu to add/remove/edit a label or its options.
Each label can be customized by selecting the label, right-clicking, and going to its Label Options. Here you can specify the bandwidth settings, download location settings, and even seed goals.
Info
In Deluge, the value of -1 is used for \"infinity\" or \"unlimited\".
Below you see an example of the bandwidth options available for a specific label. These settings will be automatically applied as long as a torrent has this label.
If you want torrents to be moved upon completion to a specific folder, you can specify this in Folder Options. The torrent WILL need to finish downloading while under the label for this to happen.
Info
Enabling a \"Move completed to\" for a label may require you to restart Deluge before it will take effect.
Rechecking torrents will not trigger the \"completion\" call.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Here you will find a list of included and available plugins that may be useful. These are not required but should be seen as ways to advance/customize your setup once you understand the client and its behaviors.
Info
All plugins are .egg files, these files will need to be placed inside your deluge config/data directory, inside the plugins folder. If you are using a thin client, they will also need to be present on your local instance as well.
Tip
Links to the plugins below are directly to the latest versions available on Deluge's forums, see the original and subsequent posts for more information concerning the plugin's features and iterations.
Use this plugin as a \"Watch\" directory for .torrent files, you can customize the settings using the Edit button for that specific directory (download directory, label, etc).
Place a .torrent file in a watched folder, and Deluge will add the torrent to your client. Make sure your directory is marked with a checkmark under Active if you wish it to be monitored.
This plugin has mixed reception, depending on the use case. For private trackers, it is generally recommended to keep it disabled. There is an argument that some benefits, in privacy/security, could be made for public trackers - however, reports of many false positives and actual TRACKERS being flagged/blocked have been reported.
Stats does exactly what it sounds like; provides you with statistics on torrent traffic. You can find the latest version on the forums, but depending on which version of Deluge you install an older version may be included.
If you need to set libtorrent settings to anything other than their defaults, this is the plugin for you. There are presets, but you can fine-tune the settings as you need as well.
Attention
There is a known bug when trying to enable settings in ltConfig, double-clicking will sometimes not \"check\" the option.
Simply click the option, then use the space bar to enable that checkbox.
Tips
If you want to seed over 1600 torrents, you will need this plugin. You will need to increase the active_tracker_limit.
If your tracker's SSL certificate has expired, you can disable validate_https_trackers to bypass validation.
See the forum thread for details below.
ltConfig
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
If you are already running Deluge in daemon or console mode, or running via Docker, this is usually enabled by default. You will need to check your compose or core.conf for the \"daemon_port\" if you do not know it.
Tip
You can also access the daemon settings in Preferences in the WebUI if you do not have access to the GTK/UI
You will need to have \"Allow Remote Connections\" enabled if you are not connecting to Deluge from localhost.
Info
If you do not have access to the WebUI, and are instead doing this by editing Deluge's core.conf, you will need to change \"allow_remote\" to true.
Restart Deluge for the changes to take effect.
"},{"location":"Downloaders/Deluge/Tips/Thin-Client/#switching-to-thin-client","title":"Switching to Thin-Client","text":"
Once your daemon (container for Docker) is up and running, it's time to set up the client you'll be using to manage your daemon. You'll need to install Deluge on the computer from which you want to manage the \"main\" instance of Deluge. This will usually be on a second computer, but if you wish to use Deluge with Thin-Client locally, to always seed in the background, that works as well.
Simply go to Edit => Preferences and switch from Standalone to Thin Client
Restart Deluge.
Info
You will still need to set the daemon to run at start-up.
After switching to Thin Client you will need to connect to your daemon. Go to Edit => Connections Manager and click on Add to add the daemon.
Attention
If you mistyped your password while adding the connection, it will prompt you to enter it. There is a bug that does not accept/save the correct password unless it is entered through the Add/Edit Menu.
If you mistype the password while you are adding the connection, go to Edit on the connection and retype the password into the password field.
Warning
You can find your users and passwords for the daemon in the auth file inside your appdata/config folder for Deluge.
You can add users in the Daemon settings in preferences as well.
BE AWARE: These passwords are stored in PLAIN-TEXT in your auth file.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Downloaders/Deluge/Tips/Unraid-Mover/","title":"unRAID Mover and Deluge","text":"
When you make use of the unRAID cache drive for your /data/torrents share, and the torrents in Deluge are still seeding, the mover can't move files since they are still in use.
Using the following instructions will allow you to move the files with the use of the Deluge JSON-RPC.
Workflow Rules
Pause torrents in a specified age range that reside on your cache drive.
Run the unRAID mover.
Resume the torrents after the mover has completed.
Warning
The screenshots below are only EXAMPLES to show you how it should look and where you need to place the data that you need to add. They are NOT always a 100% reflection of the actual data, and not always the actual values you need to add.
Always follow the recommendations described in the guide.
If you have any questions, or aren't sure, just click the chat badge to join the Discord Channel where you can ask your questions directly.
In your Unraid Dashboard go to APP and type in the search box:
python 3 for unraid\n
Click on the install button to install everything you needed.
According to the developer, it will install python3, pip, and setuptools onto your Unraid systems. without library issues, and it should be fully compatible with Unraid 6 and 7.
In your Unraid terminal, type the following to determine your Slackware version.
cat /etc/slackware-version\n
Then go to https://packages.slackware.com/
Select the correct 64-bit Slackware version from the release dropdown box.
Currently:
Slackware64 15.0 for unRAID 6.x
Slackware64 current for unRAID 7.x
Type in the required package you're looking for in the search box.
Download the required packages.
Put them in your Unraid flash drive located in the boot/extra folder. It will be installed upon Unraid boots.
To remove the old/wrong packages (that NerdTools installed for an earlier Slackware version), overwrite them with the new versions on your Unraid flash drive in the boot/extra folder. Place the correct versions there and then reboot.
deluge-mover.py needs the requests Python module, so we need to make sure it's installed when your unRAID server starts, or when the Array is started the first time.
You can choose one of the following 3 options (select a tab) to install requests.
User scriptsPython venvGo File
With this option, we're going to install the requests module when the Array is started the first time.
In your unRAID Dashboard, go to your Settings tab and select User Scripts in the User Utilities section at the bottom.
At the bottom of the User Scripts page select the ADD NEW SCRIPT button.
A popup will appear asking you to name the script. For this example, we're going to use Install requests (deluge-mover) and then click on OK.
Click on the cogwheel of the new script in the list, and select Edit Script.
Copy/Paste the following in the new window that opens, then click SAVE CHANGES.
#!/bin/bash\npip3 install requests\n
Select in the schedule list when the script should run, and choose At First Array Start Only.
Click on Apply.
Finally, you will need to choose RUN IN BACKGROUND or restart your unRAID server to install the requests module.
With this option, we're going to create a Python virtual environment on our disk. We will use this to run and store dependencies (requests) for this specific environment.
By doing this, we will only need to configure this once and it will be persistent after reboots (this differs from the previous steps).
First, you need to choose a location to start a new Python environment.
Info
In the next steps, you will be asked to choose a location to store the script, try to be consistent.
Suggestions:
/mnt/user/appdata/deluge/scripts/.venv
/mnt/user/data/scripts/.venv
Run the following command in unRAID's terminal in the directory you chose:
Now, using your favorite text editor (VSCode/Notepad++) edit the script you downloaded at the beginning of the guide (HERE).
You only need to change a few options at the top of the script.
### CONFIGURATION VARIABLES ###\n\n# this webui will need to be the JSON-RPC endpoint\n# this ends with '/json'\ndeluge_webui = \"http://localhost:8112/json\"\ndeluge_password = \"deluged\"\n\n# this changes whether the actual cache drive is checked for\n# applicable files to pause/move before pausing.\n#\n# if this is false, it will pause all torrents in the age-range\n# instead of only torrents in that range that exist on the cache\ncheck_fs = False\n\n# if you are using the mover tuner and don't want to use it for\n# this script, set this to true\n#\n# if you do not use mover tuner, leave this as false\nuse_mover_old = False\n\n# this is the absolute host path to your cache drive's downloads\n# you only need this to be changed/set if using 'check_fs = True'\ncache_download_path = \"/mnt/cache/torrents/completed\"\n\n# the age range of days to look for relevant torrents to move\n# i dont recommend setting age_day_max to less than the schedule\n# you run the script on...\n#\n# if you run every 7 days, this should be at least 7 to prevent\n# files from being stuck on your cache forever\n#\n# 0 disables age_day_max\n# set both age vars to 0 to move everything on your cache drive\n\nage_day_min = 3\nage_day_max = 0\n
deluge_webui => The URL you use to access Deluge locally. (the \" should remain)
deluge_password => Your Deluge WebUI Password. (the \" should remain)
check_fs => If set to True, it will check for the file on the cache drive before pausing.
use_mover_old => See below.
If you do not use Mover Tuning, you DO NOT have to make any changes.
If you use Mover Tuning but DON'T want to use it for the script, change this to True
If you use Mover Tuning and DO want to use it for the script, you will not have to make any changes. However, for this option, inside the Mover Tuner you will need to set Move Now button follows plugin filters to Yes and Disable Mover running on a schedule to No.
cache_download_path => The location (host path) for your cache folder (if check_fs is True)
age_day_min => Set the minimum age (days) of the torrents that you wish to move.
age_day_max => Set the maximum age (days) of the torrents that you wish to move.
"},{"location":"Downloaders/Deluge/Tips/Unraid-Mover/#copy-the-script-to-your-preferred-location","title":"Copy the script to your preferred location","text":"
Place the script you just edited somewhere easy to access/remember.
Basic-Setup - Basic set up of the most common settings.
Path and Categories - How to set up the categories for NZBGet, and how you can manage and organize your downloads in groups. Starr apps can use the categories in NZBGet to keep track of downloads to monitor, rather than watching every download in your client.
Scripts - A collection of scripts, that only should be used if you have a specific need for it.
The default path setup suggested by some docker developers that encourages people to use mounts like /movies, /tv, /books or /downloads is very suboptimal and it makes them look like two or three file systems, even if they aren\u2019t (Because of how Docker\u2019s volumes work). It is the easiest way to get started. While easy to use, it has a major drawback. Mainly losing the ability to hardlink or instant move, resulting in a slower and more I/O intensive copy + delete is used.
But you're able to change this, by not using the pre-defined/recommended paths like:
"},{"location":"Downloaders/NZBGet/Basic-Setup/#some-basics","title":"Some Basics","text":"Name Description ${MainDir} Root directory for all tasks. ${AppDir} Where NZBGet is installed. ${DestDir} Destination directory for downloaded files."},{"location":"Downloaders/NZBGet/Basic-Setup/#paths","title":"PATHS","text":"
I will only explain the so-called most important paths.
Name Description MainDir/data/usenetDestDir${MainDir} (so it will go in to /data/usenet) InterDir Files are downloaded into this directory (before unpack+par2) NzbDir Directory for incoming nzb-files. QueueDir This directory is used to save download queue, history, information statistics, etc. ScriptDir Directory with post-processing and other scripts. LogFile Where your log files will be stored (Please create a log directory in your config)"},{"location":"Downloaders/NZBGet/Basic-Setup/#news-servers","title":"NEWS-SERVERS","text":"Name Description Active Use this news server. Name The name is used in UI and for logging. It can be any string. Level Put your major download servers at level 0 and your fill servers at levels 1, 2, etc.. Host Host name of news server. Port Port to connect to. Password Password to use for authentication. Encryption Encrypted server connection (TLS/SSL). (preferred to use this) Connections Use the lowest possible number of connections to reach your max download speed +1 connection. Retention How long the articles are stored on the news server."},{"location":"Downloaders/NZBGet/Basic-Setup/#categories","title":"CATEGORIES","text":"Name Description Name This should match what you put in Sonarr/Radarr (tv/movies/sonarr/radarr/series/films) DestDir${DestDir} Destination directory (/data/usenet/movies) Unpack Unpack downloaded nzb-files. Extensions List of extension scripts for this category."},{"location":"Downloaders/NZBGet/Basic-Setup/#incoming-nzbs","title":"INCOMING NZBS","text":"
Info
AppendCategoryDir: Create a subdirectory with category-name in destination-directory.
WriteBuffer: If you're low on memory don't set this too high.
"},{"location":"Downloaders/NZBGet/Basic-Setup/#logging","title":"LOGGING","text":""},{"location":"Downloaders/NZBGet/Basic-Setup/#check-and-repair","title":"CHECK AND REPAIR","text":""},{"location":"Downloaders/NZBGet/Basic-Setup/#unpack","title":"UNPACK","text":"
Info
DirectUnpack: This might lower your download speed but the overall time could be faster. (disable on low-powered devices)
The following settings are recommended for Sonarr/Radarr, else it could happen that Sonarr/Radarr will miss downloads that are still in the queue/history. Being that Sonarr/Radarr only looks at the last xx amount in the queue/history.
NZBGet development has been picked up again by new developers over at github!
A collection of community-provided and maintained scripts for NZBGet.
If you have a script you want to share, don't hesitate to create a PR for it.
Because these scripts are community-provided and maintained we can't assure that they are still 100% working
"},{"location":"Downloaders/NZBGet/scripts/#clean","title":"Clean","text":"Clean NZB name
Title: Clean.py
Author(s): ???
Removes the following suffixes from NZB name: NZBgeek / Obfuscated / BUYMORE / Scrambled /etc... Cleans the NZB name by removing the retagged stuff (-Obfuscated, -postbox, etc).
Script
#!/usr/bin/env python3\n\n##############################################################################\n### NZBGET SCAN SCRIPT ###\n\n# Clean NZB name.\n#\n# Removes the following suffixes from NZB name:\n# NZBgeek / Obfuscated / BUYMORE / Scrambled.\n#\n# NOTE: This script requires Python to be installed on your system.\n\n### NZBGET SCAN SCRIPT ###\n##############################################################################\n\nfrom __future__ import print_function\nimport os, re, sys\n\n# Exit codes used by NZBGet\nPOSTPROCESS_SUCCESS = 93\nPOSTPROCESS_ERROR = 94\nPOSTPROCESS_SKIP = 95\n\n# Check if the script is called from NZBGet 13.0 or later\nif not \"NZBOP_SCRIPTDIR\" in os.environ:\n print(\"*** NZBGet post-processing script ***\")\n print(\"This script is supposed to be called from NZBGet (13.0 or later).\")\n sys.exit(POSTPROCESS_ERROR)\n\nif not \"NZBNP_NZBNAME\" in os.environ:\n print(\"[WARN] Filename not found in environment\")\n sys.exit(POSTPROCESS_ERROR)\n\nfwp = os.environ[\"NZBNP_NZBNAME\"]\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-4P\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-4Planet\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-AlternativeToRequested\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-AlteZachen\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-AsRequested\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-AsRequested-xpost\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-BUYMORE\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-Chamele0n\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-GEROV\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-iNC0GNiTO\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-NZBGeek\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-Obfuscated\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-Obfuscation\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-postbot\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-Rakuv[a-z0-9]*\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-RePACKPOST\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-Scrambled\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-WhiteRev\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-WRTEAM\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-CAPTCHA\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-Z0iDS3N\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)\\[eztv([ ._-]re)?\\]\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)\\[TGx\\]\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)\\[ettv\\]\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)\\[TGx\\]-xpost\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i).mkv-xpost\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-xpost\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)(-D-Z0N3|\\-[^-.\\n]*)(\\-.{4})?\\.nzb$\", r\"\\1.nzb\", fwp)\nif fwp:\n print(\"[NZB] NZBNAME=\", fwp, sep=\"\")\n\nsys.exit(POSTPROCESS_SUCCESS)\n
"},{"location":"Downloaders/NZBGet/scripts/#hashrenamer","title":"HashRenamer","text":"Renames hashed media files to match the source NZB
Title: HashRenamer.py
Author(s): l3uddz
URL: github.com/cloudbox/cloudbox
Part of the Cloudbox project: https://cloudbox.works Built on top of the NZBGet scripts template created by Clinton Hall. Released under GNU General Public License v2.0
Script
#!/usr/bin/env python3\n#\n##############################################################################\n# Title: HashRenamer.py #\n# Author(s): l3uddz, desimaniac #\n# URL: https://github.com/l3uddz/nzbgetScripts #\n# Description: Renames hashed media files to match the source NZB. #\n# -- #\n# Part of the Cloudbox project: https://cloudbox.works #\n##############################################################################\n\n##############################################################################\n# Built on top of the NZBGet scripts template created by Clinton Hall #\n# (https://github.com/clinton-hall). #\n# Released under GNU General Public License v2.0 #\n##############################################################################\n\n\n##############################################################################\n### NZBGET POST-PROCESSING SCRIPT ###\n\n# Rename files with hashes for file name\n#\n# NOTE: This script requires Python to be installed on your system.\n#\n##############################################################################\n### NZBGET POST-PROCESSING SCRIPT ###\n##############################################################################\n\nimport os\nimport re\nimport shutil\nimport sys\n\n# NZBGet Exit Codes\nNZBGET_POSTPROCESS_PARCHECK = 92\nNZBGET_POSTPROCESS_SUCCESS = 93\nNZBGET_POSTPROCESS_ERROR = 94\nNZBGET_POSTPROCESS_NONE = 95\n\n\n############################################################\n# EXTENSION STUFF\n############################################################\n\n\ndef do_check():\n if \"NZBOP_SCRIPTDIR\" not in os.environ:\n print(\"This script can only be called from NZBGet (11.0 or later).\")\n sys.exit(0)\n\n if os.environ[\"NZBOP_VERSION\"][0:5] < \"11.0\":\n print(\n \"[ERROR] NZBGet Version %s is not supported. Please update NZBGet.\"\n % (str(os.environ[\"NZBOP_VERSION\"]))\n )\n sys.exit(0)\n\n print(\n \"Script triggered from NZBGet Version %s.\" % (str(os.environ[\"NZBOP_VERSION\"]))\n )\n\n status = 0\n if \"NZBPP_TOTALSTATUS\" in os.environ:\n if not os.environ[\"NZBPP_TOTALSTATUS\"] == \"SUCCESS\":\n print(\n \"[ERROR] Download failed with status %s.\" % (os.environ[\"NZBPP_STATUS\"])\n )\n status = 1\n else:\n # Check par status\n if os.environ[\"NZBPP_PARSTATUS\"] == \"1\" or os.environ[\"NZBPP_PARSTATUS\"] == \"4\":\n print('[ERROR] Par-repair failed, setting status \"failed\".')\n status = 1\n\n # Check unpack status\n if os.environ[\"NZBPP_UNPACKSTATUS\"] == \"1\":\n print('[ERROR] Unpack failed, setting status \"failed\".')\n status = 1\n\n if (\n os.environ[\"NZBPP_UNPACKSTATUS\"] == \"0\"\n and os.environ[\"NZBPP_PARSTATUS\"] == \"0\"\n ):\n # Unpack was skipped due to nzb-file properties or due to errors during par-check\n\n if os.environ[\"NZBPP_HEALTH\"] < 1000:\n print(\n \"[ERROR] Download health is compromised and Par-check/repair disabled or no .par2 files found. \"\n 'Setting status \"failed\".'\n )\n print(\n \"[ERROR] Please check your Par-check/repair settings for future downloads.\"\n )\n status = 1\n\n else:\n print(\n \"[ERROR] Par-check/repair disabled or no .par2 files found, and Unpack not required. Health is \"\n \"ok so handle as though download successful.\"\n )\n print(\n \"[WARNING] Please check your Par-check/repair settings for future downloads.\"\n )\n\n # Check if destination directory exists (important for reprocessing of history items)\n if not os.path.isdir(os.environ[\"NZBPP_DIRECTORY\"]):\n print(\n \"[ERROR] Nothing to post-process: destination directory\",\n os.environ[\"NZBPP_DIRECTORY\"],\n 'doesn\\'t exist. Setting status \"failed\".',\n )\n status = 1\n\n # All checks done, now launching the script.\n if status == 1:\n sys.exit(NZBGET_POSTPROCESS_NONE)\n\n\ndef get_file_name(path):\n try:\n file_name = os.path.basename(path)\n extensions = re.findall(r\"\\.([^.]+)\", file_name)\n ext = \".\".join(extensions)\n name = file_name.replace(\".%s\" % ext, \"\")\n return name, ext\n except Exception:\n pass\n return None\n\n\ndef is_file_hash(file_name):\n hash_regexp = [\n r\"^[a-fA-F0-9]{40}$\",\n r\"^[a-fA-F0-9]{32}$\",\n r\"^[a-f0-9]{128}$\",\n r\"^[a-zA-Z0-9]{42}$\",\n ]\n for hash in hash_regexp:\n if re.match(hash, file_name):\n return True\n return False\n\n\ndef find_files(folder, extension=None, depth=None):\n file_list = []\n start_count = folder.count(os.sep)\n for path, subdirs, files in os.walk(folder, topdown=True):\n for name in files:\n if depth and path.count(os.sep) - start_count >= depth:\n del subdirs[:]\n continue\n file = os.path.join(path, name)\n if not extension:\n file_list.append(file)\n else:\n if file.lower().endswith(extension.lower()):\n file_list.append(file)\n\n return sorted(file_list, key=lambda x: x.count(os.path.sep), reverse=True)\n\n\n############################################################\n# MAIN\n############################################################\n\n# do checks\ndo_check()\n\n# retrieve required variables\ndirectory = os.path.normpath(os.environ[\"NZBPP_DIRECTORY\"])\nnzb_name = os.environ[\"NZBPP_NZBFILENAME\"]\nif nzb_name is None:\n print(\"[ERROR] Unable to retrieve NZBPP_NZBFILENAME\")\n sys.exit(NZBGET_POSTPROCESS_ERROR)\nnzb_name = nzb_name.replace(\".nzb\", \"\")\n\nprint(('[INFO] Using \"%s\" for hashed filenames' % nzb_name))\nprint(('[INFO] Scanning \"%s\" for hashed filenames' % directory))\n\n# scan for files\nfound_files = find_files(directory)\nif not found_files:\n print(('[INFO] No files were found in \"%s\"' % directory))\n sys.exit(NZBGET_POSTPROCESS_NONE)\nelse:\n print((\"[INFO] Found %d files to check for hashed filenames\" % len(found_files)))\n # loop files checking for file hash\n moved_files = 0\n for found_file_path in found_files:\n # set variable\n dir_name = os.path.dirname(found_file_path)\n file_name, file_ext = get_file_name(found_file_path)\n\n # is this a file hash\n if is_file_hash(file_name):\n new_file_path = os.path.join(dir_name, \"%s.%s\" % (nzb_name, file_ext))\n print(('[INFO] Moving \"%s\" to \"%s\"' % (found_file_path, new_file_path)))\n try:\n shutil.move(found_file_path, new_file_path)\n moved_files += 1\n except Exception:\n print(\n (\n '[ERROR] Failed moving \"%s\" to \"%s\"'\n % (found_file_path, new_file_path)\n )\n )\n\n print(\n ('[INFO] Finished processing \"%s\", moved %d files' % (directory, moved_files))\n )\n\nsys.exit(NZBGET_POSTPROCESS_SUCCESS)\n
"},{"location":"Downloaders/NZBGet/scripts/#replace_for","title":"replace_for","text":"Replaces underscores with dots
Title: replace_for.py
Author: miker
Replaces underscores with dots in downloaded filename to prevent download loops with poorly named releases on some indexers (often HONE releases).
Install Instructions:
1. Copy script to NZBGet's script folder\n1. Run: `sudo chmod +x replace_for.py`\n1. In NZBGet go to `Settings` => `Extension Scripts`\n1. Enable `replace_for.py` in the `Extensions` setting.\n
Script
#!/usr/bin/env python3\n#\n\n##############################################################################\n### NZBGET POST-PROCESSING SCRIPT ###\n\n# Replace underscore with dot.\n#\n# Author: miker\n#\n#\n# Copy script to NZBGet's script folder.\n# Run sudo chmod +x replace_for.py\n#\n#\n# NOTE: This script requires Python to be installed on your system.\n\n### NZBGET POST-PROCESSING SCRIPT ###\n##############################################################################\n\nfrom __future__ import print_function\nimport os, re, sys\n\n# Exit codes used by NZBGet\nPOSTPROCESS_SUCCESS = 93\nPOSTPROCESS_ERROR = 94\nPOSTPROCESS_SKIP = 95\n\n\ndirectory = os.environ[\"NZBPP_DIRECTORY\"]\nprint(\"Directory used is: \", directory)\n\nfor path, currentDirectory, files in os.walk(directory):\n for file in files:\n if file.find(\"_\") != -1:\n dst = file.replace(\"_\", \".\")\n os.rename(os.path.join(path, file), os.path.join(path, dst))\n print(\"Result: \", file, \" renamed to \", dst)\n\nsys.exit(POSTPROCESS_SUCCESS)\n
"},{"location":"Downloaders/NZBGet/scripts/#wtfnzb-renamer","title":"WtFnZb-Renamer","text":"Renames hashed media files to match the source NZB
Title: WtFnZb-Renamer.py
Author(s): WtFnZb
URL: ??
NZBGET SCAN SCRIPT
Extract filenames from subjects containing [PRiVATE]-[WtFnZb]
This extensions extracts obfuscated filenames from .nzb files
Script
#!/usr/bin/env python3\n### NZBGET SCAN SCRIPT\n\n# Extract filenames from subjects containing [PRiVATE]-[WtFnZb]\n#\n# This extensions extracts obfuscated filenames from .nzb files\n# created by WtFnZb.\n#\n# Supported subject formats:\n#\n# - [PRiVATE]-[WtFnZb]-[filename]-[1/5] - \"\" yEnc 0 (1/1)\"\n#\n# - [PRiVATE]-[WtFnZb]-[5]-[1/filename] - \"\" yEnc\n#\n#\n# NOTE: Requires Python and lxml (sudo apt install python3-lxml python-lxml)\n#\n\n### NZBGET SCAN SCRIPT\n\nimport sys\nimport os\nimport re\n\n# Exit codes used by NZBGet\nPOSTPROCESS_SUCCESS = 93\nPOSTPROCESS_NONE = 95\nPOSTPROCESS_ERROR = 94\n\ntry:\n from lxml import etree\nexcept ImportError:\n print(\n '[ERROR] Python lxml required. Please install with \"sudo apt install python-lxml\" or \"pip install lxml\".'\n )\n sys.exit(POSTPROCESS_ERROR)\n\npatterns = (\n re.compile(\n r\"^(?P<prefix>.*\\[PRiVATE\\]-\\[WtFnZb\\]-)\"\n r\"\\[(?P<total>\\d+)\\]-\\[(?P<segment>\\d+)\\/(?P<filename>.{3,}?)\\]\"\n r'\\s+-\\s+\"\"\\s+yEnc\\s+',\n re.MULTILINE | re.UNICODE,\n ),\n re.compile(\n r\"^(?P<prefix>.*\\[PRiVATE\\]-\\[WtFnZb\\]-)\"\n r\"\\[(?P<filename>.{3,}?)\\]-\\[(?P<segment>\\d+)/(?P<total>\\d+)\\]\"\n r'\\s+-\\s+\"\"\\s+yEnc\\s+',\n re.MULTILINE | re.UNICODE,\n ),\n)\n\nnzb_dir = os.getenv(\"NZBNP_DIRECTORY\")\nnzb_filename = os.getenv(\"NZBNP_FILENAME\")\nnzb_name = os.getenv(\"NZBNP_NZBNAME\")\nnzb_file_naming = os.getenv(\"NZBOP_FILENAMING\")\n\nif nzb_dir is None or nzb_filename is None or nzb_name is None:\n print(\"Please run as NZBGet plugin\")\n sys.exit(POSTPROCESS_ERROR)\n\nif nzb_file_naming is not None and nzb_file_naming.lower() != \"nzb\":\n print(\n \"[ERROR] NZBGet setting FileNaming (under Download Queue) \"\n 'must be set to \"Nzb\" for this extension to work correctly, exiting.'\n )\n sys.exit(POSTPROCESS_ERROR)\n\nif not os.path.exists(nzb_dir):\n print(\"[ERROR] NZB directory doesn't exist, exiting\")\n sys.exit(POSTPROCESS_ERROR)\n\nif not nzb_filename.lower().endswith(\".nzb\"):\n print(\"[ERROR] {} is not a .nzb file.\".format(nzb_filename))\n sys.exit(POSTPROCESS_ERROR)\n\nnzb = os.path.join(nzb_dir, nzb_filename)\nif not os.path.exists(nzb):\n print(\"[ERROR] {nzb} doesn't exist, exiting\".format(nzb=nzb))\n sys.exit(POSTPROCESS_ERROR)\n\nwith open(nzb, mode=\"rb\") as infile:\n tree = etree.parse(infile)\n\nchanged = False\nfile_count = 0\ntotals = set()\nfilenames = set()\n\nfor f in tree.getiterator(\"{http://www.newzbin.com/DTD/2003/nzb}file\"):\n subject = f.get(\"subject\")\n if subject is None:\n print(\"[DETAIL] No subject in <file>, skipping\")\n continue\n file_count += 1\n result = [re.match(pattern, subject) for pattern in patterns]\n matched = [m for m in result if m is not None]\n if len(matched) == 0:\n print(\"[INFO] No pattern matching subject, exiting.\")\n sys.exit(POSTPROCESS_NONE)\n elif len(matched) > 1:\n print(\"[ERROR] Multiple patterns matched, exiting.\")\n sys.exit(POSTPROCESS_ERROR)\n else:\n match = matched[0].groupdict()\n\n if match[\"filename\"].lower().endswith(\".par2\"):\n print(\"[INFO] par2 exists, exiting\")\n sys.exit(POSTPROCESS_NONE)\n\n if int(match[\"segment\"]) > int(match[\"total\"]):\n print(\"[DETAIL] Segment index is greater then total, skipping\")\n continue\n\n # NZBGet subject parsing changes when duplicate filenames are present\n # prefix duplicates to avoid that\n if match[\"filename\"] in filenames:\n match[\"filename\"] = \"{}.{}\".format(file_count, match[\"filename\"])\n\n filenames.add(match[\"filename\"])\n\n s = 'WtFnZb \"{filename}\" yEnc ({segment}/{total})'.format(\n filename=match[\"filename\"], segment=match[\"segment\"], total=match[\"total\"]\n )\n\n print(\"[INFO] New subject {subject}\".format(subject=s.encode(\"ascii\", \"ignore\")))\n f.set(\"subject\", s)\n changed = True\n totals.add(int(match[\"total\"]))\n\nif not changed:\n print(\"[WARNING] No subject changed, exiting.\")\n sys.exit(POSTPROCESS_NONE)\n\nif len(totals) != 1:\n print(\"[WARNING] Mixed values for number of total segments, exiting.\")\n sys.exit(POSTPROCESS_NONE)\n\nif totals.pop() != file_count:\n print(\"[WARNING] Listed segment count does not match <file> count, exiting.\")\n sys.exit(POSTPROCESS_NONE)\n\norg = \"{}.wtfnzb.original.processed\".format(nzb)\nexists_counter = 0\nwhile os.path.exists(org):\n exists_counter += 1\n org = \"{}.{}.wtfnzb.original.processed\".format(nzb, exists_counter)\n\nprint(\"[INFO] Preserving original nzb as {}\".format(org))\nos.rename(nzb, org)\n\nprint(\"[INFO] Writing {}\".format(nzb))\nwith open(nzb, mode=\"wb\") as outfile:\n outfile.write(\n etree.tostring(\n tree,\n xml_declaration=True,\n encoding=tree.docinfo.encoding,\n doctype=tree.docinfo.doctype,\n )\n )\n\nsys.exit(POSTPROCESS_SUCCESS)\n
Tip
This script doesn't always work and is often needed if you use a certain indexer.
It might be better to use the following Sonarr Regex in your release profile
Basic-Setup - Basic set up of the most common settings.
Path and Categories - How to set up the categories for SABnzbd, and how you can manage and organize your downloads in groups. Starr apps can use the categories in SABnzbd to keep track of downloads to monitor, rather than watching every download in your client.
Scripts - A collection of scripts, that only should be used if you have a specific need for it.
The default path setup suggested by some docker developers that encourages people to use mounts like /movies, /tv, /books or /downloads is very suboptimal and it makes them look like two or three file systems, even if they aren\u2019t (Because of how Docker\u2019s volumes work). It is the easiest way to get started. While easy to use, it has a major drawback. Mainly losing the ability to hardlink or instant move, resulting in a slower and more I/O intensive copy + delete is used.
But you're able to change this, by not using the pre-defined/recommended paths like:
I recommend setting a sane maximum speed and then limiting below that, to keep your internet connection happy. You can use Settings => Scheduling to toggle the limit on and off based on time, slowing it down while your family is using the internet and speeding it up at night when they're not.
Starting from 4.3.x+ SABnzbd has a hidden (archive) history.
Using the .nzb Backup Folder is still recommended as it is useful for dupe detection (hash matching) or if you need to retry something from the past. The default is empty, we picked history because it is easy. It'll end up in the /config folder for Docker, which isn't crazy... but this is only compressed nzb files, so it can end up pretty big. The choice is yours what you prefer.
If you have good indexers that get the nzb from the post, not generated, then you may want the Propagation delay set to 5 minutes (so you're not trying to grab an nzb right at posting). If you're not getting it from the same server as the poster used, you might wrongly have articles missing (since it hasn't necessarily propagated to your server yet) or if you use a reseller it may take them longer for them to get it from their upstream.
When it becomes clear during downloading that too much data is missing, abort the job to make sure Sonarr/Radarr gets the notification so it can look for another release.
Since we have the .nzb history folder, you can decide what you want to do here with duplicate downloads. Mine is set to Tag job, but Pause or Fail job may make sense too.
In the case of \"Pause\", you'll need to set a password and resume the job. or you set it to \"Abort\" and Sonarr/Radarr can look for another release.
This should be set to the default unless you know what you are doing. Suppose you have a decent size queue, for example, in that case, you have sab sort every 30s, which could cause spikes in CPU, let alone shuffling jobs around that may be in the middle of actions. If this results in the jobs' order moving to the front it could cause that job to take even longer to extract/stall while waiting for the next update; as with sab, by default, you only have 3 unpackers going simultaneously (configurable).
If your hardware isn't up to snuff, including CPU and/or IO performance, disabling Direct Unpack and/or enabling Pause Downloading During Post-Processing can help. Defaults are fine for most hardware though.
Afterwards you need to make the following adjustments:
Change the mode of Unwanted extensions to Blacklist.
Change Action when unwanted extension detected to Fail job (move to History).
If you are using SABnzbd to download games and apps, this list shouldn't be used. You can either create a separate category, set it to download only, and manually extract the files, or use a separate app or instance for them.
If your hardware isn't up to snuff, including CPU and/or IO performance, disabling Direct Unpack and/or enabling Pause Downloading During Post-Processing can help. Defaults are fine for most hardware though.
This should be set off if you have decent internet. The amount of time spent to grab pars, if needed for verification/repair, is trivial to the time that a repair might run and fail to realize it needs more pars, and grab the next part, then retry.
It is your choice if you want to enable this option. It's usually an easy check and does provide benefits if the job doesn't have par2 files, as not every release has a par-set or SFV file. Generally speaking, if we're talking about scene releases, things should have both but this depends on how it's posted and how the indexer is generating the nzb. SFV is commonly used and a basic crc32 checksum is better not knowing if the file is good. Parsing an SFV file and checking the files' integrities takes very little resources. This may seem redundant given that par's checks would also handle this, however, the ease with which the check is done makes the downside almost non-existent.
Only unpack and run scripts on jobs that passed the verification stage. If turned off, all jobs will be marked as Completed even if they are incomplete.
Unpack archives (rar, zip, 7z) within archives.
This can help with subs that are in folders in the rar because Sonarr/Radarr don't look in sub-folders.
Best to leave this disabled and let the Starr apps handle this since it looks at runtime and makes a much more intelligent decision if it's a sample compared to what SABnzbd uses.
Helps with de-obfuscation, especially invalid file extensions
Rarely used options. Don't change these without checking the SABnzbd Wiki first, as some have serious side effects. The default values are between parentheses.
"},{"location":"Downloaders/SABnzbd/Basic-Setup/#unable-to-connect-to-sabnzbd","title":"Unable to connect to SABnzbd","text":"
If you're trying to connect your Starr apps to SABnzbd and you're getting an error like Unable to connect to SABnzbd after clicking on Test.
And it SABnzbd you will see something like this.
Then go in to Settings => Special => Values.
Scroll down to host_whitelist ( ) and enter your docker container name and or your domain name.
The following settings are recommended for Sonarr/Radarr, or else it could happen that Sonarr/Radarr will miss downloads that are still in the queue/history. Being that Sonarr/Radarr only looks at the last xx amount in the queue/history.
"},{"location":"Downloaders/SABnzbd/Basic-Setup/#sonarr","title":"Sonarr","text":"Sonarr - [Click to show/hide]
Settings => Download Clients
Make sure you check both boxes under Completed Download Handling in step 3.
Select SABnzbd in step 4 and scroll down to the bottom of the new window where it says Completed Download Handling and check both boxes.
"},{"location":"Downloaders/SABnzbd/Basic-Setup/#radarr","title":"Radarr","text":"Radarr - [Click to show/hide]
Settings => Download Clients
Make sure you check both boxes under Completed Download Handling in step 3,
and both boxes under Failed Download Handling in step 4.
Select SABnzbd in step 5 and scroll down to the bottom of the new window where it says Completed Download Handling and check both boxes.
Thanks to fryfrog for helping me with the settings and providing the info needed to create this Guide.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Downloaders/SABnzbd/Paths-and-Categories/","title":"SABnzbd - Paths and Categories","text":"
This basic example is based on the use of docker images
Keep in mind the path are setup so it works with hardlinks and instant moves.
More info HERE
Info
Pick one path layout and use it for all of them.
It doesn't matter if you prefer to use /data, /shared, /storage or whatever.
The screenshots in the examples are using the following root path /data
SABnzbd config => Folders
SABnzbd config => Categories
You don't need to add the full path under Folder/Path, it will use the Relative folders are based on: path you see on the top of the screenshot, that you've set up as Completed Download Folder.
ATTENTION
You set your download location in your download client
Your download client ONLY downloads to your download folder/location.
And you tell Radarr where you want your clean media library
Starr Apps import from your download location (copy/move/hardlink) to your media folder/library
Plex, Emby, JellyFin, or Kodi should ONLY have access to your media folder/library
Your Download and Media Library should be **NEVER the same locations**
"},{"location":"Downloaders/SABnzbd/Paths-and-Categories/#paths-and-categories-breakdown","title":"Paths and Categories Breakdown","text":"
This screenshot isn't 100% a reflection of the instructions above, it's mainly to explain the breakdown and the logic.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
A collection of community-provided and maintained scripts for SABnzbd.
If you have a script you want to share, don't hesitate to create a PR for it.
Because these scripts are community-provided and maintained we can't assure that they are still 100% working
"},{"location":"Downloaders/SABnzbd/scripts/#clean","title":"Clean","text":"Clean NZB name
Title: Clean.py
Author(s): ???
Made compatible for SABnzbd: AlexK
Removes the following suffixes from NZB name: NZBgeek / Obfuscated / BUYMORE / Scrambled /etc... Cleans the NZB name by removing the retagged stuff (-Obfuscated, -postbox, etc).
Install Instructions:
1. Copy script to SABnzbd's script folder\n1. run: `sudo chmod +x Clean.py`\n1. in SABnzbd go to `Settings` => `Switches`\n1. Change Pre-queue user script and select: `Clean.py`\n
Script
#!/usr/bin/python3 -OO\n\n##################################################################\n### SABnzbd - Clean NZB Renamer ##\n##################################################################\n## ##\n## Removes the suffixes from NZB name used by bots: ##\n## examples: NZBgeek / Obfuscated / BUYMORE / Scrambled, etc.. ##\n## ##\n## NOTE: This script requires Python 3 ##\n## ##\n## Install: ##\n## 1. Copy script to SABnzbd's script folder ##\n## 2. run: sudo chmod +x Clean.py ##\n## 3. in SABnzbd go to Config > Switches ##\n## 4. Change Pre-queue user script and select: Clean.py ##\n##################################################################\n\nimport sys\nimport re\n\n# normalize argv to scriptname and just first 8 arguments to maintain compatibility\nsys.argv = sys.argv[:9]\ntry:\n # Parse the input variables for SABnzbd version >= 4.2.0\n (\n scriptname,\n nzbname,\n postprocflags,\n category,\n script,\n prio,\n downloadsize,\n grouplist,\n ) = sys.argv\nexcept:\n sys.exit(1) # exit with 1 causes SABnzbd to ignore the output of this script\n\nfwp = nzbname\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-4P$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-4Planet$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-AlternativeToRequested$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-AlteZachen$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-AsRequested$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-AsRequested-xpost$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-BUYMORE$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-Chamele0n$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-GEROV$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-iNC0GNiTO$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-NZBGeek$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-Obfuscated$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-Obfuscation$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-postbot$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-Rakuv[a-z0-9]*$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-RePACKPOST$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-Scrambled$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-WhiteRev$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-WRTEAM$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-CAPTCHA$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-Z0iDS3N$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)\\[eztv([ ._-]re)?\\]$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)\\[TGx\\]$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)\\[ettv\\]$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)\\[TGx\\]-xpost$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i).mkv-xpost$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-xpost$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)(-D-Z0N3|\\-[^-.\\n]*)(\\-.{4})?$\", r\"\\1\", fwp)\n\nprint(\"1\") # Accept\nprint(fwp)\nprint()\nprint()\nprint()\nprint()\nprint()\n# 0 means OK\nsys.exit(0)\n
"},{"location":"Downloaders/SABnzbd/scripts/#replace_for","title":"replace_for","text":"Replaces underscores with dots
Title: replace_for.py
Author: miker
Replaces underscores with dots in downloaded filename to prevent download loops with poorly named releases on some indexers (often HONE releases).
Install Instructions:
1. Copy script to SABnzbd's script folder\n1. run: `sudo chmod +x replace_for.py`\n1. in SABnzbd go to `Settings` => `Categories`\n1. Change script for required categories and select: `replace_for.py`\n
Script
#!/usr/bin/python3 -OO\n\n##################################################################\n### SABnzbd - Replace underscores with dots ##\n##################################################################\n## ##\n## NOTE: This script requires Python 3 ##\n## ##\n## Author: miker ##\n## ##\n## Install: ##\n## 1. Copy script to SABnzbd's script folder ##\n## 2. run: sudo chmod +x replace_for.py ##\n## 3. in SABnzbd go to Config > Categories ##\n## 4. Assign replace_for.py to the required category ##\n##################################################################\n\nimport sys\nimport os\nimport os.path\n\ntry:\n (\n scriptname,\n directory,\n orgnzbname,\n jobname,\n reportnumber,\n category,\n group,\n postprocstatus,\n url,\n ) = sys.argv\nexcept:\n print(\"No commandline parameters found\")\n sys.exit(1) # exit with 1 causes SABnzbd to ignore the output of this script\n\nfiles = os.listdir(directory)\n\nfor src in files:\n if src.find(\"_\") != -1:\n dst = src.replace(\"_\", \".\")\n os.rename(os.path.join(directory, src), os.path.join(directory, dst))\n print(src, \"renamed to \", dst)\n\nprint()\nprint()\nprint()\nprint()\n# 0 means OK\nsys.exit(0)\n
Basic-Setup - Basic set up of the most common settings.
Paths - Where to set your root download location.
How to add Categories - How to set up the categories for qBittorrent, and how you can manage and organize your torrents in groups. Starr apps can use the categories in qBittorrent to keep track of downloads to monitor, rather than watching every torrent in your client.
Port forwarding - Where in your download client you should add the port you've port forwarded with your VPN Service.
3rd Party tools - A collection of 3rd party tools and other related links for qBittorrent.
Tips - Several tips/tweaks for qBittorrent.
unRAID Mover and qBittorrent - How to move your files from your cache drive to your array when torrents are still seeding.
Themes - Themes you can use with qBittorrent.
"},{"location":"Downloaders/qBittorrent/3rd-party-tools/","title":"3rd Party tools","text":"
Here you will find a collection of 3rd party tools and other related links for qBittorrent.
This is a program used to manage your qBittorrent instance such as:
Tag torrents based on tracker URL and set seed goals/limit upload speed by tag (only tag torrents that have no tags)
Update categories based on the save directory
Remove unregistered torrents (delete data & torrent if it is not being cross-seeded, otherwise it will just remove the torrent)
Automatically add cross-seed torrents in a paused state. Note: cross-seed now allows for torrent injections directly to qBit, making this feature obsolete.
Recheck paused torrents sorted by lowest size and resume if completed
Remove orphaned files from your root directory that are not referenced by qBittorrent
Tag any torrents that have no hard links and allow the option to cleanup to delete these torrents and contents based on maximum ratio and/or time-seeded
RecycleBin function to move files into a RecycleBin folder instead of deleting the data directly when deleting a torrent
Built-in scheduler to run the script every x minutes. (Can use --run command to run without the scheduler)
Webhook notifications with Notifiarr and Apprise API integration.
The default path setup suggested by some docker developers that encourages people to use mounts like /movies, /tv, /books or /downloads is very suboptimal and it makes them look like two or three file systems, even if they aren\u2019t (Because of how Docker\u2019s volumes work). It is the easiest way to get started. While easy to use, it has a major drawback. Mainly losing the ability to hardlink or instant move, resulting in a slower and more I/O intensive copy + delete is used.
But you're able to change this, by not using the pre-defined/recommended paths like:
Tools => Options => Downloads (Or click on the cogwheel to access the options)
"},{"location":"Downloaders/qBittorrent/Basic-Setup/#when-adding-a-torrent","title":"When adding a torrent","text":"
For consistency with other torrents, we recommend leaving this on Original.
Suggested: Original
Delete the .torrent file after it has been added to qBittorrent.
Suggested: Personal preference
Pre-allocated disk space for the added torrents limits fragmentation and also makes sure if you use a cache drive or a feeder disk that the space is available.
Suggested: Enabled
Warning
Do not set Pre-allocated disk space if you are using ZFS as your filesystem as ZFS does not support fallocate
Make sure this is set to Automatic. Your downloads will not go into the category folder otherwise.
Suggested: Automatic
This helps you to manage your file location based on categories.
Suggested: Enabled
Same as Step 2
Suggested: Enabled
Your download root path (Download folder/location).
Read the ATTENTION block below
If you enable this, your incomplete downloads will be placed in this directory until completed. This could be useful if you want your downloads to use a separate SSD/Feeder disk1, but this also results in extra unnecessary moves or in worse cases a slower and more I/O intensive copy + delete.
Your port used for incoming connections, this is the port you opened in your router/firewall or port forwarded at your VPN provider to make sure you're connectable.
Suggested: The port you opened in your router/firewall or port forwarded at your VPN provider
This should be disabled in your router for several security reasons.
Suggested: Disabled
Make sure this is disabled so you don't mess up the forwarded port.
Here you can set your global rate limits, meaning your maximum download/upload speed used by qBittorrent. (For all torrents)
The best settings depend on many factors.
Your ISP speed.
Your hardware used.
Bandwidth needed by other services in your home network.
Suggested: For a home connection that you use with others it's best practice to set the upload/download rate to about 70-80% of your maximum upload/download speed.
When enabled, it basically does the same as above, but with the option to set up a schedule.
Examples:
Limit your upload/download rate during the daytime when you make the most use of it, and unlimited it during nighttime when no one is using the connection.
If you have an internet connection that's limited during specific hours (unlimited bandwidth during the night, but limited during the day)
These settings are mainly used for public trackers (and should be enabled for them) and not for private trackers, decent private trackers use a private flag where they ignore these settings.
Suggested: Personal preference
Recommended setting Allow encryption rather than enforcing it allows more peers to connect and is recommended on underpowered systems as it will allow for lower overhead.
Suggested: Allow encryption
Anonymous mode hides the client's (qBittorrent) fingerprint from the peer-ID, sets the \u2018User-Agent\u2019 to Null and doesn\u2019t share your IP address directly with trackers (though peers will still see your IP address). If using private trackers, it's recommended to disable this. We also got reports from people who are using this that they had worse speeds.
Your maximum seeding ratio preference. (When both ratio and seeding time are enabled it will trigger the action on whatever happens first.)
Suggested: Disabled
Your maximum seeding time preference (When both ratio and seeding time are enabled it will trigger the action on whatever happens first.)
Suggested: Disabled
What to do when ratio or seeding time is reached.
Suggested: Paused and Disabled
Tip
We recommend using the seeding goals in your Starr Apps indexer settings (enable advanced), or use qBit Manage
"},{"location":"Downloaders/qBittorrent/Basic-Setup/#automatically-add-these-trackers-to-new-downloads","title":"Automatically add these trackers to new downloads","text":"
In some cases when this is enabled it could result in issues.
Suggested: Disabled
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
If you use unRaid then you don't need this since you can make use of the default cache drive option.\u00a0\u21a9
"},{"location":"Downloaders/qBittorrent/How-to-add-categories/","title":"qBittorrent - How to add categories","text":"
This basic example is based on the use of docker images
Keep in mind the path are set up so it works with hardlinks and instant moves.
More info HERE
Info
Pick one path layout and use it for all of them.
It doesn't matter if you prefer to use /data, /shared, /storage or whatever.
The screenshots in the examples use the following root path /data
Click on the left under categories with your left mouse button.
Click on Add category
Enter your category.
Enter your save path subfolder (keep it simple and recognizable)
You don't need to add the full path under Save Path, it will use the root download path that you've set up in Options => Saving Management => Default Save Path:.
"},{"location":"Downloaders/qBittorrent/How-to-add-categories/#paths-and-categories-breakdown","title":"Paths and Categories Breakdown","text":""},{"location":"Downloaders/qBittorrent/How-to-add-categories/#downloads-do-not-go-into-the-category-folder","title":"Downloads do not go into the category folder","text":"
Downloads do not go into the category folder
When your downloads end up in /data/torrents/ and not in /data/torrents/{tv|movies|music} then you probably forgot to change Default Torrent Management Mode: to Automatic
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
This basic example is based on the use of docker images
Keep in mind the path are setup so it works with hardlinks and instant moves.
More info HERE
Info
Pick one path layout and use it for all of them.
It doesn't matter if you prefer to use /data, /shared, /storage or whatever.
The screenshots in the examples are using the following root path /data
Options => Downloads
"},{"location":"Downloaders/qBittorrent/Port-forwarding/","title":"qBittorrent - Port forwarding","text":""},{"location":"Downloaders/qBittorrent/Port-forwarding/#why-port-forwarding","title":"Why port-forwarding","text":"
To seed content effectively, it is necessary to have some form of port-forwarding enabled. This can vary depending on whether you use a VPN or not and/or what router or firewall you have.
"},{"location":"Downloaders/qBittorrent/Port-forwarding/#how-to-port-forward","title":"How to port-forward","text":"VPN ServiceRouter
Please consult your VPN Service and/or your VPN container documentation for specifics.
For Torguard we've created instructions on how to setup port-forwarding.
Please consult your router manual for specifics or check if your router can be found on Port Forward.
"},{"location":"Downloaders/qBittorrent/Port-forwarding/#how-to-check-if-your-vpn-is-working","title":"How to Check if Your VPN is Working","text":"
Download one of the test .torrents or magnet links from one of the following sites:
ipleak.net
TorGuard's \u201cCheck My Torrent IP\u201d
Add the magnet link to your torrent client and wait for the results. It should show you a different IP than your WAN IP number. Remember this IP because you will need it to check if your port is open or closed.
"},{"location":"Downloaders/qBittorrent/Port-forwarding/#how-to-check-if-a-port-is-open-or-closed","title":"How to Check if a Port is Open or Closed","text":"
Use the free online Open Port Check Tool to check if your port is open. If you're using a VPN and have forwarded your port with the VPN service, then use the IP you got from How to Check if Your VPN is Working and the port you used to forward. If you're not using a VPN service, use your WAN IP address and the port you used to forward.
Tools => Options => Connection is where you will find the settings to which port the download should use.
Tools or cogwheel.
Options (skip if you choose the cogwheel).
Select the Connection Tab.
Change TCP and uTP to TCP, if you get speed issues try one of the others.
Add here the port you've forwarded.
"},{"location":"Downloaders/qBittorrent/Tips/How-to-run-the-unRaid-mover-for-qBittorrent/","title":"unRAID Mover and qBittorrent","text":"
When you make use of the unRAID cache drive for your /data/torrents share, and the torrents in qBittorrent are still seeding, the mover can't move files since they are still in use.
Using the following instructions will allow you to move the files using the qBittorrent API.
Workflow Rules
Pause torrents in a specified age range that reside on your cache drive.
Run the unRAID mover.
Resume the torrents after the mover has completed.
Warning
The screenshots below are only EXAMPLES to show you how it should look and where you need to place the data that you need to add. They are NOT always a 100% reflection of the actual data, and not always the actual values you need to add.
Always follow the recommendations described in the guide.
If you have any questions, or aren't sure, just click the chat badge to join the Discord Channel where you can ask your questions directly.
In your Unraid Dashboard go to APP and type in the search box:
python 3 for unraid\n
Click on the install button to install everything you needed.
According to the developer, it will install python3, pip, and setuptools onto your Unraid systems. without library issues, and it should be fully compatible with Unraid 6 and 7.
In your Unraid terminal, type the following to determine your Slackware version.
cat /etc/slackware-version\n
Then go to https://packages.slackware.com/
Select the correct 64-bit Slackware version from the release dropdown box.
Currently:
Slackware64 15.0 for unRAID 6.x
Slackware64 current for unRAID 7.x
Type in the required package you're looking for in the search box.
Download the required packages.
Put them in your Unraid flash drive located in the boot/extra folder. It will be installed upon Unraid boots.
To remove the old/wrong packages (that NerdTools installed for an earlier Slackware version), overwrite them with the new versions on your Unraid flash drive in the boot/extra folder. Place the correct versions there and then reboot.
The script needs the qbittorrent-api module to work, so we need to make sure it's installed when your unRAID server starts, or when the Array is started the first time.
You can choose one of the following 3 options (select a tab) to install qbittorrent-api.
User scriptsPython venvGo File
With this option, we're going to install the qbittorrent-api module when the Array is started the first time.
In your unRAID Dashboard, go to your Settings tab and select User Scripts in the User Utilities section at the bottom.
At the bottom of the User Scripts page select the ADD NEW SCRIPT button.
A popup will appear asking you to name the script. For this example, we're going to use Install qBittorent-API and then click on OK.
Click on the cogwheel of the new script in the list, and select Edit Script.
Copy/Paste the following in the new window that opens, then click SAVE CHANGES.
#!/bin/bash\npip3 install qbittorrent-api\n
Select in the schedule list when the script should run, and choose At First Array Start Only.
Click on Apply.
Finally, you will need to choose RUN IN BACKGROUND or restart your unRAID server to install the qbittorrent-api module.
With this option, we're going to create a Python virtual environment on our disk. We will use this to run and store dependencies (qbittorrent-api) for this specific environment.
By doing this, we will only need to configure this once and it will be persistent after reboots (this differs from the previous steps).
First, you need to choose a location to start a new Python environment.
Info
In the next steps, you will be asked to choose a location to store the script; please try to be consistent.
Suggestions:
/mnt/user/appdata/qbittorrent/scripts/.venv
/mnt/user/data/scripts/.venv
Run the following command in unRAID's terminal in the directory you chose:
We now need to enter this new environment and install our dependency (qbittorrent-api) in it, run:
source /mnt/user/data/scripts/.venv/bin/activate\npip3 install qbittorrent-api\ndeactivate # to leave the environment\n
Info
Replace /mnt/user/data/scripts/.venv with the path you have chosen.
With this option, we're going to install the qbittorrent module when the unRAID server is started.
On your USB stick/key go to /boot/config and open the go file with your text editor (VSCode/Notepad++).
Copy/paste the following command
pip3 install qbittorrent-api\n
Restart your unRAID Server or run the above command from the terminal.
"},{"location":"Downloaders/qBittorrent/Tips/How-to-run-the-unRaid-mover-for-qBittorrent/#script","title":"Script","text":""},{"location":"Downloaders/qBittorrent/Tips/How-to-run-the-unRaid-mover-for-qBittorrent/#copy-the-script-to-your-preferred-location","title":"Copy the script to your preferred location","text":"
Place the qBit-Mover script somewhere easy to access/remember.
Replace /mnt/user/data/scripts/ in the script with the path you have chosen for the Python script (qBit-Mover script).
--days_from => Set Number of Days to stop torrents from for the move.
--days_to => Set Number of Days to stop torrents to for the move.
--host => Replace ip with your unraid server ip, and replace port with your qBittorrent WebGUI port you use to access the qBittorrent WebGUI.
--user => Your used qBittorrent User Name if you have authentication enabled.
--password => Your used qBittorrent Password if you have authentication enabled.
--cache-mount => Cache mount point in Unraid. This is used to additionally filter for only torrents that exist on the cache mount. Use this option ONLY if you follow the TRaSH Guides folder structure. (For default cache drive set this to /mnt/cache)
Click the schedule dropdown to choose when the script should run. We want to select Custom.
After changing to Custom you will get an extra text field on the right where you can set your schedule (cron).
For this example, we're going to tell the script to run every day at 4 AM.
0 4 * * *
You can generate your scheduling HERE
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
The default path setup suggested by some docker developers that encourages people to use mounts like /movies, /tv, /books or /downloads is very suboptimal and it makes them look like two or three file systems, even if they aren\u2019t (Because of how Docker\u2019s volumes work). It is the easiest way to get started. While easy to use, it has a major drawback. Mainly losing the ability to hardlink or instant move, resulting in a slower and more I/O intensive copy + delete is used.
But you're able to change this, by not using the pre-defined/recommended paths like:
I've asked several people that used this download client for some help/feedback, but most of them just switched to qBittorrent.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/","title":"File and Folder Structure","text":""},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/#introduction","title":"Introduction","text":"
It is important that your media server has a well organised file and folder structure. Along with generally easier file and folder management, you will benefit from:
Improved security, by only granting the appropriate applications and tools access to your files.
Hardlinks, so that the same file can appear in multiple places whilst only taking up the disk space of one copy.
Instant moves (also known as 'Atomic Moves') so that files can be moved to other parts of the file system instantaneously.
The first requirement is that all your media files and folders should be part of the same file system. That is, everything must be contained on a single physical or virtual drive. Second, all of your applications should have a consistent view of where your files and folders are - i.e., your files should appear in the same place to all of your applications.
We recommend setting up a file and folder structure on your host server that looks like this:
The data folder can be placed wherever you like. As an example, in Unraid, you would set up a share called data. This would then be accessible within Unraid's file system at /mnt/user/data.
If you are installing applications directly on the host system (natively), then they will already have visibility of that file and folder structure, assuming permissions are set correctly. If you are installing applications non-natively, for example via Docker, then each application should be granted access to the lowest level folder that is required whilst maintaining consistent pathing to the top level folder, which here is data. For example, a torrent client installed via Docker would have /mnt/user/data/torrents mapped to /data/torrents. This means that the download client would see the contents of the host's /mnt/user/data/torrents folder in the /data/torrents folder inside the container.
More detailed examples can be found in the How To Set Up section.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Check-if-hardlinks-are-working/","title":"How to check if hardlinks are working","text":"
You've followed the guide step by step but still want to check if hardlinks are working, or someone on the Sonarr/Radarr support team asked you to check if your files are hardlinked.
You can use 3 options to check if you got working hardlinks.
All methods require you to log in to your terminal with PuTTY or similar software.
Warning
You CAN'T create hardlinks for directories
You CAN'T hardlink across separate file systems, partitions, or mounts
Some file systems, such as exFAT, are known not to support hardlinks and should be avoided (double-check if you are unsure!)
If you are using Usenet, these examples won't work due to making use of instant/atomic moves and not hardlinks.Still want to test if it works?Test an import of a 4k remux, or any other big file, and you should notice it's almost instant and not a slower and more I/O intensive copy + delete.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Check-if-hardlinks-are-working/#mac-or-linux-method-1-using-ls","title":"Mac or Linux Method 1: Using ls","text":"
This is the easiest to check in our opinion.
In your terminal cd to your download location and run ls -al or type ls -al /path/to/your/download/location/
You will get a listing of all your files and on the left side you will see a couple of numbers, every file with a number above 1 are hardlinks.
Red rectangle - Not Hardlinked
Green rectangle - Hardlinks
Blue rectangle - Folders/Directories you will need to go into them to check if the files are hardlinked.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Check-if-hardlinks-are-working/#mac-or-linux-method-2-using-stat","title":"Mac or Linux Method 2: Using stat","text":"
This way requires a bit more work.
In the terminal type: stat /path/to/your/download/location/file.mkv
In the terminal type: stat /path/to/your/media/location/file.mkv
You will get 2 results you can use to compare several things.
Links: Everything above 1 means it's hardlinked
Inode: if the numbers match, you know the files are hardlinked
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Check-if-hardlinks-are-working/#mac-or-linux-method-3-using-inode-copies","title":"Mac or Linux Method 3: Using Inode copies","text":"
In your terminal cd to your download location and run ls -i file.mkv or type ls -i /path/to/your/download/location/file.mkv
This will reveal the inode of your file on the left side of the file.
In your terminal type: find /mnt/user/data/ -inum ### or find . -inum ### if you're in your root folder.
### = Your inode number on the left of the file you found.
It will list all files linked with the same inode number.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Check-if-hardlinks-are-working/#windows-method-1-using-fsutil","title":"Windows Method 1: Using fsutil","text":"
In the command line type: fsutil hardlink list c:\\path\\to\\your\\download\\location\\file.mkv
It will list all hardlinked files.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
It doesn't matter if you prefer to use /data, /shared, /storage or whatever.
The screenshots in the examples use the following root path /data
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Examples/#sonarr","title":"Sonarr","text":"Sonarr Examples - [Click to show/hide]
Settings => Media Management => Importing
Settings => Media Management => Root Folders
Series => Add New
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Examples/#radarr","title":"Radarr","text":"Radarr Examples - [Click to show/hide]
Settings => Media Management => Importing
Settings => Media Management => Root Folders
Movies => Add New
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Examples/#sabnzbd","title":"SABnzbd","text":"SABnzbd Examples - [Click to show/hide]
SABnzbd config => Folders
SABnzbd config => Categories
Don't forget to look at the full SABnzbd Guides
SABnzbd - Basic Setup
SABnzbd - Paths and Categories
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Examples/#nzbget","title":"NZBGet","text":"NZBGet Examples - [Click to show/hide]
NZBGet development has been officially abandoned by the developer
Settings => PATHS
Settings => CATEGORIES
Don't forget to look at the full NZBGet Guides
NZBGet - Basic Setup
NZBGet - Paths and Categories
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Examples/#qbittorrent","title":"qBittorrent","text":"qBittorrent Examples - [Click to show/hide]
Options => Downloads
Don't forget to look at the full qBittorrent Guides
qBittorrent - Basic Setup
qBittorrent - Paths
qBittorrent - How to add categories
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Examples/#deluge","title":"Deluge","text":"Deluge Example - [Click to show/hide]
Preferences => Downloads
Don't forget to look at the full Deluge Guides
Deluge - Basic Setup
Deluge - Using Labels
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Examples/#rutorrent","title":"ruTorrent","text":"ruTorrent Examples - [Click to show/hide]
../config/rtorrent/config/rtorrent.rc (path to your appdata)
Settings => Downloads
Settings => Autotools
Big Thanks to fryfrog for his Docker Guide that we used as a basis for this guide.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Hardlinks-and-Instant-Moves/","title":"Hardlinks and Instant Moves (Atomic-Moves)","text":""},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Hardlinks-and-Instant-Moves/#description","title":"Description","text":"
Info
If you\u2019re wondering why hardlinks aren\u2019t working or why a simple move is taking far longer than it should.
Here we will try to explain it.
This guide consists of 4 sections.
This page with a short description.
How to set up for your installation method.
Examples What you should use for your path settings in your used applications.
Check if hardlinks are working
So you want one of the following?
Instant moves (Atomic-Moves) during import of the Starr Apps (useful when using Usenet)?
You don't want to use twice the storage when using torrents. (hardlinks)?
You want to perma-seed?
Then Continue to How to set up for your installation method.
- You CAN'T create hardlinks for directories - You CAN'T hardlink across separate file systems, partitions, volumes or mounts - Some file systems, such as exFAT, are known not to support hardlinks and should be avoided (double-check if you are unsure!)
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Hardlinks-and-Instant-Moves/#what-are-hardlinks","title":"What are Hardlinks","text":"What are hardlinks? - [Click to show/hide]
[Short answer] Having a file in multiple locations without using double your storage space.
[Long answer] Hardlinks are a way for a copy operation to be instant and not consume space for those additional copies.
Every file is a hardlink: some metadata that points at blocks on the file system, which is why they're restricted to the same file system. There can be as many metadata files pointing at those blocks as needed and the blocks know how many links point to them. Once the blocks have 0 links, they're considered deleted.
This means:
You can delete any \"copy\" without impacting other instances (hardlinks) of it.
Your download client can remove its \"copy\" without impacting the library \"copy\". The library \"copy\" can also be removed by Plex, Sonarr/Radarr, or manually without impacting your download client's \"copy\".
Space is only reclaimed once all \"copies\" of data that are hardlinked are deleted.
Modifying any copy of a hardlinked file will impact all \"copies\".
For example, modifying the id3 tags of a .mp3 download after import would modify the download client \"copy\", resulting in breaking the torrent.
More info from Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Don't forget to read the Hardlinks limitations
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Hardlinks-and-Instant-Moves/#what-are-instant-moves-atomic-moves","title":"What are Instant Moves (Atomic Moves)","text":"What are Instant Moves (Atomic Moves)? - [Click to show/hide]
A real move and not a copy file from the download folder to the media folder and then deleting the file from the download folder.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Hardlinks-and-Instant-Moves/#what-are-the-starr-apps","title":"What are the Starr Apps","text":"What are the Starr Apps? - [Click to show/hide]
Sonarr, Radarr, Lidarr, etc.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Replace-copies-with-hardlinks/","title":"Replace copies with hardlinks","text":"
Have you recently switched to a setup that supports hardlinks and Instant Moves (Atomic-Moves), and would like to replace duplicated files with hardlinks?
If your Operating System supports it you could make use of jdupes.
The latest version's binaries are available for Windows at the link above. You can use a package manager, such as homebrew, apt, or pacman, to install the latest available version for Mac or your flavor of Linux.
If you want to know what else jdupes can do please read the usage manual.
Tip
This process can put a significantly large load on your system resources for an extended period of time depending on the size of your library. As duplicates are discovered, and hardlinks are made, the process becomes more efficient - as linked and different-sized files are not repeatedly checked against eachother. This leads to subsequent runs potentially finishing faster.
To speed this process up significantly more, you can leverage a hash database. This will store information about the files, including their signatures, across runs of jdupes - vastly increasing the speed at which runs are finished.
Simply use the following additional option BEFORE YOUR DIRECTORIES with a path that is always available and persistent:
-y \"/mnt/user/appdata/scripts/media_hash.db\"\n
We don't suggest using jdupes on a cloud-based setup.
The following is a basic usage template:
jdupes [options] DIR1 DIR2\n
The example below will do a dry run and summarize at the end.
Folder paths should be adjusted to match your directory structure
Windows only allows a maximum of 1023 hard links per file
The -Q or --quick option only reads each file once, hashes it, and performs comparisons based solely on the hashes. There is a small but significant risk of a hash collision which is the purpose of the failsafe byte-for-byte comparison that this option explicitly bypasses. Do not use it on ANY data set for which any amount of data loss is unacceptable. You have been warned!
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/","title":"How To Set Up","text":"
In this section, you will find several how-to guides for installation of the Starr Apps. This is all done in a way to achieve Hardlinks and Instant Moves (Atomic-Moves).
Select your desired method of installation:
Docker
Dockstarter
Native
Synology
TrueNAS Core
TrueNAS Scale users can follow the same concepts as the Docker method, until someone provides a guide and is willing to maintain and give support for it in the Guide Discord.
Unraid
Windows
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
If you're new to dockers and want an easy setup, we suggest taking a look at DockSTARTer. We've also created a short guide HERE where we explain the settings for the most used applications.
The main goal of DockSTARTer is to make it quick and easy to get up and running with Docker. You may choose to rely on DockSTARTer for various changes to your Docker system or use DockSTARTer as a stepping stone and learn to do more advanced configurations.
DockSTARTer was actually my first step into the world of dockers.
Note
I'm not going to explain how to get dockers installed and running, we will only explain which folder structure we recommend.
The paths mentioned below refer to internal paths (or Container Path) for the containers!
External paths (or Host Path) depend on where you mounted your share or your drives.
It doesn't really matter which path you use for your media and appdata,
the only thing you should avoid is /home.
Because user folders in /home are expected to have some restrictive permissions.
It just could end up creating a permissions mess, so it's better to just avoid entirely.
For this example we're going to make use of a share called data.
The data folder has sub-folders for torrents and usenet and each of these have sub-folders for tv, movie, books and music downloads to keep things neat. The media folder has nicely named TV, Movies, Books and Music sub-folders, this is your library and what you\u2019d pass to Plex, Emby or JellyFin.
In this examples I'm using lower case on all folder on purpose, being Linux is case sensitive.
The default path setup suggested by some docker developers that encourages people to use mounts like /movies, /tv, /books or /downloads is very suboptimal and it makes them look like two or three file systems, even if they aren\u2019t (Because of how Docker\u2019s volumes work). It is the easiest way to get started. While easy to use, it has a major drawback. Mainly losing the ability to hardlink or instant move, resulting in a slower and more I/O intensive copy + delete is used.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Docker/#breakdown-of-the-folder-structure","title":"Breakdown of the Folder Structure","text":""},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Docker/#torrent-clients","title":"Torrent clients","text":"
qBittorrent, Deluge, ruTorrent
The reason why we use /data/torrents for the torrent client is because it only needs access to the torrent files. In the torrent software settings, you\u2019ll need to reconfigure paths and you can sort into sub-folders like /data/torrents/{tv|movies|music}.
The reason why we use /data/usenet for the Usenet client is because it only needs access to the Usenet files. In the Usenet software settings, you\u2019ll need to reconfigure paths and you can sort into sub-folders like /data/usenet/complete/{tv|movies|music}.
Sonarr, Radarr, Readarr and Lidarr gets access to everything using /data because the download folder(s) and media folder will look like and be one file system. Hardlinks will work and moves will be atomic, instead of copy + delete.
Plex, Emby, JellyFin and Bazarr only needs access to your media library using /data/media, which can have any number of sub folders like Movies, Kids Movies, TV, Documentary TV and/or Music as sub folders.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Docker/#docker-compose-commands","title":"Docker-Compose Commands","text":"docker-compose commands - [Click to show/hide]
sudo docker-compose up -d (This Docker-compose command helps builds the image, then creates and starts Docker containers. The containers are from the services specified in the compose file. If the containers are already running and you run docker-compose up, it recreates the container.)
sudo docker-compose pull (Pulls an image associated with a service defined in a docker-compose.yml)
sudo docker-compose down (The Docker-compose down command also stops Docker containers like the stop command does. But it goes the extra mile. Docker-compose down, doesn\u2019t just stop the containers, it also removes them.)
sudo docker system prune -a --volumes --force (Remove all unused containers, networks, images (both dangling and unreferenced), and optionally, volumes.)
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
We're going to use a mounted drive that we're going to use as storage for downloads and your media. In this example, the mounted drive will be mounted to /mnt/ with the following folder structure.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Dockstarter/#changes-to-the-env","title":"Changes to the .env","text":"
To accomplish this we need to change first a few paths in your .env (Usually ~/.docker/compose/.env)
# Global Settings\nCOMPOSE_HTTP_TIMEOUT=60\nDOCKERCONFDIR=~/.config/appdata\nDOCKERGID=999\nDOCKERHOSTNAME=DockSTARTer\nDOCKERLOGGING_MAXFILE=10\nDOCKERLOGGING_MAXSIZE=200k\nDOCKERSTORAGEDIR=/mnt/storage\nPGID=1000\nPUID=1000\nTZ=America/Chicago\n
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Dockstarter/#changes-to-your-paths","title":"Changes to your paths","text":"
When that's all set then you will need to change the paths you're going to use in the containers from:
It doesn't really matter which path you use for your media and appdata,
the only thing you should avoid is /home.
Because user folders in /home are expected to have some restrictive permissions.
It just could end up creating a permissions mess, so it's better to just avoid entirely.
For this example we're going to make use of a share called data.
The data folder has sub-folders for torrents and usenet and each of these have sub-folders for tv, movie, books and music downloads to keep things neat. The media folder has nicely named TV, Movies, Books and Music sub-folders, this is your library and what you\u2019d pass to Plex, Emby or JellyFin.
In this examples I'm using lower case on all folder on purpose, being Linux is case sensitive.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Native/#breakdown-of-the-folder-structure","title":"Breakdown of the Folder Structure","text":""},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Native/#torrent-clients","title":"Torrent clients","text":"
qBittorrent, Deluge, ruTorrent
The reason why we use /data/torrents for the torrent client is because it only needs access to the torrent files. In the torrent software settings, you\u2019ll need to reconfigure paths and you can sort into sub-folders like /data/torrents/{tv|movies|music}.
The reason why we use /data/usenet for the Usenet client is because it only needs access to the Usenet files. In the Usenet software settings, you\u2019ll need to reconfigure paths and you can sort into sub-folders like /data/usenet/complete/{tv|movies|music}.
Sonarr, Radarr, Readarr and Lidarr gets access to everything using /data because the download folder(s) and media folder will look like and be one file system. Hardlinks will work and moves will be atomic, instead of copy + delete.
Plex, Emby, JellyFin and Bazarr only needs access to your media library using /data/media, which can have any number of sub folders like Movies, Kids Movies, TV, Documentary TV and/or Music as sub folders.
Being I don't have a Synology myself and I kind of hate the Synology GUI for the dockers, we're going to do this with the use of docker-compose through a terminal.
This is faster than the GUI and after installing, it shows up in the Docker GUI.
Thanks to faxity for the initial compose that I used to create the Synology Guide.
And a very big thanks to Bokkoman and BZwart that updated this Guide for DSM 7 and also offered their help on discord as Synology Support Team.
This page will provide you with guidance on how to install several Docker images related to the Servarr apps to your Synology. We highly recommend reading the full guide, that way you have a better understanding of what you do, in case you later decide to make changes.
We will create one share that will hold all your data. This ensures hardlinking and/or instant moves are possible.
Create one user that will be assigned to the docker images as the user they run out of security reasons.
Create a folder structure on the data and docker share with a few commands (or manually).
Download and edit the docker-compose.yml and .env files to your system settings.
Set permissions to all folders related to the shares.
Run and execute docker commands to start the containers.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Synology/#automated-script","title":"Automated Script","text":"Automated script (Use this script at your own risk) - [Click to show/hide]
Warning
Though, we offer a short way out. This is intended as a quick way to do everything that is written on this page within one script. And is only for initial setup. After that, you need to manage it yourself. Rerunning the script can or will reset all personal changes made in the compose/env.
The script is only tested on Synology DSM7 and higher.
We are not held liable if anything breaks on your system. Use at your own risk
To get this working you will need to enable terminal access (SSH) and home folders.
Be sure to delete current running Docker containers related to this guide (ie. *arr apps, download clients), and backup settings before you do.
To enable SSH on your Synology take a look HERE.
To enable Home folders, go to Control Panel > User & Group > Advanced > Enable user home service at the bottom.
When you enable these two settings, run the following commands in your favorite terminal app and follow the onscreen questions.
You need to install Docker / Container Manager from the Package Center. This should also create a share named docker, and check File Station if it is present.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Synology/#create-the-main-share","title":"Create the main share","text":"
We will create and use a new share named data (lowercase) for all your library media and downloads.
Name this shared folder data. You can disable the trash can, up to you. Click next until you are done.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Synology/#create-a-user","title":"Create a user","text":"
We are going to create a new user that only has access to the share(s) that we use for the containers to run. You should not have the containers run as an admin/root user.
Go to Control Panel > User & Group
In the User section, create a new user. Name it whatever you like, but for this guide, we will use the name docker.
Fill out the rest of the information, generate a password or type your own.
Click next, you will now be able to select which group this user will belong to, it should only be the group users. Click Next.
You are mostly going to use the terminal. Some parts will need the Synology web GUI. To enable terminal access, you need to enable SSH in the Synology Settings.
Control Panel > Terminal & SNMP > Enable SSH service
Then use a program like Putty or Powershell/Terminal to SSH into your Synology.
Enter the login information of a Synology user account that has admin privileges, as only members of the 'administrators' user group can use SSH.
If you get a message asking if you want to trust the key, just press OK or ACCEPT.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Synology/#puid-and-pgid","title":"PUID and PGID","text":"
For the Docker container to access the shares on Synology, we need to know the user ID (PUID) and group ID (PGID) from the docker user we just created.
Once logged in to the terminal type id docker. If you used a different username, change docker to the one you used.
This will show you the UID (aka PUID). In the screenshot above this is 1035 for the docker user and 100 is the GID (aka PGID) for the user's group. Save these values for later use.
Let's create a good folder structure on the shares we use (docker and data). This will be done with a few commands.
The structure will look like this. You can of course edit this, but do this when you know what you are doing. We are using lowercase on all folders on purpose, being Linux is case-sensitive.
The default path setup suggested by some docker developers that encourages people to use mounts like /movies, /tv, /books or /downloads is very suboptimal and it makes them look like two or three file systems, even if they aren\u2019t (Because of how Docker\u2019s volumes work). It is the easiest way to get started. While easy to use, it has a major drawback. Mainly losing the ability to hardlink or instant move, resulting in a slower and more I/O intensive copy + delete is used.
To create the folder structure for your media library and also for your preferred download client, run one or both of the following commands:
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Synology/#if-you-use-usenet","title":"If you use usenet","text":"
Your application data will be stored in the docker share in the folder called appdata (/volume1/docker/appdata) Create these folders with the command below, or create them in File Station manually.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Synology/#whats-included-in-the-compose-and-what-is-not-included","title":"What's included in the compose and what is not included","text":"
This docker-compose file will have the following docker containers included.
What's not included (and where are the download clients?).
We didn't add a download client to it, because it depends on what you prefer (usenet/torrent) and which client you prefer. We have a repository Repository on Github where we provide and maintain some templates that are ready to use with the main docker-compose.yml.
The only thing you need to do is copy & paste what's inside the template file into the main docker-compose.yml on the bottom, the templates also have a command that you need to use to create the appdata folder that we explained earlier. Without the appdata folder for the application, the creation of the container will fail because of the missing folder.
Second, we will download the .env file
Download this .env to your /volume1/docker/appdata location next to the docker-compose.yml. Or use this command:
MAKE SURE THE FILE KEEPS THE ORIGINAL NAME .env WITH THE DOT BEFORE IT
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Synology/#changes-and-preparations","title":"Changes and preparations","text":"
Tip
If you need to edit docker-compose.yml or the .env file we advise to use Notepad++ or Visual Studio Code
The .env file we downloaded holds the variables/information you need to change for everything to work. I added explanations in the .env file.
DOCKERCONFDIR (only change this if you know what you're doing and decide to use another path than this guide used)
DOCKERDATADIR (only change this if you know what you're doing and decide to use another path than this guide used)
PUID/PGID (this info you got earlier from HERE)
TZ (Change to your timezone, can be found HERE)
Install and Create a task scheduler for Pullio, so your containers stay up to date.
The .env holds more variables/information for other containers you don't need to remove those variables and will be only used when you install the other containers.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Synology/#pullio-auto-update-docker-compose-the-correct-way","title":"Pullio - Auto update docker-compose the correct way","text":"
Pullio allows you to automatically update your containers. And send you a notification through various means. We use a Discord Webhook.
It can be frustrating to test the script if no docker image updates are available, therefore you can run the command sudo pullio --debug` and the script will behave as if an update is available. If you have set to receive notifications, you should receive them.
Now we need to make sure that the newly created files and folders have the correct permissions.
If you have an existing library, it is advised to move these to the new data share prior to running the commands below.
Note
If you're using a different user than docker (the user-generated in the beginning), then you need to change the docker:users part in the command below!!!
If you move files from a different library into the newly created library afterward, you need to rerun these commands. !!!
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Synology/#run-the-docker-compose","title":"Run the Docker Compose","text":"
Tip
make sure you delete/remove all your existing dockers from the Docker GUI and also remove your native installs (in Package Center) of these applications !!! If you had previously installed apps, make a backup of their config folders or backup through the WebUI of the app.
If you have followed all the steps and your compose file is ready, run the following commands:
cd /volume1/docker/appdata\n
sudo docker-compose up -d\n
You will notice that all the images will be downloaded, and after that, the containers will be started. If you get an error then read what the error says and try to fix it (missing folders, permissions errors, etc). If you can't figure out the solution to your errors, join the guides-discord here and create a support ticket.
If you need help setting up the applications, look at the Examples of how to set up the paths inside your applications.
Warning
If you need to make any changes, only edit the docker-compose.yml file. To activate the changes, run the commands from here again.
Any changes you do/did in the GUI will be reverted when you run the docker-compose command.
Just don't use the GUI, only for information purposes !!!
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Synology/#docker-compose-commands","title":"Docker-Compose Commands","text":"docker-compose commands - [Click to show/hide]
sudo docker-compose up -d (This Docker-compose command helps builds the image, then creates and starts Docker containers. The containers are from the services specified in the compose file. If the containers are already running and you run docker-compose up, it recreates the container.)
sudo docker-compose pull (Pulls an image associated with a service defined in a docker-compose.yml)
sudo docker-compose down (The Docker-compose down command also stops Docker containers like the stop command does. But it goes the extra mile. Docker-compose down, doesn\u2019t just stop the containers, it also removes them.)
sudo docker system prune -a --volumes --force (Remove all unused containers, networks, images (both dangling and unreferenced), and optionally, volumes.)
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Synology/#additional-synology-info","title":"Additional Synology Info","text":""},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Synology/#dsm-task-for-correctly-reporting-ip-in-plexnginxetc","title":"DSM Task for correctly reporting IP in Plex/Nginx/Etc","text":"
Due to some iptables configuration in DSM, you can get an incorrect IP reported in Plex or other apps that need an read/report the IP. To fix this, you need to add two rules to your iptables. unfortunately, those rules can sometimes be deleted at reboot or after DSM update.
To fix this, you will need to add a Scheduled Task that executes at boot as the root user which will check if the rules exist, and, if not - re-add them.
Task bash command - [Click to show/hide]
#!/bin/bash\ncurrentAttempt=0\ntotalAttempts=10\ndelay=15\n\nwhile [ $currentAttempt -lt $totalAttempts ]; do\n currentAttempt=$(($currentAttempt + 1))\n\n echo \"Attempt $currentAttempt of $totalAttempts...\"\n\n result=$(iptables-save)\n\n if [[ $result =~ \"-A DOCKER -i docker0 -j RETURN\" ]]; then\n echo \"Docker rules found! Modifying...\"\n\n iptables -t nat -A PREROUTING -m addrtype --dst-type LOCAL -j DOCKER\n iptables -t nat -A PREROUTING -m addrtype --dst-type LOCAL ! --dst 127.0.0.0/8 -j DOCKER\n\n echo \"Done!\"\n\n break\n fi\n\n echo \"Docker rules not found! Sleeping for $delay seconds...\"\n\n sleep $delay\ndone\n
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
This guide is based on TrueNAS Core 13, a storage solution based on ZFS. While there are more similarities than differences between Core and Scale in terms of creating datasets, this guide explicitly covers dataset, share, and a basic permissions setup to provide a place for creating and accessing the recommended folder structure. This does not cover jails or other virtualization means on the TrueNAS Core platform.
This guide assumes that you've already created a pool, which by default will contain a top-level dataset that was configured during the time of pool configuration. For the examples below, we'll be using a pool name of tank. Encryption is recommended on the pool (TrueNAS uses ZFS Encryption with AES-256-GCM in TrueNAS Core 13) but is not required. TrueNAS Core allows for granularity in encrypting individual datasets if you don't want to encrypt at the top-level dataset and have it be inherited down to the other datasets.
TrueNAS Core defaults to lz4 encryption as the compression level when creating a pool. This is fine for most workloads, and can be safely inherited down to other datasets under the top-level dataset. ztsd is currently the default in FreeBSD, however, TrueNAS Core still defaults to lz4. Given that media files are not very compressible by nature, the only benefit that compression provides, in this case, is to supplementary files such as .srt, .nfo, etc.
Additionally, since SMB does not support hardlinks we will only be covering the creation and use of NFS shares.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/TrueNAS-Core/#create-the-main-dataset","title":"Create the main dataset","text":"
Warning
To get hardlinks and atomic moves working with ZFS you will need to make use of ONE dataset with subfolders. Note that this does not mean multiple datasets under the example top-level dataset tank from this example.
For this example, I'm using the dataset from my existing setup, Media. The naming isn't important as host machine mappings can be manipulated as desired.
Go to Storage -> Pools and click the \u22ee on the right side of your root dataset, then select Add Dataset.
On the next screen, you'll fill out your basic dataset info, such as name and comments. We have a few things grayed out here as the dataset has already been configured, but in this example, you would use Media in the Name field and keep everything else at its default (Inherit) except for Enable Atime and Record Size. Set Enable Atime to off and Record Size to 1M. This provides a performance increase on a dataset that will primarily be handling media files. Optionally, you can configure Quota for this dataset if you want to limit what the dataset displays and will accept in terms of capacity when it's mounted (i.e. setting this to 10 TiB will show 10T as the capacity when mounted).
During share creation, there will be an option at the bottom for Share Type. Generic is the default, with SMB as a selectable option. Since we'll be using NFS, select Generic.
Click Submit (mine shows Save since this is an existing dataset) once complete.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/TrueNAS-Core/#create-a-shared-group","title":"Create a shared group","text":"
We'll need to create a shared group so that we can ensure proper access when mounting, and to avoid ending up with nobody as the group name when mounting over NFS. This group should contain any of your user accounts that will be accessing the share (Starr apps, download clients, etc). It should also match the group and GID on the host you plan to mount the share as and run your apps from.
Navigate to Accounts -> Groups, and click Add at the top right.
You'll arrive at a simple configuration screen like the one shown below. Set your GID that you plan to use, and name the group. In this example, I'm using a GID of 1215 and a group name of dockermedia. Since this group won't be used for anything other than share permissions, leave Permit Sudo and Samba Authentication unchecked. Click Submit once complete.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/TrueNAS-Core/#create-your-users","title":"Create your user(s)","text":"
We'll need to create a user (or users - if you're using individual user accounts for each service) on TrueNAS that matches the user and UID of the user you'll be mounting your share with. It's important that these match since we're not using the Mapall function that exists under the NFS Share options.
Navigate to Accounts -> Users, and click Add at the top right.
You'll arrive at a configuration screen like the one shown below. Fill out Full Name and Username with the desired username, and set your User ID that you plan to use.
You'll need to uncheck New Primary Group so you can manually populate Primary Group with the shared group you created in the previous step. In this example, I'm using a GID of 1215 and a Primary Group name of dockermedia. Leave Home Directory as /nonexistent, and set Disable Password to Yes. Uncheck Samba Authentication and click Submit once complete. Home Directory Permissions aren't important as it's set to /nonexistent, and we won't ever be accessing it.
Note
If you're using a single, shared user and group setup (1000:1000 is the common one) you can leave New Primary Group checked. Assuming there's not a group that already exists with GID 1000 it will create that group automatically with the same name as the user.
Now that we have a user and a group, we can set the permissions on the dataset.
Navigate to Storage -> Pools, and click \u22ee on the right side of your target dataset (Media if you're following my example), then select Edit Permissions.
You'll arrive at a configuration screen like the one shown below. Under Owner, fill out your User and Group information with your desired user and the shared group you plan to use for your apps. User isn't super important here if you're using an NFS share and have Group configured properly, but it would matter if you're doing a single-user share (i.e. if you wanted a single person to have their own dataset -> share to map).
Check the boxes for Apply User, Apply Group, and Apply Permissions Recursively (check Confirm and click Continue if you get a popup). Check the Access Mode boxes as indicated in the image example and click Save once complete.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/TrueNAS-Core/#create-your-nfs-shares","title":"Create your NFS share(s)","text":"
Navigate to Sharing -> Unix Shares (NFS), and click Add at the top right.
Under Paths you can either use the interactive browser by clicking /mnt, or just enter the correct Path. Following along with the previous examples, mine is /mnt/tank/Media.
Set a Description if desired (recommended for tracking), and check All dirs and Enabled.
Click Advanced Options to show the rest of the options we need.
Leave Security alone as the defaults are fine.
At the bottom, you have a couple of options. You can either specify Authorized Networks for more broad access or authorize specific hosts (my preferred method). Either way, make sure you use one of these options to ensure that whichever host is mounting the NFS share has access.
Click Submit once complete.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/TrueNAS-Core/#configure-and-enable-nfs-service","title":"Configure and enable NFS service","text":"
Navigate to Services and click the edit icon under Actions on the NFS row.
Enabling NFSv4 is optional. If you wish to do so you will need to ensure that your NAS and host are on the same domain (verify with hostname -d), otherwise you'll run into permission issues (indicated by nobody:4294967294 when checking files). Alternatively, enable NFSv3 ownership model for NFSv4 to avoid the domain requirements. Make sure to check Allow non-root mount under Other Options.
One of the most important options here is the Number of servers setting. If you click on the help icon you'll see the help text for this setting, which indicates that you should keep this less than or equal to the number of CPUs reported by sysctl -n kern.smp.cpus to limit CPU context switching.
Any other options are mostly up to your environment and you should consult standard TrueNAS support paths for assistance.
Click Save once complete.
Make sure to check Start Automatically and click the slider under Running to make sure the service is running correctly and starts at boot.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/TrueNAS-Core/#mount-your-shares","title":"Mount your shares","text":"
Follow standard mounting procedures for your operating system/device. In Ubuntu mounting an NFS share is as simple as adding it to /etc/fstab with <host>:/mnt/tank/Media /mnt/data nfs defaults,_netdev,rw 0 0, and issuing mount -a (or rebooting).
Regardless of the method, make sure that the device ends up with a data mount point. The mount point is important since it will allow us to follow the usual guide for folder structure. If you've followed the guide, from a NFS share standpoint the owner and group of the /mnt/data directory will be the user and group that were previously configured in the Dataset Permissions section. If this is improperly configured you can end up with nobody as the owner or group, or have permission errors.
These subfolders you need to create yourself using your preferred method. Set your permissions accordingly as well. If you use ACLs on the datasets you can replicate the usual 775/664 (UMASK 002) or 755/644 (UMASK 022) recommendation, but this guide only covers the use of basic permissions for mounting and expects the end user to fine-tune permissions via chmod, chown, and uid/gid/umask settings on the applications that will be utilizing the share.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
DO NOT use the template paths from unRAID or the suggested paths from SpaceInvader One
SpaceInvader One YouTube guides are great for learning how to start with unRAID or how to set up certain applications - and yes I did and still do use them.The main reason why he's probably using those paths is because they are predefined in the templates.
Make sure Tunable (support Hard Links) is enabled in your Settings => Global Share Settings.
unRAID 6.12unRAID 6.11 "},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Unraid/#create-the-main-share","title":"Create the main share","text":"
To get Hardlinks and Atomic-Moves working with unRAID,You will need to make use of ONE share with subfolders.
In this example, I'm using my setup and the preferred share data.
Go to your dashboard and select Shares on the navigation bar, then choose Add Share.
unRAID 6.12 (No Cache)unRAID 6.12 (Cache)unRAID 6.11
Use data
Set up your share with the applicable settings.
unRAID 6.12 (No Cache)unRAID 6.12 (Cache)unRAID 6.11
Select the Primary storage as Array (shown in the No Cache tab above).
Select the Primary storage as Cache (shown in the Cache tab above).
Select the Secondary storage as Array
Make sure Mover action is set to Cache -> Array
Choose Yes on step (2) (unRAID 6.11 tab above). If not using a cache drive, keep this option disabled.
Hardlinks will stay intact if you're using a cache
Click on ADD SHARE
Note
Keep in mind, regarding the use of the cache drive, unRAID's integrated mover cannot move files that are in use, like seeding torrents. You will need to stop/pause the torrents so the mover can move the files from the cache to your array.
If you use qBittorrent you can automate the process by following the following Guide HEREIf you use Deluge you can automate the process by following the following Guide HERE
I'm using lower-case on all folders on purpose, being Linux is case-sensitive.
The data folder has sub-folders for torrents and usenet, and each of these has sub-folders for tv, movie, and music downloads to keep things organized. The media folder has nicely named TV, Movies, and Music sub-folders, this is where your library resides, and what you\u2019d pass to Plex, Emby, or JellyFin.
You will need to create these subfolders yourself. You can do this in any way you prefer, but the fastest way to create all the necessary subfolders would be to use the terminal (explained below). Alternatively, Krusader or WinSCP are popular choices if you are unsure.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Unraid/#fastest-way-to-create-the-needed-subfolders","title":"Fastest way to create the needed subfolders","text":"
The fastest way to create all the necessary subfolders would be to use the terminal, use a program like PuTTy or use the terminal from the dashboard. These options will automatically create the required subfolders for your media library as well as your preferred download client(s). If you use both torrents and Usenet, use both commands.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Unraid/#if-you-use-usenet","title":"If you use Usenet","text":"
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Unraid/#breakdown-of-the-folder-structure","title":"Breakdown of the Folder Structure","text":""},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Unraid/#bad-path-suggestion","title":"Bad path suggestion","text":"
The default path setup suggested by some docker developers that encourages people to use mounts like /movies, /tv, /books or /downloads is very suboptimal and it makes them look like two or three file systems, even if they aren\u2019t (Because of how Docker\u2019s volumes work). It is the easiest way to get started. While easy to use, it has a major drawback. Mainly losing the ability to hardlink or instant move, resulting in a slower and more I/O intensive copy + delete is used.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Unraid/#setting-up-the-containers","title":"Setting up the containers","text":"
Create a custom docker network
Why would you want a custom docker network?
A major benefit of having your Docker containers on the same custom Docker network is that they will be able to communicate with other using their container names, rather than having to use IP addresses.
Unraid doesn't create a custom docker network by default, you need to create one yourself.
or watch the following video below on how to create a custom docker network
After you've created all the necessary folders, it's time to set up the Docker container's paths.
Go to your dashboard and select the Docker container you want to edit, or, if you're starting fresh, add the container/App you want to use.
Make sure you enable the Advanced View at the top right corner.
When adding/editing the paths make sure you click on the EDIT button to add/edit the paths correctly.
Don't forget to remove all individual location mounts, for example /movies, /tv, /books, or /downloads, so you can avoid making mistakes by using them. You only need the /config mount, and then whichever paths/mounts/volumes are described in this guide.
Info
unRAID makes it pretty clear which is the Host Path and Container Path.
Container Path: => The path that will be used from inside the container.
Host Path: => The actual/absolute path used on your unRAID Server (The Host).
The reason why we use /data/torrents/ for the torrent client is because it only needs access to the torrent data. In the torrent software settings, you\u2019ll need to configure your categories/labels to utilize the right path for specific content. You can sort into sub-folders like /data/torrents/{tv|movies|music}.
The reason why we use /data/usenet/ for the Usenet client is that it only needs access to the Usenet data. In the Usenet software settings, you\u2019ll need to configure your paths to sort content into sub-folders like /data/usenet/{tv|movies|music}.
Sonarr, Radarr, and Lidarr get access to everything because the download folder(s) and media folder will need to look like and be one mount, on the file system. Hard links will work properly and any moves will be atomic, rather than copying and deleting.
Plex, Emby, JellyFin, and Bazarr only need access to your media library, which can have any number of sub-folders (Movies, Kids Movies, TV, Documentary TV, and/or Music).
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Unraid/#final-result","title":"Final Result","text":""},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Unraid/#examples-how-to-set-up-your-paths-inside-your-applications","title":"Examples - How to set up your paths INSIDE your applications","text":"
Don't forget to look at the Examples of how to set up your paths INSIDE your applications.
Videos are generally outdated very fast, so make sure you always follow and double-check with the written guide.
Big Thanks to IBRACORP for noticing this Guide and creating a Video covering this unRAID section.
The reason why I have this video at the end is because I want the users to ACTUALLY LEARN and UNDERSTAND why it's recommended to use this folder structure before going straight to a YouTube video.
Check out other videos from IBRACORP HERE
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Windows is less flexible than some other operating systems in respect of support for hard links and instant (Atomic) moves. In most cases, you need to use a single disk containing both your download location and media library. However, there is an option detailed below that will allow you to make use of hard links and instant (Atomic) moves if you run a two-disk setup.
If you want to make extensive use of hard links, we would recommend switching to another operating system. For more information and suggestions on this topic, join our Discord support channel. The link can be found at the bottom of every guide page.
If moving away from using Windows with multiple disks is not an option, we suggest ignoring hard links and instant (Atomic) moves and using StableBit DrivePool. This will allow you to pool multiple disks to appear as one big disk, making it much easier to maintain and set up your file and folder structure.
It is possible that Windows Storage Spaces supports hard links, but this has not been verified by the Guides team. We are unable to provide support for setups that use Storage Spaces.
The data folder has sub-folders for torrents and usenet, and each of these has sub-folders for tv, movie, and music downloads to keep things organized.
The media folder has nicely named TV, Movies and Music sub-folders. These are where your libraries reside, and what you\u2019d pass to Plex, Emby, or JellyFin.
Whilst we have used data, you can name the root folder/share whatever you want. We suggest following the guide folder naming to make it easier for yourself and others to help you.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Windows/#folder-structure-one-disk-setup-or-using-drivepool","title":"Folder Structure (one-disk setup or using DrivePool)","text":"
For this example, we will assume you have a one-disk setup with a large drive added as drive D:\\, or are using StableBit DrivePool that created one big disk as drive D:\\.
After you create the base folders to use it's time to follow the #examples-how-to-set-up-your-paths-inside-your-applications for a two-disk setup.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Windows/#examples-how-to-set-up-your-paths-inside-your-applications","title":"Examples how to set up your paths INSIDE your applications","text":"
At the moment, we do not have Windows-based screenshots for all of the apps, but they might be added later.
So, in the meantime, use the Examples of how to setup your paths INSIDE your applications. However, for the paths, use the info provided below depending on whether you have a one-disk setup or a two-disk setup.
Linux used forward slash / and Windows uses backslash \\So if you see paths with a forward slash replace it with a backslash for Windows
One-Disk SetupTwo-Disk Setup
We will assume you have a one-disk setup with a large drive added as drive D:/ or are using StableBit DrivePool that created one big disk as drive D:\\.
The act of seeding the same torrent files or data across multiple trackers without re-downloading. It also refers to a software application of the same name that automates this process.
Cross-Seed and crossseed or xseed often refer to the application, while cross seed or xseed can refer to the action.
A feature that applies pattern matching to a release based on information inferred from the release name on the corresponding indexer during a search. Users can customize patterns in a Custom Format, which can then be assigned individual scores within each Quality Profile.
After the release has been imported, when using the TRaSH recommended naming scheme, the Custom Format score will automatically be updated to match the properties of the actual media file, rather than strictly by its original naming alone.
DMCA is an abbreviation for Digital Millennium Copyright Act.
The DMCA Takedown process allows creators to send notices to hosting/service providers that have material that infringes on their copyright.
When a DMCA takedown request is issued to a Usenet Service Provider (USP), parts of the release may end up missing or incomplete, leaving you unable to complete the extraction.
An indexer is a search engine from which you can download NZB files. NZB files point to the locations of all the different parts that make up an entire file or release on Usenet. Most indexers require registration and some are invite-only.
When used in the context of Radarr/Sonarr/Prowlarr (or other media management software), \"indexers\" can refer to both Usenet indexers and torrent trackers.
A BitTorrent user who is actively downloading a torrent (referred to as 'leeching'). This term can also describe those who download torrents without sharing them afterward.
An application designed to help with the automation and management of your music library. One of a group of applications, including Prowlarr, Radarr, and Sonarr, collectively known as the \"arrs\".
PAR and PAR2 files, or 'Parity Archive Volume' files, are primarily used in Usenet to help repair incomplete or corrupted files. However, their presence does not always guarantee successful reconstruction of the original data.
Seeding your torrents permanently (\"forever\"). Most often this is done in conjunction with hard linked files, which allows files to 'exist' in two places without taking up any additional hard disk space.
An application designed to help with the automation and management of your trackers and indexers. One of a group of applications, including Lidarr, Prowlarr, and Sonarr, collectively known as the \"arrs\".
qBit Manage is a tool for managing your qBittorrent instance. It automates actions on torrents meeting specified criteria, such as time seeded and tracker.
qBittorrent is a free, open-source, cross-platform BitTorrent client. Please note that it is highly recommended to avoid new major and minor (X and X.X) versions until properly validated by the community, as these often contain significant changes and/or bugs.
Refers to the specific quality of a release, describing both the source and, optionally, the resolution. Examples of qualities include Bluray-2160p and Remux-1080p, though many others exist.
A defined group, and preferential ordering, of qualities, Custom Format scores, and additional settings that can be assigned to movies, TV shows, and collections.
An application designed to help with the automation and management of your movie library. One of a group of applications, including Lidarr, Prowlarr, and Sonarr, collectively known as the \"arrs\".
An application designed to help with the automation and management of your TV show/series library. One of a group of applications, including Lidarr, Prowlarr, and Radarr, collectively known as the \"arrs\".
A file that contains metadata and integrity information about the files and folders associated with a torrent, as well as a list of network locations for its trackers. Torrent files usually have the extension .torrent.
Servers that help Peers locate each other and form an efficient distribution group for a torrent, known as its swarm. The term 'tracker' is also used commonly as a reference to sites that host .torrent files and operate their own tracker servers.
"},{"location":"Glossary/#u","title":"U","text":""},{"location":"Glossary/#usenet-service-provider","title":"Usenet Service Provider","text":"
Info
Also known as: USP
Usenet providers manage the servers that store content and offer subscription-based access for downloading files. Indexers are required to search for and locate releases on Usenet.
These are 3rd party applications to sync several sections of the guide with your Sonarr/Radarr (or multiple).
Feature Notifiarr Recyclarr GUI (graphical user interface) Radarr Custom Formats Radarr Use Flowchart to choose the correct Custom Formats for your Quality Profile Radarr predefined config files available Radarr Clear all Custom Formats Radarr Scores Radarr Quality Settings (File Size) Radarr Naming Scheme Radarr Quality Profiles Sonarr Custom Formats Sonarr predefined config files available Sonarr Clear all Release Profiles Sonarr Clear all Custom Formats Sonarr Scores Sonarr Quality Settings (File Size) Sonarr Naming Scheme Sonarr Quality Profiles"},{"location":"Guide-Sync/#notifiarr","title":"Notifiarr","text":"
It's possible with Notifiarr (Patron feature)
Notifiarr is a service much bigger in scope than just custom format syncing.
After setup, it's fully automated and will check every X minutes for updates to the Custom Formats or Sonarr Release Profile and will update it to your Radarr or Sonarr (Multiple Client Support).
Just enable the Custom Formats/Release Profiles you want.
TRaSH Guides do not have any guides related to Lidarr.We suggest that you use Davo's Community Lidarr Guide
"},{"location":"Misc/","title":"Misc","text":""},{"location":"Misc/#miscellaneous-guides-and-info","title":"Miscellaneous guides and info","text":"
How to provide a docker compose - When requested this will show you how to create and provide a docker-compose of your running docker containers.
Setup TorGuard for port forwarding - Guide on how to set up port forwarding when you use Torguard as a VPN Service.
x265-4k and Golden Rule - Explanation of how 1080p x265 should be used correctly and how it's used often wrongly, and why the guide in general doesn't prefer 1080p x265 releases.
"},{"location":"Misc/How-to-setup-Torguard-for-port-forwarding/","title":"Setup TorGuard for port forwarding","text":"
These are our supported and recommended settings, if you would like to choose others please keep that in mind.
If you want to support me, please use this referral link and enter the following discount code:
Get 50% Off ALL Plans (Anonymous VPN, Anonymous VPN Pro, Anonymous VPN Premium)
TRaSH-Guides-2024\n
As of 13 March 2022 Torguard Settles Piracy Lawsuit and has agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to block BitTorrent traffic on its servers in the US using firewall technology. I Talked to several people and they are still able to use Torguard for Torrents, Perhaps because the connection is encrypted. And others just selected a server in another country.- Source Torguard.- Source Torrentfreak.
If servers in the United States are not working for you, please try another country
"},{"location":"Misc/How-to-setup-Torguard-for-port-forwarding/#login-to-your-client-area","title":"Login to your Client area","text":"
Login to your Client Area.
Example - [Click to show/hide] "},{"location":"Misc/How-to-setup-Torguard-for-port-forwarding/#create-a-user-account","title":"Create a user account","text":"
First we're going to create a User Account for your VPN so we won't need to use your main account that you use to login to your account on the Torguard site. This account will be used for authentication with your VPN Torrent client.
Services > My Services > Manage > Manage Credentials
Example - [Click to show/hide]
Create a new username and choose a secure password or create a random username and password.
Example - [Click to show/hide] "},{"location":"Misc/How-to-setup-Torguard-for-port-forwarding/#how-to-get-the-ip-of-your-vpn-server","title":"How to get the IP of your VPN server","text":"
Now it's time to get the IP of your VPN server you're going to use from the Global VPN Network, From your Client Area.
Servers > Global VPN Network
Example - [Click to show/hide] "},{"location":"Misc/How-to-setup-Torguard-for-port-forwarding/#global-vpn-network","title":"Global VPN Network","text":"
Then we're going to select which server we're going to use,
For the best speed it's recommended to choose the one nearest to your location.
Sometimes you will have better speeds if you choose a neighboring country.
If the US server doesn't work for you use another country
For this example, let's use: Netherlands Amsterdam and copy/paste the hostname nl.torguard.org.
Also check if your selected server supports Wireguard
"},{"location":"Misc/How-to-setup-Torguard-for-port-forwarding/#get-your-vpn-ip","title":"Get your VPN IP","text":"
Open a cmd window or something equal and type:
ping nl.torguard.org\n
You will then get the IP of the server. Remember that for later use.
"},{"location":"Misc/How-to-setup-Torguard-for-port-forwarding/#how-to-setup-port-forwarding","title":"How to setup Port forwarding","text":"
From your Client Area dashboard, go to My Services.
Then click on Manage and select Port Forward Request.
Services > My Services > Manage > Port Forward Request
Example - [Click to show/hide] "},{"location":"Misc/How-to-setup-Torguard-for-port-forwarding/#port-forward-request","title":"Port Forward Request","text":"
That's the IP we found earlier.
Select UDP. ( KEEP THIS ON UDP FOR WireGuard )
Select Port/Auth and select WireGuard.
Select the ProtocolTCP.
We suggest using a high Port number 10000+ or a game port you don't use, don't use the default torrent ports 6881- 6889 (This is also the port you will use in your torrent client).
Click on the + sign, and do the same with the UDPProtocol.
Then click on Submit Request.
DON'T CHANGE OPTION 2 UDP to TCP
If everything succeeds, you will see the following.
You will also receive an e-mail with the ports you forwarded.
Normally it takes only a short while for the ports to be approved, if it takes longer or you get PENDING we suggest pinging the server again (or choose another server) to attempt to get a new IP. You can then retry the process with the new IP.
"},{"location":"Misc/How-to-setup-Torguard-for-port-forwarding/#how-to-create-the-config-file","title":"How to create the config file","text":"
From your Client Area dashboard, go to your Config Generator.
Tools > Config Generator
Example Select Tools > Config Generator - [Click to show/hide] "},{"location":"Misc/How-to-setup-Torguard-for-port-forwarding/#config-generator","title":"Config Generator","text":"
Choose WireGuard.
Choose from the dropdown box the IP we got earlier and used for the port forwarding.
Add your VPN Username.
Only Change this if you know what you're doing
[Optional] Choose your preferred DNS Server
Only Change this if you know what you're doing
Click on Generate Config
This will generate a .conf file for you to download named with a random number.
Rename the .conf file you just downloaded to wg0.conf and copy it to the wireguard folder of your VPN torrent client.
"},{"location":"Misc/How-to-setup-Torguard-for-port-forwarding/#torrent-client-port-forwarding-setup","title":"Torrent client port forwarding setup","text":"
Follow the torrent client's guides on how to set up port forwarding.
qBittorrent
Deluge
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Misc/how-to-provide-a-docker-compose/","title":"How to provide a docker compose","text":"
When you're running dockers and you need help on Discord etc you often hear the question:
\"Provide a docker compose\"
If you need to provide this info always remember to provide it from all your Starr Apps (Sonarr, Radarr, Lidarr, Bazarr) and also from your download client(s).
If you're using a system with a GUI (Synology, unRAID, OMV, etc.) it's not always easy to provide a docker compose but it's possible.
Warning
Please don't use screenshots to provide the info as they aren't always revealing all the needed info
Use one of the following commands in the terminal of your choice (e.g. puTTY) to generate the docker compose, with or without the use of sudo. Note that you can pass in multiple container names.
sudo docker run --rm -v /var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock ghcr.io/red5d/docker-autocompose CONTAINER_NAME CONTAINER_NAME2\n
x265 is good for 4k stuff or 1080p if they used the remuxes as the source. If the media isn't source quality/remux, then there will be a loss of quality every time. Also, once you go x265, typically that file is done. It can't be changed to something else without a huge loss of quality.
Something like 95% of video files are x264 and have much better direct play support. If you have more than a couple of users, you will notice much more transcoding. Just depends on your priorities.
So basically if you are storage-poor and just need to save space, use x265. The catch is if you want the best quality x265, you need high-quality source files, so you still have huge file sizes. If you want maximum compatibility and the option to change your files to something else later, then x264. It's all really dependent on specific situations for different people
It's a shame that most x265 groups microsize the releases or use the x264 as a source which results in low-quality releases. And the few groups that do use the correct source suffer from it.
"},{"location":"Misc/x265-4k/#how-to-accomplish-the-golden-rule","title":"How to accomplish the Golden Rule","text":"
For Sonarr check HERE
For Radarr check HERE
"},{"location":"Misc/x265-4k/#some-extra-info-about-4kx265","title":"Some extra info about 4K/X265","text":"
4k, transcoding, and you - aka the rules of 4k - a FAQ - Plex.tv
Don\u2019t bother transcoding 4k
If you cannot direct play 4k, then perhaps you should not even be collecting 4k.
If you don\u2019t have the storage space for a copy of both 4k and 1080/720, then perhaps you should not even be collecting 4k.
To avoid transcoding for remote and non-4k clients, keep your 4k content in separate plex libraries.
This may of course mean that you keep a 4k copy and a 1080/720 copy, but if you are collecting 4k content then you should not be worried about storage space, should you?
"},{"location":"Plex/","title":"Plex","text":""},{"location":"Plex/#the-following-guides-are-available","title":"The Following guides are available","text":"
Suggested Plex Media Server Settings - So, what are the best Plex Media Server settings? Here you find recommendations on how to set up your Plex Media Server
Optimal Plex Client Settings - So, what are the best Plex Client settings? Here you will find a link to a 3rd party site that will provide Optimal settings for all the possible clients that can be used to stream content. While these settings won't be optimal for everyone's setup, they will be for the majority of you.
What does my media player support - We've created an Excel sheet with several tested Media Player devices with info that our community has provided. We hope this Excel sheet will be helpful for everyone looking for a reliable Media Player device.
Stop 4k Video Transcoding - This guide will walk you through getting started with Tautulli and JBOPS. By the end of this guide you'll be able to stop all 4K video transcodes on your server. Note that this does require a Plex Pass to work.
"},{"location":"Plex/what-does-my-media-player-support/","title":"What does my Media Player Support","text":"
We've created an Excel sheet with several tested Media Player devices with info that our community has provided.
We hope this Excel sheet will be helpful for everyone looking for a reliable Media Player device.
Do you see a missing Player/Product? Are you able to provide the needed info? Please join TRaSH Guides Discord
How can I provide info on a missing player? What do I need to provide? - [Click to show/hide]
Currently, it's only possible to provide info if the playback is seen in Tautulli.
Player or Product that can run the Plex client directly or indirectly (Infuse, Plex Kodi Connect, Plex2Zidoo, etc)
Preferably a TV that can do Dolby Vision, but we also need HDR10+ results.
Player and Product info can be seen in Tautulli.
When doing a playback test for HDR formats provide screenshots of what Tautulli and your TV show, along with whatever other devices you have that show what formats are being used.
When doing an audio format test provide screenshots from Tautulli and your AVR.
Provide this info in TRaSH Guides Discord in #request-suggestions with a title starting with: Test Media Player <your tested device>
"},{"location":"Plex/what-does-my-media-player-support/#what-does-the-spreadsheet-cover","title":"What does the spreadsheet cover","text":"
This sheet will only cover Players/Products that can run the Plex client directly or indirectly (Jellyfin/Emby isn't covered yet due to the lack of a proper Tautulli app and feedback/info from users).
Jellyfin/Emby
While these principles are based on Plex and the capabilities of certain devices, the capabilities of these devices also apply to JellyFin and Emby. Assuming that it's possible to do the equivalent streaming method (direct or indirect play) with your media server, the hardware should act the same as if Plex was used.
The following aspects are covered
"},{"location":"Plex/what-does-my-media-player-support/#does-it-support-the-most-common-hdr-formats","title":"Does it support the most common HDR formats","text":"
The sheet also has notes added for extra info
Dolby Vision Profile 5 (does not have an HDR10 baselayer, so it cannot fallback to HDR10)
Dolby Vision Profile 7 (DV + HDR10 baselayer, so it can fallback to HDR10)
Dolby Vision Profile 8 (DV + HDR10 baselayer, so it can fallback to HDR10)
HDR10
HDR10+ (HDR10+ has also a HDR10 baselayer, so it can fallback to HDR10)
"},{"location":"Plex/what-does-my-media-player-support/#which-profile-is-used-by-what","title":"Which Profile is used by what","text":"
Profile 5 => WEBDL (Streaming Services)
Profile 7 => Untouched Remuxes and BR-DISK
Profile 8 => Encodes, Hybrid Remuxes, Hybrid WEBDL, and in some cases standard WEBDL like from Hulu
"},{"location":"Plex/what-does-my-media-player-support/#does-it-support-audio-passthrough-in-the-most-common-formats","title":"Does it support audio passthrough in the most common formats","text":"
This allows for the best audio quality as the audio signal is not altered or compressed in any way before reaching the AV receiver or soundbar. This is especially important for high-quality audio formats such as Dolby TrueHD or DTS-HD Master Audio.
By using audio passthrough, you can ensure that you are getting the best audio experience possible when watching movies or listening to music through your home theater system. It allows you to take full advantage of the capabilities of your AVR/Soundbar and ensures that you are hearing the audio as it was intended to be heard by the content creators.
Overall, audio passthrough is the ideal way to send audio from your media server to your AV receiver or soundbar for the highest quality audio experience.
TrueHD Atmos
DTS X
DD+ Atmos
TrueHD
DTS-HD MA
FLAC/PCM
DD+ (E-AC3)
DTS
AAC
DD (AC3)
"},{"location":"Plex/what-does-my-media-player-support/#link-to-tested-media-player-devices","title":"Link to tested Media Player Devices","text":"
Tested Media Players
A lot of results have a note added that provides extra information, such as fallback HDR or audio formats, as well as other information that we've gathered from several sources.
"},{"location":"Plex/what-does-my-media-player-support/#what-should-i-do-next-with-this-info","title":"What should I do next with this info","text":"
The next thing to do is set up a proper quality profile with the info you gathered from this sheet. To make this easier, we've made a section labeled \"How to set up a quality profile for Radarr/Sonarr\" that has a flowchart to help you even more to decide what to choose.
How to set up Quality Profiles - Explains how to make the most of Custom Formats and shows some specifics of my configuration. You can use these examples to get an idea of how to set up your preferences.
"},{"location":"Plex/what-does-my-media-player-support/#how-to-make-use-of-hdr-formats-for-radarr","title":"How to make use of HDR Formats for Radarr","text":"
How to set up Quality Profiles - Explains how to make the most of Custom Formats and shows some specifics of my configuration. You can use
All HDR Formats - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I choose All HDR formats?
You have a 4K/2160p TV and a hardware media player device (such as Roku, AppleTV, Shield, SmartTV App, etc.) that supports several HDR formats (such as Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, etc.).
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
You've chosen a profile that includes 4K/2160p releases. You must use all the HDR formats with 4k/2160p profiles.
You must add ALL the HDR formats - don't leave any of them out!
Why am I getting purple or green colors? - [Click to show/hide]
Why am I getting purple or green colors?
There are several possible reasons why your TV would show purple or green colors when playing Dolby Vision content.
Unsupported Hardware: Your TV or hardware media player device (Roku, AppleTV, etc) doesn't support Dolby Vision or your hardware media player device doesn't support all the Dolby Vision Profiles. As a result, the device might struggle to produce accurate colors, leading to a purple or green tint.
Incorrect Display Settings: Dolby Vision content often requires specific settings to be enabled on your TV or display device in order to deliver the intended visual experience. If these settings are not configured properly, it can result in the device showing distorted colors (including purple or green hues).
HDMI Compatibility Issues: Sometimes, HDMI cables or ports may not be fully compatible with Dolby Vision. If the media player device is not recognizing the Dolby Vision signal properly, it may fail to process the content correctly, resulting in abnormal color rendering.
To resolve the purple or green color issues when playing Dolby Vision content, you can try the following troubleshooting steps:
Ensure your TV or hardware media player device is Dolby Vision compatible and up-to-date with the latest firmware.
Verify that your TV or display device is set up correctly and has the necessary Dolby Vision settings enabled.
Check the HDMI cables and ensure they are capable of transmitting Dolby Vision signals.
Dolby Vision Profiles - [Click to show/hide]
Dolby Vision Profiles
Profile 5 (1) - This is what comes with WEB-DL Dolby Vision releases without HDR10 fallback.(Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens)
Profile 7 (2) - This is what comes with UHD Bluray Remuxes and UHD BluRay releases.These files will play on an Nvidia Shield Pro (2019), but on most other players will revert to the HDR10 fallback.
Profile 8 (3) - This is what comes with (Hybrid) WEB-DL (HULU), Hybrid UHD Remux, and UHD BluRay releases (all of which have HDR10 fallback).This works with several mainstream media players.
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
(1) PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse will only play profile 5 correctly if CMv2.9 is used
(2) Neither Infuse nor PLEX for AppleTV will deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 7.
(3) On PLEX for AppleTV it won't deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 8, and will only play the HDR10 fallback if CM2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201calthough your TV will incorrectly say that it is playing DV\u201d.With infuse it will convert it on the fly to Profile 5, and deliver real Dolby Vision if CMv2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201cMake sure you set the Extended Dolby Vision settings to Limited (prefer accuracy), Convert P8 to P5 (when possible), and play other P8 as HDR (output will switch to either DoVi or HDR depending on the video)\u201d
Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 and CMv4.0 - [Click to show/hide]
It is too technical to explain in detail, so I'll keep it short with tested facts: PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse only support CMv2.9.
There are two versions of Dolby Vision, namely CMv2.9 and CMv4.0. CMv4.0 uses an improved algorithm and a superior tone curve that allows for better mapping and more controls during the Dolby Vision trim pass process.
More info about the different Dolby Vision Versions: Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 vs. CMv4.0
Which HDR Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID DV HDR10+ 1500 c53085ddbd027d9624b320627748612f DV HDR10 1500 e23edd2482476e595fb990b12e7c609c DV 1500 58d6a88f13e2db7f5059c41047876f00 DV HLG 1500 55d53828b9d81cbe20b02efd00aa0efd DV SDR 1500 a3e19f8f627608af0211acd02bf89735 HDR10+ 600 b974a6cd08c1066250f1f177d7aa1225 HDR10 500 dfb86d5941bc9075d6af23b09c2aeecd HDR 500 e61e28db95d22bedcadf030b8f156d96 HDR (undefined) 500 2a4d9069cc1fe3242ff9bdaebed239bb PQ 500 08d6d8834ad9ec87b1dc7ec8148e7a1f HLG 500 9364dd386c9b4a1100dde8264690add7 Add Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000 - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
Not all devices in your chain support Dolby Vision.
You share your media library with other family members that don't have Dolby Vision compatible devices.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
Custom Format Score Trash ID DV (WEBDL) -10000 923b6abef9b17f937fab56cfcf89e1f1 Add the Custom Formats DV HDR10+ Boost and HDR10+ Boost - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
You have a (Samsung) TV that supports HDR10+.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
If you use this Custom Format then 99% of the time you also need to add the following Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000
Custom Format Score Trash ID HDR10+ Boost 901 b17886cb4158d9fea189859409975758 DV HDR10+ Boost 100 55a5b50cb416dea5a50c4955896217ab"},{"location":"Plex/what-does-my-media-player-support/#how-to-make-use-of-audio-formats-for-radarr","title":"How to make use of Audio Formats for Radarr","text":"
How to set up Quality Profiles - Explains how to make the most use of Custom Formats and shows some specifics of my configuration. You can use
Audio - [Click to show/hide]
Why should I choose All Audio formats?
You have a hardware media player device and an audio setup that supports ALL HD Audio (TrueHD, DTS-X, DTS-HD, etc).
AppleTV doesn't passthrough HD-audio, If you use infuse it's still limited!please check I've a AppleTV
You've chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats. You should use all the Audio formats with Remuxes/UHD Encodes.
You should add ALL the Audio formats - don't leave any of them out!
Audio transcoding has a low impact on your server. If your server can't handle audio transcoding, consider choosing another quality profile.
I've a AppleTV - [Click to show/hide]
Passthrough: The preferred method if you have an audio setup (AVR/Soundbar). This mode will send the audio signals without any alteration or processing.
Direct Play: The client supports the container, video stream, and audio stream natively. The Plex server simply sends the media file as-is to the client. This uses very little CPU power.
Transcode: The client does not support the video stream and/or the audio stream. The Plex server re-encodes the video, audio, or both into a compatible format. Transcoding video uses a lot of CPU power, but transcoding audio uses little to moderate CPU power.
Decodes: Decompresses the audio before sending it to your AVR/Soundbar.
partial used source: Infuse FAQ
Am I losing any quality by using LPCM? - [Click to show/hide]
No. Since LPCM is a lossless format, using it will result in no loss of quality. What your ears hear will be exactly the same. The only difference is your receiver will recognize the audio stream as PCM instead of Dolby/DTS.
LPCM will discard object and spatial metadata. (TrueHD Atmos, DTS-X)
source: Infuse FAQ
Should I block certain audio formats because something in my setup doesn't support it? - [Click to show/hide]
If you have chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats, it's somewhat pointless to lower the scores or block certain audio formats since 95% of the Remuxes and UHD Encodes provide HD audio formats such as TrueHD Atmos, TrueHD, and DTS-X.
So you have 2 options.
Choose another quality profile that doesn't include audio formats such as HD Bluray + WEB or 2160p WEB-DL.
Accept the limitations of your audio setup (AVR/Soundbar) and/or your hardware media player device.
Which Audio Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID TrueHD ATMOS 5000 496f355514737f7d83bf7aa4d24f8169 DTS X 4500 2f22d89048b01681dde8afe203bf2e95 ATMOS (undefined) 3000 417804f7f2c4308c1f4c5d380d4c4475 DD+ ATMOS 3000 1af239278386be2919e1bcee0bde047e TrueHD 2750 3cafb66171b47f226146a0770576870f DTS-HD MA 2500 dcf3ec6938fa32445f590a4da84256cd FLAC 2250 a570d4a0e56a2874b64e5bfa55202a1b PCM 2250 e7c2fcae07cbada050a0af3357491d7b DTS-HD HRA 2000 8e109e50e0a0b83a5098b056e13bf6db DD+ 1750 185f1dd7264c4562b9022d963ac37424 DTS-ES 1500 f9f847ac70a0af62ea4a08280b859636 DTS 1250 1c1a4c5e823891c75bc50380a6866f73 AAC 1000 240770601cc226190c367ef59aba7463 DD 750 c2998bd0d90ed5621d8df281e839436e"},{"location":"Plex/what-does-my-media-player-support/#sonarr","title":"Sonarr","text":"
How to set up Quality Profiles - Explains how to make the most of Custom Formats and shows some specifics of my configuration. You can use these examples to get an idea of how to set up your preferences.
"},{"location":"Plex/what-does-my-media-player-support/#how-to-make-use-of-hdr-formats-for-sonarr","title":"How to make use of HDR Formats for Sonarr","text":"
How to set up Quality Profiles - Explains how to make the most of Custom Formats and shows some specifics of my configuration. You can use these examples to get an idea of how to set up your preferences.
All HDR Formats - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I choose All HDR formats ?
You have a 4K/2160p TV and a hardware media player device (such as Roku, AppleTV, Shield, SmartTV App, etc.) that supports several HDR formats (such as Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, etc.).
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
You've chosen a profile that includes 4K/2160p releases. You must use all the HDR formats with 4k/2160p profiles.
You must add ALL the HDR formats - don't leave any of them out!
Why am I getting purple or green colors? - [Click to show/hide]
Why am I getting purple or green colors?
There are several possible reasons why your TV would show purple or green colors when playing Dolby Vision content.
Unsupported Hardware: Your TV or hardware media player device (Roku, AppleTV, etc) doesn't support Dolby Vision or your hardware media player device doesn't support all the Dolby Vision Profiles. As a result, the device might struggle to produce accurate colors, leading to a purple or green tint.
Incorrect Display Settings: Dolby Vision content often requires specific settings to be enabled on your TV or display device in order to deliver the intended visual experience. If these settings are not configured properly, it can result in the device showing distorted colors (including purple or green hues).
HDMI Compatibility Issues: Sometimes, HDMI cables or ports may not be fully compatible with Dolby Vision. If the media player device is not recognizing the Dolby Vision signal properly, it may fail to process the content correctly, resulting in abnormal color rendering.
To resolve the purple or green color issues when playing Dolby Vision content, you can try the following troubleshooting steps:
Ensure your TV or hardware media player device is Dolby Vision compatible and up-to-date with the latest firmware.
Verify that your TV or display device is set up correctly and has the necessary Dolby Vision settings enabled.
Check the HDMI cables and ensure they are capable of transmitting Dolby Vision signals.
Dolby Vision Profiles - [Click to show/hide]
Dolby Vision Profiles
Profile 5 (1) - This is what comes with WEB-DL Dolby Vision releases without HDR10 fallback.(Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens)
Profile 7 (2) - This is what comes with UHD Bluray Remuxes and UHD BluRay releases.These files will play on an Nvidia Shield Pro (2019), but on most other players will revert to the HDR10 fallback.
Profile 8 (3) - This is what comes with (Hybrid) WEB-DL (HULU), Hybrid UHD Remux, and UHD BluRay releases (all of which have HDR10 fallback).This works with several mainstream media players.
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
(1) PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse will only play profile 5 correctly if CMv2.9 is used
(2) Neither Infuse nor PLEX for AppleTV will deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 7.
(3) On PLEX for AppleTV it won't deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 8, and will only play the HDR10 fallback if CM2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201calthough your TV will incorrectly say that it is playing DV\u201d.With infuse it will convert it on the fly to Profile 5, and deliver real Dolby Vision if CMv2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201cMake sure you set the Extended Dolby Vision settings to Limited (prefer accuracy), Convert P8 to P5 (when possible), and play other P8 as HDR (output will switch to either DoVi or HDR depending on the video)\u201d
Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 and CMv4.0 - [Click to show/hide]
It is too technical to explain in detail, so I'll keep it short with tested facts: PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse only support CMv2.9.
There are two versions of Dolby Vision, namely CMv2.9 and CMv4.0. CMv4.0 uses an improved algorithm and a superior tone curve that allows for better mapping and more controls during the Dolby Vision trim pass process.
More info about the different Dolby Vision Versions: Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 vs. CMv4.0
Which HDR Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID DV HDR10+ 1500 2b239ed870daba8126a53bd5dc8dc1c8 DV HDR10 1500 7878c33f1963fefb3d6c8657d46c2f0a DV 1500 6d0d8de7b57e35518ac0308b0ddf404e DV HLG 1500 1f733af03141f068a540eec352589a89 DV SDR 1500 27954b0a80aab882522a88a4d9eae1cd HDR10+ 600 a3d82cbef5039f8d295478d28a887159 HDR10 500 3497799d29a085e2ac2df9d468413c94 HDR 500 3e2c4e748b64a1a1118e0ea3f4cf6875 HDR (undefined) 500 bb019e1cd00f304f80971c965de064dc PQ 500 2a7e3be05d3861d6df7171ec74cad727 HLG 500 17e889ce13117940092308f48b48b45b Add Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000 - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
Not all devices in your chain support Dolby Vision.
You share your media library with other family members that don't have Dolby Vision compatible devices.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
Custom Format Score Trash ID DV (WEBDL) -10000 9b27ab6498ec0f31a3353992e19434ca Add the Custom Formats DV HDR10+ Boost and HDR10+ Boost - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
You have a (Samsung) TV that supports HDR10+.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
If you use this Custom Format then 99% of the time you also need to add the following Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000
Custom Format Score Trash ID HDR10+ Boost 901 0dad0a507451acddd754fe6dc3a7f5e7 DV HDR10+ Boost 100 385e9e8581d33133c3961bdcdeffb7b4"},{"location":"Plex/what-does-my-media-player-support/#how-to-make-use-of-audio-formats-for-sonarr","title":"How to make use of Audio Formats for Sonarr","text":"
At the moment, we've decided not to add Audio Advanced Custom Formats to the WEB profile. You will hardly find HD audio with WEB-DL (Most newer WEBDL will have Atmos). If you also want HD audio formats, we would suggest going for Remuxes.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/4k-transcoding/","title":"JBOPS 4K Transcode Stopping with Tautulli","text":""},{"location":"Plex/Tips/4k-transcoding/#introduction","title":"Introduction","text":"
The bane of Plex admins existence... 4K Transcodes. According to Plex's forum post The Rules of 4K the first three rules of collecting 4k content is don\u2019t bother transcoding 4k.
This guide will walk you through getting started with Tautulli and JBOPS. By the end of this guide you'll be able to stop all 4K video transcodes on your server. Note that this does require a Plex Pass to work.
git clone https://github.com/blacktwin/JBOPS into the config dir of your tautulli instance (if dockerized) Install requirements if needed (pip install -r requirements.txt)
Go to your tautulli and go to the settings menu. In the sidebar, open \u201cNotification Agents\u201d. Create a new Notification Agent.
I was considering to start fresh on this, but then why reinvent the wheel when someone else already done the research on it?
Here i will add links to 3rd party sites that will provide Optimal settings for all the possible clients that can be used to stream content. While these settings won't be optimal for everyone's setup, they will be for the majority of you.
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/","title":"Suggested Plex Media Server Settings","text":"
So, what are the best Plex Media Server settings?
This is something that can't be answered, as it depends on the use case and your personal preference.
Here we will provide some suggestions and try to explain why we recommend these settings. Adjust it to your liking, and keep in mind that it is only a suggestion.
Warning
Some settings are only visible for Plex Pass holders.
All changes need to be done on your Plex Media Server.
Why didn't you cover option .... ?
We will only cover settings that we think might be interesting or are personal preference, if you would like me to cover some other settings, please contact me on
Make sure you have enabled advanced settings (This will be needed for all the settings)
Enable/Disable Remote access (if you disable it ignore the rest of these settings)
LAN/container IP
Public IP If you need to provide a screenshot always mask this IP
Manually specify a public port if you run Docker or want a fixed port.
Enter the Plex port you want to use. (default: 32400)
Click on Apply and when everything is set up correctly, your Plex Media Server should be fully accessible outside of your network, so you can connect to your Plex server from outside. You may also need to configure port forwarding on your router. Detailed instructions are available HERE.
Enter your internet upload speed here and Plex can ensure it operates within this boundary.
Set the maximum bitrate of a remote stream from this server.
This can be ignored if you use the new Plex agents,
The new agent settings are now managed \u201cper library\u201d.
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#library","title":"Library","text":""},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#scan-my-library-automatically","title":"Scan my library automatically","text":"
When a change is detected in the source location for a library\u2019s content, the appropriate library will be scanned. This function relies on the computer\u2019s operating system providing the \u201csomething changed\u201d trigger. Some operating systems don\u2019t provide this trigger and content mounted via a network will also typically not work. If your library doesn\u2019t automatically scan, you may have to set a periodical scan or do it manually.
Suggested: Enabled
TIP - Autoscan - [Click to show/hide]
If for some reason ex. your operating systems don\u2019t provide this trigger or your storage is mounted on a network (SMB/NFS/Cloud Storage) or your library just doesn't automatically scan, or is just plain impractical, You might want to consider using autoscan. IBRACORP (A Youtube channel we collaborate with) has a video explaining it in further detail.
Please don't forget to check out his other Unraid Videos HERE
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#run-a-partial-scan-when-changes-are-detected","title":"Run a partial scan when changes are detected","text":"
When changes to library folders are detected, only scan the folder that has changed rather than scanning the entire content location. This works together with the normal Update my library automatically setting (and requires that setting to be enabled).
Suggested: Enabled
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#include-music-libraries-in-automatic-updates","title":"Include music libraries in automatic updates","text":"
I don't do music, so this choice is up to you, and I won't be covering it.
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#scan-my-library-periodically","title":"Scan my library periodically","text":"
Turning this on will cause your Plex Media Server to run scans on your libraries using the designated interval.
Suggested: Disabled
Do you need an extra scan for your library to recognize new media?
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#empty-trash-automatically-after-every-scan","title":"Empty trash automatically after every scan","text":"
With this option enabled, when an item\u2019s file is deleted from the drive, it will be removed from the Plex library on the next scan. Disabling this option keeps the item in the library with an overlay over the item\u2019s poster when the item is removed.
Suggested: Enabled
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#allow-media-deletion","title":"Allow media deletion","text":"
The owner of the server will be allowed to delete media files from the disk.
Suggested: Disabled
In my opinion Plex shouldn't touch your media files. Use Sonarr/Radarr to manage your media library. (For extra security I've set up Plex with Read Only access to the media library)
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#run-scanner-tasks-at-a-lower-priority","title":"Run scanner tasks at a lower priority","text":"
On low-powered systems (e.g. ARM-based NAS devices), it can be beneficial to run scanner tasks at a lower priority than other tasks. This can help ensure they do not interfere with regular streaming.
Suggested: Enabled
This makes sure it uses fewer resources and ensures they do not interfere with regular streaming.
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#generate-video-preview-thumbnails","title":"Generate video preview thumbnails","text":"
This option creates a series of preview thumbnails from a media item when it is analyzed. These images are used by some Plex apps when you move back and forward in an app with the timeline scrubber. They\u2019ll also be displayed in Now Playing when someone is streaming from you so that you can see where they are in the video.
Suggested: Never
Besides that, it uses a lot of disk space and high I/O, No one in my family uses FastForward/Rewind but they use the skip forward/backward.
ATTENTION
Creating these images can
Take a considerable amount of time
Use a lot of CPU resources
Increase the storage space used
The images are stored in your Plex database location (/config) so be careful you don\u2019t fill the drive
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#generate-intro-video-markers","title":"Generate intro video markers","text":"
You can choose to have TV episodes analyzed to try and detect when the \u201cintro\u201d occurs during playback. When detected, apps will then offer a Skip Intro button, allowing you to quickly jump over the intro.
Suggested: as a scheduled task
or
Suggested: as a scheduled task and when media is added
Chapter thumbnails provide images in the chapter view on supported apps. They can take a little time to generate and consume very minor additional disk space.
Suggested: as a scheduled task
or
Suggested: as a scheduled task and when media is added
Choose how your Plex Media Server handles secure connections.
Suggested: Preferred
Accept and prefer secure connections when they\u2019re available for a Plex app, but allow regular HTTP connections if the app doesn\u2019t support secure connections or if one can\u2019t be established
For users with multiple network cards or systems such as NAS or Docker where there is always another network interface that Plex client applications may try to use to connect to the Plex Media Server, with this option you can ensure that your local Plex clients would only try that interface.
Warning
If you have Remote Access enabled and are having Plex automatically map the port (as opposed to specifying a port manually), then Plex Media Server has no control over which network interface is used for an automatically mapped port. Thus, it\u2019s possible that Remote Access connections could come through an interface other than the one specified here.
If this setting is enabled, it prevents Plex Media Server from using or accepting the deprecated TLSv1.0 and v1.1 protocols, as well as legacy weak ciphers. May prevent older clients from connecting. The vast majority of users will have no reason to enable this option (and receive no benefit from doing so).
Suggested: Disabled
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#enable-local-network-discovery-gdm","title":"Enable local network discovery (GDM)","text":"
Enable \u201cG\u2019Day Mate\u201d discovery. This is used to allow Plex apps and servers to find each other automatically on a local network.
Suggested: Enabled
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#remote-streams-allowed-per-user","title":"Remote streams allowed per user","text":"
You can set the maximum number of simultaneous streams each remote user is allowed to have.
It lets you specify which IP addresses or networks will be considered to be \u201clocal\u201d to you.
Suggested: Your local IP/netmasks
If your local devices are seen as remote devices, then this could solve your issue. (Do not include spaces or tabs.)
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#treat-wan-ip-as-lan-bandwidth","title":"Treat WAN IP As LAN Bandwidth","text":"
Allows incoming requests from this network\u2019s WAN IP address to be treated as LAN requests in terms of bandwidth. This often occurs when DNS rebinding protection is in place and clients on the LAN cannot contact the server directly but instead have to go through the WAN IP address.
The Relay allows connections to the server through a proxy relay when the server is not accessible otherwise. Relay connections are bandwidth-limited.
Suggested: Disabled
I've seen several reports where people that had this Enabled had playback issues because it seems to be limited at 2 Mbps.
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#custom-server-access-urls","title":"Custom server access URLs","text":"
A comma-separated list of URLs (either HTTP or HTTPS) that will be published to plex.tv for server discovery. This can be very useful in a few cases: if you\u2019re using a reverse proxy in front of the media server, or if your networking configuration is otherwise unique. For instance, if you have your own custom domain with a subdomain.
Directory to use when transcoding temporary files for streaming.
Suggested: Depending on your setup, if possible, your RAM (disk)
Speeds up transcoding and less I/O, transcode data is temporary and doesn't need to be written to a disk.
If you run docker set this to /transcode and map it to /tmp/plex
Default Linux only allocates a max of 50% of total system RAM to any ram directories (ie. /tmp, /dev/shm, etc.)
WARNING
YOU SHOULD NOT SPECIFY A LOCATION THAT RESIDES ON A NETWORK SHARE/DISK.
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#enable-hdr-tone-mapping","title":"Enable HDR tone mapping","text":"
This feature allows Plex Media Server to maintain high visual fidelity of content, by applying tone mapping to convert it to SDR when transcoding HDR content.
Suggested: Depending on your setup
Most HDR content will be in 4K resolution. If your platform has to use software transcoding to perform the tone mapping, then it may well struggle to convert 4K content in real-time, unless you\u2019re running on a very powerful system.
Note
Plex\u2019s tone mapping support should generally be able to produce good color mapping and help avoid the \u201cwashed-out\u201d colors that occur when converting HDR content without tone mapping.
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#use-hardware-acceleration-when-available","title":"Use hardware acceleration when available","text":"
To use Hardware-Accelerated Streaming in Plex Media Server.
Suggested: Enabled
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#use-hardware-accelerated-video-encoding","title":"Use hardware-accelerated video encoding","text":"
To use Hardware-Accelerated Encoding in Plex Media Server.
Besides being much faster at scanning and getting metadata, one of the benefits of the new agent is that all agent settings are set at the library level so that different libraries using the same agent can have different agent settings.
When scanning this library, use local posters and artwork if present. (Local subtitles files will be used whether this is enabled or not)
Suggested: Enabled
I had this enabled because I thought it was needed for local subtitles (.srt), but after research, it seems it isn't needed. If you want you could disable it, the choice is yours.
When scanning this library, prefer embedded tags and local files if present.
Suggested: Disabled
If enabled, you could end up with weird movie naming you don't want, such as those from RARBG
Automatically create collections when there are more than the selected number of items for an available collection.
Suggested: 2
Only show collections when you have more than one item in your library
This option creates a series of preview thumbnails from a media item when it is analyzed. These images are used by some Plex apps when you move back and forward in an app with the timeline scrubber. They\u2019ll also be displayed in Now Playing when someone is streaming from you so that you can see where they are in the video.
ATTENTION
Creating these images can take a considerable amount of time, CPU resources, and increase the storage space used. The images are stored in your Plex database so be careful you don\u2019t fill the drive
Suggested: Disabled
Besides that, it uses a lot of disk space and high I/O, No one in my family uses FastForward/Rewind but they use the skip forward/backward.
This deletes the preview thumbnails it generated before you disabled this option
If you want to show your Collection in your library
Suggested: Disabled
When Disabled your movies will show up normally when you use library view, This doesn't mean it will disable the collection view.
Besides being much faster at scanning and getting metadata, one of the benefits of the new agent is that all agent settings are set at the library level so that different libraries using the same agent can have different agent settings.
How episodes are named on disk. If your naming follows The MovieDB or TheTVDB choose that here.
Use season titles when available.
When scanning this library, use local posters and artwork if present. (Local subtitles files will be used whether this is enabled or not)
Suggested: Enabled
I had this enabled because I thought it was needed for local subtitles (.srt), but after research, it seems it isn't needed. If you want you could disable it, the choice is yours.
When scanning this library, prefer embedded tags and local files if present.
Suggested: Disabled
If enabled, you could end up with weird movie naming you don't want, such as those from RARBG
This option creates a series of preview thumbnails from a media item when it is analyzed. These images are used by some Plex apps when you move back and forward in an app with the timeline scrubber. They\u2019ll also be displayed in Now Playing when someone is streaming from you so that you can see where they are in the video.
ATTENTION
Creating these images can take a considerable amount of time, CPU resources, and increase the storage space used. The images are stored in your Plex database so be careful you don\u2019t fill the drive
Suggested: Disabled
Besides that, it uses a lot of disk space and high I/O, No one in my family uses FastForward/Rewind but they use the skip forward/backward.
This deletes the preview thumbnails it generated before you disabled this option
If you want to show your Collection in your library
Suggested: Disabled
When Disabled your tv show will show up normally when you use library view, This doesn't mean it will disable the collection view.
Generate intro detection for items in this library when enabled in server settings.
Suggested: Enabled
Ever watch a TV show and it starts playing that same minute and a half credits intro that you've already watched multiple times? Well, you can have your Plex Media Server analyze the TV shows to try and detect those introductions and then let you skip through them with a single click!
For the information in this guide, we made use of the following sources
Information we gathered from Several Discord servers
Plex Support Articles
Extra Information gathered from a Plex employee
Own experience
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Here you will find a collection of profiles you only should use if Plex has issues direct playing your media on your devices, these profiles could help but results might vary.
The profiles aren't tested on the Shield 2019 or newer Chromecast models
LSIO container: /appdata/plex/database/Library/Application Support/Plex Media Server/Profiles or /appdata/plex/Library/Application Support/Plex Media Server/Profiles
Here you will find a collection of tips for Prowlarr.
How to set up proxy for certain indexers - The correct way to set up a VPN/Proxy with Prowlarr.
How to set up FlareSolverr - How to set up FlareSolverr that might help to bypass Cloudflare and DDoS-GUARD protection.
How to set up indexers with limited API - You have access to a few (unpaid) Usenet indexers with limited API calls and you still want to add them as a backup for failed downloads, but you're always hitting the API limits in the first hour and can't make full use of them, In this Guide, we will show you a trick on how you can make more use of them without hitting the API limit in the first hour.
"},{"location":"Prowlarr/prowlarr-setup-flaresolverr/","title":"How to set up FlareSolverr","text":"
FlareSolverr is a proxy server to bypass Cloudflare and DDoS-GUARD protection.
Info
A FlareSolverr Proxy will only be used for requests if and only if Cloudflare is detected by Prowlarr
A FlareSolverr Proxy will only be used for requests if and only if the Proxy and the Indexer have matching tags
A FlareSolverr Proxy configured without any tags or has no indexers with matching tags will be disabled.
FlareSolverr is currently non-functional. It is also being monitored by the Cloudflare team, so it is unlikely to ever be fixed.If you're using an indexer that needs FlaresSolverr and if they offer it, try another base URL till you find one that works. If none work, then you're out of luck.There is no need to contact Servarr or Sonarr support. They are not the FlareSolverr support team and cannot help you with questions that don't relate specifically to adding FlareSolverr to Prowlarr.FlareSolverr is a third-party program that solves Cloudflare captchas for some indexers. They use GitHub for support, and you should go there to ask them questions or catch up on the current status of the program.The current open issue on their GitHub can be found HERE
Please follow the installation instruction from FlareSolverr
"},{"location":"Prowlarr/prowlarr-setup-flaresolverr/#add-flaresolverr-to-prowlarr","title":"Add FlareSolverr to Prowlarr","text":"
Settings => indexers
Click on the + sign and select FlareSolverr
Add the following info.
Name of the Proxy in Prowlarr.
The tags for this proxy.
The full host path (including http and the port) to your FlareSolverr instance.
The FlareSolver Request maxTimeout value Prowlarr should use for FlareSolverr requests. Must be between 1 second and 180 seconds (Default: 60 seconds).
Test if your connection works.
If it works click on Save.
"},{"location":"Prowlarr/prowlarr-setup-flaresolverr/#add-flaresolverr-to-your-indexer","title":"Add FlareSolverr to your indexer","text":"
Select the indexer that you want to use with FlareSolverr.
Scroll down to the bottom and add the tag you set up earlier in step 2.
Click Test and Save.
Now the indexer should be using FlareSolverr.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Prowlarr/prowlarr-setup-limited-api/","title":"How to setup indexers with limited API","text":"
So you have access to a few (unpaid) Usenet indexers with limited API calls and you still want to add them as backup for failed downloads, but you're always hitting the API limits in the first hour and can't make full use of them.
In this Guide, we will show you a trick on how you can make more use of them without hitting the API limit in the first hour.
This is mainly a Usenet option but might be useful for a few trackers that have rate limits. We will use for this guide mainly Usenet indexers as examples.
This is the same you see in the Starr apps under indexers when you open the specific indexer settings.
A short description of what they do, what they mean, and when they are used.
RSS = The so-called search interval.
Automatic search = When an item is added to the Starr apps and you do an Add + Search, if a \"Usenet\" download fails it will search for a replacement, When you click on the Search All, Search Monitored or on the magnifying icon.
Interactive search = When you select the interactive search you get an unsorted/unfiltered list of everything your indexer(s) reports back where you can choose what you want to grab.
"},{"location":"Prowlarr/prowlarr-setup-limited-api/#adding-a-sync-profile","title":"Adding a Sync Profile","text":"
For this, we're going to create 2 new Sync Profiles
This one will only be used when an item is added to the Starr apps and you do an Add + Search.If a \"Usenet\" download fails it will search for a replacement.When you click on the Search All, Search Monitored or on the magnifying icon.
Click on the + sign and create a new sync profile with the following options.
Name it Automatic Search
Disable Enable RSS
Enable Interactive Search
Enable Automatic Search
If you're using Usenet ignore this, if you use public torrent trackers set this somewhere between 20-70, being they often lie about their seeders amount.
This will be only used when you do an interactive search.
Click on the + sign and create a new sync profile with the following options.
Name it Interactive Search
Disable Enable RSS
Enable Interactive Search
Disable Enable Automatic Search
If you're using Usenet ignore this, if you use public torrent trackers set this somewhere between 20-70, being they often lie about their seeders amount.
In Prowlarr, edit the indexer of your choice and under Sync Profile you choose one of the two newly created Sync Profiles.
For this example, we're going to use Automatic Search.
"},{"location":"Prowlarr/prowlarr-setup-limited-api/#setup-api-limits","title":"Setup API Limits","text":"
In Prowlarr, edit the indexer of your choice, and under Query Limit (API hits) and Grab Limit (Downloads) you can set your indexer's API limits. These limits can be found in several places, depending on the indexer. The usual places include in your profile or when you go to a page where you select which package you want to buy.
We're adding this to prevent any abuse/hammering to the indexerIgnoring this can sometimes result in a (potentially lifetime) ban.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Prowlarr/prowlarr-setup-proxy/","title":"Setup proxy for certain indexers","text":"
It's not recommended to run any of the Starr apps through a VPN. In some cases, it can cause connectivity issues such as the Starr apps not being able to update the posters and metadata, and sometimes the inability to add new movies/TV shows at all. It won't always happen immediately, but sooner or later it can and probably will happen.
To be clear it is not a matter if VPNs will cause issues with the Starr Apps, but when: image providers will block you and cloudflare is in front of most of Starr servers (updates, metadata, etc.) and liable to block you too
Just run VPN on the apps that actually need it, like your torrent client, and perhaps in some cases certain indexers because of region/ISP restriction.
Warning
Please check the indexers rules if you're allowed to use a VPN/Proxy to access their site, being that VPN services often use shared IP it could be recognized as account sharing.
This isn't the same as the tracker, the API/Website scraping happens on the actual site and some indexers don't allow VPN usage on their site.
In this guide, we will try to explain how to set up Prowlarr to use your VPN from your torrent client.
After setting up your optimal volume/paths found HERE, follow the steps below to improve your setup.
Quality Settings (File Size) - Some recommendations to prevent low-quality or fake releases. These quality file size settings have been created and tested with information gathered from release comparisons from various sources and information provided by the community.
Recommended naming scheme - Recommended naming scheme provided with the help of the Sonarr/Radarr (Support) Team and information provided by the community to prevent download loops.
How to set up Quality Profiles - How to make the most use of the Custom Formats and shows some specifics of our recommended configuration. You can use these examples to understand how to set up your preferences.
How to setup Quality Profiles Anime - Same as above but specific for anime.
How to set up Quality Profiles (French) - Same as above but specific for French and English Audio.
How to import Custom Formats - How to manually import the Custom Formats from the Guide.
How to update Custom Formats - How to manually upgrade your existing Custom Formats.
Collection of Custom Formats - A collection of the most needed and commonly used Custom Formats. These Custom Formats have been collected from discussions on Discord or created with help from others.
Tips - Several other guides for Radarr.
How to Merge Quality - How to merge quality sources if you prefer to not have Quality Trump All, and let it be handled via Custom Formats.
How to rename your folders - How to rename or change your root folder.
How to set up Language Custom Formats - A few examples of how to set up your preferred language Custom Format.
How to Sync 2 Radarr or Sonarr with each other - How you can sync two (or more) Radarr/Sonarr instances with each other.
Remote Path Mappings - How to set up remote path mapping.
Show Unknown Movie Items - Show items without a movie in the queue.
\u201cWhat's the best quality size settings to use?\u201d
\u201cWhy are the ones from the TRaSH Guides so different from the default settings?\u201d
Even though it is a personal preference, we will show you some recommendations to prevent low-quality or fake releases.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-Quality-Settings-File-Size/#faq","title":"FAQ","text":"Why do i only see sizes starting from HDTV720p and up?
Watching content below 720p on a big screen can result in a blurry and pixelated image, making it difficult to see details and enjoy the true quality of the content. Additionally, lower-resolution videos may not fill the entire screen, leading to a less immersive viewing experience. Investing in higher-quality content ensures that you are getting the best possible picture and sound quality for your viewing pleasure.
Why are some sizes set to max?
These guides are created to achieve the highest possible quality based on the quality profiles provided.
Why is there a difference between regular movies/tv shows and anime/animated/cartoons ?
Regular movies and TV shows are set up more strictly to prevent low-quality and fake releases, whereas anime, animated series, and cartoons are set up wide open.
When I set Bluray to MAX size I often get ISO's/ Bluray folder structure.
You have probably configured your Quality Profiles incorrectly by enabling BR-DISK without adding the recommended Custom Format for Radarr to block/ignore BR-DISK. For Sonarr, you can use the following to block/ignore BR-DISK.
Some movies or episodes may not be grabbed due to these settings.
If you notice that some movies or episodes are not being grabbed due to size settings, you can provide proof with a screenshot showing the error that appears during an interactive search (excluding the indexer or tracker if you prefer).
We will only consider changes for international releases; no multi-language or dubbed releases will be accepted.
We will not accept incorrectly labeled source releases such as those from MeGusta, they need to properly name their content first.
Changes for micro-sized releases will not be accepted.
Documentaries and cartoons are typically much smaller, so we may not make edits to those either.
These quality file size settings have been created and tested with information gathered from release comparisons from various sources and information provided by the community.
Make sure you have enabled 'Show Advanced' if you don't see a provision to enter the scores, under the Quality settings.After setting the Max Size, set the 'Preferred' score as high as possible. You can accomplish that with one of the two following ways.- 1. You move the slider to the far most right.- 2. You enter a score of 400.In both cases, it will automatically change to the highest possible. This will be slightly below the Max Size setting.
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/","title":"Collection of Custom Formats","text":"
Below is a collection of what we've come to regard as the most needed and commonly used Custom Formats. These CFs have been collected from discussions on Discord or created with help from others.
Special thanks to everyone who has helped in the creation and testing of these Custom Formats, my team at TRaSH guides, Team Radarr, and the community.
With Radarr V3, Custom Formats are much more advanced/powerful than with V2, although this also means a Custom Format can require more knowledge to set up or create.
After requesting with Team Radarr, we now have the option to import/export the Custom Formats in a JSON format. This provides everyone with an easy way to share and use Custom Formats.
We've made 3 guides related to this.
How to import Custom Formats - Explains how to import the Custom Formats.
How to upgrade Custom Formats - Explains how to upgrade your existing Custom Formats.
How to set up Quality Profiles - Explains how to make the most use of Custom Formats and shows some specifics of our recommended configuration. You can use these examples to get an idea of how to set up your preferences.
Tip
It also is recommended to change the Propers and Repacks settings in Radarr's Settings.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Format scoring and preferences will be fully utilized.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#index","title":"INDEX","text":"Audio Advanced #1 Audio Advanced #2 Audio Channels HDR Formats TrueHD ATMOS FLAC 1.0 Mono DV HDR10+ DTS X PCM 2.0 Stereo DV HDR10 ATMOS (undefined) DTS-HD HRA 3.0 Sound DV DD+ ATMOS AAC 4.0 Sound DV HLG TrueHD DD 5.1 Surround DV SDR DTS-HD MA MP3 6.1 Surround HDR10+ DD+ Opus 7.1 Surround HDR10 DTS-ES HDR DTS HDR (undefined) PQ HLG Movie Versions Unwanted HQ Release Groups 4K Remaster 3D Remux Tier 01 Criterion Collection AV1 Remux Tier 02 Hybrid BR-DISK Remux Tier 03 IMAX Enhanced Extras UHD Bluray Tier 01 IMAX LQ UHD Bluray Tier 02 Masters of Cinema LQ (Release Title) UHD Bluray Tier 03 Open Matte Upscaled HD Bluray Tier 01 Remaster x265 (HD) HD Bluray Tier 02 Special Edition HD Bluray Tier 03 Theatrical Cut WEB Tier 01 Vinegar Syndrome WEB Tier 02 WEB Tier 03 General Streaming Services Asian Streaming Services Dutch Streaming Services Amazon FOD Pathe Thuis Apple TV+ Disney+ Hotstar Videoland Bravia Core TVer Criterion Channel TVING Disney+ U-NEXT HBO VIU HBO Max Hulu iTunes Max Movies Anywhere Netflix Peacock TV Paramount+ Stan UK Streaming Services Misc Streaming Services Anime Streaming Services BBC iPlayer AUBC VRV ITVX CBC MY5 Crave NOW OViD Star+ Miscellaneous French Audio Version French Source Groups Bad Dual Groups Multi-French FR Remux Tier 01 DV (Disk) Multi-Audio FR Remux Tier 02 DV (WEBDL) French Audio FR UHD Bluray Tier 01 DV HDR10+ Boost VFF FR UHD Bluray Tier 02 Dutch Groups VOF FR HD Bluray Tier 01 EVO (no WEBDL) VFI FR HD Bluray Tier 02 FreeLeech VF2 FR WEB Tier 01 HFR VFQ FR WEB Tier 02 HDR10+ Boost VOQ FR Scene Groups Internal VQ FR LQ Line/Mic Dubbed VFB MPEG2 VOSTFR Multi FanSUB No-RlsGroup FastSUB Obfuscated Repack/Proper Repack2 Repack3 Retags Scene SDR (no WEBDL) SDR VC-1 VP9 x264 x265 (no HDR/DV) x265 x266 Anime Anime Anime Anime Optional Anime BD Tier 01 (Top SeaDex Muxers) Anime Web Tier 01 (Muxers) v0 Uncensored Anime BD Tier 02 (SeaDex Muxers) Anime Web Tier 02 (Top FanSubs) v1 10bit Anime BD Tier 03 (SeaDex Muxers) Anime Web Tier 03 (Official Subs) v2 Anime Dual Audio Anime BD Tier 04 (SeaDex Muxers) Anime Web Tier 04 (Official Subs) v3 Dubs Only Anime BD Tier 05 (Remuxes) Anime Web Tier 05 (FanSubs) v4 Anime BD Tier 06 (FanSubs) Anime Web Tier 06 (FanSubs) Anime BD Tier 07 (P2P/Scene) Anime Raws Anime BD Tier 08 (Mini Encodes) Anime LQ Groups"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#audio-advanced","title":"Audio Advanced","text":""},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#truehd-atmos","title":"TrueHD ATMOS","text":"TrueHD ATMOS - [Click to show/hide]
TrueHD Atmos
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Dolby Atmos is a surround sound technology developed by Dolby Laboratories. It expands on existing surround sound systems by adding height channels, allowing sounds to be interpreted as three-dimensional objects.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#dts-x","title":"DTS X","text":"DTS:X - [Click to show/hide]
DTS-X
DTS:X is an object-based audio codec which aims to create a multi-dimensional sound that \u201cmoves around you like it would in real life\u201d. You may think that sounds similar to Dolby Atmos, and you\u2019d be right, but where DTS:X's differences lie in the required speaker configuration. While Dolby Atmos requires adding additional overhead channels to your 5.1 or 7.1 setup, DTS:X works with standard surround speaker setups \u2013 just like the one you might already have at home. It can support up to 32 speaker locations and an 11.2-channel system. DTS:X, like other higher-quality DTS formats (e.g. DTS-HD MA), is lossless.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#truehd","title":"TrueHD","text":"TrueHD - [Click to show/hide]
TrueHD
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Dolby TrueHD is a lossless multi-channel audio codec developed by Dolby Laboratories for home video, used principally in Blu-ray Discs and compatible hardware.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#dts-hd-ma","title":"DTS-HD MA","text":"DTS-HD MA - [Click to show/hide]
DTS-HD MA
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
DTS-HD Master Audio is a multi-channel lossless audio codec developed by DTS that extends the lossy DTS Coherent Acoustics codec (DTS CA; usually referred to as simply \"DTS\"). Rather than being an entirely new coding mechanism, DTS-HD MA encodes an audio master in lossy DTS first, then stores a concurrent stream of supplementary data representing whatever the DTS encoder discarded. This gives DTS-HD MA a lossy \"core\" able to be played back by devices that cannot decode the more complex lossless audio. DTS-HD MA's primary application is audio storage and playback for Blu-ray Disc media.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#flac","title":"FLAC","text":"FLAC - [Click to show/hide]
FLAC
FLAC stands for Free Lossless Audio Codec, an audio format similar to MP3 - but lossless, meaning that the audio compressed with FLAC does not receive any loss in quality. This is similar to how Zip works, except with FLAC you will get much better compression because it is designed specifically for audio.
Dolby Digital Plus, also known as Enhanced AC-3 (commonly abbreviated as DD+ or E-AC-3, or EC-3), is the successor to Dolby Digital (AC-3). It is a digital audio compression scheme developed by Dolby Labs for the transport and storage of multi-channel digital audio.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#dts-es","title":"DTS-ES","text":"DTS-ES - [Click to show/hide]
DTS-ES
DTS-ES (DTS Extended Surround) includes two variants, DTS-ES Discrete 6.1 and DTS-ES Matrix 5.1, depending on how the sound was originally mastered and stored.
Digital Theater Sound (DTS) is a digital audio technology developed by DTS, Inc, which focuses on digital surround sound formats for consumer and commercial applications as well as theatrical purposes. Compared to the Dolby Digital standard, DTS uses four times less compression and digitizes audio sounds at 20 bits instead of 16 bits. This makes DTS-based audio richer in sound and more detailed than Dolby Digital-based ones.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#aac","title":"AAC","text":"AAC - [Click to show/hide]
AAC
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia Advanced Audio Coding (AAC) is an audio coding standard for lossy digital audio compression. Designed to be the successor of the MP3 format, AAC generally achieves higher sound quality than MP3 at the same bit rate.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#opus","title":"Opus","text":"Opus - [Click to show/hide]
OPUS
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Opus is a lossy audio coding format developed by the Xiph.Org Foundation and standardized by the Internet Engineering Task Force, designed to efficiently code speech and general audio in a single format while remaining low-latency enough for real-time interactive communication and low-complexity enough for low-end embedded processors. Opus replaces both Vorbis and Speex for new applications, and several blind listening tests have ranked it higher quality than any other standard audio format at any given bitrate until transparency is reached, including MP3, AAC, and HE-AAC.
Dolby Vision is a dynamic HDR format. It can offer better visual experiences relative to HDR10. The most significant difference is that it uses dynamic metadata which allows varying brightness levels within HDR content which enables filmmakers to have more precise control over the overall image appearance. HDR10 relies on static metadata which limits the HDR effect to a per-movie or per-episode basis.
HDR10+
HDR10+ improves upon HDR10 by making its metadata dynamic, allowing for it to change for each frame of video. This means every frame is adjusted to its own set of colors, brightness, and contrast parameters, making for a much more vibrant and realistic-looking image. Areas of the screen that might have been over-saturated with HDR10 will display their full contrast and detail with HDR10+.
\ud83d\udca1 Any form of HDR will look significantly better than SDR on supporting equipment. The overall result will ultimately end up varying, though, based on your hardware and how the studio and filmmaker implemented HDR.
This format provides Dolby Vision with HDR10 fallback. You will find this mainly with:
Remuxes
Bluray encodes
Hybrid WEB-DL (Hybrid isn't always mentioned)
Dolby Vision
Dolby Vision is a dynamic HDR format. It can offer better visual experiences relative to HDR10. The most significant difference is that it uses dynamic metadata which allows varying brightness levels within HDR content which enables filmmakers to have more precise control over the overall image appearance. HDR10 relies on static metadata which limits the HDR effect to a per-movie or per-episode basis.
HDR10
HDR10 is the most basic HDR format used in consumer media and is supported by all HDR-supported devices.
HDR10 relies on static metadata which limits its effect to a per-movie or per-episode basis. Because of this, it lacks the information for how the content should be adjusted for your specific display. The interaction between display capabilities, video metadata, and the ultimate output (i.e., the presentation of the video) is controlled by the display, which may result in quality that is ultimately not how was originally intended.
\ud83d\udca1 Any form of HDR will look significantly better than SDR on supporting equipment. The overall result will ultimately end up varying, though, based on your hardware and how the studio and filmmaker implemented HDR.
This Custom Format will only match on DV NOT on DV HDR10 etc.
Depending on the source (WEB-DL, Bluray, or Remux) this format will match the following:
With Remuxes, it means that it will have DV HDR10.
With Bluray encodes, it means it will have DV HDR10.
With WEB-DL, it means 99% it will only support Dolby Vision without HDR10 fallback (Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens, if you have this issue always make sure you also add the following Custom Format with a score of -10000)
DV HLG This is a very rare HDR Format that was created by NHK (JP) and the BBC for cable, satellite, and over-the-air TV broadcasts.
Dolby Vision
Dolby Vision is a dynamic HDR format. It can offer better visual experiences relative to HDR10. The most significant difference is that it uses dynamic metadata which allows varying brightness levels within HDR content which enables filmmakers to have more precise control over the overall image appearance. HDR10 relies on static metadata which limits the HDR effect to a per-movie or per-episode basis.
This Custom Format will only match on DV HLG
HLG
HLG or HLG10 is an HDR format created by NHK (JP) and the BBC that can be used for both video and still images. This format is backward compatible with SDR UHD TV, but not with older SDR displays that do not implement the Rec. 2020 color standards.
You will find this mainly with cable, satellite, and over-the-air TV broadcast series and movies from the likes of BBC and National Geographic.
HDR10+ improves upon HDR10 by making its metadata dynamic, allowing for it to change for each frame of video. This means every frame is adjusted to its own set of colors, brightness, and contrast parameters, making for a much more vibrant and realistic-looking image. Areas of the screen that might have been over-saturated with HDR10 will display their full contrast and detail with HDR10+.
HDR10 is the most basic HDR format used in consumer media and is supported by all HDR-supported devices.
HDR10 relies on static metadata which limits its effect to a per-movie or per-episode basis. Because of this, it lacks the information for how the content should be adjusted for your specific display. The interaction between display capabilities, video metadata, and the ultimate output (i.e., the presentation of the video) is controlled by the display, which may result in quality that is ultimately not how was originally intended.
This Custom Format will only match on HDR NOT on HDR10, HDR10+ etc
This Custom Format is a sort of \"catch-all\" for the HDR scene naming scheme where we don't know, based on name alone, which HDR formats are included - it could be HDR10, HDR10+ or even PQ.
PQ (perceptual quantizer) or PQ10 is the most basic HDR format that can be used for both video and still images. It is the same as the HDR10 format without any metadata.
HLG or HLG10 is an HDR format created by NHK (JP) and the BBC that can be used for both video and still images. This format is backward compatible with SDR UHD TV, but not with older SDR displays that do not implement the Rec. 2020 color standards.
You will find this mainly with cable, satellite, and over-the-air TV broadcast series and movies from the likes of BBC and National Geographic.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#movie-versions","title":"Movie Versions","text":""},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#hybrid","title":"Hybrid","text":"Hybrid - [Click to show/hide]
A hybrid release means any combination of sources (video + audio) and not a direct encoding of a single source. Generally, you can be sure that any hybrid that has been put together is the best quality release of a particular title.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#remaster","title":"Remaster","text":"Remaster - [Click to show/hide]
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
For the software term, see Software remastering. Remaster (also digital remastering and digitally remastered) refers to changing the quality of the sound or of the image, or both, of previously created recordings, either audiophonic, cinematic, or videographic.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#4k-remaster","title":"4K Remaster","text":"4K Remaster - [Click to show/hide]
A remastered or mastered in 4K should give you usually the best picture and audio currently for the movie. Both are just names to describe the best possible current release of the movie.
To be clear, the final digital films on the Mastered in 4K Blu-rays still only have the same 1920 x 1080 pixels of actual resolution as normal Blu-rays. But the argument goes that because these full HD files were derived from higher-resolution masters, their images will be more precise, with better colors, less noise, and enhanced sharpness and detail. Not least because the higher-resolution mastering process will provide more detail from the original print for the Blu-ray masters to draw on when going through their (hopefully\u2026) frame-by-frame compression process.
Another important element of the Mastered in 4K discs is that they\u2019re all mastered with \u2018x.v.YCC\u2019 color specification. This delivers an expanded color range closer to that contained in source material.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#criterion-collection","title":"Criterion Collection","text":"Criterion Collection - [Click to show/hide]
The Criterion Collection, Inc. (or simply Criterion) is an American home video distribution company that focuses on licensing \"important classic and contemporary films\" and selling them to film aficionados. Criterion has helped to standardize characteristics of home video such as film restoration, using the letterbox format for widescreen films, and adding bonus features and commentary tracks.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#masters-of-cinema","title":"Masters of Cinema","text":"Masters of Cinema - [Click to show/hide]
Masters of Cinema is a line of DVD and Blu-ray releases published through Eureka Entertainment. Because of the uniformly branded and spine-numbered packaging and the standard inclusion of booklets and analysis by recurring film historians, the line is often perceived as the UK equivalent of The Criterion Collection.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#vinegar-syndrome","title":"Vinegar Syndrome","text":"Vinegar Syndrome - [Click to show/hide]
Vinegar Syndrome is a US-based company founded in 2012 to preserve and distribute old X-rated films. Over time, they expanded their catalog to include other types of cult and exploitation films, specializing in horror and action genres.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#imax","title":"IMAX","text":"IMAX - [Click to show/hide]
From In Depth Cine
IMAX films are shot in tall aspect ratios, typically 1.9:1 or sometimes 1.43:1. Most IMAX film releases also have scenes shot at wider aspect ratios and, as a result, the aspect ratio will change throughout. Because they are shot on large format cameras, there is often less film grain present. This results in a clearer picture.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#imax-enhanced","title":"IMAX Enhanced","text":"IMAX Enhanced - [Click to show/hide]
Get more picture and less black bars (letterboxing).
From Wired
IMAX Enhanced is a standard for digital releases. It features scenes shot on IMAX cameras and produced in HDR10 DV. IMAX Enhanced releases are often higher bitrate than other WEB options and are encoded into various formats, including SDR conversions.
As a result of the higher bitrate and implied picture quality improvement, it is recommended to enable the IMAX Enhanced custom format on WEB profiles, especially for those seeking 'The IMAX Experience' - including fewer \"black bars\" or letterboxing.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#open-matte","title":"Open Matte","text":"Open Matte - [Click to show/hide]
Open matte is a filming technique that involves matting out the top and bottom of the film frame in the movie projector (known as a soft matte) for the widescreen theatrical release and then scanning the film without a matte (at an Academy ratio) for a full-screen home video release.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#unwanted","title":"Unwanted","text":""},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#av1","title":"AV1","text":"AV1 - [Click to show/hide]
AV1 encodes are currently targeting small file sizes, rather than good visual quality.
This is a new codec and you need modern devices that support it.
We also had reports of playback/transcoding issues.
No main group is actually using it (yet).
It's better to ignore this new codec to prevent compatibility issues
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#br-disk","title":"BR-DISK","text":"BR-DISK - [Click to show/hide]
This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
You will need to add the following to your new Custom Format when created in your Quality Profile (Setting => Profiles) and then set the score to -10000.
Note
Depending on your renaming scheme it could happen that Radarr will match renamed files after they are downloaded and imported as BR-DISK, This is a cosmetic annoyance until we come up with another way to solve this, being that this Custom Format is used to not download BR-DISK it does its purpose as intended. Several reasons why this is happening:
Blame the often wrongly used naming of x265 encodes.
A collection of known low-quality groups (often banned from the top trackers due to their lack of quality), banned or dishonest release groups, or rips/encodes from the scene and quick-to-release P2P groups that, while adequate, are usually not considered high quality.
Release Groups that break the Starr apps automation because their bad naming could potentially cause download loops, even if their overall quality is perfect.
This blocks all 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265.
In your quality profile use the following score for this Custom Format: -10000
Why block 720/1080p encodes in x265? - [Click to show/hide]
Quote
x265 is good for 4k stuff or 1080p if they used the remuxes as the source. If the media isn't source quality/remux, then there will be a loss of quality every time. Also, once you go x265, typically that file is done. It can't be changed to something else without a huge loss of quality.
Something like 95% of video files are x264 and have much better direct play support. If you have more than a couple of users, you will notice much more transcoding. Just depends on your priorities.
So basically if you are storage-poor and just need to save space, use x265. The catch is if you want the best quality x265, you need high-quality source files, so you still have huge file sizes. If you want maximum compatibility and the option to change your files to something else later, then x264. It's all really dependent on specific situations for different people
If you have also added x265 (no HDR/DV) to your Radarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
It's a shame that most x265 groups microsize the releases or use the x264 as a source which results in low-quality releases. And the few groups that do use the correct source suffer from it.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#miscellaneous","title":"Miscellaneous","text":""},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#bad-dual-groups","title":"Bad Dual Groups","text":"Bad dual groups - [Click to show/hide]
These groups take the original release and add their language (ex. Portuguese) as the main audio track (AAC 2.0), What results after renaming and FFprobe is that the media file will be recognized as Portuguese AAC audio. It's a common rule that you add the best audio as the first track. Also they often even translate/rename the release name to Portuguese.
This is a special Custom Format that blocks WEBDLs with Dolby Vision but without HDR10 fallback.
You will need to add the following as a new Custom Format, and when created adjust the scoring in your Quality Profile (Setting => Profiles) to -10000.
This Custom Format works together with the normal DV Custom Format that you would use to prefer Dolby Vision.
Most WEBDL from Streaming Services don't have the fallback to HDR10. What can result during playback is issues with weird colors (typically a green hue) when you attempt to play it on a non-Dolby Vision-compatible setup.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#evo-no-webdl","title":"EVO (no WEBDL)","text":"EVO (no WEBDL) - [Click to show/hide]
This group is often banned for low-quality Blu-ray releases, but their WEB-DLs are okay.
You will need to add the following as a new Custom Format, and when created adjust the scoring in your Quality Profile (Setting => Profiles) to -10000.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#no-rlsgroup","title":"No-RlsGroup","text":"No-RlsGroup - [Click to show/hide]
Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups getting a higher score. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up stripped of the group name so they appear as \"upgrades\" and they end up getting a decent score if other things match
Warning
If you don't use decent filenames (like not adding release groups) don't add this Custom Format, except if you want to upgrade them.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#obfuscated","title":"Obfuscated","text":"Obfuscated - [Click to show/hide]
Obfuscated
Obfuscated are used on usenet, mostly with non-tier-1 indexers, to do re-posts of common/popular releases. Use this only if you've access to tier 1 Usenet indexers.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#retags","title":"Retags","text":"Retags - [Click to show/hide]
Retags
Retags are something you often see on public trackers where the tracker or uploader adds their name to the torrent. It is also possible that it could show up on some Usenet indexers.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#scene","title":"Scene","text":"Scene - [Click to show/hide]
This Custom Format will try to recognize so-called \"scene releases\". Depending on your preferences, you can give it a negative score -10000, a positive score, or just skip adding it altogether.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#x265-no-hdrdv","title":"x265 (no HDR/DV)","text":"x265 (no HDR/DV) - [Click to show/hide]
This blocks most 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265, But it will allow 720/1080p x265 releases if they have HDR and/or DV
Since some NF releases won't be released as 4k, this allows you to still have the DV/HDR releases.
In your quality profile use the following score for this Custom Format: -10000
Why block 720/1080p encodes in x265? - [Click to show/hide]
Quote
x265 is good for 4k stuff or 1080p if they used the remuxes as the source. If the media isn't source quality/remux, then there will be a loss of quality every time. Also, once you go x265, typically that file is done. It can't be changed to something else without a huge loss of quality.
Something like 95% of video files are x264 and have much better direct play support. If you have more than a couple of users, you will notice much more transcoding. Just depends on your priorities.
So basically if you are storage-poor and just need to save space, use x265. The catch is if you want the best quality x265, you need high-quality source files, so you still have huge file sizes. If you want maximum compatibility and the option to change your files to something else later, then x264. It's all really dependent on specific situations for different people
If you have also added x265 (HD) to your Radarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
It's a shame that most x265 groups microsize the releases or use the x264 as a source which results in low-quality releases. And the few groups that do use the correct source suffer from it.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#vc-1","title":"VC-1","text":"VC-1 - [Click to show/hide]
VC-1
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
VC-1 is a video compression codec primarily developed by Microsoft. It is often associated with older Blu-ray discs and some HD digital video content. While VC-1 was a popular choice in the early days of HD content, it has been largely supplanted by more efficient codecs, such as AVC (H.264) for 1080p Remuxes and HEVC (H.265) for 2160p Remuxes.
When it comes to remuxing, many release groups upgrade older VC-1 encoded content to AVC (If a disc is released as AVC), especially for 1080p Remuxes. This is because AVC is generally more efficient in terms of compression while maintaining better quality at lower bitrates. As a result, content encoded with AVC will typically have improved visual quality and smaller file sizes compared to its VC-1 counterparts.
If you are looking for better quality versions of films or shows that were originally released in VC-1, it's common for modern remuxes to include AVC encoding, making them more compatible with current playback devices and ensuring a better viewing experience.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#sdr-no-webdl","title":"SDR (no WEBDL)","text":"SDR (no WEBDL) - [Click to show/hide]
This will prevent grabbing UHD/4k Remux and Bluray encode releases without HDR Formats. - i.e., SDR WEB releases will still be allowed since 4K SDR WEB releases can often look better than the 1080p version due to the improved bitrate.
If you have also added SDR to your Radarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#dv-disk","title":"DV (Disk)","text":"DV (Disk) - [Click to show/hide]
This will boost the score for Dolby Vision Releases using the original full-quality Dolby Vision layer from the disc release to replace the old WEBDL HYBRID release.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#hfr","title":"HFR","text":"HFR - [Click to show/hide]
This will boost the score for HFR releases. HFR stands for High Frame Rate and refers to a video format that uses a higher number of frames per second than traditional video, resulting in smoother and more detailed motion.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#x264","title":"x264","text":"x264 - [Click to show/hide]
x264 is a free software library and application for encoding video streams into the H.264/MPEG-4 AVC compression format, and is released under the terms of the GNU GPL.
If you want maximum compatibility and have much better direct play support then use x264 for 720p/1080p.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#x265","title":"x265","text":"x265 - [Click to show/hide]
x265 is a free software library and application for encoding video streams into the H.265/MPEG-H HEVC compression format, and is released under the terms of the GNU GPL.
This applies to all x265/HEVC releases that are not Remux.
Please don't forget to read the following Microsized & Wrong Source
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#x266","title":"x266","text":"x266 - [Click to show/hide]
Versatile Video Coding (VVC), also known as H.266, ISO/IEC 23090-3, and MPEG-I Part 3, is a video compression standard finalized on 6 July 2020. Wikipedia.
This applies to all x266/VVC releases that are not Remux.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#freeleech","title":"FreeLeech","text":"FreeLeech - [Click to show/hide]
Sometimes, torrent sites set a torrent to be freeleech. This means, that the download of this torrent will not count towards your download quota or ratio. This is useful if you do not have the best ratio yet.
Warning
Keep in mind not all trackers support this option.
Amazon Prime Video, or simply Prime Video, is an American subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming and rental service of Amazon offered as a standalone service or as part of Amazon's Prime subscription. The service primarily distributes films and television series produced by Amazon MGM Studios or licensed to Amazon, as Amazon Originals, with the service also hosting content from other providers, content add-ons, live sporting events, and video rental and purchasing services.
Apple TV+ is an American subscription streaming service owned and operated by Apple Inc. Launched on November 1, 2019, it offers a selection of original production film and television series called Apple Originals.
Sony Pictures Core (formerly known as Bravia Core) is a video on demand service from Sony for its televisions and smartphones, launched in April 2021. The service offers the streaming of movies at up to 4K resolution provided by Sony Pictures Entertainment. CORE stands for Centre of Real Entertainment. Sony claims that Bravia Core has one of the largest libraries of IMAX Enhanced format film content. Streaming, which is marketed as Pure Stream, is claimed to be at speeds of up to 80 Mbit/s.
Disney+ is an American subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming media service owned and operated by Disney Streaming, the streaming division of Disney Entertainment, a major business segment of the Walt Disney Company.The service primarily distributes films and television shows produced by Walt Disney Studios and Disney Television Studios, with dedicated content hubs for Disney's flagship brands; Disney, Pixar, Marvel, Star Wars, National Geographic, and Hulu as well as showcasing original and exclusive films and television shows.
Home Box Office (HBO) is an American pay television network, which is the flagship property of namesake parent-subsidiary Home Box Office, Inc., itself a unit owned by Warner Bros. Discovery. The overall Home Box Office business unit is based at Warner Bros. Programming featured on the network consists primarily of theatrically released motion pictures and original television programs as well as made-for-cable movies, documentaries, occasional comedy, and concert specials, and periodic interstitial programs (consisting of short films and making-of documentaries).
Max (streaming service) aka HBO Max - [Click to show/hide]
Max (streaming service) aka HBO Max
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Max, formerly and in some markets still HBO Max, is an American subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming service. It is a proprietary unit of Warner Bros. Discovery Global Streaming & Interactive Entertainment, which is itself a division of Warner Bros. Discovery (WBD). First launched (as HBO Max) in the United States on May 27, 2020, the service offers content from the libraries of Warner Bros., Discovery Channel, HBO, CNN, Cartoon Network, Adult Swim, Animal Planet, Eurosport, and their related brands.
Apple introduced iTunes 6, enabling support for purchasing and viewing video content purchased from the iTunes Store. At launch, the store offered popular shows from the ABC network along with Disney Channel series. In 2008, Apple and select film studios introduced \"iTunes Digital Copy\", a feature on select DVDs and Blu-ray discs allowing a digital copy in iTunes and associated media players.
Max, formerly and in some markets still HBO Max, is an American subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming service. It is a proprietary unit of Warner Bros. Discovery Global Streaming & Interactive Entertainment, which is itself a division of Warner Bros. Discovery (WBD). First launched (as HBO Max) in the United States on May 27, 2020, the service offers content from the libraries of Warner Bros., Discovery Channel, HBO, CNN, Cartoon Network, Adult Swim, Animal Planet, Eurosport, and their related brands.
Movies Anywhere (MA) is a cloud-based digital rights locker and over-the-top streaming platform that allows users to stream and download purchased films, including digital copies redeemed from codes found in home video releases as well as digital purchases from participating services. Movies Anywhere is operated by The Walt Disney Company. The platform provides content from Walt Disney Studios, Sony Pictures, Universal Pictures, and Warner Bros. The system utilizes an internal platform known as KeyChest, which synchronizes content licenses from digital distribution platforms linked to a central user account.
Netflix is an American subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming service. The service primarily distributes original and acquired films and television shows from various genres, and it is available internationally in multiple languages.
Peacock is an American over-the-top video streaming service owned and operated by Peacock TV LLC, a subsidiary of NBCUniversal Media Group. Named after the NBC logo, the service launched on July 15, 2020. The service primarily features series and film content from NBCUniversal studios and other third-party content providers, including television series, films, news, and sports programming. The service is available in a grandfathered free ad-supported version with limited content, while premium tiers include a larger content library and access to additional NBC Sports, Hallmark Channel, and WWE content.
Paramount+ is an American subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming service owned by Paramount Global. The service's content is drawn primarily from the libraries of CBS Media Ventures, CBS Studios, Paramount Media Networks (formerly Viacom Media Networks and ViacomCBS Domestic Media Networks), and Paramount Pictures, while also including original series and films, live streaming sports coverage, and in the United States, live streaming of local CBS broadcast stations.
Stan is an Australian over-the-top streaming service. The service offers a broad range of film and television content from both local and foreign productions, particularly from the United States and United Kingdom. Stan also includes a growing library of their own original film and television content. With over 2.6 million subscribers, as of June 2023 Stan is the fourth largest streaming service in Australia, behind Disney+, Amazon Prime Video and Netflix.
Disney+ Hotstar is an Indian subscription video-on-demand over-the-top streaming service owned by Disney Star, a subsidiary of the Disney Entertainment business segment of The Walt Disney Company, featuring domestic Indian film, television and sports content for India itself and its worldwide diaspora. It also includes imported content from and serves Southeast Asia as well.
TVING (Korean: \ud2f0\ube59) is a South Korean subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming service operated by TVING Corporation, It is a platform that streams dramas, entertainment shows, animations, exclusive television films, specials and documentaries.
Viu (pronounced as view) is a Hong Kong-based over-the-top (OTT) video streaming provider, Viu delivers content in different genres from Asia's top content providers with local language subtitles, as well as original production series under the Viu Original initiative (similar to original programming from other services like Disney+, Amazon Prime Video and Netflix).
Videoland is a Dutch OTT online service provider owned by RTL Nederland. Originally it was a retail chain of video rental stores. Its main competitor is Netflix.
ITVX (formerly ITV Hub) is a British ad-supported video-on-demand streaming service operated by ITV. The service offers original content from the broadcaster, as well as some exclusive and licensed programming.
Now (formerly Now TV and often stylised as NOW) is a subscription over-the-top streaming television service operated by British satellite television provider Sky Group.
The Canadian Broadcasting Corporation (French: Soci\u00e9t\u00e9 Radio-Canada), branded as CBC/Radio-Canada, is the Canadian public broadcaster for both radio and television. It is a Crown corporation that serves as the national public broadcaster, with its English-language and French-language service units known as CBC and Radio-Canada, respectively.
CBC Gem
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
CBC Gem is CBC Television's over-the-top streaming platform; it launched in 2018, replacing the existing CBC TV app. The service carries live and on-demand programming from CBC Television, CBC News, and CBC Sports, as well as short- and long-form original programming and acquisitions (including films and television series).
Crave (originally CraveTV) is a Canadian subscription video on demand service. The service competes directly with other subscription-based over-the-top streaming services operating in Canada, primarily against American-based services. The service features Bell Media original programming, exclusive Canadian access to programming acquired from several U.S. television and streaming services, and various theatrically-released films. Crave's major programming supplier is Warner Bros. Discovery (HBO / Max and Warner Bros. films). Starz, offered in partnership with Lionsgate.
Star+ (Star Plus; stylized as ST\u2605R+) is a subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming service available in almost all Ibero-American states. The service is owned by The Walt Disney Company through the Disney Entertainment division and business segment.
In December 2023, it was confirmed that Star+ will be merged into Disney+ in the second quarter of 2024 with all of its content, including live sports from ESPN, migrating to Disney+ and its standalone app being discontinued.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#anime-web-tier-01-muxers","title":"Anime Web Tier 01 (Muxers)","text":"Anime Web Tier 01 (Muxers) - [Click to show/hide]
Groups that do the best releases as per SeaDex. They are more consistent and trump others
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#anime-web-tier-02-top-fansubs","title":"Anime Web Tier 02 (Top FanSubs)","text":"Anime Web Tier 02 (Top FanSubs) - [Click to show/hide]
Groups that do the best releases as per SeaDex. They are more consistent and trump others
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#anime-web-tier-03-official-subs","title":"Anime Web Tier 03 (Official Subs)","text":"Anime Web Tier 03 Official Subs) - [Click to show/hide]
Official sub groups that tend to be more consistent and release fast
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#anime-web-tier-04-official-subs","title":"Anime Web Tier 04 (Official Subs)","text":"Anime Web Tier 04 (Official Subs) - [Click to show/hide]
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#anime-web-tier-05-fansubs","title":"Anime Web Tier 05 (FanSubs)","text":"Anime Web Tier 05 (FanSubs) - [Click to show/hide]
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#anime-web-tier-06-fansubs","title":"Anime Web Tier 06 (FanSubs)","text":"Anime Web Tier 06 (FanSubs) - [Click to show/hide]
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#french-audio-version","title":"French Audio Version","text":""},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#multi-french","title":"Multi-French","text":"Multi-French - [Click to show/hide]
Recognize movies that include the original and the French audio. Works only after import as it needs the result from FFprobe to get which audio is present. Will rename the release to keep the recognition of 'Multi' by the Multi-Audio custom format.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#vostfr","title":"VOSTFR","text":"VOSTFR - [Click to show/hide]
Indicates soundtrack in the original language, with French subtitles. It should be noted that SUBFRENCH is included inside this Custom Format. However, SUB often means that the subtitle was embedded inside the picture (hardcoded). French releases tend to mix both, leading to some VOSTFR being labeled as SUBFRENCH and SUBFRENCH as VOSTFR.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#fansub","title":"FanSUB","text":"FanSUB - [Click to show/hide]
Action of subtitling a video for personal and non-professional purposes. The quality of FanSUBs can vary enormously (accuracy of translation, mistakes, etc.) and could lead to so-called FastSUBs.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#fr-hd-bluray-tier-01","title":"FR HD Bluray Tier 01","text":"FR HD Bluray Tier 01 - [Click to show/hide]
WiP
Groups that create encodes from a remux without micro-sizing them.
Groups that have a minimum count of great releases (best encode in its class 1080p and lower).
Groups that add the best French audio track to an English release from Tier 01 or 02.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#fr-hd-bluray-tier-02","title":"FR HD Bluray Tier 02","text":"FR HD Bluray Tier 02 - [Click to show/hide]
WiP
Groups that create encodes from a remux without micro-sizing them.
Groups that have the best French audio track to an English release.
Groups that haven't released much or are not well recognized. (yet)
Groups that retired and don't have the best quality by today's standards.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-how-to-update-custom-formats/","title":"How to update Custom Formats","text":"
Here we will try to explain how you can manually update Custom Formats for Radarr v3+, With any changes from the guide or changes provided to you from other sources, without losing the scoring in your Quality Profile.
Keep in mind Custom Formats are made to fine-tune your Quality Profile.Generally, quality trumps all
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-how-to-update-custom-formats/#how-to-copypaste-the-json","title":"How to Copy/Paste the JSON","text":"
The manual way is almost the same as the Import Custom Format way found HERE
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-how-to-update-custom-formats/#open-the-custom-format-you-want-to-update","title":"Open the Custom Format you want to update","text":""},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-how-to-update-custom-formats/#paste-the-custom-format","title":"Paste the Custom Format","text":"
In the empty Custom Format JSON box (1) you just paste the JSON that you got from the Custom Format Collection or provided to you from other sources followed by the Import button (2).
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-how-to-update-custom-formats/#save-the-custom-format","title":"Save the Custom Format","text":"
After selecting the Import button you will get a screen that has all the Custom Format variables filled in correctly, all you need to do now is click on the Save button and you're done.
The Import to update existing Custom Formats replaces the existing Custom Format, so all manual changes you did to it will be lost
You can also use a Guide sync tool to sync the Custom Formats or even the complete quality profile(s).
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-import-custom-formats/","title":"How to import Custom Formats","text":"
Here I will try to explain how you can manually import Custom Formats for Radarr v3+.
Keep in mind Custom Formats are made to fine-tune your Quality Profile.Generally, quality trumps all
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-import-custom-formats/#how-to-copypaste-the-json-from-the-site","title":"How to Copy/Paste the JSON from the site","text":"
In this example, I will use the BR-DISK Custom Format, the one most people don't want to download anyway. And if you do, then you probably don't use any of the Starr apps or Plex, being both don't support it.
Visit the Collection of Custom Formats and select BR-DISK from the table.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-import-custom-formats/#expand-the-json-for-br-disk","title":"Expand the JSON for BR-DISK","text":"
Then click the copy icon in the top right corner
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-import-custom-formats/#how-to-import-a-json-custom-format","title":"How to import a JSON Custom Format","text":""},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-import-custom-formats/#in-radarr","title":"In Radarr","text":"
Settings => Custom Formats
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-import-custom-formats/#add-a-new-custom-format","title":"Add a new Custom Format","text":"
Then click on the to add a new Custom Format.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-import-custom-formats/#import-the-custom-format","title":"Import the Custom Format","text":"
Followed by the Import in the lower left.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-import-custom-formats/#paste-the-custom-format","title":"Paste the Custom Format","text":"
Paste the JSON in the empty Custom Format JSON box (1) that you got from the Custom Format Collection followed by the Import button (2).
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-import-custom-formats/#save-the-custom-format","title":"Save the Custom Format","text":"
After selecting the Import button you will get a screen that has all the Custom Formats variables filled in correctly, all you need to do now is click on the Save button and you're done.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-import-custom-formats/#setup-the-scores-in-your-quality-profile","title":"Setup the scores in your Quality Profile","text":"
After you've added the Custom Formats, You will need to set it up in the Quality Profile you want to use/prefer to make use of the Custom Formats. How this is done is explained HERE
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-import-custom-formats/#start-adding-other-custom-formats-wisely","title":"Start adding other Custom Formats wisely","text":"
Start adding more Custom Formats wisely, Don't add all the available Custom Formats!!!
Check out the How to set up Quality Profiles where I will explain how to make the most use of custom formats and show some personal examples that I'm using. You can use these examples to get an idea of how to set yours up.
If, for whatever reason, you ever need to do a re-install or a full re-import in the Starr Apps or Plex/Emby/Jellyfin, it's nice to have all that info in the filename so it gets imported correctly and isn't incorrectly matched as HDTV or WEB-DL etc.
Why is the non-recoverable information important/needed?
Prevent download loops.
Quality Source (HDTV, WEBDL, Bluray, Remux, etc..): Can you tell from the following info: movie (year).ext, which quality source the file is from? Probably not, and there is no real way to determine it if it's lost after import. Why would you care? Mainly if you ever want to upgrade or downgrade your media file and to prevent re-downloads of the same file.
Release group: With the knowledge of which release group your release belongs to, you can determine if the file has any issues related to that specific release. It can also help find extra information if it's a hybrid release or which sources are used.
Edition version: To determine if the release is an directors cut, theatrical, unrated, etc.
Repack/Proper: To determine if the release was a repack or a proper, so you know if you have the correct version and not the broken one with playback issues or other issues with the media file.
But Plex, Emby and Jellyfin work fine with just movie (year).ext/tv showname SxxExx.ext
True, but they don't care about the quality of your media file you're using, their main purpose is just to provide you with your media library and play the media files.
Why is the file naming so long?
To make sure your filename contains all the info needed to prevent download loops after import.
The so-called \"naming tokens\" not used in your media file won't be used/shown.
Any proper media server (Plex, Emby, or Jellyfin) won't display the actual filename outright anyway, so why worry about how the file's naming looks when it has all the needed info included?
The naming scheme provided here is made with the help of the Sonarr/Radarr (Support) Team and information provided by the community.
Go to Settings => Media Management and make sure that Show Advanced at the top is enabled.
Once you've clicked on the button it should look like this and you should see all the advanced options.
Finally, enable Rename Movies to reveal the movie renaming options.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-recommended-naming-scheme/#standard-movie-format","title":"Standard Movie Format","text":"
While both IMDb and TMDb IDs are unique, TMDb can occasionally remove IDs entirely, sometimes only to be re-added with a new ID later. However, due to using TMDb as its metadata source, they can be seen as \"more aligned\" with Radarr. IMDb IDs on the other hand, once present, are very accurate and rarely ever change.
Movie: The Movie Title (2010) {edition-Ultimate Extended Edition} [IMAX HYBRID][Bluray-1080p Proper][3D][DV HDR10][DTS 5.1][x264]-EVOLVE
This naming scheme is made to be used with the New Plex Agent,
If you use the {edition-{Edition Tags}} part of the recommended file name, then Plex will recognize the edition of the movie and add it the the Plex UI - e.g., Directors Cut.However, this means that if you have two copies of a movie with different editions in a single merged library - for example, a 1080p Directors Cut and a 2160p Theatrical Edition - then these will show as two separate items in Plex.If you only want a movie to appear once per library, where you keep more than one copy of a movie, then replace: {edition-{Edition Tags}} with {Edition Tags}.
Movie: The Movie Title (2010) {imdb-tt0066921} {edition-Ultimate Extended Edition} [IMAX HYBRID][Bluray-1080p Proper][3D][DV HDR10][DTS 5.1][x264]-EVOLVE
Movie: The Movie Title (2010) {imdb-tt0066921} {edition-Ultimate Extended Edition} [Surround Sound x264][Bluray-1080p Proper][3D][DTS 5.1][DE][10bit][AVC]-EVOLVE
Movie: The Movie Title (2010) {tmdb-345691} {edition-Ultimate Extended Edition} [Surround Sound x264][Bluray-1080p Proper][3D][DTS 5.1][DE][10bit][AVC]-EVOLVE
Movie: The Movie Title (2010) [imdbid-tt0066921] - {edition-Ultimate Extended Edition} [IMAX HYBRID][Bluray-1080p Proper][3D][DV HDR10][DTS 5.1][x264]-EVOLVE
Movie: The Movie Title (2010) [tmdbid-tt0066921] - {edition-Ultimate Extended Edition} [IMAX HYBRID][Bluray-1080p Proper][3D][DV HDR10][DTS 5.1][x264]-EVOLVE
TMDb is usually better as it guarantees a match, IMDb only gets matched if the TMDb entry has the correct IMDb ID association.
Movie: The Movie Title (2010) [imdbid-tt0066921] - {edition-Ultimate Extended Edition} [Surround Sound x264][Bluray-1080p Proper][3D][DTS 5.1][DE][10bit][AVC]-EVOLVE
Movie: The Movie Title (2010) [tmdbid-tt0066921] - {edition-Ultimate Extended Edition} [Surround Sound x264][Bluray-1080p Proper][3D][DTS 5.1][DE][10bit][AVC]-EVOLVE
Movie: The Movie Title (2010) [imdbid-tt0106145] - {edition-Ultimate Extended Edition} [IMAX HYBRID][Bluray-1080p Proper][3D][DV HDR10][DTS 5.1][x264]-EVOLVE
Movie: The Movie Title (2010) [tmdbid-65567] - {edition-Ultimate Extended Edition} [IMAX HYBRID][Bluray-1080p Proper][3D][DV HDR10][DTS 5.1][x264]-EVOLVE
Movie: The Movie Title (2010) [imdbid-tt0106145] - {edition-Ultimate Extended Edition} [Surround Sound x264][Bluray-1080p Proper][3D][DTS 5.1][DE][10bit][AVC]-EVOLVE
Movie: The Movie Title (2010) [tmdbid-65567] - {edition-Ultimate Extended Edition} [Surround Sound x264][Bluray-1080p Proper][3D][DTS 5.1][DE][10bit][AVC]-EVOLVE
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-recommended-naming-scheme/#original-title-vs-original-filename","title":"Original Title vs Original Filename","text":""},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-recommended-naming-scheme/#original-title","title":"Original Title","text":"
Another option is to use {Original Title} rather than the recommended naming scheme outlined above. {Original Title} will use the title of the release which will contain all of the information included in the release itself. The benefit of this naming scheme is to prevent download loops which can occur on import when there is a discrepancy in the release title compared to the contents of the file itself (for example, if the release title says DTS-ES but the contents are actually DTS). The downside is less flexibility with how the files are named.
If using this alternate naming scheme I suggest using {Original Title} over {Original Filename}
Why?
The filename can be Obscured where the Release naming isn't, especially when you use Usenet.
While both IMDb and TMDb IDs are unique, TMDb can occasionally remove IDs entirely, sometimes only to be re-added with a new ID later. However, due to using TMDb as its metadata source, they can be seen as \"more aligned\" with Radarr. IMDb IDs on the other hand, once present, are very accurate and rarely ever change.
Please note that folder names are created in the database whenever the movie is added to Radarr and it may be missing or incorrect at that time, resulting in your folder having a blank ID.If you instead add it to the filename, the IMDb/TMDb ID will be freshly pulled for any download or upgrade.
Standard FolderOptional PlexOptional EmbyOptional Jellyfin
Minimum needed and recommended
{Movie CleanTitle} ({Release Year})\n
Example: The Movie Title (2010)
Keep in mind adding anything additional after the release year could give issues during a fresh import into Radarr, but it can help for movies that have the same release name and year
Plex Folder IMDbPlex Folder TMDb
TMDb is usually better as it guarantees a match, IMDb only gets matched if the TMDb entry has the correct IMDb ID association.
Keep in mind adding anything additional after the release year could give issues during a fresh import into Radarr, but it can help for movies that have the same release name and year
Emby Folder IMDbEmby Folder TMDb
TMDb is usually better as it guarantees a match, IMDb only gets matched if the TMDb entry has the correct IMDb ID association.
Keep in mind adding anything additional after the release year could give issues during a fresh import into Radarr, but it can help for movies that have the same release name and year
Jellyfin Folder IMDbJellyfin Folder TMDb
TMDb is usually better as it guarantees a match, IMDb only gets matched if the TMDb entry has the correct IMDb ID association.
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-anime/","title":"How to setup Quality Profiles Anime","text":"
aka How to set up Custom Formats (Anime)
Note
This guide is created and maintained by FonduemangVI and rg9400
It's recommended to run two Radarr instances. One for Anime Movies and one for Normal Movies, or you can make use of Quality Profiles and score different Custom Formats (CFs) as required.
The aim of this guide is to grab the best release overall (as per SeaDex) and not necessarily just dual audio. The vast majority of releases can be found on Nyaa or AB
Nyaa is a public tracker while AB is an invite only tracker.
We need to create a new profile called Remux-1080p - Anime due to the way anime can be named we will need to merge a few qualities together see here for an example.
We need to add Bluray-1080p Remux and Bluray-1080p into a group together, HDTV-1080p into the same group as WEBDL-1080p and WEBRip-1080p, and lastly HDTV-720p into the same group as WEBDL-720p and WEBRip-720p so that the scoring will work correctly.
Go to Settings => Profiles
We then need to select and organise the qualities as seen below.
The scoring that has been set is the recommended scoring, however some of the CFs are optional depending on what you prefer. Anime Dual Audio, Uncensored and 10bit can be given positive scores if you want to prefer content with these attributes.
Anime Raws and Dubs Only are negatively scored, however if you prefer these attributes you can give them a positive score.
Once the custom formats have been imported you can set the scores as above. To do this go to Settings => Profiles and select the Remux-1080p - Anime profile that was setup before.
In the profile enter the scores as per the above table in this section.
After you are done it should look similar to the image above, but using the current Guide Scores from the above tables.
If you prefer Dual Audio releases you have a few options depending on your preference.
If you want to prefer Dual Audio within the same tier give the CF a score of 10, if you want it to be preferred a tier above give the CF a score of 101, and if you want to prefer it over any tiers give the CF a score of 2000.
If you must have Dual Audio releases set the Minimum Custom Format Score to 2000 in the Remux-1080p - Anime profile that you setup earlier.
Using this scoring you will still benefit from the tiers if a better release group does a Dual Audio release.
Below is an example of the scoring set to prefer Dual Audio over any tier.
Most BDs are uncensored by default, so most groups do not include that in the name.
If you prefer Uncensored releases you have a few options depending on your preference.
If you want to prefer Uncensored within the same tier give the CF a score of 10, if you want it to be preferred a tier above give the CF a score of 101.
Using this scoring you will still benefit from the tiers if a better release group does an Uncensored release.
Below is an example of the scoring set to prefer Uncensored a tier above.
Once you have set your preferred scoring you will need to make two more changes to your Remux-1080p - Anime profile.
Make sure Upgrades Allowed is ticked then set the Upgrade Until section to Remux-1080p and the Upgrade Until Custom Format Score to 10000 and set Language to Original
After this has been done your profile should look as seen below. This is an example of the Default Scoring setup.
rg9400 (Building the Custom Formats, Guidance on anime groups and sharing general knowledge.)
V01 from SeaDex (Guidance on anime groups and sharing general knowledge.)
Drazzilb (Guidance on anime groups, testing and sharing general knowledge.)
TRaSH (For allowing me to utilize his website for our guide and sharing general knowledge.)
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-en/","title":"How to set up Quality Profiles (French)","text":"
aka How to set up Custom Formats (French)
This guide is created and maintained by Someone Said \"Nice\"?
Cette page est aussi disponible en Fran\u00e7ais: Guide en Fran\u00e7ais.
So what is the best way to set up the Custom Formats and which one to use with which scores to get French and English Audio?
Keep in mind that most releases are MULTi (understand DUAL audio, original and French audio) and it will be difficult to only have French audio, unless you are willing to get 720p, or you are only looking for French movies.
Regarding quality there isn't a best setup, it depends on your setup (hardware devices) and your own personal preferences. Some prefer high-quality audio (HD Audio), others high-quality video. Many prefer both.
TRaSH created a flowchart to make your decision/choices easier. Remember that this chart does not include any of the following Custom Formats and you will still need to read this guide to get MULTi releases.
It is quite important that you follow and understand what is envisioned by Trash's guide:
Adding Custom Formats, as explained in How to import Custom Formats.
Setting up a quality Profile to make use of the Custom Formats, as explained in How to set up Quality Profiles | Basics section.
Mandatory
The only change that is needed and mandatory for French Custom Formats to work is to set the preferred language profile for your releases to Any.
Screenshot example - [Click to show/hide]
Info
We do choose Any for the language profile, as otherwise an English movie identified with French audio in Radarr will not be grabbed and vice-versa.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-en/#i-am-only-interested-in-french-subs-vostfr","title":"I am only interested in French subs (VOSTFR)","text":"
There is two options:
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-en/#using-trashs-guide-and-bazarr","title":"Using TRaSH's guide and Bazarr","text":"
This is the preferred method.
Set up Radarr using How to set up Quality Profiles | Which Quality Profile you should choose.
Set up Bazarr. It will do an amazing job of getting your subtitle on every movie.
Enjoy your movies with subs.
(Optional) Add the VOSTFR Custom Format with a score of 1000.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-en/#using-the-following-examples-and-the-vostfr-custom-format","title":"Using the following examples and the VOSTFR Custom Format","text":"
Continue to read this page.
Ignore any mention of MULTi Custom Formats.
Add the VOSTFR Custom Format with a score of 1000.
There are two ways of using those French Custom Formats, with and without the Guide's original Group tiers (which can be found here: Collection of Custom Formats). To illustrate this, you will see an \"Original mix (optional)\" section in each of the examples below. You need to understand that if you add the Custom Formats from this optional section if Radarr does not find a MULTi you will still have a good scoring for single audio.
Attention
If you use the \"Original mix (optional)\". You need to understand that even if in the beginning the main focus of those French Custom Formats is to work alongside the original ones. You could end up with a single audio release when a MULTi release exists. This is because it was not scored high enough to trump the other scoring.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-en/#examples-of-quality-profile","title":"Examples of Quality Profile","text":"
Attention
All the used scores and combinations of Custom Formats in this Guide are tested to get the desired results while preventing download loops as much as possible.
From experience, most of the time when people change scores or leave out certain CFs that work together - they end up with undesired results.
If you're unsure or have questions, do not hesitate to ask for help on Discord
Those are all optional and only there to rename your release or to avoid a certain type of French Audio. Examples:
You prefer VFF (including VFI and VF2) audio, in this case, you will put them at 101 instead of 0.
You only want VOSTFR, in this case, you will ignore any mention of MULTi Custom Formats and give the VOSTFR Custom Format a score of 1000.
Attention
It is not recommended to put any of the VF Custom Formats (VFF, VFQ, VQ, VFB, VFI, VF2) to a negative score. Instead, increase the score of your preferred audio.
Explanation - [Click to show/hide] Acronyms French Explanation English Explanation TRUEFRENCH or VFF Version Francophone Fran\u00e7aise (doublage r\u00e9alis\u00e9 en France) Full French version (dubbing done in France) FRENCH or VF[1] Version Francophone (normalement equivalent \u00e0 la VFQ) French version (normally equivalent to VFQ) VOF Version Originale Fran\u00e7aise Original French Version VFI Version Francophone Internationale International French Version VFQ Version Francophone Qu\u00e9b\u00e9coise Canadian French Version VOQ Version Original Qu\u00e9b\u00e9coise (ex: Bon Cop, Bad Cop) Quebec Original Version (ex: Bon Cop, Bad Cop) VQ Version Qu\u00e9b\u00e9coise (accent Qu\u00e9b\u00e9cois important, ex: Les Simpsons le film) Quebec Version (strong Quebec accent, ex: The Simpsons movie) VFB Version Francophone Belge Belgian French Version VF[1-9] or FR[1-9] Indique le nombre de doublage pr\u00e9sent (normalement VF2 soit VFF et VFQ) Indicates the number of dubs present (normally VF2 being VFF and VFQ) VOSTFR[2] Indique que l'audio est dans la langue originale, avec des sous-titres en fran\u00e7ais. Indicates soundtrack in the original language, with French subtitles
[1] VF is included under the VFQ Custom Format, but it should be noted that it was often mismatched with VFF instead of VFQ pre-2022.
[2] It should be noted that SUBFRENCH is included in this Custom Format. However, SUB often means that the subtitle was embedded inside the picture (hardcoded). French releases tend to mix the two, leading to some VOSTFR being labelled as SUBFRENCH and SUBFRENCH as VOSTFR.
Indexers renaming in Prowlarr
Some Indexers in Prowlarr can rename MULTi releases to MULTi.TRUEFRENCH or MULTi.FRENCH. It is not recommend to use such a feature along with those Custom Formats as it can lead to false positives from the VFF, VFQ and VQ Custom Formats.
MULTi definition per indexers
Some Indexers in Radarr will let you choose which audio is normally included inside a MULTi release as an option. You should choose only Original and French if you decide to use it. This option should only be used for French indexers where you are sure that MULTi does include both Original and French audio. Doing so in more \"international\" indexers can create to false positive with the French Audio CFs.
French Audio Versions - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Trash ID VFF 404c08fd0bd67f39b4d8e5709319094e VOF 4cafa20d5584f6ba1871d1b8941aa3cb VFI 52772f1cad6b5d26c2551f79bc538a50 VF2 29b5f7b1a5f20f64228786c3ab1bdc7d VFQ b6ace47331a1d3b77942fc18156f6df6 VOQ f7caa1942be5cc547c266bd3dbc2cda9 VQ 95aa50f71a01c82354a7a2b385f1c4d8 VFB b3fb499641d7b3c2006be1d9eb014cb3 VOSTFR 9172b2f683f6223e3a1846427b417a3d"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-en/#releases-you-should-avoid","title":"Releases you should avoid","text":"
This is a must-have for every Quality Profile you use. All these Custom Formats make sure you don't get low-quality Releases.
Unwanted - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 ed38b889b31be83fda192888e2286d83 3D -10000 b8cd450cbfa689c0259a01d9e29ba3d6 LQ -10000 90a6f9a284dff5103f6346090e6280c8 FR LQ -10000 48f031e76111f17ea94898f4cdc34fdc x265 (HD) -10000 dc98083864ea246d05a42df0d05f81cc
Breakdown and Why
BR-DISK : This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
3D: Is 3D still a thing for home use ?
LQ: A collection of known low-quality groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
FR LQ: A collection of known low-quality French groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
x265 (HD): This blocks/ignores 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265. - More info HERE.
Don't use this together with x265 (no HDR/DV), only ever include one of them
Optional - [Click to show/hide]
This includes optional Custom Formats made by Trash for the original guide. Please be sure to understand what those do before adding them. Moreover, it includes two Custom Formats you may use at your own risk if you want MULTi:
Bad Dual Groups, which can be controversial for people looking for MULTi release. I encourage you to not use it.
Scene, it may include Scene groups already in FR Scene Groups Custom Format. Which is used for fallback to be sure to get a MULTi release.
Miscellaneous (Optional) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Bad Dual Groups -10000 b6832f586342ef70d9c128d40c07b872 EVO (no WEBDL) -10000 90cedc1fea7ea5d11298bebd3d1d3223 No-RlsGroup -10000 ae9b7c9ebde1f3bd336a8cbd1ec4c5e5 Obfuscated -10000 7357cf5161efbf8c4d5d0c30b4815ee2 Retags -10000 5c44f52a8714fdd79bb4d98e2673be1f Scene -10000 f537cf427b64c38c8e36298f657e4828
Breakdown and Why
Bad Dual Groups: [Optional] These groups take the original release and add their own language track (e.g. AAC 2.0 Portuguese) as the first track. Afterward, FFprobe would determine that the media file is Portuguese. It's a common rule that you only add the best audio as the main track. Also they often even rename the release name into Portuguese.
EVO (no WEBDL): This group is often banned for low-quality Blu-ray releases, but their WEB-DLs are okay.
No-RlsGroup: [Optional] Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups being scored incorrectly. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up with a stripped group name. These releases would appear as \"upgrades\" and could end up getting a decent score after other CFs are scored.
Obfuscated: [Optional] Use these only if you wish to avoid renamed releases.
Retags: [Optional] Use this if you want to avoid retagged releases. Retagged releases often are not consistent with the quality of the original group's release.
Scene: [Optional] Use this only if you want to avoid SCENE releases.
For this Quality Profile we're going to make use of the following Custom Formats with the scores given in the table.
Attention
All the used scores and combinations of Custom Formats in this Guide are tested to get the desired results while preventing download loops as much as possible.
From experience, most of the time when people change scores or leave out certain CFs that work together - they end up with undesired results.
If you're unsure or have questions, do not hesitate to ask for help on Discord
Click For Support
Getting the movie name in French in the file and/or folder name
Following the recommended naming scheme for your library, whether it's Plex, Jellyfin, or Emby, you can add the ISO-2 language code at the end of the movie name tag to display the movie name in the desired language. The tag should look like the following: {Movie CleanTitle:fr}. This works in both Folder and File name.
If you prefer High-Quality HD Encodes (Bluray-720/1080p)
Size: 6-15 GB for a Bluray-1080p depending on the running time.
Multi audio - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Multi-Audio 300 72b1548df1ac3175ca105a9ce7043c91 French Audio 1 6d27683346c78d6a3f772e30877910a7 Multi-French 0 d5f3a1afdb77e6b95e489f7654532d04 Breakdown and Why - [Click to show/hide]
Multi-Audio: This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize MULTi audio releases.
Tip
You can safely replace the original Multi Custom Format from the Guide with it.
French Audio: This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize release with French audio. It is optional and only gives a small boost if the release indeed possesses French audio.
Multi-French: This is a custom format that will rename your file with Multi-French.
How it works
When Radarr finds a release with MULTi, it will allocate a 300 score to it thanks to the Multi-Audio custom format. If the release contains at least both the original audio and French audio, it will be renamed by the Multi-French. Allowing the release to keep the 300 score from the Multi-Audio Custom Format.
Movie Versions - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Hybrid 100 0f12c086e289cf966fa5948eac571f44 Remaster 25 570bc9ebecd92723d2d21500f4be314c 4K Remaster 25 eca37840c13c6ef2dd0262b141a5482f Criterion Collection 25 e0c07d59beb37348e975a930d5e50319 Masters of Cinema 25 9d27d9d2181838f76dee150882bdc58c Vinegar Syndrome 25 db9b4c4b53d312a3ca5f1378f6440fc9 Special Edition 125 957d0f44b592285f26449575e8b1167e IMAX 800 eecf3a857724171f968a66cb5719e152 IMAX Enhanced 800 9f6cbff8cfe4ebbc1bde14c7b7bec0de
IMAX Enhanced
IMAX Enhanced: Get More Picture Instead of Black Bars.
IMAX Enhanced exclusive expanded aspect ratio is 1:90:1, which offers up to 26% more picture for select sequences, meaning more of the action is visible on screen.
If you don't prefer IMAX Enhanced then don't add it or use a score of 0
HQ Source Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID FR HD Bluray Tier 01 1800 5322da05b19d857acc1e75be3edf47b3 FR HD Bluray Tier 02 1750 57f34251344be2e283fc30e00e458be6 FR WEB Tier 01 1700 9790a618cec1aeac8ce75601a17ea40d FR WEB Tier 02 1650 3c83a765f84239716bd5fd2d7af188f9 FR Scene Groups 1500 0d94489c0d5828cd3bf9409d309fb32b
Tip
French Scene groups are included as a fallback if you really want MULTi release despite a potential loss in quality. Either score the CF to 1500 (default) or 0 depending on what you want to achieve.
Original mix (optional) HQ Release Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID HD Bluray Tier 01 1800 ed27ebfef2f323e964fb1f61391bcb35 HD Bluray Tier 02 1750 c20c8647f2746a1f4c4262b0fbbeeeae HD Bluray Tier 03 1700 5608c71bcebba0a5e666223bae8c9227 WEB Tier 01 1700 c20f169ef63c5f40c2def54abaf4438e WEB Tier 02 1650 403816d65392c79236dcb6dd591aeda4 WEB Tier 03 1600 af94e0fe497124d1f9ce732069ec8c3b Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 e7718d7a3ce595f289bfee26adc178f5 Repack2 6 ae43b294509409a6a13919dedd4764c4 Repack3 7 5caaaa1c08c1742aa4342d8c4cc463f2 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Radarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
Unwanted - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 ed38b889b31be83fda192888e2286d83 3D -10000 b8cd450cbfa689c0259a01d9e29ba3d6 LQ -10000 90a6f9a284dff5103f6346090e6280c8 FR LQ -10000 48f031e76111f17ea94898f4cdc34fdc x265 (HD) -10000 dc98083864ea246d05a42df0d05f81cc
Breakdown and Why
BR-DISK : This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
3D: Is 3D still a thing for home use ?
LQ: A collection of known low-quality groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
FR LQ: A collection of known low-quality French groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
x265 (HD): This blocks/ignores 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265. - More info HERE.
Don't use this together with x265 (no HDR/DV), only ever include one of them
Optional - [Click to show/hide]
This includes optional Custom Formats made by Trash for the original guide. Please be sure to understand what those do before adding them. Moreover, it includes two Custom Formats you may use at your own risk if you want MULTi:
Bad Dual Groups, which can be controversial for people looking for MULTi release. I encourage you to not use it.
Scene, it may include Scene groups already in FR Scene Groups Custom Format. Which is used for fallback to be sure to get a MULTi release.
Miscellaneous (Optional) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Bad Dual Groups -10000 b6832f586342ef70d9c128d40c07b872 EVO (no WEBDL) -10000 90cedc1fea7ea5d11298bebd3d1d3223 No-RlsGroup -10000 ae9b7c9ebde1f3bd336a8cbd1ec4c5e5 Obfuscated -10000 7357cf5161efbf8c4d5d0c30b4815ee2 Retags -10000 5c44f52a8714fdd79bb4d98e2673be1f Scene -10000 f537cf427b64c38c8e36298f657e4828
Breakdown and Why
Bad Dual Groups: [Optional] These groups take the original release and add their own language track (e.g. AAC 2.0 Portuguese) as the first track. Afterward, FFprobe would determine that the media file is Portuguese. It's a common rule that you only add the best audio as the main track. Also they often even rename the release name into Portuguese.
EVO (no WEBDL): This group is often banned for low-quality Blu-ray releases, but their WEB-DLs are okay.
No-RlsGroup: [Optional] Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups being scored incorrectly. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up with a stripped group name. These releases would appear as \"upgrades\" and could end up getting a decent score after other CFs are scored.
Obfuscated: [Optional] Use these only if you wish to avoid renamed releases.
Retags: [Optional] Use this if you want to avoid retagged releases. Retagged releases often are not consistent with the quality of the original group's release.
Scene: [Optional] Use this only if you want to avoid SCENE releases.
General Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 0 b3b3a6ac74ecbd56bcdbefa4799fb9df ATVP 0 40e9380490e748672c2522eaaeb692f7 BCORE 15 cc5e51a9e85a6296ceefe097a77f12f4 CRiT 20 16622a6911d1ab5d5b8b713d5b0036d4 DSNP 0 84272245b2988854bfb76a16e60baea5 HBO 0 509e5f41146e278f9eab1ddaceb34515 HMAX 0 5763d1b0ce84aff3b21038eea8e9b8ad Hulu 0 526d445d4c16214309f0fd2b3be18a89 iT 0 e0ec9672be6cac914ffad34a6b077209 MAX 0 6a061313d22e51e0f25b7cd4dc065233 MA 20 2a6039655313bf5dab1e43523b62c374 NF 0 170b1d363bd8516fbf3a3eb05d4faff6 PMTP 0 e36a0ba1bc902b26ee40818a1d59b8bd PCOK 0 c9fd353f8f5f1baf56dc601c4cb29920 STAN 0 c2863d2a50c9acad1fb50e53ece60817
Breakdown and Why
The reason why these Custom Formats have a score of 0 is because they are mainly used for the naming scheme and other variables should decide for movies if a certain release if preferred.
BCore, CRiT and MA are the only ones with a score because of their better source material, or higher bitrate and quality compared to other streaming services.
Audio Advanced Custom Formats are not included in the encode's profile, as you will hardly find HD audio with HD Bluray Encodes. With HD Bluray Encodes it is suggested to go for quality. If you also want HD audio formats you should go for the Remuxes or UHD Encodes.
Use the following main settings in your profile.
Make sure you don't check the BR-DISK.
The reason why WEB-DL 720p is not selected is that you will hardly find any releases that aren't done as 1080p WEB-DL.
Info
The order listed in the profile matters even if a quality is not checked, for example if you have a 1080p version but wanted the SD version, Radarr will reject all SD results because 1080p is listed higher than SD even though 1080p was not checked.
Qualities at the top of the list will appear first in manual searches.
Qualities higher in the list are more preferred even if not checked.
Qualities within the same group are equal.
Only checked qualities are wanted.
This is why it's recommended to move the selected quality to the top of the list.
Source: Wiki Servarr
Workflow Logic - [Click to show/hide]
When the WEB-1080p is released it will download the WEB-1080p. (streaming services)
When the Bluray-1080p is released it will upgrade to the Bluray-1080p.
The downloaded media will be upgraded to any of the added Custom Formats until a score of 10000.
If you prefer High-Quality UHD Encodes (Bluray-2160p)
Size: 20-60 GB for a Bluray-2160p depending on the running time.
Information regarding HD audio
It should be noted that many problems can arise from this profile if you use the HD audio Custom Formats, as:
French Scene rules assert that the French audio should be the first (default) audio in a MULTi release.
The rules state that only the best audio (whether original or FR) should be mentioned in the title.
Some movies (and TV shows, mostly from the pre-streaming era) lack an equivalent FR audio track to the original audio's highest one.
Resulting in the following:
The quality of the audio in the release's title could not be the French one.
The French audio could be of lesser quality than the titled one.
Radarr will only score pre-import audio by the release title. Post-import by the release's first (default) audio (after ffprobe).
The final score for the release can be lower than the pre-import.
Tip
This is why the Group tiers exist; it tries to get hold of the groups that tend to get the best original and French audio for a release. However, it is not infallible, and, once again, a movie may not have an equivalent FR audio track to the original audio's highest one.
Audio - [Click to show/hide]
Why should I choose All Audio formats?
You have a hardware media player device and an audio setup that supports ALL HD Audio (TrueHD, DTS-X, DTS-HD, etc).
AppleTV doesn't passthrough HD-audio, If you use infuse it's still limited!please check I've a AppleTV
You've chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats. You should use all the Audio formats with Remuxes/UHD Encodes.
You should add ALL the Audio formats - don't leave any of them out!
Audio transcoding has a low impact on your server. If your server can't handle audio transcoding, consider choosing another quality profile.
I've a AppleTV - [Click to show/hide]
Passthrough: The preferred method if you have an audio setup (AVR/Soundbar). This mode will send the audio signals without any alteration or processing.
Direct Play: The client supports the container, video stream, and audio stream natively. The Plex server simply sends the media file as-is to the client. This uses very little CPU power.
Transcode: The client does not support the video stream and/or the audio stream. The Plex server re-encodes the video, audio, or both into a compatible format. Transcoding video uses a lot of CPU power, but transcoding audio uses little to moderate CPU power.
Decodes: Decompresses the audio before sending it to your AVR/Soundbar.
partial used source: Infuse FAQ
Am I losing any quality by using LPCM? - [Click to show/hide]
No. Since LPCM is a lossless format, using it will result in no loss of quality. What your ears hear will be exactly the same. The only difference is your receiver will recognize the audio stream as PCM instead of Dolby/DTS.
LPCM will discard object and spatial metadata. (TrueHD Atmos, DTS-X)
source: Infuse FAQ
Should I block certain audio formats because something in my setup doesn't support it? - [Click to show/hide]
If you have chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats, it's somewhat pointless to lower the scores or block certain audio formats since 95% of the Remuxes and UHD Encodes provide HD audio formats such as TrueHD Atmos, TrueHD, and DTS-X.
So you have 2 options.
Choose another quality profile that doesn't include audio formats such as HD Bluray + WEB or 2160p WEB-DL.
Accept the limitations of your audio setup (AVR/Soundbar) and/or your hardware media player device.
Which Audio Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID TrueHD ATMOS 5000 496f355514737f7d83bf7aa4d24f8169 DTS X 4500 2f22d89048b01681dde8afe203bf2e95 ATMOS (undefined) 3000 417804f7f2c4308c1f4c5d380d4c4475 DD+ ATMOS 3000 1af239278386be2919e1bcee0bde047e TrueHD 2750 3cafb66171b47f226146a0770576870f DTS-HD MA 2500 dcf3ec6938fa32445f590a4da84256cd FLAC 2250 a570d4a0e56a2874b64e5bfa55202a1b PCM 2250 e7c2fcae07cbada050a0af3357491d7b DTS-HD HRA 2000 8e109e50e0a0b83a5098b056e13bf6db DD+ 1750 185f1dd7264c4562b9022d963ac37424 DTS-ES 1500 f9f847ac70a0af62ea4a08280b859636 DTS 1250 1c1a4c5e823891c75bc50380a6866f73 AAC 1000 240770601cc226190c367ef59aba7463 DD 750 c2998bd0d90ed5621d8df281e839436e All HDR Formats - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I choose All HDR formats?
You have a 4K/2160p TV and a hardware media player device (such as Roku, AppleTV, Shield, SmartTV App, etc.) that supports several HDR formats (such as Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, etc.).
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
You've chosen a profile that includes 4K/2160p releases. You must use all the HDR formats with 4k/2160p profiles.
You must add ALL the HDR formats - don't leave any of them out!
Why am I getting purple or green colors? - [Click to show/hide]
Why am I getting purple or green colors?
There are several possible reasons why your TV would show purple or green colors when playing Dolby Vision content.
Unsupported Hardware: Your TV or hardware media player device (Roku, AppleTV, etc) doesn't support Dolby Vision or your hardware media player device doesn't support all the Dolby Vision Profiles. As a result, the device might struggle to produce accurate colors, leading to a purple or green tint.
Incorrect Display Settings: Dolby Vision content often requires specific settings to be enabled on your TV or display device in order to deliver the intended visual experience. If these settings are not configured properly, it can result in the device showing distorted colors (including purple or green hues).
HDMI Compatibility Issues: Sometimes, HDMI cables or ports may not be fully compatible with Dolby Vision. If the media player device is not recognizing the Dolby Vision signal properly, it may fail to process the content correctly, resulting in abnormal color rendering.
To resolve the purple or green color issues when playing Dolby Vision content, you can try the following troubleshooting steps:
Ensure your TV or hardware media player device is Dolby Vision compatible and up-to-date with the latest firmware.
Verify that your TV or display device is set up correctly and has the necessary Dolby Vision settings enabled.
Check the HDMI cables and ensure they are capable of transmitting Dolby Vision signals.
Dolby Vision Profiles - [Click to show/hide]
Dolby Vision Profiles
Profile 5 (1) - This is what comes with WEB-DL Dolby Vision releases without HDR10 fallback.(Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens)
Profile 7 (2) - This is what comes with UHD Bluray Remuxes and UHD BluRay releases.These files will play on an Nvidia Shield Pro (2019), but on most other players will revert to the HDR10 fallback.
Profile 8 (3) - This is what comes with (Hybrid) WEB-DL (HULU), Hybrid UHD Remux, and UHD BluRay releases (all of which have HDR10 fallback).This works with several mainstream media players.
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
(1) PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse will only play profile 5 correctly if CMv2.9 is used
(2) Neither Infuse nor PLEX for AppleTV will deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 7.
(3) On PLEX for AppleTV it won't deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 8, and will only play the HDR10 fallback if CM2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201calthough your TV will incorrectly say that it is playing DV\u201d.With infuse it will convert it on the fly to Profile 5, and deliver real Dolby Vision if CMv2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201cMake sure you set the Extended Dolby Vision settings to Limited (prefer accuracy), Convert P8 to P5 (when possible), and play other P8 as HDR (output will switch to either DoVi or HDR depending on the video)\u201d
Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 and CMv4.0 - [Click to show/hide]
It is too technical to explain in detail, so I'll keep it short with tested facts: PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse only support CMv2.9.
There are two versions of Dolby Vision, namely CMv2.9 and CMv4.0. CMv4.0 uses an improved algorithm and a superior tone curve that allows for better mapping and more controls during the Dolby Vision trim pass process.
More info about the different Dolby Vision Versions: Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 vs. CMv4.0
Which HDR Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID DV HDR10+ 1500 c53085ddbd027d9624b320627748612f DV HDR10 1500 e23edd2482476e595fb990b12e7c609c DV 1500 58d6a88f13e2db7f5059c41047876f00 DV HLG 1500 55d53828b9d81cbe20b02efd00aa0efd DV SDR 1500 a3e19f8f627608af0211acd02bf89735 HDR10+ 600 b974a6cd08c1066250f1f177d7aa1225 HDR10 500 dfb86d5941bc9075d6af23b09c2aeecd HDR 500 e61e28db95d22bedcadf030b8f156d96 HDR (undefined) 500 2a4d9069cc1fe3242ff9bdaebed239bb PQ 500 08d6d8834ad9ec87b1dc7ec8148e7a1f HLG 500 9364dd386c9b4a1100dde8264690add7 Add Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000 - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
Not all devices in your chain support Dolby Vision.
You share your media library with other family members that don't have Dolby Vision compatible devices.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
Custom Format Score Trash ID DV (WEBDL) -10000 923b6abef9b17f937fab56cfcf89e1f1 Add the Custom Formats DV HDR10+ Boost and HDR10+ Boost - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
You have a (Samsung) TV that supports HDR10+.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
If you use this Custom Format then 99% of the time you also need to add the following Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000
Custom Format Score Trash ID HDR10+ Boost 901 b17886cb4158d9fea189859409975758 DV HDR10+ Boost 100 55a5b50cb416dea5a50c4955896217ab Multi audio - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Multi-Audio 300 72b1548df1ac3175ca105a9ce7043c91 French Audio 1 6d27683346c78d6a3f772e30877910a7 Multi-French 0 d5f3a1afdb77e6b95e489f7654532d04 Breakdown and Why - [Click to show/hide]
Multi-Audio: This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize MULTi audio releases.
Tip
You can safely replace the original Multi Custom Format from the Guide with it.
French Audio: This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize release with French audio. It is optional and only gives a small boost if the release indeed possesses French audio.
Multi-French: This is a custom format that will rename your file with Multi-French.
How it works
When Radarr finds a release with MULTi, it will allocate a 300 score to it thanks to the Multi-Audio custom format. If the release contains at least both the original audio and French audio, it will be renamed by the Multi-French. Allowing the release to keep the 300 score from the Multi-Audio Custom Format.
Movie Versions - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Hybrid 100 0f12c086e289cf966fa5948eac571f44 Remaster 25 570bc9ebecd92723d2d21500f4be314c 4K Remaster 25 eca37840c13c6ef2dd0262b141a5482f Criterion Collection 25 e0c07d59beb37348e975a930d5e50319 Masters of Cinema 25 9d27d9d2181838f76dee150882bdc58c Vinegar Syndrome 25 db9b4c4b53d312a3ca5f1378f6440fc9 Special Edition 125 957d0f44b592285f26449575e8b1167e IMAX 800 eecf3a857724171f968a66cb5719e152 IMAX Enhanced 800 9f6cbff8cfe4ebbc1bde14c7b7bec0de
IMAX Enhanced
IMAX Enhanced: Get More Picture Instead of Black Bars.
IMAX Enhanced exclusive expanded aspect ratio is 1:90:1, which offers up to 26% more picture for select sequences, meaning more of the action is visible on screen.
If you don't prefer IMAX Enhanced then don't add it or use a score of 0
HQ Source Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID FR UHD Bluray Tier 01 1800 64f8f12bbf7472a6ccf838bfd6b5e3e8 FR UHD Bluray Tier 02 1750 0dcf0c8a386d82e3f2d424189af14065 FR WEB Tier 01 1700 9790a618cec1aeac8ce75601a17ea40d FR WEB Tier 02 1650 3c83a765f84239716bd5fd2d7af188f9 FR Scene Groups 1500 0d94489c0d5828cd3bf9409d309fb32b
Tip
French Scene groups are included as a fallback if you really want MULTi release despite a potential loss in quality. Either score the CF to 1500 (default) or 0 depending on what you want to achieve.
Original mix (optional) HQ Release Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID UHD Bluray Tier 01 1800 4d74ac4c4db0b64bff6ce0cffef99bf0 UHD Bluray Tier 02 1750 a58f517a70193f8e578056642178419d UHD Bluray Tier 03 1700 e71939fae578037e7aed3ee219bbe7c1 WEB Tier 01 1700 c20f169ef63c5f40c2def54abaf4438e WEB Tier 02 1650 403816d65392c79236dcb6dd591aeda4 WEB Tier 03 1600 af94e0fe497124d1f9ce732069ec8c3b Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 e7718d7a3ce595f289bfee26adc178f5 Repack2 6 ae43b294509409a6a13919dedd4764c4 Repack3 7 5caaaa1c08c1742aa4342d8c4cc463f2 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Radarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
Unwanted - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 ed38b889b31be83fda192888e2286d83 3D -10000 b8cd450cbfa689c0259a01d9e29ba3d6 LQ -10000 90a6f9a284dff5103f6346090e6280c8 FR LQ -10000 48f031e76111f17ea94898f4cdc34fdc Upscaled -10000 bfd8eb01832d646a0a89c4deb46f8564 x265 (HD) -10000 dc98083864ea246d05a42df0d05f81cc
Breakdown and Why
BR-DISK : This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
3D: Is 3D still a thing for home use ?
LQ: A collection of known low-quality groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
FR LQ: A collection of known low-quality French groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
Upscaled: A custom format to prevent Radarr from grabbing 4K upscaled releases.
x265 (HD): This blocks/ignores 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265. - More info HERE.
!!!! Danger \"Don't use this together with x265 (no HDR/DV), only ever include one of them \"
Optional - [Click to show/hide]
This includes optional Custom Formats made by Trash for the original guide. Please be sure to understand what those do before adding them. Moreover, it includes two Custom Formats you may use at your own risk if you want MULTi:
Bad Dual Groups, which can be controversial for people looking for MULTi release. We encourage you to not use it.
Scene, it may include Scene groups already in FR Scene Groups Custom Format. Which is used for fallback to be sure to get a MULTi release.
Miscellaneous (Optional) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Bad Dual Groups -10000 b6832f586342ef70d9c128d40c07b872 EVO (no WEBDL) -10000 90cedc1fea7ea5d11298bebd3d1d3223 No-RlsGroup -10000 ae9b7c9ebde1f3bd336a8cbd1ec4c5e5 Obfuscated -10000 7357cf5161efbf8c4d5d0c30b4815ee2 Retags -10000 5c44f52a8714fdd79bb4d98e2673be1f Scene -10000 f537cf427b64c38c8e36298f657e4828
Breakdown and Why
Bad Dual Groups: [Optional] These groups take the original release and add their own language track (e.g. AAC 2.0 Portuguese) as the first track. Afterward, FFprobe would determine that the media file is Portuguese. It's a common rule that you only add the best audio as the main track. Also they often even rename the release name into Portuguese.
EVO (no WEBDL): This group is often banned for low-quality Blu-ray releases, but their WEB-DLs are okay.
No-RlsGroup: [Optional] Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups being scored incorrectly. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up with a stripped group name. These releases would appear as \"upgrades\" and could end up getting a decent score after other CFs are scored.
Obfuscated: [Optional] Use these only if you wish to avoid renamed releases.
Retags: [Optional] Use this if you want to avoid retagged releases. Retagged releases often are not consistent with the quality of the original group's release.
Scene: [Optional] Use this only if you want to avoid SCENE releases.
General Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 0 b3b3a6ac74ecbd56bcdbefa4799fb9df ATVP 0 40e9380490e748672c2522eaaeb692f7 BCORE 15 cc5e51a9e85a6296ceefe097a77f12f4 CRiT 20 16622a6911d1ab5d5b8b713d5b0036d4 DSNP 0 84272245b2988854bfb76a16e60baea5 HBO 0 509e5f41146e278f9eab1ddaceb34515 HMAX 0 5763d1b0ce84aff3b21038eea8e9b8ad Hulu 0 526d445d4c16214309f0fd2b3be18a89 iT 0 e0ec9672be6cac914ffad34a6b077209 MAX 0 6a061313d22e51e0f25b7cd4dc065233 MA 20 2a6039655313bf5dab1e43523b62c374 NF 0 170b1d363bd8516fbf3a3eb05d4faff6 PMTP 0 e36a0ba1bc902b26ee40818a1d59b8bd PCOK 0 c9fd353f8f5f1baf56dc601c4cb29920 STAN 0 c2863d2a50c9acad1fb50e53ece60817
Breakdown and Why
The reason why these Custom Formats have a score of 0 is because they are mainly used for the naming scheme and other variables should decide for movies if a certain release if preferred.
BCore, CRiT and MA are the only ones with a score because of their better source material, or higher bitrate and quality compared to other streaming services.
Use the following main settings in your profile.
Make sure you don't check the BR-DISK.
Info
The order listed in the profile matters even if a quality is not checked, for example if you have a 1080p version but wanted the SD version, Radarr will reject all SD results because 1080p is listed higher than SD even though 1080p was not checked.
Qualities at the top of the list will appear first in manual searches.
Qualities higher in the list are more preferred even if not checked.
Qualities within the same group are equal.
Only checked qualities are wanted.
This is why it's recommended to move the selected quality to the top of the list.
Source: Wiki Servarr
Workflow Logic - [Click to show/hide]
Depending on what's released first and available the following Workflow Logic will be used:
When the WEB-2160p is released it will download the WEB-2160p. (streaming services)
When the Bluray-2160p is released it will upgrade to the Bluray-2160p.
The downloaded media will be upgraded to any of the added Custom Formats until a score of 10000.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-en/#remux-web-1080p","title":"Remux + WEB 1080p","text":"
If you prefer 1080p Remuxes (Remux-1080p)
Size: 20-40 GB for a Remux-1080p depending on the running time.
Information regarding HD audio
It should be noted that many problems can arise from this profile if you use the HD audio Custom Formats, as:
French Scene rules assert that the French audio should be the first (default) audio in a MULTi release.
The rules state that only the best audio (whether original or FR) should be mentioned in the title.
Some movies (and TV shows, mostly from the pre-streaming era) lack an equivalent FR audio track to the original audio's highest one.
Resulting in the following:
The quality of the audio in the release's title could not be the French one.
The French audio could be of lesser quality than the titled one.
Radarr will only score pre-import audio by the release title. Post-import by the release's first (default) audio (after ffprobe).
The final score for the release can be lower than the pre-import.
Tip
This is why the Group tiers exist; it tries to get hold of the groups that tend to get the best original and French audio for a release. However, it is not infallible, and, once again, a movie may not have an equivalent FR audio track to the original audio's highest one.
Audio - [Click to show/hide]
Why should I choose All Audio formats?
You have a hardware media player device and an audio setup that supports ALL HD Audio (TrueHD, DTS-X, DTS-HD, etc).
AppleTV doesn't passthrough HD-audio, If you use infuse it's still limited!please check I've a AppleTV
You've chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats. You should use all the Audio formats with Remuxes/UHD Encodes.
You should add ALL the Audio formats - don't leave any of them out!
Audio transcoding has a low impact on your server. If your server can't handle audio transcoding, consider choosing another quality profile.
I've a AppleTV - [Click to show/hide]
Passthrough: The preferred method if you have an audio setup (AVR/Soundbar). This mode will send the audio signals without any alteration or processing.
Direct Play: The client supports the container, video stream, and audio stream natively. The Plex server simply sends the media file as-is to the client. This uses very little CPU power.
Transcode: The client does not support the video stream and/or the audio stream. The Plex server re-encodes the video, audio, or both into a compatible format. Transcoding video uses a lot of CPU power, but transcoding audio uses little to moderate CPU power.
Decodes: Decompresses the audio before sending it to your AVR/Soundbar.
partial used source: Infuse FAQ
Am I losing any quality by using LPCM? - [Click to show/hide]
No. Since LPCM is a lossless format, using it will result in no loss of quality. What your ears hear will be exactly the same. The only difference is your receiver will recognize the audio stream as PCM instead of Dolby/DTS.
LPCM will discard object and spatial metadata. (TrueHD Atmos, DTS-X)
source: Infuse FAQ
Should I block certain audio formats because something in my setup doesn't support it? - [Click to show/hide]
If you have chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats, it's somewhat pointless to lower the scores or block certain audio formats since 95% of the Remuxes and UHD Encodes provide HD audio formats such as TrueHD Atmos, TrueHD, and DTS-X.
So you have 2 options.
Choose another quality profile that doesn't include audio formats such as HD Bluray + WEB or 2160p WEB-DL.
Accept the limitations of your audio setup (AVR/Soundbar) and/or your hardware media player device.
Which Audio Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID TrueHD ATMOS 5000 496f355514737f7d83bf7aa4d24f8169 DTS X 4500 2f22d89048b01681dde8afe203bf2e95 ATMOS (undefined) 3000 417804f7f2c4308c1f4c5d380d4c4475 DD+ ATMOS 3000 1af239278386be2919e1bcee0bde047e TrueHD 2750 3cafb66171b47f226146a0770576870f DTS-HD MA 2500 dcf3ec6938fa32445f590a4da84256cd FLAC 2250 a570d4a0e56a2874b64e5bfa55202a1b PCM 2250 e7c2fcae07cbada050a0af3357491d7b DTS-HD HRA 2000 8e109e50e0a0b83a5098b056e13bf6db DD+ 1750 185f1dd7264c4562b9022d963ac37424 DTS-ES 1500 f9f847ac70a0af62ea4a08280b859636 DTS 1250 1c1a4c5e823891c75bc50380a6866f73 AAC 1000 240770601cc226190c367ef59aba7463 DD 750 c2998bd0d90ed5621d8df281e839436e Multi audio - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Multi-Audio 300 72b1548df1ac3175ca105a9ce7043c91 French Audio 1 6d27683346c78d6a3f772e30877910a7 Multi-French 0 d5f3a1afdb77e6b95e489f7654532d04 Breakdown and Why - [Click to show/hide]
Multi-Audio: This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize MULTi audio releases.
Tip
You can safely replace the original Multi Custom Format from the Guide with it.
French Audio: This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize release with French audio. It is optional and only gives a small boost if the release indeed possesses French audio.
Multi-French: This is a custom format that will rename your file with Multi-French.
How it works
When Radarr finds a release with MULTi, it will allocate a 300 score to it thanks to the Multi-Audio custom format. If the release contains at least both the original audio and French audio, it will be renamed by the Multi-French. Allowing the release to keep the 300 score from the Multi-Audio Custom Format.
Movie Versions - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Hybrid 100 0f12c086e289cf966fa5948eac571f44 Remaster 25 570bc9ebecd92723d2d21500f4be314c 4K Remaster 25 eca37840c13c6ef2dd0262b141a5482f Criterion Collection 25 e0c07d59beb37348e975a930d5e50319 Masters of Cinema 25 9d27d9d2181838f76dee150882bdc58c Vinegar Syndrome 25 db9b4c4b53d312a3ca5f1378f6440fc9 Special Edition 125 957d0f44b592285f26449575e8b1167e IMAX 800 eecf3a857724171f968a66cb5719e152 IMAX Enhanced 800 9f6cbff8cfe4ebbc1bde14c7b7bec0de
IMAX Enhanced
IMAX Enhanced: Get More Picture Instead of Black Bars.
IMAX Enhanced exclusive expanded aspect ratio is 1:90:1, which offers up to 26% more picture for select sequences, meaning more of the action is visible on screen.
If you don't prefer IMAX Enhanced then don't add it or use a score of 0
HQ Source Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID FR Remux Tier 01 1950 5583260016e0b9f683f53af41fb42e4a FR Remux Tier 02 1900 9019d81307e68cd4a7eb06a567e833b8 FR WEB Tier 01 1700 9790a618cec1aeac8ce75601a17ea40d FR WEB Tier 02 1650 3c83a765f84239716bd5fd2d7af188f9 FR Scene Groups 1500 0d94489c0d5828cd3bf9409d309fb32b
Tip
French Scene groups are included as a fallback if you really want MULTi release despite a potential loss in quality. Either score the CF to 1500 (default) or 0 depending on what you want to achieve.
Original mix (optional) HQ Release Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Remux Tier 01 1950 3a3ff47579026e76d6504ebea39390de Remux Tier 02 1900 9f98181fe5a3fbeb0cc29340da2a468a Remux Tier 03 1850 8baaf0b3142bf4d94c42a724f034e27a WEB Tier 01 1700 c20f169ef63c5f40c2def54abaf4438e WEB Tier 02 1650 403816d65392c79236dcb6dd591aeda4 WEB Tier 03 1600 af94e0fe497124d1f9ce732069ec8c3b Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 e7718d7a3ce595f289bfee26adc178f5 Repack2 6 ae43b294509409a6a13919dedd4764c4 Repack3 7 5caaaa1c08c1742aa4342d8c4cc463f2 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Radarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
Unwanted - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 ed38b889b31be83fda192888e2286d83 3D -10000 b8cd450cbfa689c0259a01d9e29ba3d6 LQ -10000 90a6f9a284dff5103f6346090e6280c8 FR LQ -10000 48f031e76111f17ea94898f4cdc34fdc x265 (HD) -10000 dc98083864ea246d05a42df0d05f81cc
Breakdown and Why
BR-DISK : This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
3D: Is 3D still a thing for home use ?
LQ: A collection of known low-quality groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
FR LQ: A collection of known low-quality French groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
x265 (HD): This blocks/ignores 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265. - More info HERE.
Don't use this together with x265 (no HDR/DV), only ever include one of them
Optional - [Click to show/hide]
This includes optional Custom Formats made by Trash for the original guide. Please be sure to understand what those do before adding them. Moreover, it includes two Custom Formats you may use at your own risk if you want MULTi:
Bad Dual Groups, which can be controversial for people looking for MULTi release. I encourage you to not use it.
Scene, it may include Scene groups already in FR Scene Groups Custom Format. Which is used for fallback to be sure to get a MULTi release.
Miscellaneous (Optional) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Bad Dual Groups -10000 b6832f586342ef70d9c128d40c07b872 EVO (no WEBDL) -10000 90cedc1fea7ea5d11298bebd3d1d3223 No-RlsGroup -10000 ae9b7c9ebde1f3bd336a8cbd1ec4c5e5 Obfuscated -10000 7357cf5161efbf8c4d5d0c30b4815ee2 Retags -10000 5c44f52a8714fdd79bb4d98e2673be1f Scene -10000 f537cf427b64c38c8e36298f657e4828
Breakdown and Why
Bad Dual Groups: [Optional] These groups take the original release and add their own language track (e.g. AAC 2.0 Portuguese) as the first track. Afterward, FFprobe would determine that the media file is Portuguese. It's a common rule that you only add the best audio as the main track. Also they often even rename the release name into Portuguese.
EVO (no WEBDL): This group is often banned for low-quality Blu-ray releases, but their WEB-DLs are okay.
No-RlsGroup: [Optional] Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups being scored incorrectly. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up with a stripped group name. These releases would appear as \"upgrades\" and could end up getting a decent score after other CFs are scored.
Obfuscated: [Optional] Use these only if you wish to avoid renamed releases.
Retags: [Optional] Use this if you want to avoid retagged releases. Retagged releases often are not consistent with the quality of the original group's release.
Scene: [Optional] Use this only if you want to avoid SCENE releases.
General Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 0 b3b3a6ac74ecbd56bcdbefa4799fb9df ATVP 0 40e9380490e748672c2522eaaeb692f7 BCORE 15 cc5e51a9e85a6296ceefe097a77f12f4 CRiT 20 16622a6911d1ab5d5b8b713d5b0036d4 DSNP 0 84272245b2988854bfb76a16e60baea5 HBO 0 509e5f41146e278f9eab1ddaceb34515 HMAX 0 5763d1b0ce84aff3b21038eea8e9b8ad Hulu 0 526d445d4c16214309f0fd2b3be18a89 iT 0 e0ec9672be6cac914ffad34a6b077209 MAX 0 6a061313d22e51e0f25b7cd4dc065233 MA 20 2a6039655313bf5dab1e43523b62c374 NF 0 170b1d363bd8516fbf3a3eb05d4faff6 PMTP 0 e36a0ba1bc902b26ee40818a1d59b8bd PCOK 0 c9fd353f8f5f1baf56dc601c4cb29920 STAN 0 c2863d2a50c9acad1fb50e53ece60817
Breakdown and Why
The reason why these Custom Formats have a score of 0 is because they are mainly used for the naming scheme and other variables should decide for movies if a certain release if preferred.
BCore, CRiT and MA are the only ones with a score because of their better source material, or higher bitrate and quality compared to other streaming services.
Use the following main settings in your profile.
Make sure you don't check the BR-DISK.
The reason why we didn't select the WEB-DL 720p is that you will hardly find any releases that aren't done as 1080p WEB-DL.
Info
The order listed in the profile matters even if a quality is not checked, for example if you have a 1080p version but wanted the SD version, Radarr will reject all SD results because 1080p is listed higher than SD even though 1080p was not checked.
Qualities at the top of the list will appear first in manual searches.
Qualities higher in the list are more preferred even if not checked.
Qualities within the same group are equal.
Only checked qualities are wanted.
This is why it's recommended to move the selected quality to the top of the list.
Source: Wiki Servarr
Workflow Logic - [Click to show/hide]
When the WEB-1080p is released it will download the WEB-1080p. (streaming services)
When the REMUX-1080p is released it will upgrade to the REMUX-1080p.
The downloaded media will be upgraded to any of the added Custom Formats until a score of 10000.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-en/#remux-web-2160p","title":"Remux + WEB 2160p","text":"
If you prefer 2160p Remuxes (Remux-2160p)
Size: 40-100 GB for a Remux-2160p depending on the running time.
Information regarding HD audio
It should be noted that many problems can arise from this profile if you use the HD audio Custom Formats, as:
French Scene rules assert that the French audio should be the first (default) audio in a MULTi release.
The rules state that only the best audio (whether original or FR) should be mentioned in the title.
Some movies (and TV shows, mostly from the pre-streaming era) lack an equivalent FR audio track to the original audio's highest one.
Resulting in the following:
The quality of the audio in the release's title could not be the French one.
The French audio could be of lesser quality than the titled one.
Radarr will only score pre-import audio by the release title. Post-import by the release's first (default) audio (after ffprobe).
The final score for the release can be lower than the pre-import.
Tip
This is why the Group tiers exist; it tries to get hold of the groups that tend to get the best original and French audio for a release. However, it is not infallible, and, once again, a movie may not have an equivalent FR audio track to the original audio's highest one.
Audio - [Click to show/hide]
Why should I choose All Audio formats?
You have a hardware media player device and an audio setup that supports ALL HD Audio (TrueHD, DTS-X, DTS-HD, etc).
AppleTV doesn't passthrough HD-audio, If you use infuse it's still limited!please check I've a AppleTV
You've chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats. You should use all the Audio formats with Remuxes/UHD Encodes.
You should add ALL the Audio formats - don't leave any of them out!
Audio transcoding has a low impact on your server. If your server can't handle audio transcoding, consider choosing another quality profile.
I've a AppleTV - [Click to show/hide]
Passthrough: The preferred method if you have an audio setup (AVR/Soundbar). This mode will send the audio signals without any alteration or processing.
Direct Play: The client supports the container, video stream, and audio stream natively. The Plex server simply sends the media file as-is to the client. This uses very little CPU power.
Transcode: The client does not support the video stream and/or the audio stream. The Plex server re-encodes the video, audio, or both into a compatible format. Transcoding video uses a lot of CPU power, but transcoding audio uses little to moderate CPU power.
Decodes: Decompresses the audio before sending it to your AVR/Soundbar.
partial used source: Infuse FAQ
Am I losing any quality by using LPCM? - [Click to show/hide]
No. Since LPCM is a lossless format, using it will result in no loss of quality. What your ears hear will be exactly the same. The only difference is your receiver will recognize the audio stream as PCM instead of Dolby/DTS.
LPCM will discard object and spatial metadata. (TrueHD Atmos, DTS-X)
source: Infuse FAQ
Should I block certain audio formats because something in my setup doesn't support it? - [Click to show/hide]
If you have chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats, it's somewhat pointless to lower the scores or block certain audio formats since 95% of the Remuxes and UHD Encodes provide HD audio formats such as TrueHD Atmos, TrueHD, and DTS-X.
So you have 2 options.
Choose another quality profile that doesn't include audio formats such as HD Bluray + WEB or 2160p WEB-DL.
Accept the limitations of your audio setup (AVR/Soundbar) and/or your hardware media player device.
Which Audio Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID TrueHD ATMOS 5000 496f355514737f7d83bf7aa4d24f8169 DTS X 4500 2f22d89048b01681dde8afe203bf2e95 ATMOS (undefined) 3000 417804f7f2c4308c1f4c5d380d4c4475 DD+ ATMOS 3000 1af239278386be2919e1bcee0bde047e TrueHD 2750 3cafb66171b47f226146a0770576870f DTS-HD MA 2500 dcf3ec6938fa32445f590a4da84256cd FLAC 2250 a570d4a0e56a2874b64e5bfa55202a1b PCM 2250 e7c2fcae07cbada050a0af3357491d7b DTS-HD HRA 2000 8e109e50e0a0b83a5098b056e13bf6db DD+ 1750 185f1dd7264c4562b9022d963ac37424 DTS-ES 1500 f9f847ac70a0af62ea4a08280b859636 DTS 1250 1c1a4c5e823891c75bc50380a6866f73 AAC 1000 240770601cc226190c367ef59aba7463 DD 750 c2998bd0d90ed5621d8df281e839436e All HDR Formats - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I choose All HDR formats?
You have a 4K/2160p TV and a hardware media player device (such as Roku, AppleTV, Shield, SmartTV App, etc.) that supports several HDR formats (such as Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, etc.).
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
You've chosen a profile that includes 4K/2160p releases. You must use all the HDR formats with 4k/2160p profiles.
You must add ALL the HDR formats - don't leave any of them out!
Why am I getting purple or green colors? - [Click to show/hide]
Why am I getting purple or green colors?
There are several possible reasons why your TV would show purple or green colors when playing Dolby Vision content.
Unsupported Hardware: Your TV or hardware media player device (Roku, AppleTV, etc) doesn't support Dolby Vision or your hardware media player device doesn't support all the Dolby Vision Profiles. As a result, the device might struggle to produce accurate colors, leading to a purple or green tint.
Incorrect Display Settings: Dolby Vision content often requires specific settings to be enabled on your TV or display device in order to deliver the intended visual experience. If these settings are not configured properly, it can result in the device showing distorted colors (including purple or green hues).
HDMI Compatibility Issues: Sometimes, HDMI cables or ports may not be fully compatible with Dolby Vision. If the media player device is not recognizing the Dolby Vision signal properly, it may fail to process the content correctly, resulting in abnormal color rendering.
To resolve the purple or green color issues when playing Dolby Vision content, you can try the following troubleshooting steps:
Ensure your TV or hardware media player device is Dolby Vision compatible and up-to-date with the latest firmware.
Verify that your TV or display device is set up correctly and has the necessary Dolby Vision settings enabled.
Check the HDMI cables and ensure they are capable of transmitting Dolby Vision signals.
Dolby Vision Profiles - [Click to show/hide]
Dolby Vision Profiles
Profile 5 (1) - This is what comes with WEB-DL Dolby Vision releases without HDR10 fallback.(Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens)
Profile 7 (2) - This is what comes with UHD Bluray Remuxes and UHD BluRay releases.These files will play on an Nvidia Shield Pro (2019), but on most other players will revert to the HDR10 fallback.
Profile 8 (3) - This is what comes with (Hybrid) WEB-DL (HULU), Hybrid UHD Remux, and UHD BluRay releases (all of which have HDR10 fallback).This works with several mainstream media players.
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
(1) PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse will only play profile 5 correctly if CMv2.9 is used
(2) Neither Infuse nor PLEX for AppleTV will deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 7.
(3) On PLEX for AppleTV it won't deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 8, and will only play the HDR10 fallback if CM2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201calthough your TV will incorrectly say that it is playing DV\u201d.With infuse it will convert it on the fly to Profile 5, and deliver real Dolby Vision if CMv2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201cMake sure you set the Extended Dolby Vision settings to Limited (prefer accuracy), Convert P8 to P5 (when possible), and play other P8 as HDR (output will switch to either DoVi or HDR depending on the video)\u201d
Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 and CMv4.0 - [Click to show/hide]
It is too technical to explain in detail, so I'll keep it short with tested facts: PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse only support CMv2.9.
There are two versions of Dolby Vision, namely CMv2.9 and CMv4.0. CMv4.0 uses an improved algorithm and a superior tone curve that allows for better mapping and more controls during the Dolby Vision trim pass process.
More info about the different Dolby Vision Versions: Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 vs. CMv4.0
Which HDR Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID DV HDR10+ 1500 c53085ddbd027d9624b320627748612f DV HDR10 1500 e23edd2482476e595fb990b12e7c609c DV 1500 58d6a88f13e2db7f5059c41047876f00 DV HLG 1500 55d53828b9d81cbe20b02efd00aa0efd DV SDR 1500 a3e19f8f627608af0211acd02bf89735 HDR10+ 600 b974a6cd08c1066250f1f177d7aa1225 HDR10 500 dfb86d5941bc9075d6af23b09c2aeecd HDR 500 e61e28db95d22bedcadf030b8f156d96 HDR (undefined) 500 2a4d9069cc1fe3242ff9bdaebed239bb PQ 500 08d6d8834ad9ec87b1dc7ec8148e7a1f HLG 500 9364dd386c9b4a1100dde8264690add7 Add Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000 - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
Not all devices in your chain support Dolby Vision.
You share your media library with other family members that don't have Dolby Vision compatible devices.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
Custom Format Score Trash ID DV (WEBDL) -10000 923b6abef9b17f937fab56cfcf89e1f1 Add the Custom Formats DV HDR10+ Boost and HDR10+ Boost - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
You have a (Samsung) TV that supports HDR10+.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
If you use this Custom Format then 99% of the time you also need to add the following Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000
Custom Format Score Trash ID HDR10+ Boost 901 b17886cb4158d9fea189859409975758 DV HDR10+ Boost 100 55a5b50cb416dea5a50c4955896217ab Multi audio - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Multi-Audio 300 72b1548df1ac3175ca105a9ce7043c91 French Audio 1 6d27683346c78d6a3f772e30877910a7 Multi-French 0 d5f3a1afdb77e6b95e489f7654532d04 Breakdown and Why - [Click to show/hide]
Multi-Audio: This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize MULTi audio releases.
Tip
You can safely replace the original Multi Custom Format from the Guide with it.
French Audio: This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize release with French audio. It is optional and only gives a small boost if the release indeed possesses French audio.
Multi-French: This is a custom format that will rename your file with Multi-French.
How it works
When Radarr finds a release with MULTi, it will allocate a 300 score to it thanks to the Multi-Audio custom format. If the release contains at least both the original audio and French audio, it will be renamed by the Multi-French. Allowing the release to keep the 300 score from the Multi-Audio Custom Format.
Movie Versions - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Hybrid 100 0f12c086e289cf966fa5948eac571f44 Remaster 25 570bc9ebecd92723d2d21500f4be314c 4K Remaster 25 eca37840c13c6ef2dd0262b141a5482f Criterion Collection 25 e0c07d59beb37348e975a930d5e50319 Masters of Cinema 25 9d27d9d2181838f76dee150882bdc58c Vinegar Syndrome 25 db9b4c4b53d312a3ca5f1378f6440fc9 Special Edition 125 957d0f44b592285f26449575e8b1167e IMAX 800 eecf3a857724171f968a66cb5719e152 IMAX Enhanced 800 9f6cbff8cfe4ebbc1bde14c7b7bec0de
IMAX Enhanced
IMAX Enhanced: Get More Picture Instead of Black Bars.
IMAX Enhanced exclusive expanded aspect ratio is 1:90:1, which offers up to 26% more picture for select sequences, meaning more of the action is visible on screen.
If you don't prefer IMAX Enhanced then don't add it or use a score of 0
HQ Source Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID FR Remux Tier 01 1950 5583260016e0b9f683f53af41fb42e4a FR Remux Tier 02 1900 9019d81307e68cd4a7eb06a567e833b8 FR WEB Tier 01 1700 9790a618cec1aeac8ce75601a17ea40d FR WEB Tier 02 1650 3c83a765f84239716bd5fd2d7af188f9 FR Scene Groups 1500 0d94489c0d5828cd3bf9409d309fb32b
Tip
French Scene groups are included as a fallback if you really want MULTi release despite a potential loss in quality. Either score the CF to 1500 (default) or 0 depending on what you want to achieve.
Original mix (optional) HQ Release Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Remux Tier 01 1950 3a3ff47579026e76d6504ebea39390de Remux Tier 02 1900 9f98181fe5a3fbeb0cc29340da2a468a Remux Tier 03 1850 8baaf0b3142bf4d94c42a724f034e27a WEB Tier 01 1700 c20f169ef63c5f40c2def54abaf4438e WEB Tier 02 1650 403816d65392c79236dcb6dd591aeda4 WEB Tier 03 1600 af94e0fe497124d1f9ce732069ec8c3b Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 e7718d7a3ce595f289bfee26adc178f5 Repack2 6 ae43b294509409a6a13919dedd4764c4 Repack3 7 5caaaa1c08c1742aa4342d8c4cc463f2 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Radarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
Unwanted - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 ed38b889b31be83fda192888e2286d83 3D -10000 b8cd450cbfa689c0259a01d9e29ba3d6 LQ -10000 90a6f9a284dff5103f6346090e6280c8 FR LQ -10000 48f031e76111f17ea94898f4cdc34fdc Upscaled -10000 bfd8eb01832d646a0a89c4deb46f8564 x265 (HD) -10000 dc98083864ea246d05a42df0d05f81cc
Breakdown and Why
BR-DISK : This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
3D: Is 3D still a thing for home use ?
LQ: A collection of known low-quality groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
FR LQ: A collection of known low-quality French groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
Upscaled: A custom format to prevent Radarr from grabbing 4K upscaled releases.
x265 (HD): This blocks/ignores 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265. - More info HERE.
!!!! Danger \"Don't use this together with x265 (no HDR/DV), only ever include one of them \"
Optional - [Click to show/hide]
This includes optional Custom Formats made by Trash for the original guide. Please be sure to understand what those do before adding them. Moreover, it includes two Custom Formats you may use at your own risk if you want MULTi:
Bad Dual Groups, which can be controversial for people looking for MULTi release. We encourage you to not use it.
Scene, it may include Scene groups already in FR Scene Groups Custom Format. Which is used for fallback to be sure to get a MULTi release.
Miscellaneous (Optional) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Bad Dual Groups -10000 b6832f586342ef70d9c128d40c07b872 EVO (no WEBDL) -10000 90cedc1fea7ea5d11298bebd3d1d3223 No-RlsGroup -10000 ae9b7c9ebde1f3bd336a8cbd1ec4c5e5 Obfuscated -10000 7357cf5161efbf8c4d5d0c30b4815ee2 Retags -10000 5c44f52a8714fdd79bb4d98e2673be1f Scene -10000 f537cf427b64c38c8e36298f657e4828
Breakdown and Why
Bad Dual Groups: [Optional] These groups take the original release and add their own language track (e.g. AAC 2.0 Portuguese) as the first track. Afterward, FFprobe would determine that the media file is Portuguese. It's a common rule that you only add the best audio as the main track. Also they often even rename the release name into Portuguese.
EVO (no WEBDL): This group is often banned for low-quality Blu-ray releases, but their WEB-DLs are okay.
No-RlsGroup: [Optional] Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups being scored incorrectly. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up with a stripped group name. These releases would appear as \"upgrades\" and could end up getting a decent score after other CFs are scored.
Obfuscated: [Optional] Use these only if you wish to avoid renamed releases.
Retags: [Optional] Use this if you want to avoid retagged releases. Retagged releases often are not consistent with the quality of the original group's release.
Scene: [Optional] Use this only if you want to avoid SCENE releases.
General Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 0 b3b3a6ac74ecbd56bcdbefa4799fb9df ATVP 0 40e9380490e748672c2522eaaeb692f7 BCORE 15 cc5e51a9e85a6296ceefe097a77f12f4 CRiT 20 16622a6911d1ab5d5b8b713d5b0036d4 DSNP 0 84272245b2988854bfb76a16e60baea5 HBO 0 509e5f41146e278f9eab1ddaceb34515 HMAX 0 5763d1b0ce84aff3b21038eea8e9b8ad Hulu 0 526d445d4c16214309f0fd2b3be18a89 iT 0 e0ec9672be6cac914ffad34a6b077209 MAX 0 6a061313d22e51e0f25b7cd4dc065233 MA 20 2a6039655313bf5dab1e43523b62c374 NF 0 170b1d363bd8516fbf3a3eb05d4faff6 PMTP 0 e36a0ba1bc902b26ee40818a1d59b8bd PCOK 0 c9fd353f8f5f1baf56dc601c4cb29920 STAN 0 c2863d2a50c9acad1fb50e53ece60817
Breakdown and Why
The reason why these Custom Formats have a score of 0 is because they are mainly used for the naming scheme and other variables should decide for movies if a certain release if preferred.
BCore, CRiT and MA are the only ones with a score because of their better source material, or higher bitrate and quality compared to other streaming services.
Use the following main settings in your profile.
Make sure you don't check the BR-DISK.
Info
The order listed in the profile matters even if a quality is not checked, for example if you have a 1080p version but wanted the SD version, Radarr will reject all SD results because 1080p is listed higher than SD even though 1080p was not checked.
Qualities at the top of the list will appear first in manual searches.
Qualities higher in the list are more preferred even if not checked.
Qualities within the same group are equal.
Only checked qualities are wanted.
This is why it's recommended to move the selected quality to the top of the list.
Source: Wiki Servarr
Workflow Logic - [Click to show/hide]
When the WEB-2160p is released it will download the WEB-2160p. (streaming services)
When the REMUX-2160p is released it will upgrade to the REMUX-2160p.
The downloaded media will be upgraded to any of the added Custom Formats until a score of 10000.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-en/#advanced-audio-and-hdr-formats","title":"Advanced Audio and HDR Formats","text":"
TRaSH provides great guides and explanations about them at the following links:
A big thanks to all the people who helped me to test those profiles and formats (and continue to do so).
A special one to MySuperChef and PrL for their time and explanations.
A special one to Piou and Wikoul who are potentially both now in asylums due to the amount of testing.
TRaSH, for granting me a small space on his guide for this, his knowledge, and his friendliness.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/","title":"Comment configurer ses Profiles","text":"
Ce guide a \u00e9t\u00e9 cr\u00e9\u00e9 et est maintenu par Someone said \"Nice\"?
Quelle est la meilleure fa\u00e7on de configurer les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s (ou Custom Formats) et lesquels utiliser avec quel score pour obtenir une release avec un audio fran\u00e7ais et un anglais ?
Gardez \u00e0 l'esprit que la plupart des releases sont MULTi (comprenez double audio, original et fran\u00e7ais) et qu'il sera difficile d'avoir uniquement l'audio fran\u00e7ais, \u00e0 moins que vous ne soyez pr\u00eat \u00e0 obtenir du 720p, ou que vous ne recherchiez que des films fran\u00e7ais.
Pour ce qui est de la qualit\u00e9, il n'y a pas de recette miracle, cela d\u00e9pend de votre installation (p\u00e9riph\u00e9riques) et de vos pr\u00e9f\u00e9rences personnelles.
Certains pr\u00e9f\u00e8rent une qualit\u00e9 audio \u00e9lev\u00e9e (HD Audio), d'autres une meilleure qualit\u00e9 vid\u00e9o. Nombreux sont ceux qui pr\u00e9f\u00e8rent les deux.
TRaSH a cr\u00e9\u00e9 un sch\u00e9ma pour faciliter votre d\u00e9cision/choix. Notez que ce graphique n'inclut aucun des Formats Personnalis\u00e9s de ce guide et que vous devrez quand m\u00eame le lire pour obtenir des releases en MULTi.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#notions-de-base","title":"Notions de base","text":"
Il est imp\u00e9ratif que vous respectiez et compreniez ce qui est propos\u00e9 par le guide de TRaSH (en anglais uniquement) :
L'ajout de Formats Personnalis\u00e9s, comme expliqu\u00e9 dans How to import Custom Formats.
La configuration d'un profil de qualit\u00e9 pour utiliser les formats personnalis\u00e9s, comme expliqu\u00e9 dans la section How to set up Quality Profiles | Basics section.
Imp\u00e9ratif
La seule modification n\u00e9cessaire et indispensable pour que les formats personnalis\u00e9s fran\u00e7ais fonctionnent est de d\u00e9finir le profil de langue sur Any.
Exemple - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Info
Any est choisit sinon un film anglais identifi\u00e9 avec un audio fran\u00e7ais dans Radarr ne sera pas r\u00e9cup\u00e9r\u00e9 et vice-versa.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#je-ne-suis-interesse-que-par-des-films-sous-titres-en-francais-vostfr","title":"Je ne suis int\u00e9ress\u00e9 que par des films sous-titr\u00e9s en fran\u00e7ais (VOSTFR)","text":"
Deux options s'offre \u00e0 vous :
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#en-utilisant-le-guide-de-trash-et-bazarr","title":"En utilisant le guide de TRaSH et Bazarr","text":"
Il s'agit de la m\u00e9thode \u00e0 privil\u00e9gier.
Configurez Radarr en utilisant : How to set up Quality Profiles | Which Quality Profile should you choose (en anglais).
Configurez Bazarr (en anglais). Il permet d'obtenir des sous-titres pour tous les films.
Profitez de vos films avec les sous-titres.
(Facultatif) Ajoutez le Format Personnalis\u00e9 VOSTFR avec un score de 1000.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#en-utilisant-les-exemples-suivants-et-le-format-personnalise-vostfr","title":"En utilisant les exemples suivants et le Format Personnalis\u00e9 VOSTFR","text":"
Continuez sur cette page.
Ignorez toute mention des Formats Personnalis\u00e9s MULTi.
Ajoutez le Format Personnalis\u00e9 VOSTFR avec un score de 1000.
Il y a deux fa\u00e7ons d'aborder les exemples ci-dessous. En utilisant ou non les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s de Groupes P2P du Guide original (qui peuvent \u00eatre trouv\u00e9s ici : Collection of Custom Formats). Afin d'illustrer ce principe, vous verrez une section \"Mix original (optionnel)\" dans chacun des exemples ci-dessous. Vous devez comprendre que si vous ajoutez les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s de cette section optionnelle, si Radarr ne trouve pas de MULTi, vous aurez toujours un bon score pour l'audio anglais.
Attention
Si vous utilisez le \"Mix original (optionnel)\". Vous devez comprendre que m\u00eame si l'objectif principal de ces Formats Personnalis\u00e9s est de travailler en parall\u00e8le avec les formats du guide original. Vous pouvez vous retrouver avec un seul audio alors qu'il existe une version MULTi. La raison est que la release n'a pas \u00e9t\u00e9 not\u00e9e assez haut pour l'emporter sur les autres scores.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#exemples-de-profil","title":"Exemples de Profil","text":"
Attention
All the used scores and combinations of Custom Formats in this Guide are tested to get the desired results while preventing download loops as much as possible.
From experience, most of the time when people change scores or leave out certain CFs that work together - they end up with undesired results.
If you're unsure or have questions, do not hesitate to ask for help on Discord
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#type-de-versions-francaises","title":"Type de versions fran\u00e7aises","text":"
Ces Formats sont optionnels et ne sont l\u00e0 que pour renommer votre fichier ou pour \u00e9viter un certain type de version fran\u00e7aise. Exemples :
Vous pr\u00e9f\u00e9rez l'audio VFF (y compris VFI et VF2), dans ce cas vous les placerez \u00e0 101 au lieu de 0.
Vous souhaitez seulement du VOSTFR, dans ce ce cas, ignorez toute mention des Formats Personnalis\u00e9s MULTi et donnez un score de 1000 au Format Personnalis\u00e9 VOSTFR.
Attention
Il n'est pas vraiment recommand\u00e9 d'attribuer un score n\u00e9gatif \u00e0 l'un des Formats Personnalis\u00e9s de VF (VFF, VFQ, VQ, VFB, VFI, VF2). Augmentez plut\u00f4t le score de votre format audio pr\u00e9f\u00e9r\u00e9.
Explications - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Acronymes D\u00e9finition fran\u00e7aise D\u00e9finition anglaise TRUEFRENCH or VFF Version Francophone Fran\u00e7aise (doublage r\u00e9alis\u00e9 en France) Full French version (dubbing done in France) FRENCH or VF[1] Version Francophone (normalement equivalent \u00e0 la VFQ) French version (normally equivalent to VFQ) VOF Version Originale Fran\u00e7aise Original French Version VFI Version Francophone Internationale International French Version VFQ Version Francophone Qu\u00e9b\u00e9coise Canadian French Version VOQ Version Original Qu\u00e9b\u00e9coise (ex: Bon Cop, Bad Cop) Quebec Original Version (ex: Bon Cop, Bad Cop) VQ Version Qu\u00e9b\u00e9coise (accent Qu\u00e9b\u00e9cois important, ex: Les Simpsons le film) Quebec Version (strong Quebec accent, ex: The Simpsons movie) VFB Version Francophone Belge Belgian French Version VF[1-9] or FR[1-9] Indique le nombre de doublage pr\u00e9sent (normalement VF2 soit VFF et VFQ) Indicates the number of dubs present (normally VF2 being VFF and VFQ) VOSTFR[2] Indique que l'audio est dans la langue originale, avec des sous-titres en fran\u00e7ais. Indicates soundtrack in the original language, with French subtitles
[1] VF est inclus dans le Format Personnalis\u00e9 VFQ, mais il convient de noter qu'il \u00e9tait souvent associ\u00e9 \u00e0 VFF au lieu de VFQ avant 2022.
[2] Il est \u00e0 noter que le SUBFRENCH est inclus dans ce Format Personnalis\u00e9. N\u00e9anmoins, SUB signifie souvent que le sous-titre a \u00e9t\u00e9 int\u00e9gr\u00e9 \u00e0 l'image (hardcoded). Les sorties fran\u00e7aises ont tendance \u00e0 m\u00e9langer les deux, ce qui fait que certains VOSTFR sont \u00e9tiquet\u00e9s comme SUBFRENCH et SUBFRENCH comme VOSTFR.
Indexers renaming in Prowlarr
Certains indexeurs dans Prowlarr peuvent renommer les versions MULTi en MULTi.TRUEFRENCH ou MULTi.FRENCH. L'utilisation de cette fonction n'est pas recommand\u00e9, car elle peut entra\u00eener des faux positifs avec les formats personnalis\u00e9s VFF, VFQ et VQ.
MULTi definition per indexers
Certains indexers dans Radarr vous permettront de choisir l'audio qui est normalement inclus dans une version MULTi en tant qu'option. Vous devriez choisir seulement Original et French si vous d\u00e9cidez de l'utiliser. Cette option ne devrait \u00eatre utilis\u00e9e que pour les indexers fran\u00e7ais o\u00f9 vous \u00eates s\u00fbr du fait que MULTi inclut \u00e0 la fois l'audio Original et l'audio Fran\u00e7ais. L'utiliser avec des indexers plus \"internationaux\" peut cr\u00e9er un faux positif avec la recognaissance des CFs des versions fran\u00e7aises.
Ces Formats sont reconnus comme \u00e9tant indispensables pour tous les Profils de Qualit\u00e9 que vous utilisez. Ils vous assurent de ne pas avoir de releases de faible qualit\u00e9.
Ind\u00e9sirable - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 ed38b889b31be83fda192888e2286d83 3D -10000 b8cd450cbfa689c0259a01d9e29ba3d6 LQ -10000 90a6f9a284dff5103f6346090e6280c8 FR LQ -10000 48f031e76111f17ea94898f4cdc34fdc x265 (HD) -10000 dc98083864ea246d05a42df0d05f81cc
Description et objectifs
BR-DISK : Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 qui permet \u00e0 Radarr de reconna\u00eetre et d'ignorer les BR-DISK (ISO et structure de dossier Blu-ray) en plus de la qualit\u00e9 standard des BR-DISK.
3D: La 3D convient-elle encore pour les particuliers ?
LQ: Une collection de groupes P2P anglais qui sont souvent bannis des meilleurs trackers en raison de leur manque de qualit\u00e9 ou pour d'autres raisons.
FR LQ: Une collection de groupes P2P fran\u00e7ais qui sont souvent bannis des meilleurs trackers en raison de leur manque de qualit\u00e9 ou pour d'autres raisons.
x265 (HD): Ceci bloque/ignore les sorties 720/1080p (HD) qui sont encod\u00e9es en x265. - Plus d'informations ICI (en anglais).
Ne l'utilisez pas avec le Format Personnalis\u00e9 x265 (no HDR/DV)
Optionnel - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Cela inclut les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s optionnels cr\u00e9\u00e9s par TRaSH pour le guide original. Assurez-vous de bien comprendre ce qu'ils impliquent avant de les int\u00e9grer. En outre, deux Formats Personnalis\u00e9s peuvent cr\u00e9er des probl\u00e8mes si vous voulez du MULTi :
Bad Dual Groups : ce dernier peut \u00eatre sujet \u00e0 controverse pour les personnes recherchant une version MULTi. Il est recommand\u00e9 de ne pas l'utiliser.
Scene, il peut inclure des groupes Scene d\u00e9j\u00e0 dans le Format Personnalis\u00e9 FR Scene Groups. Qui est utilis\u00e9 comme substitut afin d'augmenter les chances d'obtenir une version MULTi.
Miscellaneous (Optional) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Bad Dual Groups -10000 b6832f586342ef70d9c128d40c07b872 EVO (no WEBDL) -10000 90cedc1fea7ea5d11298bebd3d1d3223 No-RlsGroup -10000 ae9b7c9ebde1f3bd336a8cbd1ec4c5e5 Obfuscated -10000 7357cf5161efbf8c4d5d0c30b4815ee2 Retags -10000 5c44f52a8714fdd79bb4d98e2673be1f Scene -10000 f537cf427b64c38c8e36298f657e4828
Breakdown and Why
Bad Dual Groups: [Optional] These groups take the original release and add their own language track (e.g. AAC 2.0 Portuguese) as the first track. Afterward, FFprobe would determine that the media file is Portuguese. It's a common rule that you only add the best audio as the main track. Also they often even rename the release name into Portuguese.
EVO (no WEBDL): This group is often banned for low-quality Blu-ray releases, but their WEB-DLs are okay.
No-RlsGroup: [Optional] Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups being scored incorrectly. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up with a stripped group name. These releases would appear as \"upgrades\" and could end up getting a decent score after other CFs are scored.
Obfuscated: [Optional] Use these only if you wish to avoid renamed releases.
Retags: [Optional] Use this if you want to avoid retagged releases. Retagged releases often are not consistent with the quality of the original group's release.
Scene: [Optional] Use this only if you want to avoid SCENE releases.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#trash-recommandations-en-anglais","title":"TRaSH recommandations (en anglais)","text":"
I suggest to follow the following Guides first.
Quality Settings (File Size).
Recommended naming scheme.
For this Quality Profile we're going to make use of the following Custom Formats with the scores given in the table.
Attention
All the used scores and combinations of Custom Formats in this Guide are tested to get the desired results while preventing download loops as much as possible.
From experience, most of the time when people change scores or leave out certain CFs that work together - they end up with undesired results.
If you're unsure or have questions, do not hesitate to ask for help on Discord
Click For Support
Obtenir le nom du film en fran\u00e7ais dans le nom du fichier et/ou du dossier
En suivant le sch\u00e9ma de d\u00e9nomination recommand\u00e9 pour votre biblioth\u00e8que, qu'il s'agisse de Plex, Jellyfin ou Emby. Vous pouvez ajouter le code de langue ISO-2 \u00e0 la fin de la balise du nom du film pour afficher le nom du film dans la langue souhait\u00e9e. La balise se pr\u00e9sentera comme suit : {Movie CleanTitle:fr}. Cela fonctionne aussi bien pour les noms de dossiers que pour les noms de fichiers.
Si vous pr\u00e9f\u00e9rez les encodages HD de haute qualit\u00e9 (Bluray-720/1080p)
Poids : 6 \u00e0 15 Go pour un Bluray-1080p selon la dur\u00e9e du m\u00e9dia.
Multi audio - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID Multi-Audio 300 72b1548df1ac3175ca105a9ce7043c91 French Audio 1 6d27683346c78d6a3f772e30877910a7 Multi-French 0 d5f3a1afdb77e6b95e489f7654532d04 Description et objectifs - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Multi-Audio: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Radarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre les releases aved plusieurs audios (MULTi).
Tip
Vous pouvez remplacer sans probl\u00e8me le Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi du Guide par celui-ci.
French Audio: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Radarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre les versions ayant un audio francophone. Il est facultatif et ne donne un l\u00e9ger bonus que si la version poss\u00e8de effectivement un audio fran\u00e7ais.
Multi-French: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 qui renommera votre fichier avec Multi-French..
Comment fonctionne cette m\u00e9thode
Lorsque Radarr trouve une version avec MULTi, il lui attribue le score de 300 gr\u00e2ce au Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-Audio. Si la version contient au moins l'audio original et l'audio fran\u00e7ais, elle sera renomm\u00e9e par le Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-French. Ce qui permet \u00e0 la version de conserver le score de 300 du Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-Audio.
Movie Versions - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Hybrid 100 0f12c086e289cf966fa5948eac571f44 Remaster 25 570bc9ebecd92723d2d21500f4be314c 4K Remaster 25 eca37840c13c6ef2dd0262b141a5482f Criterion Collection 25 e0c07d59beb37348e975a930d5e50319 Masters of Cinema 25 9d27d9d2181838f76dee150882bdc58c Vinegar Syndrome 25 db9b4c4b53d312a3ca5f1378f6440fc9 Special Edition 125 957d0f44b592285f26449575e8b1167e IMAX 800 eecf3a857724171f968a66cb5719e152 IMAX Enhanced 800 9f6cbff8cfe4ebbc1bde14c7b7bec0de
IMAX Enhanced
IMAX Enhanced: Get More Picture Instead of Black Bars.
IMAX Enhanced exclusive expanded aspect ratio is 1:90:1, which offers up to 26% more picture for select sequences, meaning more of the action is visible on screen.
If you don't prefer IMAX Enhanced then don't add it or use a score of 0
HQ Source Groups - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID FR HD Bluray Tier 01 1800 5322da05b19d857acc1e75be3edf47b3 FR HD Bluray Tier 02 1750 57f34251344be2e283fc30e00e458be6 FR WEB Tier 01 1700 9790a618cec1aeac8ce75601a17ea40d FR WEB Tier 02 1650 3c83a765f84239716bd5fd2d7af188f9 FR Scene Groups 1500 0d94489c0d5828cd3bf9409d309fb32b
Tip
Les groupes de la Sc\u00e8ne fran\u00e7aise sont inclus comme substitut si vous voulez vraiment une version MULTi malgr\u00e9 une \u00e9ventuelle perte de qualit\u00e9. Vous pouvez lui attribuer un score de 1500 (par d\u00e9faut) ou de 0 selon ce que vous voulez obtenir.
Mix original (optionnel) HQ Release Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID HD Bluray Tier 01 1800 ed27ebfef2f323e964fb1f61391bcb35 HD Bluray Tier 02 1750 c20c8647f2746a1f4c4262b0fbbeeeae HD Bluray Tier 03 1700 5608c71bcebba0a5e666223bae8c9227 WEB Tier 01 1700 c20f169ef63c5f40c2def54abaf4438e WEB Tier 02 1650 403816d65392c79236dcb6dd591aeda4 WEB Tier 03 1600 af94e0fe497124d1f9ce732069ec8c3b Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 e7718d7a3ce595f289bfee26adc178f5 Repack2 6 ae43b294509409a6a13919dedd4764c4 Repack3 7 5caaaa1c08c1742aa4342d8c4cc463f2 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Radarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
Ind\u00e9sirable - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 ed38b889b31be83fda192888e2286d83 3D -10000 b8cd450cbfa689c0259a01d9e29ba3d6 LQ -10000 90a6f9a284dff5103f6346090e6280c8 FR LQ -10000 48f031e76111f17ea94898f4cdc34fdc x265 (HD) -10000 dc98083864ea246d05a42df0d05f81cc
Description et objectifs
BR-DISK : Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 qui permet \u00e0 Radarr de reconna\u00eetre et d'ignorer les BR-DISK (ISO et structure de dossier Blu-ray) en plus de la qualit\u00e9 standard des BR-DISK.
3D: La 3D convient-elle encore pour les particuliers ?
LQ: Une collection de groupes P2P anglais qui sont souvent bannis des meilleurs trackers en raison de leur manque de qualit\u00e9 ou pour d'autres raisons.
FR LQ: Une collection de groupes P2P fran\u00e7ais qui sont souvent bannis des meilleurs trackers en raison de leur manque de qualit\u00e9 ou pour d'autres raisons.
x265 (HD): Ceci bloque/ignore les sorties 720/1080p (HD) qui sont encod\u00e9es en x265. - Plus d'informations ICI (en anglais).
Ne l'utilisez pas avec le Format Personnalis\u00e9 x265 (no HDR/DV)
Optionnel - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Cela inclut les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s optionnels cr\u00e9\u00e9s par TRaSH pour le guide original. Assurez-vous de bien comprendre ce qu'ils impliquent avant de les int\u00e9grer. En outre, deux Formats Personnalis\u00e9s peuvent cr\u00e9er des probl\u00e8mes si vous voulez du MULTi :
Bad Dual Groups : ce dernier peut \u00eatre sujet \u00e0 controverse pour les personnes recherchant une version MULTi. Il est recommand\u00e9 de ne pas l'utiliser.
Scene, il peut inclure des groupes Scene d\u00e9j\u00e0 dans le Format Personnalis\u00e9 FR Scene Groups. Qui est utilis\u00e9 comme substitut afin d'augmenter les chances d'obtenir une version MULTi.
Miscellaneous (Optional) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Bad Dual Groups -10000 b6832f586342ef70d9c128d40c07b872 EVO (no WEBDL) -10000 90cedc1fea7ea5d11298bebd3d1d3223 No-RlsGroup -10000 ae9b7c9ebde1f3bd336a8cbd1ec4c5e5 Obfuscated -10000 7357cf5161efbf8c4d5d0c30b4815ee2 Retags -10000 5c44f52a8714fdd79bb4d98e2673be1f Scene -10000 f537cf427b64c38c8e36298f657e4828
Breakdown and Why
Bad Dual Groups: [Optional] These groups take the original release and add their own language track (e.g. AAC 2.0 Portuguese) as the first track. Afterward, FFprobe would determine that the media file is Portuguese. It's a common rule that you only add the best audio as the main track. Also they often even rename the release name into Portuguese.
EVO (no WEBDL): This group is often banned for low-quality Blu-ray releases, but their WEB-DLs are okay.
No-RlsGroup: [Optional] Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups being scored incorrectly. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up with a stripped group name. These releases would appear as \"upgrades\" and could end up getting a decent score after other CFs are scored.
Obfuscated: [Optional] Use these only if you wish to avoid renamed releases.
Retags: [Optional] Use this if you want to avoid retagged releases. Retagged releases often are not consistent with the quality of the original group's release.
Scene: [Optional] Use this only if you want to avoid SCENE releases.
General Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 0 b3b3a6ac74ecbd56bcdbefa4799fb9df ATVP 0 40e9380490e748672c2522eaaeb692f7 BCORE 15 cc5e51a9e85a6296ceefe097a77f12f4 CRiT 20 16622a6911d1ab5d5b8b713d5b0036d4 DSNP 0 84272245b2988854bfb76a16e60baea5 HBO 0 509e5f41146e278f9eab1ddaceb34515 HMAX 0 5763d1b0ce84aff3b21038eea8e9b8ad Hulu 0 526d445d4c16214309f0fd2b3be18a89 iT 0 e0ec9672be6cac914ffad34a6b077209 MAX 0 6a061313d22e51e0f25b7cd4dc065233 MA 20 2a6039655313bf5dab1e43523b62c374 NF 0 170b1d363bd8516fbf3a3eb05d4faff6 PMTP 0 e36a0ba1bc902b26ee40818a1d59b8bd PCOK 0 c9fd353f8f5f1baf56dc601c4cb29920 STAN 0 c2863d2a50c9acad1fb50e53ece60817
Breakdown and Why
The reason why these Custom Formats have a score of 0 is because they are mainly used for the naming scheme and other variables should decide for movies if a certain release if preferred.
BCore, CRiT and MA are the only ones with a score because of their better source material, or higher bitrate and quality compared to other streaming services.
Les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Audio Advanced ne sont pas inclus dans le profil d'encodage, car vous trouverez difficilement de l'audio HD avec ce type d'encodages. Et il est conseill\u00e9 de privil\u00e9gier la qualit\u00e9 visuelle. Si vous voulez aussi de l'audio HD, vous devriez opter pour les Remuxes ou les Encodes UHD.
Utilisez les param\u00e8tres suivants dans votre profil.
Assurez-vous de ne pas cocher le BR-DISK.
La raison pour laquelle le WEB-DL 720p n'est pas s\u00e9lectionn\u00e9 est que vous ne trouverez pratiquement aucune release qui ne soit pas faite en 1080p WEB-DL.
Info
The order listed in the profile matters even if a quality is not checked, for example if you have a 1080p version but wanted the SD version, Radarr will reject all SD results because 1080p is listed higher than SD even though 1080p was not checked.
Qualities at the top of the list will appear first in manual searches.
Qualities higher in the list are more preferred even if not checked.
Qualities within the same group are equal.
Only checked qualities are wanted.
This is why it's recommended to move the selected quality to the top of the list.
Source: Wiki Servarr
Logique et fonctionnement - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
En fonction de ce qui est disponible en premier, la logique sera la suivante :
Lorsque le WEB-1080p deviendra disponible, le m\u00e9dia sera t\u00e9l\u00e9charger en WEB-1080p. (services de streaming)
Lorsque le Bluray-1080p sortira, il sera mis \u00e0 niveau vers le Bluray-1080p.
Le m\u00e9dia sera mis \u00e0 niveau en fonction des formats personnalis\u00e9s ajout\u00e9s jusqu'\u00e0 l'obtention d'un score de 10000.
Si vous pr\u00e9f\u00e9rez les encodages UHD de haute qualit\u00e9 (Bluray-2160p)
Poids : 20 \u00e0 60 Go pour un Bluray-2160p selon la dur\u00e9e du m\u00e9dia.
Informations concernant les audios HD
Il convient de noter que de divers probl\u00e8mes peuvent survenir avec ce profil si vous utilisez les formats personnalis\u00e9s de l'audio HD, car :
Les r\u00e8gles de la Sc\u00e8ne fran\u00e7aise stipulent que l'audio fran\u00e7ais doit \u00eatre le premier audio (celui par d\u00e9faut) dans une version MULTi.
Les r\u00e8gles stipulent que seul le meilleur son (qu'il soit original ou FR) doit \u00eatre mentionn\u00e9 dans le titre.
Certains films (et s\u00e9ries, principalement de l'\u00e8re pr\u00e9-streaming) ne disposent pas d'une piste audio FR \u00e9quivalente \u00e0 la piste la plus \u00e9lev\u00e9e de l'audio original.
En cons\u00e9quence, les situations ci-apr\u00e8s peuvent \u00eatre observ\u00e9es :
La qualit\u00e9 de l'audio dans le titre de la release pourrait ne pas \u00eatre celle de la version fran\u00e7aise.
L'audio fran\u00e7ais pourrait \u00eatre de moins bonne qualit\u00e9 que l'audio titr\u00e9.
Radarr n'\u00e9value que les fichiers audio pr\u00e9-importation en fonction du titre de la release. Apr\u00e8s l'importation, par la premi\u00e8re piste audio (par d\u00e9faut) de la release (apr\u00e8s ffprobe).
La note finale de la release peut \u00eatre inf\u00e9rieure \u00e0 celle obtenue avant l'importation.
Tip
Les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s de Groupes P2P existent pour cette raison ; ils essaient de regrouper les groupes qui ont tendance \u00e0 obtenir les meilleures pistes audio originales et fran\u00e7aises pour une sortie. Cependant, cette approche n'est pas infaillible et un film peut ne pas avoir une piste audio FR \u00e9quivalente \u00e0 la piste la plus \u00e9lev\u00e9e de l'audio original.
Audio - [Click to show/hide]
Why should I choose All Audio formats?
You have a hardware media player device and an audio setup that supports ALL HD Audio (TrueHD, DTS-X, DTS-HD, etc).
AppleTV doesn't passthrough HD-audio, If you use infuse it's still limited!please check I've a AppleTV
You've chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats. You should use all the Audio formats with Remuxes/UHD Encodes.
You should add ALL the Audio formats - don't leave any of them out!
Audio transcoding has a low impact on your server. If your server can't handle audio transcoding, consider choosing another quality profile.
I've a AppleTV - [Click to show/hide]
Passthrough: The preferred method if you have an audio setup (AVR/Soundbar). This mode will send the audio signals without any alteration or processing.
Direct Play: The client supports the container, video stream, and audio stream natively. The Plex server simply sends the media file as-is to the client. This uses very little CPU power.
Transcode: The client does not support the video stream and/or the audio stream. The Plex server re-encodes the video, audio, or both into a compatible format. Transcoding video uses a lot of CPU power, but transcoding audio uses little to moderate CPU power.
Decodes: Decompresses the audio before sending it to your AVR/Soundbar.
partial used source: Infuse FAQ
Am I losing any quality by using LPCM? - [Click to show/hide]
No. Since LPCM is a lossless format, using it will result in no loss of quality. What your ears hear will be exactly the same. The only difference is your receiver will recognize the audio stream as PCM instead of Dolby/DTS.
LPCM will discard object and spatial metadata. (TrueHD Atmos, DTS-X)
source: Infuse FAQ
Should I block certain audio formats because something in my setup doesn't support it? - [Click to show/hide]
If you have chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats, it's somewhat pointless to lower the scores or block certain audio formats since 95% of the Remuxes and UHD Encodes provide HD audio formats such as TrueHD Atmos, TrueHD, and DTS-X.
So you have 2 options.
Choose another quality profile that doesn't include audio formats such as HD Bluray + WEB or 2160p WEB-DL.
Accept the limitations of your audio setup (AVR/Soundbar) and/or your hardware media player device.
Which Audio Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID TrueHD ATMOS 5000 496f355514737f7d83bf7aa4d24f8169 DTS X 4500 2f22d89048b01681dde8afe203bf2e95 ATMOS (undefined) 3000 417804f7f2c4308c1f4c5d380d4c4475 DD+ ATMOS 3000 1af239278386be2919e1bcee0bde047e TrueHD 2750 3cafb66171b47f226146a0770576870f DTS-HD MA 2500 dcf3ec6938fa32445f590a4da84256cd FLAC 2250 a570d4a0e56a2874b64e5bfa55202a1b PCM 2250 e7c2fcae07cbada050a0af3357491d7b DTS-HD HRA 2000 8e109e50e0a0b83a5098b056e13bf6db DD+ 1750 185f1dd7264c4562b9022d963ac37424 DTS-ES 1500 f9f847ac70a0af62ea4a08280b859636 DTS 1250 1c1a4c5e823891c75bc50380a6866f73 AAC 1000 240770601cc226190c367ef59aba7463 DD 750 c2998bd0d90ed5621d8df281e839436e All HDR Formats - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I choose All HDR formats?
You have a 4K/2160p TV and a hardware media player device (such as Roku, AppleTV, Shield, SmartTV App, etc.) that supports several HDR formats (such as Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, etc.).
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
You've chosen a profile that includes 4K/2160p releases. You must use all the HDR formats with 4k/2160p profiles.
You must add ALL the HDR formats - don't leave any of them out!
Why am I getting purple or green colors? - [Click to show/hide]
Why am I getting purple or green colors?
There are several possible reasons why your TV would show purple or green colors when playing Dolby Vision content.
Unsupported Hardware: Your TV or hardware media player device (Roku, AppleTV, etc) doesn't support Dolby Vision or your hardware media player device doesn't support all the Dolby Vision Profiles. As a result, the device might struggle to produce accurate colors, leading to a purple or green tint.
Incorrect Display Settings: Dolby Vision content often requires specific settings to be enabled on your TV or display device in order to deliver the intended visual experience. If these settings are not configured properly, it can result in the device showing distorted colors (including purple or green hues).
HDMI Compatibility Issues: Sometimes, HDMI cables or ports may not be fully compatible with Dolby Vision. If the media player device is not recognizing the Dolby Vision signal properly, it may fail to process the content correctly, resulting in abnormal color rendering.
To resolve the purple or green color issues when playing Dolby Vision content, you can try the following troubleshooting steps:
Ensure your TV or hardware media player device is Dolby Vision compatible and up-to-date with the latest firmware.
Verify that your TV or display device is set up correctly and has the necessary Dolby Vision settings enabled.
Check the HDMI cables and ensure they are capable of transmitting Dolby Vision signals.
Dolby Vision Profiles - [Click to show/hide]
Dolby Vision Profiles
Profile 5 (1) - This is what comes with WEB-DL Dolby Vision releases without HDR10 fallback.(Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens)
Profile 7 (2) - This is what comes with UHD Bluray Remuxes and UHD BluRay releases.These files will play on an Nvidia Shield Pro (2019), but on most other players will revert to the HDR10 fallback.
Profile 8 (3) - This is what comes with (Hybrid) WEB-DL (HULU), Hybrid UHD Remux, and UHD BluRay releases (all of which have HDR10 fallback).This works with several mainstream media players.
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
(1) PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse will only play profile 5 correctly if CMv2.9 is used
(2) Neither Infuse nor PLEX for AppleTV will deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 7.
(3) On PLEX for AppleTV it won't deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 8, and will only play the HDR10 fallback if CM2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201calthough your TV will incorrectly say that it is playing DV\u201d.With infuse it will convert it on the fly to Profile 5, and deliver real Dolby Vision if CMv2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201cMake sure you set the Extended Dolby Vision settings to Limited (prefer accuracy), Convert P8 to P5 (when possible), and play other P8 as HDR (output will switch to either DoVi or HDR depending on the video)\u201d
Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 and CMv4.0 - [Click to show/hide]
It is too technical to explain in detail, so I'll keep it short with tested facts: PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse only support CMv2.9.
There are two versions of Dolby Vision, namely CMv2.9 and CMv4.0. CMv4.0 uses an improved algorithm and a superior tone curve that allows for better mapping and more controls during the Dolby Vision trim pass process.
More info about the different Dolby Vision Versions: Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 vs. CMv4.0
Which HDR Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID DV HDR10+ 1500 c53085ddbd027d9624b320627748612f DV HDR10 1500 e23edd2482476e595fb990b12e7c609c DV 1500 58d6a88f13e2db7f5059c41047876f00 DV HLG 1500 55d53828b9d81cbe20b02efd00aa0efd DV SDR 1500 a3e19f8f627608af0211acd02bf89735 HDR10+ 600 b974a6cd08c1066250f1f177d7aa1225 HDR10 500 dfb86d5941bc9075d6af23b09c2aeecd HDR 500 e61e28db95d22bedcadf030b8f156d96 HDR (undefined) 500 2a4d9069cc1fe3242ff9bdaebed239bb PQ 500 08d6d8834ad9ec87b1dc7ec8148e7a1f HLG 500 9364dd386c9b4a1100dde8264690add7 Add Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000 - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
Not all devices in your chain support Dolby Vision.
You share your media library with other family members that don't have Dolby Vision compatible devices.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
Custom Format Score Trash ID DV (WEBDL) -10000 923b6abef9b17f937fab56cfcf89e1f1 Add the Custom Formats DV HDR10+ Boost and HDR10+ Boost - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
You have a (Samsung) TV that supports HDR10+.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
If you use this Custom Format then 99% of the time you also need to add the following Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000
Custom Format Score Trash ID HDR10+ Boost 901 b17886cb4158d9fea189859409975758 DV HDR10+ Boost 100 55a5b50cb416dea5a50c4955896217ab Multi audio - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID Multi-Audio 300 72b1548df1ac3175ca105a9ce7043c91 French Audio 1 6d27683346c78d6a3f772e30877910a7 Multi-French 0 d5f3a1afdb77e6b95e489f7654532d04 Description et objectifs - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Multi-Audio: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Radarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre les releases aved plusieurs audios (MULTi).
Tip
Vous pouvez remplacer sans probl\u00e8me le Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi du Guide par celui-ci.
French Audio: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Radarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre les versions ayant un audio francophone. Il est facultatif et ne donne un l\u00e9ger bonus que si la version poss\u00e8de effectivement un audio fran\u00e7ais.
Multi-French: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 qui renommera votre fichier avec Multi-French..
Comment fonctionne cette m\u00e9thode
Lorsque Radarr trouve une version avec MULTi, il lui attribue le score de 300 gr\u00e2ce au Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-Audio. Si la version contient au moins l'audio original et l'audio fran\u00e7ais, elle sera renomm\u00e9e par le Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-French. Ce qui permet \u00e0 la version de conserver le score de 300 du Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-Audio.
Movie Versions - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Hybrid 100 0f12c086e289cf966fa5948eac571f44 Remaster 25 570bc9ebecd92723d2d21500f4be314c 4K Remaster 25 eca37840c13c6ef2dd0262b141a5482f Criterion Collection 25 e0c07d59beb37348e975a930d5e50319 Masters of Cinema 25 9d27d9d2181838f76dee150882bdc58c Vinegar Syndrome 25 db9b4c4b53d312a3ca5f1378f6440fc9 Special Edition 125 957d0f44b592285f26449575e8b1167e IMAX 800 eecf3a857724171f968a66cb5719e152 IMAX Enhanced 800 9f6cbff8cfe4ebbc1bde14c7b7bec0de
IMAX Enhanced
IMAX Enhanced: Get More Picture Instead of Black Bars.
IMAX Enhanced exclusive expanded aspect ratio is 1:90:1, which offers up to 26% more picture for select sequences, meaning more of the action is visible on screen.
If you don't prefer IMAX Enhanced then don't add it or use a score of 0
HQ Source Groups - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID FR UHD Bluray Tier 01 1800 64f8f12bbf7472a6ccf838bfd6b5e3e8 FR UHD Bluray Tier 02 1750 0dcf0c8a386d82e3f2d424189af14065 FR WEB Tier 01 1700 9790a618cec1aeac8ce75601a17ea40d FR WEB Tier 02 1650 3c83a765f84239716bd5fd2d7af188f9 FR Scene Groups 1500 0d94489c0d5828cd3bf9409d309fb32b
Tip
Les groupes de la Sc\u00e8ne fran\u00e7aise sont inclus comme substitut si vous voulez vraiment une version MULTi malgr\u00e9 une \u00e9ventuelle perte de qualit\u00e9. Vous pouvez lui attribuer un score de 1500 (par d\u00e9faut) ou de 0 selon ce que vous voulez obtenir.
Mix original (optionnel) HQ Release Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID UHD Bluray Tier 01 1800 4d74ac4c4db0b64bff6ce0cffef99bf0 UHD Bluray Tier 02 1750 a58f517a70193f8e578056642178419d UHD Bluray Tier 03 1700 e71939fae578037e7aed3ee219bbe7c1 WEB Tier 01 1700 c20f169ef63c5f40c2def54abaf4438e WEB Tier 02 1650 403816d65392c79236dcb6dd591aeda4 WEB Tier 03 1600 af94e0fe497124d1f9ce732069ec8c3b Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 e7718d7a3ce595f289bfee26adc178f5 Repack2 6 ae43b294509409a6a13919dedd4764c4 Repack3 7 5caaaa1c08c1742aa4342d8c4cc463f2 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Radarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
Ind\u00e9sirable - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 ed38b889b31be83fda192888e2286d83 3D -10000 b8cd450cbfa689c0259a01d9e29ba3d6 LQ -10000 90a6f9a284dff5103f6346090e6280c8 FR LQ -10000 48f031e76111f17ea94898f4cdc34fdc Upscaled -10000 bfd8eb01832d646a0a89c4deb46f8564 x265 (HD) -10000 dc98083864ea246d05a42df0d05f81cc
Description et objectifs
BR-DISK : Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 qui permet \u00e0 Radarr de reconna\u00eetre et d'ignorer les BR-DISK (ISO et structure de dossier Blu-ray) en plus de la qualit\u00e9 standard des BR-DISK.
3D: La 3D convient-elle encore pour les particuliers ?
LQ: Une collection de groupes P2P anglais qui sont souvent bannis des meilleurs trackers en raison de leur manque de qualit\u00e9 ou pour d'autres raisons.
FR LQ: Une collection de groupes P2P fran\u00e7ais qui sont souvent bannis des meilleurs trackers en raison de leur manque de qualit\u00e9 ou pour d'autres raisons.
Upscaled: Ceci permets de bloquer les versions upscal\u00e9es en 4K.
x265 (HD): Ceci bloque/ignore les sorties 720/1080p (HD) qui sont encod\u00e9es en x265. - Plus d'informations ICI (en anglais).
Ne l'utilisez pas avec le Format Personnalis\u00e9 x265 (no HDR/DV)
Optionnel - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Cela inclut les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s optionnels cr\u00e9\u00e9s par TRaSH pour le guide original. Assurez-vous de bien comprendre ce qu'ils impliquent avant de les int\u00e9grer. En outre, deux Formats Personnalis\u00e9s peuvent cr\u00e9er des probl\u00e8mes si vous voulez du MULTi :
Bad Dual Groups : ce dernier peut \u00eatre sujet \u00e0 controverse pour les personnes recherchant une version MULTi. Il est recommand\u00e9 de ne pas l'utiliser.
Scene, il peut inclure des groupes Scene d\u00e9j\u00e0 dans le Format Personnalis\u00e9 FR Scene Groups. Qui est utilis\u00e9 comme substitut afin d'augmenter les chances d'obtenir une version MULTi.
Miscellaneous (Optional) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Bad Dual Groups -10000 b6832f586342ef70d9c128d40c07b872 EVO (no WEBDL) -10000 90cedc1fea7ea5d11298bebd3d1d3223 No-RlsGroup -10000 ae9b7c9ebde1f3bd336a8cbd1ec4c5e5 Obfuscated -10000 7357cf5161efbf8c4d5d0c30b4815ee2 Retags -10000 5c44f52a8714fdd79bb4d98e2673be1f Scene -10000 f537cf427b64c38c8e36298f657e4828
Breakdown and Why
Bad Dual Groups: [Optional] These groups take the original release and add their own language track (e.g. AAC 2.0 Portuguese) as the first track. Afterward, FFprobe would determine that the media file is Portuguese. It's a common rule that you only add the best audio as the main track. Also they often even rename the release name into Portuguese.
EVO (no WEBDL): This group is often banned for low-quality Blu-ray releases, but their WEB-DLs are okay.
No-RlsGroup: [Optional] Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups being scored incorrectly. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up with a stripped group name. These releases would appear as \"upgrades\" and could end up getting a decent score after other CFs are scored.
Obfuscated: [Optional] Use these only if you wish to avoid renamed releases.
Retags: [Optional] Use this if you want to avoid retagged releases. Retagged releases often are not consistent with the quality of the original group's release.
Scene: [Optional] Use this only if you want to avoid SCENE releases.
General Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 0 b3b3a6ac74ecbd56bcdbefa4799fb9df ATVP 0 40e9380490e748672c2522eaaeb692f7 BCORE 15 cc5e51a9e85a6296ceefe097a77f12f4 CRiT 20 16622a6911d1ab5d5b8b713d5b0036d4 DSNP 0 84272245b2988854bfb76a16e60baea5 HBO 0 509e5f41146e278f9eab1ddaceb34515 HMAX 0 5763d1b0ce84aff3b21038eea8e9b8ad Hulu 0 526d445d4c16214309f0fd2b3be18a89 iT 0 e0ec9672be6cac914ffad34a6b077209 MAX 0 6a061313d22e51e0f25b7cd4dc065233 MA 20 2a6039655313bf5dab1e43523b62c374 NF 0 170b1d363bd8516fbf3a3eb05d4faff6 PMTP 0 e36a0ba1bc902b26ee40818a1d59b8bd PCOK 0 c9fd353f8f5f1baf56dc601c4cb29920 STAN 0 c2863d2a50c9acad1fb50e53ece60817
Breakdown and Why
The reason why these Custom Formats have a score of 0 is because they are mainly used for the naming scheme and other variables should decide for movies if a certain release if preferred.
BCore, CRiT and MA are the only ones with a score because of their better source material, or higher bitrate and quality compared to other streaming services.
Utilisez les param\u00e8tres suivants dans votre profil.
Assurez-vous de ne pas cocher le BR-DISK.
Info
The order listed in the profile matters even if a quality is not checked, for example if you have a 1080p version but wanted the SD version, Radarr will reject all SD results because 1080p is listed higher than SD even though 1080p was not checked.
Qualities at the top of the list will appear first in manual searches.
Qualities higher in the list are more preferred even if not checked.
Qualities within the same group are equal.
Only checked qualities are wanted.
This is why it's recommended to move the selected quality to the top of the list.
Source: Wiki Servarr
Logique et fonctionnement - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
En fonction de ce qui est disponible en premier, la logique sera la suivante :
Lorsque le WEB-2160p deviendra disponible, le m\u00e9dia sera t\u00e9l\u00e9charger en WEB-2160p. (services de streaming)
Lorsque le Bluray-2160p sortira, il sera mis \u00e0 niveau vers le Bluray-2160p.
Le m\u00e9dia sera mis \u00e0 niveau en fonction des formats personnalis\u00e9s ajout\u00e9s jusqu'\u00e0 l'obtention d'un score de 10000.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#remux-web-1080p","title":"Remux + WEB 1080p","text":"
Si vous pr\u00e9f\u00e9rez les Remuxes en 1080p (Remux-1080p)
Poids : 20 \u00e0 40 Go pour un Remux-1080p selon la dur\u00e9e du m\u00e9dia.
Informations concernant les audios HD
Il convient de noter que de divers probl\u00e8mes peuvent survenir avec ce profil si vous utilisez les formats personnalis\u00e9s de l'audio HD, car :
Les r\u00e8gles de la Sc\u00e8ne fran\u00e7aise stipulent que l'audio fran\u00e7ais doit \u00eatre le premier audio (celui par d\u00e9faut) dans une version MULTi.
Les r\u00e8gles stipulent que seul le meilleur son (qu'il soit original ou FR) doit \u00eatre mentionn\u00e9 dans le titre.
Certains films (et s\u00e9ries, principalement de l'\u00e8re pr\u00e9-streaming) ne disposent pas d'une piste audio FR \u00e9quivalente \u00e0 la piste la plus \u00e9lev\u00e9e de l'audio original.
En cons\u00e9quence, les situations ci-apr\u00e8s peuvent \u00eatre observ\u00e9es :
La qualit\u00e9 de l'audio dans le titre de la release pourrait ne pas \u00eatre celle de la version fran\u00e7aise.
L'audio fran\u00e7ais pourrait \u00eatre de moins bonne qualit\u00e9 que l'audio titr\u00e9.
Radarr n'\u00e9value que les fichiers audio pr\u00e9-importation en fonction du titre de la release. Apr\u00e8s l'importation, par la premi\u00e8re piste audio (par d\u00e9faut) de la release (apr\u00e8s ffprobe).
La note finale de la release peut \u00eatre inf\u00e9rieure \u00e0 celle obtenue avant l'importation.
Tip
Les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s de Groupes P2P existent pour cette raison ; ils essaient de regrouper les groupes qui ont tendance \u00e0 obtenir les meilleures pistes audio originales et fran\u00e7aises pour une sortie. Cependant, cette approche n'est pas infaillible et un film peut ne pas avoir une piste audio FR \u00e9quivalente \u00e0 la piste la plus \u00e9lev\u00e9e de l'audio original.
Audio - [Click to show/hide]
Why should I choose All Audio formats?
You have a hardware media player device and an audio setup that supports ALL HD Audio (TrueHD, DTS-X, DTS-HD, etc).
AppleTV doesn't passthrough HD-audio, If you use infuse it's still limited!please check I've a AppleTV
You've chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats. You should use all the Audio formats with Remuxes/UHD Encodes.
You should add ALL the Audio formats - don't leave any of them out!
Audio transcoding has a low impact on your server. If your server can't handle audio transcoding, consider choosing another quality profile.
I've a AppleTV - [Click to show/hide]
Passthrough: The preferred method if you have an audio setup (AVR/Soundbar). This mode will send the audio signals without any alteration or processing.
Direct Play: The client supports the container, video stream, and audio stream natively. The Plex server simply sends the media file as-is to the client. This uses very little CPU power.
Transcode: The client does not support the video stream and/or the audio stream. The Plex server re-encodes the video, audio, or both into a compatible format. Transcoding video uses a lot of CPU power, but transcoding audio uses little to moderate CPU power.
Decodes: Decompresses the audio before sending it to your AVR/Soundbar.
partial used source: Infuse FAQ
Am I losing any quality by using LPCM? - [Click to show/hide]
No. Since LPCM is a lossless format, using it will result in no loss of quality. What your ears hear will be exactly the same. The only difference is your receiver will recognize the audio stream as PCM instead of Dolby/DTS.
LPCM will discard object and spatial metadata. (TrueHD Atmos, DTS-X)
source: Infuse FAQ
Should I block certain audio formats because something in my setup doesn't support it? - [Click to show/hide]
If you have chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats, it's somewhat pointless to lower the scores or block certain audio formats since 95% of the Remuxes and UHD Encodes provide HD audio formats such as TrueHD Atmos, TrueHD, and DTS-X.
So you have 2 options.
Choose another quality profile that doesn't include audio formats such as HD Bluray + WEB or 2160p WEB-DL.
Accept the limitations of your audio setup (AVR/Soundbar) and/or your hardware media player device.
Which Audio Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID TrueHD ATMOS 5000 496f355514737f7d83bf7aa4d24f8169 DTS X 4500 2f22d89048b01681dde8afe203bf2e95 ATMOS (undefined) 3000 417804f7f2c4308c1f4c5d380d4c4475 DD+ ATMOS 3000 1af239278386be2919e1bcee0bde047e TrueHD 2750 3cafb66171b47f226146a0770576870f DTS-HD MA 2500 dcf3ec6938fa32445f590a4da84256cd FLAC 2250 a570d4a0e56a2874b64e5bfa55202a1b PCM 2250 e7c2fcae07cbada050a0af3357491d7b DTS-HD HRA 2000 8e109e50e0a0b83a5098b056e13bf6db DD+ 1750 185f1dd7264c4562b9022d963ac37424 DTS-ES 1500 f9f847ac70a0af62ea4a08280b859636 DTS 1250 1c1a4c5e823891c75bc50380a6866f73 AAC 1000 240770601cc226190c367ef59aba7463 DD 750 c2998bd0d90ed5621d8df281e839436e Multi audio - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID Multi-Audio 300 72b1548df1ac3175ca105a9ce7043c91 French Audio 1 6d27683346c78d6a3f772e30877910a7 Multi-French 0 d5f3a1afdb77e6b95e489f7654532d04 Description et objectifs - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Multi-Audio: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Radarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre les releases aved plusieurs audios (MULTi).
Tip
Vous pouvez remplacer sans probl\u00e8me le Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi du Guide par celui-ci.
French Audio: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Radarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre les versions ayant un audio francophone. Il est facultatif et ne donne un l\u00e9ger bonus que si la version poss\u00e8de effectivement un audio fran\u00e7ais.
Multi-French: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 qui renommera votre fichier avec Multi-French..
Comment fonctionne cette m\u00e9thode
Lorsque Radarr trouve une version avec MULTi, il lui attribue le score de 300 gr\u00e2ce au Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-Audio. Si la version contient au moins l'audio original et l'audio fran\u00e7ais, elle sera renomm\u00e9e par le Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-French. Ce qui permet \u00e0 la version de conserver le score de 300 du Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-Audio.
Movie Versions - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Hybrid 100 0f12c086e289cf966fa5948eac571f44 Remaster 25 570bc9ebecd92723d2d21500f4be314c 4K Remaster 25 eca37840c13c6ef2dd0262b141a5482f Criterion Collection 25 e0c07d59beb37348e975a930d5e50319 Masters of Cinema 25 9d27d9d2181838f76dee150882bdc58c Vinegar Syndrome 25 db9b4c4b53d312a3ca5f1378f6440fc9 Special Edition 125 957d0f44b592285f26449575e8b1167e IMAX 800 eecf3a857724171f968a66cb5719e152 IMAX Enhanced 800 9f6cbff8cfe4ebbc1bde14c7b7bec0de
IMAX Enhanced
IMAX Enhanced: Get More Picture Instead of Black Bars.
IMAX Enhanced exclusive expanded aspect ratio is 1:90:1, which offers up to 26% more picture for select sequences, meaning more of the action is visible on screen.
If you don't prefer IMAX Enhanced then don't add it or use a score of 0
HQ Source Groups - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID FR Remux Tier 01 1950 5583260016e0b9f683f53af41fb42e4a FR Remux Tier 02 1900 9019d81307e68cd4a7eb06a567e833b8 FR WEB Tier 01 1700 9790a618cec1aeac8ce75601a17ea40d FR WEB Tier 02 1650 3c83a765f84239716bd5fd2d7af188f9 FR Scene Groups 1500 0d94489c0d5828cd3bf9409d309fb32b
Tip
Les groupes de la Sc\u00e8ne fran\u00e7aise sont inclus comme substitut si vous voulez vraiment une version MULTi malgr\u00e9 une \u00e9ventuelle perte de qualit\u00e9. Vous pouvez lui attribuer un score de 1500 (par d\u00e9faut) ou de 0 selon ce que vous voulez obtenir.
Mix original (optionnel) HQ Release Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Remux Tier 01 1950 3a3ff47579026e76d6504ebea39390de Remux Tier 02 1900 9f98181fe5a3fbeb0cc29340da2a468a Remux Tier 03 1850 8baaf0b3142bf4d94c42a724f034e27a WEB Tier 01 1700 c20f169ef63c5f40c2def54abaf4438e WEB Tier 02 1650 403816d65392c79236dcb6dd591aeda4 WEB Tier 03 1600 af94e0fe497124d1f9ce732069ec8c3b Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 e7718d7a3ce595f289bfee26adc178f5 Repack2 6 ae43b294509409a6a13919dedd4764c4 Repack3 7 5caaaa1c08c1742aa4342d8c4cc463f2 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Radarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
Ind\u00e9sirable - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 ed38b889b31be83fda192888e2286d83 3D -10000 b8cd450cbfa689c0259a01d9e29ba3d6 LQ -10000 90a6f9a284dff5103f6346090e6280c8 FR LQ -10000 48f031e76111f17ea94898f4cdc34fdc x265 (HD) -10000 dc98083864ea246d05a42df0d05f81cc
Description et objectifs
BR-DISK : Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 qui permet \u00e0 Radarr de reconna\u00eetre et d'ignorer les BR-DISK (ISO et structure de dossier Blu-ray) en plus de la qualit\u00e9 standard des BR-DISK.
3D: La 3D convient-elle encore pour les particuliers ?
LQ: Une collection de groupes P2P anglais qui sont souvent bannis des meilleurs trackers en raison de leur manque de qualit\u00e9 ou pour d'autres raisons.
FR LQ: Une collection de groupes P2P fran\u00e7ais qui sont souvent bannis des meilleurs trackers en raison de leur manque de qualit\u00e9 ou pour d'autres raisons.
x265 (HD): Ceci bloque/ignore les sorties 720/1080p (HD) qui sont encod\u00e9es en x265. - Plus d'informations ICI (en anglais).
Ne l'utilisez pas avec le Format Personnalis\u00e9 x265 (no HDR/DV)
Optionnel - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Cela inclut les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s optionnels cr\u00e9\u00e9s par TRaSH pour le guide original. Assurez-vous de bien comprendre ce qu'ils impliquent avant de les int\u00e9grer. En outre, deux Formats Personnalis\u00e9s peuvent cr\u00e9er des probl\u00e8mes si vous voulez du MULTi :
Bad Dual Groups : ce dernier peut \u00eatre sujet \u00e0 controverse pour les personnes recherchant une version MULTi. Il est recommand\u00e9 de ne pas l'utiliser.
Scene, il peut inclure des groupes Scene d\u00e9j\u00e0 dans le Format Personnalis\u00e9 FR Scene Groups. Qui est utilis\u00e9 comme substitut afin d'augmenter les chances d'obtenir une version MULTi.
Miscellaneous (Optional) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Bad Dual Groups -10000 b6832f586342ef70d9c128d40c07b872 EVO (no WEBDL) -10000 90cedc1fea7ea5d11298bebd3d1d3223 No-RlsGroup -10000 ae9b7c9ebde1f3bd336a8cbd1ec4c5e5 Obfuscated -10000 7357cf5161efbf8c4d5d0c30b4815ee2 Retags -10000 5c44f52a8714fdd79bb4d98e2673be1f Scene -10000 f537cf427b64c38c8e36298f657e4828
Breakdown and Why
Bad Dual Groups: [Optional] These groups take the original release and add their own language track (e.g. AAC 2.0 Portuguese) as the first track. Afterward, FFprobe would determine that the media file is Portuguese. It's a common rule that you only add the best audio as the main track. Also they often even rename the release name into Portuguese.
EVO (no WEBDL): This group is often banned for low-quality Blu-ray releases, but their WEB-DLs are okay.
No-RlsGroup: [Optional] Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups being scored incorrectly. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up with a stripped group name. These releases would appear as \"upgrades\" and could end up getting a decent score after other CFs are scored.
Obfuscated: [Optional] Use these only if you wish to avoid renamed releases.
Retags: [Optional] Use this if you want to avoid retagged releases. Retagged releases often are not consistent with the quality of the original group's release.
Scene: [Optional] Use this only if you want to avoid SCENE releases.
General Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 0 b3b3a6ac74ecbd56bcdbefa4799fb9df ATVP 0 40e9380490e748672c2522eaaeb692f7 BCORE 15 cc5e51a9e85a6296ceefe097a77f12f4 CRiT 20 16622a6911d1ab5d5b8b713d5b0036d4 DSNP 0 84272245b2988854bfb76a16e60baea5 HBO 0 509e5f41146e278f9eab1ddaceb34515 HMAX 0 5763d1b0ce84aff3b21038eea8e9b8ad Hulu 0 526d445d4c16214309f0fd2b3be18a89 iT 0 e0ec9672be6cac914ffad34a6b077209 MAX 0 6a061313d22e51e0f25b7cd4dc065233 MA 20 2a6039655313bf5dab1e43523b62c374 NF 0 170b1d363bd8516fbf3a3eb05d4faff6 PMTP 0 e36a0ba1bc902b26ee40818a1d59b8bd PCOK 0 c9fd353f8f5f1baf56dc601c4cb29920 STAN 0 c2863d2a50c9acad1fb50e53ece60817
Breakdown and Why
The reason why these Custom Formats have a score of 0 is because they are mainly used for the naming scheme and other variables should decide for movies if a certain release if preferred.
BCore, CRiT and MA are the only ones with a score because of their better source material, or higher bitrate and quality compared to other streaming services.
Utilisez les param\u00e8tres suivants dans votre profil.
Assurez-vous de ne pas cocher le BR-DISK.
La raison pour laquelle le WEB-DL 720p n'est pas s\u00e9lectionn\u00e9 est que vous ne trouverez pratiquement aucune release qui ne soit pas faite en 1080p WEB-DL.
Info
The order listed in the profile matters even if a quality is not checked, for example if you have a 1080p version but wanted the SD version, Radarr will reject all SD results because 1080p is listed higher than SD even though 1080p was not checked.
Qualities at the top of the list will appear first in manual searches.
Qualities higher in the list are more preferred even if not checked.
Qualities within the same group are equal.
Only checked qualities are wanted.
This is why it's recommended to move the selected quality to the top of the list.
Source: Wiki Servarr
Logique et fonctionnement - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
En fonction de ce qui est disponible en premier, la logique sera la suivante :
Lorsque le WEB-1080p deviendra disponible, le m\u00e9dia sera t\u00e9l\u00e9charger en WEB-1080pp. (services de streaming)
Lorsque le REMUX-1080p sortira, il sera mis \u00e0 niveau vers le REMUX-2160p.
Le m\u00e9dia sera mis \u00e0 niveau en fonction des formats personnalis\u00e9s ajout\u00e9s jusqu'\u00e0 l'obtention d'un score de 10000.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#remux-web-2160p","title":"Remux + WEB 2160p","text":"
Si vous pr\u00e9f\u00e9rez les Remuxes en 2160p (Remux-2160p)
Poids : 40 \u00e0 100 Go pour un Remux-2160p selon la dur\u00e9e du m\u00e9dia.
Informations concernant les audios HD
Il convient de noter que de divers probl\u00e8mes peuvent survenir avec ce profil si vous utilisez les formats personnalis\u00e9s de l'audio HD, car :
Les r\u00e8gles de la Sc\u00e8ne fran\u00e7aise stipulent que l'audio fran\u00e7ais doit \u00eatre le premier audio (celui par d\u00e9faut) dans une version MULTi.
Les r\u00e8gles stipulent que seul le meilleur son (qu'il soit original ou FR) doit \u00eatre mentionn\u00e9 dans le titre.
Certains films (et s\u00e9ries, principalement de l'\u00e8re pr\u00e9-streaming) ne disposent pas d'une piste audio FR \u00e9quivalente \u00e0 la piste la plus \u00e9lev\u00e9e de l'audio original.
En cons\u00e9quence, les situations ci-apr\u00e8s peuvent \u00eatre observ\u00e9es :
La qualit\u00e9 de l'audio dans le titre de la release pourrait ne pas \u00eatre celle de la version fran\u00e7aise.
L'audio fran\u00e7ais pourrait \u00eatre de moins bonne qualit\u00e9 que l'audio titr\u00e9.
Radarr n'\u00e9value que les fichiers audio pr\u00e9-importation en fonction du titre de la release. Apr\u00e8s l'importation, par la premi\u00e8re piste audio (par d\u00e9faut) de la release (apr\u00e8s ffprobe).
La note finale de la release peut \u00eatre inf\u00e9rieure \u00e0 celle obtenue avant l'importation.
Tip
Les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s de Groupes P2P existent pour cette raison ; ils essaient de regrouper les groupes qui ont tendance \u00e0 obtenir les meilleures pistes audio originales et fran\u00e7aises pour une sortie. Cependant, cette approche n'est pas infaillible et un film peut ne pas avoir une piste audio FR \u00e9quivalente \u00e0 la piste la plus \u00e9lev\u00e9e de l'audio original.
Audio - [Click to show/hide]
Why should I choose All Audio formats?
You have a hardware media player device and an audio setup that supports ALL HD Audio (TrueHD, DTS-X, DTS-HD, etc).
AppleTV doesn't passthrough HD-audio, If you use infuse it's still limited!please check I've a AppleTV
You've chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats. You should use all the Audio formats with Remuxes/UHD Encodes.
You should add ALL the Audio formats - don't leave any of them out!
Audio transcoding has a low impact on your server. If your server can't handle audio transcoding, consider choosing another quality profile.
I've a AppleTV - [Click to show/hide]
Passthrough: The preferred method if you have an audio setup (AVR/Soundbar). This mode will send the audio signals without any alteration or processing.
Direct Play: The client supports the container, video stream, and audio stream natively. The Plex server simply sends the media file as-is to the client. This uses very little CPU power.
Transcode: The client does not support the video stream and/or the audio stream. The Plex server re-encodes the video, audio, or both into a compatible format. Transcoding video uses a lot of CPU power, but transcoding audio uses little to moderate CPU power.
Decodes: Decompresses the audio before sending it to your AVR/Soundbar.
partial used source: Infuse FAQ
Am I losing any quality by using LPCM? - [Click to show/hide]
No. Since LPCM is a lossless format, using it will result in no loss of quality. What your ears hear will be exactly the same. The only difference is your receiver will recognize the audio stream as PCM instead of Dolby/DTS.
LPCM will discard object and spatial metadata. (TrueHD Atmos, DTS-X)
source: Infuse FAQ
Should I block certain audio formats because something in my setup doesn't support it? - [Click to show/hide]
If you have chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats, it's somewhat pointless to lower the scores or block certain audio formats since 95% of the Remuxes and UHD Encodes provide HD audio formats such as TrueHD Atmos, TrueHD, and DTS-X.
So you have 2 options.
Choose another quality profile that doesn't include audio formats such as HD Bluray + WEB or 2160p WEB-DL.
Accept the limitations of your audio setup (AVR/Soundbar) and/or your hardware media player device.
Which Audio Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID TrueHD ATMOS 5000 496f355514737f7d83bf7aa4d24f8169 DTS X 4500 2f22d89048b01681dde8afe203bf2e95 ATMOS (undefined) 3000 417804f7f2c4308c1f4c5d380d4c4475 DD+ ATMOS 3000 1af239278386be2919e1bcee0bde047e TrueHD 2750 3cafb66171b47f226146a0770576870f DTS-HD MA 2500 dcf3ec6938fa32445f590a4da84256cd FLAC 2250 a570d4a0e56a2874b64e5bfa55202a1b PCM 2250 e7c2fcae07cbada050a0af3357491d7b DTS-HD HRA 2000 8e109e50e0a0b83a5098b056e13bf6db DD+ 1750 185f1dd7264c4562b9022d963ac37424 DTS-ES 1500 f9f847ac70a0af62ea4a08280b859636 DTS 1250 1c1a4c5e823891c75bc50380a6866f73 AAC 1000 240770601cc226190c367ef59aba7463 DD 750 c2998bd0d90ed5621d8df281e839436e All HDR Formats - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I choose All HDR formats?
You have a 4K/2160p TV and a hardware media player device (such as Roku, AppleTV, Shield, SmartTV App, etc.) that supports several HDR formats (such as Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, etc.).
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
You've chosen a profile that includes 4K/2160p releases. You must use all the HDR formats with 4k/2160p profiles.
You must add ALL the HDR formats - don't leave any of them out!
Why am I getting purple or green colors? - [Click to show/hide]
Why am I getting purple or green colors?
There are several possible reasons why your TV would show purple or green colors when playing Dolby Vision content.
Unsupported Hardware: Your TV or hardware media player device (Roku, AppleTV, etc) doesn't support Dolby Vision or your hardware media player device doesn't support all the Dolby Vision Profiles. As a result, the device might struggle to produce accurate colors, leading to a purple or green tint.
Incorrect Display Settings: Dolby Vision content often requires specific settings to be enabled on your TV or display device in order to deliver the intended visual experience. If these settings are not configured properly, it can result in the device showing distorted colors (including purple or green hues).
HDMI Compatibility Issues: Sometimes, HDMI cables or ports may not be fully compatible with Dolby Vision. If the media player device is not recognizing the Dolby Vision signal properly, it may fail to process the content correctly, resulting in abnormal color rendering.
To resolve the purple or green color issues when playing Dolby Vision content, you can try the following troubleshooting steps:
Ensure your TV or hardware media player device is Dolby Vision compatible and up-to-date with the latest firmware.
Verify that your TV or display device is set up correctly and has the necessary Dolby Vision settings enabled.
Check the HDMI cables and ensure they are capable of transmitting Dolby Vision signals.
Dolby Vision Profiles - [Click to show/hide]
Dolby Vision Profiles
Profile 5 (1) - This is what comes with WEB-DL Dolby Vision releases without HDR10 fallback.(Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens)
Profile 7 (2) - This is what comes with UHD Bluray Remuxes and UHD BluRay releases.These files will play on an Nvidia Shield Pro (2019), but on most other players will revert to the HDR10 fallback.
Profile 8 (3) - This is what comes with (Hybrid) WEB-DL (HULU), Hybrid UHD Remux, and UHD BluRay releases (all of which have HDR10 fallback).This works with several mainstream media players.
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
(1) PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse will only play profile 5 correctly if CMv2.9 is used
(2) Neither Infuse nor PLEX for AppleTV will deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 7.
(3) On PLEX for AppleTV it won't deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 8, and will only play the HDR10 fallback if CM2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201calthough your TV will incorrectly say that it is playing DV\u201d.With infuse it will convert it on the fly to Profile 5, and deliver real Dolby Vision if CMv2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201cMake sure you set the Extended Dolby Vision settings to Limited (prefer accuracy), Convert P8 to P5 (when possible), and play other P8 as HDR (output will switch to either DoVi or HDR depending on the video)\u201d
Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 and CMv4.0 - [Click to show/hide]
It is too technical to explain in detail, so I'll keep it short with tested facts: PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse only support CMv2.9.
There are two versions of Dolby Vision, namely CMv2.9 and CMv4.0. CMv4.0 uses an improved algorithm and a superior tone curve that allows for better mapping and more controls during the Dolby Vision trim pass process.
More info about the different Dolby Vision Versions: Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 vs. CMv4.0
Which HDR Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID DV HDR10+ 1500 c53085ddbd027d9624b320627748612f DV HDR10 1500 e23edd2482476e595fb990b12e7c609c DV 1500 58d6a88f13e2db7f5059c41047876f00 DV HLG 1500 55d53828b9d81cbe20b02efd00aa0efd DV SDR 1500 a3e19f8f627608af0211acd02bf89735 HDR10+ 600 b974a6cd08c1066250f1f177d7aa1225 HDR10 500 dfb86d5941bc9075d6af23b09c2aeecd HDR 500 e61e28db95d22bedcadf030b8f156d96 HDR (undefined) 500 2a4d9069cc1fe3242ff9bdaebed239bb PQ 500 08d6d8834ad9ec87b1dc7ec8148e7a1f HLG 500 9364dd386c9b4a1100dde8264690add7 Add Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000 - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
Not all devices in your chain support Dolby Vision.
You share your media library with other family members that don't have Dolby Vision compatible devices.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
Custom Format Score Trash ID DV (WEBDL) -10000 923b6abef9b17f937fab56cfcf89e1f1 Add the Custom Formats DV HDR10+ Boost and HDR10+ Boost - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
You have a (Samsung) TV that supports HDR10+.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
If you use this Custom Format then 99% of the time you also need to add the following Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000
Custom Format Score Trash ID HDR10+ Boost 901 b17886cb4158d9fea189859409975758 DV HDR10+ Boost 100 55a5b50cb416dea5a50c4955896217ab Multi audio - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID Multi-Audio 300 72b1548df1ac3175ca105a9ce7043c91 French Audio 1 6d27683346c78d6a3f772e30877910a7 Multi-French 0 d5f3a1afdb77e6b95e489f7654532d04 Description et objectifs - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Multi-Audio: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Radarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre les releases aved plusieurs audios (MULTi).
Tip
Vous pouvez remplacer sans probl\u00e8me le Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi du Guide par celui-ci.
French Audio: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Radarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre les versions ayant un audio francophone. Il est facultatif et ne donne un l\u00e9ger bonus que si la version poss\u00e8de effectivement un audio fran\u00e7ais.
Multi-French: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 qui renommera votre fichier avec Multi-French..
Comment fonctionne cette m\u00e9thode
Lorsque Radarr trouve une version avec MULTi, il lui attribue le score de 300 gr\u00e2ce au Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-Audio. Si la version contient au moins l'audio original et l'audio fran\u00e7ais, elle sera renomm\u00e9e par le Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-French. Ce qui permet \u00e0 la version de conserver le score de 300 du Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-Audio.
Movie Versions - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Hybrid 100 0f12c086e289cf966fa5948eac571f44 Remaster 25 570bc9ebecd92723d2d21500f4be314c 4K Remaster 25 eca37840c13c6ef2dd0262b141a5482f Criterion Collection 25 e0c07d59beb37348e975a930d5e50319 Masters of Cinema 25 9d27d9d2181838f76dee150882bdc58c Vinegar Syndrome 25 db9b4c4b53d312a3ca5f1378f6440fc9 Special Edition 125 957d0f44b592285f26449575e8b1167e IMAX 800 eecf3a857724171f968a66cb5719e152 IMAX Enhanced 800 9f6cbff8cfe4ebbc1bde14c7b7bec0de
IMAX Enhanced
IMAX Enhanced: Get More Picture Instead of Black Bars.
IMAX Enhanced exclusive expanded aspect ratio is 1:90:1, which offers up to 26% more picture for select sequences, meaning more of the action is visible on screen.
If you don't prefer IMAX Enhanced then don't add it or use a score of 0
HQ Source Groups - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID FR Remux Tier 01 1950 5583260016e0b9f683f53af41fb42e4a FR Remux Tier 02 1900 9019d81307e68cd4a7eb06a567e833b8 FR WEB Tier 01 1700 9790a618cec1aeac8ce75601a17ea40d FR WEB Tier 02 1650 3c83a765f84239716bd5fd2d7af188f9 FR Scene Groups 1500 0d94489c0d5828cd3bf9409d309fb32b
Tip
Les groupes de la Sc\u00e8ne fran\u00e7aise sont inclus comme substitut si vous voulez vraiment une version MULTi malgr\u00e9 une \u00e9ventuelle perte de qualit\u00e9. Vous pouvez lui attribuer un score de 1500 (par d\u00e9faut) ou de 0 selon ce que vous voulez obtenir.
Mix original (optionnel) HQ Release Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Remux Tier 01 1950 3a3ff47579026e76d6504ebea39390de Remux Tier 02 1900 9f98181fe5a3fbeb0cc29340da2a468a Remux Tier 03 1850 8baaf0b3142bf4d94c42a724f034e27a WEB Tier 01 1700 c20f169ef63c5f40c2def54abaf4438e WEB Tier 02 1650 403816d65392c79236dcb6dd591aeda4 WEB Tier 03 1600 af94e0fe497124d1f9ce732069ec8c3b Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 e7718d7a3ce595f289bfee26adc178f5 Repack2 6 ae43b294509409a6a13919dedd4764c4 Repack3 7 5caaaa1c08c1742aa4342d8c4cc463f2 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Radarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
Ind\u00e9sirable - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 ed38b889b31be83fda192888e2286d83 3D -10000 b8cd450cbfa689c0259a01d9e29ba3d6 LQ -10000 90a6f9a284dff5103f6346090e6280c8 FR LQ -10000 48f031e76111f17ea94898f4cdc34fdc Upscaled -10000 bfd8eb01832d646a0a89c4deb46f8564 x265 (HD) -10000 dc98083864ea246d05a42df0d05f81cc
Description et objectifs
BR-DISK : Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 qui permet \u00e0 Radarr de reconna\u00eetre et d'ignorer les BR-DISK (ISO et structure de dossier Blu-ray) en plus de la qualit\u00e9 standard des BR-DISK.
3D: La 3D convient-elle encore pour les particuliers ?
LQ: Une collection de groupes P2P anglais qui sont souvent bannis des meilleurs trackers en raison de leur manque de qualit\u00e9 ou pour d'autres raisons.
FR LQ: Une collection de groupes P2P fran\u00e7ais qui sont souvent bannis des meilleurs trackers en raison de leur manque de qualit\u00e9 ou pour d'autres raisons.
Upscaled: Ceci permets de bloquer les versions upscal\u00e9es en 4K.
x265 (HD): Ceci bloque/ignore les sorties 720/1080p (HD) qui sont encod\u00e9es en x265. - Plus d'informations ICI (en anglais).
Ne l'utilisez pas avec le Format Personnalis\u00e9 x265 (no HDR/DV)
Optionnel - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Cela inclut les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s optionnels cr\u00e9\u00e9s par TRaSH pour le guide original. Assurez-vous de bien comprendre ce qu'ils impliquent avant de les int\u00e9grer. En outre, deux Formats Personnalis\u00e9s peuvent cr\u00e9er des probl\u00e8mes si vous voulez du MULTi :
Bad Dual Groups : ce dernier peut \u00eatre sujet \u00e0 controverse pour les personnes recherchant une version MULTi. Il est recommand\u00e9 de ne pas l'utiliser.
Scene, il peut inclure des groupes Scene d\u00e9j\u00e0 dans le Format Personnalis\u00e9 FR Scene Groups. Qui est utilis\u00e9 comme substitut afin d'augmenter les chances d'obtenir une version MULTi.
Miscellaneous (Optional) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Bad Dual Groups -10000 b6832f586342ef70d9c128d40c07b872 EVO (no WEBDL) -10000 90cedc1fea7ea5d11298bebd3d1d3223 No-RlsGroup -10000 ae9b7c9ebde1f3bd336a8cbd1ec4c5e5 Obfuscated -10000 7357cf5161efbf8c4d5d0c30b4815ee2 Retags -10000 5c44f52a8714fdd79bb4d98e2673be1f Scene -10000 f537cf427b64c38c8e36298f657e4828
Breakdown and Why
Bad Dual Groups: [Optional] These groups take the original release and add their own language track (e.g. AAC 2.0 Portuguese) as the first track. Afterward, FFprobe would determine that the media file is Portuguese. It's a common rule that you only add the best audio as the main track. Also they often even rename the release name into Portuguese.
EVO (no WEBDL): This group is often banned for low-quality Blu-ray releases, but their WEB-DLs are okay.
No-RlsGroup: [Optional] Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups being scored incorrectly. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up with a stripped group name. These releases would appear as \"upgrades\" and could end up getting a decent score after other CFs are scored.
Obfuscated: [Optional] Use these only if you wish to avoid renamed releases.
Retags: [Optional] Use this if you want to avoid retagged releases. Retagged releases often are not consistent with the quality of the original group's release.
Scene: [Optional] Use this only if you want to avoid SCENE releases.
General Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 0 b3b3a6ac74ecbd56bcdbefa4799fb9df ATVP 0 40e9380490e748672c2522eaaeb692f7 BCORE 15 cc5e51a9e85a6296ceefe097a77f12f4 CRiT 20 16622a6911d1ab5d5b8b713d5b0036d4 DSNP 0 84272245b2988854bfb76a16e60baea5 HBO 0 509e5f41146e278f9eab1ddaceb34515 HMAX 0 5763d1b0ce84aff3b21038eea8e9b8ad Hulu 0 526d445d4c16214309f0fd2b3be18a89 iT 0 e0ec9672be6cac914ffad34a6b077209 MAX 0 6a061313d22e51e0f25b7cd4dc065233 MA 20 2a6039655313bf5dab1e43523b62c374 NF 0 170b1d363bd8516fbf3a3eb05d4faff6 PMTP 0 e36a0ba1bc902b26ee40818a1d59b8bd PCOK 0 c9fd353f8f5f1baf56dc601c4cb29920 STAN 0 c2863d2a50c9acad1fb50e53ece60817
Breakdown and Why
The reason why these Custom Formats have a score of 0 is because they are mainly used for the naming scheme and other variables should decide for movies if a certain release if preferred.
BCore, CRiT and MA are the only ones with a score because of their better source material, or higher bitrate and quality compared to other streaming services.
Utilisez les param\u00e8tres suivants dans votre profil.
Assurez-vous de ne pas cocher le BR-DISK.
Info
The order listed in the profile matters even if a quality is not checked, for example if you have a 1080p version but wanted the SD version, Radarr will reject all SD results because 1080p is listed higher than SD even though 1080p was not checked.
Qualities at the top of the list will appear first in manual searches.
Qualities higher in the list are more preferred even if not checked.
Qualities within the same group are equal.
Only checked qualities are wanted.
This is why it's recommended to move the selected quality to the top of the list.
Source: Wiki Servarr
Logique et fonctionnement - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Lorsque le WEB-2160p deviendra disponible, le m\u00e9dia sera t\u00e9l\u00e9charger en WEB-2160p. (services de streaming)
Lorsque le REMUX-2160p sortira, il sera mis \u00e0 niveau vers le REMUX-2160p.
Le m\u00e9dia sera mis \u00e0 niveau en fonction des formats personnalis\u00e9s ajout\u00e9s jusqu'\u00e0 l'obtention d'un score de 10000.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#formats-audio-avances-et-hdr","title":"Formats audio avanc\u00e9s et HDR","text":"
TRaSH fournit d'excellents guides et explications \u00e0 leur sujet dans les liens suivants (en anglais uniquement) :
Un grand merci \u00e0 toutes les personnes qui m'ont aid\u00e9 \u00e0 tester ces Profils et Formats (et qui continuent \u00e0 le faire).
Une mention sp\u00e9ciale \u00e0 MySuperChef et PrL pour leur temps et leurs explications.
Une mention sp\u00e9ciale pour Piou et Wikoul qui sont potentiellement tous les deux maintenant dans des asiles en raison de la quantit\u00e9 de tests effectu\u00e9s.
TRaSH, pour m'avoir accord\u00e9 un petit espace sur son guide, ses connaissances, et sa gentillesse.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/","title":"How to set up Quality Profiles","text":"
aka How to set up Custom Formats So what's the best way to set up the Custom Formats and which ones to use with which scores to set up your quality profiles?
There isn't a \"best\" setup, it depends on your media setup (hardware devices) and your personal preferences.
Some prefer high-quality audio (HD Audio), others high-quality video. Many prefer both.
Here we will try to explain how to make the most of Custom Formats to help you set up your quality profiles for your personal preferences.
We've created a flowchart to make your decisions/choices easier.
We've also created an Excel sheet with several tested media player devices to display what formats and capabilities they support, sourced from information provided by our community. We hope this Excel sheet will be a helpful resource for those looking for a reliable media player device and will help you choose the appropriate quality profile.
After you've added the Custom Formats, as explained in How to import Custom Formats. You will need to set it up in the quality Profile you want to use/prefer to make use of the Custom Formats.
You can also use a Guide sync tool to sync the Custom Formats or even the complete quality profile(s).
Settings => Profiles
Radarr Custom Formats can be set per profile and isn't global
Select the profile that you want to use/prefer.
Profile name.
Allow upgrades. Radarr will stop upgrading quality once (3) is met.
Upgrade until the selected quality.
The Minimum Custom Format Score that is allowed to download. More Info
Keep upgrading Custom Format until this score is reached. (setting this to 0 means no upgrades will happen based on Custom Formats)
Your preferred language profile for your releases. (Original is recommended)
At the bottom, in your chosen profile, you will see the added Custom Formats where you can start setting up the scores.
Screenshot example - [Click to show/hide]
Warning
These screenshots are just examples to show you how it should look and where you need to place the data that you need to add, they aren't always a 100% reflection of the actual data and are not 100% up to date with the actual data you need to add.
Always follow the data described in the guide.
If you have any questions or aren't sure just click the chat badge to join the Discord Channel where you can ask your questions directly.
Keep in mind Custom Formats are made to fine-tune your Quality Profile.Generally, quality trumps all
Custom formats are controlled by Quality Profiles.
The Upgrade Until score prevents upgrading once a release with this desired score has been downloaded.
A score of 0 results in the custom format being informational only.
The Minimum score requires releases to reach this threshold otherwise they will be rejected.
Custom formats that match with undesirable attributes should be given a negative score to lower their appeal.
Outright rejections should be given a negative score low enough that even if all of the other formats with positive scores were added, the score would still fall below the minimum.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/#radarr-current-logic","title":"Radarr current logic","text":"Radarr current logic - [Click to show/hide]
As of 2021-11-06 the logic is as follows:
The Current logic on how downloads are compared is Quality Trumps All
Quality
Custom Format Score
Protocol
Indexer Priority
Indexer Flags
Seeds/Peers (If Torrent)
Age (If Usenet)
Size
Source: Wiki Servarr
REPACKS and PROPERs are v2 of Qualities and thus rank above a non-repack of the same quality.
Settings => Media Management => File Management => Proper & Repacks Change to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/#which-quality-profile-should-you-choose","title":"Which Quality Profile should you choose","text":"Which Quality Profile should you choose - [Click to show/hide]
Click on the image below to see how to make use of the flowchart.
If you're unsure or have questions, do not hesitate to ask for help on Discord
The following Quality Profiles can be combined into a single Quality Profile if you, for example, want to be able to upgrade from 1080p to 4K/2160p when and if it becomes available AFTER the 1080p release is made.
If you prefer High-Quality HD Encodes (Bluray-720p/1080p)
Size: 6-15 GB for a Bluray-1080p depending on the running time.
I suggest to follow the following Guides first.
Quality Settings (File Size).
Recommended naming scheme.
For this Quality Profile we're going to make use of the following Custom Formats with the scores given in the table.
Attention
All the used scores and combinations of Custom Formats in this Guide are tested to get the desired results while preventing download loops as much as possible.
From experience, most of the time when people change scores or leave out certain CFs that work together - they end up with undesired results.
If you're unsure or have questions, do not hesitate to ask for help on Discord
Click For Support
The following Custom Formats are required:
HQ Release Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID HD Bluray Tier 01 1800 ed27ebfef2f323e964fb1f61391bcb35 HD Bluray Tier 02 1750 c20c8647f2746a1f4c4262b0fbbeeeae HD Bluray Tier 03 1700 5608c71bcebba0a5e666223bae8c9227 WEB Tier 01 1700 c20f169ef63c5f40c2def54abaf4438e WEB Tier 02 1650 403816d65392c79236dcb6dd591aeda4 WEB Tier 03 1600 af94e0fe497124d1f9ce732069ec8c3b Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 e7718d7a3ce595f289bfee26adc178f5 Repack2 6 ae43b294509409a6a13919dedd4764c4 Repack3 7 5caaaa1c08c1742aa4342d8c4cc463f2 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Radarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
Unwanted - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 ed38b889b31be83fda192888e2286d83 LQ -10000 90a6f9a284dff5103f6346090e6280c8 LQ (Release Title) -10000 e204b80c87be9497a8a6eaff48f72905 x265 (HD) -10000 dc98083864ea246d05a42df0d05f81cc 3D -10000 b8cd450cbfa689c0259a01d9e29ba3d6 Extras -10000 0a3f082873eb454bde444150b70253cc AV1 -10000 cae4ca30163749b891686f95532519bd
Breakdown and Why
BR-DISK : This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
LQ: A collection of known low-quality groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
LQ (Release Title): A collection of terms seen in the titles of low-quality releases that are not captured by using a release group name.
x265 (HD): This blocks 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265.
If you have also added x265 (no HDR/DV) to your Radarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
3D: Is 3D still a thing for home use ?
Extras: Blocks releases that only contain extras
AV1: This blocks all releases encoded in AV1.
AV1 encodes are currently targeting small file sizes, rather than good visual quality.
This is a new codec and you need modern devices that support it.
We also had reports of playback/transcoding issues.
No main group is actually using it (yet).
It's better to ignore this new codec to prevent compatibility issues
General Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 0 b3b3a6ac74ecbd56bcdbefa4799fb9df ATVP 0 40e9380490e748672c2522eaaeb692f7 BCORE 15 cc5e51a9e85a6296ceefe097a77f12f4 CRiT 20 16622a6911d1ab5d5b8b713d5b0036d4 DSNP 0 84272245b2988854bfb76a16e60baea5 HBO 0 509e5f41146e278f9eab1ddaceb34515 HMAX 0 5763d1b0ce84aff3b21038eea8e9b8ad Hulu 0 526d445d4c16214309f0fd2b3be18a89 iT 0 e0ec9672be6cac914ffad34a6b077209 MAX 0 6a061313d22e51e0f25b7cd4dc065233 MA 20 2a6039655313bf5dab1e43523b62c374 NF 0 170b1d363bd8516fbf3a3eb05d4faff6 PMTP 0 e36a0ba1bc902b26ee40818a1d59b8bd PCOK 0 c9fd353f8f5f1baf56dc601c4cb29920 STAN 0 c2863d2a50c9acad1fb50e53ece60817
Breakdown and Why
The reason why these Custom Formats have a score of 0 is because they are mainly used for the naming scheme and other variables should decide for movies if a certain release if preferred.
BCore, CRiT and MA are the only ones with a score because of their better source material, or higher bitrate and quality compared to other streaming services.
The following Custom Formats are optional:
Miscellaneous (Optional) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Bad Dual Groups -10000 b6832f586342ef70d9c128d40c07b872 EVO (no WEBDL) -10000 90cedc1fea7ea5d11298bebd3d1d3223 No-RlsGroup -10000 ae9b7c9ebde1f3bd336a8cbd1ec4c5e5 Obfuscated -10000 7357cf5161efbf8c4d5d0c30b4815ee2 Retags -10000 5c44f52a8714fdd79bb4d98e2673be1f Scene -10000 f537cf427b64c38c8e36298f657e4828
Breakdown and Why
Bad Dual Groups: [Optional] These groups take the original release and add their own language track (e.g. AAC 2.0 Portuguese) as the first track. Afterward, FFprobe would determine that the media file is Portuguese. It's a common rule that you only add the best audio as the main track. Also they often even rename the release name into Portuguese.
EVO (no WEBDL): This group is often banned for low-quality Blu-ray releases, but their WEB-DLs are okay.
No-RlsGroup: [Optional] Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups being scored incorrectly. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up with a stripped group name. These releases would appear as \"upgrades\" and could end up getting a decent score after other CFs are scored.
Obfuscated: [Optional] Use these only if you wish to avoid renamed releases.
Retags: [Optional] Use this if you want to avoid retagged releases. Retagged releases often are not consistent with the quality of the original group's release.
Scene: [Optional] Use this only if you want to avoid SCENE releases.
Movie Versions - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Remaster 25 570bc9ebecd92723d2d21500f4be314c 4K Remaster 25 eca37840c13c6ef2dd0262b141a5482f Criterion Collection 25 e0c07d59beb37348e975a930d5e50319 Masters of Cinema 25 9d27d9d2181838f76dee150882bdc58c Vinegar Syndrome 25 db9b4c4b53d312a3ca5f1378f6440fc9 Special Edition 125 957d0f44b592285f26449575e8b1167e IMAX 800 eecf3a857724171f968a66cb5719e152 IMAX Enhanced 800 9f6cbff8cfe4ebbc1bde14c7b7bec0de
IMAX Enhanced
IMAX Enhanced: Get More Picture Instead of Black Bars.
IMAX Enhanced exclusive expanded aspect ratio is 1:90:1, which offers up to 26% more picture for select sequences, meaning more of the action is visible on screen.
If you don't prefer IMAX Enhanced then don't add it or use a score of 0
Note: The Advanced Audio Custom Formats aren't used in the HD Bluray + WEB profile, as HD Bluray Encodes do not often come with HD audio. If you want HD audio, we would suggest going with a Remux or UHD Encode.
Use the following main settings in your profile.
Make sure you don't check the BR-DISK.
The reason why we didn't select the WEB-DL 720p is that you will hardly find any releases that aren't done as 1080p WEB-DL.
Info
The order listed in the profile matters even if a quality is not checked, for example if you have a 1080p version but wanted the SD version, Radarr will reject all SD results because 1080p is listed higher than SD even though 1080p was not checked.
Qualities at the top of the list will appear first in manual searches.
Qualities higher in the list are more preferred even if not checked.
Qualities within the same group are equal.
Only checked qualities are wanted.
This is why it's recommended to move the selected quality to the top of the list.
Source: Wiki Servarr
Workflow Logic - [Click to show/hide]
When the WEB-1080p is released it will download the WEB-1080p. (streaming services)
When the Bluray-1080p is released it will upgrade to the Bluray-1080p.
The downloaded media will be upgraded to any of the added Custom Formats until a score of 10000.
So why such a ridiculously high Upgrade Until Custom and not a score of 100?
We're too lazy to calculate the maximum for every Quality Profile we provide, and we want it to upgrade to the highest possible score anyway to result in the highest possible quality release.
If you prefer High-Quality UHD Encodes (Bluray-2160p)
Size: 20-60 GB for a Bluray-2160p depending on the running time.
I suggest to follow the following Guides first.
Quality Settings (File Size).
Recommended naming scheme.
For this Quality Profile we're going to make use of the following Custom Formats with the scores given in the table.
Attention
All the used scores and combinations of Custom Formats in this Guide are tested to get the desired results while preventing download loops as much as possible.
From experience, most of the time when people change scores or leave out certain CFs that work together - they end up with undesired results.
If you're unsure or have questions, do not hesitate to ask for help on Discord
Click For Support
The following Custom Formats are required:
All HDR Formats - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I choose All HDR formats?
You have a 4K/2160p TV and a hardware media player device (such as Roku, AppleTV, Shield, SmartTV App, etc.) that supports several HDR formats (such as Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, etc.).
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
You've chosen a profile that includes 4K/2160p releases. You must use all the HDR formats with 4k/2160p profiles.
You must add ALL the HDR formats - don't leave any of them out!
Why am I getting purple or green colors? - [Click to show/hide]
Why am I getting purple or green colors?
There are several possible reasons why your TV would show purple or green colors when playing Dolby Vision content.
Unsupported Hardware: Your TV or hardware media player device (Roku, AppleTV, etc) doesn't support Dolby Vision or your hardware media player device doesn't support all the Dolby Vision Profiles. As a result, the device might struggle to produce accurate colors, leading to a purple or green tint.
Incorrect Display Settings: Dolby Vision content often requires specific settings to be enabled on your TV or display device in order to deliver the intended visual experience. If these settings are not configured properly, it can result in the device showing distorted colors (including purple or green hues).
HDMI Compatibility Issues: Sometimes, HDMI cables or ports may not be fully compatible with Dolby Vision. If the media player device is not recognizing the Dolby Vision signal properly, it may fail to process the content correctly, resulting in abnormal color rendering.
To resolve the purple or green color issues when playing Dolby Vision content, you can try the following troubleshooting steps:
Ensure your TV or hardware media player device is Dolby Vision compatible and up-to-date with the latest firmware.
Verify that your TV or display device is set up correctly and has the necessary Dolby Vision settings enabled.
Check the HDMI cables and ensure they are capable of transmitting Dolby Vision signals.
Dolby Vision Profiles - [Click to show/hide]
Dolby Vision Profiles
Profile 5 (1) - This is what comes with WEB-DL Dolby Vision releases without HDR10 fallback.(Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens)
Profile 7 (2) - This is what comes with UHD Bluray Remuxes and UHD BluRay releases.These files will play on an Nvidia Shield Pro (2019), but on most other players will revert to the HDR10 fallback.
Profile 8 (3) - This is what comes with (Hybrid) WEB-DL (HULU), Hybrid UHD Remux, and UHD BluRay releases (all of which have HDR10 fallback).This works with several mainstream media players.
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
(1) PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse will only play profile 5 correctly if CMv2.9 is used
(2) Neither Infuse nor PLEX for AppleTV will deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 7.
(3) On PLEX for AppleTV it won't deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 8, and will only play the HDR10 fallback if CM2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201calthough your TV will incorrectly say that it is playing DV\u201d.With infuse it will convert it on the fly to Profile 5, and deliver real Dolby Vision if CMv2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201cMake sure you set the Extended Dolby Vision settings to Limited (prefer accuracy), Convert P8 to P5 (when possible), and play other P8 as HDR (output will switch to either DoVi or HDR depending on the video)\u201d
Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 and CMv4.0 - [Click to show/hide]
It is too technical to explain in detail, so I'll keep it short with tested facts: PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse only support CMv2.9.
There are two versions of Dolby Vision, namely CMv2.9 and CMv4.0. CMv4.0 uses an improved algorithm and a superior tone curve that allows for better mapping and more controls during the Dolby Vision trim pass process.
More info about the different Dolby Vision Versions: Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 vs. CMv4.0
Which HDR Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID DV HDR10+ 1500 c53085ddbd027d9624b320627748612f DV HDR10 1500 e23edd2482476e595fb990b12e7c609c DV 1500 58d6a88f13e2db7f5059c41047876f00 DV HLG 1500 55d53828b9d81cbe20b02efd00aa0efd DV SDR 1500 a3e19f8f627608af0211acd02bf89735 HDR10+ 600 b974a6cd08c1066250f1f177d7aa1225 HDR10 500 dfb86d5941bc9075d6af23b09c2aeecd HDR 500 e61e28db95d22bedcadf030b8f156d96 HDR (undefined) 500 2a4d9069cc1fe3242ff9bdaebed239bb PQ 500 08d6d8834ad9ec87b1dc7ec8148e7a1f HLG 500 9364dd386c9b4a1100dde8264690add7 Add Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000 - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
Not all devices in your chain support Dolby Vision.
You share your media library with other family members that don't have Dolby Vision compatible devices.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
Custom Format Score Trash ID DV (WEBDL) -10000 923b6abef9b17f937fab56cfcf89e1f1 Add the Custom Formats DV HDR10+ Boost and HDR10+ Boost - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
You have a (Samsung) TV that supports HDR10+.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
If you use this Custom Format then 99% of the time you also need to add the following Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000
Custom Format Score Trash ID HDR10+ Boost 901 b17886cb4158d9fea189859409975758 DV HDR10+ Boost 100 55a5b50cb416dea5a50c4955896217ab HQ Release Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID UHD Bluray Tier 01 1800 4d74ac4c4db0b64bff6ce0cffef99bf0 UHD Bluray Tier 02 1750 a58f517a70193f8e578056642178419d UHD Bluray Tier 03 1700 e71939fae578037e7aed3ee219bbe7c1 WEB Tier 01 1700 c20f169ef63c5f40c2def54abaf4438e WEB Tier 02 1650 403816d65392c79236dcb6dd591aeda4 WEB Tier 03 1600 af94e0fe497124d1f9ce732069ec8c3b Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 e7718d7a3ce595f289bfee26adc178f5 Repack2 6 ae43b294509409a6a13919dedd4764c4 Repack3 7 5caaaa1c08c1742aa4342d8c4cc463f2 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Radarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
Unwanted - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 ed38b889b31be83fda192888e2286d83 LQ -10000 90a6f9a284dff5103f6346090e6280c8 LQ (Release Title) -10000 e204b80c87be9497a8a6eaff48f72905 x265 (HD) -10000 dc98083864ea246d05a42df0d05f81cc 3D -10000 b8cd450cbfa689c0259a01d9e29ba3d6 Upscaled -10000 bfd8eb01832d646a0a89c4deb46f8564 Extras -10000 0a3f082873eb454bde444150b70253cc AV1 -10000 cae4ca30163749b891686f95532519bd
Breakdown and Why
BR-DISK : This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
LQ: A collection of known low-quality groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
LQ (Release Title): A collection of terms seen in the titles of low-quality releases that are not captured by using a release group name.
x265 (HD): This blocks 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265.
If you have also added x265 (no HDR/DV) to your Radarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
3D: Is 3D still a thing for home use ?
Upscaled: A custom format to prevent Radarr from grabbing upscaled releases.
Extras: Blocks releases that only contain extras
AV1: This blocks all releases encoded in AV1.
AV1 encodes are currently targeting small file sizes, rather than good visual quality.
This is a new codec and you need modern devices that support it.
We also had reports of playback/transcoding issues.
No main group is actually using it (yet).
It's better to ignore this new codec to prevent compatibility issues
General Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 0 b3b3a6ac74ecbd56bcdbefa4799fb9df ATVP 0 40e9380490e748672c2522eaaeb692f7 BCORE 15 cc5e51a9e85a6296ceefe097a77f12f4 CRiT 20 16622a6911d1ab5d5b8b713d5b0036d4 DSNP 0 84272245b2988854bfb76a16e60baea5 HBO 0 509e5f41146e278f9eab1ddaceb34515 HMAX 0 5763d1b0ce84aff3b21038eea8e9b8ad Hulu 0 526d445d4c16214309f0fd2b3be18a89 iT 0 e0ec9672be6cac914ffad34a6b077209 MAX 0 6a061313d22e51e0f25b7cd4dc065233 MA 20 2a6039655313bf5dab1e43523b62c374 NF 0 170b1d363bd8516fbf3a3eb05d4faff6 PMTP 0 e36a0ba1bc902b26ee40818a1d59b8bd PCOK 0 c9fd353f8f5f1baf56dc601c4cb29920 STAN 0 c2863d2a50c9acad1fb50e53ece60817
Breakdown and Why
The reason why these Custom Formats have a score of 0 is because they are mainly used for the naming scheme and other variables should decide for movies if a certain release if preferred.
BCore, CRiT and MA are the only ones with a score because of their better source material, or higher bitrate and quality compared to other streaming services.
The following Custom Formats are optional:
Audio - [Click to show/hide]
Why should I choose All Audio formats?
You have a hardware media player device and an audio setup that supports ALL HD Audio (TrueHD, DTS-X, DTS-HD, etc).
AppleTV doesn't passthrough HD-audio, If you use infuse it's still limited!please check I've a AppleTV
You've chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats. You should use all the Audio formats with Remuxes/UHD Encodes.
You should add ALL the Audio formats - don't leave any of them out!
Audio transcoding has a low impact on your server. If your server can't handle audio transcoding, consider choosing another quality profile.
I've a AppleTV - [Click to show/hide]
Passthrough: The preferred method if you have an audio setup (AVR/Soundbar). This mode will send the audio signals without any alteration or processing.
Direct Play: The client supports the container, video stream, and audio stream natively. The Plex server simply sends the media file as-is to the client. This uses very little CPU power.
Transcode: The client does not support the video stream and/or the audio stream. The Plex server re-encodes the video, audio, or both into a compatible format. Transcoding video uses a lot of CPU power, but transcoding audio uses little to moderate CPU power.
Decodes: Decompresses the audio before sending it to your AVR/Soundbar.
partial used source: Infuse FAQ
Am I losing any quality by using LPCM? - [Click to show/hide]
No. Since LPCM is a lossless format, using it will result in no loss of quality. What your ears hear will be exactly the same. The only difference is your receiver will recognize the audio stream as PCM instead of Dolby/DTS.
LPCM will discard object and spatial metadata. (TrueHD Atmos, DTS-X)
source: Infuse FAQ
Should I block certain audio formats because something in my setup doesn't support it? - [Click to show/hide]
If you have chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats, it's somewhat pointless to lower the scores or block certain audio formats since 95% of the Remuxes and UHD Encodes provide HD audio formats such as TrueHD Atmos, TrueHD, and DTS-X.
So you have 2 options.
Choose another quality profile that doesn't include audio formats such as HD Bluray + WEB or 2160p WEB-DL.
Accept the limitations of your audio setup (AVR/Soundbar) and/or your hardware media player device.
Which Audio Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID TrueHD ATMOS 5000 496f355514737f7d83bf7aa4d24f8169 DTS X 4500 2f22d89048b01681dde8afe203bf2e95 ATMOS (undefined) 3000 417804f7f2c4308c1f4c5d380d4c4475 DD+ ATMOS 3000 1af239278386be2919e1bcee0bde047e TrueHD 2750 3cafb66171b47f226146a0770576870f DTS-HD MA 2500 dcf3ec6938fa32445f590a4da84256cd FLAC 2250 a570d4a0e56a2874b64e5bfa55202a1b PCM 2250 e7c2fcae07cbada050a0af3357491d7b DTS-HD HRA 2000 8e109e50e0a0b83a5098b056e13bf6db DD+ 1750 185f1dd7264c4562b9022d963ac37424 DTS-ES 1500 f9f847ac70a0af62ea4a08280b859636 DTS 1250 1c1a4c5e823891c75bc50380a6866f73 AAC 1000 240770601cc226190c367ef59aba7463 DD 750 c2998bd0d90ed5621d8df281e839436e Miscellaneous (Optional) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Bad Dual Groups -10000 b6832f586342ef70d9c128d40c07b872 EVO (no WEBDL) -10000 90cedc1fea7ea5d11298bebd3d1d3223 No-RlsGroup -10000 ae9b7c9ebde1f3bd336a8cbd1ec4c5e5 Obfuscated -10000 7357cf5161efbf8c4d5d0c30b4815ee2 Retags -10000 5c44f52a8714fdd79bb4d98e2673be1f Scene -10000 f537cf427b64c38c8e36298f657e4828
Breakdown and Why
Bad Dual Groups: [Optional] These groups take the original release and add their own language track (e.g. AAC 2.0 Portuguese) as the first track. Afterward, FFprobe would determine that the media file is Portuguese. It's a common rule that you only add the best audio as the main track. Also they often even rename the release name into Portuguese.
EVO (no WEBDL): This group is often banned for low-quality Blu-ray releases, but their WEB-DLs are okay.
No-RlsGroup: [Optional] Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups being scored incorrectly. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up with a stripped group name. These releases would appear as \"upgrades\" and could end up getting a decent score after other CFs are scored.
Obfuscated: [Optional] Use these only if you wish to avoid renamed releases.
Retags: [Optional] Use this if you want to avoid retagged releases. Retagged releases often are not consistent with the quality of the original group's release.
Scene: [Optional] Use this only if you want to avoid SCENE releases.
Miscellaneous UHD (Optional) - [Click to show/hide]
I recommend using the following Custom Formats
For details on \"Why\" and a potential warning please see the notes below.
x265 (no HDR/DV) over the x265 (HD)
SDR (no WEBDL) over the SDR
Custom Format Score Trash ID SDR -10000 9c38ebb7384dada637be8899efa68e6f SDR (no WEBDL) -10000 25c12f78430a3a23413652cbd1d48d77 x265 (no HDR/DV) -10000 839bea857ed2c0a8e084f3cbdbd65ecb
Breakdown and Why
SDR: This will prevent grabbing UHD/4k releases without HDR Formats.
SDR (no WEBDL): This will prevent grabbing UHD/4k Remux and Bluray encode releases without HDR Formats. - i.e., SDR WEB releases will still be allowed since 4K SDR WEB releases can often look better than the 1080p version due to the improved bitrate.
If you have also added SDR to your Radarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
x265 (no HDR/DV): This blocks 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265, But it will allow x265 releases if they have HDR and/or DV
If you have also added x265 (HD) to your Radarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
Movie Versions - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Remaster 25 570bc9ebecd92723d2d21500f4be314c 4K Remaster 25 eca37840c13c6ef2dd0262b141a5482f Criterion Collection 25 e0c07d59beb37348e975a930d5e50319 Masters of Cinema 25 9d27d9d2181838f76dee150882bdc58c Vinegar Syndrome 25 db9b4c4b53d312a3ca5f1378f6440fc9 Special Edition 125 957d0f44b592285f26449575e8b1167e IMAX 800 eecf3a857724171f968a66cb5719e152 IMAX Enhanced 800 9f6cbff8cfe4ebbc1bde14c7b7bec0de
IMAX Enhanced
IMAX Enhanced: Get More Picture Instead of Black Bars.
IMAX Enhanced exclusive expanded aspect ratio is 1:90:1, which offers up to 26% more picture for select sequences, meaning more of the action is visible on screen.
If you don't prefer IMAX Enhanced then don't add it or use a score of 0
Use the following main settings in your profile.
Make sure you don't check the BR-DISK.
Info
The order listed in the profile matters even if a quality is not checked, for example if you have a 1080p version but wanted the SD version, Radarr will reject all SD results because 1080p is listed higher than SD even though 1080p was not checked.
Qualities at the top of the list will appear first in manual searches.
Qualities higher in the list are more preferred even if not checked.
Qualities within the same group are equal.
Only checked qualities are wanted.
This is why it's recommended to move the selected quality to the top of the list.
Source: Wiki Servarr
Workflow Logic - [Click to show/hide]
Depending on what's released first and available the following Workflow Logic will be used:
When the WEB-2160p is released it will download the WEB-2160p. (streaming services)
When the Bluray-2160p is released it will upgrade to the Bluray-2160p.
The downloaded media will be upgraded to any of the added Custom Formats until a score of 10000.
So why such a ridiculously high Upgrade Until Custom and not a score of 100?
We're too lazy to calculate the maximum for every Quality Profile we provide, and we want it to upgrade to the highest possible score anyway to result in the highest possible quality release.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/#remux-web-1080p","title":"Remux + WEB 1080p","text":"
If you prefer 1080p Remuxes (Remux-1080p)
Size: 20-40 GB for a Remux-1080p depending on the running time.
I suggest to follow the following Guides first.
Quality Settings (File Size).
Recommended naming scheme.
For this Quality Profile we're going to make use of the following Custom Formats with the scores given in the table.
Attention
All the used scores and combinations of Custom Formats in this Guide are tested to get the desired results while preventing download loops as much as possible.
From experience, most of the time when people change scores or leave out certain CFs that work together - they end up with undesired results.
If you're unsure or have questions, do not hesitate to ask for help on Discord
Click For Support
The following Custom Formats are required:
HQ Release Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Remux Tier 01 1950 3a3ff47579026e76d6504ebea39390de Remux Tier 02 1900 9f98181fe5a3fbeb0cc29340da2a468a Remux Tier 03 1850 8baaf0b3142bf4d94c42a724f034e27a WEB Tier 01 1700 c20f169ef63c5f40c2def54abaf4438e WEB Tier 02 1650 403816d65392c79236dcb6dd591aeda4 WEB Tier 03 1600 af94e0fe497124d1f9ce732069ec8c3b Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 e7718d7a3ce595f289bfee26adc178f5 Repack2 6 ae43b294509409a6a13919dedd4764c4 Repack3 7 5caaaa1c08c1742aa4342d8c4cc463f2 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Radarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
Unwanted - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 ed38b889b31be83fda192888e2286d83 LQ -10000 90a6f9a284dff5103f6346090e6280c8 LQ (Release Title) -10000 e204b80c87be9497a8a6eaff48f72905 x265 (HD) -10000 dc98083864ea246d05a42df0d05f81cc 3D -10000 b8cd450cbfa689c0259a01d9e29ba3d6 Extras -10000 0a3f082873eb454bde444150b70253cc AV1 -10000 cae4ca30163749b891686f95532519bd
Breakdown and Why
BR-DISK : This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
LQ: A collection of known low-quality groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
LQ (Release Title): A collection of terms seen in the titles of low-quality releases that are not captured by using a release group name.
x265 (HD): This blocks 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265.
If you have also added x265 (no HDR/DV) to your Radarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
3D: Is 3D still a thing for home use ?
Extras: Blocks releases that only contain extras
AV1: This blocks all releases encoded in AV1.
AV1 encodes are currently targeting small file sizes, rather than good visual quality.
This is a new codec and you need modern devices that support it.
We also had reports of playback/transcoding issues.
No main group is actually using it (yet).
It's better to ignore this new codec to prevent compatibility issues
General Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 0 b3b3a6ac74ecbd56bcdbefa4799fb9df ATVP 0 40e9380490e748672c2522eaaeb692f7 BCORE 15 cc5e51a9e85a6296ceefe097a77f12f4 CRiT 20 16622a6911d1ab5d5b8b713d5b0036d4 DSNP 0 84272245b2988854bfb76a16e60baea5 HBO 0 509e5f41146e278f9eab1ddaceb34515 HMAX 0 5763d1b0ce84aff3b21038eea8e9b8ad Hulu 0 526d445d4c16214309f0fd2b3be18a89 iT 0 e0ec9672be6cac914ffad34a6b077209 MAX 0 6a061313d22e51e0f25b7cd4dc065233 MA 20 2a6039655313bf5dab1e43523b62c374 NF 0 170b1d363bd8516fbf3a3eb05d4faff6 PMTP 0 e36a0ba1bc902b26ee40818a1d59b8bd PCOK 0 c9fd353f8f5f1baf56dc601c4cb29920 STAN 0 c2863d2a50c9acad1fb50e53ece60817
Breakdown and Why
The reason why these Custom Formats have a score of 0 is because they are mainly used for the naming scheme and other variables should decide for movies if a certain release if preferred.
BCore, CRiT and MA are the only ones with a score because of their better source material, or higher bitrate and quality compared to other streaming services.
The following Custom Formats are optional:
Audio - [Click to show/hide]
Why should I choose All Audio formats?
You have a hardware media player device and an audio setup that supports ALL HD Audio (TrueHD, DTS-X, DTS-HD, etc).
AppleTV doesn't passthrough HD-audio, If you use infuse it's still limited!please check I've a AppleTV
You've chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats. You should use all the Audio formats with Remuxes/UHD Encodes.
You should add ALL the Audio formats - don't leave any of them out!
Audio transcoding has a low impact on your server. If your server can't handle audio transcoding, consider choosing another quality profile.
I've a AppleTV - [Click to show/hide]
Passthrough: The preferred method if you have an audio setup (AVR/Soundbar). This mode will send the audio signals without any alteration or processing.
Direct Play: The client supports the container, video stream, and audio stream natively. The Plex server simply sends the media file as-is to the client. This uses very little CPU power.
Transcode: The client does not support the video stream and/or the audio stream. The Plex server re-encodes the video, audio, or both into a compatible format. Transcoding video uses a lot of CPU power, but transcoding audio uses little to moderate CPU power.
Decodes: Decompresses the audio before sending it to your AVR/Soundbar.
partial used source: Infuse FAQ
Am I losing any quality by using LPCM? - [Click to show/hide]
No. Since LPCM is a lossless format, using it will result in no loss of quality. What your ears hear will be exactly the same. The only difference is your receiver will recognize the audio stream as PCM instead of Dolby/DTS.
LPCM will discard object and spatial metadata. (TrueHD Atmos, DTS-X)
source: Infuse FAQ
Should I block certain audio formats because something in my setup doesn't support it? - [Click to show/hide]
If you have chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats, it's somewhat pointless to lower the scores or block certain audio formats since 95% of the Remuxes and UHD Encodes provide HD audio formats such as TrueHD Atmos, TrueHD, and DTS-X.
So you have 2 options.
Choose another quality profile that doesn't include audio formats such as HD Bluray + WEB or 2160p WEB-DL.
Accept the limitations of your audio setup (AVR/Soundbar) and/or your hardware media player device.
Which Audio Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID TrueHD ATMOS 5000 496f355514737f7d83bf7aa4d24f8169 DTS X 4500 2f22d89048b01681dde8afe203bf2e95 ATMOS (undefined) 3000 417804f7f2c4308c1f4c5d380d4c4475 DD+ ATMOS 3000 1af239278386be2919e1bcee0bde047e TrueHD 2750 3cafb66171b47f226146a0770576870f DTS-HD MA 2500 dcf3ec6938fa32445f590a4da84256cd FLAC 2250 a570d4a0e56a2874b64e5bfa55202a1b PCM 2250 e7c2fcae07cbada050a0af3357491d7b DTS-HD HRA 2000 8e109e50e0a0b83a5098b056e13bf6db DD+ 1750 185f1dd7264c4562b9022d963ac37424 DTS-ES 1500 f9f847ac70a0af62ea4a08280b859636 DTS 1250 1c1a4c5e823891c75bc50380a6866f73 AAC 1000 240770601cc226190c367ef59aba7463 DD 750 c2998bd0d90ed5621d8df281e839436e Miscellaneous (Optional) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Bad Dual Groups -10000 b6832f586342ef70d9c128d40c07b872 EVO (no WEBDL) -10000 90cedc1fea7ea5d11298bebd3d1d3223 No-RlsGroup -10000 ae9b7c9ebde1f3bd336a8cbd1ec4c5e5 Obfuscated -10000 7357cf5161efbf8c4d5d0c30b4815ee2 Retags -10000 5c44f52a8714fdd79bb4d98e2673be1f Scene -10000 f537cf427b64c38c8e36298f657e4828
Breakdown and Why
Bad Dual Groups: [Optional] These groups take the original release and add their own language track (e.g. AAC 2.0 Portuguese) as the first track. Afterward, FFprobe would determine that the media file is Portuguese. It's a common rule that you only add the best audio as the main track. Also they often even rename the release name into Portuguese.
EVO (no WEBDL): This group is often banned for low-quality Blu-ray releases, but their WEB-DLs are okay.
No-RlsGroup: [Optional] Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups being scored incorrectly. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up with a stripped group name. These releases would appear as \"upgrades\" and could end up getting a decent score after other CFs are scored.
Obfuscated: [Optional] Use these only if you wish to avoid renamed releases.
Retags: [Optional] Use this if you want to avoid retagged releases. Retagged releases often are not consistent with the quality of the original group's release.
Scene: [Optional] Use this only if you want to avoid SCENE releases.
Movie Versions - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Hybrid 100 0f12c086e289cf966fa5948eac571f44 Remaster 25 570bc9ebecd92723d2d21500f4be314c 4K Remaster 25 eca37840c13c6ef2dd0262b141a5482f Criterion Collection 25 e0c07d59beb37348e975a930d5e50319 Masters of Cinema 25 9d27d9d2181838f76dee150882bdc58c Vinegar Syndrome 25 db9b4c4b53d312a3ca5f1378f6440fc9 Special Edition 125 957d0f44b592285f26449575e8b1167e IMAX 800 eecf3a857724171f968a66cb5719e152 IMAX Enhanced 800 9f6cbff8cfe4ebbc1bde14c7b7bec0de
IMAX Enhanced
IMAX Enhanced: Get More Picture Instead of Black Bars.
IMAX Enhanced exclusive expanded aspect ratio is 1:90:1, which offers up to 26% more picture for select sequences, meaning more of the action is visible on screen.
If you don't prefer IMAX Enhanced then don't add it or use a score of 0
Use the following main settings in your profile.
Make sure you don't check the BR-DISK.
The reason why we didn't select the WEB-DL 720p is that you will hardly find any releases that aren't done as 1080p WEB-DL.
Info
The order listed in the profile matters even if a quality is not checked, for example if you have a 1080p version but wanted the SD version, Radarr will reject all SD results because 1080p is listed higher than SD even though 1080p was not checked.
Qualities at the top of the list will appear first in manual searches.
Qualities higher in the list are more preferred even if not checked.
Qualities within the same group are equal.
Only checked qualities are wanted.
This is why it's recommended to move the selected quality to the top of the list.
Source: Wiki Servarr
Workflow Logic - [Click to show/hide]
When the WEB-1080p is released it will download the WEB-1080p. (streaming services)
When the REMUX-1080p is released it will upgrade to the REMUX-1080p.
The downloaded media will be upgraded to any of the added Custom Formats until a score of 10000.
So why such a ridiculously high Upgrade Until Custom and not a score of 500?
We're too lazy to calculate the maximum for every Quality Profile we provide, and we want it to upgrade to the highest possible score anyway to result in the highest possible quality release.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/#remux-web-2160p","title":"Remux + WEB 2160p","text":"
If you prefer 2160p Remuxes (Remux-2160p)
Size: 40-100 GB for a Remux-2160p depending on the running time.
I suggest to follow the following Guides first.
Quality Settings (File Size).
Recommended naming scheme.
For this Quality Profile we're going to make use of the following Custom Formats with the scores given in the table.
Attention
All the used scores and combinations of Custom Formats in this Guide are tested to get the desired results while preventing download loops as much as possible.
From experience, most of the time when people change scores or leave out certain CFs that work together - they end up with undesired results.
If you're unsure or have questions, do not hesitate to ask for help on Discord
Click For Support
The following Custom Formats are required:
All HDR Formats - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I choose All HDR formats?
You have a 4K/2160p TV and a hardware media player device (such as Roku, AppleTV, Shield, SmartTV App, etc.) that supports several HDR formats (such as Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, etc.).
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
You've chosen a profile that includes 4K/2160p releases. You must use all the HDR formats with 4k/2160p profiles.
You must add ALL the HDR formats - don't leave any of them out!
Why am I getting purple or green colors? - [Click to show/hide]
Why am I getting purple or green colors?
There are several possible reasons why your TV would show purple or green colors when playing Dolby Vision content.
Unsupported Hardware: Your TV or hardware media player device (Roku, AppleTV, etc) doesn't support Dolby Vision or your hardware media player device doesn't support all the Dolby Vision Profiles. As a result, the device might struggle to produce accurate colors, leading to a purple or green tint.
Incorrect Display Settings: Dolby Vision content often requires specific settings to be enabled on your TV or display device in order to deliver the intended visual experience. If these settings are not configured properly, it can result in the device showing distorted colors (including purple or green hues).
HDMI Compatibility Issues: Sometimes, HDMI cables or ports may not be fully compatible with Dolby Vision. If the media player device is not recognizing the Dolby Vision signal properly, it may fail to process the content correctly, resulting in abnormal color rendering.
To resolve the purple or green color issues when playing Dolby Vision content, you can try the following troubleshooting steps:
Ensure your TV or hardware media player device is Dolby Vision compatible and up-to-date with the latest firmware.
Verify that your TV or display device is set up correctly and has the necessary Dolby Vision settings enabled.
Check the HDMI cables and ensure they are capable of transmitting Dolby Vision signals.
Dolby Vision Profiles - [Click to show/hide]
Dolby Vision Profiles
Profile 5 (1) - This is what comes with WEB-DL Dolby Vision releases without HDR10 fallback.(Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens)
Profile 7 (2) - This is what comes with UHD Bluray Remuxes and UHD BluRay releases.These files will play on an Nvidia Shield Pro (2019), but on most other players will revert to the HDR10 fallback.
Profile 8 (3) - This is what comes with (Hybrid) WEB-DL (HULU), Hybrid UHD Remux, and UHD BluRay releases (all of which have HDR10 fallback).This works with several mainstream media players.
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
(1) PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse will only play profile 5 correctly if CMv2.9 is used
(2) Neither Infuse nor PLEX for AppleTV will deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 7.
(3) On PLEX for AppleTV it won't deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 8, and will only play the HDR10 fallback if CM2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201calthough your TV will incorrectly say that it is playing DV\u201d.With infuse it will convert it on the fly to Profile 5, and deliver real Dolby Vision if CMv2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201cMake sure you set the Extended Dolby Vision settings to Limited (prefer accuracy), Convert P8 to P5 (when possible), and play other P8 as HDR (output will switch to either DoVi or HDR depending on the video)\u201d
Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 and CMv4.0 - [Click to show/hide]
It is too technical to explain in detail, so I'll keep it short with tested facts: PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse only support CMv2.9.
There are two versions of Dolby Vision, namely CMv2.9 and CMv4.0. CMv4.0 uses an improved algorithm and a superior tone curve that allows for better mapping and more controls during the Dolby Vision trim pass process.
More info about the different Dolby Vision Versions: Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 vs. CMv4.0
Which HDR Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID DV HDR10+ 1500 c53085ddbd027d9624b320627748612f DV HDR10 1500 e23edd2482476e595fb990b12e7c609c DV 1500 58d6a88f13e2db7f5059c41047876f00 DV HLG 1500 55d53828b9d81cbe20b02efd00aa0efd DV SDR 1500 a3e19f8f627608af0211acd02bf89735 HDR10+ 600 b974a6cd08c1066250f1f177d7aa1225 HDR10 500 dfb86d5941bc9075d6af23b09c2aeecd HDR 500 e61e28db95d22bedcadf030b8f156d96 HDR (undefined) 500 2a4d9069cc1fe3242ff9bdaebed239bb PQ 500 08d6d8834ad9ec87b1dc7ec8148e7a1f HLG 500 9364dd386c9b4a1100dde8264690add7 Add Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000 - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
Not all devices in your chain support Dolby Vision.
You share your media library with other family members that don't have Dolby Vision compatible devices.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
Custom Format Score Trash ID DV (WEBDL) -10000 923b6abef9b17f937fab56cfcf89e1f1 Add the Custom Formats DV HDR10+ Boost and HDR10+ Boost - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
You have a (Samsung) TV that supports HDR10+.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
If you use this Custom Format then 99% of the time you also need to add the following Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000
Custom Format Score Trash ID HDR10+ Boost 901 b17886cb4158d9fea189859409975758 DV HDR10+ Boost 100 55a5b50cb416dea5a50c4955896217ab HQ Release Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Remux Tier 01 1950 3a3ff47579026e76d6504ebea39390de Remux Tier 02 1900 9f98181fe5a3fbeb0cc29340da2a468a Remux Tier 03 1850 8baaf0b3142bf4d94c42a724f034e27a WEB Tier 01 1700 c20f169ef63c5f40c2def54abaf4438e WEB Tier 02 1650 403816d65392c79236dcb6dd591aeda4 WEB Tier 03 1600 af94e0fe497124d1f9ce732069ec8c3b Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 e7718d7a3ce595f289bfee26adc178f5 Repack2 6 ae43b294509409a6a13919dedd4764c4 Repack3 7 5caaaa1c08c1742aa4342d8c4cc463f2 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Radarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
Unwanted - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 ed38b889b31be83fda192888e2286d83 LQ -10000 90a6f9a284dff5103f6346090e6280c8 LQ (Release Title) -10000 e204b80c87be9497a8a6eaff48f72905 x265 (HD) -10000 dc98083864ea246d05a42df0d05f81cc 3D -10000 b8cd450cbfa689c0259a01d9e29ba3d6 Upscaled -10000 bfd8eb01832d646a0a89c4deb46f8564 Extras -10000 0a3f082873eb454bde444150b70253cc AV1 -10000 cae4ca30163749b891686f95532519bd
Breakdown and Why
BR-DISK : This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
LQ: A collection of known low-quality groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
LQ (Release Title): A collection of terms seen in the titles of low-quality releases that are not captured by using a release group name.
x265 (HD): This blocks 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265.
If you have also added x265 (no HDR/DV) to your Radarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
3D: Is 3D still a thing for home use ?
Upscaled: A custom format to prevent Radarr from grabbing upscaled releases.
Extras: Blocks releases that only contain extras
AV1: This blocks all releases encoded in AV1.
AV1 encodes are currently targeting small file sizes, rather than good visual quality.
This is a new codec and you need modern devices that support it.
We also had reports of playback/transcoding issues.
No main group is actually using it (yet).
It's better to ignore this new codec to prevent compatibility issues
General Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 0 b3b3a6ac74ecbd56bcdbefa4799fb9df ATVP 0 40e9380490e748672c2522eaaeb692f7 BCORE 15 cc5e51a9e85a6296ceefe097a77f12f4 CRiT 20 16622a6911d1ab5d5b8b713d5b0036d4 DSNP 0 84272245b2988854bfb76a16e60baea5 HBO 0 509e5f41146e278f9eab1ddaceb34515 HMAX 0 5763d1b0ce84aff3b21038eea8e9b8ad Hulu 0 526d445d4c16214309f0fd2b3be18a89 iT 0 e0ec9672be6cac914ffad34a6b077209 MAX 0 6a061313d22e51e0f25b7cd4dc065233 MA 20 2a6039655313bf5dab1e43523b62c374 NF 0 170b1d363bd8516fbf3a3eb05d4faff6 PMTP 0 e36a0ba1bc902b26ee40818a1d59b8bd PCOK 0 c9fd353f8f5f1baf56dc601c4cb29920 STAN 0 c2863d2a50c9acad1fb50e53ece60817
Breakdown and Why
The reason why these Custom Formats have a score of 0 is because they are mainly used for the naming scheme and other variables should decide for movies if a certain release if preferred.
BCore, CRiT and MA are the only ones with a score because of their better source material, or higher bitrate and quality compared to other streaming services.
The following Custom Formats are optional:
Audio - [Click to show/hide]
Why should I choose All Audio formats?
You have a hardware media player device and an audio setup that supports ALL HD Audio (TrueHD, DTS-X, DTS-HD, etc).
AppleTV doesn't passthrough HD-audio, If you use infuse it's still limited!please check I've a AppleTV
You've chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats. You should use all the Audio formats with Remuxes/UHD Encodes.
You should add ALL the Audio formats - don't leave any of them out!
Audio transcoding has a low impact on your server. If your server can't handle audio transcoding, consider choosing another quality profile.
I've a AppleTV - [Click to show/hide]
Passthrough: The preferred method if you have an audio setup (AVR/Soundbar). This mode will send the audio signals without any alteration or processing.
Direct Play: The client supports the container, video stream, and audio stream natively. The Plex server simply sends the media file as-is to the client. This uses very little CPU power.
Transcode: The client does not support the video stream and/or the audio stream. The Plex server re-encodes the video, audio, or both into a compatible format. Transcoding video uses a lot of CPU power, but transcoding audio uses little to moderate CPU power.
Decodes: Decompresses the audio before sending it to your AVR/Soundbar.
partial used source: Infuse FAQ
Am I losing any quality by using LPCM? - [Click to show/hide]
No. Since LPCM is a lossless format, using it will result in no loss of quality. What your ears hear will be exactly the same. The only difference is your receiver will recognize the audio stream as PCM instead of Dolby/DTS.
LPCM will discard object and spatial metadata. (TrueHD Atmos, DTS-X)
source: Infuse FAQ
Should I block certain audio formats because something in my setup doesn't support it? - [Click to show/hide]
If you have chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats, it's somewhat pointless to lower the scores or block certain audio formats since 95% of the Remuxes and UHD Encodes provide HD audio formats such as TrueHD Atmos, TrueHD, and DTS-X.
So you have 2 options.
Choose another quality profile that doesn't include audio formats such as HD Bluray + WEB or 2160p WEB-DL.
Accept the limitations of your audio setup (AVR/Soundbar) and/or your hardware media player device.
Which Audio Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID TrueHD ATMOS 5000 496f355514737f7d83bf7aa4d24f8169 DTS X 4500 2f22d89048b01681dde8afe203bf2e95 ATMOS (undefined) 3000 417804f7f2c4308c1f4c5d380d4c4475 DD+ ATMOS 3000 1af239278386be2919e1bcee0bde047e TrueHD 2750 3cafb66171b47f226146a0770576870f DTS-HD MA 2500 dcf3ec6938fa32445f590a4da84256cd FLAC 2250 a570d4a0e56a2874b64e5bfa55202a1b PCM 2250 e7c2fcae07cbada050a0af3357491d7b DTS-HD HRA 2000 8e109e50e0a0b83a5098b056e13bf6db DD+ 1750 185f1dd7264c4562b9022d963ac37424 DTS-ES 1500 f9f847ac70a0af62ea4a08280b859636 DTS 1250 1c1a4c5e823891c75bc50380a6866f73 AAC 1000 240770601cc226190c367ef59aba7463 DD 750 c2998bd0d90ed5621d8df281e839436e Miscellaneous (Optional) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Bad Dual Groups -10000 b6832f586342ef70d9c128d40c07b872 EVO (no WEBDL) -10000 90cedc1fea7ea5d11298bebd3d1d3223 No-RlsGroup -10000 ae9b7c9ebde1f3bd336a8cbd1ec4c5e5 Obfuscated -10000 7357cf5161efbf8c4d5d0c30b4815ee2 Retags -10000 5c44f52a8714fdd79bb4d98e2673be1f Scene -10000 f537cf427b64c38c8e36298f657e4828
Breakdown and Why
Bad Dual Groups: [Optional] These groups take the original release and add their own language track (e.g. AAC 2.0 Portuguese) as the first track. Afterward, FFprobe would determine that the media file is Portuguese. It's a common rule that you only add the best audio as the main track. Also they often even rename the release name into Portuguese.
EVO (no WEBDL): This group is often banned for low-quality Blu-ray releases, but their WEB-DLs are okay.
No-RlsGroup: [Optional] Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups being scored incorrectly. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up with a stripped group name. These releases would appear as \"upgrades\" and could end up getting a decent score after other CFs are scored.
Obfuscated: [Optional] Use these only if you wish to avoid renamed releases.
Retags: [Optional] Use this if you want to avoid retagged releases. Retagged releases often are not consistent with the quality of the original group's release.
Scene: [Optional] Use this only if you want to avoid SCENE releases.
Miscellaneous UHD (Optional) - [Click to show/hide]
I recommend using the following Custom Formats
For details on \"Why\" and a potential warning please see the notes below.
x265 (no HDR/DV) over the x265 (HD)
SDR (no WEBDL) over the SDR
Custom Format Score Trash ID SDR -10000 9c38ebb7384dada637be8899efa68e6f SDR (no WEBDL) -10000 25c12f78430a3a23413652cbd1d48d77 x265 (no HDR/DV) -10000 839bea857ed2c0a8e084f3cbdbd65ecb
Breakdown and Why
SDR: This will prevent grabbing UHD/4k releases without HDR Formats.
SDR (no WEBDL): This will prevent grabbing UHD/4k Remux and Bluray encode releases without HDR Formats. - i.e., SDR WEB releases will still be allowed since 4K SDR WEB releases can often look better than the 1080p version due to the improved bitrate.
If you have also added SDR to your Radarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
x265 (no HDR/DV): This blocks 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265, But it will allow x265 releases if they have HDR and/or DV
If you have also added x265 (HD) to your Radarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
Movie Versions - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Hybrid 100 0f12c086e289cf966fa5948eac571f44 Remaster 25 570bc9ebecd92723d2d21500f4be314c 4K Remaster 25 eca37840c13c6ef2dd0262b141a5482f Criterion Collection 25 e0c07d59beb37348e975a930d5e50319 Masters of Cinema 25 9d27d9d2181838f76dee150882bdc58c Vinegar Syndrome 25 db9b4c4b53d312a3ca5f1378f6440fc9 Special Edition 125 957d0f44b592285f26449575e8b1167e IMAX 800 eecf3a857724171f968a66cb5719e152 IMAX Enhanced 800 9f6cbff8cfe4ebbc1bde14c7b7bec0de
IMAX Enhanced
IMAX Enhanced: Get More Picture Instead of Black Bars.
IMAX Enhanced exclusive expanded aspect ratio is 1:90:1, which offers up to 26% more picture for select sequences, meaning more of the action is visible on screen.
If you don't prefer IMAX Enhanced then don't add it or use a score of 0
Use the following main settings in your profile.
Make sure you don't check the BR-DISK.
Info
The order listed in the profile matters even if a quality is not checked, for example if you have a 1080p version but wanted the SD version, Radarr will reject all SD results because 1080p is listed higher than SD even though 1080p was not checked.
Qualities at the top of the list will appear first in manual searches.
Qualities higher in the list are more preferred even if not checked.
Qualities within the same group are equal.
Only checked qualities are wanted.
This is why it's recommended to move the selected quality to the top of the list.
Source: Wiki Servarr
Workflow Logic - [Click to show/hide]
When the WEB-2160p is released it will download the WEB-2160p. (streaming services)
When the REMUX-2160p is released it will upgrade to the REMUX-2160p.
The downloaded media will be upgraded to any of the added Custom Formats until a score of 10000.
So why such a ridiculously high Upgrade Until Custom and not a score of 500?
We're too lazy to calculate the maximum for every Quality Profile we provide, and we want it to upgrade to the highest possible score anyway to result in the highest possible quality release.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/#custom-format-groups","title":"Custom Format Groups","text":"
The following custom format groups should be combined with the Quality Profiles above. Users will need to choose which options and custom formats they prefer.
You have a hardware media player device and an audio setup that supports ALL HD Audio (TrueHD, DTS-X, DTS-HD, etc).
AppleTV doesn't passthrough HD-audio, If you use infuse it's still limited!please check I've a AppleTV
You've chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats. You should use all the Audio formats with Remuxes/UHD Encodes.
You should add ALL the Audio formats - don't leave any of them out!
Audio transcoding has a low impact on your server. If your server can't handle audio transcoding, consider choosing another quality profile.
The reason that we score lossy Atmos higher than lossless DTS-HD MA is that we prefer having the object metadata (Atmos) over lossless audio.
Audio - [Click to show/hide]
Why should I choose All Audio formats?
You have a hardware media player device and an audio setup that supports ALL HD Audio (TrueHD, DTS-X, DTS-HD, etc).
AppleTV doesn't passthrough HD-audio, If you use infuse it's still limited!please check I've a AppleTV
You've chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats. You should use all the Audio formats with Remuxes/UHD Encodes.
You should add ALL the Audio formats - don't leave any of them out!
Audio transcoding has a low impact on your server. If your server can't handle audio transcoding, consider choosing another quality profile.
I've a AppleTV - [Click to show/hide]
Passthrough: The preferred method if you have an audio setup (AVR/Soundbar). This mode will send the audio signals without any alteration or processing.
Direct Play: The client supports the container, video stream, and audio stream natively. The Plex server simply sends the media file as-is to the client. This uses very little CPU power.
Transcode: The client does not support the video stream and/or the audio stream. The Plex server re-encodes the video, audio, or both into a compatible format. Transcoding video uses a lot of CPU power, but transcoding audio uses little to moderate CPU power.
Decodes: Decompresses the audio before sending it to your AVR/Soundbar.
partial used source: Infuse FAQ
Am I losing any quality by using LPCM? - [Click to show/hide]
No. Since LPCM is a lossless format, using it will result in no loss of quality. What your ears hear will be exactly the same. The only difference is your receiver will recognize the audio stream as PCM instead of Dolby/DTS.
LPCM will discard object and spatial metadata. (TrueHD Atmos, DTS-X)
source: Infuse FAQ
Should I block certain audio formats because something in my setup doesn't support it? - [Click to show/hide]
If you have chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats, it's somewhat pointless to lower the scores or block certain audio formats since 95% of the Remuxes and UHD Encodes provide HD audio formats such as TrueHD Atmos, TrueHD, and DTS-X.
So you have 2 options.
Choose another quality profile that doesn't include audio formats such as HD Bluray + WEB or 2160p WEB-DL.
Accept the limitations of your audio setup (AVR/Soundbar) and/or your hardware media player device.
Which Audio Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID TrueHD ATMOS 5000 496f355514737f7d83bf7aa4d24f8169 DTS X 4500 2f22d89048b01681dde8afe203bf2e95 ATMOS (undefined) 3000 417804f7f2c4308c1f4c5d380d4c4475 DD+ ATMOS 3000 1af239278386be2919e1bcee0bde047e TrueHD 2750 3cafb66171b47f226146a0770576870f DTS-HD MA 2500 dcf3ec6938fa32445f590a4da84256cd FLAC 2250 a570d4a0e56a2874b64e5bfa55202a1b PCM 2250 e7c2fcae07cbada050a0af3357491d7b DTS-HD HRA 2000 8e109e50e0a0b83a5098b056e13bf6db DD+ 1750 185f1dd7264c4562b9022d963ac37424 DTS-ES 1500 f9f847ac70a0af62ea4a08280b859636 DTS 1250 1c1a4c5e823891c75bc50380a6866f73 AAC 1000 240770601cc226190c367ef59aba7463 DD 750 c2998bd0d90ed5621d8df281e839436e"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/#hdr-formats","title":"HDR Formats","text":"
You have a 4K TV and a hardware media player device (such as Roku, AppleTV, Shield, SmartTV App, etc.) that supports several HDR formats (such as Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, etc.).
All HDR Formats - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I choose All HDR formats?
You have a 4K/2160p TV and a hardware media player device (such as Roku, AppleTV, Shield, SmartTV App, etc.) that supports several HDR formats (such as Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, etc.).
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
You've chosen a profile that includes 4K/2160p releases. You must use all the HDR formats with 4k/2160p profiles.
You must add ALL the HDR formats - don't leave any of them out!
Why am I getting purple or green colors? - [Click to show/hide]
Why am I getting purple or green colors?
There are several possible reasons why your TV would show purple or green colors when playing Dolby Vision content.
Unsupported Hardware: Your TV or hardware media player device (Roku, AppleTV, etc) doesn't support Dolby Vision or your hardware media player device doesn't support all the Dolby Vision Profiles. As a result, the device might struggle to produce accurate colors, leading to a purple or green tint.
Incorrect Display Settings: Dolby Vision content often requires specific settings to be enabled on your TV or display device in order to deliver the intended visual experience. If these settings are not configured properly, it can result in the device showing distorted colors (including purple or green hues).
HDMI Compatibility Issues: Sometimes, HDMI cables or ports may not be fully compatible with Dolby Vision. If the media player device is not recognizing the Dolby Vision signal properly, it may fail to process the content correctly, resulting in abnormal color rendering.
To resolve the purple or green color issues when playing Dolby Vision content, you can try the following troubleshooting steps:
Ensure your TV or hardware media player device is Dolby Vision compatible and up-to-date with the latest firmware.
Verify that your TV or display device is set up correctly and has the necessary Dolby Vision settings enabled.
Check the HDMI cables and ensure they are capable of transmitting Dolby Vision signals.
Dolby Vision Profiles - [Click to show/hide]
Dolby Vision Profiles
Profile 5 (1) - This is what comes with WEB-DL Dolby Vision releases without HDR10 fallback.(Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens)
Profile 7 (2) - This is what comes with UHD Bluray Remuxes and UHD BluRay releases.These files will play on an Nvidia Shield Pro (2019), but on most other players will revert to the HDR10 fallback.
Profile 8 (3) - This is what comes with (Hybrid) WEB-DL (HULU), Hybrid UHD Remux, and UHD BluRay releases (all of which have HDR10 fallback).This works with several mainstream media players.
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
(1) PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse will only play profile 5 correctly if CMv2.9 is used
(2) Neither Infuse nor PLEX for AppleTV will deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 7.
(3) On PLEX for AppleTV it won't deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 8, and will only play the HDR10 fallback if CM2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201calthough your TV will incorrectly say that it is playing DV\u201d.With infuse it will convert it on the fly to Profile 5, and deliver real Dolby Vision if CMv2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201cMake sure you set the Extended Dolby Vision settings to Limited (prefer accuracy), Convert P8 to P5 (when possible), and play other P8 as HDR (output will switch to either DoVi or HDR depending on the video)\u201d
Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 and CMv4.0 - [Click to show/hide]
It is too technical to explain in detail, so I'll keep it short with tested facts: PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse only support CMv2.9.
There are two versions of Dolby Vision, namely CMv2.9 and CMv4.0. CMv4.0 uses an improved algorithm and a superior tone curve that allows for better mapping and more controls during the Dolby Vision trim pass process.
More info about the different Dolby Vision Versions: Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 vs. CMv4.0
Which HDR Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID DV HDR10+ 1500 c53085ddbd027d9624b320627748612f DV HDR10 1500 e23edd2482476e595fb990b12e7c609c DV 1500 58d6a88f13e2db7f5059c41047876f00 DV HLG 1500 55d53828b9d81cbe20b02efd00aa0efd DV SDR 1500 a3e19f8f627608af0211acd02bf89735 HDR10+ 600 b974a6cd08c1066250f1f177d7aa1225 HDR10 500 dfb86d5941bc9075d6af23b09c2aeecd HDR 500 e61e28db95d22bedcadf030b8f156d96 HDR (undefined) 500 2a4d9069cc1fe3242ff9bdaebed239bb PQ 500 08d6d8834ad9ec87b1dc7ec8148e7a1f HLG 500 9364dd386c9b4a1100dde8264690add7 Add Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000 - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
Not all devices in your chain support Dolby Vision.
You share your media library with other family members that don't have Dolby Vision compatible devices.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
Custom Format Score Trash ID DV (WEBDL) -10000 923b6abef9b17f937fab56cfcf89e1f1 Add the Custom Formats DV HDR10+ Boost and HDR10+ Boost - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
You have a (Samsung) TV that supports HDR10+.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
If you use this Custom Format then 99% of the time you also need to add the following Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000
Custom Format Score Trash ID HDR10+ Boost 901 b17886cb4158d9fea189859409975758 DV HDR10+ Boost 100 55a5b50cb416dea5a50c4955896217ab"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/#faq-info","title":"FAQ & INFO","text":""},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/#proper-and-repacks","title":"Proper and Repacks","text":"Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest that you change the Propers and Repacks settings in Radarr
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Format preferences will be used instead.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/#custom-formats-to-avoid-certain-releases","title":"Custom Formats to avoid certain releases","text":"How to use a Custom Format to avoid certain releases? - [Click to show/hide]
For Custom Formats you want to avoid, set it to something really low like -10000 and not something like -10. When you add your preferred Custom Format and set it to something like +10, it's possible that, for example, the BR-DISK will be downloaded - (-10)+(+10)=0 - if your Minimum Custom Format Score is set at 0.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/#releases-you-should-avoid","title":"Releases you should avoid","text":"
This is a must-have for every Quality Profile you use in our opinion. All these Custom Formats make sure you don't get low-quality releases.
Unwanted - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 ed38b889b31be83fda192888e2286d83 LQ -10000 90a6f9a284dff5103f6346090e6280c8 LQ (Release Title) -10000 e204b80c87be9497a8a6eaff48f72905 x265 (HD) -10000 dc98083864ea246d05a42df0d05f81cc 3D -10000 b8cd450cbfa689c0259a01d9e29ba3d6 Extras -10000 0a3f082873eb454bde444150b70253cc AV1 -10000 cae4ca30163749b891686f95532519bd
Breakdown and Why
BR-DISK : This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
LQ: A collection of known low-quality groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
LQ (Release Title): A collection of terms seen in the titles of low-quality releases that are not captured by using a release group name.
x265 (HD): This blocks 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265.
If you have also added x265 (no HDR/DV) to your Radarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
3D: Is 3D still a thing for home use ?
Extras: Blocks releases that only contain extras
AV1: This blocks all releases encoded in AV1.
AV1 encodes are currently targeting small file sizes, rather than good visual quality.
This is a new codec and you need modern devices that support it.
We also had reports of playback/transcoding issues.
No main group is actually using it (yet).
It's better to ignore this new codec to prevent compatibility issues
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/#custom-formats-with-a-score-of-0","title":"Custom Formats with a score of 0","text":"What do Custom Formats with a score of 0 do? - [Click to show/hide]
All Custom Formats with a score of 0 are purely informational and don't do anything.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/#minimum-custom-format-score","title":"Minimum Custom Format Score","text":"Minimum Custom Format Score - [Click to show/hide]
Some people suggest not to use negative scores for your Custom Formats and set this option to a higher score than 0.
The reason why we don't prefer/use this is because you could limit yourself when some new groups or whatever will be released.
Also, it makes it much more clear what you prefer and what you want to avoid.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/#audio-channels","title":"Audio Channels","text":"Audio Channels - [Click to show/hide]
Elsewhere in the guide, you will find a separate group of custom formats called Audio Channels. These will match the number of audio channels in a release, for example, 2.0 (stereo) or 5.1/7.1 (surround sound). We wouldn't add the audio channels Custom Formats as you could limit yourself in the amount of releases you're able to get. Only use them if you have a specific need for them.
Using this with any kind of Remux Quality Profile is useless, in our opinion, being that 99% of all Remuxes are multi-audio anyway. You can get better scores just by using the Audio Advanced Custom Formats.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/#avoid-using-the-x264x265-custom-format","title":"Avoid using the x264/x265 Custom Format","text":"Avoid using the x264/x265 Custom Format - [Click to show/hide]
Avoid using the x264/x265 Custom Format with a score if possible, it's smarter to use the x265 (HD) Custom Format.
Something like 95% of video files are x264 and have much better direct play support. If you have more than a of couple users, you will notice much more transcoding.
Use x265 only for 4k releases and the x265 (HD) makes sure you still get the x265 releases.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/#why-am-i-getting-purple-or-green-colors","title":"Why am I getting purple or green colors","text":"Why am I getting purple or green colors? - [Click to show/hide]
Why am I getting purple or green colors?
There are several possible reasons why your TV would show purple or green colors when playing Dolby Vision content.
Unsupported Hardware: Your TV or hardware media player device (Roku, AppleTV, etc) doesn't support Dolby Vision or your hardware media player device doesn't support all the Dolby Vision Profiles. As a result, the device might struggle to produce accurate colors, leading to a purple or green tint.
Incorrect Display Settings: Dolby Vision content often requires specific settings to be enabled on your TV or display device in order to deliver the intended visual experience. If these settings are not configured properly, it can result in the device showing distorted colors (including purple or green hues).
HDMI Compatibility Issues: Sometimes, HDMI cables or ports may not be fully compatible with Dolby Vision. If the media player device is not recognizing the Dolby Vision signal properly, it may fail to process the content correctly, resulting in abnormal color rendering.
To resolve the purple or green color issues when playing Dolby Vision content, you can try the following troubleshooting steps:
Ensure your TV or hardware media player device is Dolby Vision compatible and up-to-date with the latest firmware.
Verify that your TV or display device is set up correctly and has the necessary Dolby Vision settings enabled.
Check the HDMI cables and ensure they are capable of transmitting Dolby Vision signals.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/#dolby-vision-profiles","title":"Dolby Vision Profiles","text":"Dolby Vision Profiles - [Click to show/hide]
Dolby Vision Profiles
Profile 5 (1) - This is what comes with WEB-DL Dolby Vision releases without HDR10 fallback.(Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens)
Profile 7 (2) - This is what comes with UHD Bluray Remuxes and UHD BluRay releases.These files will play on an Nvidia Shield Pro (2019), but on most other players will revert to the HDR10 fallback.
Profile 8 (3) - This is what comes with (Hybrid) WEB-DL (HULU), Hybrid UHD Remux, and UHD BluRay releases (all of which have HDR10 fallback).This works with several mainstream media players.
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
(1) PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse will only play profile 5 correctly if CMv2.9 is used
(2) Neither Infuse nor PLEX for AppleTV will deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 7.
(3) On PLEX for AppleTV it won't deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 8, and will only play the HDR10 fallback if CM2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201calthough your TV will incorrectly say that it is playing DV\u201d.With infuse it will convert it on the fly to Profile 5, and deliver real Dolby Vision if CMv2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201cMake sure you set the Extended Dolby Vision settings to Limited (prefer accuracy), Convert P8 to P5 (when possible), and play other P8 as HDR (output will switch to either DoVi or HDR depending on the video)\u201d
Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 and CMv4.0 - [Click to show/hide]
It is too technical to explain in detail, so I'll keep it short with tested facts: PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse only support CMv2.9.
There are two versions of Dolby Vision, namely CMv2.9 and CMv4.0. CMv4.0 uses an improved algorithm and a superior tone curve that allows for better mapping and more controls during the Dolby Vision trim pass process.
More info about the different Dolby Vision Versions: Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 vs. CMv4.0
Special thanks to everyone who helped with the testing and creation of these Custom Formats.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/","title":"How to setup Language Custom Formats","text":"
Here we will explain how to set up your preferred language Custom Format, with a few examples.
Using language Custom Formats is not compatible with setting a preferred language in a quality profile in Radarr. You must use one or the other.If you want to make use of the Custom Formats set the preferred language to Any.Sonarr doesn't have a preferred language in the quality profile, so this can be ignored if you're setting this up with Sonarr
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/#language-prefer-x-but-ill-take-y","title":"Language: Prefer X but i'll take Y","text":"
Language: Not Original or German Language: Prefer German
Let's say you want German, but if German is not available then fall back to Original language but don't accept any other translated languages.
For languages other than German, replace the German condition with the language of your choice.
Add the following JSON to your Radarr/Sonarr with a score in your profile of -10000.
JSON - [Click to show/hide]
{\n \"trash_id\": \"guide-only\",\n \"trash_scores\": {\n \"default\": -10000\n },\n \"trash_description\": \"Language: Prefer X but i'll take Y\",\n \"name\": \"Language: Not Original or German\",\n \"includeCustomFormatWhenRenaming\": false,\n \"specifications\": [\n {\n \"name\": \"Not Original\",\n \"implementation\": \"LanguageSpecification\",\n \"negate\": true,\n \"required\": true,\n \"fields\": {\n \"value\": -2\n }\n },\n {\n \"name\": \"Not German\",\n \"implementation\": \"LanguageSpecification\",\n \"negate\": true,\n \"required\": true,\n \"fields\": {\n \"value\": 4\n }\n }\n ]\n}\n
Add the following JSON to your Radarr/Sonarr with a score in your profile of 10.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/#language-special-cases","title":"Language Special Cases","text":"
Here we will add special cases that often are related to specific languages. example: German Dual Language and/or Multi-language releases
In general, Dual/Multi in a release title stands for original language (movies/show original language) + foreign language(s). Which audio track is used for the first track isn't always known based solely on the naming.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/#language-german-original","title":"Language: German + Original","text":"
This Custom Format can be used in two ways:
If you DON'T WANT your media file to have a German audio track included, add this Custom Format with a score of -10000.
If you PREFER your media file to have a German audio track included, add this Custom Format with a positive score.
Language: German Dual Language JSON - [Click to show/hide]
With reverse scoring you add a Custom Format with a score of -10000 and your preferred condition you negate.
So in the case of the following Custom Format Language: Original Only, it will match all Not Original releases and give it a score of -10000.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/#prefer-language-x-over-language-y","title":"Prefer language X over language Y","text":"Prefer language X over language Y - [Click to show/hide]
If you want to use Prefer language X over language Y,
you add for example: Language: Prefer Language X with a score of 10, and add Language: Prefer Language Y with score of 9.
Which scores you should use depends on how important the language is compared to other Custom Formats you're using.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/#whats-original-language","title":"What's Original Language","text":"What's Original Language? - [Click to show/hide]
Original Language is the language in which a Movie/TV Show was originally made.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/#where-does-radarr-get-the-original-language-from","title":"Where does Radarr get the Original Language from","text":"Where does Radarr get the Original Language from? - [Click to show/hide]
Radarr makes use of The Movie Database (TMDB). As of February 12, 2023, Radarr has updated its metadata cache to use a movie's spoken language from TMDb as the original language, but only when there is a single spoken language listed for that movie on TMDb. In cases where multiple spoken languages are listed, Radarr will use the movie's designated original language from TMDb.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/#where-does-sonarr-get-the-original-language-from","title":"Where does Sonarr get the Original Language from","text":"Where does Sonarr get the Original Language from? - [Click to show/hide]
Sonarr makes use of TheTVDB.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/Merge-quality/","title":"How to Merge Quality","text":"
The current logic on how downloads are compared is Quality Trumps All
In some cases, it might be preferred to not have Quality Trump All, and let it be handled via Preferred Words / Custom Formats.
To accomplish this you will need to merge the qualities.
Here you will see the current logic so you understand how the possible downloads are compared.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/Merge-quality/#radarr-current-logic","title":"Radarr current logic","text":"Radarr current logic - [Click to show/hide]
As of 2021-11-06 the logic is as follows:
The Current logic on how downloads are compared is Quality Trumps All
Quality
Custom Format Score
Protocol
Indexer Priority
Indexer Flags
Seeds/Peers (If Torrent)
Age (If Usenet)
Size
Source: Wiki Servarr
REPACKS and PROPERs are v2 of Qualities and thus rank above a non-repack of the same quality.
Settings => Media Management => File Management => Proper & Repacks Change to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/Merge-quality/#sonarr-current-logic","title":"Sonarr current logic","text":"Sonarr current logic - [Click to show/hide]
As of 2024-01-16 the logic is as follows:
The Current logic on how downloads are compared is Quality Trumps All
Quality
Custom Format Score
Protocol
Episode Count
Episode Number
Indexer Priority
Seeds/Peers (If Torrent)
Age (If Usenet)
Size
Source: Wiki Servarr
* Use Custom Formats and TRaSH Guide's season pack custom format with a score greater than zero to prefer season packs.
REPACKS and PROPERs are v2 of Qualities and thus rank above a non-repack of the same quality. Set Media Management => File Management Download Proper & Repacks to \"Do Not Prefer\" and use TRaSH's Repack/Proper Custom Format with a positive score as suggested by TRaSH's Guides
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/Merge-quality/#merge-the-qualities","title":"Merge the Qualities","text":"
Go to your preferred Quality Profile or create a new one.
Settings => Profiles
In this example, we will merge the following qualities:
Bluray-720p
Bluray-1080p
WEBDL/WEBRip-1080p
To merge them you need to click on Edit Groups.
When done Sonarr/Radarr upgrades will be handled via Preferred Words / Custom Formats.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
It seems that a lot of people don't understand how remote path mapping works for Radarr. I will try to explain it with some screenshots and a short description.
Remote Path Mapping acts as a dumb find Remote Path and replace it with the Local Path
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/Radarr-remote-path-mapping/#when-do-i-need-remote-path-mappings","title":"When do I need remote path mappings","text":"
If Radarr and your download client are not on the same server/system.
If you use either merged local/remote setups using mergerfs or similar.
You run dockers and DON'T have consistent and well-planned paths.
Note
If you run dockers it would be smarter to fix the problem at the source of what's causing the actual issue.
Radarr Wiki Servarr - Docker Guide
TRaSH Guides
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/Radarr-remote-path-mapping/#how-do-i-recognize-that-i-need-remote-path-mappings","title":"How do I recognize that I need remote path mappings","text":"
Your download stays in your download client and Radarr doesn't want to import it.
Go to Activity => Queue
You will see a orange download icon, hover over it with your mouse and you will get an error that looks a bit like this:
Go to System => Events
You will see an error that looks a bit like this:
The following error could also mean that you need remote path mappings:
So looking at these screenshots, it seems you need to make use of remote path mappings.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/Radarr-remote-path-mapping/#how-do-i-setup-remote-path-mappings","title":"How do I setup remote path mappings","text":"
Go to Settings => Download Clients
Scroll down to the bottom where you will see Remote path mappings - and click on the plus sign in the bottom right corner.
A screen will pop up with the following options:
Host => This is the hostname or IP you set in your download client settings.
Remote Path => The download path that you've set in your download client.
Local Path => The path Radarr needs to access the same path.
Open up the download client. For this example, we will be using SABnzbd.
This is what you put in your Host in Remote Path Mapping. This could be a hostname, container name or an IP Address
example what to add in Add Remote Path Mapping - [Click to show/hide] "},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/Radarr-remote-path-mapping/#remote-path","title":"Remote Path","text":"
To find out what you need to put in your remote path you need to open up your download client and look at what you've used there as download location.
In SABnzbd go to settings => Folders
example what to add in Add Remote Path Mapping - [Click to show/hide] "},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/Radarr-remote-path-mapping/#local-path","title":"Local Path","text":"
To find out what you need to put in in your local path you need to know how Radarr can access the files that your download client downloaded. This can be done in different ways. Mounting/Network shares, whatever, but Radarr needs to have local access to it, so you need to figure out the best way for Radarr to access the download client's downloaded files yourself.
Click on the browse button and browse to the location where the files are accessible for Radarr.
example what to add in Add Remote Path Mapping - [Click to show/hide]
The final result will look something like this:
![!rpm-final-results]
After these changes, the file should be able to be imported by Radarr.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/Radarr-rename-your-folders/","title":"How to rename your folders","text":"
The same basics can be used with Sonarr, just replace movies with series.
If you need to rename your current folder names (for example, to a new naming scheme), you can do so with a little \"magic trick\".
Simply go to the movie overview section.
Movies
Click on Edit Movies (at the top)
Once you are in \"edit\" mode, you can select the movie(s) whose folders you want to be renamed.
If you want all your movie's folders to be renamed with the new naming scheme you set HERE.
Select the movie(s) that you want to have the folder(s) renamed.
At the bottom select Edit
A new popup will be shown:
Choose the same (current) root folder for your selected movies, and choose Apply Changes.
You will get a warning popup where you will need to choose Yes, Move the files
Warning
If you have a large library, use remote or cloud storage, or your path structure isn't well planned (or doesn't support instant moves) this could take a while.
Make sure you don't interrupt this process. If it stops before it has been completed, it could result in quite a mess.
Then, Magic!
As you can see, the folder has now been renamed to the new/updated naming scheme.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/Radarr-show-unknown-movie-items/","title":"Show Unknown Movie Items","text":"
You downloaded a movie and it doesn't show up in your Activity in Radarr?
By enabling the following option it will show items without a matched movie in the queue. This could include removed movies or anything else in Radarr's category.
Go to your Activity
Activity
Then on the top right click on Options and a new window will pop up and enable Show Unknown Movie Items
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/Sync-2-radarr-sonarr/","title":"How to Sync 2 Radarr or Sonarr with each other","text":"
In this guide, we will try to explain how you can sync two (or more) Radarr/Sonarr instances with each other.
I'm going to show two different options on how you can set up your sync with two Radarr/Sonarr instances.
Option 1: This option is best used if you want a 1:1 copy of your Radarr/Sonarr instances as it'll sync everything.
Option 2: This option is best used if you only want to cherry-pick which Movies/TV Shows you want as 4K/2160p (UHD).
We're not going to explain how to set up two Radarr/Sonarr instances for your system, being it depends on how you have it installed/running. Radarr Multiple Instance Information and Sonarr Multiple Instance Information
Announced: Radarr shall consider movies available as soon as they are added to Radarr. This setting is recommended if you have good private trackers that do not have fakes.
In Cinemas: Radarr shall consider movies available as soon as movies hit cinemas (Theatrical Date on TMDb) This option is not recommended.
Released: Radarr shall consider movies available as soon as the Blu-Ray or streaming version is released (Digital and Physical dates on TMDb) This option is recommended and likely should be combined with an Availability Delay of -14 or -21 days.
All Episodes: Monitor all episodes except specials
Future Episodes: Monitor episodes that have not aired yet
Missing Episodes: Monitor episodes that do not have files or have not aired yet
Existing Episodes: Monitor episodes that have files or have not aired yet
Recent Episodes: Monitor episodes aired within the last 90 days and future episodes
Pilot Episode: Only monitor the first episode of the first season
First Season: Monitor all episodes of the first season. All other seasons will be ignored
Last Season: Monitor all episodes of the last season
Monitor Specials: Monitor all special episodes without changing the monitored status of other episodes
Unmonitor Specials: Unmonitor all special episodes without changing the monitored status of other episodes
None: No episodes will be monitored
All Seasons: Monitor all new seasons automatically
No New Seasons: Do not monitor any new seasons automatically
Anime: Episodes released using an absolute episode number
Daily: Episodes released daily or less frequently that use year-month-day (2017-05-25)
Standard: Episodes released with SxxEyy pattern
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
If you're interested in the 1080p streaming optimized quality profile you can join our discord and get access to the Special Quality Profiles channel (access-to-sqp) by accepting the rules.
This is a special quality profile we created for people who are interested in it.
This release profile is fine-tuned for when you want to run a 2nd Radarr for 1080p and want minimum to no transcoding and smaller sizes for the second copies.
Why choose this quality profile?
Streaming optimized (optimized for PLEX, Emby, Jellyfin, and other streaming platforms)
Small sizes
Good quality
Only AC3 Audio (downmixed lossless audio track to Dolby Digital 5.1 for optimal compatibility)
You want maximum compatibility between all devices and still have an HQ release.
You run two instances of Radarr and want both versions or just the 1080p ones.
You want to have minimum to no transcoding for low-powered devices or remote streaming.
You don't need a separate download client for your two Radarr instances, this all can be done with one download client (Two if you prefer Usenet and Torrents).
Settings => Download Clients
Select your preferred download client.
The only thing you need to change/create is a separate Category that you're going to use for Radarr 2
Warning
This can't and shouldn't be the same category you use for Radarr 1 but a separate Category.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/Sync-2-radarr-sonarr/#how-does-this-radarr-sync-work","title":"How does this Radarr Sync work","text":"
You now only need to make use of Radarr 1. All movies you add to Radarr 1 will be synced to Radarr 2 at a scheduled time.
You don't need a separate download client for your two Sonarr/Radarr instances, this can all be done with one download client (Two if you prefer Usenet and Torrents).
Settings => Download Clients
Select your preferred download client.
Only thing you need to change/create is a separate Category that you're going to use for Sonarr 2
Tip
This can't and shouldn't be the same category you use for Sonarr 1 but a separate Category.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/Sync-2-radarr-sonarr/#how-does-this-sonarr-sync-work","title":"How does this Sonarr Sync work","text":"
You now only need to make use of Sonarr 1. When you have a TV show (or a movie if you use this option with Radarr) that you also want as 4K/2160p (UHD) then you make sure you make use of the Cloned Quality Profile. And it will sync at a scheduled time.
Recyclarr is a command-line application that will automatically synchronize recommended settings from the TRaSH guides to your Sonarr/Radarr instances. It was formerly named \"Trash Updater\". Here you will find a collection of Recyclarr configs based on the profiles found in the guides.
Automatically mirror TRaSH guides to your Sonarr/Radarr instance based on your setup scheduler.
For Installation and setup Guide please check the official Recyclarr Wiki
For any questions or support questions please join the discord support channel.
"},{"location":"Recyclarr/#github-release","title":"GitHub release","text":""},{"location":"Recyclarr/#collection-of-configs","title":"Collection of configs","text":"
Recyclarr - collection of configs
"},{"location":"Recyclarr/recyclarr-configs-sqp/","title":"Collection of Recyclarr SQP configs","text":"
This page has been relocated here: Recyclarr - Pre-Built SQP Configuration Files
"},{"location":"Recyclarr/recyclarr-configs/","title":"Collection of Recyclarr configs","text":"
This page has been relocated here: Recyclarr - Pre-Built Configuration Files
After setting up your optimal volume/paths found HERE, follow the steps below to improve your setup.
Quality Settings (File Size) - Some recommendations to prevent low-quality or fake releases. These quality file size settings have been created and tested with information gathered from release comparisons from various sources and information provided by the community.
Recommended naming scheme - Recommended naming scheme provided with the help of the Sonarr/Radarr (Support) Team and information provided by the community to prevent download loops.
How to set up Quality Profiles - How to make the most use of the Custom Formats and shows some specifics of our recommended configuration. You can use these examples to understand how to set up your preferences.
How to setup Quality Profiles Anime - Same as above but specific for anime.
How to set up Quality Profiles (French) - Same as above but specific for French and English Audio.
How to import Custom Formats - How to manually import the Custom Formats from the Guide.
How to update Custom Formats - How to manually upgrade your existing Custom Formats.
Collection of Custom Formats - A collection of the most needed and commonly used Custom Formats. These Custom Formats have been collected from discussions on Discord or created with help from others.
Tips - Several other guides for Sonarr.
How to set up Language Custom Formats - A few examples of how to set up your preferred language Custom Format.
How to Merge Quality - How to merge quality sources if you prefer to not have Quality Trump All, and let it be handled via Custom Formats.
Remote Path Mappings - How to set up remote path mapping.
How to rename your folders - How to rename or change your root folder.
How to Sync 2 Radarr or Sonarr with each other - How you can sync two (or more) Radarr/Sonarr instances with each other.
\u201cWhat's the best quality size settings to use?\u201d
\u201cWhy are the ones from the TRaSH Guides so different from the default settings?\u201d
Even though it is a personal preference, we will show you some recommendations to prevent low-quality or fake releases.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Sonarr-Quality-Settings-File-Size/#faq","title":"FAQ","text":"Why do i only see sizes starting from HDTV720p and up?
Watching content below 720p on a big screen can result in a blurry and pixelated image, making it difficult to see details and enjoy the true quality of the content. Additionally, lower-resolution videos may not fill the entire screen, leading to a less immersive viewing experience. Investing in higher-quality content ensures that you are getting the best possible picture and sound quality for your viewing pleasure.
Why are some sizes set to max?
These guides are created to achieve the highest possible quality based on the quality profiles provided.
Why is there a difference between regular movies/tv shows and anime/animated/cartoons ?
Regular movies and TV shows are set up more strictly to prevent low-quality and fake releases, whereas anime, animated series, and cartoons are set up wide open.
When I set Bluray to MAX size I often get ISO's/ Bluray folder structure.
You have probably configured your Quality Profiles incorrectly by enabling BR-DISK without adding the recommended Custom Format for Radarr to block/ignore BR-DISK. For Sonarr, you can use the following to block/ignore BR-DISK.
Some movies or episodes may not be grabbed due to these settings.
If you notice that some movies or episodes are not being grabbed due to size settings, you can provide proof with a screenshot showing the error that appears during an interactive search (excluding the indexer or tracker if you prefer).
We will only consider changes for international releases; no multi-language or dubbed releases will be accepted.
We will not accept incorrectly labeled source releases such as those from MeGusta, they need to properly name their content first.
Changes for micro-sized releases will not be accepted.
Documentaries and cartoons are typically much smaller, so we may not make edits to those either.
These quality file size settings have been created and tested with information gathered from release comparisons from various sources and information provided by the community.
Make sure you have enabled 'Show Advanced' if you don't see a provision to enter the scores, under the Quality settings.After setting the Max Size, set the 'Preferred' score as high as possible. You can accomplish that with one of the two following ways.- 1. You move the slider to the far most right.- 2. You enter a score of 400.In both cases, it will automatically change to the highest possible. This will be slightly below the Max Size setting.
If, for whatever reason, you ever need to do a re-install or a full re-import in the Starr Apps or Plex/Emby/Jellyfin, it's nice to have all that info in the filename so it gets imported correctly and isn't incorrectly matched as HDTV or WEB-DL etc.
Why is the non-recoverable information important/needed?
Prevent download loops.
Quality Source (HDTV, WEBDL, Bluray, Remux, etc..): Can you tell from the following info: movie (year).ext, which quality source the file is from? Probably not, and there is no real way to determine it if it's lost after import. Why would you care? Mainly if you ever want to upgrade or downgrade your media file and to prevent re-downloads of the same file.
Release group: With the knowledge of which release group your release belongs to, you can determine if the file has any issues related to that specific release. It can also help find extra information if it's a hybrid release or which sources are used.
Edition version: To determine if the release is an directors cut, theatrical, unrated, etc.
Repack/Proper: To determine if the release was a repack or a proper, so you know if you have the correct version and not the broken one with playback issues or other issues with the media file.
But Plex, Emby and Jellyfin work fine with just movie (year).ext/tv showname SxxExx.ext
True, but they don't care about the quality of your media file you're using, their main purpose is just to provide you with your media library and play the media files.
Why is the file naming so long?
To make sure your filename contains all the info needed to prevent download loops after import.
The so-called \"naming tokens\" not used in your media file won't be used/shown.
Any proper media server (Plex, Emby, or Jellyfin) won't display the actual filename outright anyway, so why worry about how the file's naming looks when it has all the needed info included?
The naming scheme provided here is made with the help of the Sonarr/Radarr (Support) Team and information provided by the community.
While both IMDb and TVDb IDs are unique, TVDb can occasionally remove IDs entirely, sometimes only to be re-added with a new ID later. However, due to using TVDb as its metadata source, they can be seen as \"more aligned\" with Sonarr. IMDb IDs on the other hand, once present, are very accurate and rarely ever change.
Standard FolderOptional PlexOptional EmbyOptional Jellyfin
{Series TitleYear}\n
Example: The Series Title! (2010)
This naming scheme is made to be used with the New Plex TV Series Scanner
Plex Folder IMDbPlex Folder TVDb
TVDb is usually better as it guarantees a match, IMDb only gets matched if the TVDb entry has the correct IMDb ID association.
{Series TitleYear} {imdb-{ImdbId}}\n
Example: The Series Title! (2010) {imdb-tt1520211}
{Series TitleYear} {tvdb-{TvdbId}}\n
Example: The Series Title! (2010) {tvdb-1520211}
Source: Emby Wiki/Docs
Emby Folder IMDbEmby Folder TVDb
TVDb is usually better as it guarantees a match, IMDb only gets matched if the TVDb entry has the correct IMDb ID association.
{Series TitleYear} [imdb-{ImdbId}]\n
Example: The Series Title! (2010) [imdb-tt1520211]
{Series TitleYear} [tvdb-{TvdbId}]\n
Example: The Series Title! (2010) [tvdb-1520211]
Source: Jellyfin Wiki/Docs
Jellyfin doesn't support IMDb IDs for shows
Jellyfin Folder TVDb
{Series TitleYear} [tvdbid-{TvdbId}]\n
Example: The Series Title! (2010) [tvdbid-1520211]
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Sonarr-recommended-naming-scheme/#original-title-vs-original-filename","title":"Original Title vs Original Filename","text":""},{"location":"Sonarr/Sonarr-recommended-naming-scheme/#original-title","title":"Original Title","text":"
Another option is to use {Original Title} rather than the recommended naming scheme outlined above. {Original Title} will use the title of the release which will contain all of the information included in the release itself. The benefit of this naming scheme is to prevent download loops which can occur on import when there is a discrepancy in the release title compared to the contents of the file itself (for example, if the release title says DTS-ES but the contents are actually DTS). The downside is less flexibility with how the files are named.
If using this alternate naming scheme we suggest using {Original Title} over {Original Filename}
Why?
The filename can be Obscured where the Release naming isn't, especially when you use Usenet.
{Original Filename} => show episode 1-1080p or lchd-tkk1080p or t1i0p3s7i8yuti
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/","title":"Collection of Custom Formats","text":"
Below is a collection of what we've come to regard as the most needed and commonly used Custom Formats. These CFs have been collected from discussions on Discord or created with help from others.
Special thanks to everyone who has helped in the creation and testing of these Custom Formats, my team at TRaSH guides, and the community.
Sonarr V4+ introduces Custom Formats. These are much more advanced/powerful than the release profiles, although this also means a Custom Format can require more knowledge to set up or create. We've made 3 guides related to this.
How to import Custom Formats - Explains how to import the Custom Formats.
How to upgrade Custom Formats - Explains how to upgrade your existing Custom Formats.
How to set up Quality Profiles - Explains how to make the most use of Custom Formats and shows some specifics of my configuration. You can use these examples to get an idea of how to set up your preferences.
Tip
It also is recommended to change the Propers and Repacks settings in Sonarr's Settings.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Format scoring and preferences will be fully utilized.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#index","title":"INDEX","text":"Audio Advanced #1 Audio Advanced #2 Audio Channels HDR Formats TrueHD ATMOS FLAC 1.0 Mono DV HDR10+ DTS X PCM 2.0 Stereo DV HDR10 ATMOS (undefined) DTS-HD HRA 3.0 Sound DV DD+ ATMOS AAC 4.0 Sound DV HLG TrueHD DD 5.1 Surround DV SDR DTS-HD MA MP3 6.1 Surround HDR10+ DD+ Opus 7.1 Surround HDR10 DTS-ES HDR DTS HDR (undefined) PQ HLG Series Versions Unwanted HQ Source Groups Hybrid AV1 Remux Tier 01 Remaster BR-DISK Remux Tier 02 Extras HD Bluray Tier 01 LQ HD Bluray Tier 02 LQ (Release Title) WEB Tier 01 Upscaled WEB Tier 02 x265 (HD) WEB Tier 03 WEB Scene General Streaming Services French Streaming Services Asian Streaming Services Dutch Streaming Services Amazon CANAL+ FOD NLZiet Apple TV+ RTBF Disney+ Hotstar Videoland Comedy Central SALTO TVer DC Universe TVING Disney+ U-NEXT HBO Max VIU HBO Hulu iTunes Max Netflix Paramount+ Peacock TV SHOWTIME Stan Syfy UK Streaming Services Misc Streaming Services Anime Streaming Services Optional Streaming Services 4OD AUBC ABEMA UHD Streaming Boost ALL4 CBC ADN UHD Streaming Cut BBC iPlayer Crave B-Global ITVX Discovery+ Bilibili MY5 OViD Crunchyroll NOW Star+ Funimation YouTube Red HIDIVE Quibi VRV WKN Miscellaneous French Audio Version French Source Groups Bad Dual Groups Multi-French FR Remux Tier 01 DV (Disk) Multi-Audio FR HD Bluray Tier 01 DV (WEBDL) French Audio FR WEB Tier 01 DV HDR10+ Boost VFF FR WEB Tier 02 FreeLeech VOF FR WEB Tier 03 HDR10+ Boost VFI FR Anime Tier 01 HFR VF2 FR Anime Tier 02 Internal VFQ FR Anime Tier 03 MPEG2 VOQ FR Anime FanSub Multi VQ FR Scene Groups No-RlsGroup VFB FR LQ Obfuscated VOSTFR Repack v2 FanSUB Repack v3 FastSUB Repack/Proper Retags Scene SDR (no WEBDL) SDR Season Packs VC-1 VP9 x264 x265 (no HDR/DV) x265 x266 Anime Source Groups Anime Source Groups Anime Misc Anime Optional Anime BD Tier 01 (Top SeaDex Muxers) Anime Web Tier 01 (Muxers) v0 Uncensored Anime BD Tier 02 (SeaDex Muxers) Anime Web Tier 02 (Top FanSubs) v1 10bit Anime BD Tier 03 (SeaDex Muxers) Anime Web Tier 03 (Official Subs) v2 Anime Dual Audio Anime BD Tier 04 (SeaDex Muxers) Anime Web Tier 04 (Official Subs) v3 Dubs Only Anime BD Tier 05 (Remuxes) Anime Web Tier 05 (FanSubs) v4 Anime BD Tier 06 (FanSubs) Anime Web Tier 06 (FanSubs) Anime BD Tier 07 (P2P/Scene) Anime Raws Anime BD Tier 08 (Mini Encodes) Anime LQ Groups"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#audio-advanced","title":"Audio Advanced","text":""},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#truehd-atmos","title":"TrueHD ATMOS","text":"TrueHD ATMOS - [Click to show/hide]
TrueHD Atmos
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Dolby Atmos is a surround sound technology developed by Dolby Laboratories. It expands on existing surround sound systems by adding height channels, allowing sounds to be interpreted as three-dimensional objects.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#dts-x","title":"DTS X","text":"DTS:X - [Click to show/hide]
DTS-X
DTS:X is an object-based audio codec which aims to create a multi-dimensional sound that \u201cmoves around you like it would in real life\u201d. You may think that sounds similar to Dolby Atmos, and you\u2019d be right, but where DTS:X's differences lie in the required speaker configuration. While Dolby Atmos requires adding additional overhead channels to your 5.1 or 7.1 setup, DTS:X works with standard surround speaker setups \u2013 just like the one you might already have at home. It can support up to 32 speaker locations and an 11.2-channel system. DTS:X, like other higher-quality DTS formats (e.g. DTS-HD MA), is lossless.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#truehd","title":"TrueHD","text":"TrueHD - [Click to show/hide]
TrueHD
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Dolby TrueHD is a lossless multi-channel audio codec developed by Dolby Laboratories for home video, used principally in Blu-ray Discs and compatible hardware.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#dts-hd-ma","title":"DTS-HD MA","text":"DTS-HD MA - [Click to show/hide]
DTS-HD MA
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
DTS-HD Master Audio is a multi-channel lossless audio codec developed by DTS that extends the lossy DTS Coherent Acoustics codec (DTS CA; usually referred to as simply \"DTS\"). Rather than being an entirely new coding mechanism, DTS-HD MA encodes an audio master in lossy DTS first, then stores a concurrent stream of supplementary data representing whatever the DTS encoder discarded. This gives DTS-HD MA a lossy \"core\" able to be played back by devices that cannot decode the more complex lossless audio. DTS-HD MA's primary application is audio storage and playback for Blu-ray Disc media.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#flac","title":"FLAC","text":"FLAC - [Click to show/hide]
FLAC
FLAC stands for Free Lossless Audio Codec, an audio format similar to MP3 - but lossless, meaning that the audio compressed with FLAC does not receive any loss in quality. This is similar to how Zip works, except with FLAC you will get much better compression because it is designed specifically for audio.
Dolby Digital Plus, also known as Enhanced AC-3 (commonly abbreviated as DD+ or E-AC-3, or EC-3), is the successor to Dolby Digital (AC-3). It is a digital audio compression scheme developed by Dolby Labs for the transport and storage of multi-channel digital audio.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#dts-es","title":"DTS-ES","text":"DTS-ES - [Click to show/hide]
DTS-ES
DTS-ES (DTS Extended Surround) includes two variants, DTS-ES Discrete 6.1 and DTS-ES Matrix 5.1, depending on how the sound was originally mastered and stored.
Digital Theater Sound (DTS) is a digital audio technology developed by DTS, Inc, which focuses on digital surround sound formats for consumer and commercial applications as well as theatrical purposes. Compared to the Dolby Digital standard, DTS uses four times less compression and digitizes audio sounds at 20 bits instead of 16 bits. This makes DTS-based audio richer in sound and more detailed than Dolby Digital-based ones.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#aac","title":"AAC","text":"AAC - [Click to show/hide]
AAC
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia Advanced Audio Coding (AAC) is an audio coding standard for lossy digital audio compression. Designed to be the successor of the MP3 format, AAC generally achieves higher sound quality than MP3 at the same bit rate.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#opus","title":"Opus","text":"Opus - [Click to show/hide]
OPUS
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Opus is a lossy audio coding format developed by the Xiph.Org Foundation and standardized by the Internet Engineering Task Force, designed to efficiently code speech and general audio in a single format while remaining low-latency enough for real-time interactive communication and low-complexity enough for low-end embedded processors. Opus replaces both Vorbis and Speex for new applications, and several blind listening tests have ranked it higher quality than any other standard audio format at any given bitrate until transparency is reached, including MP3, AAC, and HE-AAC.
Dolby Vision is a dynamic HDR format. It can offer better visual experiences relative to HDR10. The most significant difference is that it uses dynamic metadata which allows varying brightness levels within HDR content which enables filmmakers to have more precise control over the overall image appearance. HDR10 relies on static metadata which limits the HDR effect to a per-movie or per-episode basis.
HDR10+
HDR10+ improves upon HDR10 by making its metadata dynamic, allowing for it to change for each frame of video. This means every frame is adjusted to its own set of colors, brightness, and contrast parameters, making for a much more vibrant and realistic-looking image. Areas of the screen that might have been over-saturated with HDR10 will display their full contrast and detail with HDR10+.
\ud83d\udca1 Any form of HDR will look significantly better than SDR on supporting equipment. The overall result will ultimately end up varying, though, based on your hardware and how the studio and filmmaker implemented HDR.
This format provides Dolby Vision with HDR10 fallback. You will find this mainly with:
Remuxes
Bluray encodes
Hybrid WEB-DL (Hybrid isn't always mentioned)
Dolby Vision
Dolby Vision is a dynamic HDR format. It can offer better visual experiences relative to HDR10. The most significant difference is that it uses dynamic metadata which allows varying brightness levels within HDR content which enables filmmakers to have more precise control over the overall image appearance. HDR10 relies on static metadata which limits the HDR effect to a per-movie or per-episode basis.
HDR10
HDR10 is the most basic HDR format used in consumer media and is supported by all HDR-supported devices.
HDR10 relies on static metadata which limits its effect to a per-movie or per-episode basis. Because of this, it lacks the information for how the content should be adjusted for your specific display. The interaction between display capabilities, video metadata, and the ultimate output (i.e., the presentation of the video) is controlled by the display, which may result in quality that is ultimately not how was originally intended.
\ud83d\udca1 Any form of HDR will look significantly better than SDR on supporting equipment. The overall result will ultimately end up varying, though, based on your hardware and how the studio and filmmaker implemented HDR.
This Custom Format will only match on DV NOT on DV HDR10 etc.
Depending on the source (WEB-DL, Bluray, or Remux) this format will match the following:
With Remuxes, it means that it will have DV HDR10.
With Bluray encodes, it means it will have DV HDR10.
With WEB-DL, it means 99% it will only support Dolby Vision without HDR10 fallback (Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens, if you have this issue always make sure you also add the following Custom Format with a score of -10000)
DV HLG This is a very rare HDR Format that was created by NHK (JP) and the BBC for cable, satellite, and over-the-air TV broadcasts.
Dolby Vision
Dolby Vision is a dynamic HDR format. It can offer better visual experiences relative to HDR10. The most significant difference is that it uses dynamic metadata which allows varying brightness levels within HDR content which enables filmmakers to have more precise control over the overall image appearance. HDR10 relies on static metadata which limits the HDR effect to a per-movie or per-episode basis.
This Custom Format will only match on DV HLG
HLG
HLG or HLG10 is an HDR format created by NHK (JP) and the BBC that can be used for both video and still images. This format is backward compatible with SDR UHD TV, but not with older SDR displays that do not implement the Rec. 2020 color standards.
You will find this mainly with cable, satellite, and over-the-air TV broadcast series and movies from the likes of BBC and National Geographic.
HDR10+ improves upon HDR10 by making its metadata dynamic, allowing for it to change for each frame of video. This means every frame is adjusted to its own set of colors, brightness, and contrast parameters, making for a much more vibrant and realistic-looking image. Areas of the screen that might have been over-saturated with HDR10 will display their full contrast and detail with HDR10+.
HDR10 is the most basic HDR format used in consumer media and is supported by all HDR-supported devices.
HDR10 relies on static metadata which limits its effect to a per-movie or per-episode basis. Because of this, it lacks the information for how the content should be adjusted for your specific display. The interaction between display capabilities, video metadata, and the ultimate output (i.e., the presentation of the video) is controlled by the display, which may result in quality that is ultimately not how was originally intended.
This Custom Format will only match on HDR NOT on HDR10, HDR10+ etc
This Custom Format is a sort of \"catch-all\" for the HDR scene naming scheme where we don't know, based on name alone, which HDR formats are included - it could be HDR10, HDR10+ or even PQ.
PQ (perceptual quantizer) or PQ10 is the most basic HDR format that can be used for both video and still images. It is the same as the HDR10 format without any metadata.
HLG or HLG10 is an HDR format created by NHK (JP) and the BBC that can be used for both video and still images. This format is backward compatible with SDR UHD TV, but not with older SDR displays that do not implement the Rec. 2020 color standards.
You will find this mainly with cable, satellite, and over-the-air TV broadcast series and movies from the likes of BBC and National Geographic.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#series-versions","title":"Series Versions","text":""},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#hybrid","title":"Hybrid","text":"Hybrid - [Click to show/hide]
A hybrid release means any combination of sources (video + audio) and not a direct encoding of a single source. Generally, you can be sure that any hybrid that has been put together is the best quality release of a particular title.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#remaster","title":"Remaster","text":"Remaster - [Click to show/hide]
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
For the software term, see Software remastering. Remaster (also digital remastering and digitally remastered) refers to changing the quality of the sound or of the image, or both, of previously created recordings, either audiophonic, cinematic, or videographic.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#unwanted","title":"Unwanted","text":""},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#av1","title":"AV1","text":"AV1 - [Click to show/hide]
AV1 encodes are currently targeting small file sizes, rather than good visual quality.
This is a new codec and you need modern devices that support it.
We also had reports of playback/transcoding issues.
No main group is actually using it (yet).
It's better to ignore this new codec to prevent compatibility issues
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#br-disk","title":"BR-DISK","text":"BR-DISK - [Click to show/hide]
This is a custom format to help Sonarr recognize and ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
You will need to add the following as a new Custom Format, and when created adjust the scoring in your Quality Profile (Setting => Profiles) to -10000.
Note
Depending on your renaming scheme Sonarr could potentially match renamed files AFTER they are downloaded and imported as BR-DISK, This is only a cosmetic annoyance until we come up with another way to solve this, Because this Custom Format is used to exclude downloading of BR-DISK, it is still behaving as intended.
Potential reasons why this is could occurr:
Blame the often wrongly used naming of x265 encodes.
This blocks all 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265.
In your quality profile use the following score for this Custom Format: -10000
Why block 720/1080p encodes in x265? - [Click to show/hide]
Quote
x265 is good for 4k stuff or 1080p if they used the remuxes as the source. If the media isn't source quality/remux, then there will be a loss of quality every time. Also, once you go x265, typically that file is done. It can't be changed to something else without a huge loss of quality.
Something like 95% of video files are x264 and have much better direct play support. If you have more than a couple of users, you will notice much more transcoding. Just depends on your priorities.
So basically if you are storage-poor and just need to save space, use x265. The catch is if you want the best quality x265, you need high-quality source files, so you still have huge file sizes. If you want maximum compatibility and the option to change your files to something else later, then x264. It's all really dependent on specific situations for different people
If you have also added x265 (no HDR/DV) to your Sonarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
It's a shame that most x265 groups microsize the releases or use the x264 as a source which results in low-quality releases. And the few groups that do use the correct source suffer from it.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#miscellaneous","title":"Miscellaneous","text":""},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#repackproper","title":"Repack/Proper","text":"JSON - [Click to show/hide]
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#x264","title":"x264","text":"x264 - [Click to show/hide]
x264 is a free software library and application for encoding video streams into the H.264/MPEG-4 AVC compression format, and is released under the terms of the GNU GPL.
If you want maximum compatibility and have much better direct play support then use x264 for 720p/1080p.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#x265","title":"x265","text":"x265 - [Click to show/hide]
x265 is a free software library and application for encoding video streams into the H.265/MPEG-H HEVC compression format, and is released under the terms of the GNU GPL.
This applies to all x265/HEVC releases that are not Remux.
Please don't forget to read the following Microsized & Wrong Source
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#x266","title":"x266","text":"x266 - [Click to show/hide]
Versatile Video Coding (VVC), also known as H.266, ISO/IEC 23090-3, and MPEG-I Part 3, is a video compression standard finalized on 6 July 2020. Wikipedia.
This applies to all x266/VVC releases that are not Remux.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#freeleech","title":"FreeLeech","text":"FreeLeech - [Click to show/hide]
Torrent sites sometimes set a torrent to be freeleech. This means that the download of this torrent will not count towards your quota or ratio. This can be useful when starting a new account or if you do not have the best ratio yet.
Warning
Keep in mind not all trackers support this option.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#bad-dual-groups","title":"Bad Dual Groups","text":"Bad dual groups - [Click to show/hide]
These groups take the original release and add their language (ex. Portuguese) as the main audio track (AAC 2.0), What results after renaming and FFprobe is that the media file will be recognized as Portuguese AAC audio. It's a common rule that you add the best audio as the first track. Also they often even translate/rename the release name to Portuguese.
This is a special Custom Format that blocks WEBDLs with Dolby Vision but without HDR10 fallback.
You will need to add the following as a new Custom Format, and when created adjust the scoring in your Quality Profile (Setting => Profiles) to -10000.
This Custom Format works together with the normal DV Custom Format that you would use to prefer Dolby Vision.
Most WEBDL from Streaming Services don't have the fallback to HDR10. What can result during playback is issues with weird colors (typically a green hue) when you attempt to play it on a non-Dolby Vision-compatible setup.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#no-rlsgroup","title":"No-RlsGroup","text":"No-RlsGroup - [Click to show/hide]
Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups getting a higher score. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up stripped of the group name so they appear as \"upgrades\" and they end up getting a decent score if other things match
Warning
If you don't use decent filenames (like not adding release groups) don't add this Custom Format, except if you want to upgrade them.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#obfuscated","title":"Obfuscated","text":"Obfuscated - [Click to show/hide]
Obfuscated
Obfuscated are used on usenet, mostly with non-tier-1 indexers, to do re-posts of common/popular releases. Use this only if you've access to tier 1 Usenet indexers.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#retags","title":"Retags","text":"Retags - [Click to show/hide]
Retags
Retags are something you often see on public trackers where the tracker or uploader adds their name to the torrent. It is also possible that it could show up on some Usenet indexers.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#scene","title":"Scene","text":"Scene - [Click to show/hide]
This Custom Format will try to recognize so-called \"scene releases\". Depending on your preferences, you can give it a negative score -10000, a positive score, or just skip adding it altogether.
This CF utilizes functionality only available starting in Sonarr v4.0.2.1262.
Single Episode - [Click to show/hide]
This Custom Format will recognize single-episode releases, instead of multi-episode or season packs, using Sonarr's built-in parser. Depending on your preference, you can give it a negative or positive score or skip adding it altogether.
This CF utilizes functionality only available in Sonarr v4.0.2.1262 or later.
Multi-Episode - [Click to show/hide]
This Custom Format will recognize multi-episode releases (e.g. episodes named with 'S01E01E02'), instead of single-episode or season packs, using Sonarr's built-in parser. Depending on your preference, you can give it a negative or positive score or skip adding it altogether.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#x265-no-hdrdv","title":"x265 (no HDR/DV)","text":"x265 (no HDR/DV) - [Click to show/hide]
This blocks most 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265, But it will allow 720/1080p x265 releases if they have HDR and/or DV
Since some NF releases won't be released as 4k, this allows you to still have the DV/HDR releases.
In your quality profile use the following score for this Custom Format: -10000
Why block 720/1080p encodes in x265? - [Click to show/hide]
Quote
x265 is good for 4k stuff or 1080p if they used the remuxes as the source. If the media isn't source quality/remux, then there will be a loss of quality every time. Also, once you go x265, typically that file is done. It can't be changed to something else without a huge loss of quality.
Something like 95% of video files are x264 and have much better direct play support. If you have more than a couple of users, you will notice much more transcoding. Just depends on your priorities.
So basically if you are storage-poor and just need to save space, use x265. The catch is if you want the best quality x265, you need high-quality source files, so you still have huge file sizes. If you want maximum compatibility and the option to change your files to something else later, then x264. It's all really dependent on specific situations for different people
If you have also added x265 (HD) to your Sonarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
It's a shame that most x265 groups microsize the releases or use the x264 as a source which results in low-quality releases. And the few groups that do use the correct source suffer from it.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#vc-1","title":"VC-1","text":"VC-1 - [Click to show/hide]
VC-1
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
VC-1 is a video compression codec primarily developed by Microsoft. It is often associated with older Blu-ray discs and some HD digital video content. While VC-1 was a popular choice in the early days of HD content, it has been largely supplanted by more efficient codecs, such as AVC (H.264) for 1080p Remuxes and HEVC (H.265) for 2160p Remuxes.
When it comes to remuxing, many release groups upgrade older VC-1 encoded content to AVC (If a disc is released as AVC), especially for 1080p Remuxes. This is because AVC is generally more efficient in terms of compression while maintaining better quality at lower bitrates. As a result, content encoded with AVC will typically have improved visual quality and smaller file sizes compared to its VC-1 counterparts.
If you are looking for better quality versions of films or shows that were originally released in VC-1, it's common for modern remuxes to include AVC encoding, making them more compatible with current playback devices and ensuring a better viewing experience.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#sdr-no-webdl","title":"SDR (no WEBDL)","text":"SDR (no WEBDL) - [Click to show/hide]
This will prevent grabbing UHD/4k Remux and Bluray encode releases without HDR Formats. - i.e., SDR WEB releases will still be allowed since 4K SDR WEB releases can often look better than the 1080p version due to the improved bitrate.
If you have also added SDR to your Sonarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#dv-disk","title":"DV (Disk)","text":"DV (Disk) - [Click to show/hide]
This will boost the score for Dolby Vision Releases using the original full-quality Dolby Vision layer from the disc release to replace the old WEBDL HYBRID release.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#hfr","title":"HFR","text":"HFR - [Click to show/hide]
This will boost the score for HFR releases. HFR stands for High Frame Rate and refers to a video format that uses a higher number of frames per second than traditional video, resulting in smoother and more detailed motion.
Amazon Prime Video, or simply Prime Video, is an American subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming and rental service of Amazon offered as a standalone service or as part of Amazon's Prime subscription. The service primarily distributes films and television series produced by Amazon MGM Studios or licensed to Amazon, as Amazon Originals, with the service also hosting content from other providers, content add-ons, live sporting events, and video rental and purchasing services.
Apple TV+ is an American subscription streaming service owned and operated by Apple Inc. Launched on November 1, 2019, it offers a selection of original production film and television series called Apple Originals.
DC Universe (streaming service) - [Click to show/hide]
DC Universe (streaming service)
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
DC Universe was an American subscription video-on-demand (SVOD) and digital comics service operated by DC Entertainment and Warner Bros. Digital Networks, both divisions of WarnerMedia. Launched on September 15, 2018, the service featured a streaming library of animated series and films based on DC Comics properties, new original television series adapted from DC properties, as well as a rotating back catalogue of DC Comics publications, and online community features. In 2020.
In June 2020, WarnerMedia began to phase out DC Universe in favor of its new flagship streaming service HBO Max, initially by offering a promotional offer via DC Universe for new subscribers. DC Universe's original series and future streaming productions were moved to HBO Max and became Max Originals.
Disney+ is an American subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming media service owned and operated by Disney Streaming, the streaming division of Disney Entertainment, a major business segment of the Walt Disney Company.The service primarily distributes films and television shows produced by Walt Disney Studios and Disney Television Studios, with dedicated content hubs for Disney's flagship brands; Disney, Pixar, Marvel, Star Wars, National Geographic, and Hulu as well as showcasing original and exclusive films and television shows.
Max (streaming service) aka HBO Max - [Click to show/hide]
Max (streaming service) aka HBO Max
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Max, formerly and in some markets still HBO Max, is an American subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming service. It is a proprietary unit of Warner Bros. Discovery Global Streaming & Interactive Entertainment, which is itself a division of Warner Bros. Discovery (WBD). First launched (as HBO Max) in the United States on May 27, 2020, the service offers content from the libraries of Warner Bros., Discovery Channel, HBO, CNN, Cartoon Network, Adult Swim, Animal Planet, Eurosport, and their related brands.
Home Box Office (HBO) is an American pay television network, which is the flagship property of namesake parent-subsidiary Home Box Office, Inc., itself a unit owned by Warner Bros. Discovery. The overall Home Box Office business unit is based at Warner Bros. Programming featured on the network consists primarily of theatrically released motion pictures and original television programs as well as made-for-cable movies, documentaries, occasional comedy, and concert specials, and periodic interstitial programs (consisting of short films and making-of documentaries).
Apple introduced iTunes 6, enabling support for purchasing and viewing video content purchased from the iTunes Store. At launch, the store offered popular shows from the ABC network along with Disney Channel series. In 2008, Apple and select film studios introduced \"iTunes Digital Copy\", a feature on select DVDs and Blu-ray discs allowing a digital copy in iTunes and associated media players.
Max, formerly and in some markets still HBO Max, is an American subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming service. It is a proprietary unit of Warner Bros. Discovery Global Streaming & Interactive Entertainment, which is itself a division of Warner Bros. Discovery (WBD). First launched (as HBO Max) in the United States on May 27, 2020, the service offers content from the libraries of Warner Bros., Discovery Channel, HBO, CNN, Cartoon Network, Adult Swim, Animal Planet, Eurosport, and their related brands.
Netflix is an American subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming service. The service primarily distributes original and acquired films and television shows from various genres, and it is available internationally in multiple languages.
Paramount+ is an American subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming service owned by Paramount Global. The service's content is drawn primarily from the libraries of CBS Media Ventures, CBS Studios, Paramount Media Networks (formerly Viacom Media Networks and ViacomCBS Domestic Media Networks), and Paramount Pictures, while also including original series and films, live streaming sports coverage, and in the United States, live streaming of local CBS broadcast stations.
Peacock is an American over-the-top video streaming service owned and operated by Peacock TV LLC, a subsidiary of NBCUniversal Media Group. Named after the NBC logo, the service launched on July 15, 2020. The service primarily features series and film content from NBCUniversal studios and other third-party content providers, including television series, films, news, and sports programming. The service is available in a grandfathered free ad-supported version with limited content, while premium tiers include a larger content library and access to additional NBC Sports, Hallmark Channel, and WWE content.
Paramount+ with Showtime, also known as Showtime (the former name of its main channel from 1976 to 2024, but still used for certain marketing and channel branding contexts), is an American premium television network and the flagship property of Showtime Networks, a sub-division of the Paramount Media Networks division of Paramount Global. Paramount+ with Showtime's programming includes original television series produced exclusively for the linear network and developed for the co-owned Paramount+ streaming service, theatrically released and independent motion pictures, documentaries, and occasional stand-up comedy specials, made-for-TV movies and softcore adult programming.
Stan is an Australian over-the-top streaming service. The service offers a broad range of film and television content from both local and foreign productions, particularly from the United States and United Kingdom. Stan also includes a growing library of their own original film and television content. With over 2.6 million subscribers, as of June 2023 Stan is the fourth largest streaming service in Australia, behind Disney+, Amazon Prime Video and Netflix.
Syfy is an American basic cable television channel. Launched on September 24, 1992, the channel broadcasts programming relating to the science fiction, horror, and fantasy genres.
Disney+ Hotstar is an Indian subscription video-on-demand over-the-top streaming service owned by Disney Star, a subsidiary of the Disney Entertainment business segment of The Walt Disney Company, featuring domestic Indian film, television and sports content for India itself and its worldwide diaspora. It also includes imported content from and serves Southeast Asia as well.
TVING (Korean: \ud2f0\ube59) is a South Korean subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming service operated by TVING Corporation, It is a platform that streams dramas, entertainment shows, animations, exclusive television films, specials and documentaries.
Viu (pronounced as view) is a Hong Kong-based over-the-top (OTT) video streaming provider, Viu delivers content in different genres from Asia's top content providers with local language subtitles, as well as original production series under the Viu Original initiative (similar to original programming from other services like Disney+, Amazon Prime Video and Netflix).
NLZIET is the online service of Dutch broadcasters that provides non-stop tv, commercial-free. The streaming service brings the best of all channels straight to your preferred device and lets you see your favorite tv content in high quality on all available platforms; anytime and anywhere.
Videoland is a Dutch OTT online service provider owned by RTL Nederland. Originally it was a retail chain of video rental stores. Its main competitor is Netflix.
ITVX (formerly ITV Hub) is a British ad-supported video-on-demand streaming service operated by ITV. The service offers original content from the broadcaster, as well as some exclusive and licensed programming.
Now (formerly Now TV and often stylised as NOW) is a subscription over-the-top streaming television service operated by British satellite television provider Sky Group.
The Canadian Broadcasting Corporation (French: Soci\u00e9t\u00e9 Radio-Canada), branded as CBC/Radio-Canada, is the Canadian public broadcaster for both radio and television. It is a Crown corporation that serves as the national public broadcaster, with its English-language and French-language service units known as CBC and Radio-Canada, respectively.
CBC Gem
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
CBC Gem is CBC Television's over-the-top streaming platform; it launched in 2018, replacing the existing CBC TV app. The service carries live and on-demand programming from CBC Television, CBC News, and CBC Sports, as well as short- and long-form original programming and acquisitions (including films and television series).
Crave (originally CraveTV) is a Canadian subscription video on demand service. The service competes directly with other subscription-based over-the-top streaming services operating in Canada, primarily against American-based services. The service features Bell Media original programming, exclusive Canadian access to programming acquired from several U.S. television and streaming services, and various theatrically-released films. Crave's major programming supplier is Warner Bros. Discovery (HBO / Max and Warner Bros. films). Starz, offered in partnership with Lionsgate.
Discovery+ (pronounced \"Discovery Plus\"; stylized as discovery+) is an American subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming service owned by Warner Bros. Discovery (WBD). The service focuses on factual programming drawn from the libraries of Discovery's main channel brands, as well as original series (including spin-offs of programs from Discovery's television networks), and other acquired content.
Star+ (Star Plus; stylized as ST\u2605R+) is a subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming service available in almost all Ibero-American states. The service is owned by The Walt Disney Company through the Disney Entertainment division and business segment.
In December 2023, it was confirmed that Star+ will be merged into Disney+ in the second quarter of 2024 with all of its content, including live sports from ESPN, migrating to Disney+ and its standalone app being discontinued.
Quibi (/\u02c8kw\u026abi/ KWIB-ee) was an American short-form streaming platform, It launched in April 2020, but shut down in December 2020 after falling short of its subscriber projections.
Some streaming services have UHD releases that are generally better than their HD counterparts. The UHD Streaming Boost custom format increases those streaming services' scores appropriately for UHD releases. Use this in conjunction with the regular streaming service custom formats.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#uhd-streaming-cut","title":"UHD Streaming Cut","text":"UHD Streaming Cut - [Click to show/hide]
Some streaming services have UHD releases that are generally worse than their HD counterparts. The UHD Streaming Cut custom format decreases those streaming services' scores appropriately for UHD releases. Use this in conjunction with the regular streaming service custom formats.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#anime-web-tier-01-muxers","title":"Anime Web Tier 01 (Muxers)","text":"Anime Web Tier 01 (Muxers) - [Click to show/hide]
Groups that do the best releases as per SeaDex. They are more consistent and trump others
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#anime-web-tier-02-top-fansubs","title":"Anime Web Tier 02 (Top FanSubs)","text":"Anime Web Tier 02 (Top FanSubs) - [Click to show/hide]
Groups that do the best releases as per SeaDex. They are more consistent and trump others
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#anime-web-tier-03-official-subs","title":"Anime Web Tier 03 (Official Subs)","text":"Anime Web Tier 03 (Official Subs) - [Click to show/hide]
Official sub-groups that tend to be more consistent and release fast
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#anime-web-tier-04-official-subs","title":"Anime Web Tier 04 (Official Subs)","text":"Anime Web Tier 04 (Official Subs) - [Click to show/hide]
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#anime-web-tier-05-fansubs","title":"Anime Web Tier 05 (FanSubs)","text":"Anime Web Tier 05 (FanSubs) - [Click to show/hide]
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#anime-web-tier-06-fansubs","title":"Anime Web Tier 06 (FanSubs)","text":"Anime Web Tier 06 (FanSubs) - [Click to show/hide]
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#french-audio-version","title":"French Audio Version","text":""},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#multi-french","title":"Multi-French","text":"Multi-French - [Click to show/hide]
Recognize movies that include the original and the French audio. Works only after import as it needs the result from FFprobe to get which audio tracks are present. Will rename the release to keep the recognition of 'Multi' by the Multi-Audio custom format.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#vostfr","title":"VOSTFR","text":"VOSTFR - [Click to show/hide]
Indicates soundtrack in the original language, with French subtitles. It should be noted that SUBFRENCH is included inside this Custom Format. However, SUB often means that the subtitle was embedded inside the picture (hardcoded). French releases tend to mix both, leading to some VOSTFR being labeled as SUBFRENCH and SUBFRENCH as VOSTFR.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#fansub","title":"FanSUB","text":"FanSUB - [Click to show/hide]
Action of subtitling a video for personal and non-professional purposes. The quality of FanSUBs can vary enormously (accuracy of translation, mistakes, etc.) and could lead to so-called FastSUBs.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#fr-hd-bluray-tier-01","title":"FR HD Bluray Tier 01","text":"FR HD Bluray Tier 01 - [Click to show/hide]
WIP
Groups that create encodes from remuxes without micro-sizing them.
Groups that add the best French audio track to an English release from Tier 01 or 02.
Groups that have a minimum of great releases (best encode in its class 1080p and lower).
Groups with no or little activity that have at some point made an interesting release which is either the only one available (in VOSTFR/MULTi) or still top of its category.
Groups that haven't released much or are not well recognized. (yet)
Groups doing only anime that have retired (or no longer exist) and may not have the best quality by today's standards.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-how-to-update-custom-formats/","title":"How to update Custom Formats","text":"
Here we will try to explain how you can manually update Custom Formats for Sonarr v3+, With any changes from the guide or changes provided to you from other sources, without losing the scoring in your Quality Profile.
Keep in mind Custom Formats are made to fine-tune your Quality Profile.Generally, quality trumps all
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-how-to-update-custom-formats/#how-to-copypaste-the-json","title":"How to Copy/Paste the JSON","text":"
The manual way is almost the same as the Import Custom Format way found HERE
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-how-to-update-custom-formats/#open-the-custom-format-you-want-to-update","title":"Open the Custom Format you want to update","text":""},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-how-to-update-custom-formats/#paste-the-custom-format","title":"Paste the Custom Format","text":"
In the empty Custom Format JSON box (1) you just paste the JSON that you got from the Custom Format Collection or provided to you from other sources followed by the Import button (2).
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-how-to-update-custom-formats/#save-the-custom-format","title":"Save the Custom Format","text":"
After selecting the Import button you will get a screen that has all the Custom Format variables filled in correctly, all you need to do now is click on the Save button and you're done.
The Import to update existing Custom Formats replaces the existing Custom Format, so all manual changes you did to it will be lost
You can also use a Guide sync tool to sync the Custom Formats or even the complete quality profile(s).
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-import-custom-formats/","title":"How to import Custom Formats","text":"
Here we will try to explain how you can manually import Custom Formats for Sonarr v4+.
Keep in mind Custom Formats are made to fine-tune your Quality Profile.Generally, quality trumps all
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-import-custom-formats/#how-to-copypaste-the-json-from-the-site","title":"How to Copy/Paste the JSON from the site","text":"
In this example, we will use the BR-DISK Custom Format, the one most people don't want to download anyway. And if you do, then you probably don't use any of the Starr apps or Plex, being both don't support it.
Visit the Collection of Custom Formats and select BR-DISK from the table.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-import-custom-formats/#expand-the-json-for-br-disk","title":"Expand the JSON for BR-DISK","text":"
Then click the copy icon in the top right corner
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-import-custom-formats/#how-to-import-a-json-custom-format","title":"How to import a JSON Custom Format","text":""},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-import-custom-formats/#in-sonarr","title":"In Sonarr","text":"
Settings => Custom Formats
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-import-custom-formats/#add-a-new-custom-format","title":"Add a new Custom Format","text":"
Then click on the to add a new Custom Format.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-import-custom-formats/#import-the-custom-format","title":"Import the Custom Format","text":"
Followed by the Import in the lower left.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-import-custom-formats/#paste-the-custom-format","title":"Paste the Custom Format","text":"
Paste the JSON in the empty Custom Format JSON box (1) that you got from the Custom Format Collection followed by the Import button (2).
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-import-custom-formats/#save-the-custom-format","title":"Save the Custom Format","text":"
After selecting the Import button you will get a screen that has all the Custom Formats variables filled in correctly, all you need to do now is click on the Save button and you're done.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-import-custom-formats/#setup-the-scores-in-your-quality-profile","title":"Setup the scores in your Quality Profile","text":"
After you've added the Custom Formats, You will need to set it up in the Quality Profile you want to use/prefer to make use of the Custom Formats. How this is done is explained HERE
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-import-custom-formats/#start-adding-other-custom-formats-wisely","title":"Start adding other Custom Formats wisely","text":"
Start adding more Custom Formats wisely, Don't add all the available Custom Formats!!!
Check out the How to set up Custom Formats where we will explain how to make the most use of custom formats and show some personal examples that I'm using. You can use these examples to get an idea of how to set up yours.
You can also use a Guide sync tool to sync the Custom Formats or even the complete quality profile(s).
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-anime/","title":"How to setup Quality Profiles Anime","text":"
aka How to set up Custom Formats (Anime)
Warning
You must be running Sonarr V4 to be able to use this setup.
Note
This guide is created and maintained by FonduemangVI and rg9400
It's recommended to run two Sonarr instances. One for Anime and one for normal TV shows, or you can make use of Quality Profiles and score different Custom Formats (CFs) as required.
This guide aims to grab the best release overall (as per SeaDex) and not necessarily just dual audio. The vast majority of releases can be found on Nyaa or AB
Nyaa is a public tracker while AB is an invite-only tracker.
When adding a new series make sure you set the series type to Anime
example - [Click to show/hide] "},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-anime/#recommended-naming-scheme","title":"Recommended naming scheme","text":"
We need to create a new profile called Remux-1080p - Anime due to the way anime can be named we will need to merge a few qualities - see here for an example.
We need to add Bluray-1080p Remux and Bluray-1080p into a group together, HDTV-1080p into the same group as WEBDL-1080p and WEBRip-1080p, and HDTV-720p into the same group as WEBDL-720p and WEBRip-720p so that the scoring will work correctly.
Go to Settings => Profiles
We then need to select and organize the qualities as seen below.
The scoring that has been set is the recommended scoring, however, some of the CFs are optional depending on what you prefer. Anime Dual Audio, Uncensored and 10bit can be given positive scores if you want to prefer content with these attributes.
Anime Raws and Dubs Only are negatively scored, however, if you prefer these attributes you can give them a positive score.
Once the custom formats have been imported you can set the scores as above. To do this go to Settings => Profiles and select the Remux-1080p - Anime profile that was set up before.
In the profile enter the scores as per the above table in this section.
After you are done it should look similar to the image above, but using the current Guide Scores from the above tables.
If you prefer Dual Audio releases you have a few options depending on your preference.
If you want to prefer Dual Audio within the same tier give the CF a score of 10, if you want it to be preferred a tier above give the CF a score of 101, and if you want to prefer it over any tiers give the CF a score of 2000.
If you must have Dual Audio releases set the Minimum Custom Format Score to 2000 in the Remux-1080p - Anime profile that you setup earlier.
Using this scoring you will still benefit from the tiers if a better release group does a Dual Audio release.
Below is an example of the scoring set to prefer Dual Audio over any tier.
Most BDs are uncensored by default, so most groups do not include that in the name.
If you prefer Uncensored releases you have a few options depending on your preference.
If you want to prefer Uncensored within the same tier give the CF a score of 10, if you want it to be preferred a tier above give the CF a score of 101.
Using this scoring you will still benefit from the tiers if a better release group does an Uncensored release.
Below is an example of the scoring set to prefer Uncensored a tier above.
rg9400 (Building the Custom Formats, Guidance on anime groups and sharing general knowledge.)
V01 from SeaDex (Guidance on anime groups and sharing general knowledge.)
Drazzilb (Guidance on anime groups, testing and sharing general knowledge.)
TRaSH (For allowing me to utilize his website for our guide and sharing general knowledge.)
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-en/","title":"How to set up Quality Profiles (French)","text":"
This guide is created and maintained by Someone Said \"Nice\"?
Cette page est aussi disponible en Fran\u00e7ais: Guide en Fran\u00e7ais.
So what is the best way to set up the Custom Formats and which one to use with which scores to get French and English Audio?
Keep in mind that most releases are MULTi (understand DUAL audio, original and French audio) and it can be difficult to only have French audio, unless you are willing to get 720p, or you are only looking for French TV shows.
Regarding quality there isn't a best setup, it depends on your setup (hardware devices) and your own personal preferences. Some prefer high-quality audio (HD Audio), others high-quality video. Many prefer both.
TRaSH created a flowchart to make your decision/choices easier. Remember that this chart does not include any of the following Custom Formats and you will still need to read this guide to get MULTi releases.
You must follow and understand what is envisioned by Trash's guide:
Adding Custom Formats, as explained in How to import Custom Formats.
Setting up a quality Profile to make use of the Custom Formats, as explained in How to set up Quality Profiles | Basics section.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-en/#i-am-only-interested-in-french-subs-vostfr","title":"I am only interested in French subs (VOSTFR)","text":"
There is two options:
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-en/#using-trashs-guide-and-bazarr","title":"Using TRaSH's guide and Bazarr","text":"
This is the preferred method.
Set up Sonarr using How to set up Quality Profiles | Which Quality Profile should you choose.
Set up Bazarr. It will do an amazing job of getting your subtitle on every show.
Enjoy your shows with subs.
(Optional) Add the VOSTFR Custom Format with a score of 1000.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-en/#using-the-following-examples-and-the-vostfr-custom-format","title":"Using the following examples and the VOSTFR Custom Format","text":"
Continue to read this page.
Ignore any mention of MULTi Custom Formats.
Add the VOSTFR Custom Format with a score of 1000.
There are two ways of using those French Custom Formats, with and without the Guide's original Group tiers (which can be found here: Collection of Custom Formats). To illustrate this, you will see an \"Original mix (optional)\" section in each of the examples below. You need to understand that if you add the Custom Formats from this optional section if Sonarr does not find a MULTi you will still have a good scoring for single audio.
Attention
If you use the \"Original mix (optional)\". You need to understand that even if in the beginning the main focus of those French Custom Formats is to work alongside the original ones. You could end up with a single audio release when a MULTi release exists. This is because it was not scored high enough to trump the other scoring.
An example of Anime in MULTi/VOSTFR is also provided at the end: Anime Example
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-en/#examples-of-quality-profile","title":"Examples of Quality Profile","text":"
Attention
All the used scores and combinations of Custom Formats in this Guide are tested to get the desired results while preventing download loops as much as possible.
From experience, most of the time when people change scores or leave out certain CFs that work together - they end up with undesired results.
If you're unsure or have questions, do not hesitate to ask for help on Discord
Those are all optional and only there to rename your release or to prefer a certain type of French Audio. Examples:
You prefer VFF (including VFI and VF2) audio, in this case, you will put them at 101 instead of 0.
You only want VOSTFR, in this case, you will ignore any mention of MULTi Custom Formats and give the VOSTFR Custom Format a score of 1000.
Attention
It is not recommended to put any of the VF Custom Formats (VFF, VFQ, VQ, VFB, VFI, VF2) to a negative score. Instead, increase the score of your preferred audio.
Explanation - [Click to show/hide] Acronyms French Explanation English Explanation TRUEFRENCH or VFF Version Francophone Fran\u00e7aise (doublage r\u00e9alis\u00e9 en France) Full French version (dubbing done in France) FRENCH or VF[1] Version Francophone (normalement equivalent \u00e0 la VFQ) French version (normally equivalent to VFQ) VOF Version Originale Fran\u00e7aise Original French Version VFI Version Francophone Internationale International French Version VFQ Version Francophone Qu\u00e9b\u00e9coise Canadian French Version VOQ Version Original Qu\u00e9b\u00e9coise (ex: Bon Cop, Bad Cop) Quebec Original Version (ex: Bon Cop, Bad Cop) VQ Version Qu\u00e9b\u00e9coise (accent Qu\u00e9b\u00e9cois important, ex: Les Simpsons le film) Quebec Version (strong Quebec accent, ex: The Simpsons movie) VFB Version Francophone Belge Belgian French Version VF[1-9] or FR[1-9] Indique le nombre de doublage pr\u00e9sent (normalement VF2 soit VFF et VFQ) Indicates the number of dubs present (normally VF2 being VFF and VFQ) VOSTFR[2] Indique que l'audio est dans la langue originale, avec des sous-titres en fran\u00e7ais. Indicates soundtrack in the original language, with French subtitles
[1] VF is included under the VFQ Custom Format, but it should be noted that it was often mismatched with VFF instead of VFQ pre-2022.
[2] It should be noted that SUBFRENCH is included in this Custom Format. However, SUB often means that the subtitle was embedded inside the picture (hardcoded). French releases tend to mix the two, leading to some VOSTFR being labelled as SUBFRENCH and SUBFRENCH as VOSTFR.
Indexers renaming in Prowlarr
Some Indexers in Prowlarr can rename MULTi releases to MULTi.TRUEFRENCH or MULTi.FRENCH. It is not recommend to use such a feature along with those Custom Formats as it can lead to false positives from the VFF, VFQ and VQ Custom Formats.
French Audio Versions - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Trash ID VFF 2c29a39a4fdfd6d258799bc4c09731b9 VOF 7ae924ee9b2f39df3283c6c0beb8a2aa VFI b6816a0e1d4b64bf3550ad3b74b009b6 VF2 34789ec3caa819f087e23bbf9999daf7 VFQ 7a7f4e4f58bd1058440236d033a90b67 VOQ 802dd70b856c423a9b0cb7f34ac42be1 VQ 82085412d9a53ba8d8e46fc624eb701d VFB 0ce1e39a4676c6692ce47935278dac76 VOSTFR 07a32f77690263bb9fda1842db7e273f"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-en/#french-speaking-streaming-services","title":"French Speaking Streaming Services","text":"
Those are all optional and only there for information does not have a score attached. This is because few releases are tagged with them, so scoring them is difficult. Moreover, streaming services covered by TRaSH's guide are often of better quality than the following.
French Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Trash ID CANAL+ f27d46a831e6b16fa3fee2c4e5d10984 SALTO 0455d6519a550dbf648c97b56e7231d2 RTBF b0d6195c23ae254932da00512db7e8a8 Info - [Click to show/hide]
CANAL+/MyCANAL: Canal+ (Canal Plus, sometimes abbreviated C+ or Canal) is a French premium television channel launched in 1984. The channel broadcasts several kinds of programming, mostly encrypted. The channel does not broadcast advertising, except when broadcasting on free-to-air slots. Almost all foreign films and series are broadcast in their original language with French subtitles. MyCANAL is its streaming service.
SALTO: Salto (stylized as S\u2c6fLTO) is a French subscription streaming service. A joint venture between France T\u00e9l\u00e9visions, the TF1 Group and the Groupe M6, it was launched on October 20, 2020.
RTBF: The Radio-t\u00e9l\u00e9vision belge de la Communaut\u00e9 fran\u00e7aise is a public service broadcaster delivering radio and television services to the French-speaking Community of Belgium, in Wallonia and Brussels.
For this Quality Profile we're going to make use of the following Custom Formats with the scores given in the table.
Attention
All the used scores and combinations of Custom Formats in this Guide are tested to get the desired results while preventing download loops as much as possible.
From experience, most of the time when people change scores or leave out certain CFs that work together - they end up with undesired results.
If you're unsure or have questions, do not hesitate to ask for help on Discord
Multi Audio - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Multi-Audio 300 2f6e84efc47246ec9071e311e71c4953 French Audio 1 4721382d9ee05f1b4967a25e75072911 Multi-French 0 7982e39789f17864f57b11f1996844f4 Breakdown and Why - [Click to show/hide]
Multi-Audio: This is a custom format to help Sonarr recognize MULTi audio releases.
Tip
You can safely replace the original Multi Custom Format from the Guide with it.
French Audio: This is a custom format to help Sonarr recognize release with French audio. It is optional and only gives a small boost if the release indeed possesses French audio.
Multi-French: This is a custom format that will rename your file with Multi-French.
How it works
When Sonarr finds a release with MULTi, it will allocate a 300 score to it thanks to the Multi-Audio custom format. If the release contains at least both the original audio and French audio, it will be renamed by the Multi-French. Allowing the release to keep the 300 score from the Multi-Audio Custom Format.
Unwanted - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 85c61753df5da1fb2aab6f2a47426b09 LQ -10000 9c11cd3f07101cdba90a2d81cf0e56b4 FR LQ -10000 3ba797e5dc13af4b8d9bb25e83d90de2 x265 (HD) -10000 47435ece6b99a0b477caf360e79ba0bb Extras -10000 fbcb31d8dabd2a319072b84fc0b7249c
Breakdown and Why
BR-DISK : This is a custom format to help Sonarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
LQ: A collection of known low-quality groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
FR LQ: A collection of known low-quality French groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
x265 (HD): This blocks 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265. - More info HERE.
Don't use this together with x265 (no HDR/DV), Only ever include one of them
Extras: This blocks/ignores extras
Type of FanSubs - [Click to show/hide]
Those Custom Formats are optionals and allow to know which type of FanSubs your releases have. Only the FastSub is not wanted as it is often done too quickly and are often not well done. If you do not want FanSub either you should also score it to -10000.
Custom Format Score Trash ID FanSUB 0 84f0acbda9c0c9de783894fb66df25aa FastSUB -10000 ea0bb4b6ba388992fad1092703b5ff7b Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 ec8fa7296b64e8cd390a1600981f3923 Repack v2 6 eb3d5cc0a2be0db205fb823640db6a3c Repack v3 7 44e7c4de10ae50265753082e5dc76047 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Sonarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
General Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 70 d660701077794679fd59e8bdf4ce3a29 ATVP 100 f67c9ca88f463a48346062e8ad07713f CC 50 77a7b25585c18af08f60b1547bb9b4fb DCU 50 36b72f59f4ea20aad9316f475f2d9fbb DSNP 100 89358767a60cc28783cdc3d0be9388a4 HMAX 80 a880d6abc21e7c16884f3ae393f84179 HBO 50 7a235133c87f7da4c8cccceca7e3c7a6 HULU 50 f6cce30f1733d5c8194222a7507909bb iT 50 0ac24a2a68a9700bcb7eeca8e5cd644c MAX 90 81d1fbf600e2540cee87f3a23f9d3c1c NF 60 d34870697c9db575f17700212167be23 PMTP 60 c67a75ae4a1715f2bb4d492755ba4195 PCOK 60 1656adc6d7bb2c8cca6acfb6592db421 SHO 50 ae58039e1319178e6be73caab5c42166 STAN 60 1efe8da11bfd74fbbcd4d8117ddb9213 SYFY 50 9623c5c9cac8e939c1b9aedd32f640bf HQ Source Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID FR WEB Tier 01 1700 ddb8eaa9c85a549c50034d280539d54d FR WEB Tier 02 1650 a4c51febd4d8b2a0db10a3c974f21d92 FR WEB Tier 03 1600 dbfc0a4b5cb4cbd693311c4482ae9683 FR Scene Groups 1500 2f3422339d185eb227a324644a2fbfca
Tip
French Scene groups are included as a fallback if you really want MULTi release despite a potential loss in quality. Either score the CF to 1500 (default) or 0 depending on what you want to achieve.
Original mix (optional) HQ Source Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID WEB Tier 01 1700 e6258996055b9fbab7e9cb2f75819294 WEB Tier 02 1650 58790d4e2fdcd9733aa7ae68ba2bb503 WEB Tier 03 1600 d84935abd3f8556dcd51d4f27e22d0a6 WEB Scene 1600 d0c516558625b04b363fa6c5c2c7cfd4
Info
= The reason why this Custom Format gets positively scored is because it's the only quality scene group that exists (up until now). Scene groups don't add a streaming service to their release names, so the score is adjusted to take this into account.
Audio Advanced Custom Formats are not included in the WEB profile, as you will hardly find HD audio with WEB-DL (only newer WEBDL will have Atmos). If you also want HD audio formats it is suggested to go for the Remuxes.
Use the following main settings in your profile.
For some older shows, you might want to enable the WEB 720p or even the HDTV 1080p.
Info
The order listed in the profile matters even if a quality is not checked, for example if you have a 1080p version but wanted the SD version, Radarr will reject all SD results because 1080p is listed higher than SD even though 1080p was not checked.
Qualities at the top of the list will appear first in manual searches.
Qualities higher in the list are more preferred even if not checked.
Qualities within the same group are equal.
Only checked qualities are wanted.
This is why it's recommended to move the selected quality to the top of the list.
Source: Wiki Servarr
The following workflow will be applied:
It will download WEB-DL 1080p. (If you also enabled WEB 720p and/or HDTV 1080p it will upgrade till Upgrade Until)
The downloaded media will be upgraded to any of the added Custom Formats until a score of 10000.
The only deal breaker with 2160p is when you get them with DV/HDR, 2160p without DV/HDR is a minimal profit.
All HDR Formats - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I choose All HDR formats ?
You have a 4K/2160p TV and a hardware media player device (such as Roku, AppleTV, Shield, SmartTV App, etc.) that supports several HDR formats (such as Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, etc.).
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
You've chosen a profile that includes 4K/2160p releases. You must use all the HDR formats with 4k/2160p profiles.
You must add ALL the HDR formats - don't leave any of them out!
Why am I getting purple or green colors? - [Click to show/hide]
Why am I getting purple or green colors?
There are several possible reasons why your TV would show purple or green colors when playing Dolby Vision content.
Unsupported Hardware: Your TV or hardware media player device (Roku, AppleTV, etc) doesn't support Dolby Vision or your hardware media player device doesn't support all the Dolby Vision Profiles. As a result, the device might struggle to produce accurate colors, leading to a purple or green tint.
Incorrect Display Settings: Dolby Vision content often requires specific settings to be enabled on your TV or display device in order to deliver the intended visual experience. If these settings are not configured properly, it can result in the device showing distorted colors (including purple or green hues).
HDMI Compatibility Issues: Sometimes, HDMI cables or ports may not be fully compatible with Dolby Vision. If the media player device is not recognizing the Dolby Vision signal properly, it may fail to process the content correctly, resulting in abnormal color rendering.
To resolve the purple or green color issues when playing Dolby Vision content, you can try the following troubleshooting steps:
Ensure your TV or hardware media player device is Dolby Vision compatible and up-to-date with the latest firmware.
Verify that your TV or display device is set up correctly and has the necessary Dolby Vision settings enabled.
Check the HDMI cables and ensure they are capable of transmitting Dolby Vision signals.
Dolby Vision Profiles - [Click to show/hide]
Dolby Vision Profiles
Profile 5 (1) - This is what comes with WEB-DL Dolby Vision releases without HDR10 fallback.(Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens)
Profile 7 (2) - This is what comes with UHD Bluray Remuxes and UHD BluRay releases.These files will play on an Nvidia Shield Pro (2019), but on most other players will revert to the HDR10 fallback.
Profile 8 (3) - This is what comes with (Hybrid) WEB-DL (HULU), Hybrid UHD Remux, and UHD BluRay releases (all of which have HDR10 fallback).This works with several mainstream media players.
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
(1) PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse will only play profile 5 correctly if CMv2.9 is used
(2) Neither Infuse nor PLEX for AppleTV will deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 7.
(3) On PLEX for AppleTV it won't deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 8, and will only play the HDR10 fallback if CM2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201calthough your TV will incorrectly say that it is playing DV\u201d.With infuse it will convert it on the fly to Profile 5, and deliver real Dolby Vision if CMv2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201cMake sure you set the Extended Dolby Vision settings to Limited (prefer accuracy), Convert P8 to P5 (when possible), and play other P8 as HDR (output will switch to either DoVi or HDR depending on the video)\u201d
Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 and CMv4.0 - [Click to show/hide]
It is too technical to explain in detail, so I'll keep it short with tested facts: PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse only support CMv2.9.
There are two versions of Dolby Vision, namely CMv2.9 and CMv4.0. CMv4.0 uses an improved algorithm and a superior tone curve that allows for better mapping and more controls during the Dolby Vision trim pass process.
More info about the different Dolby Vision Versions: Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 vs. CMv4.0
Which HDR Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID DV HDR10+ 1500 2b239ed870daba8126a53bd5dc8dc1c8 DV HDR10 1500 7878c33f1963fefb3d6c8657d46c2f0a DV 1500 6d0d8de7b57e35518ac0308b0ddf404e DV HLG 1500 1f733af03141f068a540eec352589a89 DV SDR 1500 27954b0a80aab882522a88a4d9eae1cd HDR10+ 600 a3d82cbef5039f8d295478d28a887159 HDR10 500 3497799d29a085e2ac2df9d468413c94 HDR 500 3e2c4e748b64a1a1118e0ea3f4cf6875 HDR (undefined) 500 bb019e1cd00f304f80971c965de064dc PQ 500 2a7e3be05d3861d6df7171ec74cad727 HLG 500 17e889ce13117940092308f48b48b45b Add Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000 - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
Not all devices in your chain support Dolby Vision.
You share your media library with other family members that don't have Dolby Vision compatible devices.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
Custom Format Score Trash ID DV (WEBDL) -10000 9b27ab6498ec0f31a3353992e19434ca Add the Custom Formats DV HDR10+ Boost and HDR10+ Boost - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
You have a (Samsung) TV that supports HDR10+.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
If you use this Custom Format then 99% of the time you also need to add the following Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000
Custom Format Score Trash ID HDR10+ Boost 901 0dad0a507451acddd754fe6dc3a7f5e7 DV HDR10+ Boost 100 385e9e8581d33133c3961bdcdeffb7b4 Multi Audio - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Multi-Audio 300 2f6e84efc47246ec9071e311e71c4953 French Audio 1 4721382d9ee05f1b4967a25e75072911 Multi-French 0 7982e39789f17864f57b11f1996844f4 Breakdown and Why - [Click to show/hide]
Multi-Audio: This is a custom format to help Sonarr recognize MULTi audio releases.
Tip
You can safely replace the original Multi Custom Format from the Guide with it.
French Audio: This is a custom format to help Sonarr recognize release with French audio. It is optional and only gives a small boost if the release indeed possesses French audio.
Multi-French: This is a custom format that will rename your file with Multi-French.
How it works
When Sonarr finds a release with MULTi, it will allocate a 300 score to it thanks to the Multi-Audio custom format. If the release contains at least both the original audio and French audio, it will be renamed by the Multi-French. Allowing the release to keep the 300 score from the Multi-Audio Custom Format.
Unwanted - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 85c61753df5da1fb2aab6f2a47426b09 LQ -10000 9c11cd3f07101cdba90a2d81cf0e56b4 FR LQ -10000 3ba797e5dc13af4b8d9bb25e83d90de2 Extras -10000 fbcb31d8dabd2a319072b84fc0b7249c
Breakdown and Why
BR-DISK : This is a custom format to help Sonarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
LQ: A collection of known low-quality groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
FR LQ: A collection of known low-quality French groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
Extras: This blocks/ignores extras
Type of FanSubs - [Click to show/hide]
Those Custom Formats are optionals and allow to know which type of FanSubs your releases have. Only the FastSub is not wanted as it is often done too quickly and are often not well done. If you do not want FanSub either you should also score it to -10000.
Custom Format Score Trash ID FanSUB 0 84f0acbda9c0c9de783894fb66df25aa FastSUB -10000 ea0bb4b6ba388992fad1092703b5ff7b Miscellaneous UHD (Optional) - [Click to show/hide]
I recommend using the following Custom Formats
For details on \"Why\" and a potential warning please see the notes below.
x265 (no HDR/DV) over the x265 (HD)
SDR (no WEBDL) over the SDR
Custom Format Score Trash ID SDR -10000 2016d1676f5ee13a5b7257ff86ac9a93 SDR (no WEBDL) -10000 83304f261cf516bb208c18c54c0adf97 x265 (no HDR/DV) -10000 9b64dff695c2115facf1b6ea59c9bd07
Breakdown and Why
SDR: This will prevent grabbing UHD/4k releases without HDR Formats.
SDR (no WEBDL): This will prevent grabbing UHD/4k Remux and Bluray encode releases without HDR Formats. - i.e., SDR WEB releases will still be allowed since 4K SDR WEB releases can often look better than the 1080p version due to the improved bitrate.
If you have also added SDR to your Sonarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
x265 (no HDR/DV): This blocks 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265, But it will allow x265 releases if they have HDR and/or DV
If you have also added x265 (HD) to your Sonarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 ec8fa7296b64e8cd390a1600981f3923 Repack v2 6 eb3d5cc0a2be0db205fb823640db6a3c Repack v3 7 44e7c4de10ae50265753082e5dc76047 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Sonarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
General Streaming Services (UHD) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 70 d660701077794679fd59e8bdf4ce3a29 ATVP 100 f67c9ca88f463a48346062e8ad07713f CC 50 77a7b25585c18af08f60b1547bb9b4fb DCU 50 36b72f59f4ea20aad9316f475f2d9fbb DSNP 100 89358767a60cc28783cdc3d0be9388a4 HMAX 80 a880d6abc21e7c16884f3ae393f84179 HBO 50 7a235133c87f7da4c8cccceca7e3c7a6 HULU 50 f6cce30f1733d5c8194222a7507909bb iT 50 0ac24a2a68a9700bcb7eeca8e5cd644c MAX 90 81d1fbf600e2540cee87f3a23f9d3c1c NF 60 d34870697c9db575f17700212167be23 PMTP 60 c67a75ae4a1715f2bb4d492755ba4195 PCOK 60 1656adc6d7bb2c8cca6acfb6592db421 SHO 50 ae58039e1319178e6be73caab5c42166 STAN 60 1efe8da11bfd74fbbcd4d8117ddb9213 SYFY 50 9623c5c9cac8e939c1b9aedd32f640bf UHD Streaming Boost 20 43b3cf48cb385cd3eac608ee6bca7f09 UHD Streaming Cut -20 d2d299244a92b8a52d4921ce3897a256
UHD Streaming Boost and UHD Streaming Cut Custom Formats
Some streaming services have UHD releases that are generally better or worse than their HD counterparts. The UHD Streaming Boost and UHD Streaming Cut custom formats adjust those streaming services' scores appropriately for UHD releases.
These two custom formats must be included in your profile for UHD releases to be scored correctly.
HQ Source Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID FR WEB Tier 01 1700 ddb8eaa9c85a549c50034d280539d54d FR WEB Tier 02 1650 a4c51febd4d8b2a0db10a3c974f21d92 FR WEB Tier 03 1600 dbfc0a4b5cb4cbd693311c4482ae9683 FR Scene Groups 1500 2f3422339d185eb227a324644a2fbfca
Tip
French Scene groups are included as a fallback if you really want MULTi release despite a potential loss in quality. Either score the CF to 1500 (default) or 0 depending on what you want to achieve.
Original mix (optional) HQ Source Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID WEB Tier 01 1700 e6258996055b9fbab7e9cb2f75819294 WEB Tier 02 1650 58790d4e2fdcd9733aa7ae68ba2bb503 WEB Tier 03 1600 d84935abd3f8556dcd51d4f27e22d0a6 WEB Scene 1600 d0c516558625b04b363fa6c5c2c7cfd4
Info
= The reason why this Custom Format gets positively scored is because it's the only quality scene group that exists (up until now). Scene groups don't add a streaming service to their release names, so the score is adjusted to take this into account.
Use the following main settings in your profile.
The reason why WEB 1080p is merged with the 2160p is because some NF releases won't be released as 4k, but DV/HDR releases are still wanted. If you want to do the same make sure you replace x265 (HD) with x265 (no HDR/DV).
The following workflow will be applied:
It will download WEB-1080p with HDR/DV.
It will upgrade to WEB-2160p when available.
The downloaded media will be upgraded to any of the added Custom Formats until a score of 10000.
If you are looking to grab Anime with either French sub or MULTi audio (original + French).
Important
In a first time you should follow the original Anime Guide following sections:
How to set up Quality Profiles Anime | Media Management.
How to set up Quality Profiles Anime | Quality Settings.
How to set up Quality Profiles Anime | Quality Profile.
Do not continue before you read those three sections and you followed their instructions.
Original Scoring
Those are the original scoring from the Anime Guide and need to be followed depending what you want to achieve. It will unsure that if a VOSTFR or MULTi releases is not found you will still have a good quality releases:
Default Scoring: Default scoring that will insure that you have good English subbed releases at least.
Dual Audio: If you want to have Dual Audio releases (original and English audio) in case Sonarr does not find a VOSTFR or MULTi release.
Uncensored Scoring: If you prefer uncensored releases.
Careful to not add the VOSTFR Custom Format with a score of -10000 as stated in the original guide. Otherwise, you will hinder your chance to get \"French\" releases.
Only want VOSTFR anime
For this example if you prefer VOSTFR over potential MULTi/DUAL (original and French) audio releases, you should score the VOSTFR to 101, and disregard all the Multi and French version Custom Formats.
(Optional) You can also try to set up Bazarr to get French Sub. This is less preferred as fewer anime subs can be found online than from normal TV shows. However, it can be still a great backup.
Multi Audio - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Multi-Audio 300 2f6e84efc47246ec9071e311e71c4953 French Audio 1 4721382d9ee05f1b4967a25e75072911 Multi-French 0 7982e39789f17864f57b11f1996844f4 Breakdown and Why - [Click to show/hide]
Multi-Audio: This is a custom format to help Sonarr recognize MULTi audio releases.
Tip
You can safely replace the original Multi Custom Format from the Guide with it.
French Audio: This is a custom format to help Sonarr recognize release with French audio. It is optional and only gives a small boost if the release indeed possesses French audio.
Multi-French: This is a custom format that will rename your file with Multi-French.
How it works
When Sonarr finds a release with MULTi, it will allocate a 300 score to it thanks to the Multi-Audio custom format. If the release contains at least both the original audio and French audio, it will be renamed by the Multi-French. Allowing the release to keep the 300 score from the Multi-Audio Custom Format.
Unwanted - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 85c61753df5da1fb2aab6f2a47426b09 LQ -10000 9c11cd3f07101cdba90a2d81cf0e56b4 FR LQ -10000 3ba797e5dc13af4b8d9bb25e83d90de2 Extras -10000 fbcb31d8dabd2a319072b84fc0b7249c
Breakdown and Why
BR-DISK : This is a custom format to help Sonarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
LQ: A collection of known low-quality groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
FR LQ: A collection of known low-quality French groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
Extras: This blocks/ignores extras
Type of FanSubs - [Click to show/hide]
Those Custom Formats are optionals and allow to know which type of FanSubs your releases have. Only the FastSub is not wanted as it is often done too quickly and are often not well done. If you do not want FanSub either you should also score it to -10000.
Custom Format Score Trash ID FanSUB 0 84f0acbda9c0c9de783894fb66df25aa FastSUB -10000 ea0bb4b6ba388992fad1092703b5ff7b French Anime Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID CR 6 3e0b26604165f463f3e8e192261e7284 DSNP 5 89358767a60cc28783cdc3d0be9388a4 NF 4 d34870697c9db575f17700212167be23 AMZN 3 d660701077794679fd59e8bdf4ce3a29 ADN 3 d54cd2bf1326287275b56bccedb72ee2 VRV 3 44a8ee6403071dd7b8a3a8dd3fe8cb20 FUNi 2 1284d18e693de8efe0fe7d6b3e0b9170 B-Global 0 7dd31f3dee6d2ef8eeaa156e23c3857e Bilibili 0 4c67ff059210182b59cdd41697b8cb08 HIDIVE 0 570b03b3145a25011bf073274a407259 WKN 0 e5e6405d439dcd1af90962538acd4fe0 Info regarding ADN and WKN (French Streaming Services) - [Click to show/hide]
ADN: Animation Digital Network, abbreviated ADN, formerly Anime Digital Network, is a VoD and simulcast platform born from the merger between KZPlay, belonging to Kaz\u00e9, and Genzai, belonging to Kana Home Video, with the theme of broadcasting series and features Japanese and Franco-Belgian animated films.
WKN (or Wakanim): Wakanim was a French subscription video on-demand streaming service owned by U.S.-based Funimation. The service was specialized in the online streaming and simulcasting of Japanese anime series. It was also the first company to offer videos for download without digital rights management on anime series in Europe. The service was consolidated into Crunchyroll in March 2022.
HQ Source Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID FR Anime Tier 01 1650 db13a377f7afb29975ea39470434d2ef FR Anime Tier 02 1600 4e6134a384dbc0ef166234cc0e45d26d FR Anime Tier 03 1550 db34d4357937fbfe89b63ba095f22155 FR Scene Groups 1500 2f3422339d185eb227a324644a2fbfca FR Anime FanSub 1400 or 1000 44b6c964dad997577d793fd004a39224 FR HD Bluray Tier 01 (optional) 1150 d844321db5e126d2e7e46152f0706532 FR WEB Tier 01 (optional) 1100 ddb8eaa9c85a549c50034d280539d54d FR WEB Tier 02 (optional) 1100 a4c51febd4d8b2a0db10a3c974f21d92 FR WEB Tier 03 (optional) 1100 dbfc0a4b5cb4cbd693311c4482ae9683
Tip
French Scene groups are included and should be always added as some of the biggest releaser of French subbed and/or dubbed are from the French Scene.
FanSUB groups can either be scored either 1400 (default) or 1000 depending if you want to prefer FanSUB or SeaDex releases.
Original French Bluray/Web Tiers
They are optional and can be included or not. This is due because some of them tend to release some animes.
A big thanks to all the people who helped me to test those profiles and formats (and continue to do so).
A special one to MySuperChef, PrL and KoUiGnAmAnN for their time and explanations.
A special one to SeiyaGame, TheFrenchNaruto and Maxence which provided all of the Anime information.
A special one to Piou and Wikoul who are potentially both now in asylums due to the amount of testing.
TRaSH, for granting me a small space on his guide for this, his knowledge, and his friendliness.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/","title":"Comment configurer ses Profiles","text":"
Ce guide a \u00e9t\u00e9 cr\u00e9\u00e9 et est maintenu par Someone said \"Nice\"?
Quelle est la meilleure fa\u00e7on de configurer les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s (ou Custom Formats) et lesquels utiliser avec quel score pour obtenir une release avec un audio fran\u00e7ais et un anglais ?
Gardez \u00e0 l'esprit que la plupart des releases sont MULTi (comprenez double audio, original et fran\u00e7ais) et qu'il sera difficile d'avoir uniquement l'audio fran\u00e7ais, \u00e0 moins que vous ne soyez pr\u00eat \u00e0 obtenir du 720p, ou que vous ne recherchiez que des s\u00e9ries fran\u00e7aises.
Pour ce qui est de la qualit\u00e9, il n'y a pas de recette miracle, cela d\u00e9pend de votre installation (p\u00e9riph\u00e9riques) et de vos pr\u00e9f\u00e9rences personnelles.
Certains pr\u00e9f\u00e8rent une qualit\u00e9 audio \u00e9lev\u00e9e (HD Audio), d'autres une meilleure qualit\u00e9 vid\u00e9o. Nombreux sont ceux qui pr\u00e9f\u00e8rent les deux.
TRaSH a cr\u00e9\u00e9 un sch\u00e9ma pour faciliter votre d\u00e9cision/choix. Notez que ce graphique n'inclut aucun des Formats Personnalis\u00e9s de ce guide et que vous devrez quand m\u00eame le lire pour obtenir des releases en MULTi.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#notions-de-base","title":"Notions de base","text":"
Il est imp\u00e9ratif que vous respectiez et compreniez ce qui est propos\u00e9 par le guide de TRaSH (en anglais uniquement) :
L'ajout de Formats Personnalis\u00e9s, comme expliqu\u00e9 dans How to import Custom Formats.
La configuration d'un profil de qualit\u00e9 pour utiliser les formats personnalis\u00e9s, comme expliqu\u00e9 dans la section How to set up Quality Profiles | Basics section.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#je-ne-suis-interesse-que-par-des-films-sous-titres-en-francais-vostfr","title":"Je ne suis int\u00e9ress\u00e9 que par des films sous-titr\u00e9s en fran\u00e7ais (VOSTFR)","text":"
Deux options s'offre \u00e0 vous :
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#en-utilisant-le-guide-de-trash-et-bazarr","title":"En utilisant le guide de TRaSH et Bazarr","text":"
Il s'agit de la m\u00e9thode \u00e0 privil\u00e9gier.
Configurez Radarr en utilisant : How to set up Quality Profiles | Which Quality Profile should you choose. (en anglais).
Configurez Bazarr (en anglais). Il permet d'obtenir des sous-titres pour tous les films.
Profitez de vos films avec les sous-titres.
(Facultatif) Ajoutez le Format Personnalis\u00e9 VOSTFR avec un score de 1000.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#en-utilisant-les-exemples-suivants-et-le-format-personnalise-vostfr","title":"En utilisant les exemples suivants et le Format Personnalis\u00e9 VOSTFR","text":"
Continuez sur cette page.
Ignorez toute mention des Formats Personnalis\u00e9s MULTi.
Ajoutez le Format Personnalis\u00e9 VOSTFR avec un score de 1000.
Il y a deux fa\u00e7ons d'aborder les exemples ci-dessous. En utilisant ou non les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s de Groupes P2P du Guide original (qui peuvent \u00eatre trouv\u00e9s ici : Collection of Custom Formats). Afin d'illustrer ce principe, vous verrez une section \"Mix original (optionnel)\" dans chacun des exemples ci-dessous. Vous devez comprendre que si vous ajoutez les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s de cette section optionnelle, si Radarr ne trouve pas de MULTi, vous aurez toujours un bon score pour l'audio anglais.
Attention
Si vous utilisez le \"Mix original (optionnel)\". Vous devez comprendre que m\u00eame si l'objectif principal de ces Formats Personnalis\u00e9s est de travailler en parall\u00e8le avec les formats du guide original. Vous pouvez vous retrouver avec un seul audio alors qu'il existe une version MULTi. La raison est que la release n'a pas \u00e9t\u00e9 not\u00e9e assez haut pour l'emporter sur les autres scores.
Un exemple pour les Animes en MULTi/VOSTFR est \u00e9galement fourni \u00e0 la fin : Exemple pour les Animes
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#exemples-de-profil","title":"Exemples de Profil","text":"
Attention
All the used scores and combinations of Custom Formats in this Guide are tested to get the desired results while preventing download loops as much as possible.
From experience, most of the time when people change scores or leave out certain CFs that work together - they end up with undesired results.
If you're unsure or have questions, do not hesitate to ask for help on Discord
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#type-de-versions-francaises","title":"Type de versions fran\u00e7aises","text":"
Ces Formats sont optionnels et ne sont l\u00e0 que pour renommer votre fichier ou pour \u00e9viter un certain type de version fran\u00e7aise. Exemples :
Vous pr\u00e9f\u00e9rez l'audio VFF (y compris VFI et VF2), dans ce cas vous les placerez \u00e0 101 au lieu de 0.
Vous souhaitez seulement du VOSTFR, dans ce ce cas, ignorez toute mention des Formats Personnalis\u00e9s MULTi et donnez un score de 1000 au Format Personnalis\u00e9 VOSTFR.
Attention
Il n'est pas vraiment recommand\u00e9 d'attribuer un score n\u00e9gatif \u00e0 l'un des Formats Personnalis\u00e9s de VF (VFF, VFQ, VQ, VFB, VFI, VF2). Augmentez plut\u00f4t le score de votre format audio pr\u00e9f\u00e9r\u00e9.
Explications - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Acronymes D\u00e9finition fran\u00e7aise D\u00e9finition anglaise TRUEFRENCH or VFF Version Francophone Fran\u00e7aise (doublage r\u00e9alis\u00e9 en France) Full French version (dubbing done in France) FRENCH or VF[1] Version Francophone (normalement equivalent \u00e0 la VFQ) French version (normally equivalent to VFQ) VOF Version Originale Fran\u00e7aise Original French Version VFI Version Francophone Internationale International French Version VFQ Version Francophone Qu\u00e9b\u00e9coise Canadian French Version VOQ Version Original Qu\u00e9b\u00e9coise (ex: Bon Cop, Bad Cop) Quebec Original Version (ex: Bon Cop, Bad Cop) VQ Version Qu\u00e9b\u00e9coise (accent Qu\u00e9b\u00e9cois important, ex: Les Simpsons le film) Quebec Version (strong Quebec accent, ex: The Simpsons movie) VFB Version Francophone Belge Belgian French Version VF[1-9] or FR[1-9] Indique le nombre de doublage pr\u00e9sent (normalement VF2 soit VFF et VFQ) Indicates the number of dubs present (normally VF2 being VFF and VFQ) VOSTFR[2] Indique que l'audio est dans la langue originale, avec des sous-titres en fran\u00e7ais. Indicates soundtrack in the original language, with French subtitles
[1] VF est inclus dans le Format Personnalis\u00e9 VFQ, mais il convient de noter qu'il \u00e9tait souvent associ\u00e9 \u00e0 VFF au lieu de VFQ avant 2022.
[2] Il est \u00e0 noter que le SUBFRENCH est inclus dans ce Format Personnalis\u00e9. N\u00e9anmoins, SUB signifie souvent que le sous-titre a \u00e9t\u00e9 int\u00e9gr\u00e9 \u00e0 l'image (hardcoded). Les sorties fran\u00e7aises ont tendance \u00e0 m\u00e9langer les deux, ce qui fait que certains VOSTFR sont \u00e9tiquet\u00e9s comme SUBFRENCH et SUBFRENCH comme VOSTFR.
Indexers renaming in Prowlarr
Certains indexeurs dans Prowlarr peuvent renommer les versions MULTi en MULTi.TRUEFRENCH ou MULTi.FRENCH. L'utilisation de cette fonction n'est pas recommand\u00e9, car elle peut entra\u00eener des faux positifs avec les formats personnalis\u00e9s VFF, VFQ et VQ.
Tous ces \u00e9l\u00e9ments sont facultatifs et ne sont l\u00e0 qu'\u00e0 titre d'information et ne sont pas associ\u00e9s \u00e0 un score. Cela est d\u00fb au fait que peu de sorties sont marqu\u00e9es avec ces services, ce qui rend leur \u00e9valuation difficile. De plus, les services de streaming couverts par le guide de TRaSH sont souvent de meilleure qualit\u00e9.
Services de streaming en fran\u00e7ais - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Trash ID CANAL+ f27d46a831e6b16fa3fee2c4e5d10984 SALTO 0455d6519a550dbf648c97b56e7231d2 RTBF b0d6195c23ae254932da00512db7e8a8 Info - [Click to show/hide]
CANAL+/MyCANAL: Canal+ est une cha\u00eene de t\u00e9l\u00e9vision g\u00e9n\u00e9raliste nationale fran\u00e7aise priv\u00e9e \u00e0 p\u00e9age, ax\u00e9e sur le cin\u00e9ma et le sport. MyCanal, stylis\u00e9 en myCANAL, est un service fran\u00e7ais de distribution de contenu par Internet du groupe Canal+ lanc\u00e9 en d\u00e9cembre 2013. Il permet d\u2019acc\u00e9der aux programmes en direct et en replay des cha\u00eenes du groupe Canal+, mais aussi aux programmes des cha\u00eenes de la TNT gratuite fran\u00e7aise.
SALTO: Salto (stylis\u00e9 S\u2c6fLTO) est un service fran\u00e7ais de vid\u00e9o \u00e0 la demande par abonnement, qui propose des films et des s\u00e9ries ainsi que des documentaires et des \u00e9missions de divertissement.
RTBF: La Radio-t\u00e9l\u00e9vision belge de la Communaut\u00e9 fran\u00e7aise (RTBF) est une entreprise publique autonome \u00e0 caract\u00e8re culturel responsable du service public de la radio et de la t\u00e9l\u00e9vision pour la Communaut\u00e9 fran\u00e7aise de Belgique (Wallonie et Bruxelles).
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#trash-recommandations-en-anglais","title":"TRaSH recommandations (en anglais)","text":"
I suggest to follow the following Guides first.
Quality Settings (File Size).
Recommended naming scheme.
For this Quality Profile we're going to make use of the following Custom Formats with the scores given in the table.
Attention
All the used scores and combinations of Custom Formats in this Guide are tested to get the desired results while preventing download loops as much as possible.
From experience, most of the time when people change scores or leave out certain CFs that work together - they end up with undesired results.
If you're unsure or have questions, do not hesitate to ask for help on Discord
Si vous pr\u00e9f\u00e9rez les 720p/1080p WEBDL (WEB-1080p)
Multi Audio - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID Multi-Audio 300 2f6e84efc47246ec9071e311e71c4953 French Audio 1 4721382d9ee05f1b4967a25e75072911 Multi-French 0 7982e39789f17864f57b11f1996844f4 Description et objectifs - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Multi-Audio: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Sonarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre les releases aved plusieurs audios (MULTi).
Tip
Vous pouvez remplacer sans probl\u00e8me le Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi du Guide par celui-ci.
French Audio: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Sonarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre les versions ayant un audio francophone. Il est facultatif et ne donne un l\u00e9ger bonus que si la version poss\u00e8de effectivement un audio fran\u00e7ais.
Multi-French: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 qui renommera votre fichier avec Multi-French..
Comment fonctionne cette m\u00e9thode
Lorsque Sonarr trouve une version avec MULTi, il lui attribue le score de 300 gr\u00e2ce au Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-Audio. Si la version contient au moins l'audio original et l'audio fran\u00e7ais, elle sera renomm\u00e9e par le Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-French. Ce qui permet \u00e0 la version de conserver le score de 300 du Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-Audio.
BR-DISK : Il s'agit d'un format personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Sonarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre et \u00e0 ignorer les BR-DISK (ISO et structure de dossier Blu-ray) en plus de la qualit\u00e9 standard des BR-DISK.
LQ: Une collection de groupes P2P anglais qui sont souvent bannis des meilleurs trackers en raison de leur manque de qualit\u00e9 ou pour d'autres raisons.
FR LQ: Une collection de groupes P2P fran\u00e7ais qui sont souvent bannis des meilleurs trackers en raison de leur manque de qualit\u00e9 ou pour d'autres raisons.
x265 (HD): Ceci bloque/ignore les sorties 720/1080p (HD) qui sont encod\u00e9es en x265. - Plus d'informations ICI (en anglais).
Ne l'utilisez pas avec le Format Personnalis\u00e9 x265 (no HDR/DV)
Extras: Bloque les extras
Type de FanSubs - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Ces Formats Personnalis\u00e9s sont optionnels et permettent de savoir quel type de FanSubs vos versions poss\u00e8dent. Seul le FastSub n'est pas souhait\u00e9 car il est souvent fait trop rapidement et reste peu soign\u00e9. Si vous ne voulez pas de FanSub non plus, vous devez aussi lui donner un score de -10000.
Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID FanSUB 0 84f0acbda9c0c9de783894fb66df25aa FastSUB -10000 ea0bb4b6ba388992fad1092703b5ff7b Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 ec8fa7296b64e8cd390a1600981f3923 Repack v2 6 eb3d5cc0a2be0db205fb823640db6a3c Repack v3 7 44e7c4de10ae50265753082e5dc76047 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Sonarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
General Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 70 d660701077794679fd59e8bdf4ce3a29 ATVP 100 f67c9ca88f463a48346062e8ad07713f CC 50 77a7b25585c18af08f60b1547bb9b4fb DCU 50 36b72f59f4ea20aad9316f475f2d9fbb DSNP 100 89358767a60cc28783cdc3d0be9388a4 HMAX 80 a880d6abc21e7c16884f3ae393f84179 HBO 50 7a235133c87f7da4c8cccceca7e3c7a6 HULU 50 f6cce30f1733d5c8194222a7507909bb iT 50 0ac24a2a68a9700bcb7eeca8e5cd644c MAX 90 81d1fbf600e2540cee87f3a23f9d3c1c NF 60 d34870697c9db575f17700212167be23 PMTP 60 c67a75ae4a1715f2bb4d492755ba4195 PCOK 60 1656adc6d7bb2c8cca6acfb6592db421 SHO 50 ae58039e1319178e6be73caab5c42166 STAN 60 1efe8da11bfd74fbbcd4d8117ddb9213 SYFY 50 9623c5c9cac8e939c1b9aedd32f640bf HQ Source Groups - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID FR WEB Tier 01 1700 ddb8eaa9c85a549c50034d280539d54d FR WEB Tier 02 1650 a4c51febd4d8b2a0db10a3c974f21d92 FR WEB Tier 03 1600 dbfc0a4b5cb4cbd693311c4482ae9683 FR Scene Groups 1500 2f3422339d185eb227a324644a2fbfca
Tip
Les groupes de la Sc\u00e8ne fran\u00e7aise sont inclus comme substitut si vous voulez vraiment une version MULTi malgr\u00e9 une \u00e9ventuelle perte de qualit\u00e9. Vous pouvez lui attribuer un score de 1500 (par d\u00e9faut) ou de 0 selon ce que vous voulez obtenir.
Mix original (optionnel) HQ Source Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID WEB Tier 01 1700 e6258996055b9fbab7e9cb2f75819294 WEB Tier 02 1650 58790d4e2fdcd9733aa7ae68ba2bb503 WEB Tier 03 1600 d84935abd3f8556dcd51d4f27e22d0a6 WEB Scene 1600 d0c516558625b04b363fa6c5c2c7cfd4
Info
= The reason why this Custom Format gets positively scored is because it's the only quality scene group that exists (up until now). Scene groups don't add a streaming service to their release names, so the score is adjusted to take this into account.
Les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Audio Advanced ne sont pas inclus dans le profil WEB, car vous trouverez difficilement de l'audio HD avec des WEBDL (seuls les nouveaux WEBDL auront de l'Atmos). Si vous voulez aussi de l'audio HD, vous devriez opter pour les Remuxes.
Utilisez les param\u00e8tres principaux suivants dans votre profil.
Pour certaines \u00e9missions plus anciennes, vous pourriez avoir besoin d'activer le WEB 720p ou m\u00eame le HDTV 1080p.
Info
The order listed in the profile matters even if a quality is not checked, for example if you have a 1080p version but wanted the SD version, Radarr will reject all SD results because 1080p is listed higher than SD even though 1080p was not checked.
Qualities at the top of the list will appear first in manual searches.
Qualities higher in the list are more preferred even if not checked.
Qualities within the same group are equal.
Only checked qualities are wanted.
This is why it's recommended to move the selected quality to the top of the list.
Source: Wiki Servarr
Logique et fonctionnement - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
En fonction de ce qui est disponible en premier, la logique sera la suivante :
Il t\u00e9l\u00e9chargera le WEB-DL 1080p (si vous avez \u00e9galement activ\u00e9 WEB 720p et/ou HDTV 1080p, la mise \u00e0 niveau se fera jusqu'au WEB-DL 1080p).
Le m\u00e9dia sera mis \u00e0 niveau en fonction des formats personnalis\u00e9s ajout\u00e9s jusqu'\u00e0 l'obtention d'un score de 10000.
Si vous pr\u00e9f\u00e9rez les 2160p WEBDL (WEB-2160p)
Le seul probl\u00e8me avec le 2160p r\u00e9side dans le fait de l'obtenir avec le DV/HDR, le 2160p sans DV/HDR ne repr\u00e9sente qu'un b\u00e9n\u00e9fice minime.
All HDR Formats - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I choose All HDR formats ?
You have a 4K/2160p TV and a hardware media player device (such as Roku, AppleTV, Shield, SmartTV App, etc.) that supports several HDR formats (such as Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, etc.).
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
You've chosen a profile that includes 4K/2160p releases. You must use all the HDR formats with 4k/2160p profiles.
You must add ALL the HDR formats - don't leave any of them out!
Why am I getting purple or green colors? - [Click to show/hide]
Why am I getting purple or green colors?
There are several possible reasons why your TV would show purple or green colors when playing Dolby Vision content.
Unsupported Hardware: Your TV or hardware media player device (Roku, AppleTV, etc) doesn't support Dolby Vision or your hardware media player device doesn't support all the Dolby Vision Profiles. As a result, the device might struggle to produce accurate colors, leading to a purple or green tint.
Incorrect Display Settings: Dolby Vision content often requires specific settings to be enabled on your TV or display device in order to deliver the intended visual experience. If these settings are not configured properly, it can result in the device showing distorted colors (including purple or green hues).
HDMI Compatibility Issues: Sometimes, HDMI cables or ports may not be fully compatible with Dolby Vision. If the media player device is not recognizing the Dolby Vision signal properly, it may fail to process the content correctly, resulting in abnormal color rendering.
To resolve the purple or green color issues when playing Dolby Vision content, you can try the following troubleshooting steps:
Ensure your TV or hardware media player device is Dolby Vision compatible and up-to-date with the latest firmware.
Verify that your TV or display device is set up correctly and has the necessary Dolby Vision settings enabled.
Check the HDMI cables and ensure they are capable of transmitting Dolby Vision signals.
Dolby Vision Profiles - [Click to show/hide]
Dolby Vision Profiles
Profile 5 (1) - This is what comes with WEB-DL Dolby Vision releases without HDR10 fallback.(Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens)
Profile 7 (2) - This is what comes with UHD Bluray Remuxes and UHD BluRay releases.These files will play on an Nvidia Shield Pro (2019), but on most other players will revert to the HDR10 fallback.
Profile 8 (3) - This is what comes with (Hybrid) WEB-DL (HULU), Hybrid UHD Remux, and UHD BluRay releases (all of which have HDR10 fallback).This works with several mainstream media players.
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
(1) PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse will only play profile 5 correctly if CMv2.9 is used
(2) Neither Infuse nor PLEX for AppleTV will deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 7.
(3) On PLEX for AppleTV it won't deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 8, and will only play the HDR10 fallback if CM2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201calthough your TV will incorrectly say that it is playing DV\u201d.With infuse it will convert it on the fly to Profile 5, and deliver real Dolby Vision if CMv2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201cMake sure you set the Extended Dolby Vision settings to Limited (prefer accuracy), Convert P8 to P5 (when possible), and play other P8 as HDR (output will switch to either DoVi or HDR depending on the video)\u201d
Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 and CMv4.0 - [Click to show/hide]
It is too technical to explain in detail, so I'll keep it short with tested facts: PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse only support CMv2.9.
There are two versions of Dolby Vision, namely CMv2.9 and CMv4.0. CMv4.0 uses an improved algorithm and a superior tone curve that allows for better mapping and more controls during the Dolby Vision trim pass process.
More info about the different Dolby Vision Versions: Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 vs. CMv4.0
Which HDR Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID DV HDR10+ 1500 2b239ed870daba8126a53bd5dc8dc1c8 DV HDR10 1500 7878c33f1963fefb3d6c8657d46c2f0a DV 1500 6d0d8de7b57e35518ac0308b0ddf404e DV HLG 1500 1f733af03141f068a540eec352589a89 DV SDR 1500 27954b0a80aab882522a88a4d9eae1cd HDR10+ 600 a3d82cbef5039f8d295478d28a887159 HDR10 500 3497799d29a085e2ac2df9d468413c94 HDR 500 3e2c4e748b64a1a1118e0ea3f4cf6875 HDR (undefined) 500 bb019e1cd00f304f80971c965de064dc PQ 500 2a7e3be05d3861d6df7171ec74cad727 HLG 500 17e889ce13117940092308f48b48b45b Add Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000 - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
Not all devices in your chain support Dolby Vision.
You share your media library with other family members that don't have Dolby Vision compatible devices.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
Custom Format Score Trash ID DV (WEBDL) -10000 9b27ab6498ec0f31a3353992e19434ca Add the Custom Formats DV HDR10+ Boost and HDR10+ Boost - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
You have a (Samsung) TV that supports HDR10+.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
If you use this Custom Format then 99% of the time you also need to add the following Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000
Custom Format Score Trash ID HDR10+ Boost 901 0dad0a507451acddd754fe6dc3a7f5e7 DV HDR10+ Boost 100 385e9e8581d33133c3961bdcdeffb7b4 Multi Audio - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID Multi-Audio 300 2f6e84efc47246ec9071e311e71c4953 French Audio 1 4721382d9ee05f1b4967a25e75072911 Multi-French 0 7982e39789f17864f57b11f1996844f4 Description et objectifs - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Multi-Audio: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Sonarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre les releases aved plusieurs audios (MULTi).
Tip
Vous pouvez remplacer sans probl\u00e8me le Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi du Guide par celui-ci.
French Audio: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Sonarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre les versions ayant un audio francophone. Il est facultatif et ne donne un l\u00e9ger bonus que si la version poss\u00e8de effectivement un audio fran\u00e7ais.
Multi-French: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 qui renommera votre fichier avec Multi-French..
Comment fonctionne cette m\u00e9thode
Lorsque Sonarr trouve une version avec MULTi, il lui attribue le score de 300 gr\u00e2ce au Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-Audio. Si la version contient au moins l'audio original et l'audio fran\u00e7ais, elle sera renomm\u00e9e par le Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-French. Ce qui permet \u00e0 la version de conserver le score de 300 du Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-Audio.
BR-DISK : Il s'agit d'un format personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Sonarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre et \u00e0 ignorer les BR-DISK (ISO et structure de dossier Blu-ray) en plus de la qualit\u00e9 standard des BR-DISK.
LQ: Une collection de groupes P2P anglais qui sont souvent bannis des meilleurs trackers en raison de leur manque de qualit\u00e9 ou pour d'autres raisons.
FR LQ: Une collection de groupes P2P fran\u00e7ais qui sont souvent bannis des meilleurs trackers en raison de leur manque de qualit\u00e9 ou pour d'autres raisons.
Extras: Bloque les extras
Type de FanSubs - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Ces Formats Personnalis\u00e9s sont optionnels et permettent de savoir quel type de FanSubs vos versions poss\u00e8dent. Seul le FastSub n'est pas souhait\u00e9 car il est souvent fait trop rapidement et reste peu soign\u00e9. Si vous ne voulez pas de FanSub non plus, vous devez aussi lui donner un score de -10000.
Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID FanSUB 0 84f0acbda9c0c9de783894fb66df25aa FastSUB -10000 ea0bb4b6ba388992fad1092703b5ff7b Miscellaneous UHD (Optional) - [Click to show/hide]
I recommend using the following Custom Formats
For details on \"Why\" and a potential warning please see the notes below.
x265 (no HDR/DV) over the x265 (HD)
SDR (no WEBDL) over the SDR
Custom Format Score Trash ID SDR -10000 2016d1676f5ee13a5b7257ff86ac9a93 SDR (no WEBDL) -10000 83304f261cf516bb208c18c54c0adf97 x265 (no HDR/DV) -10000 9b64dff695c2115facf1b6ea59c9bd07
Breakdown and Why
SDR: This will prevent grabbing UHD/4k releases without HDR Formats.
SDR (no WEBDL): This will prevent grabbing UHD/4k Remux and Bluray encode releases without HDR Formats. - i.e., SDR WEB releases will still be allowed since 4K SDR WEB releases can often look better than the 1080p version due to the improved bitrate.
If you have also added SDR to your Sonarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
x265 (no HDR/DV): This blocks 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265, But it will allow x265 releases if they have HDR and/or DV
If you have also added x265 (HD) to your Sonarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 ec8fa7296b64e8cd390a1600981f3923 Repack v2 6 eb3d5cc0a2be0db205fb823640db6a3c Repack v3 7 44e7c4de10ae50265753082e5dc76047 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Sonarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
General Streaming Services (UHD) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 70 d660701077794679fd59e8bdf4ce3a29 ATVP 100 f67c9ca88f463a48346062e8ad07713f CC 50 77a7b25585c18af08f60b1547bb9b4fb DCU 50 36b72f59f4ea20aad9316f475f2d9fbb DSNP 100 89358767a60cc28783cdc3d0be9388a4 HMAX 80 a880d6abc21e7c16884f3ae393f84179 HBO 50 7a235133c87f7da4c8cccceca7e3c7a6 HULU 50 f6cce30f1733d5c8194222a7507909bb iT 50 0ac24a2a68a9700bcb7eeca8e5cd644c MAX 90 81d1fbf600e2540cee87f3a23f9d3c1c NF 60 d34870697c9db575f17700212167be23 PMTP 60 c67a75ae4a1715f2bb4d492755ba4195 PCOK 60 1656adc6d7bb2c8cca6acfb6592db421 SHO 50 ae58039e1319178e6be73caab5c42166 STAN 60 1efe8da11bfd74fbbcd4d8117ddb9213 SYFY 50 9623c5c9cac8e939c1b9aedd32f640bf UHD Streaming Boost 20 43b3cf48cb385cd3eac608ee6bca7f09 UHD Streaming Cut -20 d2d299244a92b8a52d4921ce3897a256
UHD Streaming Boost and UHD Streaming Cut Custom Formats
Some streaming services have UHD releases that are generally better or worse than their HD counterparts. The UHD Streaming Boost and UHD Streaming Cut custom formats adjust those streaming services' scores appropriately for UHD releases.
These two custom formats must be included in your profile for UHD releases to be scored correctly.
HQ Source Groups - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID FR WEB Tier 01 1700 ddb8eaa9c85a549c50034d280539d54d FR WEB Tier 02 1650 a4c51febd4d8b2a0db10a3c974f21d92 FR WEB Tier 03 1600 dbfc0a4b5cb4cbd693311c4482ae9683 FR Scene Groups 1500 2f3422339d185eb227a324644a2fbfca
Tip
Les groupes de la Sc\u00e8ne fran\u00e7aise sont inclus comme substitut si vous voulez vraiment une version MULTi malgr\u00e9 une \u00e9ventuelle perte de qualit\u00e9. Vous pouvez lui attribuer un score de 1500 (par d\u00e9faut) ou de 0 selon ce que vous voulez obtenir.
Mix original (optionnel) HQ Source Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID WEB Tier 01 1700 e6258996055b9fbab7e9cb2f75819294 WEB Tier 02 1650 58790d4e2fdcd9733aa7ae68ba2bb503 WEB Tier 03 1600 d84935abd3f8556dcd51d4f27e22d0a6 WEB Scene 1600 d0c516558625b04b363fa6c5c2c7cfd4
Info
= The reason why this Custom Format gets positively scored is because it's the only quality scene group that exists (up until now). Scene groups don't add a streaming service to their release names, so the score is adjusted to take this into account.
Utilisez les param\u00e8tres principaux suivants dans votre profil.
La raison pour laquelle le WEB 1080p est fusionn\u00e9 avec le 2160p est que certaines sorties NF ne seront pas publi\u00e9es en 4k, mais poss\u00e8de tout de m\u00eame du DV/HDR. Si vous voulez faire la m\u00eame chose, veillez \u00e0 remplacer x265 (HD) par x265 (no HDR/DV).
Logique et fonctionnement - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
En fonction de ce qui est disponible en premier, la logique sera la suivante :
Il t\u00e9l\u00e9chargera le WEB-DL 1080p si il poss\u00e8de un layer DV/HDR.
Il sera mis \u00e0 niveau vers le WEB-2160p lorsqu'il sera disponible.
Le m\u00e9dia sera mis \u00e0 niveau en fonction des formats personnalis\u00e9s ajout\u00e9s jusqu'\u00e0 l'obtention d'un score de 10000.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#exemple-pour-les-animes","title":"Exemple pour les Animes","text":"
Si vous cherchez des animes avec des sous-titres fran\u00e7ais ou en MULTi (audio original + fran\u00e7ais).
Important
Dans un premier temps, vous devez suivre les sections suivantes du Guide Anime original (en anglais uniquemment) :
How to set up Quality Profiles Anime | Media Management.
How to set up Quality Profiles Anime | Quality Settings.
How to set up Quality Profiles Anime | Quality Profile.
Ne continuez pas avant d'avoir lu ces trois sections et d'avoir suivi leurs instructions.
Original Scoring
Il s'agit de la notation originale du Guide Anime et elle doit \u00eatre suivie en fonction de ce que vous voulez obtenir. Ainsi vous ne trouvez pas de version VOSTFR ou MULTi, vous aurez toujours une version de bonne qualit\u00e9 :
Default Scoring: La configuration par d\u00e9faut qui garantit que vous aurez au minimum une bonne version sous-titr\u00e9e en anglais.
Dual Audio: Si vous voulez avoir des versions Dual Audio (audio original et anglais) au cas o\u00f9 Sonarr ne trouve pas de sortie VOSTFR ou MULTi.
Uncensored Scoring: Si vous pr\u00e9f\u00e9rez les versions non censur\u00e9es (les Bluray sont le plus souvent non-censur\u00e9es).
Attention \u00e0 ne pas ajouter le Format Personnalis\u00e9 VOSTFR avec un score de -10000 comme indiqu\u00e9 dans le guide original. Sinon, vous compromettrez vos chances d'obtenir des versions \"fran\u00e7aises\".
VOSTFR uniquement pour les anime
Dans cet exemple, si vous pr\u00e9f\u00e9rez la VOSTFR \u00e0 d'\u00e9ventuelles releases MULTi/DUAL (audio original et fran\u00e7ais), vous devez donner un score de 101 pour le Format Personnalis\u00e9s VOSTFR, et ignorer tous les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Multi et version fran\u00e7aise.
(Optionnel) Vous pouvez \u00e9galement essayer de configurer Bazarr (en anglais) pour obtenir les sous-titres fran\u00e7ais de vos animes. Cette option est toute fois moins recommand\u00e9e, car on trouve moins de sous-titres pour les animes en ligne que pour les s\u00e9ries habituelles. Cependant, cela peut \u00eatre une alternative int\u00e9ressante.
Multi Audio - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID Multi-Audio 300 2f6e84efc47246ec9071e311e71c4953 French Audio 1 4721382d9ee05f1b4967a25e75072911 Multi-French 0 7982e39789f17864f57b11f1996844f4 Description et objectifs - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Multi-Audio: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Sonarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre les releases aved plusieurs audios (MULTi).
Tip
Vous pouvez remplacer sans probl\u00e8me le Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi du Guide par celui-ci.
French Audio: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Sonarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre les versions ayant un audio francophone. Il est facultatif et ne donne un l\u00e9ger bonus que si la version poss\u00e8de effectivement un audio fran\u00e7ais.
Multi-French: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 qui renommera votre fichier avec Multi-French..
Comment fonctionne cette m\u00e9thode
Lorsque Sonarr trouve une version avec MULTi, il lui attribue le score de 300 gr\u00e2ce au Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-Audio. Si la version contient au moins l'audio original et l'audio fran\u00e7ais, elle sera renomm\u00e9e par le Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-French. Ce qui permet \u00e0 la version de conserver le score de 300 du Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-Audio.
BR-DISK : Il s'agit d'un format personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Sonarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre et \u00e0 ignorer les BR-DISK (ISO et structure de dossier Blu-ray) en plus de la qualit\u00e9 standard des BR-DISK.
LQ: Une collection de groupes P2P anglais qui sont souvent bannis des meilleurs trackers en raison de leur manque de qualit\u00e9 ou pour d'autres raisons.
FR LQ: Une collection de groupes P2P fran\u00e7ais qui sont souvent bannis des meilleurs trackers en raison de leur manque de qualit\u00e9 ou pour d'autres raisons.
Extras: Bloque les extras
Type de FanSubs - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Ces Formats Personnalis\u00e9s sont optionnels et permettent de savoir quel type de FanSubs vos versions poss\u00e8dent. Seul le FastSub n'est pas souhait\u00e9 car il est souvent fait trop rapidement et reste peu soign\u00e9. Si vous ne voulez pas de FanSub non plus, vous devez aussi lui donner un score de -10000.
Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID FanSUB 0 84f0acbda9c0c9de783894fb66df25aa FastSUB -10000 ea0bb4b6ba388992fad1092703b5ff7b Services de streaming fran\u00e7ais d'Anim\u00e9s - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID CR 6 3e0b26604165f463f3e8e192261e7284 DSNP 5 89358767a60cc28783cdc3d0be9388a4 NF 4 d34870697c9db575f17700212167be23 AMZN 3 d660701077794679fd59e8bdf4ce3a29 ADN 3 d54cd2bf1326287275b56bccedb72ee2 VRV 3 44a8ee6403071dd7b8a3a8dd3fe8cb20 FUNi 2 1284d18e693de8efe0fe7d6b3e0b9170 B-Global 0 7dd31f3dee6d2ef8eeaa156e23c3857e Bilibili 0 4c67ff059210182b59cdd41697b8cb08 HIDIVE 0 570b03b3145a25011bf073274a407259 WKN 0 e5e6405d439dcd1af90962538acd4fe0 Info sur ADN et WKN (Service de streaming francophone) - [Click to show/hide]
ADN: Animation Digital Network, abr\u00e9g\u00e9 ADN, anciennement Anime Digital Network, est une plate-forme de VoD et simulcast n\u00e9e de la fusion entre KZPlay, appartenant \u00e0 Kaz\u00e9, et Genzai, appartenant \u00e0 Kana Home Video, ayant pour th\u00e9matique la diffusion de s\u00e9ries et longs m\u00e9trages d'animation japonaise et franco-belge.
WKN (ou Wakanim): Wakanim est une plateforme de VOD ayant pour th\u00e9matique la diffusion de s\u00e9ries d'animation japonaise. C'est \u00e9galement la premi\u00e8re soci\u00e9t\u00e9 \u00e0 proposer des vid\u00e9os en t\u00e9l\u00e9chargement sans gestion des droits num\u00e9riques sur des s\u00e9ries d'animation en Europe. En mars 2022, le catalogue de la plateforme est fusionn\u00e9 sur Crunchyroll.
HQ Source Groups - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID FR Anime Tier 01 1650 db13a377f7afb29975ea39470434d2ef FR Anime Tier 02 1600 4e6134a384dbc0ef166234cc0e45d26d FR Anime Tier 03 1550 db34d4357937fbfe89b63ba095f22155 FR Scene Groups 1500 2f3422339d185eb227a324644a2fbfca FR Anime FanSub 1400 ou 1000 44b6c964dad997577d793fd004a39224 FR HD Bluray Tier 01 (optional) 1150 d844321db5e126d2e7e46152f0706532 FR WEB Tier 01 (optional) 1100 ddb8eaa9c85a549c50034d280539d54d FR WEB Tier 02 (optional) 1100 a4c51febd4d8b2a0db10a3c974f21d92 FR WEB Tier 03 (optional) 1100 dbfc0a4b5cb4cbd693311c4482ae9683
Tip
Les groupes de la sc\u00e8ne fran\u00e7aise sont inclus et devraient toujours \u00eatre ajout\u00e9s car certains des principaux groupes qui publient des versions sous-titr\u00e9es et/ou doubl\u00e9es en fran\u00e7ais en sont issus.
Les groupes FanSUB peuvent \u00eatre not\u00e9s soit 1400 (par d\u00e9faut) soit 1000 selon que vous souhaitez privil\u00e9gier les sorties FanSUB ou SeaDex.
Original French Bluray/Web Tiers
Ils sont optionnels et peuvent \u00eatre inclus ou non. Cela est d\u00fb au fait que certains d'entre eux ont tendance \u00e0 publier des animes.
Un grand merci \u00e0 toutes les personnes qui m'ont aid\u00e9 \u00e0 tester ces Profils et Formats (et qui continuent \u00e0 le faire).
Une mention sp\u00e9ciale \u00e0 MySuperChef, PrL et KoUiGnAmAnN pour leur temps et leurs explications.
Une mention sp\u00e9ciale \u00e0 SeiyaGame, TheFrenchNaruto et Maxence qui ont fourni toutes les informations concernant les animes.
Une mention sp\u00e9ciale pour Piou et Wikoul qui sont potentiellement tous les deux maintenant dans des asiles en raison de la quantit\u00e9 de tests effectu\u00e9s.
TRaSH, pour m'avoir accord\u00e9 un petit espace sur son guide, ses connaissances, et sa gentillesse.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/","title":"How to set up Quality Profiles","text":"
aka How to set up Custom Formats So what's the best way to set up the Custom Formats and which ones to use with which scores to set up your quality profiles?
There isn't a \"best\" setup, it depends on your media setup (hardware devices) and your personal preferences.
Some prefer high-quality audio (HD Audio), others high-quality video. Many prefer both.
Here we will try to explain how to make the most of Custom Formats to help you set up your quality profiles for your personal preferences.
We've created a flowchart to make your decisions/choices easier.
We've also created an Excel sheet with several tested media player devices to display what formats and capabilities they support, sourced from information provided by our community. We hope this Excel sheet will be a helpful resource for those looking for a reliable media player device and will help you choose the appropriate quality profile.
After you've added the Custom Formats, as explained in How to import Custom Formats. You will need to set it up in the quality Profile you want to use/prefer to make use of the Custom Formats.
You can also use a Guide sync tool to sync the Custom Formats or even the complete quality profile(s).
Settings => Profiles
Sonarr Custom Formats can be set per profile and isn't global
Select the profile that you want to use/prefer.
Profile name.
Allow upgrades. Sonarr will stop upgrading quality once (3) is met.
Upgrade until the selected quality.
The Minimum Custom Format Score that is allowed to download. More Info
Keep upgrading Custom Format until this score is reached. (setting this to 0 means no upgrades will happen based on Custom Formats)
At the bottom, in your chosen profile, you will see the added Custom Formats where you can start setting up the scores.
Screenshot example - [Click to show/hide]
Warning
These screenshots are just examples to show you how it should look and where you need to place the data that you need to add, they aren't always a 100% reflection of the actual data and are not 100% up to date with the actual data you need to add.
Always follow the data described in the guide.
If you have any questions or aren't sure just click the chat badge to join the Discord Channel where you can ask your questions directly.
Keep in mind Custom Formats are made to fine-tune your Quality Profile.Generally, quality trumps all
Custom formats are controlled by Quality Profiles.
The Upgrade Until score prevents upgrading once a release with this desired score has been downloaded.
A score of 0 results in the custom format being informational only.
The Minimum score requires releases to reach this threshold otherwise they will be rejected.
Custom formats that match with undesirable attributes should be given a negative score to lower their appeal.
Outright rejections should be given a negative score low enough that even if all of the other formats with positive scores were added, the score would still fall below the minimum.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#sonarr-v4-current-logic","title":"Sonarr v4 current logic","text":"Sonarr v4 current logic - [Click to show/hide]
As of v4 release the logic is as follows:
The Current logic on how downloads are compared is Quality Trumps All
Quality
Custom Formats
Protocol
Episode Count
Episode Number
Indexer Priority
Seeds/Peers (If Torrent)
Age (If Usenet)
Size
Source: Wiki Servarr
REPACKS and PROPERs are v2 of Qualities and thus rank above a non-repack of the same quality.
Settings => Media Management => File Management => Proper & Repacks Change to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#which-quality-profile-should-you-choose","title":"Which Quality Profile should you choose","text":"Which Quality Profile should you choose - [Click to show/hide]
If you're unsure or have questions, do not hesitate to ask for help on Discord
The following Quality Profiles can be combined into a single Quality Profile if you, for example, want to be able to upgrade from 1080p to 4K/2160p when and if it becomes available AFTER the 1080p release is made.
For this Quality Profile we're going to make use of the following Custom Formats with the scores given in the table.
Attention
All the used scores and combinations of Custom Formats in this Guide are tested to get the desired results while preventing download loops as much as possible.
From experience, most of the time when people change scores or leave out certain CFs that work together - they end up with undesired results.
If you're unsure or have questions, do not hesitate to ask for help on Discord
BR-DISK : This is a custom format to help Sonarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
LQ: A collection of known low-quality groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
LQ (Release Title): A collection of terms seen in the titles of low-quality releases that are not captured by using a release group name.
x265 (HD): This blocks 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265.
If you have also added x265 (no HDR/DV) to your Sonarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
Extras: This blocks/ignores extras
AV1: This blocks all releases encoded in AV1.
AV1 encodes are currently targeting small file sizes, rather than good visual quality.
This is a new codec and you need modern devices that support it.
We also had reports of playback/transcoding issues.
No main group is actually using it (yet).
It's better to ignore this new codec to prevent compatibility issues
Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 ec8fa7296b64e8cd390a1600981f3923 Repack v2 6 eb3d5cc0a2be0db205fb823640db6a3c Repack v3 7 44e7c4de10ae50265753082e5dc76047 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Sonarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
General Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 70 d660701077794679fd59e8bdf4ce3a29 ATVP 100 f67c9ca88f463a48346062e8ad07713f CC 50 77a7b25585c18af08f60b1547bb9b4fb DCU 50 36b72f59f4ea20aad9316f475f2d9fbb DSNP 100 89358767a60cc28783cdc3d0be9388a4 HMAX 80 a880d6abc21e7c16884f3ae393f84179 HBO 50 7a235133c87f7da4c8cccceca7e3c7a6 HULU 50 f6cce30f1733d5c8194222a7507909bb iT 50 0ac24a2a68a9700bcb7eeca8e5cd644c MAX 90 81d1fbf600e2540cee87f3a23f9d3c1c NF 60 d34870697c9db575f17700212167be23 PMTP 60 c67a75ae4a1715f2bb4d492755ba4195 PCOK 60 1656adc6d7bb2c8cca6acfb6592db421 SHO 50 ae58039e1319178e6be73caab5c42166 STAN 60 1efe8da11bfd74fbbcd4d8117ddb9213 SYFY 50 9623c5c9cac8e939c1b9aedd32f640bf HQ Source Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID WEB Tier 01 1700 e6258996055b9fbab7e9cb2f75819294 WEB Tier 02 1650 58790d4e2fdcd9733aa7ae68ba2bb503 WEB Tier 03 1600 d84935abd3f8556dcd51d4f27e22d0a6 WEB Scene 1600 d0c516558625b04b363fa6c5c2c7cfd4
Info
= The reason why this Custom Format gets positively scored is because it's the only quality scene group that exists (up until now). Scene groups don't add a streaming service to their release names, so the score is adjusted to take this into account.
The following Custom Formats are optional:
Miscellaneous (Optional) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Bad Dual Groups -10000 32b367365729d530ca1c124a0b180c64 No-RlsGroup -10000 82d40da2bc6923f41e14394075dd4b03 Obfuscated -10000 e1a997ddb54e3ecbfe06341ad323c458 Retags -10000 06d66ab109d4d2eddb2794d21526d140 Scene -10000 1b3994c551cbb92a2c781af061f4ab44
Breakdown and Why
Bad Dual Groups: [Optional] These groups take the original release and add their own language track (e.g. AAC 2.0 Portuguese) as the first track. Afterward, FFprobe would determine that the media file is Portuguese. It's a common rule that you only add the best audio as the main track. Also they often even rename the release name into Portuguese.
No-RlsGroup: [Optional] Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups being scored incorrectly. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up with a stripped group name. These releases would appear as \"upgrades\" and could end up getting a decent score after other CFs are scored.
Obfuscated: [Optional] Use these only if you wish to avoid renamed releases.
Retags: [Optional] Use this if you wish to avoid retagged releases. Retagged releases often are not consistent with the quality of the original group's release (e.g. TGx downsampling an NTb release from 5.1 audio to 2.0 audio, yet maintaining the NTb naming).
Scene: [Optional] Use this only if you want to avoid SCENE releases.
Note: The Advanced Audio Custom Formats aren't used in the WEB profile, as WEB-DL do not often come with HD audio (most newer WEB-DL will have lossy Atmos, though). If you want HD audio, we would suggest going with Remuxes.
Use the following main settings in your profile.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#web-1080p-alternative-quality-profile","title":"WEB-1080p alternative Quality Profile","text":"
Tip
For some older shows, you might want to enable the WEB-720p, HDTV-720p/1080p, or even Bluray-720p/1080p quality source. Depending on your preferences, you can put them above or below the WEB-1080p.
Info
The order listed in the profile matters even if a quality is not checked, for example if you have a 1080p version but wanted the SD version, Radarr will reject all SD results because 1080p is listed higher than SD even though 1080p was not checked.
Qualities at the top of the list will appear first in manual searches.
Qualities higher in the list are more preferred even if not checked.
Qualities within the same group are equal.
Only checked qualities are wanted.
This is why it's recommended to move the selected quality to the top of the list.
Source: Wiki Servarr
Workflow Logic - [Click to show/hide]
It will download WEB-DL 1080p. (If you also enabled WEB 720p and/or HDTV 1080p it will upgrade until Upgrade Until)
The downloaded media will be upgraded to any of the added Custom Formats until a score of 10000.
So why such a ridiculously high Upgrade Until Custom and not a score of 100?
We're too lazy to calculate the maximum for every Quality Profile we provide, and we want it to upgrade to the highest possible score anyway to result in the highest possible quality release.
For this Quality Profile we're going to make use of the following Custom Formats with the scores given in the table.
Attention
All the used scores and combinations of Custom Formats in this Guide are tested to get the desired results while preventing download loops as much as possible.
From experience, most of the time when people change scores or leave out certain CFs that work together - they end up with undesired results.
If you're unsure or have questions, do not hesitate to ask for help on Discord
Click For Support
The following Custom Formats are required:
All HDR Formats - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I choose All HDR formats ?
You have a 4K/2160p TV and a hardware media player device (such as Roku, AppleTV, Shield, SmartTV App, etc.) that supports several HDR formats (such as Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, etc.).
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
You've chosen a profile that includes 4K/2160p releases. You must use all the HDR formats with 4k/2160p profiles.
You must add ALL the HDR formats - don't leave any of them out!
Why am I getting purple or green colors? - [Click to show/hide]
Why am I getting purple or green colors?
There are several possible reasons why your TV would show purple or green colors when playing Dolby Vision content.
Unsupported Hardware: Your TV or hardware media player device (Roku, AppleTV, etc) doesn't support Dolby Vision or your hardware media player device doesn't support all the Dolby Vision Profiles. As a result, the device might struggle to produce accurate colors, leading to a purple or green tint.
Incorrect Display Settings: Dolby Vision content often requires specific settings to be enabled on your TV or display device in order to deliver the intended visual experience. If these settings are not configured properly, it can result in the device showing distorted colors (including purple or green hues).
HDMI Compatibility Issues: Sometimes, HDMI cables or ports may not be fully compatible with Dolby Vision. If the media player device is not recognizing the Dolby Vision signal properly, it may fail to process the content correctly, resulting in abnormal color rendering.
To resolve the purple or green color issues when playing Dolby Vision content, you can try the following troubleshooting steps:
Ensure your TV or hardware media player device is Dolby Vision compatible and up-to-date with the latest firmware.
Verify that your TV or display device is set up correctly and has the necessary Dolby Vision settings enabled.
Check the HDMI cables and ensure they are capable of transmitting Dolby Vision signals.
Dolby Vision Profiles - [Click to show/hide]
Dolby Vision Profiles
Profile 5 (1) - This is what comes with WEB-DL Dolby Vision releases without HDR10 fallback.(Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens)
Profile 7 (2) - This is what comes with UHD Bluray Remuxes and UHD BluRay releases.These files will play on an Nvidia Shield Pro (2019), but on most other players will revert to the HDR10 fallback.
Profile 8 (3) - This is what comes with (Hybrid) WEB-DL (HULU), Hybrid UHD Remux, and UHD BluRay releases (all of which have HDR10 fallback).This works with several mainstream media players.
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
(1) PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse will only play profile 5 correctly if CMv2.9 is used
(2) Neither Infuse nor PLEX for AppleTV will deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 7.
(3) On PLEX for AppleTV it won't deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 8, and will only play the HDR10 fallback if CM2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201calthough your TV will incorrectly say that it is playing DV\u201d.With infuse it will convert it on the fly to Profile 5, and deliver real Dolby Vision if CMv2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201cMake sure you set the Extended Dolby Vision settings to Limited (prefer accuracy), Convert P8 to P5 (when possible), and play other P8 as HDR (output will switch to either DoVi or HDR depending on the video)\u201d
Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 and CMv4.0 - [Click to show/hide]
It is too technical to explain in detail, so I'll keep it short with tested facts: PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse only support CMv2.9.
There are two versions of Dolby Vision, namely CMv2.9 and CMv4.0. CMv4.0 uses an improved algorithm and a superior tone curve that allows for better mapping and more controls during the Dolby Vision trim pass process.
More info about the different Dolby Vision Versions: Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 vs. CMv4.0
Which HDR Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID DV HDR10+ 1500 2b239ed870daba8126a53bd5dc8dc1c8 DV HDR10 1500 7878c33f1963fefb3d6c8657d46c2f0a DV 1500 6d0d8de7b57e35518ac0308b0ddf404e DV HLG 1500 1f733af03141f068a540eec352589a89 DV SDR 1500 27954b0a80aab882522a88a4d9eae1cd HDR10+ 600 a3d82cbef5039f8d295478d28a887159 HDR10 500 3497799d29a085e2ac2df9d468413c94 HDR 500 3e2c4e748b64a1a1118e0ea3f4cf6875 HDR (undefined) 500 bb019e1cd00f304f80971c965de064dc PQ 500 2a7e3be05d3861d6df7171ec74cad727 HLG 500 17e889ce13117940092308f48b48b45b Add Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000 - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
Not all devices in your chain support Dolby Vision.
You share your media library with other family members that don't have Dolby Vision compatible devices.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
Custom Format Score Trash ID DV (WEBDL) -10000 9b27ab6498ec0f31a3353992e19434ca Add the Custom Formats DV HDR10+ Boost and HDR10+ Boost - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
You have a (Samsung) TV that supports HDR10+.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
If you use this Custom Format then 99% of the time you also need to add the following Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000
Custom Format Score Trash ID HDR10+ Boost 901 0dad0a507451acddd754fe6dc3a7f5e7 DV HDR10+ Boost 100 385e9e8581d33133c3961bdcdeffb7b4 Unwanted - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 85c61753df5da1fb2aab6f2a47426b09 LQ -10000 9c11cd3f07101cdba90a2d81cf0e56b4 LQ (Release Title) -10000 e2315f990da2e2cbfc9fa5b7a6fcfe48 x265 (HD) -10000 47435ece6b99a0b477caf360e79ba0bb Extras -10000 fbcb31d8dabd2a319072b84fc0b7249c AV1 -10000 15a05bc7c1a36e2b57fd628f8977e2fc
Breakdown and Why
BR-DISK : This is a custom format to help Sonarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
LQ: A collection of known low-quality groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
LQ (Release Title): A collection of terms seen in the titles of low-quality releases that are not captured by using a release group name.
x265 (HD): This blocks 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265.
If you have also added x265 (no HDR/DV) to your Sonarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
Extras: This blocks/ignores extras
AV1: This blocks all releases encoded in AV1.
AV1 encodes are currently targeting small file sizes, rather than good visual quality.
This is a new codec and you need modern devices that support it.
We also had reports of playback/transcoding issues.
No main group is actually using it (yet).
It's better to ignore this new codec to prevent compatibility issues
Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 ec8fa7296b64e8cd390a1600981f3923 Repack v2 6 eb3d5cc0a2be0db205fb823640db6a3c Repack v3 7 44e7c4de10ae50265753082e5dc76047 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Sonarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
General Streaming Services (UHD) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 70 d660701077794679fd59e8bdf4ce3a29 ATVP 100 f67c9ca88f463a48346062e8ad07713f CC 50 77a7b25585c18af08f60b1547bb9b4fb DCU 50 36b72f59f4ea20aad9316f475f2d9fbb DSNP 100 89358767a60cc28783cdc3d0be9388a4 HMAX 80 a880d6abc21e7c16884f3ae393f84179 HBO 50 7a235133c87f7da4c8cccceca7e3c7a6 HULU 50 f6cce30f1733d5c8194222a7507909bb iT 50 0ac24a2a68a9700bcb7eeca8e5cd644c MAX 90 81d1fbf600e2540cee87f3a23f9d3c1c NF 60 d34870697c9db575f17700212167be23 PMTP 60 c67a75ae4a1715f2bb4d492755ba4195 PCOK 60 1656adc6d7bb2c8cca6acfb6592db421 SHO 50 ae58039e1319178e6be73caab5c42166 STAN 60 1efe8da11bfd74fbbcd4d8117ddb9213 SYFY 50 9623c5c9cac8e939c1b9aedd32f640bf UHD Streaming Boost 20 43b3cf48cb385cd3eac608ee6bca7f09 UHD Streaming Cut -20 d2d299244a92b8a52d4921ce3897a256
UHD Streaming Boost and UHD Streaming Cut Custom Formats
Some streaming services have UHD releases that are generally better or worse than their HD counterparts. The UHD Streaming Boost and UHD Streaming Cut custom formats adjust those streaming services' scores appropriately for UHD releases.
These two custom formats must be included in your profile for UHD releases to be scored correctly.
HQ Source Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID WEB Tier 01 1700 e6258996055b9fbab7e9cb2f75819294 WEB Tier 02 1650 58790d4e2fdcd9733aa7ae68ba2bb503 WEB Tier 03 1600 d84935abd3f8556dcd51d4f27e22d0a6 WEB Scene 1600 d0c516558625b04b363fa6c5c2c7cfd4
Info
= The reason why this Custom Format gets positively scored is because it's the only quality scene group that exists (up until now). Scene groups don't add a streaming service to their release names, so the score is adjusted to take this into account.
The following Custom Formats are optional:
Miscellaneous (Optional) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Bad Dual Groups -10000 32b367365729d530ca1c124a0b180c64 No-RlsGroup -10000 82d40da2bc6923f41e14394075dd4b03 Obfuscated -10000 e1a997ddb54e3ecbfe06341ad323c458 Retags -10000 06d66ab109d4d2eddb2794d21526d140 Scene -10000 1b3994c551cbb92a2c781af061f4ab44
Breakdown and Why
Bad Dual Groups: [Optional] These groups take the original release and add their own language track (e.g. AAC 2.0 Portuguese) as the first track. Afterward, FFprobe would determine that the media file is Portuguese. It's a common rule that you only add the best audio as the main track. Also they often even rename the release name into Portuguese.
No-RlsGroup: [Optional] Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups being scored incorrectly. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up with a stripped group name. These releases would appear as \"upgrades\" and could end up getting a decent score after other CFs are scored.
Obfuscated: [Optional] Use these only if you wish to avoid renamed releases.
Retags: [Optional] Use this if you wish to avoid retagged releases. Retagged releases often are not consistent with the quality of the original group's release (e.g. TGx downsampling an NTb release from 5.1 audio to 2.0 audio, yet maintaining the NTb naming).
Scene: [Optional] Use this only if you want to avoid SCENE releases.
Miscellaneous UHD (Optional) - [Click to show/hide]
I recommend using the following Custom Formats
For details on \"Why\" and a potential warning please see the notes below.
x265 (no HDR/DV) over the x265 (HD)
SDR (no WEBDL) over the SDR
Custom Format Score Trash ID SDR -10000 2016d1676f5ee13a5b7257ff86ac9a93 SDR (no WEBDL) -10000 83304f261cf516bb208c18c54c0adf97 x265 (no HDR/DV) -10000 9b64dff695c2115facf1b6ea59c9bd07
Breakdown and Why
SDR: This will prevent grabbing UHD/4k releases without HDR Formats.
SDR (no WEBDL): This will prevent grabbing UHD/4k Remux and Bluray encode releases without HDR Formats. - i.e., SDR WEB releases will still be allowed since 4K SDR WEB releases can often look better than the 1080p version due to the improved bitrate.
If you have also added SDR to your Sonarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
x265 (no HDR/DV): This blocks 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265, But it will allow x265 releases if they have HDR and/or DV
If you have also added x265 (HD) to your Sonarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
Note: The Advanced Audio Custom Formats aren't used in the WEB profile, as WEB-DL do not often come with HD audio (most newer WEB-DL will have lossy Atmos, though). If you want HD audio, we would suggest going with Remuxes.
Use the following main settings in your profile.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#web-2160p-alternative-quality-profile","title":"WEB-2160p alternative Quality Profile","text":"
Tip
You might want to combine the WEB-720p/1080p into a single Quality Profile if you, for example, want to be able to upgrade from 1080p to 4K/2160p when and if it becomes available after the 1080p release is made, and perhaps enable the HDTV-720p/1080p and/or Bluray-720p/1080p for some older shows, or even the Bluray-2160p and Bluray-2160p Remux quality source because you prefer HD audio. Depending on your preferences, you can put them above or below the WEB-2160p.
Info
The order listed in the profile matters even if a quality is not checked, for example if you have a 1080p version but wanted the SD version, Radarr will reject all SD results because 1080p is listed higher than SD even though 1080p was not checked.
Qualities at the top of the list will appear first in manual searches.
Qualities higher in the list are more preferred even if not checked.
Qualities within the same group are equal.
Only checked qualities are wanted.
This is why it's recommended to move the selected quality to the top of the list.
Source: Wiki Servarr
Workflow Logic - [Click to show/hide]
This will download WEB-2160p with HDR/DV.
The downloaded media will be upgraded to any of the added Custom Formats until a score of 10000.
So why such a ridiculously high Upgrade Until Custom and not a score of 100?
We're too lazy to calculate the maximum for every Quality Profile we provide, and we want it to upgrade to the highest possible score anyway to result in the highest possible quality release.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#custom-format-groups","title":"Custom Format Groups","text":"
The following custom format groups should be combined with the Quality Profiles above. Users will need to choose which options and custom formats they prefer.
You have a 4K TV and a hardware media player device (such as Roku, AppleTV, Shield, SmartTV App, etc.) that supports several HDR formats (such as Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, etc.).
All HDR Formats - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I choose All HDR formats ?
You have a 4K/2160p TV and a hardware media player device (such as Roku, AppleTV, Shield, SmartTV App, etc.) that supports several HDR formats (such as Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, etc.).
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
You've chosen a profile that includes 4K/2160p releases. You must use all the HDR formats with 4k/2160p profiles.
You must add ALL the HDR formats - don't leave any of them out!
Why am I getting purple or green colors? - [Click to show/hide]
Why am I getting purple or green colors?
There are several possible reasons why your TV would show purple or green colors when playing Dolby Vision content.
Unsupported Hardware: Your TV or hardware media player device (Roku, AppleTV, etc) doesn't support Dolby Vision or your hardware media player device doesn't support all the Dolby Vision Profiles. As a result, the device might struggle to produce accurate colors, leading to a purple or green tint.
Incorrect Display Settings: Dolby Vision content often requires specific settings to be enabled on your TV or display device in order to deliver the intended visual experience. If these settings are not configured properly, it can result in the device showing distorted colors (including purple or green hues).
HDMI Compatibility Issues: Sometimes, HDMI cables or ports may not be fully compatible with Dolby Vision. If the media player device is not recognizing the Dolby Vision signal properly, it may fail to process the content correctly, resulting in abnormal color rendering.
To resolve the purple or green color issues when playing Dolby Vision content, you can try the following troubleshooting steps:
Ensure your TV or hardware media player device is Dolby Vision compatible and up-to-date with the latest firmware.
Verify that your TV or display device is set up correctly and has the necessary Dolby Vision settings enabled.
Check the HDMI cables and ensure they are capable of transmitting Dolby Vision signals.
Dolby Vision Profiles - [Click to show/hide]
Dolby Vision Profiles
Profile 5 (1) - This is what comes with WEB-DL Dolby Vision releases without HDR10 fallback.(Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens)
Profile 7 (2) - This is what comes with UHD Bluray Remuxes and UHD BluRay releases.These files will play on an Nvidia Shield Pro (2019), but on most other players will revert to the HDR10 fallback.
Profile 8 (3) - This is what comes with (Hybrid) WEB-DL (HULU), Hybrid UHD Remux, and UHD BluRay releases (all of which have HDR10 fallback).This works with several mainstream media players.
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
(1) PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse will only play profile 5 correctly if CMv2.9 is used
(2) Neither Infuse nor PLEX for AppleTV will deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 7.
(3) On PLEX for AppleTV it won't deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 8, and will only play the HDR10 fallback if CM2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201calthough your TV will incorrectly say that it is playing DV\u201d.With infuse it will convert it on the fly to Profile 5, and deliver real Dolby Vision if CMv2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201cMake sure you set the Extended Dolby Vision settings to Limited (prefer accuracy), Convert P8 to P5 (when possible), and play other P8 as HDR (output will switch to either DoVi or HDR depending on the video)\u201d
Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 and CMv4.0 - [Click to show/hide]
It is too technical to explain in detail, so I'll keep it short with tested facts: PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse only support CMv2.9.
There are two versions of Dolby Vision, namely CMv2.9 and CMv4.0. CMv4.0 uses an improved algorithm and a superior tone curve that allows for better mapping and more controls during the Dolby Vision trim pass process.
More info about the different Dolby Vision Versions: Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 vs. CMv4.0
Which HDR Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID DV HDR10+ 1500 2b239ed870daba8126a53bd5dc8dc1c8 DV HDR10 1500 7878c33f1963fefb3d6c8657d46c2f0a DV 1500 6d0d8de7b57e35518ac0308b0ddf404e DV HLG 1500 1f733af03141f068a540eec352589a89 DV SDR 1500 27954b0a80aab882522a88a4d9eae1cd HDR10+ 600 a3d82cbef5039f8d295478d28a887159 HDR10 500 3497799d29a085e2ac2df9d468413c94 HDR 500 3e2c4e748b64a1a1118e0ea3f4cf6875 HDR (undefined) 500 bb019e1cd00f304f80971c965de064dc PQ 500 2a7e3be05d3861d6df7171ec74cad727 HLG 500 17e889ce13117940092308f48b48b45b Add Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000 - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
Not all devices in your chain support Dolby Vision.
You share your media library with other family members that don't have Dolby Vision compatible devices.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
Custom Format Score Trash ID DV (WEBDL) -10000 9b27ab6498ec0f31a3353992e19434ca Add the Custom Formats DV HDR10+ Boost and HDR10+ Boost - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
You have a (Samsung) TV that supports HDR10+.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
If you use this Custom Format then 99% of the time you also need to add the following Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000
Custom Format Score Trash ID HDR10+ Boost 901 0dad0a507451acddd754fe6dc3a7f5e7 DV HDR10+ Boost 100 385e9e8581d33133c3961bdcdeffb7b4"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#faq-info","title":"FAQ & INFO","text":""},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#why-only-web-dl","title":"Why only WEB-DL","text":"Why do you only have a release profile for WEB-DL - [Click to show/hide]
We only do WEB-DL, myself, for TV shows. In our opinion, WEB-DL is the sweet spot between quality and size (you often don't see big differences anyway for TV shows) except for shows like GOT, Vikings, etc.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#why-prefer-p2p-groups","title":"Why prefer P2P groups","text":"Why do you prefer P2P groups over scene groups - [Click to show/hide]
Scene groups are always in a rush to bring releases out as fast as possible.
We noticed, often, that we got Repacks/Propers from them, or of different groups and quality. P2P release groups are a bit smarter, and sort of work together, by not doing the same releases. Also, we noticed that with some scene releases the 5.1 audio was stripped out or converted to AAC audio.
In our opinion, the P2P releases are better quality. However, there is one scene group that does bring out quality releases -deflate/-inflate.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#why-so-many-repackspropers","title":"Why so many repacks/propers","text":"Why do we see so many repacks/propers of Amazon WEB-DLs lately - [Click to show/hide]
A large portion of Amazon WEB-DLs in the last weeks have only had 192Kbps DD+5.1 (because that's all Amazon made available initially). The proper 640Kbps DD+5.1 audio might appear a few hours, or a few months, later. The lower quality release will be REPACKED when the higher quality audio is available.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#proper-and-repacks","title":"Proper and Repacks","text":"Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest that you change the Propers and Repacks settings in Radarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Format preferences will be used instead.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#custom-formats-to-avoid-certain-releases","title":"Custom Formats to avoid certain releases","text":"How to use a Custom Format to avoid certain releases? - [Click to show/hide]
For Custom Formats matching what you want to avoid, set it to something really low like -10000 and not something like -10. When you add your preferred Custom Format and set it to something like +10, it's possible that, for example, the BR-DISK will be downloaded - (-10)+(+10)=0 - if your Minimum Custom Format Score is set at 0.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#releases-you-should-avoid","title":"Releases you should avoid","text":"
This is a must-have for every Quality Profile you use in our opinion. All these Custom Formats make sure you don't get low-quality releases.
BR-DISK : This is a custom format to help Sonarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
LQ: A collection of known low-quality groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
LQ (Release Title): A collection of terms seen in the titles of low-quality releases that are not captured by using a release group name.
x265 (HD): This blocks 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265.
If you have also added x265 (no HDR/DV) to your Sonarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
Extras: This blocks/ignores extras
AV1: This blocks all releases encoded in AV1.
AV1 encodes are currently targeting small file sizes, rather than good visual quality.
This is a new codec and you need modern devices that support it.
We also had reports of playback/transcoding issues.
No main group is actually using it (yet).
It's better to ignore this new codec to prevent compatibility issues
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#custom-formats-with-a-score-of-0","title":"Custom Formats with a score of 0","text":"What do Custom Formats with a score of 0 do? - [Click to show/hide]
All Custom Formats with a score of 0 are purely informational and don't do anything.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#minimum-custom-format-score","title":"Minimum Custom Format Score","text":"Minimum Custom Format Score - [Click to show/hide]
Some people suggest not to use negative scores for your Custom Formats and set this option to a higher score than 0.
The reason why we don't prefer/use this is because you could limit yourself when some new groups or whatever will be released.
Also, it makes it much more clear what you prefer and what you want to avoid.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#audio-channels","title":"Audio Channels","text":"Audio Channels - [Click to show/hide]
Elsewhere in the guide, you will find a separate group of custom formats called Audio Channels. These will match the number of audio channels in a release, for example, 2.0 (stereo) or 5.1/7.1 (surround sound). We wouldn't add the audio channels Custom Formats as you could limit yourself in the amount of releases you're able to get. Only use them if you have a specific need for them.
Using this with any kind of Remux Quality Profile is useless, in our opinion, being that 99% of all Remuxes are multi-audio anyway. You can get better scores just by using the Audio Advanced Custom Formats.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#avoid-using-the-x264x265-custom-format","title":"Avoid using the x264/x265 Custom Format","text":"Avoid using the x264/x265 Custom Format - [Click to show/hide]
Avoid using the x264/x265 Custom Format with a score if possible, it's smarter to use the x265 (HD) Custom Format.
Something like 95% of video files are x264 and have much better direct play support. If you have more than a of couple users, you will notice much more transcoding.
Use x265 only for 4k releases and the x265 (HD) makes sure you still get the x265 releases.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#why-am-i-getting-purple-or-green-colors","title":"Why am I getting purple or green colors","text":"Why am I getting purple or green colors? - [Click to show/hide]
Why am I getting purple or green colors?
There are several possible reasons why your TV would show purple or green colors when playing Dolby Vision content.
Unsupported Hardware: Your TV or hardware media player device (Roku, AppleTV, etc) doesn't support Dolby Vision or your hardware media player device doesn't support all the Dolby Vision Profiles. As a result, the device might struggle to produce accurate colors, leading to a purple or green tint.
Incorrect Display Settings: Dolby Vision content often requires specific settings to be enabled on your TV or display device in order to deliver the intended visual experience. If these settings are not configured properly, it can result in the device showing distorted colors (including purple or green hues).
HDMI Compatibility Issues: Sometimes, HDMI cables or ports may not be fully compatible with Dolby Vision. If the media player device is not recognizing the Dolby Vision signal properly, it may fail to process the content correctly, resulting in abnormal color rendering.
To resolve the purple or green color issues when playing Dolby Vision content, you can try the following troubleshooting steps:
Ensure your TV or hardware media player device is Dolby Vision compatible and up-to-date with the latest firmware.
Verify that your TV or display device is set up correctly and has the necessary Dolby Vision settings enabled.
Check the HDMI cables and ensure they are capable of transmitting Dolby Vision signals.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#dolby-vision-profiles","title":"Dolby Vision Profiles","text":"Dolby Vision Profiles - [Click to show/hide]
Dolby Vision Profiles
Profile 5 (1) - This is what comes with WEB-DL Dolby Vision releases without HDR10 fallback.(Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens)
Profile 7 (2) - This is what comes with UHD Bluray Remuxes and UHD BluRay releases.These files will play on an Nvidia Shield Pro (2019), but on most other players will revert to the HDR10 fallback.
Profile 8 (3) - This is what comes with (Hybrid) WEB-DL (HULU), Hybrid UHD Remux, and UHD BluRay releases (all of which have HDR10 fallback).This works with several mainstream media players.
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
(1) PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse will only play profile 5 correctly if CMv2.9 is used
(2) Neither Infuse nor PLEX for AppleTV will deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 7.
(3) On PLEX for AppleTV it won't deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 8, and will only play the HDR10 fallback if CM2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201calthough your TV will incorrectly say that it is playing DV\u201d.With infuse it will convert it on the fly to Profile 5, and deliver real Dolby Vision if CMv2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201cMake sure you set the Extended Dolby Vision settings to Limited (prefer accuracy), Convert P8 to P5 (when possible), and play other P8 as HDR (output will switch to either DoVi or HDR depending on the video)\u201d
Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 and CMv4.0 - [Click to show/hide]
It is too technical to explain in detail, so I'll keep it short with tested facts: PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse only support CMv2.9.
There are two versions of Dolby Vision, namely CMv2.9 and CMv4.0. CMv4.0 uses an improved algorithm and a superior tone curve that allows for better mapping and more controls during the Dolby Vision trim pass process.
More info about the different Dolby Vision Versions: Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 vs. CMv4.0
Special thanks to everyone who helped with the testing and creation of these Custom Formats.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-v3-eol/","title":"Sonarr v3 - End Of Life","text":"
Sonarr v3 - End Of LifeAs of December 30th 2023, Sonarr v4 has been officially released.Sonarr v3 is therefore in End of Life status.As v4 is now the only supported version of Sonarr, we have removed the Sonarr v3 guide.We recommend that all users upgrade to Sonarr v4. Before updating to Sonarr v4 it is recommended that you delete any existing Release Profiles
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/","title":"How to set up Language Custom Formats","text":""},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/#how-to-setup-language-custom-formats","title":"How to setup Language Custom Formats","text":"
Here we will explain how to set up your preferred language Custom Format, with a few examples.
Using language Custom Formats is not compatible with setting a preferred language in a quality profile in Radarr. You must use one or the other.If you want to make use of the Custom Formats set the preferred language to Any.Sonarr doesn't have a preferred language in the quality profile, so this can be ignored if you're setting this up with Sonarr
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/#language-prefer-x-but-ill-take-y","title":"Language: Prefer X but i'll take Y","text":"
Language: Not Original or German Language: Prefer German
Let's say you want German, but if German is not available then fall back to Original language but don't accept any other translated languages.
For languages other than German, replace the German condition with the language of your choice.
Add the following JSON to your Radarr/Sonarr with a score in your profile of -10000.
JSON - [Click to show/hide]
{\n \"trash_id\": \"guide-only\",\n \"trash_scores\": {\n \"default\": -10000\n },\n \"trash_description\": \"Language: Prefer X but i'll take Y\",\n \"name\": \"Language: Not Original or German\",\n \"includeCustomFormatWhenRenaming\": false,\n \"specifications\": [\n {\n \"name\": \"Not Original\",\n \"implementation\": \"LanguageSpecification\",\n \"negate\": true,\n \"required\": true,\n \"fields\": {\n \"value\": -2\n }\n },\n {\n \"name\": \"Not German\",\n \"implementation\": \"LanguageSpecification\",\n \"negate\": true,\n \"required\": true,\n \"fields\": {\n \"value\": 4\n }\n }\n ]\n}\n
Add the following JSON to your Radarr/Sonarr with a score in your profile of 10.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/#language-special-cases","title":"Language Special Cases","text":"
Here we will add special cases that often are related to specific languages. example: German Dual Language and/or Multi-language releases
In general, Dual/Multi in a release title stands for original language (movies/show original language) + foreign language(s). Which audio track is used for the first track isn't always known based solely on the naming.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/#language-german-original","title":"Language: German + Original","text":"
This Custom Format can be used in two ways:
If you DON'T WANT your media file to have a German audio track included, add this Custom Format with a score of -10000.
If you PREFER your media file to have a German audio track included, add this Custom Format with a positive score.
Language: German Dual Language JSON - [Click to show/hide]
With reverse scoring you add a Custom Format with a score of -10000 and your preferred condition you negate.
So in the case of the following Custom Format Language: Original Only, it will match all Not Original releases and give it a score of -10000.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/#prefer-language-x-over-language-y","title":"Prefer language X over language Y","text":"Prefer language X over language Y - [Click to show/hide]
If you want to use Prefer language X over language Y,
you add for example: Language: Prefer Language X with a score of 10, and add Language: Prefer Language Y with score of 9.
Which scores you should use depends on how important the language is compared to other Custom Formats you're using.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/#whats-original-language","title":"What's Original Language","text":"What's Original Language? - [Click to show/hide]
Original Language is the language in which a Movie/TV Show was originally made.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/#where-does-radarr-get-the-original-language-from","title":"Where does Radarr get the Original Language from","text":"Where does Radarr get the Original Language from? - [Click to show/hide]
Radarr makes use of The Movie Database (TMDB). As of February 12, 2023, Radarr has updated its metadata cache to use a movie's spoken language from TMDb as the original language, but only when there is a single spoken language listed for that movie on TMDb. In cases where multiple spoken languages are listed, Radarr will use the movie's designated original language from TMDb.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/#where-does-sonarr-get-the-original-language-from","title":"Where does Sonarr get the Original Language from","text":"Where does Sonarr get the Original Language from? - [Click to show/hide]
Sonarr makes use of TheTVDB.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/Merge-quality/","title":"How to Merge Quality","text":""},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/Merge-quality/#how-to-merge-quality","title":"How to Merge Quality","text":"
The current logic on how downloads are compared is Quality Trumps All
In some cases, it might be preferred to not have Quality Trump All, and let it be handled via Preferred Words / Custom Formats.
To accomplish this you will need to merge the qualities.
Here you will see the current logic so you understand how the possible downloads are compared.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/Merge-quality/#radarr-current-logic","title":"Radarr current logic","text":"Radarr current logic - [Click to show/hide]
As of 2021-11-06 the logic is as follows:
The Current logic on how downloads are compared is Quality Trumps All
Quality
Custom Format Score
Protocol
Indexer Priority
Indexer Flags
Seeds/Peers (If Torrent)
Age (If Usenet)
Size
Source: Wiki Servarr
REPACKS and PROPERs are v2 of Qualities and thus rank above a non-repack of the same quality.
Settings => Media Management => File Management => Proper & Repacks Change to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/Merge-quality/#sonarr-current-logic","title":"Sonarr current logic","text":"Sonarr current logic - [Click to show/hide]
As of 2024-01-16 the logic is as follows:
The Current logic on how downloads are compared is Quality Trumps All
Quality
Custom Format Score
Protocol
Episode Count
Episode Number
Indexer Priority
Seeds/Peers (If Torrent)
Age (If Usenet)
Size
Source: Wiki Servarr
* Use Custom Formats and TRaSH Guide's season pack custom format with a score greater than zero to prefer season packs.
REPACKS and PROPERs are v2 of Qualities and thus rank above a non-repack of the same quality. Set Media Management => File Management Download Proper & Repacks to \"Do Not Prefer\" and use TRaSH's Repack/Proper Custom Format with a positive score as suggested by TRaSH's Guides
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/Merge-quality/#merge-the-qualities","title":"Merge the Qualities","text":"
Go to your preferred Quality Profile or create a new one.
Settings => Profiles
In this example, we will merge the following qualities:
Bluray-720p
Bluray-1080p
WEBDL/WEBRip-1080p
To merge them you need to click on Edit Groups.
When done Sonarr/Radarr upgrades will be handled via Preferred Words / Custom Formats.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
It seems that a lot of people don't understand how remote path mapping works for Sonarr. we will try to explain it with some screenshots and a short description.
Remote Path Mapping acts as a dumb find Remote Path and replaces it with the Local Path
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/Sonarr-remote-path-mapping/#when-do-i-need-remote-path-mappings","title":"When do I need remote path mappings","text":"
If Sonarr and your download client are not on the same server/system.
If you use either merged local/remote setups using mergerfs or similar.
You run dockers and DON'T have consistent and well-planned paths.
Note
If you run dockers it would be smarter to fix the problem at the source of what's causing the actual issue.
Sonarr Wiki Servarr - Docker Guide
TRaSH Guides
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/Sonarr-remote-path-mapping/#how-do-i-recognize-that-i-need-remote-path-mappings","title":"How do I recognize that I need remote path mappings","text":"
If your download client is on another system than Sonarr then you probably need to make use of Remote Path Mappings.
You will get an error that looks a little bit like the following screenshot.
So looking at this screenshot it seems we need to make use of Remote Path Mappings
To find what you need to put in your host you navigate in Sonarr to the Settings => Download Clients Tab. There you open up the download client for this example we will be using QBittorrent
This is what you put in your Host in Remote Path Mapping.
To find out what you need to put in in your local path you need to know how Sonarr can access the files that your download client downloaded. This can be done in different ways. Mounting/Network shares, whatever, but Sonarr needs to have local access to it, so you need to figure out the best way for Sonarr to access the download client's downloaded files yourself.
The final result will look something like this.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/Sonarr-rename-your-folders/","title":"How to rename your folders","text":""},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/Sonarr-rename-your-folders/#how-to-rename-your-folders","title":"How to rename your folders","text":"
The same basics can be used with Sonarr, just replace movies with series.
If you need to rename your current folder names (for example, to a new naming scheme), you can do so with a little \"magic trick\".
Simply go to the movie overview section.
Movies
Click on Edit Movies (at the top)
Once you are in \"edit\" mode, you can select the movie(s) whose folders you want to be renamed.
If you want all your movie's folders to be renamed with the new naming scheme you set HERE.
Select the movie(s) that you want to have the folder(s) renamed.
At the bottom select Edit
A new popup will be shown:
Choose the same (current) root folder for your selected movies, and choose Apply Changes.
You will get a warning popup where you will need to choose Yes, Move the files
Warning
If you have a large library, use remote or cloud storage, or your path structure isn't well planned (or doesn't support instant moves) this could take a while.
Make sure you don't interrupt this process. If it stops before it has been completed, it could result in quite a mess.
Then, Magic!
As you can see, the folder has now been renamed to the new/updated naming scheme.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/Sync-2-radarr-sonarr/","title":"How to Sync 2 Radarr or Sonarr with each other","text":""},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/Sync-2-radarr-sonarr/#how-to-sync-2-radarr-or-sonarr-with-each-other","title":"How to Sync 2 Radarr or Sonarr with each other","text":"
In this guide, we will try to explain how you can sync two (or more) Radarr/Sonarr instances with each other.
I'm going to show two different options on how you can set up your sync with two Radarr/Sonarr instances.
Option 1: This option is best used if you want a 1:1 copy of your Radarr/Sonarr instances as it'll sync everything.
Option 2: This option is best used if you only want to cherry-pick which Movies/TV Shows you want as 4K/2160p (UHD).
We're not going to explain how to set up two Radarr/Sonarr instances for your system, being it depends on how you have it installed/running. Radarr Multiple Instance Information and Sonarr Multiple Instance Information
Announced: Radarr shall consider movies available as soon as they are added to Radarr. This setting is recommended if you have good private trackers that do not have fakes.
In Cinemas: Radarr shall consider movies available as soon as movies hit cinemas (Theatrical Date on TMDb) This option is not recommended.
Released: Radarr shall consider movies available as soon as the Blu-Ray or streaming version is released (Digital and Physical dates on TMDb) This option is recommended and likely should be combined with an Availability Delay of -14 or -21 days.
All Episodes: Monitor all episodes except specials
Future Episodes: Monitor episodes that have not aired yet
Missing Episodes: Monitor episodes that do not have files or have not aired yet
Existing Episodes: Monitor episodes that have files or have not aired yet
Recent Episodes: Monitor episodes aired within the last 90 days and future episodes
Pilot Episode: Only monitor the first episode of the first season
First Season: Monitor all episodes of the first season. All other seasons will be ignored
Last Season: Monitor all episodes of the last season
Monitor Specials: Monitor all special episodes without changing the monitored status of other episodes
Unmonitor Specials: Unmonitor all special episodes without changing the monitored status of other episodes
None: No episodes will be monitored
All Seasons: Monitor all new seasons automatically
No New Seasons: Do not monitor any new seasons automatically
Anime: Episodes released using an absolute episode number
Daily: Episodes released daily or less frequently that use year-month-day (2017-05-25)
Standard: Episodes released with SxxEyy pattern
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
If you're interested in the 1080p streaming optimized quality profile you can join our discord and get access to the Special Quality Profiles channel (access-to-sqp) by accepting the rules.
This is a special quality profile we created for people who are interested in it.
This release profile is fine-tuned for when you want to run a 2nd Radarr for 1080p and want minimum to no transcoding and smaller sizes for the second copies.
Why choose this quality profile?
Streaming optimized (optimized for PLEX, Emby, Jellyfin, and other streaming platforms)
Small sizes
Good quality
Only AC3 Audio (downmixed lossless audio track to Dolby Digital 5.1 for optimal compatibility)
You want maximum compatibility between all devices and still have an HQ release.
You run two instances of Radarr and want both versions or just the 1080p ones.
You want to have minimum to no transcoding for low-powered devices or remote streaming.
You don't need a separate download client for your two Radarr instances, this all can be done with one download client (Two if you prefer Usenet and Torrents).
Settings => Download Clients
Select your preferred download client.
The only thing you need to change/create is a separate Category that you're going to use for Radarr 2
Warning
This can't and shouldn't be the same category you use for Radarr 1 but a separate Category.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/Sync-2-radarr-sonarr/#how-does-this-radarr-sync-work","title":"How does this Radarr Sync work","text":"
You now only need to make use of Radarr 1. All movies you add to Radarr 1 will be synced to Radarr 2 at a scheduled time.
You don't need a separate download client for your two Sonarr/Radarr instances, this can all be done with one download client (Two if you prefer Usenet and Torrents).
Settings => Download Clients
Select your preferred download client.
Only thing you need to change/create is a separate Category that you're going to use for Sonarr 2
Tip
This can't and shouldn't be the same category you use for Sonarr 1 but a separate Category.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/Sync-2-radarr-sonarr/#how-does-this-sonarr-sync-work","title":"How does this Sonarr Sync work","text":"
You now only need to make use of Sonarr 1. When you have a TV show (or a movie if you use this option with Radarr) that you also want as 4K/2160p (UHD) then you make sure you make use of the Cloned Quality Profile. And it will sync at a scheduled time.
The pre-built Recyclarr config files have been relocated here: Recyclarr config-templates GitHub Repository
"}]}
\ No newline at end of file
+{"config":{"lang":["en"],"separator":"[\\s\\-]+","pipeline":["stopWordFilter"]},"docs":[{"location":"","title":"TRaSH-Guides","text":"
TRaSH Guides, Guides that aren't trash.
Here you will find guides mainly for Sonarr/Radarr/Bazarr and everything related to it.
"},{"location":"#how-this-all-started","title":"How this all started","text":"
When I started using Sonarr/Radarr, I noticed that it didn't grab the releases that I wanted (I'm a bit picky about which releases and what quality I prefer). I decided to fine-tune my quality profile settings to try and get the releases and qualities I preferred. While on Discord, I noticed that others ran into the same issue, so I explained how I managed to solve this. Once I started having to explain more often, I decided to write it down and make it public so I could easily link to it when needed. After a while, I also decided to create guides for frequently asked questions and started to collect all kinds of information gathered from various sources. I try to make my guides as easy as possible for everyone to understand and, in my opinion, pictures often explain more than just some text.
The information provided in the guides has been gathered from different sources such as support forums, Reddit, Discord, or the development teams themselves, and has been developed based on user input. I have tested and tuned most things with the ultimate goal being to have them in line with my, and sometimes others', needs.
All of the information provided in these guides, as well as in Discord or any guides-related mediums, is to be used at your own risk. I am not responsible if something happens to your setup or collection!
"},{"location":"thnx/","title":"Thanks for the Coffee","text":""},{"location":"Bazarr/","title":"Bazarr","text":""},{"location":"Bazarr/#basic-guides","title":"Basic guides","text":"
For Installation and the basics of Bazarr, please check the official Bazarr Wiki.
For Support specific related to Bazarr we suggest you join their official Discord Support server.
Some of these guides were started by us and are now maintained by the Bazarr team.
Basic-Guide - The basic set up needed to get started with Bazarr (external link to the official most up-to-date Bazarr guide).
After Install Configuration - Bazarr only searches for subtitles for Episodes and Movies that are added after the install, So you will need to set the preferred languages for your existing Shows and Movies. (external link to the official most up-to-date Bazarr guide).
Suggested Scoring - Suggested scores that would work with the most common languages, with this scoring 99% of your downloaded subtitles should be the correct ones for your release.
Scripts - The start of a collection of community-provided and maintained scripts for Bazarr, that only should be used if you have a specific need for it.
After you've installed everything it's best to check all of your settings,
Warning
Bazarr only searches for subs of Episodes and Movies that are added after the installation.
So you will need to set the preferred languages for your existing Shows and Movies.
In this example, we will show you how to do that with a series.
click on Mass Edit
Select all.
Select the Language Profile you created earlier.
Click on Save.
Then go back to your Movies home screen and do the same for your Movies. If you've done it correctly you will get something that looks like the following screenshot with your preferred languages.
You just set up Bazarr and wonder which scoring you should use/set up for your subtitles and sync?
We're going to suggest a scoring for what would work with the most common languages, with this scoring 99% of your downloaded subs should be the correct ones for your release.
Setting it too low could result in bad subs or completely out of sync and un-syncable.
This score is the minimal score that the subs should match for your release, settings this too low could result in bad subs or completely out of sync and un-syncable.
This score is the minimal score that the subs should match for your release, settings this too low could result in bad subs or completely out of sync and un-syncable.
Enable Automatic Subtitles Synchronization in step 3.
Enable Series Score Threshold in step 4 and set the score to 96.1
Enable Movies Score Threshold in step 5 and set the score to 86.1
This will set the Synchronization Score Threshold, meaning at which score Bazarr will sync the subtitles.
Info
The synchronization is \"best effort\", based on the following.
it uses the embedded subtitles track as a reference, if not present.
it needs to extract the audio track and analyze it to define the start of sentence markers.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
Why not set the Synchronization Score to max? It's kinda useless to start with why would you want to try to sync perfectly matching subs in the first place?
We noticed that when setting it to high 98-100 we would get subs that are actually 1 second to slow/fast.\u00a0\u21a9\u21a9
In this guide we will try to explain the basic setup you need to do to get started with Bazarr. For a more detailed few of all the setting check the following LINK.
Before Bazarr works we need to set up and configure a few settings.
After installation and starting up, you open a browser and go to http://ip_where_installed:6767.
Enter the hostname or the IP address of the computer running your Sonarr instance.
Info
Be aware that when using Bazarr in docker, you cannot reach another container on the same Docker host using the loopback address (ex.: 127.0.0.1 or localhost). Loopback address refers to the Bazarr Docker container, not the Docker host.
Enter the TCP port of your Sonarr instance. Default is 8989.
Sonarr uses the Base URL ONLY if used with a \"Reverse Proxy\" (ex: Nginx Proxy Manager or SWAG) and MUST have a leading slash if it is needed (ex: /sonarr).
Info
If you don't use a reverse proxy or don't know what it is leave this empty!!!
Enter your Sonarr API key here.
Enable this if your Sonarr instance is exposed through SSL.
Info
Not needed if you reach it with a local IP address.
Click the Test button after filling in all the fields. Make sure the test is successful before you proceed.
Select the minimum score (in percentage) required for a subtitle file to be downloaded.
Info
Are your subs often out of sync or just bad? Raise the score!
Episodes from series with those tags (case sensitive) in Sonarr will be excluded from automatic downloading of subtitles. In Sonarr you add a custom tag to a show, in this case the shows with these tags will be ignored by Bazarr.
Episodes from series with these types in Sonarr will be excluded from automatic downloading of subtitles.
Options: Standard, Anime, Daily
Automatic downloading of subtitles will only happen for monitored shows/episodes in Sonarr.
You should only use this section if Sonarr and Bazarr use a different path to access the same files.
(for example if you run Sonarr on a different device than Bazarr or have a Synology and mix packages with Docker.)
Click on Add and you will get an extra option
Here you enter the path that Sonarr uses to access your shows.
Here you enter the path that Bazarr uses to access your shows.
Warning
IF YOU HAVE THE SAME VALUES ON BOTH SIDES THEN YOU DON'T NEED IT!!!
IT SHOULD ALSO BE REMOVED OR ELSE YOU WILL GET AN ERROR.
Info
If everything runs on Docker you normally don't need to use this except if you got messed up paths and then it would be smarter to fix those first to have consistent and well-planned paths.
Please take a look at TRaSH's Hardlink Tutorial https://trash-guides.info/hardlinks
Enter the hostname or the IP address of the computer running your Radarr instance.
Info
Be aware that when using Bazarr in docker, you cannot reach another container on the same Docker host using the loopback address (ex.: 127.0.0.1 or localhost). Loopback address refers to the Bazarr Docker container, not the Docker host.
Enter the TCP port of your Radarr instance. Default is 7878.
Radarr uses the Base URL ONLY if used with a \"Reverse Proxy\" (ex: Nginx Proxy Manager or SWAG) and MUST have a leading slash if it is needed (ex: /radarr).
Info
If you don't use a reverse proxy or don't know what it is leave this empty!!!
Enter your Radarr API key here.
Enable this if your Radarr instance is exposed through SSL.
Info
Not needed if you reach it with a local IP address.
Click the Test button after filling in all the fields. Make sure the test is successful before you proceed.
Select the minimum score (in percentage) required for a subtitle file to be downloaded.
Info
Are your subs often out of sync or just bad? Raise the score!
Movies with those tags (case sensitive) in Radarr will be excluded from the automatic downloading of subtitles. In Radarr you add a custom tag to a movie.
Automatic downloading of subtitles will only happen for monitored movies in Radarr.
You should only use this section if Radarr and Bazarr use a different path to access the same files.
(for example, if you run Radarr on a different device than Bazarr or have a Synology and mix packages with Docker.)
Click on Add and you will get an extra option
Here you enter the path that Radarr uses to access your movies.
Here you enter the path that Bazarr uses to access your movies.
Warning
IF YOU GOT THE SAME VALUES ON BOTH SIDES THEN YOU DON'T NEED IT!!!
IT SHOULD ALSO BE REMOVED OR ELSE YOU WILL GET AN ERROR.
Info
If everything runs on Docker you normally don't need to use this except if you got messed up paths and then it would be smarter to fix those first to have consistent and well-planned paths.
Please take a look at TRaSH's Hardlink Tutorial https://trash-guides.info/hardlinks
**We don't recommend enabling the Single Language option unless required (ie: media player not supporting language code in subtitles filename). Results may vary.
Be aware the language code (ex.: en) is not going to be included in the subtitles file name when enabling this.**
Here you select which languages you want for your subtitles, you can just start typing your language name and it will show you what's available.
These languages are the subtitle languages you later use for the Languages Profiles
In this example, we've selected Dutch and English.
Click on Add to add the languages you enabled earlier in Subtitle Language.
Select the languages you want to enable for your profile (Including the optional settings).
Forced => FAQ - What are Forced Subtitles
HI => Hearing Impaired
Exclude Audio => Exclude if matching audio
Optional select the cutoff where you want Bazarr to stop downloading other languages.
Save your settings.
Cutoff
So you can have a profile that states: English, Dutch, German, French With cutoff Dutch, if it finds Dutch, it will download it and call it a day. If no Dutch is found it will continue searching the other languages till Dutch is found.
Here we're going to select which subtitle providers you want to use.
Settings => Providers
Click on the Plus sign box.
Select the subtitle providers you would like to enable. It is best to select multiple providers and create/use an account with them especially when you got a lot of wanted subtitles. Some subtitle providers require an extra paid Anti-Captcha Service.
Your enabled providers.
Tip
If possible don't forget to support them for their free service
Basic-Setup - Basic set up of the most common settings.
Using Labels - Labels are the equivalent of categories for qBittorrent, and how you can manage and organize your torrents in groups. Starr apps can use labels in Deluge to keep track of downloads to monitor, rather than watching every torrent in your client.
Port forwarding - Where in your download client you should add the port you've port forwarded with your VPN Service.
Tips - Several tips/tweaks for Deluge.
Plugins - Here you will find a list of included and available plugins that may be useful.
Thin Client - How to set up the Thin-Client to manage Deluge.
unRAID Mover and Deluge - How to move your files from your cache drive to your array when torrents are still seeding.
The default path setup suggested by some docker developers that encourages people to use mounts like /movies, /tv, /books or /downloads is very suboptimal and it makes them look like two or three file systems, even if they aren\u2019t (Because of how Docker\u2019s volumes work). It is the easiest way to get started. While easy to use, it has a major drawback. Mainly losing the ability to hardlink or instant move, resulting in a slower and more I/O intensive copy + delete is used.
But you're able to change this, by not using the pre-defined/recommended paths like:
Download to is where you want you want Deluge to download your media. If you want to move your files upon completion - check the box and enter a path for that option as well.
Pre-allocate disk space for the added torrents. This limits fragmentation and also makes sure if you use a cache drive or a feeder disk, that the space is available.
Suggested: Enabled
Warning
Do not set Pre-allocated disk space if you are using ZFS as your filesystem as ZFS does not support fallocate
ATTENTION
You set your download location in your download client
Your download client ONLY downloads to your download folder/location.
And you tell Radarr where you want your clean media library
Starr Apps import from your download location (copy/move/hardlink) to your media folder/library
Plex, Emby, JellyFin, or Kodi should ONLY have access to your media folder/library
Your Download and Media Library should be **NEVER the same locations**
Here you can set your rate limits, meaning your maximum download/upload/connections.
Info
In Deluge, the value of -1 is used for \"infinity\" or \"unlimited\".
The best settings depend on many factors.
Your ISP speed.
Your hardware.
Bandwidth needed by other services in your home network.
Suggested: For a home connection that you use with others it's best practice to set the upload/download rate to about 70-80% of your maximum upload/download speed.
I recommend using the seeding goals in your Starr Apps indexer settings (enable advanced) to remove completed downloads. These sections are then not necessary.
You can configure your network protocols in this section. Depending on which type of tracker you use, some of these will be beneficial while on other trackers (private) it will put you at risk of being banned/disabled.
Warning
Please read this section carefully.
UPnP and NAT-PMP should be both disabled in your router, as well as in Deluge, as they can pose security risks.
Suggested: Disabled
Public trackers can benefit from having settings like DHT (Distributed Hash Table) and Peer Exchange (PEX) enabled. These protocols rely on sources besides the trackers to get peers. The following settings are recommended ONLY for public trackers.
Suggested: Recommended
Decent private trackers will use the \"private flag\" and ignore these settings by default. However, it is strongly recommended that you use the following settings if you use private trackers. Almost all private trackers have rules stating that you must disable DHT, PEX, and LSD/LPD (Local Peer Discovery). Failing to do so puts your account at risk of being disabled.
Finally, you will want to enable some plugins. There are plenty of plugins on the Deluge community forums to browse once you are familiar with the client, but for the time being, we will only be covering the WebUI and Label plugins to get started.
Tip
If you are familiar with the client and plugins you can find more information here
Info
If you are running a docker container, such as binhex's image, the WebUI plugin may not need to be enabled. Instead, it may be configured in the container.
Once you have enabled the WebUI plugin, it will appear in your Preferences menu list, and you will need to enable the web interface and set the port you want the WebUI to listen on.
Info
The default WebUI password is deluge and you can change that in preferences inside the WebUI once you access it through your browser.
The Label plugin will allow you to categorize/sort your torrents. You can assign one Label per torrent. Starr apps can also use Deluge's labels to help them keep track of downloads and imported torrents.
Labels are a valuable tool, if used properly, to keep your torrents managed and organized.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Deluge is an open-source cross-platform torrent client written in Python. It has been around since 2006 and offers many features that, while niche, many consider to be critical to their setups.
To seed content effectively, it is necessary to have some form of port-forwarding enabled. This can vary depending on whether you use a VPN or not and/or what router or firewall you have.
"},{"location":"Downloaders/Deluge/Port-Forwarding/#how-to-port-forward","title":"How to port-forward","text":"VPN ServiceRouter
Please consult your VPN Service and/or your VPN container documentation for specifics.
For Torguard we've created instructions on how to setup port-forwarding.
Please consult your router manual for specifics or check if your router can be found on Port Forward.
"},{"location":"Downloaders/Deluge/Port-Forwarding/#how-to-check-if-your-vpn-is-working","title":"How to Check if Your VPN is Working","text":"
Download one of the test .torrents or magnet links from one of the following sites:
ipleak.net
TorGuard's \u201cCheck My Torrent IP\u201d
Add the magnet link to your torrent client and wait for the results. It should show you a different IP than your WAN IP number. Remember this IP because you will need it to check if your port is open or closed.
"},{"location":"Downloaders/Deluge/Port-Forwarding/#how-to-check-if-a-port-is-open-or-closed","title":"How to Check if a Port is Open or Closed","text":"
Use the free online Open Port Check Tool to check if your port is open. If you're using a VPN and have forwarded your port with the VPN service, then use the IP you got from How to Check if Your VPN is Working and the port you used to forward. If you're not using a VPN service, use your WAN IP address and the port you used to forward.
Labels are the equivalent of categories for qBittorrent, and how you can manage and organize your torrents in groups. Starr apps can use labels in Deluge to keep track of downloads to monitor, rather than watching every torrent in your client.
Once you have enabled the Label plugin, you simply right-click anywhere in the area occupied by the label index on the pane on the left and you will be presented with a menu to add/remove/edit a label or its options.
Each label can be customized by selecting the label, right-clicking, and going to its Label Options. Here you can specify the bandwidth settings, download location settings, and even seed goals.
Info
In Deluge, the value of -1 is used for \"infinity\" or \"unlimited\".
Below you see an example of the bandwidth options available for a specific label. These settings will be automatically applied as long as a torrent has this label.
If you want torrents to be moved upon completion to a specific folder, you can specify this in Folder Options. The torrent WILL need to finish downloading while under the label for this to happen.
Info
Enabling a \"Move completed to\" for a label may require you to restart Deluge before it will take effect.
Rechecking torrents will not trigger the \"completion\" call.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Here you will find a list of included and available plugins that may be useful. These are not required but should be seen as ways to advance/customize your setup once you understand the client and its behaviors.
Info
All plugins are .egg files, these files will need to be placed inside your deluge config/data directory, inside the plugins folder. If you are using a thin client, they will also need to be present on your local instance as well.
Tip
Links to the plugins below are directly to the latest versions available on Deluge's forums, see the original and subsequent posts for more information concerning the plugin's features and iterations.
Use this plugin as a \"Watch\" directory for .torrent files, you can customize the settings using the Edit button for that specific directory (download directory, label, etc).
Place a .torrent file in a watched folder, and Deluge will add the torrent to your client. Make sure your directory is marked with a checkmark under Active if you wish it to be monitored.
This plugin has mixed reception, depending on the use case. For private trackers, it is generally recommended to keep it disabled. There is an argument that some benefits, in privacy/security, could be made for public trackers - however, reports of many false positives and actual TRACKERS being flagged/blocked have been reported.
Stats does exactly what it sounds like; provides you with statistics on torrent traffic. You can find the latest version on the forums, but depending on which version of Deluge you install an older version may be included.
If you need to set libtorrent settings to anything other than their defaults, this is the plugin for you. There are presets, but you can fine-tune the settings as you need as well.
Attention
There is a known bug when trying to enable settings in ltConfig, double-clicking will sometimes not \"check\" the option.
Simply click the option, then use the space bar to enable that checkbox.
Tips
If you want to seed over 1600 torrents, you will need this plugin. You will need to increase the active_tracker_limit.
If your tracker's SSL certificate has expired, you can disable validate_https_trackers to bypass validation.
See the forum thread for details below.
ltConfig
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
If you are already running Deluge in daemon or console mode, or running via Docker, this is usually enabled by default. You will need to check your compose or core.conf for the \"daemon_port\" if you do not know it.
Tip
You can also access the daemon settings in Preferences in the WebUI if you do not have access to the GTK/UI
You will need to have \"Allow Remote Connections\" enabled if you are not connecting to Deluge from localhost.
Info
If you do not have access to the WebUI, and are instead doing this by editing Deluge's core.conf, you will need to change \"allow_remote\" to true.
Restart Deluge for the changes to take effect.
"},{"location":"Downloaders/Deluge/Tips/Thin-Client/#switching-to-thin-client","title":"Switching to Thin-Client","text":"
Once your daemon (container for Docker) is up and running, it's time to set up the client you'll be using to manage your daemon. You'll need to install Deluge on the computer from which you want to manage the \"main\" instance of Deluge. This will usually be on a second computer, but if you wish to use Deluge with Thin-Client locally, to always seed in the background, that works as well.
Simply go to Edit => Preferences and switch from Standalone to Thin Client
Restart Deluge.
Info
You will still need to set the daemon to run at start-up.
After switching to Thin Client you will need to connect to your daemon. Go to Edit => Connections Manager and click on Add to add the daemon.
Attention
If you mistyped your password while adding the connection, it will prompt you to enter it. There is a bug that does not accept/save the correct password unless it is entered through the Add/Edit Menu.
If you mistype the password while you are adding the connection, go to Edit on the connection and retype the password into the password field.
Warning
You can find your users and passwords for the daemon in the auth file inside your appdata/config folder for Deluge.
You can add users in the Daemon settings in preferences as well.
BE AWARE: These passwords are stored in PLAIN-TEXT in your auth file.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Downloaders/Deluge/Tips/Unraid-Mover/","title":"unRAID Mover and Deluge","text":"
When you make use of the unRAID cache drive for your /data/torrents share, and the torrents in Deluge are still seeding, the mover can't move files since they are still in use.
Using the following instructions will allow you to move the files with the use of the Deluge JSON-RPC.
Workflow Rules
Pause torrents in a specified age range that reside on your cache drive.
Run the unRAID mover.
Resume the torrents after the mover has completed.
Warning
The screenshots below are only EXAMPLES to show you how it should look and where you need to place the data that you need to add. They are NOT always a 100% reflection of the actual data, and not always the actual values you need to add.
Always follow the recommendations described in the guide.
If you have any questions, or aren't sure, just click the chat badge to join the Discord Channel where you can ask your questions directly.
In your Unraid Dashboard go to APP and type in the search box:
python 3 for unraid\n
Click on the install button to install everything you needed.
According to the developer, it will install python3, pip, and setuptools onto your Unraid systems. without library issues, and it should be fully compatible with Unraid 6 and 7.
In your Unraid terminal, type the following to determine your Slackware version.
cat /etc/slackware-version\n
Then go to https://packages.slackware.com/
Select the correct 64-bit Slackware version from the release dropdown box.
Currently:
Slackware64 15.0 for unRAID 6.x
Slackware64 current for unRAID 7.x
Type in the required package you're looking for in the search box.
Download the required packages.
Put them in your Unraid flash drive located in the boot/extra folder. It will be installed upon Unraid boots.
To remove the old/wrong packages (that NerdTools installed for an earlier Slackware version), overwrite them with the new versions on your Unraid flash drive in the boot/extra folder. Place the correct versions there and then reboot.
deluge-mover.py needs the requests Python module, so we need to make sure it's installed when your unRAID server starts, or when the Array is started the first time.
You can choose one of the following 3 options (select a tab) to install requests.
User scriptsPython venvGo File
With this option, we're going to install the requests module when the Array is started the first time.
In your unRAID Dashboard, go to your Settings tab and select User Scripts in the User Utilities section at the bottom.
At the bottom of the User Scripts page select the ADD NEW SCRIPT button.
A popup will appear asking you to name the script. For this example, we're going to use Install requests (deluge-mover) and then click on OK.
Click on the cogwheel of the new script in the list, and select Edit Script.
Copy/Paste the following in the new window that opens, then click SAVE CHANGES.
#!/bin/bash\npip3 install requests\n
Select in the schedule list when the script should run, and choose At First Array Start Only.
Click on Apply.
Finally, you will need to choose RUN IN BACKGROUND or restart your unRAID server to install the requests module.
With this option, we're going to create a Python virtual environment on our disk. We will use this to run and store dependencies (requests) for this specific environment.
By doing this, we will only need to configure this once and it will be persistent after reboots (this differs from the previous steps).
First, you need to choose a location to start a new Python environment.
Info
In the next steps, you will be asked to choose a location to store the script, try to be consistent.
Suggestions:
/mnt/user/appdata/deluge/scripts/.venv
/mnt/user/data/scripts/.venv
Run the following command in unRAID's terminal in the directory you chose:
Now, using your favorite text editor (VSCode/Notepad++) edit the script you downloaded at the beginning of the guide (HERE).
You only need to change a few options at the top of the script.
### CONFIGURATION VARIABLES ###\n\n# this webui will need to be the JSON-RPC endpoint\n# this ends with '/json'\ndeluge_webui = \"http://localhost:8112/json\"\ndeluge_password = \"deluged\"\n\n# this changes whether the actual cache drive is checked for\n# applicable files to pause/move before pausing.\n#\n# if this is false, it will pause all torrents in the age-range\n# instead of only torrents in that range that exist on the cache\ncheck_fs = False\n\n# if you are using the mover tuner and don't want to use it for\n# this script, set this to true\n#\n# if you do not use mover tuner, leave this as false\nuse_mover_old = False\n\n# this is the absolute host path to your cache drive's downloads\n# you only need this to be changed/set if using 'check_fs = True'\ncache_download_path = \"/mnt/cache/torrents/completed\"\n\n# the age range of days to look for relevant torrents to move\n# i dont recommend setting age_day_max to less than the schedule\n# you run the script on...\n#\n# if you run every 7 days, this should be at least 7 to prevent\n# files from being stuck on your cache forever\n#\n# 0 disables age_day_max\n# set both age vars to 0 to move everything on your cache drive\n\nage_day_min = 3\nage_day_max = 0\n
deluge_webui => The URL you use to access Deluge locally. (the \" should remain)
deluge_password => Your Deluge WebUI Password. (the \" should remain)
check_fs => If set to True, it will check for the file on the cache drive before pausing.
use_mover_old => See below.
If you do not use Mover Tuning, you DO NOT have to make any changes.
If you use Mover Tuning but DON'T want to use it for the script, change this to True
If you use Mover Tuning and DO want to use it for the script, you will not have to make any changes. However, for this option, inside the Mover Tuner you will need to set Move Now button follows plugin filters to Yes and Disable Mover running on a schedule to No.
cache_download_path => The location (host path) for your cache folder (if check_fs is True)
age_day_min => Set the minimum age (days) of the torrents that you wish to move.
age_day_max => Set the maximum age (days) of the torrents that you wish to move.
"},{"location":"Downloaders/Deluge/Tips/Unraid-Mover/#copy-the-script-to-your-preferred-location","title":"Copy the script to your preferred location","text":"
Place the script you just edited somewhere easy to access/remember.
Basic-Setup - Basic set up of the most common settings.
Path and Categories - How to set up the categories for NZBGet, and how you can manage and organize your downloads in groups. Starr apps can use the categories in NZBGet to keep track of downloads to monitor, rather than watching every download in your client.
Scripts - A collection of scripts, that only should be used if you have a specific need for it.
The default path setup suggested by some docker developers that encourages people to use mounts like /movies, /tv, /books or /downloads is very suboptimal and it makes them look like two or three file systems, even if they aren\u2019t (Because of how Docker\u2019s volumes work). It is the easiest way to get started. While easy to use, it has a major drawback. Mainly losing the ability to hardlink or instant move, resulting in a slower and more I/O intensive copy + delete is used.
But you're able to change this, by not using the pre-defined/recommended paths like:
"},{"location":"Downloaders/NZBGet/Basic-Setup/#some-basics","title":"Some Basics","text":"Name Description ${MainDir} Root directory for all tasks. ${AppDir} Where NZBGet is installed. ${DestDir} Destination directory for downloaded files."},{"location":"Downloaders/NZBGet/Basic-Setup/#paths","title":"PATHS","text":"
I will only explain the so-called most important paths.
Name Description MainDir/data/usenetDestDir${MainDir} (so it will go in to /data/usenet) InterDir Files are downloaded into this directory (before unpack+par2) NzbDir Directory for incoming nzb-files. QueueDir This directory is used to save download queue, history, information statistics, etc. ScriptDir Directory with post-processing and other scripts. LogFile Where your log files will be stored (Please create a log directory in your config)"},{"location":"Downloaders/NZBGet/Basic-Setup/#news-servers","title":"NEWS-SERVERS","text":"Name Description Active Use this news server. Name The name is used in UI and for logging. It can be any string. Level Put your major download servers at level 0 and your fill servers at levels 1, 2, etc.. Host Host name of news server. Port Port to connect to. Password Password to use for authentication. Encryption Encrypted server connection (TLS/SSL). (preferred to use this) Connections Use the lowest possible number of connections to reach your max download speed +1 connection. Retention How long the articles are stored on the news server."},{"location":"Downloaders/NZBGet/Basic-Setup/#categories","title":"CATEGORIES","text":"Name Description Name This should match what you put in Sonarr/Radarr (tv/movies/sonarr/radarr/series/films) DestDir${DestDir} Destination directory (/data/usenet/movies) Unpack Unpack downloaded nzb-files. Extensions List of extension scripts for this category."},{"location":"Downloaders/NZBGet/Basic-Setup/#incoming-nzbs","title":"INCOMING NZBS","text":"
Info
AppendCategoryDir: Create a subdirectory with category-name in destination-directory.
WriteBuffer: If you're low on memory don't set this too high.
"},{"location":"Downloaders/NZBGet/Basic-Setup/#logging","title":"LOGGING","text":""},{"location":"Downloaders/NZBGet/Basic-Setup/#check-and-repair","title":"CHECK AND REPAIR","text":""},{"location":"Downloaders/NZBGet/Basic-Setup/#unpack","title":"UNPACK","text":"
Info
DirectUnpack: This might lower your download speed but the overall time could be faster. (disable on low-powered devices)
The following settings are recommended for Sonarr/Radarr, else it could happen that Sonarr/Radarr will miss downloads that are still in the queue/history. Being that Sonarr/Radarr only looks at the last xx amount in the queue/history.
NZBGet development has been picked up again by new developers over at github!
A collection of community-provided and maintained scripts for NZBGet.
If you have a script you want to share, don't hesitate to create a PR for it.
Because these scripts are community-provided and maintained we can't assure that they are still 100% working
"},{"location":"Downloaders/NZBGet/scripts/#clean","title":"Clean","text":"Clean NZB name
Title: Clean.py
Author(s): ???
Removes the following suffixes from NZB name: NZBgeek / Obfuscated / BUYMORE / Scrambled /etc... Cleans the NZB name by removing the retagged stuff (-Obfuscated, -postbox, etc).
Script
#!/usr/bin/env python3\n\n##############################################################################\n### NZBGET SCAN SCRIPT ###\n\n# Clean NZB name.\n#\n# Removes the following suffixes from NZB name:\n# NZBgeek / Obfuscated / BUYMORE / Scrambled.\n#\n# NOTE: This script requires Python to be installed on your system.\n\n### NZBGET SCAN SCRIPT ###\n##############################################################################\n\nfrom __future__ import print_function\nimport os, re, sys\n\n# Exit codes used by NZBGet\nPOSTPROCESS_SUCCESS = 93\nPOSTPROCESS_ERROR = 94\nPOSTPROCESS_SKIP = 95\n\n# Check if the script is called from NZBGet 13.0 or later\nif not \"NZBOP_SCRIPTDIR\" in os.environ:\n print(\"*** NZBGet post-processing script ***\")\n print(\"This script is supposed to be called from NZBGet (13.0 or later).\")\n sys.exit(POSTPROCESS_ERROR)\n\nif not \"NZBNP_NZBNAME\" in os.environ:\n print(\"[WARN] Filename not found in environment\")\n sys.exit(POSTPROCESS_ERROR)\n\nfwp = os.environ[\"NZBNP_NZBNAME\"]\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-4P\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-4Planet\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-AlternativeToRequested\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-AlteZachen\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-AsRequested\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-AsRequested-xpost\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-BUYMORE\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-Chamele0n\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-GEROV\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-iNC0GNiTO\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-NZBGeek\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-Obfuscated\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-Obfuscation\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-postbot\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-Rakuv[a-z0-9]*\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-RePACKPOST\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-Scrambled\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-WhiteRev\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-WRTEAM\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-CAPTCHA\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-Z0iDS3N\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)\\[eztv([ ._-]re)?\\]\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)\\[TGx\\]\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)\\[ettv\\]\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)\\[TGx\\]-xpost\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i).mkv-xpost\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-xpost\\.nzb$\", \".nzb\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)(-D-Z0N3|\\-[^-.\\n]*)(\\-.{4})?\\.nzb$\", r\"\\1.nzb\", fwp)\nif fwp:\n print(\"[NZB] NZBNAME=\", fwp, sep=\"\")\n\nsys.exit(POSTPROCESS_SUCCESS)\n
"},{"location":"Downloaders/NZBGet/scripts/#hashrenamer","title":"HashRenamer","text":"Renames hashed media files to match the source NZB
Title: HashRenamer.py
Author(s): l3uddz
URL: github.com/cloudbox/cloudbox
Part of the Cloudbox project: https://cloudbox.works Built on top of the NZBGet scripts template created by Clinton Hall. Released under GNU General Public License v2.0
Script
#!/usr/bin/env python3\n#\n##############################################################################\n# Title: HashRenamer.py #\n# Author(s): l3uddz, desimaniac #\n# URL: https://github.com/l3uddz/nzbgetScripts #\n# Description: Renames hashed media files to match the source NZB. #\n# -- #\n# Part of the Cloudbox project: https://cloudbox.works #\n##############################################################################\n\n##############################################################################\n# Built on top of the NZBGet scripts template created by Clinton Hall #\n# (https://github.com/clinton-hall). #\n# Released under GNU General Public License v2.0 #\n##############################################################################\n\n\n##############################################################################\n### NZBGET POST-PROCESSING SCRIPT ###\n\n# Rename files with hashes for file name\n#\n# NOTE: This script requires Python to be installed on your system.\n#\n##############################################################################\n### NZBGET POST-PROCESSING SCRIPT ###\n##############################################################################\n\nimport os\nimport re\nimport shutil\nimport sys\n\n# NZBGet Exit Codes\nNZBGET_POSTPROCESS_PARCHECK = 92\nNZBGET_POSTPROCESS_SUCCESS = 93\nNZBGET_POSTPROCESS_ERROR = 94\nNZBGET_POSTPROCESS_NONE = 95\n\n\n############################################################\n# EXTENSION STUFF\n############################################################\n\n\ndef do_check():\n if \"NZBOP_SCRIPTDIR\" not in os.environ:\n print(\"This script can only be called from NZBGet (11.0 or later).\")\n sys.exit(0)\n\n if os.environ[\"NZBOP_VERSION\"][0:5] < \"11.0\":\n print(\n \"[ERROR] NZBGet Version %s is not supported. Please update NZBGet.\"\n % (str(os.environ[\"NZBOP_VERSION\"]))\n )\n sys.exit(0)\n\n print(\n \"Script triggered from NZBGet Version %s.\" % (str(os.environ[\"NZBOP_VERSION\"]))\n )\n\n status = 0\n if \"NZBPP_TOTALSTATUS\" in os.environ:\n if not os.environ[\"NZBPP_TOTALSTATUS\"] == \"SUCCESS\":\n print(\n \"[ERROR] Download failed with status %s.\" % (os.environ[\"NZBPP_STATUS\"])\n )\n status = 1\n else:\n # Check par status\n if os.environ[\"NZBPP_PARSTATUS\"] == \"1\" or os.environ[\"NZBPP_PARSTATUS\"] == \"4\":\n print('[ERROR] Par-repair failed, setting status \"failed\".')\n status = 1\n\n # Check unpack status\n if os.environ[\"NZBPP_UNPACKSTATUS\"] == \"1\":\n print('[ERROR] Unpack failed, setting status \"failed\".')\n status = 1\n\n if (\n os.environ[\"NZBPP_UNPACKSTATUS\"] == \"0\"\n and os.environ[\"NZBPP_PARSTATUS\"] == \"0\"\n ):\n # Unpack was skipped due to nzb-file properties or due to errors during par-check\n\n if os.environ[\"NZBPP_HEALTH\"] < 1000:\n print(\n \"[ERROR] Download health is compromised and Par-check/repair disabled or no .par2 files found. \"\n 'Setting status \"failed\".'\n )\n print(\n \"[ERROR] Please check your Par-check/repair settings for future downloads.\"\n )\n status = 1\n\n else:\n print(\n \"[ERROR] Par-check/repair disabled or no .par2 files found, and Unpack not required. Health is \"\n \"ok so handle as though download successful.\"\n )\n print(\n \"[WARNING] Please check your Par-check/repair settings for future downloads.\"\n )\n\n # Check if destination directory exists (important for reprocessing of history items)\n if not os.path.isdir(os.environ[\"NZBPP_DIRECTORY\"]):\n print(\n \"[ERROR] Nothing to post-process: destination directory\",\n os.environ[\"NZBPP_DIRECTORY\"],\n 'doesn\\'t exist. Setting status \"failed\".',\n )\n status = 1\n\n # All checks done, now launching the script.\n if status == 1:\n sys.exit(NZBGET_POSTPROCESS_NONE)\n\n\ndef get_file_name(path):\n try:\n file_name = os.path.basename(path)\n extensions = re.findall(r\"\\.([^.]+)\", file_name)\n ext = \".\".join(extensions)\n name = file_name.replace(\".%s\" % ext, \"\")\n return name, ext\n except Exception:\n pass\n return None\n\n\ndef is_file_hash(file_name):\n hash_regexp = [\n r\"^[a-fA-F0-9]{40}$\",\n r\"^[a-fA-F0-9]{32}$\",\n r\"^[a-f0-9]{128}$\",\n r\"^[a-zA-Z0-9]{42}$\",\n ]\n for hash in hash_regexp:\n if re.match(hash, file_name):\n return True\n return False\n\n\ndef find_files(folder, extension=None, depth=None):\n file_list = []\n start_count = folder.count(os.sep)\n for path, subdirs, files in os.walk(folder, topdown=True):\n for name in files:\n if depth and path.count(os.sep) - start_count >= depth:\n del subdirs[:]\n continue\n file = os.path.join(path, name)\n if not extension:\n file_list.append(file)\n else:\n if file.lower().endswith(extension.lower()):\n file_list.append(file)\n\n return sorted(file_list, key=lambda x: x.count(os.path.sep), reverse=True)\n\n\n############################################################\n# MAIN\n############################################################\n\n# do checks\ndo_check()\n\n# retrieve required variables\ndirectory = os.path.normpath(os.environ[\"NZBPP_DIRECTORY\"])\nnzb_name = os.environ[\"NZBPP_NZBFILENAME\"]\nif nzb_name is None:\n print(\"[ERROR] Unable to retrieve NZBPP_NZBFILENAME\")\n sys.exit(NZBGET_POSTPROCESS_ERROR)\nnzb_name = nzb_name.replace(\".nzb\", \"\")\n\nprint(('[INFO] Using \"%s\" for hashed filenames' % nzb_name))\nprint(('[INFO] Scanning \"%s\" for hashed filenames' % directory))\n\n# scan for files\nfound_files = find_files(directory)\nif not found_files:\n print(('[INFO] No files were found in \"%s\"' % directory))\n sys.exit(NZBGET_POSTPROCESS_NONE)\nelse:\n print((\"[INFO] Found %d files to check for hashed filenames\" % len(found_files)))\n # loop files checking for file hash\n moved_files = 0\n for found_file_path in found_files:\n # set variable\n dir_name = os.path.dirname(found_file_path)\n file_name, file_ext = get_file_name(found_file_path)\n\n # is this a file hash\n if is_file_hash(file_name):\n new_file_path = os.path.join(dir_name, \"%s.%s\" % (nzb_name, file_ext))\n print(('[INFO] Moving \"%s\" to \"%s\"' % (found_file_path, new_file_path)))\n try:\n shutil.move(found_file_path, new_file_path)\n moved_files += 1\n except Exception:\n print(\n (\n '[ERROR] Failed moving \"%s\" to \"%s\"'\n % (found_file_path, new_file_path)\n )\n )\n\n print(\n ('[INFO] Finished processing \"%s\", moved %d files' % (directory, moved_files))\n )\n\nsys.exit(NZBGET_POSTPROCESS_SUCCESS)\n
"},{"location":"Downloaders/NZBGet/scripts/#replace_for","title":"replace_for","text":"Replaces underscores with dots
Title: replace_for.py
Author: miker
Replaces underscores with dots in downloaded filename to prevent download loops with poorly named releases on some indexers (often HONE releases).
Install Instructions:
1. Copy script to NZBGet's script folder\n1. Run: `sudo chmod +x replace_for.py`\n1. In NZBGet go to `Settings` => `Extension Scripts`\n1. Enable `replace_for.py` in the `Extensions` setting.\n
Script
#!/usr/bin/env python3\n#\n\n##############################################################################\n### NZBGET POST-PROCESSING SCRIPT ###\n\n# Replace underscore with dot.\n#\n# Author: miker\n#\n#\n# Copy script to NZBGet's script folder.\n# Run sudo chmod +x replace_for.py\n#\n#\n# NOTE: This script requires Python to be installed on your system.\n\n### NZBGET POST-PROCESSING SCRIPT ###\n##############################################################################\n\nfrom __future__ import print_function\nimport os, re, sys\n\n# Exit codes used by NZBGet\nPOSTPROCESS_SUCCESS = 93\nPOSTPROCESS_ERROR = 94\nPOSTPROCESS_SKIP = 95\n\n\ndirectory = os.environ[\"NZBPP_DIRECTORY\"]\nprint(\"Directory used is: \", directory)\n\nfor path, currentDirectory, files in os.walk(directory):\n for file in files:\n if file.find(\"_\") != -1:\n dst = file.replace(\"_\", \".\")\n os.rename(os.path.join(path, file), os.path.join(path, dst))\n print(\"Result: \", file, \" renamed to \", dst)\n\nsys.exit(POSTPROCESS_SUCCESS)\n
"},{"location":"Downloaders/NZBGet/scripts/#wtfnzb-renamer","title":"WtFnZb-Renamer","text":"Renames hashed media files to match the source NZB
Title: WtFnZb-Renamer.py
Author(s): WtFnZb
URL: ??
NZBGET SCAN SCRIPT
Extract filenames from subjects containing [PRiVATE]-[WtFnZb]
This extensions extracts obfuscated filenames from .nzb files
Script
#!/usr/bin/env python3\n### NZBGET SCAN SCRIPT\n\n# Extract filenames from subjects containing [PRiVATE]-[WtFnZb]\n#\n# This extensions extracts obfuscated filenames from .nzb files\n# created by WtFnZb.\n#\n# Supported subject formats:\n#\n# - [PRiVATE]-[WtFnZb]-[filename]-[1/5] - \"\" yEnc 0 (1/1)\"\n#\n# - [PRiVATE]-[WtFnZb]-[5]-[1/filename] - \"\" yEnc\n#\n#\n# NOTE: Requires Python and lxml (sudo apt install python3-lxml python-lxml)\n#\n\n### NZBGET SCAN SCRIPT\n\nimport sys\nimport os\nimport re\n\n# Exit codes used by NZBGet\nPOSTPROCESS_SUCCESS = 93\nPOSTPROCESS_NONE = 95\nPOSTPROCESS_ERROR = 94\n\ntry:\n from lxml import etree\nexcept ImportError:\n print(\n '[ERROR] Python lxml required. Please install with \"sudo apt install python-lxml\" or \"pip install lxml\".'\n )\n sys.exit(POSTPROCESS_ERROR)\n\npatterns = (\n re.compile(\n r\"^(?P<prefix>.*\\[PRiVATE\\]-\\[WtFnZb\\]-)\"\n r\"\\[(?P<total>\\d+)\\]-\\[(?P<segment>\\d+)\\/(?P<filename>.{3,}?)\\]\"\n r'\\s+-\\s+\"\"\\s+yEnc\\s+',\n re.MULTILINE | re.UNICODE,\n ),\n re.compile(\n r\"^(?P<prefix>.*\\[PRiVATE\\]-\\[WtFnZb\\]-)\"\n r\"\\[(?P<filename>.{3,}?)\\]-\\[(?P<segment>\\d+)/(?P<total>\\d+)\\]\"\n r'\\s+-\\s+\"\"\\s+yEnc\\s+',\n re.MULTILINE | re.UNICODE,\n ),\n)\n\nnzb_dir = os.getenv(\"NZBNP_DIRECTORY\")\nnzb_filename = os.getenv(\"NZBNP_FILENAME\")\nnzb_name = os.getenv(\"NZBNP_NZBNAME\")\nnzb_file_naming = os.getenv(\"NZBOP_FILENAMING\")\n\nif nzb_dir is None or nzb_filename is None or nzb_name is None:\n print(\"Please run as NZBGet plugin\")\n sys.exit(POSTPROCESS_ERROR)\n\nif nzb_file_naming is not None and nzb_file_naming.lower() != \"nzb\":\n print(\n \"[ERROR] NZBGet setting FileNaming (under Download Queue) \"\n 'must be set to \"Nzb\" for this extension to work correctly, exiting.'\n )\n sys.exit(POSTPROCESS_ERROR)\n\nif not os.path.exists(nzb_dir):\n print(\"[ERROR] NZB directory doesn't exist, exiting\")\n sys.exit(POSTPROCESS_ERROR)\n\nif not nzb_filename.lower().endswith(\".nzb\"):\n print(\"[ERROR] {} is not a .nzb file.\".format(nzb_filename))\n sys.exit(POSTPROCESS_ERROR)\n\nnzb = os.path.join(nzb_dir, nzb_filename)\nif not os.path.exists(nzb):\n print(\"[ERROR] {nzb} doesn't exist, exiting\".format(nzb=nzb))\n sys.exit(POSTPROCESS_ERROR)\n\nwith open(nzb, mode=\"rb\") as infile:\n tree = etree.parse(infile)\n\nchanged = False\nfile_count = 0\ntotals = set()\nfilenames = set()\n\nfor f in tree.getiterator(\"{http://www.newzbin.com/DTD/2003/nzb}file\"):\n subject = f.get(\"subject\")\n if subject is None:\n print(\"[DETAIL] No subject in <file>, skipping\")\n continue\n file_count += 1\n result = [re.match(pattern, subject) for pattern in patterns]\n matched = [m for m in result if m is not None]\n if len(matched) == 0:\n print(\"[INFO] No pattern matching subject, exiting.\")\n sys.exit(POSTPROCESS_NONE)\n elif len(matched) > 1:\n print(\"[ERROR] Multiple patterns matched, exiting.\")\n sys.exit(POSTPROCESS_ERROR)\n else:\n match = matched[0].groupdict()\n\n if match[\"filename\"].lower().endswith(\".par2\"):\n print(\"[INFO] par2 exists, exiting\")\n sys.exit(POSTPROCESS_NONE)\n\n if int(match[\"segment\"]) > int(match[\"total\"]):\n print(\"[DETAIL] Segment index is greater then total, skipping\")\n continue\n\n # NZBGet subject parsing changes when duplicate filenames are present\n # prefix duplicates to avoid that\n if match[\"filename\"] in filenames:\n match[\"filename\"] = \"{}.{}\".format(file_count, match[\"filename\"])\n\n filenames.add(match[\"filename\"])\n\n s = 'WtFnZb \"{filename}\" yEnc ({segment}/{total})'.format(\n filename=match[\"filename\"], segment=match[\"segment\"], total=match[\"total\"]\n )\n\n print(\"[INFO] New subject {subject}\".format(subject=s.encode(\"ascii\", \"ignore\")))\n f.set(\"subject\", s)\n changed = True\n totals.add(int(match[\"total\"]))\n\nif not changed:\n print(\"[WARNING] No subject changed, exiting.\")\n sys.exit(POSTPROCESS_NONE)\n\nif len(totals) != 1:\n print(\"[WARNING] Mixed values for number of total segments, exiting.\")\n sys.exit(POSTPROCESS_NONE)\n\nif totals.pop() != file_count:\n print(\"[WARNING] Listed segment count does not match <file> count, exiting.\")\n sys.exit(POSTPROCESS_NONE)\n\norg = \"{}.wtfnzb.original.processed\".format(nzb)\nexists_counter = 0\nwhile os.path.exists(org):\n exists_counter += 1\n org = \"{}.{}.wtfnzb.original.processed\".format(nzb, exists_counter)\n\nprint(\"[INFO] Preserving original nzb as {}\".format(org))\nos.rename(nzb, org)\n\nprint(\"[INFO] Writing {}\".format(nzb))\nwith open(nzb, mode=\"wb\") as outfile:\n outfile.write(\n etree.tostring(\n tree,\n xml_declaration=True,\n encoding=tree.docinfo.encoding,\n doctype=tree.docinfo.doctype,\n )\n )\n\nsys.exit(POSTPROCESS_SUCCESS)\n
Tip
This script doesn't always work and is often needed if you use a certain indexer.
It might be better to use the following Sonarr Regex in your release profile
Basic-Setup - Basic set up of the most common settings.
Path and Categories - How to set up the categories for SABnzbd, and how you can manage and organize your downloads in groups. Starr apps can use the categories in SABnzbd to keep track of downloads to monitor, rather than watching every download in your client.
Scripts - A collection of scripts, that only should be used if you have a specific need for it.
The default path setup suggested by some docker developers that encourages people to use mounts like /movies, /tv, /books or /downloads is very suboptimal and it makes them look like two or three file systems, even if they aren\u2019t (Because of how Docker\u2019s volumes work). It is the easiest way to get started. While easy to use, it has a major drawback. Mainly losing the ability to hardlink or instant move, resulting in a slower and more I/O intensive copy + delete is used.
But you're able to change this, by not using the pre-defined/recommended paths like:
I recommend setting a sane maximum speed and then limiting below that, to keep your internet connection happy. You can use Settings => Scheduling to toggle the limit on and off based on time, slowing it down while your family is using the internet and speeding it up at night when they're not.
Starting from 4.3.x+ SABnzbd has a hidden (archive) history.
Using the .nzb Backup Folder is still recommended as it is useful for dupe detection (hash matching) or if you need to retry something from the past. The default is empty, we picked history because it is easy. It'll end up in the /config folder for Docker, which isn't crazy... but this is only compressed nzb files, so it can end up pretty big. The choice is yours what you prefer.
If you have good indexers that get the nzb from the post, not generated, then you may want the Propagation delay set to 5 minutes (so you're not trying to grab an nzb right at posting). If you're not getting it from the same server as the poster used, you might wrongly have articles missing (since it hasn't necessarily propagated to your server yet) or if you use a reseller it may take them longer for them to get it from their upstream.
When it becomes clear during downloading that too much data is missing, abort the job to make sure Sonarr/Radarr gets the notification so it can look for another release.
Since we have the .nzb history folder, you can decide what you want to do here with duplicate downloads. Mine is set to Tag job, but Pause or Fail job may make sense too.
In the case of \"Pause\", you'll need to set a password and resume the job. or you set it to \"Abort\" and Sonarr/Radarr can look for another release.
This should be set to the default unless you know what you are doing. Suppose you have a decent size queue, for example, in that case, you have sab sort every 30s, which could cause spikes in CPU, let alone shuffling jobs around that may be in the middle of actions. If this results in the jobs' order moving to the front it could cause that job to take even longer to extract/stall while waiting for the next update; as with sab, by default, you only have 3 unpackers going simultaneously (configurable).
If your hardware isn't up to snuff, including CPU and/or IO performance, disabling Direct Unpack and/or enabling Pause Downloading During Post-Processing can help. Defaults are fine for most hardware though.
Afterwards you need to make the following adjustments:
Change the mode of Unwanted extensions to Blacklist.
Change Action when unwanted extension detected to Fail job (move to History).
If you are using SABnzbd to download games and apps, this list shouldn't be used. You can either create a separate category, set it to download only, and manually extract the files, or use a separate app or instance for them.
If your hardware isn't up to snuff, including CPU and/or IO performance, disabling Direct Unpack and/or enabling Pause Downloading During Post-Processing can help. Defaults are fine for most hardware though.
This should be set off if you have decent internet. The amount of time spent to grab pars, if needed for verification/repair, is trivial to the time that a repair might run and fail to realize it needs more pars, and grab the next part, then retry.
It is your choice if you want to enable this option. It's usually an easy check and does provide benefits if the job doesn't have par2 files, as not every release has a par-set or SFV file. Generally speaking, if we're talking about scene releases, things should have both but this depends on how it's posted and how the indexer is generating the nzb. SFV is commonly used and a basic crc32 checksum is better not knowing if the file is good. Parsing an SFV file and checking the files' integrities takes very little resources. This may seem redundant given that par's checks would also handle this, however, the ease with which the check is done makes the downside almost non-existent.
Only unpack and run scripts on jobs that passed the verification stage. If turned off, all jobs will be marked as Completed even if they are incomplete.
Unpack archives (rar, zip, 7z) within archives.
This can help with subs that are in folders in the rar because Sonarr/Radarr don't look in sub-folders.
Best to leave this disabled and let the Starr apps handle this since it looks at runtime and makes a much more intelligent decision if it's a sample compared to what SABnzbd uses.
Helps with de-obfuscation, especially invalid file extensions
Rarely used options. Don't change these without checking the SABnzbd Wiki first, as some have serious side effects. The default values are between parentheses.
"},{"location":"Downloaders/SABnzbd/Basic-Setup/#unable-to-connect-to-sabnzbd","title":"Unable to connect to SABnzbd","text":"
If you're trying to connect your Starr apps to SABnzbd and you're getting an error like Unable to connect to SABnzbd after clicking on Test.
And it SABnzbd you will see something like this.
Then go in to Settings => Special => Values.
Scroll down to host_whitelist ( ) and enter your docker container name and or your domain name.
The following settings are recommended for Sonarr/Radarr, or else it could happen that Sonarr/Radarr will miss downloads that are still in the queue/history. Being that Sonarr/Radarr only looks at the last xx amount in the queue/history.
"},{"location":"Downloaders/SABnzbd/Basic-Setup/#sonarr","title":"Sonarr","text":"Sonarr - [Click to show/hide]
Settings => Download Clients
Make sure you check both boxes under Completed Download Handling in step 3.
Select SABnzbd in step 4 and scroll down to the bottom of the new window where it says Completed Download Handling and check both boxes.
"},{"location":"Downloaders/SABnzbd/Basic-Setup/#radarr","title":"Radarr","text":"Radarr - [Click to show/hide]
Settings => Download Clients
Make sure you check both boxes under Completed Download Handling in step 3,
and both boxes under Failed Download Handling in step 4.
Select SABnzbd in step 5 and scroll down to the bottom of the new window where it says Completed Download Handling and check both boxes.
Thanks to fryfrog for helping me with the settings and providing the info needed to create this Guide.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Downloaders/SABnzbd/Paths-and-Categories/","title":"SABnzbd - Paths and Categories","text":"
This basic example is based on the use of docker images
Keep in mind the path are setup so it works with hardlinks and instant moves.
More info HERE
Info
Pick one path layout and use it for all of them.
It doesn't matter if you prefer to use /data, /shared, /storage or whatever.
The screenshots in the examples are using the following root path /data
SABnzbd config => Folders
SABnzbd config => Categories
You don't need to add the full path under Folder/Path, it will use the Relative folders are based on: path you see on the top of the screenshot, that you've set up as Completed Download Folder.
ATTENTION
You set your download location in your download client
Your download client ONLY downloads to your download folder/location.
And you tell Radarr where you want your clean media library
Starr Apps import from your download location (copy/move/hardlink) to your media folder/library
Plex, Emby, JellyFin, or Kodi should ONLY have access to your media folder/library
Your Download and Media Library should be **NEVER the same locations**
"},{"location":"Downloaders/SABnzbd/Paths-and-Categories/#paths-and-categories-breakdown","title":"Paths and Categories Breakdown","text":"
This screenshot isn't 100% a reflection of the instructions above, it's mainly to explain the breakdown and the logic.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
A collection of community-provided and maintained scripts for SABnzbd.
If you have a script you want to share, don't hesitate to create a PR for it.
Because these scripts are community-provided and maintained we can't assure that they are still 100% working
"},{"location":"Downloaders/SABnzbd/scripts/#clean","title":"Clean","text":"Clean NZB name
Title: Clean.py
Author(s): ???
Made compatible for SABnzbd: AlexK
Removes the following suffixes from NZB name: NZBgeek / Obfuscated / BUYMORE / Scrambled /etc... Cleans the NZB name by removing the retagged stuff (-Obfuscated, -postbox, etc).
Install Instructions:
1. Copy script to SABnzbd's script folder\n1. run: `sudo chmod +x Clean.py`\n1. in SABnzbd go to `Settings` => `Switches`\n1. Change Pre-queue user script and select: `Clean.py`\n
Script
#!/usr/bin/python3 -OO\n\n##################################################################\n### SABnzbd - Clean NZB Renamer ##\n##################################################################\n## ##\n## Removes the suffixes from NZB name used by bots: ##\n## examples: NZBgeek / Obfuscated / BUYMORE / Scrambled, etc.. ##\n## ##\n## NOTE: This script requires Python 3 ##\n## ##\n## Install: ##\n## 1. Copy script to SABnzbd's script folder ##\n## 2. run: sudo chmod +x Clean.py ##\n## 3. in SABnzbd go to Config > Switches ##\n## 4. Change Pre-queue user script and select: Clean.py ##\n##################################################################\n\nimport sys\nimport re\n\n# normalize argv to scriptname and just first 8 arguments to maintain compatibility\nsys.argv = sys.argv[:9]\ntry:\n # Parse the input variables for SABnzbd version >= 4.2.0\n (\n scriptname,\n nzbname,\n postprocflags,\n category,\n script,\n prio,\n downloadsize,\n grouplist,\n ) = sys.argv\nexcept:\n sys.exit(1) # exit with 1 causes SABnzbd to ignore the output of this script\n\nfwp = nzbname\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-4P$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-4Planet$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-AlternativeToRequested$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-AlteZachen$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-AsRequested$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-AsRequested-xpost$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-BUYMORE$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-Chamele0n$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-GEROV$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-iNC0GNiTO$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-NZBGeek$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-Obfuscated$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-Obfuscation$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-postbot$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-Rakuv[a-z0-9]*$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-RePACKPOST$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-Scrambled$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-WhiteRev$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-WRTEAM$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-CAPTCHA$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-Z0iDS3N$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)\\[eztv([ ._-]re)?\\]$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)\\[TGx\\]$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)\\[ettv\\]$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)\\[TGx\\]-xpost$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i).mkv-xpost$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)-xpost$\", \"\", fwp)\nfwp = re.sub(r\"(?i)(-D-Z0N3|\\-[^-.\\n]*)(\\-.{4})?$\", r\"\\1\", fwp)\n\nprint(\"1\") # Accept\nprint(fwp)\nprint()\nprint()\nprint()\nprint()\nprint()\n# 0 means OK\nsys.exit(0)\n
"},{"location":"Downloaders/SABnzbd/scripts/#replace_for","title":"replace_for","text":"Replaces underscores with dots
Title: replace_for.py
Author: miker
Replaces underscores with dots in downloaded filename to prevent download loops with poorly named releases on some indexers (often HONE releases).
Install Instructions:
1. Copy script to SABnzbd's script folder\n1. run: `sudo chmod +x replace_for.py`\n1. in SABnzbd go to `Settings` => `Categories`\n1. Change script for required categories and select: `replace_for.py`\n
Script
#!/usr/bin/python3 -OO\n\n##################################################################\n### SABnzbd - Replace underscores with dots ##\n##################################################################\n## ##\n## NOTE: This script requires Python 3 ##\n## ##\n## Author: miker ##\n## ##\n## Install: ##\n## 1. Copy script to SABnzbd's script folder ##\n## 2. run: sudo chmod +x replace_for.py ##\n## 3. in SABnzbd go to Config > Categories ##\n## 4. Assign replace_for.py to the required category ##\n##################################################################\n\nimport sys\nimport os\nimport os.path\n\ntry:\n (\n scriptname,\n directory,\n orgnzbname,\n jobname,\n reportnumber,\n category,\n group,\n postprocstatus,\n url,\n ) = sys.argv\nexcept:\n print(\"No commandline parameters found\")\n sys.exit(1) # exit with 1 causes SABnzbd to ignore the output of this script\n\nfiles = os.listdir(directory)\n\nfor src in files:\n if src.find(\"_\") != -1:\n dst = src.replace(\"_\", \".\")\n os.rename(os.path.join(directory, src), os.path.join(directory, dst))\n print(src, \"renamed to \", dst)\n\nprint()\nprint()\nprint()\nprint()\n# 0 means OK\nsys.exit(0)\n
Basic-Setup - Basic set up of the most common settings.
Paths - Where to set your root download location.
How to add Categories - How to set up the categories for qBittorrent, and how you can manage and organize your torrents in groups. Starr apps can use the categories in qBittorrent to keep track of downloads to monitor, rather than watching every torrent in your client.
Port forwarding - Where in your download client you should add the port you've port forwarded with your VPN Service.
3rd Party tools - A collection of 3rd party tools and other related links for qBittorrent.
Tips - Several tips/tweaks for qBittorrent.
unRAID Mover and qBittorrent - How to move your files from your cache drive to your array when torrents are still seeding.
Themes - Themes you can use with qBittorrent.
"},{"location":"Downloaders/qBittorrent/3rd-party-tools/","title":"3rd Party tools","text":"
Here you will find a collection of 3rd party tools and other related links for qBittorrent.
This is a program used to manage your qBittorrent instance such as:
Tag torrents based on tracker URL and set seed goals/limit upload speed by tag (only tag torrents that have no tags)
Update categories based on the save directory
Remove unregistered torrents (delete data & torrent if it is not being cross-seeded, otherwise it will just remove the torrent)
Automatically add cross-seed torrents in a paused state. Note: cross-seed now allows for torrent injections directly to qBit, making this feature obsolete.
Recheck paused torrents sorted by lowest size and resume if completed
Remove orphaned files from your root directory that are not referenced by qBittorrent
Tag any torrents that have no hard links and allow the option to cleanup to delete these torrents and contents based on maximum ratio and/or time-seeded
RecycleBin function to move files into a RecycleBin folder instead of deleting the data directly when deleting a torrent
Built-in scheduler to run the script every x minutes. (Can use --run command to run without the scheduler)
Webhook notifications with Notifiarr and Apprise API integration.
The default path setup suggested by some docker developers that encourages people to use mounts like /movies, /tv, /books or /downloads is very suboptimal and it makes them look like two or three file systems, even if they aren\u2019t (Because of how Docker\u2019s volumes work). It is the easiest way to get started. While easy to use, it has a major drawback. Mainly losing the ability to hardlink or instant move, resulting in a slower and more I/O intensive copy + delete is used.
But you're able to change this, by not using the pre-defined/recommended paths like:
Tools => Options => Downloads (Or click on the cogwheel to access the options)
"},{"location":"Downloaders/qBittorrent/Basic-Setup/#when-adding-a-torrent","title":"When adding a torrent","text":"
For consistency with other torrents, we recommend leaving this on Original.
Suggested: Original
Delete the .torrent file after it has been added to qBittorrent.
Suggested: Personal preference
Pre-allocated disk space for the added torrents limits fragmentation and also makes sure if you use a cache drive or a feeder disk that the space is available.
Suggested: Enabled
Warning
Do not set Pre-allocated disk space if you are using ZFS as your filesystem as ZFS does not support fallocate
Make sure this is set to Automatic. Your downloads will not go into the category folder otherwise.
Suggested: Automatic
This helps you to manage your file location based on categories.
Suggested: Enabled
Same as Step 2
Suggested: Enabled
Your download root path (Download folder/location).
Read the ATTENTION block below
If you enable this, your incomplete downloads will be placed in this directory until completed. This could be useful if you want your downloads to use a separate SSD/Feeder disk1, but this also results in extra unnecessary moves or in worse cases a slower and more I/O intensive copy + delete.
Your port used for incoming connections, this is the port you opened in your router/firewall or port forwarded at your VPN provider to make sure you're connectable.
Suggested: The port you opened in your router/firewall or port forwarded at your VPN provider
This should be disabled in your router for several security reasons.
Suggested: Disabled
Make sure this is disabled so you don't mess up the forwarded port.
Here you can set your global rate limits, meaning your maximum download/upload speed used by qBittorrent. (For all torrents)
The best settings depend on many factors.
Your ISP speed.
Your hardware used.
Bandwidth needed by other services in your home network.
Suggested: For a home connection that you use with others it's best practice to set the upload/download rate to about 70-80% of your maximum upload/download speed.
When enabled, it basically does the same as above, but with the option to set up a schedule.
Examples:
Limit your upload/download rate during the daytime when you make the most use of it, and unlimited it during nighttime when no one is using the connection.
If you have an internet connection that's limited during specific hours (unlimited bandwidth during the night, but limited during the day)
These settings are mainly used for public trackers (and should be enabled for them) and not for private trackers, decent private trackers use a private flag where they ignore these settings.
Suggested: Personal preference
Recommended setting Allow encryption rather than enforcing it allows more peers to connect and is recommended on underpowered systems as it will allow for lower overhead.
Suggested: Allow encryption
Anonymous mode hides the client's (qBittorrent) fingerprint from the peer-ID, sets the \u2018User-Agent\u2019 to Null and doesn\u2019t share your IP address directly with trackers (though peers will still see your IP address). If using private trackers, it's recommended to disable this. We also got reports from people who are using this that they had worse speeds.
Your maximum seeding ratio preference. (When both ratio and seeding time are enabled it will trigger the action on whatever happens first.)
Suggested: Disabled
Your maximum seeding time preference (When both ratio and seeding time are enabled it will trigger the action on whatever happens first.)
Suggested: Disabled
What to do when ratio or seeding time is reached.
Suggested: Paused and Disabled
Tip
We recommend using the seeding goals in your Starr Apps indexer settings (enable advanced), or use qBit Manage
"},{"location":"Downloaders/qBittorrent/Basic-Setup/#automatically-add-these-trackers-to-new-downloads","title":"Automatically add these trackers to new downloads","text":"
In some cases when this is enabled it could result in issues.
Suggested: Disabled
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
If you use unRaid then you don't need this since you can make use of the default cache drive option.\u00a0\u21a9
"},{"location":"Downloaders/qBittorrent/How-to-add-categories/","title":"qBittorrent - How to add categories","text":"
This basic example is based on the use of docker images
Keep in mind the path are set up so it works with hardlinks and instant moves.
More info HERE
Info
Pick one path layout and use it for all of them.
It doesn't matter if you prefer to use /data, /shared, /storage or whatever.
The screenshots in the examples use the following root path /data
Click on the left under categories with your left mouse button.
Click on Add category
Enter your category.
Enter your save path subfolder (keep it simple and recognizable)
You don't need to add the full path under Save Path, it will use the root download path that you've set up in Options => Saving Management => Default Save Path:.
"},{"location":"Downloaders/qBittorrent/How-to-add-categories/#paths-and-categories-breakdown","title":"Paths and Categories Breakdown","text":""},{"location":"Downloaders/qBittorrent/How-to-add-categories/#downloads-do-not-go-into-the-category-folder","title":"Downloads do not go into the category folder","text":"
Downloads do not go into the category folder
When your downloads end up in /data/torrents/ and not in /data/torrents/{tv|movies|music} then you probably forgot to change Default Torrent Management Mode: to Automatic
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
This basic example is based on the use of docker images
Keep in mind the path are setup so it works with hardlinks and instant moves.
More info HERE
Info
Pick one path layout and use it for all of them.
It doesn't matter if you prefer to use /data, /shared, /storage or whatever.
The screenshots in the examples are using the following root path /data
Options => Downloads
"},{"location":"Downloaders/qBittorrent/Port-forwarding/","title":"qBittorrent - Port forwarding","text":""},{"location":"Downloaders/qBittorrent/Port-forwarding/#why-port-forwarding","title":"Why port-forwarding","text":"
To seed content effectively, it is necessary to have some form of port-forwarding enabled. This can vary depending on whether you use a VPN or not and/or what router or firewall you have.
"},{"location":"Downloaders/qBittorrent/Port-forwarding/#how-to-port-forward","title":"How to port-forward","text":"VPN ServiceRouter
Please consult your VPN Service and/or your VPN container documentation for specifics.
For Torguard we've created instructions on how to setup port-forwarding.
Please consult your router manual for specifics or check if your router can be found on Port Forward.
"},{"location":"Downloaders/qBittorrent/Port-forwarding/#how-to-check-if-your-vpn-is-working","title":"How to Check if Your VPN is Working","text":"
Download one of the test .torrents or magnet links from one of the following sites:
ipleak.net
TorGuard's \u201cCheck My Torrent IP\u201d
Add the magnet link to your torrent client and wait for the results. It should show you a different IP than your WAN IP number. Remember this IP because you will need it to check if your port is open or closed.
"},{"location":"Downloaders/qBittorrent/Port-forwarding/#how-to-check-if-a-port-is-open-or-closed","title":"How to Check if a Port is Open or Closed","text":"
Use the free online Open Port Check Tool to check if your port is open. If you're using a VPN and have forwarded your port with the VPN service, then use the IP you got from How to Check if Your VPN is Working and the port you used to forward. If you're not using a VPN service, use your WAN IP address and the port you used to forward.
Tools => Options => Connection is where you will find the settings to which port the download should use.
Tools or cogwheel.
Options (skip if you choose the cogwheel).
Select the Connection Tab.
Change TCP and uTP to TCP, if you get speed issues try one of the others.
Add here the port you've forwarded.
"},{"location":"Downloaders/qBittorrent/Tips/How-to-run-the-unRaid-mover-for-qBittorrent/","title":"unRAID Mover and qBittorrent","text":"
When you make use of the unRAID cache drive for your /data/torrents share, and the torrents in qBittorrent are still seeding, the mover can't move files since they are still in use.
Using the following instructions will allow you to move the files using the qBittorrent API.
Workflow Rules
Pause torrents in a specified age range that reside on your cache drive.
Run the unRAID mover.
Resume the torrents after the mover has completed.
Warning
The screenshots below are only EXAMPLES to show you how it should look and where you need to place the data that you need to add. They are NOT always a 100% reflection of the actual data, and not always the actual values you need to add.
Always follow the recommendations described in the guide.
If you have any questions, or aren't sure, just click the chat badge to join the Discord Channel where you can ask your questions directly.
In your Unraid Dashboard go to APP and type in the search box:
python 3 for unraid\n
Click on the install button to install everything you needed.
According to the developer, it will install python3, pip, and setuptools onto your Unraid systems. without library issues, and it should be fully compatible with Unraid 6 and 7.
In your Unraid terminal, type the following to determine your Slackware version.
cat /etc/slackware-version\n
Then go to https://packages.slackware.com/
Select the correct 64-bit Slackware version from the release dropdown box.
Currently:
Slackware64 15.0 for unRAID 6.x
Slackware64 current for unRAID 7.x
Type in the required package you're looking for in the search box.
Download the required packages.
Put them in your Unraid flash drive located in the boot/extra folder. It will be installed upon Unraid boots.
To remove the old/wrong packages (that NerdTools installed for an earlier Slackware version), overwrite them with the new versions on your Unraid flash drive in the boot/extra folder. Place the correct versions there and then reboot.
The script needs the qbittorrent-api module to work, so we need to make sure it's installed when your unRAID server starts, or when the Array is started the first time.
You can choose one of the following 3 options (select a tab) to install qbittorrent-api.
User scriptsPython venvGo File
With this option, we're going to install the qbittorrent-api module when the Array is started the first time.
In your unRAID Dashboard, go to your Settings tab and select User Scripts in the User Utilities section at the bottom.
At the bottom of the User Scripts page select the ADD NEW SCRIPT button.
A popup will appear asking you to name the script. For this example, we're going to use Install qBittorent-API and then click on OK.
Click on the cogwheel of the new script in the list, and select Edit Script.
Copy/Paste the following in the new window that opens, then click SAVE CHANGES.
#!/bin/bash\npip3 install qbittorrent-api\n
Select in the schedule list when the script should run, and choose At First Array Start Only.
Click on Apply.
Finally, you will need to choose RUN IN BACKGROUND or restart your unRAID server to install the qbittorrent-api module.
With this option, we're going to create a Python virtual environment on our disk. We will use this to run and store dependencies (qbittorrent-api) for this specific environment.
By doing this, we will only need to configure this once and it will be persistent after reboots (this differs from the previous steps).
First, you need to choose a location to start a new Python environment.
Info
In the next steps, you will be asked to choose a location to store the script; please try to be consistent.
Suggestions:
/mnt/user/appdata/qbittorrent/scripts/.venv
/mnt/user/data/scripts/.venv
Run the following command in unRAID's terminal in the directory you chose:
We now need to enter this new environment and install our dependency (qbittorrent-api) in it, run:
source /mnt/user/data/scripts/.venv/bin/activate\npip3 install qbittorrent-api\ndeactivate # to leave the environment\n
Info
Replace /mnt/user/data/scripts/.venv with the path you have chosen.
With this option, we're going to install the qbittorrent module when the unRAID server is started.
On your USB stick/key go to /boot/config and open the go file with your text editor (VSCode/Notepad++).
Copy/paste the following command
pip3 install qbittorrent-api\n
Restart your unRAID Server or run the above command from the terminal.
"},{"location":"Downloaders/qBittorrent/Tips/How-to-run-the-unRaid-mover-for-qBittorrent/#script","title":"Script","text":""},{"location":"Downloaders/qBittorrent/Tips/How-to-run-the-unRaid-mover-for-qBittorrent/#copy-the-script-to-your-preferred-location","title":"Copy the script to your preferred location","text":"
Place the qBit-Mover script somewhere easy to access/remember.
Replace /mnt/user/data/scripts/ in the script with the path you have chosen for the Python script (qBit-Mover script).
--days_from => Set Number of Days to stop torrents from for the move.
--days_to => Set Number of Days to stop torrents to for the move.
--host => Replace ip with your unraid server ip, and replace port with your qBittorrent WebGUI port you use to access the qBittorrent WebGUI.
--user => Your used qBittorrent User Name if you have authentication enabled.
--password => Your used qBittorrent Password if you have authentication enabled.
--cache-mount => Cache mount point in Unraid. This is used to additionally filter for only torrents that exist on the cache mount. Use this option ONLY if you follow the TRaSH Guides folder structure. (For default cache drive set this to /mnt/cache)
Click the schedule dropdown to choose when the script should run. We want to select Custom.
After changing to Custom you will get an extra text field on the right where you can set your schedule (cron).
For this example, we're going to tell the script to run every day at 4 AM.
0 4 * * *
You can generate your scheduling HERE
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
The default path setup suggested by some docker developers that encourages people to use mounts like /movies, /tv, /books or /downloads is very suboptimal and it makes them look like two or three file systems, even if they aren\u2019t (Because of how Docker\u2019s volumes work). It is the easiest way to get started. While easy to use, it has a major drawback. Mainly losing the ability to hardlink or instant move, resulting in a slower and more I/O intensive copy + delete is used.
But you're able to change this, by not using the pre-defined/recommended paths like:
I've asked several people that used this download client for some help/feedback, but most of them just switched to qBittorrent.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/","title":"File and Folder Structure","text":""},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/#introduction","title":"Introduction","text":"
It is important that your media server has a well organised file and folder structure. Along with generally easier file and folder management, you will benefit from:
Improved security, by only granting the appropriate applications and tools access to your files.
Hardlinks, so that the same file can appear in multiple places whilst only taking up the disk space of one copy.
Instant moves (also known as 'Atomic Moves') so that files can be moved to other parts of the file system instantaneously.
The first requirement is that all your media files and folders should be part of the same file system. That is, everything must be contained on a single physical or virtual drive. Second, all of your applications should have a consistent view of where your files and folders are - i.e., your files should appear in the same place to all of your applications.
We recommend setting up a file and folder structure on your host server that looks like this:
The data folder can be placed wherever you like. As an example, in Unraid, you would set up a share called data. This would then be accessible within Unraid's file system at /mnt/user/data.
If you are installing applications directly on the host system (natively), then they will already have visibility of that file and folder structure, assuming permissions are set correctly. If you are installing applications non-natively, for example via Docker, then each application should be granted access to the lowest level folder that is required whilst maintaining consistent pathing to the top level folder, which here is data. For example, a torrent client installed via Docker would have /mnt/user/data/torrents mapped to /data/torrents. This means that the download client would see the contents of the host's /mnt/user/data/torrents folder in the /data/torrents folder inside the container.
More detailed examples can be found in the How To Set Up section.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Check-if-hardlinks-are-working/","title":"How to check if hardlinks are working","text":"
You've followed the guide step by step but still want to check if hardlinks are working, or someone on the Sonarr/Radarr support team asked you to check if your files are hardlinked.
You can use 3 options to check if you got working hardlinks.
All methods require you to log in to your terminal with PuTTY or similar software.
Warning
You CAN'T create hardlinks for directories
You CAN'T hardlink across separate file systems, partitions, or mounts
Some file systems, such as exFAT, are known not to support hardlinks and should be avoided (double-check if you are unsure!)
If you are using Usenet, these examples won't work due to making use of instant/atomic moves and not hardlinks.Still want to test if it works?Test an import of a 4k remux, or any other big file, and you should notice it's almost instant and not a slower and more I/O intensive copy + delete.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Check-if-hardlinks-are-working/#mac-or-linux-method-1-using-ls","title":"Mac or Linux Method 1: Using ls","text":"
This is the easiest to check in our opinion.
In your terminal cd to your download location and run ls -al or type ls -al /path/to/your/download/location/
You will get a listing of all your files and on the left side you will see a couple of numbers, every file with a number above 1 are hardlinks.
Red rectangle - Not Hardlinked
Green rectangle - Hardlinks
Blue rectangle - Folders/Directories you will need to go into them to check if the files are hardlinked.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Check-if-hardlinks-are-working/#mac-or-linux-method-2-using-stat","title":"Mac or Linux Method 2: Using stat","text":"
This way requires a bit more work.
In the terminal type: stat /path/to/your/download/location/file.mkv
In the terminal type: stat /path/to/your/media/location/file.mkv
You will get 2 results you can use to compare several things.
Links: Everything above 1 means it's hardlinked
Inode: if the numbers match, you know the files are hardlinked
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Check-if-hardlinks-are-working/#mac-or-linux-method-3-using-inode-copies","title":"Mac or Linux Method 3: Using Inode copies","text":"
In your terminal cd to your download location and run ls -i file.mkv or type ls -i /path/to/your/download/location/file.mkv
This will reveal the inode of your file on the left side of the file.
In your terminal type: find /mnt/user/data/ -inum ### or find . -inum ### if you're in your root folder.
### = Your inode number on the left of the file you found.
It will list all files linked with the same inode number.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Check-if-hardlinks-are-working/#windows-method-1-using-fsutil","title":"Windows Method 1: Using fsutil","text":"
In the command line type: fsutil hardlink list c:\\path\\to\\your\\download\\location\\file.mkv
It will list all hardlinked files.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
It doesn't matter if you prefer to use /data, /shared, /storage or whatever.
The screenshots in the examples use the following root path /data
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Examples/#sonarr","title":"Sonarr","text":"Sonarr Examples - [Click to show/hide]
Settings => Media Management => Importing
Settings => Media Management => Root Folders
Series => Add New
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Examples/#radarr","title":"Radarr","text":"Radarr Examples - [Click to show/hide]
Settings => Media Management => Importing
Settings => Media Management => Root Folders
Movies => Add New
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Examples/#sabnzbd","title":"SABnzbd","text":"SABnzbd Examples - [Click to show/hide]
SABnzbd config => Folders
SABnzbd config => Categories
Don't forget to look at the full SABnzbd Guides
SABnzbd - Basic Setup
SABnzbd - Paths and Categories
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Examples/#nzbget","title":"NZBGet","text":"NZBGet Examples - [Click to show/hide]
NZBGet development has been officially abandoned by the developer
Settings => PATHS
Settings => CATEGORIES
Don't forget to look at the full NZBGet Guides
NZBGet - Basic Setup
NZBGet - Paths and Categories
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Examples/#qbittorrent","title":"qBittorrent","text":"qBittorrent Examples - [Click to show/hide]
Options => Downloads
Don't forget to look at the full qBittorrent Guides
qBittorrent - Basic Setup
qBittorrent - Paths
qBittorrent - How to add categories
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Examples/#deluge","title":"Deluge","text":"Deluge Example - [Click to show/hide]
Preferences => Downloads
Don't forget to look at the full Deluge Guides
Deluge - Basic Setup
Deluge - Using Labels
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Examples/#rutorrent","title":"ruTorrent","text":"ruTorrent Examples - [Click to show/hide]
../config/rtorrent/config/rtorrent.rc (path to your appdata)
Settings => Downloads
Settings => Autotools
Big Thanks to fryfrog for his Docker Guide that we used as a basis for this guide.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Hardlinks-and-Instant-Moves/","title":"Hardlinks and Instant Moves (Atomic-Moves)","text":""},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Hardlinks-and-Instant-Moves/#description","title":"Description","text":"
Info
If you\u2019re wondering why hardlinks aren\u2019t working or why a simple move is taking far longer than it should.
Here we will try to explain it.
This guide consists of 4 sections.
This page with a short description.
How to set up for your installation method.
Examples What you should use for your path settings in your used applications.
Check if hardlinks are working
So you want one of the following?
Instant moves (Atomic-Moves) during import of the Starr Apps (useful when using Usenet)?
You don't want to use twice the storage when using torrents. (hardlinks)?
You want to perma-seed?
Then Continue to How to set up for your installation method.
- You CAN'T create hardlinks for directories - You CAN'T hardlink across separate file systems, partitions, volumes or mounts - Some file systems, such as exFAT, are known not to support hardlinks and should be avoided (double-check if you are unsure!)
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Hardlinks-and-Instant-Moves/#what-are-hardlinks","title":"What are Hardlinks","text":"What are hardlinks? - [Click to show/hide]
[Short answer] Having a file in multiple locations without using double your storage space.
[Long answer] Hardlinks are a way for a copy operation to be instant and not consume space for those additional copies.
Every file is a hardlink: some metadata that points at blocks on the file system, which is why they're restricted to the same file system. There can be as many metadata files pointing at those blocks as needed and the blocks know how many links point to them. Once the blocks have 0 links, they're considered deleted.
This means:
You can delete any \"copy\" without impacting other instances (hardlinks) of it.
Your download client can remove its \"copy\" without impacting the library \"copy\". The library \"copy\" can also be removed by Plex, Sonarr/Radarr, or manually without impacting your download client's \"copy\".
Space is only reclaimed once all \"copies\" of data that are hardlinked are deleted.
Modifying any copy of a hardlinked file will impact all \"copies\".
For example, modifying the id3 tags of a .mp3 download after import would modify the download client \"copy\", resulting in breaking the torrent.
More info from Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Don't forget to read the Hardlinks limitations
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Hardlinks-and-Instant-Moves/#what-are-instant-moves-atomic-moves","title":"What are Instant Moves (Atomic Moves)","text":"What are Instant Moves (Atomic Moves)? - [Click to show/hide]
A real move and not a copy file from the download folder to the media folder and then deleting the file from the download folder.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Hardlinks-and-Instant-Moves/#what-are-the-starr-apps","title":"What are the Starr Apps","text":"What are the Starr Apps? - [Click to show/hide]
Sonarr, Radarr, Lidarr, etc.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/Replace-copies-with-hardlinks/","title":"Replace copies with hardlinks","text":"
Have you recently switched to a setup that supports hardlinks and Instant Moves (Atomic-Moves), and would like to replace duplicated files with hardlinks?
If your Operating System supports it you could make use of jdupes.
The latest version's binaries are available for Windows at the link above. You can use a package manager, such as homebrew, apt, or pacman, to install the latest available version for Mac or your flavor of Linux.
If you want to know what else jdupes can do please read the usage manual.
Tip
This process can put a significantly large load on your system resources for an extended period of time depending on the size of your library. As duplicates are discovered, and hardlinks are made, the process becomes more efficient - as linked and different-sized files are not repeatedly checked against eachother. This leads to subsequent runs potentially finishing faster.
To speed this process up significantly more, you can leverage a hash database. This will store information about the files, including their signatures, across runs of jdupes - vastly increasing the speed at which runs are finished.
Simply use the following additional option BEFORE YOUR DIRECTORIES with a path that is always available and persistent:
-y \"/mnt/user/appdata/scripts/media_hash.db\"\n
We don't suggest using jdupes on a cloud-based setup.
The following is a basic usage template:
jdupes [options] DIR1 DIR2\n
The example below will do a dry run and summarize at the end.
Folder paths should be adjusted to match your directory structure
Windows only allows a maximum of 1023 hard links per file
The -Q or --quick option only reads each file once, hashes it, and performs comparisons based solely on the hashes. There is a small but significant risk of a hash collision which is the purpose of the failsafe byte-for-byte comparison that this option explicitly bypasses. Do not use it on ANY data set for which any amount of data loss is unacceptable. You have been warned!
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/","title":"How To Set Up","text":"
In this section, you will find several how-to guides for installation of the Starr Apps. This is all done in a way to achieve Hardlinks and Instant Moves (Atomic-Moves).
Select your desired method of installation:
Docker
Dockstarter
Native
Synology
TrueNAS Core
TrueNAS Scale users can follow the same concepts as the Docker method, until someone provides a guide and is willing to maintain and give support for it in the Guide Discord.
Unraid
Windows
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
If you're new to dockers and want an easy setup, we suggest taking a look at DockSTARTer. We've also created a short guide HERE where we explain the settings for the most used applications.
The main goal of DockSTARTer is to make it quick and easy to get up and running with Docker. You may choose to rely on DockSTARTer for various changes to your Docker system or use DockSTARTer as a stepping stone and learn to do more advanced configurations.
DockSTARTer was actually my first step into the world of dockers.
Note
I'm not going to explain how to get dockers installed and running, we will only explain which folder structure we recommend.
The paths mentioned below refer to internal paths (or Container Path) for the containers!
External paths (or Host Path) depend on where you mounted your share or your drives.
It doesn't really matter which path you use for your media and appdata,
the only thing you should avoid is /home.
Because user folders in /home are expected to have some restrictive permissions.
It just could end up creating a permissions mess, so it's better to just avoid entirely.
For this example we're going to make use of a share called data.
The data folder has sub-folders for torrents and usenet and each of these have sub-folders for tv, movie, books and music downloads to keep things neat. The media folder has nicely named TV, Movies, Books and Music sub-folders, this is your library and what you\u2019d pass to Plex, Emby or JellyFin.
In this examples I'm using lower case on all folder on purpose, being Linux is case sensitive.
The default path setup suggested by some docker developers that encourages people to use mounts like /movies, /tv, /books or /downloads is very suboptimal and it makes them look like two or three file systems, even if they aren\u2019t (Because of how Docker\u2019s volumes work). It is the easiest way to get started. While easy to use, it has a major drawback. Mainly losing the ability to hardlink or instant move, resulting in a slower and more I/O intensive copy + delete is used.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Docker/#breakdown-of-the-folder-structure","title":"Breakdown of the Folder Structure","text":""},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Docker/#torrent-clients","title":"Torrent clients","text":"
qBittorrent, Deluge, ruTorrent
The reason why we use /data/torrents for the torrent client is because it only needs access to the torrent files. In the torrent software settings, you\u2019ll need to reconfigure paths and you can sort into sub-folders like /data/torrents/{tv|movies|music}.
The reason why we use /data/usenet for the Usenet client is because it only needs access to the Usenet files. In the Usenet software settings, you\u2019ll need to reconfigure paths and you can sort into sub-folders like /data/usenet/complete/{tv|movies|music}.
Sonarr, Radarr, Readarr and Lidarr gets access to everything using /data because the download folder(s) and media folder will look like and be one file system. Hardlinks will work and moves will be atomic, instead of copy + delete.
Plex, Emby, JellyFin and Bazarr only needs access to your media library using /data/media, which can have any number of sub folders like Movies, Kids Movies, TV, Documentary TV and/or Music as sub folders.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Docker/#docker-compose-commands","title":"Docker-Compose Commands","text":"docker-compose commands - [Click to show/hide]
sudo docker-compose up -d (This Docker-compose command helps builds the image, then creates and starts Docker containers. The containers are from the services specified in the compose file. If the containers are already running and you run docker-compose up, it recreates the container.)
sudo docker-compose pull (Pulls an image associated with a service defined in a docker-compose.yml)
sudo docker-compose down (The Docker-compose down command also stops Docker containers like the stop command does. But it goes the extra mile. Docker-compose down, doesn\u2019t just stop the containers, it also removes them.)
sudo docker system prune -a --volumes --force (Remove all unused containers, networks, images (both dangling and unreferenced), and optionally, volumes.)
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
We're going to use a mounted drive that we're going to use as storage for downloads and your media. In this example, the mounted drive will be mounted to /mnt/ with the following folder structure.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Dockstarter/#changes-to-the-env","title":"Changes to the .env","text":"
To accomplish this we need to change first a few paths in your .env (Usually ~/.docker/compose/.env)
# Global Settings\nCOMPOSE_HTTP_TIMEOUT=60\nDOCKERCONFDIR=~/.config/appdata\nDOCKERGID=999\nDOCKERHOSTNAME=DockSTARTer\nDOCKERLOGGING_MAXFILE=10\nDOCKERLOGGING_MAXSIZE=200k\nDOCKERSTORAGEDIR=/mnt/storage\nPGID=1000\nPUID=1000\nTZ=America/Chicago\n
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Dockstarter/#changes-to-your-paths","title":"Changes to your paths","text":"
When that's all set then you will need to change the paths you're going to use in the containers from:
It doesn't really matter which path you use for your media and appdata,
the only thing you should avoid is /home.
Because user folders in /home are expected to have some restrictive permissions.
It just could end up creating a permissions mess, so it's better to just avoid entirely.
For this example we're going to make use of a share called data.
The data folder has sub-folders for torrents and usenet and each of these have sub-folders for tv, movie, books and music downloads to keep things neat. The media folder has nicely named TV, Movies, Books and Music sub-folders, this is your library and what you\u2019d pass to Plex, Emby or JellyFin.
In this examples I'm using lower case on all folder on purpose, being Linux is case sensitive.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Native/#breakdown-of-the-folder-structure","title":"Breakdown of the Folder Structure","text":""},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Native/#torrent-clients","title":"Torrent clients","text":"
qBittorrent, Deluge, ruTorrent
The reason why we use /data/torrents for the torrent client is because it only needs access to the torrent files. In the torrent software settings, you\u2019ll need to reconfigure paths and you can sort into sub-folders like /data/torrents/{tv|movies|music}.
The reason why we use /data/usenet for the Usenet client is because it only needs access to the Usenet files. In the Usenet software settings, you\u2019ll need to reconfigure paths and you can sort into sub-folders like /data/usenet/complete/{tv|movies|music}.
Sonarr, Radarr, Readarr and Lidarr gets access to everything using /data because the download folder(s) and media folder will look like and be one file system. Hardlinks will work and moves will be atomic, instead of copy + delete.
Plex, Emby, JellyFin and Bazarr only needs access to your media library using /data/media, which can have any number of sub folders like Movies, Kids Movies, TV, Documentary TV and/or Music as sub folders.
Being I don't have a Synology myself and I kind of hate the Synology GUI for the dockers, we're going to do this with the use of docker-compose through a terminal.
This is faster than the GUI and after installing, it shows up in the Docker GUI.
Thanks to faxity for the initial compose that I used to create the Synology Guide.
And a very big thanks to Bokkoman and BZwart that updated this Guide for DSM 7 and also offered their help on discord as Synology Support Team.
This page will provide you with guidance on how to install several Docker images related to the Servarr apps to your Synology. We highly recommend reading the full guide, that way you have a better understanding of what you do, in case you later decide to make changes.
We will create one share that will hold all your data. This ensures hardlinking and/or instant moves are possible.
Create one user that will be assigned to the docker images as the user they run out of security reasons.
Create a folder structure on the data and docker share with a few commands (or manually).
Download and edit the docker-compose.yml and .env files to your system settings.
Set permissions to all folders related to the shares.
Run and execute docker commands to start the containers.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Synology/#automated-script","title":"Automated Script","text":"Automated script (Use this script at your own risk) - [Click to show/hide]
Warning
Though, we offer a short way out. This is intended as a quick way to do everything that is written on this page within one script. And is only for initial setup. After that, you need to manage it yourself. Rerunning the script can or will reset all personal changes made in the compose/env.
The script is only tested on Synology DSM7 and higher.
We are not held liable if anything breaks on your system. Use at your own risk
To get this working you will need to enable terminal access (SSH) and home folders.
Be sure to delete current running Docker containers related to this guide (ie. *arr apps, download clients), and backup settings before you do.
To enable SSH on your Synology take a look HERE.
To enable Home folders, go to Control Panel > User & Group > Advanced > Enable user home service at the bottom.
When you enable these two settings, run the following commands in your favorite terminal app and follow the onscreen questions.
You need to install Docker / Container Manager from the Package Center. This should also create a share named docker, and check File Station if it is present.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Synology/#create-the-main-share","title":"Create the main share","text":"
We will create and use a new share named data (lowercase) for all your library media and downloads.
Name this shared folder data. You can disable the trash can, up to you. Click next until you are done.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Synology/#create-a-user","title":"Create a user","text":"
We are going to create a new user that only has access to the share(s) that we use for the containers to run. You should not have the containers run as an admin/root user.
Go to Control Panel > User & Group
In the User section, create a new user. Name it whatever you like, but for this guide, we will use the name docker.
Fill out the rest of the information, generate a password or type your own.
Click next, you will now be able to select which group this user will belong to, it should only be the group users. Click Next.
You are mostly going to use the terminal. Some parts will need the Synology web GUI. To enable terminal access, you need to enable SSH in the Synology Settings.
Control Panel > Terminal & SNMP > Enable SSH service
Then use a program like Putty or Powershell/Terminal to SSH into your Synology.
Enter the login information of a Synology user account that has admin privileges, as only members of the 'administrators' user group can use SSH.
If you get a message asking if you want to trust the key, just press OK or ACCEPT.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Synology/#puid-and-pgid","title":"PUID and PGID","text":"
For the Docker container to access the shares on Synology, we need to know the user ID (PUID) and group ID (PGID) from the docker user we just created.
Once logged in to the terminal type id docker. If you used a different username, change docker to the one you used.
This will show you the UID (aka PUID). In the screenshot above this is 1035 for the docker user and 100 is the GID (aka PGID) for the user's group. Save these values for later use.
Let's create a good folder structure on the shares we use (docker and data). This will be done with a few commands.
The structure will look like this. You can of course edit this, but do this when you know what you are doing. We are using lowercase on all folders on purpose, being Linux is case-sensitive.
The default path setup suggested by some docker developers that encourages people to use mounts like /movies, /tv, /books or /downloads is very suboptimal and it makes them look like two or three file systems, even if they aren\u2019t (Because of how Docker\u2019s volumes work). It is the easiest way to get started. While easy to use, it has a major drawback. Mainly losing the ability to hardlink or instant move, resulting in a slower and more I/O intensive copy + delete is used.
To create the folder structure for your media library and also for your preferred download client, run one or both of the following commands:
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Synology/#if-you-use-usenet","title":"If you use usenet","text":"
Your application data will be stored in the docker share in the folder called appdata (/volume1/docker/appdata) Create these folders with the command below, or create them in File Station manually.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Synology/#whats-included-in-the-compose-and-what-is-not-included","title":"What's included in the compose and what is not included","text":"
This docker-compose file will have the following docker containers included.
What's not included (and where are the download clients?).
We didn't add a download client to it, because it depends on what you prefer (usenet/torrent) and which client you prefer. We have a repository Repository on Github where we provide and maintain some templates that are ready to use with the main docker-compose.yml.
The only thing you need to do is copy & paste what's inside the template file into the main docker-compose.yml on the bottom, the templates also have a command that you need to use to create the appdata folder that we explained earlier. Without the appdata folder for the application, the creation of the container will fail because of the missing folder.
Second, we will download the .env file
Download this .env to your /volume1/docker/appdata location next to the docker-compose.yml. Or use this command:
MAKE SURE THE FILE KEEPS THE ORIGINAL NAME .env WITH THE DOT BEFORE IT
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Synology/#changes-and-preparations","title":"Changes and preparations","text":"
Tip
If you need to edit docker-compose.yml or the .env file we advise to use Notepad++ or Visual Studio Code
The .env file we downloaded holds the variables/information you need to change for everything to work. I added explanations in the .env file.
DOCKERCONFDIR (only change this if you know what you're doing and decide to use another path than this guide used)
DOCKERDATADIR (only change this if you know what you're doing and decide to use another path than this guide used)
PUID/PGID (this info you got earlier from HERE)
TZ (Change to your timezone, can be found HERE)
Install and Create a task scheduler for Pullio, so your containers stay up to date.
The .env holds more variables/information for other containers you don't need to remove those variables and will be only used when you install the other containers.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Synology/#pullio-auto-update-docker-compose-the-correct-way","title":"Pullio - Auto update docker-compose the correct way","text":"
Pullio allows you to automatically update your containers. And send you a notification through various means. We use a Discord Webhook.
It can be frustrating to test the script if no docker image updates are available, therefore you can run the command sudo pullio --debug` and the script will behave as if an update is available. If you have set to receive notifications, you should receive them.
Now we need to make sure that the newly created files and folders have the correct permissions.
If you have an existing library, it is advised to move these to the new data share prior to running the commands below.
Note
If you're using a different user than docker (the user-generated in the beginning), then you need to change the docker:users part in the command below!!!
If you move files from a different library into the newly created library afterward, you need to rerun these commands. !!!
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Synology/#run-the-docker-compose","title":"Run the Docker Compose","text":"
Tip
make sure you delete/remove all your existing dockers from the Docker GUI and also remove your native installs (in Package Center) of these applications !!! If you had previously installed apps, make a backup of their config folders or backup through the WebUI of the app.
If you have followed all the steps and your compose file is ready, run the following commands:
cd /volume1/docker/appdata\n
sudo docker-compose up -d\n
You will notice that all the images will be downloaded, and after that, the containers will be started. If you get an error then read what the error says and try to fix it (missing folders, permissions errors, etc). If you can't figure out the solution to your errors, join the guides-discord here and create a support ticket.
If you need help setting up the applications, look at the Examples of how to set up the paths inside your applications.
Warning
If you need to make any changes, only edit the docker-compose.yml file. To activate the changes, run the commands from here again.
Any changes you do/did in the GUI will be reverted when you run the docker-compose command.
Just don't use the GUI, only for information purposes !!!
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Synology/#docker-compose-commands","title":"Docker-Compose Commands","text":"docker-compose commands - [Click to show/hide]
sudo docker-compose up -d (This Docker-compose command helps builds the image, then creates and starts Docker containers. The containers are from the services specified in the compose file. If the containers are already running and you run docker-compose up, it recreates the container.)
sudo docker-compose pull (Pulls an image associated with a service defined in a docker-compose.yml)
sudo docker-compose down (The Docker-compose down command also stops Docker containers like the stop command does. But it goes the extra mile. Docker-compose down, doesn\u2019t just stop the containers, it also removes them.)
sudo docker system prune -a --volumes --force (Remove all unused containers, networks, images (both dangling and unreferenced), and optionally, volumes.)
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Synology/#additional-synology-info","title":"Additional Synology Info","text":""},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Synology/#dsm-task-for-correctly-reporting-ip-in-plexnginxetc","title":"DSM Task for correctly reporting IP in Plex/Nginx/Etc","text":"
Due to some iptables configuration in DSM, you can get an incorrect IP reported in Plex or other apps that need an read/report the IP. To fix this, you need to add two rules to your iptables. unfortunately, those rules can sometimes be deleted at reboot or after DSM update.
To fix this, you will need to add a Scheduled Task that executes at boot as the root user which will check if the rules exist, and, if not - re-add them.
Task bash command - [Click to show/hide]
#!/bin/bash\ncurrentAttempt=0\ntotalAttempts=10\ndelay=15\n\nwhile [ $currentAttempt -lt $totalAttempts ]; do\n currentAttempt=$(($currentAttempt + 1))\n\n echo \"Attempt $currentAttempt of $totalAttempts...\"\n\n result=$(iptables-save)\n\n if [[ $result =~ \"-A DOCKER -i docker0 -j RETURN\" ]]; then\n echo \"Docker rules found! Modifying...\"\n\n iptables -t nat -A PREROUTING -m addrtype --dst-type LOCAL -j DOCKER\n iptables -t nat -A PREROUTING -m addrtype --dst-type LOCAL ! --dst 127.0.0.0/8 -j DOCKER\n\n echo \"Done!\"\n\n break\n fi\n\n echo \"Docker rules not found! Sleeping for $delay seconds...\"\n\n sleep $delay\ndone\n
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
This guide is based on TrueNAS Core 13, a storage solution based on ZFS. While there are more similarities than differences between Core and Scale in terms of creating datasets, this guide explicitly covers dataset, share, and a basic permissions setup to provide a place for creating and accessing the recommended folder structure. This does not cover jails or other virtualization means on the TrueNAS Core platform.
This guide assumes that you've already created a pool, which by default will contain a top-level dataset that was configured during the time of pool configuration. For the examples below, we'll be using a pool name of tank. Encryption is recommended on the pool (TrueNAS uses ZFS Encryption with AES-256-GCM in TrueNAS Core 13) but is not required. TrueNAS Core allows for granularity in encrypting individual datasets if you don't want to encrypt at the top-level dataset and have it be inherited down to the other datasets.
TrueNAS Core defaults to lz4 encryption as the compression level when creating a pool. This is fine for most workloads, and can be safely inherited down to other datasets under the top-level dataset. ztsd is currently the default in FreeBSD, however, TrueNAS Core still defaults to lz4. Given that media files are not very compressible by nature, the only benefit that compression provides, in this case, is to supplementary files such as .srt, .nfo, etc.
Additionally, since SMB does not support hardlinks we will only be covering the creation and use of NFS shares.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/TrueNAS-Core/#create-the-main-dataset","title":"Create the main dataset","text":"
Warning
To get hardlinks and atomic moves working with ZFS you will need to make use of ONE dataset with subfolders. Note that this does not mean multiple datasets under the example top-level dataset tank from this example.
For this example, I'm using the dataset from my existing setup, Media. The naming isn't important as host machine mappings can be manipulated as desired.
Go to Storage -> Pools and click the \u22ee on the right side of your root dataset, then select Add Dataset.
On the next screen, you'll fill out your basic dataset info, such as name and comments. We have a few things grayed out here as the dataset has already been configured, but in this example, you would use Media in the Name field and keep everything else at its default (Inherit) except for Enable Atime and Record Size. Set Enable Atime to off and Record Size to 1M. This provides a performance increase on a dataset that will primarily be handling media files. Optionally, you can configure Quota for this dataset if you want to limit what the dataset displays and will accept in terms of capacity when it's mounted (i.e. setting this to 10 TiB will show 10T as the capacity when mounted).
During share creation, there will be an option at the bottom for Share Type. Generic is the default, with SMB as a selectable option. Since we'll be using NFS, select Generic.
Click Submit (mine shows Save since this is an existing dataset) once complete.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/TrueNAS-Core/#create-a-shared-group","title":"Create a shared group","text":"
We'll need to create a shared group so that we can ensure proper access when mounting, and to avoid ending up with nobody as the group name when mounting over NFS. This group should contain any of your user accounts that will be accessing the share (Starr apps, download clients, etc). It should also match the group and GID on the host you plan to mount the share as and run your apps from.
Navigate to Accounts -> Groups, and click Add at the top right.
You'll arrive at a simple configuration screen like the one shown below. Set your GID that you plan to use, and name the group. In this example, I'm using a GID of 1215 and a group name of dockermedia. Since this group won't be used for anything other than share permissions, leave Permit Sudo and Samba Authentication unchecked. Click Submit once complete.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/TrueNAS-Core/#create-your-users","title":"Create your user(s)","text":"
We'll need to create a user (or users - if you're using individual user accounts for each service) on TrueNAS that matches the user and UID of the user you'll be mounting your share with. It's important that these match since we're not using the Mapall function that exists under the NFS Share options.
Navigate to Accounts -> Users, and click Add at the top right.
You'll arrive at a configuration screen like the one shown below. Fill out Full Name and Username with the desired username, and set your User ID that you plan to use.
You'll need to uncheck New Primary Group so you can manually populate Primary Group with the shared group you created in the previous step. In this example, I'm using a GID of 1215 and a Primary Group name of dockermedia. Leave Home Directory as /nonexistent, and set Disable Password to Yes. Uncheck Samba Authentication and click Submit once complete. Home Directory Permissions aren't important as it's set to /nonexistent, and we won't ever be accessing it.
Note
If you're using a single, shared user and group setup (1000:1000 is the common one) you can leave New Primary Group checked. Assuming there's not a group that already exists with GID 1000 it will create that group automatically with the same name as the user.
Now that we have a user and a group, we can set the permissions on the dataset.
Navigate to Storage -> Pools, and click \u22ee on the right side of your target dataset (Media if you're following my example), then select Edit Permissions.
You'll arrive at a configuration screen like the one shown below. Under Owner, fill out your User and Group information with your desired user and the shared group you plan to use for your apps. User isn't super important here if you're using an NFS share and have Group configured properly, but it would matter if you're doing a single-user share (i.e. if you wanted a single person to have their own dataset -> share to map).
Check the boxes for Apply User, Apply Group, and Apply Permissions Recursively (check Confirm and click Continue if you get a popup). Check the Access Mode boxes as indicated in the image example and click Save once complete.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/TrueNAS-Core/#create-your-nfs-shares","title":"Create your NFS share(s)","text":"
Navigate to Sharing -> Unix Shares (NFS), and click Add at the top right.
Under Paths you can either use the interactive browser by clicking /mnt, or just enter the correct Path. Following along with the previous examples, mine is /mnt/tank/Media.
Set a Description if desired (recommended for tracking), and check All dirs and Enabled.
Click Advanced Options to show the rest of the options we need.
Leave Security alone as the defaults are fine.
At the bottom, you have a couple of options. You can either specify Authorized Networks for more broad access or authorize specific hosts (my preferred method). Either way, make sure you use one of these options to ensure that whichever host is mounting the NFS share has access.
Click Submit once complete.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/TrueNAS-Core/#configure-and-enable-nfs-service","title":"Configure and enable NFS service","text":"
Navigate to Services and click the edit icon under Actions on the NFS row.
Enabling NFSv4 is optional. If you wish to do so you will need to ensure that your NAS and host are on the same domain (verify with hostname -d), otherwise you'll run into permission issues (indicated by nobody:4294967294 when checking files). Alternatively, enable NFSv3 ownership model for NFSv4 to avoid the domain requirements. Make sure to check Allow non-root mount under Other Options.
One of the most important options here is the Number of servers setting. If you click on the help icon you'll see the help text for this setting, which indicates that you should keep this less than or equal to the number of CPUs reported by sysctl -n kern.smp.cpus to limit CPU context switching.
Any other options are mostly up to your environment and you should consult standard TrueNAS support paths for assistance.
Click Save once complete.
Make sure to check Start Automatically and click the slider under Running to make sure the service is running correctly and starts at boot.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/TrueNAS-Core/#mount-your-shares","title":"Mount your shares","text":"
Follow standard mounting procedures for your operating system/device. In Ubuntu mounting an NFS share is as simple as adding it to /etc/fstab with <host>:/mnt/tank/Media /mnt/data nfs defaults,_netdev,rw 0 0, and issuing mount -a (or rebooting).
Regardless of the method, make sure that the device ends up with a data mount point. The mount point is important since it will allow us to follow the usual guide for folder structure. If you've followed the guide, from a NFS share standpoint the owner and group of the /mnt/data directory will be the user and group that were previously configured in the Dataset Permissions section. If this is improperly configured you can end up with nobody as the owner or group, or have permission errors.
These subfolders you need to create yourself using your preferred method. Set your permissions accordingly as well. If you use ACLs on the datasets you can replicate the usual 775/664 (UMASK 002) or 755/644 (UMASK 022) recommendation, but this guide only covers the use of basic permissions for mounting and expects the end user to fine-tune permissions via chmod, chown, and uid/gid/umask settings on the applications that will be utilizing the share.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
DO NOT use the template paths from unRAID or the suggested paths from SpaceInvader One
SpaceInvader One YouTube guides are great for learning how to start with unRAID or how to set up certain applications - and yes I did and still do use them.The main reason why he's probably using those paths is because they are predefined in the templates.
Make sure Tunable (support Hard Links) is enabled in your Settings => Global Share Settings.
unRAID 6.12unRAID 6.11 "},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Unraid/#create-the-main-share","title":"Create the main share","text":"
To get Hardlinks and Atomic-Moves working with unRAID,You will need to make use of ONE share with subfolders.
In this example, I'm using my setup and the preferred share data.
Go to your dashboard and select Shares on the navigation bar, then choose Add Share.
unRAID 6.12 (No Cache)unRAID 6.12 (Cache)unRAID 6.11
Use data
Set up your share with the applicable settings.
unRAID 6.12 (No Cache)unRAID 6.12 (Cache)unRAID 6.11
Select the Primary storage as Array (shown in the No Cache tab above).
Select the Primary storage as Cache (shown in the Cache tab above).
Select the Secondary storage as Array
Make sure Mover action is set to Cache -> Array
Choose Yes on step (2) (unRAID 6.11 tab above). If not using a cache drive, keep this option disabled.
Hardlinks will stay intact if you're using a cache
Click on ADD SHARE
Note
Keep in mind, regarding the use of the cache drive, unRAID's integrated mover cannot move files that are in use, like seeding torrents. You will need to stop/pause the torrents so the mover can move the files from the cache to your array.
If you use qBittorrent you can automate the process by following the following Guide HEREIf you use Deluge you can automate the process by following the following Guide HERE
I'm using lower-case on all folders on purpose, being Linux is case-sensitive.
The data folder has sub-folders for torrents and usenet, and each of these has sub-folders for tv, movie, and music downloads to keep things organized. The media folder has nicely named TV, Movies, and Music sub-folders, this is where your library resides, and what you\u2019d pass to Plex, Emby, or JellyFin.
You will need to create these subfolders yourself. You can do this in any way you prefer, but the fastest way to create all the necessary subfolders would be to use the terminal (explained below). Alternatively, Krusader or WinSCP are popular choices if you are unsure.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Unraid/#fastest-way-to-create-the-needed-subfolders","title":"Fastest way to create the needed subfolders","text":"
The fastest way to create all the necessary subfolders would be to use the terminal, use a program like PuTTy or use the terminal from the dashboard. These options will automatically create the required subfolders for your media library as well as your preferred download client(s). If you use both torrents and Usenet, use both commands.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Unraid/#if-you-use-usenet","title":"If you use Usenet","text":"
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Unraid/#breakdown-of-the-folder-structure","title":"Breakdown of the Folder Structure","text":""},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Unraid/#bad-path-suggestion","title":"Bad path suggestion","text":"
The default path setup suggested by some docker developers that encourages people to use mounts like /movies, /tv, /books or /downloads is very suboptimal and it makes them look like two or three file systems, even if they aren\u2019t (Because of how Docker\u2019s volumes work). It is the easiest way to get started. While easy to use, it has a major drawback. Mainly losing the ability to hardlink or instant move, resulting in a slower and more I/O intensive copy + delete is used.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Unraid/#setting-up-the-containers","title":"Setting up the containers","text":"
Create a custom docker network
Why would you want a custom docker network?
A major benefit of having your Docker containers on the same custom Docker network is that they will be able to communicate with other using their container names, rather than having to use IP addresses.
Unraid doesn't create a custom docker network by default, you need to create one yourself.
or watch the following video below on how to create a custom docker network
After you've created all the necessary folders, it's time to set up the Docker container's paths.
Go to your dashboard and select the Docker container you want to edit, or, if you're starting fresh, add the container/App you want to use.
Make sure you enable the Advanced View at the top right corner.
When adding/editing the paths make sure you click on the EDIT button to add/edit the paths correctly.
Don't forget to remove all individual location mounts, for example /movies, /tv, /books, or /downloads, so you can avoid making mistakes by using them. You only need the /config mount, and then whichever paths/mounts/volumes are described in this guide.
Info
unRAID makes it pretty clear which is the Host Path and Container Path.
Container Path: => The path that will be used from inside the container.
Host Path: => The actual/absolute path used on your unRAID Server (The Host).
The reason why we use /data/torrents/ for the torrent client is because it only needs access to the torrent data. In the torrent software settings, you\u2019ll need to configure your categories/labels to utilize the right path for specific content. You can sort into sub-folders like /data/torrents/{tv|movies|music}.
The reason why we use /data/usenet/ for the Usenet client is that it only needs access to the Usenet data. In the Usenet software settings, you\u2019ll need to configure your paths to sort content into sub-folders like /data/usenet/{tv|movies|music}.
Sonarr, Radarr, and Lidarr get access to everything because the download folder(s) and media folder will need to look like and be one mount, on the file system. Hard links will work properly and any moves will be atomic, rather than copying and deleting.
Plex, Emby, JellyFin, and Bazarr only need access to your media library, which can have any number of sub-folders (Movies, Kids Movies, TV, Documentary TV, and/or Music).
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Unraid/#final-result","title":"Final Result","text":""},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Unraid/#examples-how-to-set-up-your-paths-inside-your-applications","title":"Examples - How to set up your paths INSIDE your applications","text":"
Don't forget to look at the Examples of how to set up your paths INSIDE your applications.
Videos are generally outdated very fast, so make sure you always follow and double-check with the written guide.
Big Thanks to IBRACORP for noticing this Guide and creating a Video covering this unRAID section.
The reason why I have this video at the end is because I want the users to ACTUALLY LEARN and UNDERSTAND why it's recommended to use this folder structure before going straight to a YouTube video.
Check out other videos from IBRACORP HERE
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Windows is less flexible than some other operating systems in respect of support for hard links and instant (Atomic) moves. In most cases, you need to use a single disk containing both your download location and media library. However, there is an option detailed below that will allow you to make use of hard links and instant (Atomic) moves if you run a two-disk setup.
If you want to make extensive use of hard links, we would recommend switching to another operating system. For more information and suggestions on this topic, join our Discord support channel. The link can be found at the bottom of every guide page.
If moving away from using Windows with multiple disks is not an option, we suggest ignoring hard links and instant (Atomic) moves and using StableBit DrivePool. This will allow you to pool multiple disks to appear as one big disk, making it much easier to maintain and set up your file and folder structure.
It is possible that Windows Storage Spaces supports hard links, but this has not been verified by the Guides team. We are unable to provide support for setups that use Storage Spaces.
The data folder has sub-folders for torrents and usenet, and each of these has sub-folders for tv, movie, and music downloads to keep things organized.
The media folder has nicely named TV, Movies and Music sub-folders. These are where your libraries reside, and what you\u2019d pass to Plex, Emby, or JellyFin.
Whilst we have used data, you can name the root folder/share whatever you want. We suggest following the guide folder naming to make it easier for yourself and others to help you.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Windows/#folder-structure-one-disk-setup-or-using-drivepool","title":"Folder Structure (one-disk setup or using DrivePool)","text":"
For this example, we will assume you have a one-disk setup with a large drive added as drive D:\\, or are using StableBit DrivePool that created one big disk as drive D:\\.
After you create the base folders to use it's time to follow the #examples-how-to-set-up-your-paths-inside-your-applications for a two-disk setup.
"},{"location":"File-and-Folder-Structure/How-to-set-up/Windows/#examples-how-to-set-up-your-paths-inside-your-applications","title":"Examples how to set up your paths INSIDE your applications","text":"
At the moment, we do not have Windows-based screenshots for all of the apps, but they might be added later.
So, in the meantime, use the Examples of how to setup your paths INSIDE your applications. However, for the paths, use the info provided below depending on whether you have a one-disk setup or a two-disk setup.
Linux used forward slash / and Windows uses backslash \\So if you see paths with a forward slash replace it with a backslash for Windows
One-Disk SetupTwo-Disk Setup
We will assume you have a one-disk setup with a large drive added as drive D:/ or are using StableBit DrivePool that created one big disk as drive D:\\.
The act of seeding the same torrent files or data across multiple trackers without re-downloading. It also refers to a software application of the same name that automates this process.
Cross-Seed and crossseed or xseed often refer to the application, while cross seed or xseed can refer to the action.
A feature that applies pattern matching to a release based on information inferred from the release name on the corresponding indexer during a search. Users can customize patterns in a Custom Format, which can then be assigned individual scores within each Quality Profile.
After the release has been imported, when using the TRaSH recommended naming scheme, the Custom Format score will automatically be updated to match the properties of the actual media file, rather than strictly by its original naming alone.
DMCA is an abbreviation for Digital Millennium Copyright Act.
The DMCA Takedown process allows creators to send notices to hosting/service providers that have material that infringes on their copyright.
When a DMCA takedown request is issued to a Usenet Service Provider (USP), parts of the release may end up missing or incomplete, leaving you unable to complete the extraction.
An indexer is a search engine from which you can download NZB files. NZB files point to the locations of all the different parts that make up an entire file or release on Usenet. Most indexers require registration and some are invite-only.
When used in the context of Radarr/Sonarr/Prowlarr (or other media management software), \"indexers\" can refer to both Usenet indexers and torrent trackers.
A BitTorrent user who is actively downloading a torrent (referred to as 'leeching'). This term can also describe those who download torrents without sharing them afterward.
An application designed to help with the automation and management of your music library. One of a group of applications, including Prowlarr, Radarr, and Sonarr, collectively known as the \"arrs\".
PAR and PAR2 files, or 'Parity Archive Volume' files, are primarily used in Usenet to help repair incomplete or corrupted files. However, their presence does not always guarantee successful reconstruction of the original data.
Seeding your torrents permanently (\"forever\"). Most often this is done in conjunction with hard linked files, which allows files to 'exist' in two places without taking up any additional hard disk space.
An application designed to help with the automation and management of your trackers and indexers. One of a group of applications, including Lidarr, Prowlarr, and Sonarr, collectively known as the \"arrs\".
qBit Manage is a tool for managing your qBittorrent instance. It automates actions on torrents meeting specified criteria, such as time seeded and tracker.
qBittorrent is a free, open-source, cross-platform BitTorrent client. Please note that it is highly recommended to avoid new major and minor (X and X.X) versions until properly validated by the community, as these often contain significant changes and/or bugs.
Refers to the specific quality of a release, describing both the source and, optionally, the resolution. Examples of qualities include Bluray-2160p and Remux-1080p, though many others exist.
A defined group, and preferential ordering, of qualities, Custom Format scores, and additional settings that can be assigned to movies, TV shows, and collections.
An application designed to help with the automation and management of your movie library. One of a group of applications, including Lidarr, Prowlarr, and Sonarr, collectively known as the \"arrs\".
An application designed to help with the automation and management of your TV show/series library. One of a group of applications, including Lidarr, Prowlarr, and Radarr, collectively known as the \"arrs\".
A file that contains metadata and integrity information about the files and folders associated with a torrent, as well as a list of network locations for its trackers. Torrent files usually have the extension .torrent.
Servers that help Peers locate each other and form an efficient distribution group for a torrent, known as its swarm. The term 'tracker' is also used commonly as a reference to sites that host .torrent files and operate their own tracker servers.
"},{"location":"Glossary/#u","title":"U","text":""},{"location":"Glossary/#usenet-service-provider","title":"Usenet Service Provider","text":"
Info
Also known as: USP
Usenet providers manage the servers that store content and offer subscription-based access for downloading files. Indexers are required to search for and locate releases on Usenet.
These are 3rd party applications to sync several sections of the guide with your Sonarr/Radarr (or multiple).
Feature Notifiarr Recyclarr GUI (graphical user interface) Radarr Custom Formats Radarr Use Flowchart to choose the correct Custom Formats for your Quality Profile Radarr predefined config files available Radarr Clear all Custom Formats Radarr Scores Radarr Quality Settings (File Size) Radarr Naming Scheme Radarr Quality Profiles Sonarr Custom Formats Sonarr predefined config files available Sonarr Clear all Release Profiles Sonarr Clear all Custom Formats Sonarr Scores Sonarr Quality Settings (File Size) Sonarr Naming Scheme Sonarr Quality Profiles"},{"location":"Guide-Sync/#notifiarr","title":"Notifiarr","text":"
It's possible with Notifiarr (Patron feature)
Notifiarr is a service much bigger in scope than just custom format syncing.
After setup, it's fully automated and will check every X minutes for updates to the Custom Formats or Sonarr Release Profile and will update it to your Radarr or Sonarr (Multiple Client Support).
Just enable the Custom Formats/Release Profiles you want.
TRaSH Guides do not have any guides related to Lidarr.We suggest that you use Davo's Community Lidarr Guide
"},{"location":"Misc/","title":"Misc","text":""},{"location":"Misc/#miscellaneous-guides-and-info","title":"Miscellaneous guides and info","text":"
How to provide a docker compose - When requested this will show you how to create and provide a docker-compose of your running docker containers.
Setup TorGuard for port forwarding - Guide on how to set up port forwarding when you use Torguard as a VPN Service.
x265-4k and Golden Rule - Explanation of how 1080p x265 should be used correctly and how it's used often wrongly, and why the guide in general doesn't prefer 1080p x265 releases.
"},{"location":"Misc/How-to-setup-Torguard-for-port-forwarding/","title":"Setup TorGuard for port forwarding","text":"
These are our supported and recommended settings, if you would like to choose others please keep that in mind.
If you want to support me, please use this referral link and enter the following discount code:
Get 50% Off ALL Plans (Anonymous VPN, Anonymous VPN Pro, Anonymous VPN Premium)
TRaSH-Guides-2024\n
As of 13 March 2022 Torguard Settles Piracy Lawsuit and has agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to block BitTorrent traffic on its servers in the US using firewall technology. I Talked to several people and they are still able to use Torguard for Torrents, Perhaps because the connection is encrypted. And others just selected a server in another country.- Source Torguard.- Source Torrentfreak.
If servers in the United States are not working for you, please try another country
"},{"location":"Misc/How-to-setup-Torguard-for-port-forwarding/#login-to-your-client-area","title":"Login to your Client area","text":"
Login to your Client Area.
Example - [Click to show/hide] "},{"location":"Misc/How-to-setup-Torguard-for-port-forwarding/#create-a-user-account","title":"Create a user account","text":"
First we're going to create a User Account for your VPN so we won't need to use your main account that you use to login to your account on the Torguard site. This account will be used for authentication with your VPN Torrent client.
Services > My Services > Manage > Manage Credentials
Example - [Click to show/hide]
Create a new username and choose a secure password or create a random username and password.
Example - [Click to show/hide] "},{"location":"Misc/How-to-setup-Torguard-for-port-forwarding/#how-to-get-the-ip-of-your-vpn-server","title":"How to get the IP of your VPN server","text":"
Now it's time to get the IP of your VPN server you're going to use from the Global VPN Network, From your Client Area.
Servers > Global VPN Network
Example - [Click to show/hide] "},{"location":"Misc/How-to-setup-Torguard-for-port-forwarding/#global-vpn-network","title":"Global VPN Network","text":"
Then we're going to select which server we're going to use,
For the best speed it's recommended to choose the one nearest to your location.
Sometimes you will have better speeds if you choose a neighboring country.
If the US server doesn't work for you use another country
For this example, let's use: Netherlands Amsterdam and copy/paste the hostname nl.torguard.org.
Also check if your selected server supports Wireguard
"},{"location":"Misc/How-to-setup-Torguard-for-port-forwarding/#get-your-vpn-ip","title":"Get your VPN IP","text":"
Open a cmd window or something equal and type:
ping nl.torguard.org\n
You will then get the IP of the server. Remember that for later use.
"},{"location":"Misc/How-to-setup-Torguard-for-port-forwarding/#how-to-setup-port-forwarding","title":"How to setup Port forwarding","text":"
From your Client Area dashboard, go to My Services.
Then click on Manage and select Port Forward Request.
Services > My Services > Manage > Port Forward Request
Example - [Click to show/hide] "},{"location":"Misc/How-to-setup-Torguard-for-port-forwarding/#port-forward-request","title":"Port Forward Request","text":"
That's the IP we found earlier.
Select UDP. ( KEEP THIS ON UDP FOR WireGuard )
Select Port/Auth and select WireGuard.
Select the ProtocolTCP.
We suggest using a high Port number 10000+ or a game port you don't use, don't use the default torrent ports 6881- 6889 (This is also the port you will use in your torrent client).
Click on the + sign, and do the same with the UDPProtocol.
Then click on Submit Request.
DON'T CHANGE OPTION 2 UDP to TCP
If everything succeeds, you will see the following.
You will also receive an e-mail with the ports you forwarded.
Normally it takes only a short while for the ports to be approved, if it takes longer or you get PENDING we suggest pinging the server again (or choose another server) to attempt to get a new IP. You can then retry the process with the new IP.
"},{"location":"Misc/How-to-setup-Torguard-for-port-forwarding/#how-to-create-the-config-file","title":"How to create the config file","text":"
From your Client Area dashboard, go to your Config Generator.
Tools > Config Generator
Example Select Tools > Config Generator - [Click to show/hide] "},{"location":"Misc/How-to-setup-Torguard-for-port-forwarding/#config-generator","title":"Config Generator","text":"
Choose WireGuard.
Choose from the dropdown box the IP we got earlier and used for the port forwarding.
Add your VPN Username.
Only Change this if you know what you're doing
[Optional] Choose your preferred DNS Server
Only Change this if you know what you're doing
Click on Generate Config
This will generate a .conf file for you to download named with a random number.
Rename the .conf file you just downloaded to wg0.conf and copy it to the wireguard folder of your VPN torrent client.
"},{"location":"Misc/How-to-setup-Torguard-for-port-forwarding/#torrent-client-port-forwarding-setup","title":"Torrent client port forwarding setup","text":"
Follow the torrent client's guides on how to set up port forwarding.
qBittorrent
Deluge
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Misc/how-to-provide-a-docker-compose/","title":"How to provide a docker compose","text":"
When you're running dockers and you need help on Discord etc you often hear the question:
\"Provide a docker compose\"
If you need to provide this info always remember to provide it from all your Starr Apps (Sonarr, Radarr, Lidarr, Bazarr) and also from your download client(s).
If you're using a system with a GUI (Synology, unRAID, OMV, etc.) it's not always easy to provide a docker compose but it's possible.
Warning
Please don't use screenshots to provide the info as they aren't always revealing all the needed info
Use one of the following commands in the terminal of your choice (e.g. puTTY) to generate the docker compose, with or without the use of sudo. Note that you can pass in multiple container names.
sudo docker run --rm -v /var/run/docker.sock:/var/run/docker.sock ghcr.io/red5d/docker-autocompose CONTAINER_NAME CONTAINER_NAME2\n
x265 is good for 4k stuff or 1080p if they used the remuxes as the source. If the media isn't source quality/remux, then there will be a loss of quality every time. Also, once you go x265, typically that file is done. It can't be changed to something else without a huge loss of quality.
Something like 95% of video files are x264 and have much better direct play support. If you have more than a couple of users, you will notice much more transcoding. Just depends on your priorities.
So basically if you are storage-poor and just need to save space, use x265. The catch is if you want the best quality x265, you need high-quality source files, so you still have huge file sizes. If you want maximum compatibility and the option to change your files to something else later, then x264. It's all really dependent on specific situations for different people
It's a shame that most x265 groups microsize the releases or use the x264 as a source which results in low-quality releases. And the few groups that do use the correct source suffer from it.
"},{"location":"Misc/x265-4k/#how-to-accomplish-the-golden-rule","title":"How to accomplish the Golden Rule","text":"
For Sonarr check HERE
For Radarr check HERE
"},{"location":"Misc/x265-4k/#some-extra-info-about-4kx265","title":"Some extra info about 4K/X265","text":"
4k, transcoding, and you - aka the rules of 4k - a FAQ - Plex.tv
Don\u2019t bother transcoding 4k
If you cannot direct play 4k, then perhaps you should not even be collecting 4k.
If you don\u2019t have the storage space for a copy of both 4k and 1080/720, then perhaps you should not even be collecting 4k.
To avoid transcoding for remote and non-4k clients, keep your 4k content in separate plex libraries.
This may of course mean that you keep a 4k copy and a 1080/720 copy, but if you are collecting 4k content then you should not be worried about storage space, should you?
"},{"location":"Plex/","title":"Plex","text":""},{"location":"Plex/#the-following-guides-are-available","title":"The Following guides are available","text":"
Suggested Plex Media Server Settings - So, what are the best Plex Media Server settings? Here you find recommendations on how to set up your Plex Media Server
Optimal Plex Client Settings - So, what are the best Plex Client settings? Here you will find a link to a 3rd party site that will provide Optimal settings for all the possible clients that can be used to stream content. While these settings won't be optimal for everyone's setup, they will be for the majority of you.
What does my media player support - We've created an Excel sheet with several tested Media Player devices with info that our community has provided. We hope this Excel sheet will be helpful for everyone looking for a reliable Media Player device.
Stop 4k Video Transcoding - This guide will walk you through getting started with Tautulli and JBOPS. By the end of this guide you'll be able to stop all 4K video transcodes on your server. Note that this does require a Plex Pass to work.
"},{"location":"Plex/what-does-my-media-player-support/","title":"What does my Media Player Support","text":"
We've created an Excel sheet with several tested Media Player devices with info that our community has provided.
We hope this Excel sheet will be helpful for everyone looking for a reliable Media Player device.
Do you see a missing Player/Product? Are you able to provide the needed info? Please join TRaSH Guides Discord
How can I provide info on a missing player? What do I need to provide? - [Click to show/hide]
Currently, it's only possible to provide info if the playback is seen in Tautulli.
Player or Product that can run the Plex client directly or indirectly (Infuse, Plex Kodi Connect, Plex2Zidoo, etc)
Preferably a TV that can do Dolby Vision, but we also need HDR10+ results.
Player and Product info can be seen in Tautulli.
When doing a playback test for HDR formats provide screenshots of what Tautulli and your TV show, along with whatever other devices you have that show what formats are being used.
When doing an audio format test provide screenshots from Tautulli and your AVR.
Provide this info in TRaSH Guides Discord in #request-suggestions with a title starting with: Test Media Player <your tested device>
"},{"location":"Plex/what-does-my-media-player-support/#what-does-the-spreadsheet-cover","title":"What does the spreadsheet cover","text":"
This sheet will only cover Players/Products that can run the Plex client directly or indirectly (Jellyfin/Emby isn't covered yet due to the lack of a proper Tautulli app and feedback/info from users).
Jellyfin/Emby
While these principles are based on Plex and the capabilities of certain devices, the capabilities of these devices also apply to JellyFin and Emby. Assuming that it's possible to do the equivalent streaming method (direct or indirect play) with your media server, the hardware should act the same as if Plex was used.
The following aspects are covered
"},{"location":"Plex/what-does-my-media-player-support/#does-it-support-the-most-common-hdr-formats","title":"Does it support the most common HDR formats","text":"
The sheet also has notes added for extra info
Dolby Vision Profile 5 (does not have an HDR10 baselayer, so it cannot fallback to HDR10)
Dolby Vision Profile 7 (DV + HDR10 baselayer, so it can fallback to HDR10)
Dolby Vision Profile 8 (DV + HDR10 baselayer, so it can fallback to HDR10)
HDR10
HDR10+ (HDR10+ has also a HDR10 baselayer, so it can fallback to HDR10)
"},{"location":"Plex/what-does-my-media-player-support/#which-profile-is-used-by-what","title":"Which Profile is used by what","text":"
Profile 5 => WEBDL (Streaming Services)
Profile 7 => Untouched Remuxes and BR-DISK
Profile 8 => Encodes, Hybrid Remuxes, Hybrid WEBDL, and in some cases standard WEBDL like from Hulu
"},{"location":"Plex/what-does-my-media-player-support/#does-it-support-audio-passthrough-in-the-most-common-formats","title":"Does it support audio passthrough in the most common formats","text":"
This allows for the best audio quality as the audio signal is not altered or compressed in any way before reaching the AV receiver or soundbar. This is especially important for high-quality audio formats such as Dolby TrueHD or DTS-HD Master Audio.
By using audio passthrough, you can ensure that you are getting the best audio experience possible when watching movies or listening to music through your home theater system. It allows you to take full advantage of the capabilities of your AVR/Soundbar and ensures that you are hearing the audio as it was intended to be heard by the content creators.
Overall, audio passthrough is the ideal way to send audio from your media server to your AV receiver or soundbar for the highest quality audio experience.
TrueHD Atmos
DTS X
DD+ Atmos
TrueHD
DTS-HD MA
FLAC/PCM
DD+ (E-AC3)
DTS
AAC
DD (AC3)
"},{"location":"Plex/what-does-my-media-player-support/#link-to-tested-media-player-devices","title":"Link to tested Media Player Devices","text":"
Tested Media Players
A lot of results have a note added that provides extra information, such as fallback HDR or audio formats, as well as other information that we've gathered from several sources.
"},{"location":"Plex/what-does-my-media-player-support/#what-should-i-do-next-with-this-info","title":"What should I do next with this info","text":"
The next thing to do is set up a proper quality profile with the info you gathered from this sheet. To make this easier, we've made a section labeled \"How to set up a quality profile for Radarr/Sonarr\" that has a flowchart to help you even more to decide what to choose.
How to set up Quality Profiles - Explains how to make the most of Custom Formats and shows some specifics of my configuration. You can use these examples to get an idea of how to set up your preferences.
"},{"location":"Plex/what-does-my-media-player-support/#how-to-make-use-of-hdr-formats-for-radarr","title":"How to make use of HDR Formats for Radarr","text":"
How to set up Quality Profiles - Explains how to make the most of Custom Formats and shows some specifics of my configuration. You can use
All HDR Formats - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I choose All HDR formats?
You have a 4K/2160p TV and a hardware media player device (such as Roku, AppleTV, Shield, SmartTV App, etc.) that supports several HDR formats (such as Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, etc.).
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
You've chosen a profile that includes 4K/2160p releases. You must use all the HDR formats with 4k/2160p profiles.
You must add ALL the HDR formats - don't leave any of them out!
Why am I getting purple or green colors? - [Click to show/hide]
Why am I getting purple or green colors?
There are several possible reasons why your TV would show purple or green colors when playing Dolby Vision content.
Unsupported Hardware: Your TV or hardware media player device (Roku, AppleTV, etc) doesn't support Dolby Vision or your hardware media player device doesn't support all the Dolby Vision Profiles. As a result, the device might struggle to produce accurate colors, leading to a purple or green tint.
Incorrect Display Settings: Dolby Vision content often requires specific settings to be enabled on your TV or display device in order to deliver the intended visual experience. If these settings are not configured properly, it can result in the device showing distorted colors (including purple or green hues).
HDMI Compatibility Issues: Sometimes, HDMI cables or ports may not be fully compatible with Dolby Vision. If the media player device is not recognizing the Dolby Vision signal properly, it may fail to process the content correctly, resulting in abnormal color rendering.
To resolve the purple or green color issues when playing Dolby Vision content, you can try the following troubleshooting steps:
Ensure your TV or hardware media player device is Dolby Vision compatible and up-to-date with the latest firmware.
Verify that your TV or display device is set up correctly and has the necessary Dolby Vision settings enabled.
Check the HDMI cables and ensure they are capable of transmitting Dolby Vision signals.
Dolby Vision Profiles - [Click to show/hide]
Dolby Vision Profiles
Profile 5 (1) - This is what comes with WEB-DL Dolby Vision releases without HDR10 fallback.(Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens)
Profile 7 (2) - This is what comes with UHD Bluray Remuxes and UHD BluRay releases.These files will play on an Nvidia Shield Pro (2019), but on most other players will revert to the HDR10 fallback.
Profile 8 (3) - This is what comes with (Hybrid) WEB-DL (HULU), Hybrid UHD Remux, and UHD BluRay releases (all of which have HDR10 fallback).This works with several mainstream media players.
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
(1) PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse will only play profile 5 correctly if CMv2.9 is used
(2) Neither Infuse nor PLEX for AppleTV will deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 7.
(3) On PLEX for AppleTV it won't deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 8, and will only play the HDR10 fallback if CM2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201calthough your TV will incorrectly say that it is playing DV\u201d.With infuse it will convert it on the fly to Profile 5, and deliver real Dolby Vision if CMv2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201cMake sure you set the Extended Dolby Vision settings to Limited (prefer accuracy), Convert P8 to P5 (when possible), and play other P8 as HDR (output will switch to either DoVi or HDR depending on the video)\u201d
Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 and CMv4.0 - [Click to show/hide]
It is too technical to explain in detail, so I'll keep it short with tested facts: PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse only support CMv2.9.
There are two versions of Dolby Vision, namely CMv2.9 and CMv4.0. CMv4.0 uses an improved algorithm and a superior tone curve that allows for better mapping and more controls during the Dolby Vision trim pass process.
More info about the different Dolby Vision Versions: Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 vs. CMv4.0
Which HDR Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID DV HDR10+ 1500 c53085ddbd027d9624b320627748612f DV HDR10 1500 e23edd2482476e595fb990b12e7c609c DV 1500 58d6a88f13e2db7f5059c41047876f00 DV HLG 1500 55d53828b9d81cbe20b02efd00aa0efd DV SDR 1500 a3e19f8f627608af0211acd02bf89735 HDR10+ 600 b974a6cd08c1066250f1f177d7aa1225 HDR10 500 dfb86d5941bc9075d6af23b09c2aeecd HDR 500 e61e28db95d22bedcadf030b8f156d96 HDR (undefined) 500 2a4d9069cc1fe3242ff9bdaebed239bb PQ 500 08d6d8834ad9ec87b1dc7ec8148e7a1f HLG 500 9364dd386c9b4a1100dde8264690add7 Add Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000 - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
Not all devices in your chain support Dolby Vision.
You share your media library with other family members that don't have Dolby Vision compatible devices.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
Custom Format Score Trash ID DV (WEBDL) -10000 923b6abef9b17f937fab56cfcf89e1f1 Add the Custom Formats DV HDR10+ Boost and HDR10+ Boost - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
You have a (Samsung) TV that supports HDR10+.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
If you use this Custom Format then 99% of the time you also need to add the following Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000
Custom Format Score Trash ID HDR10+ Boost 901 b17886cb4158d9fea189859409975758 DV HDR10+ Boost 100 55a5b50cb416dea5a50c4955896217ab"},{"location":"Plex/what-does-my-media-player-support/#how-to-make-use-of-audio-formats-for-radarr","title":"How to make use of Audio Formats for Radarr","text":"
How to set up Quality Profiles - Explains how to make the most use of Custom Formats and shows some specifics of my configuration. You can use
Audio - [Click to show/hide]
Why should I choose All Audio formats?
You have a hardware media player device and an audio setup that supports ALL HD Audio (TrueHD, DTS-X, DTS-HD, etc).
AppleTV doesn't passthrough HD-audio, If you use infuse it's still limited!please check I've a AppleTV
You've chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats. You should use all the Audio formats with Remuxes/UHD Encodes.
You should add ALL the Audio formats - don't leave any of them out!
Audio transcoding has a low impact on your server. If your server can't handle audio transcoding, consider choosing another quality profile.
I've a AppleTV - [Click to show/hide]
Passthrough: The preferred method if you have an audio setup (AVR/Soundbar). This mode will send the audio signals without any alteration or processing.
Direct Play: The client supports the container, video stream, and audio stream natively. The Plex server simply sends the media file as-is to the client. This uses very little CPU power.
Transcode: The client does not support the video stream and/or the audio stream. The Plex server re-encodes the video, audio, or both into a compatible format. Transcoding video uses a lot of CPU power, but transcoding audio uses little to moderate CPU power.
Decodes: Decompresses the audio before sending it to your AVR/Soundbar.
partial used source: Infuse FAQ
Am I losing any quality by using LPCM? - [Click to show/hide]
No. Since LPCM is a lossless format, using it will result in no loss of quality. What your ears hear will be exactly the same. The only difference is your receiver will recognize the audio stream as PCM instead of Dolby/DTS.
LPCM will discard object and spatial metadata. (TrueHD Atmos, DTS-X)
source: Infuse FAQ
Should I block certain audio formats because something in my setup doesn't support it? - [Click to show/hide]
If you have chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats, it's somewhat pointless to lower the scores or block certain audio formats since 95% of the Remuxes and UHD Encodes provide HD audio formats such as TrueHD Atmos, TrueHD, and DTS-X.
So you have 2 options.
Choose another quality profile that doesn't include audio formats such as HD Bluray + WEB or 2160p WEB-DL.
Accept the limitations of your audio setup (AVR/Soundbar) and/or your hardware media player device.
Which Audio Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID TrueHD ATMOS 5000 496f355514737f7d83bf7aa4d24f8169 DTS X 4500 2f22d89048b01681dde8afe203bf2e95 ATMOS (undefined) 3000 417804f7f2c4308c1f4c5d380d4c4475 DD+ ATMOS 3000 1af239278386be2919e1bcee0bde047e TrueHD 2750 3cafb66171b47f226146a0770576870f DTS-HD MA 2500 dcf3ec6938fa32445f590a4da84256cd FLAC 2250 a570d4a0e56a2874b64e5bfa55202a1b PCM 2250 e7c2fcae07cbada050a0af3357491d7b DTS-HD HRA 2000 8e109e50e0a0b83a5098b056e13bf6db DD+ 1750 185f1dd7264c4562b9022d963ac37424 DTS-ES 1500 f9f847ac70a0af62ea4a08280b859636 DTS 1250 1c1a4c5e823891c75bc50380a6866f73 AAC 1000 240770601cc226190c367ef59aba7463 DD 750 c2998bd0d90ed5621d8df281e839436e"},{"location":"Plex/what-does-my-media-player-support/#sonarr","title":"Sonarr","text":"
How to set up Quality Profiles - Explains how to make the most of Custom Formats and shows some specifics of my configuration. You can use these examples to get an idea of how to set up your preferences.
"},{"location":"Plex/what-does-my-media-player-support/#how-to-make-use-of-hdr-formats-for-sonarr","title":"How to make use of HDR Formats for Sonarr","text":"
How to set up Quality Profiles - Explains how to make the most of Custom Formats and shows some specifics of my configuration. You can use these examples to get an idea of how to set up your preferences.
All HDR Formats - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I choose All HDR formats ?
You have a 4K/2160p TV and a hardware media player device (such as Roku, AppleTV, Shield, SmartTV App, etc.) that supports several HDR formats (such as Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, etc.).
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
You've chosen a profile that includes 4K/2160p releases. You must use all the HDR formats with 4k/2160p profiles.
You must add ALL the HDR formats - don't leave any of them out!
Why am I getting purple or green colors? - [Click to show/hide]
Why am I getting purple or green colors?
There are several possible reasons why your TV would show purple or green colors when playing Dolby Vision content.
Unsupported Hardware: Your TV or hardware media player device (Roku, AppleTV, etc) doesn't support Dolby Vision or your hardware media player device doesn't support all the Dolby Vision Profiles. As a result, the device might struggle to produce accurate colors, leading to a purple or green tint.
Incorrect Display Settings: Dolby Vision content often requires specific settings to be enabled on your TV or display device in order to deliver the intended visual experience. If these settings are not configured properly, it can result in the device showing distorted colors (including purple or green hues).
HDMI Compatibility Issues: Sometimes, HDMI cables or ports may not be fully compatible with Dolby Vision. If the media player device is not recognizing the Dolby Vision signal properly, it may fail to process the content correctly, resulting in abnormal color rendering.
To resolve the purple or green color issues when playing Dolby Vision content, you can try the following troubleshooting steps:
Ensure your TV or hardware media player device is Dolby Vision compatible and up-to-date with the latest firmware.
Verify that your TV or display device is set up correctly and has the necessary Dolby Vision settings enabled.
Check the HDMI cables and ensure they are capable of transmitting Dolby Vision signals.
Dolby Vision Profiles - [Click to show/hide]
Dolby Vision Profiles
Profile 5 (1) - This is what comes with WEB-DL Dolby Vision releases without HDR10 fallback.(Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens)
Profile 7 (2) - This is what comes with UHD Bluray Remuxes and UHD BluRay releases.These files will play on an Nvidia Shield Pro (2019), but on most other players will revert to the HDR10 fallback.
Profile 8 (3) - This is what comes with (Hybrid) WEB-DL (HULU), Hybrid UHD Remux, and UHD BluRay releases (all of which have HDR10 fallback).This works with several mainstream media players.
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
(1) PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse will only play profile 5 correctly if CMv2.9 is used
(2) Neither Infuse nor PLEX for AppleTV will deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 7.
(3) On PLEX for AppleTV it won't deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 8, and will only play the HDR10 fallback if CM2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201calthough your TV will incorrectly say that it is playing DV\u201d.With infuse it will convert it on the fly to Profile 5, and deliver real Dolby Vision if CMv2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201cMake sure you set the Extended Dolby Vision settings to Limited (prefer accuracy), Convert P8 to P5 (when possible), and play other P8 as HDR (output will switch to either DoVi or HDR depending on the video)\u201d
Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 and CMv4.0 - [Click to show/hide]
It is too technical to explain in detail, so I'll keep it short with tested facts: PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse only support CMv2.9.
There are two versions of Dolby Vision, namely CMv2.9 and CMv4.0. CMv4.0 uses an improved algorithm and a superior tone curve that allows for better mapping and more controls during the Dolby Vision trim pass process.
More info about the different Dolby Vision Versions: Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 vs. CMv4.0
Which HDR Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID DV HDR10+ 1500 2b239ed870daba8126a53bd5dc8dc1c8 DV HDR10 1500 7878c33f1963fefb3d6c8657d46c2f0a DV 1500 6d0d8de7b57e35518ac0308b0ddf404e DV HLG 1500 1f733af03141f068a540eec352589a89 DV SDR 1500 27954b0a80aab882522a88a4d9eae1cd HDR10+ 600 a3d82cbef5039f8d295478d28a887159 HDR10 500 3497799d29a085e2ac2df9d468413c94 HDR 500 3e2c4e748b64a1a1118e0ea3f4cf6875 HDR (undefined) 500 bb019e1cd00f304f80971c965de064dc PQ 500 2a7e3be05d3861d6df7171ec74cad727 HLG 500 17e889ce13117940092308f48b48b45b Add Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000 - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
Not all devices in your chain support Dolby Vision.
You share your media library with other family members that don't have Dolby Vision compatible devices.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
Custom Format Score Trash ID DV (WEBDL) -10000 9b27ab6498ec0f31a3353992e19434ca Add the Custom Formats DV HDR10+ Boost and HDR10+ Boost - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
You have a (Samsung) TV that supports HDR10+.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
If you use this Custom Format then 99% of the time you also need to add the following Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000
Custom Format Score Trash ID HDR10+ Boost 901 0dad0a507451acddd754fe6dc3a7f5e7 DV HDR10+ Boost 100 385e9e8581d33133c3961bdcdeffb7b4"},{"location":"Plex/what-does-my-media-player-support/#how-to-make-use-of-audio-formats-for-sonarr","title":"How to make use of Audio Formats for Sonarr","text":"
At the moment, we've decided not to add Audio Advanced Custom Formats to the WEB profile. You will hardly find HD audio with WEB-DL (Most newer WEBDL will have Atmos). If you also want HD audio formats, we would suggest going for Remuxes.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/4k-transcoding/","title":"JBOPS 4K Transcode Stopping with Tautulli","text":""},{"location":"Plex/Tips/4k-transcoding/#introduction","title":"Introduction","text":"
The bane of Plex admins existence... 4K Transcodes. According to Plex's forum post The Rules of 4K the first three rules of collecting 4k content is don\u2019t bother transcoding 4k.
This guide will walk you through getting started with Tautulli and JBOPS. By the end of this guide you'll be able to stop all 4K video transcodes on your server. Note that this does require a Plex Pass to work.
git clone https://github.com/blacktwin/JBOPS into the config dir of your tautulli instance (if dockerized) Install requirements if needed (pip install -r requirements.txt)
Go to your tautulli and go to the settings menu. In the sidebar, open \u201cNotification Agents\u201d. Create a new Notification Agent.
I was considering to start fresh on this, but then why reinvent the wheel when someone else already done the research on it?
Here i will add links to 3rd party sites that will provide Optimal settings for all the possible clients that can be used to stream content. While these settings won't be optimal for everyone's setup, they will be for the majority of you.
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/","title":"Suggested Plex Media Server Settings","text":"
So, what are the best Plex Media Server settings?
This is something that can't be answered, as it depends on the use case and your personal preference.
Here we will provide some suggestions and try to explain why we recommend these settings. Adjust it to your liking, and keep in mind that it is only a suggestion.
Some settings are only visible for Plex Pass holders.
All changes need to be done on your Plex Media Server.
Why didn't you cover option .... ?
We will only cover settings that we think might be interesting or are personal preference, if you would like to see other settings covered, please contact us on
Make sure you have enabled advanced settings (This will be needed for all the settings)
Enable/Disable Remote access (if you disable it ignore the rest of these settings)
LAN/container IP
Public IP If you need to provide a screenshot always mask this IP
Manually specify a public port if you run Docker or want a fixed port.
Enter the Plex port you want to use. (default: 32400)
Click on Apply and when everything is set up correctly, your Plex Media Server should be fully accessible outside of your network, so you can connect to your Plex server from outside. You may also need to configure port forwarding on your router. Detailed instructions are available HERE.
Enter your internet upload speed here and Plex can ensure it operates within this boundary.
Set the maximum bitrate of a remote stream from this server.
This can be ignored if you use the new Plex agents,
The new agent settings are now managed \u201cper library\u201d.
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#library","title":"Library","text":""},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#scan-my-library-automatically","title":"Scan my library automatically","text":"
When a change is detected in the source location for a library\u2019s content, the appropriate library will be scanned. This function relies on the computer\u2019s operating system providing the \u201csomething changed\u201d trigger. Some operating systems don\u2019t provide this trigger and content mounted via a network will also typically not work. If your library doesn\u2019t automatically scan, you may have to set a periodical scan or do it manually.
Suggested: Enabled
TIP - Autoscan - [Click to show/hide]
In some cases, an operating system may not support this trigger - for example, if your storage is mounted on a network (SMB/NFS/Cloud Storage). In other cases, you may just find that your library doesn't automatically scan on its own. In these cases, you could consider using autoscan. IBRACORP (A Youtube channel we collaborate with) has a video explaining it in further detail.
Please don't forget to check out his other Unraid Videos HERE
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#run-a-partial-scan-when-changes-are-detected","title":"Run a partial scan when changes are detected","text":"
When changes to library folders are detected, only scan the folder that has changed rather than scanning the entire content location. This works together with the normal Update my library automatically setting (and requires that setting to be enabled).
Suggested: Enabled
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#include-music-libraries-in-automatic-updates","title":"Include music libraries in automatic updates","text":"
I don't do music, so this choice is up to you, and I won't be covering it.
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#scan-my-library-periodically","title":"Scan my library periodically","text":"
Turning this on will cause your Plex Media Server to run scans on your libraries using the designated interval.
Suggested: Disabled
Do you need an extra scan for your library to recognize new media?
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#empty-trash-automatically-after-every-scan","title":"Empty trash automatically after every scan","text":"
With this option enabled, when an item\u2019s file is deleted from the drive, it will be removed from the Plex library on the next scan. Disabling this option keeps the item in the library with an overlay over the item\u2019s poster when the item is removed.
Suggested: Enabled
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#allow-media-deletion","title":"Allow media deletion","text":"
The owner of the server will be allowed to delete media files from the disk.
Suggested: Disabled
In my opinion Plex shouldn't touch your media files. Use Sonarr/Radarr to manage your media library. (For extra security I've set up Plex with Read Only access to the media library)
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#run-scanner-tasks-at-a-lower-priority","title":"Run scanner tasks at a lower priority","text":"
On low-powered systems (e.g. ARM-based NAS devices), it can be beneficial to run scanner tasks at a lower priority than other tasks. This can help ensure they do not interfere with regular streaming.
Suggested: Enabled
This makes sure it uses fewer resources and ensures they do not interfere with regular streaming.
Credits markers can be generated locally and/or retrieved via an online database. Online markers may not always exist, if this preference is set to 'both' then any locally detected markers are submitted anonymously back to the online database for future use.
Suggested: both, try online first
If you notice that the markers don't match your releases try local detection only.
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#generate-video-preview-thumbnails","title":"Generate video preview thumbnails","text":"
This option creates a series of preview thumbnails from a media item when it is analyzed. These images are used by some Plex apps when you move back and forward in an app with the timeline scrubber. They\u2019ll also be displayed in Now Playing when someone is streaming from you so that you can see where they are in the video.
Suggested: Never
Besides that, it uses a lot of disk space and high I/O, No one in my family uses FastForward/Rewind but they use the skip forward/backward.
ATTENTION
Creating these images can
Take a considerable amount of time
Use a lot of CPU resources
Increase the storage space used
The images are stored in your Plex database location (/config) so be careful you don\u2019t fill the drive
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#generate-intro-video-markers","title":"Generate intro video markers","text":"
You can choose to have TV episodes analyzed to try and detect when the \u201cintro\u201d occurs during playback. When detected, apps will then offer a Skip Intro button, allowing you to quickly jump over the intro.
Suggested: as a scheduled task
or
Suggested: as a scheduled task and when media is added
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#generate-credits-video-markers","title":"Generate credits video markers","text":"
Suggested: as a scheduled task
or
Suggested: as a scheduled task and when media is added
This allows the server to analyze the audio stream to detect voice activity for movies and episodes. The analysis must be run on the video before it\u2019s possible to make use of auto-syncing for that video.
Suggested: as a scheduled task
or
Suggested: as a scheduled task and when media is added
Chapter thumbnails provide images in the chapter view on supported apps. They can take a little time to generate and consume very minor additional disk space.
Suggested: as a scheduled task
or
Suggested: as a scheduled task and when media is added
Set the size of the main database cache, in MB. The default value is 40 and should be sufficient for just about every user. Increasing much beyond the default value is likely to only benefit users with extremely large media collections (as in, hundreds of thousands of episodes or music tracks).
Suggested: 1024
or
Suggested: 2048
These results are provided by users from our community
Choose how your Plex Media Server handles secure connections.
Suggested: Preferred
Accept and prefer secure connections when they\u2019re available for a Plex app, but allow regular HTTP connections if the app doesn\u2019t support secure connections or if one can\u2019t be established
For users with multiple network cards or systems such as NAS or Docker where there is always another network interface that Plex client applications may try to use to connect to the Plex Media Server, with this option you can ensure that your local Plex clients would only try that interface.
Warning
If you have Remote Access enabled and are having Plex automatically map the port (as opposed to specifying a port manually), then Plex Media Server has no control over which network interface is used for an automatically mapped port. Thus, it\u2019s possible that Remote Access connections could come through an interface other than the one specified here.
If this setting is enabled, it prevents Plex Media Server from using or accepting the deprecated TLSv1.0 and v1.1 protocols, as well as legacy weak ciphers. May prevent older clients from connecting. The vast majority of users will have no reason to enable this option (and receive no benefit from doing so).
Suggested: Disabled
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#enable-local-network-discovery-gdm","title":"Enable local network discovery (GDM)","text":"
Enable \u201cG\u2019Day Mate\u201d discovery. This is used to allow Plex apps and servers to find each other automatically on a local network.
Suggested: Enabled
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#remote-streams-allowed-per-user","title":"Remote streams allowed per user","text":"
You can set the maximum number of simultaneous streams each remote user is allowed to have.
It lets you specify which IP addresses or networks will be considered to be \u201clocal\u201d to you.
Suggested: Your local IP/netmasks
If your local devices are seen as remote devices, then this could solve your issue. (Do not include spaces or tabs.)
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#treat-wan-ip-as-lan-bandwidth","title":"Treat WAN IP As LAN Bandwidth","text":"
Allows incoming requests from this network\u2019s WAN IP address to be treated as LAN requests in terms of bandwidth. This often occurs when DNS rebinding protection is in place and clients on the LAN cannot contact the server directly but instead have to go through the WAN IP address.
The Relay allows connections to the server through a proxy relay when the server is not accessible otherwise. Relay connections are bandwidth-limited.
Suggested: Disabled
I've seen several reports where people that had this Enabled had playback issues because it seems to be limited at 2 Mbps.
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#custom-server-access-urls","title":"Custom server access URLs","text":"
A comma-separated list of URLs (either HTTP or HTTPS) that will be published to plex.tv for server discovery. This can be very useful in a few cases: if you\u2019re using a reverse proxy in front of the media server, or if your networking configuration is otherwise unique. For instance, if you have your own custom domain with a subdomain.
Directory to use when transcoding temporary files for streaming.
Suggested: Depending on your setup, if possible, your RAM (disk)
Speeds up transcoding and less I/O, transcode data is temporary and doesn't need to be written to a disk.
If you run docker set this to /transcode and map it to /tmp/plex
Default Linux only allocates a max of 50% of total system RAM to any ram directories (ie. /tmp, /dev/shm, etc.)
WARNING
YOU SHOULD NOT SPECIFY A LOCATION THAT RESIDES ON A NETWORK SHARE/DISK.
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#enable-hdr-tone-mapping","title":"Enable HDR tone mapping","text":"
This feature allows Plex Media Server to maintain high visual fidelity of content, by applying tone mapping to convert it to SDR when transcoding HDR content.
Suggested: Depending on your setup
Most HDR content will be in 4K resolution. If your platform has to use software transcoding to perform the tone mapping, then it may well struggle to convert 4K content in real-time, unless you\u2019re running on a very powerful system.
Note
Plex\u2019s tone mapping support should generally be able to produce good color mapping and help avoid the \u201cwashed-out\u201d colors that occur when converting HDR content without tone mapping.
Plex Media Server owners can choose which tone mapping algorithm is used when transcoding HDR content to SDR. Note: this feature is not yet available on Intel-based Windows systems.
Suggested: hable
This is a personal preference depending on what you prefer - hable: Preserve both dark and bright details better than reinhard, at the cost of slightly darkening everything. Use it when detail preservation is more important than color and brightness accuracy.
more info
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#use-hardware-acceleration-when-available","title":"Use hardware acceleration when available","text":"
To use Hardware-Accelerated Streaming in Plex Media Server.
Suggested: Enabled
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#use-hardware-accelerated-video-encoding","title":"Use hardware-accelerated video encoding","text":"
To use Hardware-Accelerated Encoding in Plex Media Server.
The GPU or other hardware device that will be used for transcoding. The default setting will have the Auto option selected. If you have multiple devices capable of hardware-accelerated transcoding (e.g. both an integrated and discrete GPU), you can select a particular device.
Suggested: Whichever device you wish to use for hardware transcoding
"},{"location":"Plex/Tips/Plex-media-server/#maximum-simultaneous-video-transcode","title":"Maximum simultaneous video transcode","text":"
Set the maximum number of transcoding sessions that you will allow simultaneously. For instance, if you only want to allow two transcodes to happen at any one time (even if your computer is capable of more), you can set the value to 2.
Besides being much faster at scanning and getting metadata, one of the benefits of the new agent is that all agent settings are set at the library level so that different libraries using the same agent can have different agent settings.
When scanning this library, use local posters and artwork if present. (Local subtitles files will be used whether this is enabled or not)
Suggested: Enabled
I had this enabled because I thought it was needed for local subtitles (.srt), but after research, it seems it isn't needed. If you want you could disable it, the choice is yours.
When scanning this library, prefer embedded tags and local files if present.
Suggested: Disabled
If enabled, you could end up with weird movie naming you don't want, such as those from RARBG
Automatically create collections when there are more than the selected number of items for an available collection.
Suggested: 2
Only show collections when you have more than one item in your library
This option creates a series of preview thumbnails from a media item when it is analyzed. These images are used by some Plex apps when you move back and forward in an app with the timeline scrubber. They\u2019ll also be displayed in Now Playing when someone is streaming from you so that you can see where they are in the video.
ATTENTION
Creating these images can take a considerable amount of time, CPU resources, and increase the storage space used. The images are stored in your Plex database so be careful you don\u2019t fill the drive
Suggested: Disabled
Besides that, it uses a lot of disk space and high I/O, No one in my family uses FastForward/Rewind but they use the skip forward/backward.
This deletes the preview thumbnails it generated before you disabled this option
If you want to show your Collection in your library
Suggested: Disabled
When Disabled your movies will show up normally when you use library view, This doesn't mean it will disable the collection view.
Enable credits detection
In some cases, you may have more than one library and perhaps it doesn\u2019t make sense to do this detection for all of your libraries. For any individual library, you can choose whether or not content in that library is included in detecting credits.
Suggested: Enabled
If Enable credits detection is disabled, then content from that library will not be included for analysis. Disabling for the library will also prevent the skip credits button from appearing and any skip credits behavior such as minimizing even if the markers have already been detected
Ad detection
Suggested: For all items
Enable voice activity detection
Depending if you want to make use of Auto-Sync Subtitles.
Suggested: Enabled
If you want to make use of Auto-Sync Subtitles for this library
or
Suggest: Disabled
If you don't want to make use of Auto-Sync Subtitles for this library
Besides being much faster at scanning and getting metadata, one of the benefits of the new agent is that all agent settings are set at the library level so that different libraries using the same agent can have different agent settings.
Episode ordering
This depends on how episodes are named on the disk.
Suggested: TheTVDB
Sonarr fully relies on TheTVDB for the naming scheme.
Use season titles when available.
When scanning this library, use local posters and artwork if present. (Local subtitles files will be used whether this is enabled or not)
Suggested: Enabled
I had this enabled because I thought it was needed for local subtitles (.srt), but after research, it seems it isn't needed. If you want you could disable it, the choice is yours.
When scanning this library, prefer embedded tags and local files if present.
Suggested: Disabled
If enabled, you could end up with weird movie naming you don't want, such as those from RARBG
This option creates a series of preview thumbnails from a media item when it is analyzed. These images are used by some Plex apps when you move back and forward in an app with the timeline scrubber. They\u2019ll also be displayed in Now Playing when someone is streaming from you so that you can see where they are in the video.
ATTENTION
Creating these images can take a considerable amount of time, CPU resources, and increase the storage space used. The images are stored in your Plex database so be careful you don\u2019t fill the drive
Suggested: Disabled
Besides that, it uses a lot of disk space and high I/O, No one in my family uses FastForward/Rewind but they use the skip forward/backward.
This deletes the preview thumbnails it generated before you disabled this option
Generate intro detection for items in this library when enabled in server settings.
Suggested: Enabled
Have you ever watched a TV show, and it starts playing that same minute and a half credits intro that you've already seen multiple times? Well, you can have your Plex Media Server analyze your TV shows to try and detect those introductions, and then let you skip through them with a single click!
Enable credits detection
In some cases, you may have more than one library and perhaps it doesn\u2019t make sense to do this detection for all of your libraries. For any individual library, you can choose whether or not content in that library is included in detecting credits.
Suggested: Enabled
If Enable credits detection is disabled, then content from that library will not be included for analysis. Disabling for the library will also prevent the skip credits button from appearing and any skip credits behavior such as minimizing even if the markers have already been detected
Ad detection
Suggested: For all items
Enable voice activity detection
Depending if you want to make use of Auto-Sync Subtitles.
Suggested: Enabled
If you want to make use of Auto-Sync Subtitles for this library
or
Suggest: Disabled
If you don't want to make use of Auto-Sync Subtitles for this library
For the information in this guide, we made use of the following sources.
Information we gathered from Several Discord servers and our own community
Plex Support Articles
Extra Information gathered from a Plex employee
Own experience
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Here you will find a collection of profiles you only should use if Plex has issues direct playing your media on your devices, these profiles could help but results might vary.
The profiles aren't tested on the Shield 2019 or newer Chromecast models
LSIO container: /appdata/plex/database/Library/Application Support/Plex Media Server/Profiles or /appdata/plex/Library/Application Support/Plex Media Server/Profiles
Here you will find a collection of tips for Prowlarr.
How to set up proxy for certain indexers - The correct way to set up a VPN/Proxy with Prowlarr.
How to set up FlareSolverr - How to set up FlareSolverr that might help to bypass Cloudflare and DDoS-GUARD protection.
How to set up indexers with limited API - You have access to a few (unpaid) Usenet indexers with limited API calls and you still want to add them as a backup for failed downloads, but you're always hitting the API limits in the first hour and can't make full use of them, In this Guide, we will show you a trick on how you can make more use of them without hitting the API limit in the first hour.
"},{"location":"Prowlarr/prowlarr-setup-flaresolverr/","title":"How to set up FlareSolverr","text":"
FlareSolverr is a proxy server to bypass Cloudflare and DDoS-GUARD protection.
Info
A FlareSolverr Proxy will only be used for requests if and only if Cloudflare is detected by Prowlarr
A FlareSolverr Proxy will only be used for requests if and only if the Proxy and the Indexer have matching tags
A FlareSolverr Proxy configured without any tags or has no indexers with matching tags will be disabled.
FlareSolverr is currently non-functional. It is also being monitored by the Cloudflare team, so it is unlikely to ever be fixed.If you're using an indexer that needs FlaresSolverr and if they offer it, try another base URL till you find one that works. If none work, then you're out of luck.There is no need to contact Servarr or Sonarr support. They are not the FlareSolverr support team and cannot help you with questions that don't relate specifically to adding FlareSolverr to Prowlarr.FlareSolverr is a third-party program that solves Cloudflare captchas for some indexers. They use GitHub for support, and you should go there to ask them questions or catch up on the current status of the program.The current open issue on their GitHub can be found HERE
Please follow the installation instruction from FlareSolverr
"},{"location":"Prowlarr/prowlarr-setup-flaresolverr/#add-flaresolverr-to-prowlarr","title":"Add FlareSolverr to Prowlarr","text":"
Settings => indexers
Click on the + sign and select FlareSolverr
Add the following info.
Name of the Proxy in Prowlarr.
The tags for this proxy.
The full host path (including http and the port) to your FlareSolverr instance.
The FlareSolver Request maxTimeout value Prowlarr should use for FlareSolverr requests. Must be between 1 second and 180 seconds (Default: 60 seconds).
Test if your connection works.
If it works click on Save.
"},{"location":"Prowlarr/prowlarr-setup-flaresolverr/#add-flaresolverr-to-your-indexer","title":"Add FlareSolverr to your indexer","text":"
Select the indexer that you want to use with FlareSolverr.
Scroll down to the bottom and add the tag you set up earlier in step 2.
Click Test and Save.
Now the indexer should be using FlareSolverr.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Prowlarr/prowlarr-setup-limited-api/","title":"How to setup indexers with limited API","text":"
So you have access to a few (unpaid) Usenet indexers with limited API calls and you still want to add them as backup for failed downloads, but you're always hitting the API limits in the first hour and can't make full use of them.
In this Guide, we will show you a trick on how you can make more use of them without hitting the API limit in the first hour.
This is mainly a Usenet option but might be useful for a few trackers that have rate limits. We will use for this guide mainly Usenet indexers as examples.
This is the same you see in the Starr apps under indexers when you open the specific indexer settings.
A short description of what they do, what they mean, and when they are used.
RSS = The so-called search interval.
Automatic search = When an item is added to the Starr apps and you do an Add + Search, if a \"Usenet\" download fails it will search for a replacement, When you click on the Search All, Search Monitored or on the magnifying icon.
Interactive search = When you select the interactive search you get an unsorted/unfiltered list of everything your indexer(s) reports back where you can choose what you want to grab.
"},{"location":"Prowlarr/prowlarr-setup-limited-api/#adding-a-sync-profile","title":"Adding a Sync Profile","text":"
For this, we're going to create 2 new Sync Profiles
This one will only be used when an item is added to the Starr apps and you do an Add + Search.If a \"Usenet\" download fails it will search for a replacement.When you click on the Search All, Search Monitored or on the magnifying icon.
Click on the + sign and create a new sync profile with the following options.
Name it Automatic Search
Disable Enable RSS
Enable Interactive Search
Enable Automatic Search
If you're using Usenet ignore this, if you use public torrent trackers set this somewhere between 20-70, being they often lie about their seeders amount.
This will be only used when you do an interactive search.
Click on the + sign and create a new sync profile with the following options.
Name it Interactive Search
Disable Enable RSS
Enable Interactive Search
Disable Enable Automatic Search
If you're using Usenet ignore this, if you use public torrent trackers set this somewhere between 20-70, being they often lie about their seeders amount.
In Prowlarr, edit the indexer of your choice and under Sync Profile you choose one of the two newly created Sync Profiles.
For this example, we're going to use Automatic Search.
"},{"location":"Prowlarr/prowlarr-setup-limited-api/#setup-api-limits","title":"Setup API Limits","text":"
In Prowlarr, edit the indexer of your choice, and under Query Limit (API hits) and Grab Limit (Downloads) you can set your indexer's API limits. These limits can be found in several places, depending on the indexer. The usual places include in your profile or when you go to a page where you select which package you want to buy.
We're adding this to prevent any abuse/hammering to the indexerIgnoring this can sometimes result in a (potentially lifetime) ban.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Prowlarr/prowlarr-setup-proxy/","title":"Setup proxy for certain indexers","text":"
It's not recommended to run any of the Starr apps through a VPN. In some cases, it can cause connectivity issues such as the Starr apps not being able to update the posters and metadata, and sometimes the inability to add new movies/TV shows at all. It won't always happen immediately, but sooner or later it can and probably will happen.
To be clear it is not a matter if VPNs will cause issues with the Starr Apps, but when: image providers will block you and cloudflare is in front of most of Starr servers (updates, metadata, etc.) and liable to block you too
Just run VPN on the apps that actually need it, like your torrent client, and perhaps in some cases certain indexers because of region/ISP restriction.
Warning
Please check the indexers rules if you're allowed to use a VPN/Proxy to access their site, being that VPN services often use shared IP it could be recognized as account sharing.
This isn't the same as the tracker, the API/Website scraping happens on the actual site and some indexers don't allow VPN usage on their site.
In this guide, we will try to explain how to set up Prowlarr to use your VPN from your torrent client.
After setting up your optimal volume/paths found HERE, follow the steps below to improve your setup.
Quality Settings (File Size) - Some recommendations to prevent low-quality or fake releases. These quality file size settings have been created and tested with information gathered from release comparisons from various sources and information provided by the community.
Recommended naming scheme - Recommended naming scheme provided with the help of the Sonarr/Radarr (Support) Team and information provided by the community to prevent download loops.
How to set up Quality Profiles - How to make the most use of the Custom Formats and shows some specifics of our recommended configuration. You can use these examples to understand how to set up your preferences.
How to setup Quality Profiles Anime - Same as above but specific for anime.
How to set up Quality Profiles (French) - Same as above but specific for French and English Audio.
How to import Custom Formats - How to manually import the Custom Formats from the Guide.
How to update Custom Formats - How to manually upgrade your existing Custom Formats.
Collection of Custom Formats - A collection of the most needed and commonly used Custom Formats. These Custom Formats have been collected from discussions on Discord or created with help from others.
Tips - Several other guides for Radarr.
How to Merge Quality - How to merge quality sources if you prefer to not have Quality Trump All, and let it be handled via Custom Formats.
How to rename your folders - How to rename or change your root folder.
How to set up Language Custom Formats - A few examples of how to set up your preferred language Custom Format.
How to Sync 2 Radarr or Sonarr with each other - How you can sync two (or more) Radarr/Sonarr instances with each other.
Remote Path Mappings - How to set up remote path mapping.
Show Unknown Movie Items - Show items without a movie in the queue.
\u201cWhat's the best quality size settings to use?\u201d
\u201cWhy are the ones from the TRaSH Guides so different from the default settings?\u201d
Even though it is a personal preference, we will show you some recommendations to prevent low-quality or fake releases.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-Quality-Settings-File-Size/#faq","title":"FAQ","text":"Why do i only see sizes starting from HDTV720p and up?
Watching content below 720p on a big screen can result in a blurry and pixelated image, making it difficult to see details and enjoy the true quality of the content. Additionally, lower-resolution videos may not fill the entire screen, leading to a less immersive viewing experience. Investing in higher-quality content ensures that you are getting the best possible picture and sound quality for your viewing pleasure.
Why are some sizes set to max?
These guides are created to achieve the highest possible quality based on the quality profiles provided.
Why is there a difference between regular movies/tv shows and anime/animated/cartoons ?
Regular movies and TV shows are set up more strictly to prevent low-quality and fake releases, whereas anime, animated series, and cartoons are set up wide open.
When I set Bluray to MAX size I often get ISO's/ Bluray folder structure.
You have probably configured your Quality Profiles incorrectly by enabling BR-DISK without adding the recommended Custom Format for Radarr to block/ignore BR-DISK. For Sonarr, you can use the following to block/ignore BR-DISK.
Some movies or episodes may not be grabbed due to these settings.
If you notice that some movies or episodes are not being grabbed due to size settings, you can provide proof with a screenshot showing the error that appears during an interactive search (excluding the indexer or tracker if you prefer).
We will only consider changes for international releases; no multi-language or dubbed releases will be accepted.
We will not accept incorrectly labeled source releases such as those from MeGusta, they need to properly name their content first.
Changes for micro-sized releases will not be accepted.
Documentaries and cartoons are typically much smaller, so we may not make edits to those either.
These quality file size settings have been created and tested with information gathered from release comparisons from various sources and information provided by the community.
Make sure you have enabled 'Show Advanced' if you don't see a provision to enter the scores, under the Quality settings.After setting the Max Size, set the 'Preferred' score as high as possible. You can accomplish that with one of the two following ways.- 1. You move the slider to the far most right.- 2. You enter a score of 400.In both cases, it will automatically change to the highest possible. This will be slightly below the Max Size setting.
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/","title":"Collection of Custom Formats","text":"
Below is a collection of what we've come to regard as the most needed and commonly used Custom Formats. These CFs have been collected from discussions on Discord or created with help from others.
Special thanks to everyone who has helped in the creation and testing of these Custom Formats, my team at TRaSH guides, Team Radarr, and the community.
With Radarr V3, Custom Formats are much more advanced/powerful than with V2, although this also means a Custom Format can require more knowledge to set up or create.
After requesting with Team Radarr, we now have the option to import/export the Custom Formats in a JSON format. This provides everyone with an easy way to share and use Custom Formats.
We've made 3 guides related to this.
How to import Custom Formats - Explains how to import the Custom Formats.
How to upgrade Custom Formats - Explains how to upgrade your existing Custom Formats.
How to set up Quality Profiles - Explains how to make the most use of Custom Formats and shows some specifics of our recommended configuration. You can use these examples to get an idea of how to set up your preferences.
Tip
It also is recommended to change the Propers and Repacks settings in Radarr's Settings.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Format scoring and preferences will be fully utilized.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#index","title":"INDEX","text":"Audio Advanced #1 Audio Advanced #2 Audio Channels HDR Formats TrueHD ATMOS FLAC 1.0 Mono DV HDR10+ DTS X PCM 2.0 Stereo DV HDR10 ATMOS (undefined) DTS-HD HRA 3.0 Sound DV DD+ ATMOS AAC 4.0 Sound DV HLG TrueHD DD 5.1 Surround DV SDR DTS-HD MA MP3 6.1 Surround HDR10+ DD+ Opus 7.1 Surround HDR10 DTS-ES HDR DTS HDR (undefined) PQ HLG Movie Versions Unwanted HQ Release Groups 4K Remaster 3D Remux Tier 01 Criterion Collection AV1 Remux Tier 02 Hybrid BR-DISK Remux Tier 03 IMAX Enhanced Extras UHD Bluray Tier 01 IMAX LQ UHD Bluray Tier 02 Masters of Cinema LQ (Release Title) UHD Bluray Tier 03 Open Matte Upscaled HD Bluray Tier 01 Remaster x265 (HD) HD Bluray Tier 02 Special Edition HD Bluray Tier 03 Theatrical Cut WEB Tier 01 Vinegar Syndrome WEB Tier 02 WEB Tier 03 General Streaming Services Asian Streaming Services Dutch Streaming Services Amazon FOD Pathe Thuis Apple TV+ Disney+ Hotstar Videoland Bravia Core TVer Criterion Channel TVING Disney+ U-NEXT HBO VIU HBO Max Hulu iTunes Max Movies Anywhere Netflix Peacock TV Paramount+ Stan UK Streaming Services Misc Streaming Services Anime Streaming Services BBC iPlayer AUBC VRV ITVX CBC MY5 Crave NOW OViD Star+ Miscellaneous French Audio Version French Source Groups Bad Dual Groups Multi-French FR Remux Tier 01 DV (Disk) Multi-Audio FR Remux Tier 02 DV (WEBDL) French Audio FR UHD Bluray Tier 01 DV HDR10+ Boost VFF FR UHD Bluray Tier 02 Dutch Groups VOF FR HD Bluray Tier 01 EVO (no WEBDL) VFI FR HD Bluray Tier 02 FreeLeech VF2 FR WEB Tier 01 HFR VFQ FR WEB Tier 02 HDR10+ Boost VOQ FR Scene Groups Internal VQ FR LQ Line/Mic Dubbed VFB MPEG2 VOSTFR Multi FanSUB No-RlsGroup FastSUB Obfuscated Repack/Proper Repack2 Repack3 Retags Scene SDR (no WEBDL) SDR VC-1 VP9 x264 x265 (no HDR/DV) x265 x266 Anime Anime Anime Anime Optional Anime BD Tier 01 (Top SeaDex Muxers) Anime Web Tier 01 (Muxers) v0 Uncensored Anime BD Tier 02 (SeaDex Muxers) Anime Web Tier 02 (Top FanSubs) v1 10bit Anime BD Tier 03 (SeaDex Muxers) Anime Web Tier 03 (Official Subs) v2 Anime Dual Audio Anime BD Tier 04 (SeaDex Muxers) Anime Web Tier 04 (Official Subs) v3 Dubs Only Anime BD Tier 05 (Remuxes) Anime Web Tier 05 (FanSubs) v4 Anime BD Tier 06 (FanSubs) Anime Web Tier 06 (FanSubs) Anime BD Tier 07 (P2P/Scene) Anime Raws Anime BD Tier 08 (Mini Encodes) Anime LQ Groups"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#audio-advanced","title":"Audio Advanced","text":""},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#truehd-atmos","title":"TrueHD ATMOS","text":"TrueHD ATMOS - [Click to show/hide]
TrueHD Atmos
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Dolby Atmos is a surround sound technology developed by Dolby Laboratories. It expands on existing surround sound systems by adding height channels, allowing sounds to be interpreted as three-dimensional objects.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#dts-x","title":"DTS X","text":"DTS:X - [Click to show/hide]
DTS-X
DTS:X is an object-based audio codec which aims to create a multi-dimensional sound that \u201cmoves around you like it would in real life\u201d. You may think that sounds similar to Dolby Atmos, and you\u2019d be right, but where DTS:X's differences lie in the required speaker configuration. While Dolby Atmos requires adding additional overhead channels to your 5.1 or 7.1 setup, DTS:X works with standard surround speaker setups \u2013 just like the one you might already have at home. It can support up to 32 speaker locations and an 11.2-channel system. DTS:X, like other higher-quality DTS formats (e.g. DTS-HD MA), is lossless.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#truehd","title":"TrueHD","text":"TrueHD - [Click to show/hide]
TrueHD
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Dolby TrueHD is a lossless multi-channel audio codec developed by Dolby Laboratories for home video, used principally in Blu-ray Discs and compatible hardware.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#dts-hd-ma","title":"DTS-HD MA","text":"DTS-HD MA - [Click to show/hide]
DTS-HD MA
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
DTS-HD Master Audio is a multi-channel lossless audio codec developed by DTS that extends the lossy DTS Coherent Acoustics codec (DTS CA; usually referred to as simply \"DTS\"). Rather than being an entirely new coding mechanism, DTS-HD MA encodes an audio master in lossy DTS first, then stores a concurrent stream of supplementary data representing whatever the DTS encoder discarded. This gives DTS-HD MA a lossy \"core\" able to be played back by devices that cannot decode the more complex lossless audio. DTS-HD MA's primary application is audio storage and playback for Blu-ray Disc media.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#flac","title":"FLAC","text":"FLAC - [Click to show/hide]
FLAC
FLAC stands for Free Lossless Audio Codec, an audio format similar to MP3 - but lossless, meaning that the audio compressed with FLAC does not receive any loss in quality. This is similar to how Zip works, except with FLAC you will get much better compression because it is designed specifically for audio.
Dolby Digital Plus, also known as Enhanced AC-3 (commonly abbreviated as DD+ or E-AC-3, or EC-3), is the successor to Dolby Digital (AC-3). It is a digital audio compression scheme developed by Dolby Labs for the transport and storage of multi-channel digital audio.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#dts-es","title":"DTS-ES","text":"DTS-ES - [Click to show/hide]
DTS-ES
DTS-ES (DTS Extended Surround) includes two variants, DTS-ES Discrete 6.1 and DTS-ES Matrix 5.1, depending on how the sound was originally mastered and stored.
Digital Theater Sound (DTS) is a digital audio technology developed by DTS, Inc, which focuses on digital surround sound formats for consumer and commercial applications as well as theatrical purposes. Compared to the Dolby Digital standard, DTS uses four times less compression and digitizes audio sounds at 20 bits instead of 16 bits. This makes DTS-based audio richer in sound and more detailed than Dolby Digital-based ones.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#aac","title":"AAC","text":"AAC - [Click to show/hide]
AAC
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia Advanced Audio Coding (AAC) is an audio coding standard for lossy digital audio compression. Designed to be the successor of the MP3 format, AAC generally achieves higher sound quality than MP3 at the same bit rate.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#opus","title":"Opus","text":"Opus - [Click to show/hide]
OPUS
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Opus is a lossy audio coding format developed by the Xiph.Org Foundation and standardized by the Internet Engineering Task Force, designed to efficiently code speech and general audio in a single format while remaining low-latency enough for real-time interactive communication and low-complexity enough for low-end embedded processors. Opus replaces both Vorbis and Speex for new applications, and several blind listening tests have ranked it higher quality than any other standard audio format at any given bitrate until transparency is reached, including MP3, AAC, and HE-AAC.
Dolby Vision is a dynamic HDR format. It can offer better visual experiences relative to HDR10. The most significant difference is that it uses dynamic metadata which allows varying brightness levels within HDR content which enables filmmakers to have more precise control over the overall image appearance. HDR10 relies on static metadata which limits the HDR effect to a per-movie or per-episode basis.
HDR10+
HDR10+ improves upon HDR10 by making its metadata dynamic, allowing for it to change for each frame of video. This means every frame is adjusted to its own set of colors, brightness, and contrast parameters, making for a much more vibrant and realistic-looking image. Areas of the screen that might have been over-saturated with HDR10 will display their full contrast and detail with HDR10+.
\ud83d\udca1 Any form of HDR will look significantly better than SDR on supporting equipment. The overall result will ultimately end up varying, though, based on your hardware and how the studio and filmmaker implemented HDR.
This format provides Dolby Vision with HDR10 fallback. You will find this mainly with:
Remuxes
Bluray encodes
Hybrid WEB-DL (Hybrid isn't always mentioned)
Dolby Vision
Dolby Vision is a dynamic HDR format. It can offer better visual experiences relative to HDR10. The most significant difference is that it uses dynamic metadata which allows varying brightness levels within HDR content which enables filmmakers to have more precise control over the overall image appearance. HDR10 relies on static metadata which limits the HDR effect to a per-movie or per-episode basis.
HDR10
HDR10 is the most basic HDR format used in consumer media and is supported by all HDR-supported devices.
HDR10 relies on static metadata which limits its effect to a per-movie or per-episode basis. Because of this, it lacks the information for how the content should be adjusted for your specific display. The interaction between display capabilities, video metadata, and the ultimate output (i.e., the presentation of the video) is controlled by the display, which may result in quality that is ultimately not how was originally intended.
\ud83d\udca1 Any form of HDR will look significantly better than SDR on supporting equipment. The overall result will ultimately end up varying, though, based on your hardware and how the studio and filmmaker implemented HDR.
This Custom Format will only match on DV NOT on DV HDR10 etc.
Depending on the source (WEB-DL, Bluray, or Remux) this format will match the following:
With Remuxes, it means that it will have DV HDR10.
With Bluray encodes, it means it will have DV HDR10.
With WEB-DL, it means 99% it will only support Dolby Vision without HDR10 fallback (Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens, if you have this issue always make sure you also add the following Custom Format with a score of -10000)
DV HLG This is a very rare HDR Format that was created by NHK (JP) and the BBC for cable, satellite, and over-the-air TV broadcasts.
Dolby Vision
Dolby Vision is a dynamic HDR format. It can offer better visual experiences relative to HDR10. The most significant difference is that it uses dynamic metadata which allows varying brightness levels within HDR content which enables filmmakers to have more precise control over the overall image appearance. HDR10 relies on static metadata which limits the HDR effect to a per-movie or per-episode basis.
This Custom Format will only match on DV HLG
HLG
HLG or HLG10 is an HDR format created by NHK (JP) and the BBC that can be used for both video and still images. This format is backward compatible with SDR UHD TV, but not with older SDR displays that do not implement the Rec. 2020 color standards.
You will find this mainly with cable, satellite, and over-the-air TV broadcast series and movies from the likes of BBC and National Geographic.
HDR10+ improves upon HDR10 by making its metadata dynamic, allowing for it to change for each frame of video. This means every frame is adjusted to its own set of colors, brightness, and contrast parameters, making for a much more vibrant and realistic-looking image. Areas of the screen that might have been over-saturated with HDR10 will display their full contrast and detail with HDR10+.
HDR10 is the most basic HDR format used in consumer media and is supported by all HDR-supported devices.
HDR10 relies on static metadata which limits its effect to a per-movie or per-episode basis. Because of this, it lacks the information for how the content should be adjusted for your specific display. The interaction between display capabilities, video metadata, and the ultimate output (i.e., the presentation of the video) is controlled by the display, which may result in quality that is ultimately not how was originally intended.
This Custom Format will only match on HDR NOT on HDR10, HDR10+ etc
This Custom Format is a sort of \"catch-all\" for the HDR scene naming scheme where we don't know, based on name alone, which HDR formats are included - it could be HDR10, HDR10+ or even PQ.
PQ (perceptual quantizer) or PQ10 is the most basic HDR format that can be used for both video and still images. It is the same as the HDR10 format without any metadata.
HLG or HLG10 is an HDR format created by NHK (JP) and the BBC that can be used for both video and still images. This format is backward compatible with SDR UHD TV, but not with older SDR displays that do not implement the Rec. 2020 color standards.
You will find this mainly with cable, satellite, and over-the-air TV broadcast series and movies from the likes of BBC and National Geographic.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#movie-versions","title":"Movie Versions","text":""},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#hybrid","title":"Hybrid","text":"Hybrid - [Click to show/hide]
A hybrid release means any combination of sources (video + audio) and not a direct encoding of a single source. Generally, you can be sure that any hybrid that has been put together is the best quality release of a particular title.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#remaster","title":"Remaster","text":"Remaster - [Click to show/hide]
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
For the software term, see Software remastering. Remaster (also digital remastering and digitally remastered) refers to changing the quality of the sound or of the image, or both, of previously created recordings, either audiophonic, cinematic, or videographic.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#4k-remaster","title":"4K Remaster","text":"4K Remaster - [Click to show/hide]
A remastered or mastered in 4K should give you usually the best picture and audio currently for the movie. Both are just names to describe the best possible current release of the movie.
To be clear, the final digital films on the Mastered in 4K Blu-rays still only have the same 1920 x 1080 pixels of actual resolution as normal Blu-rays. But the argument goes that because these full HD files were derived from higher-resolution masters, their images will be more precise, with better colors, less noise, and enhanced sharpness and detail. Not least because the higher-resolution mastering process will provide more detail from the original print for the Blu-ray masters to draw on when going through their (hopefully\u2026) frame-by-frame compression process.
Another important element of the Mastered in 4K discs is that they\u2019re all mastered with \u2018x.v.YCC\u2019 color specification. This delivers an expanded color range closer to that contained in source material.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#criterion-collection","title":"Criterion Collection","text":"Criterion Collection - [Click to show/hide]
The Criterion Collection, Inc. (or simply Criterion) is an American home video distribution company that focuses on licensing \"important classic and contemporary films\" and selling them to film aficionados. Criterion has helped to standardize characteristics of home video such as film restoration, using the letterbox format for widescreen films, and adding bonus features and commentary tracks.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#masters-of-cinema","title":"Masters of Cinema","text":"Masters of Cinema - [Click to show/hide]
Masters of Cinema is a line of DVD and Blu-ray releases published through Eureka Entertainment. Because of the uniformly branded and spine-numbered packaging and the standard inclusion of booklets and analysis by recurring film historians, the line is often perceived as the UK equivalent of The Criterion Collection.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#vinegar-syndrome","title":"Vinegar Syndrome","text":"Vinegar Syndrome - [Click to show/hide]
Vinegar Syndrome is a US-based company founded in 2012 to preserve and distribute old X-rated films. Over time, they expanded their catalog to include other types of cult and exploitation films, specializing in horror and action genres.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#imax","title":"IMAX","text":"IMAX - [Click to show/hide]
From In Depth Cine
IMAX films are shot in tall aspect ratios, typically 1.9:1 or sometimes 1.43:1. Most IMAX film releases also have scenes shot at wider aspect ratios and, as a result, the aspect ratio will change throughout. Because they are shot on large format cameras, there is often less film grain present. This results in a clearer picture.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#imax-enhanced","title":"IMAX Enhanced","text":"IMAX Enhanced - [Click to show/hide]
Get more picture and less black bars (letterboxing).
From Wired
IMAX Enhanced is a standard for digital releases. It features scenes shot on IMAX cameras and produced in HDR10 DV. IMAX Enhanced releases are often higher bitrate than other WEB options and are encoded into various formats, including SDR conversions.
As a result of the higher bitrate and implied picture quality improvement, it is recommended to enable the IMAX Enhanced custom format on WEB profiles, especially for those seeking 'The IMAX Experience' - including fewer \"black bars\" or letterboxing.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#open-matte","title":"Open Matte","text":"Open Matte - [Click to show/hide]
Open matte is a filming technique that involves matting out the top and bottom of the film frame in the movie projector (known as a soft matte) for the widescreen theatrical release and then scanning the film without a matte (at an Academy ratio) for a full-screen home video release.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#unwanted","title":"Unwanted","text":""},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#av1","title":"AV1","text":"AV1 - [Click to show/hide]
AV1 encodes are currently targeting small file sizes, rather than good visual quality.
This is a new codec and you need modern devices that support it.
We also had reports of playback/transcoding issues.
No main group is actually using it (yet).
It's better to ignore this new codec to prevent compatibility issues
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#br-disk","title":"BR-DISK","text":"BR-DISK - [Click to show/hide]
This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
You will need to add the following to your new Custom Format when created in your Quality Profile (Setting => Profiles) and then set the score to -10000.
Note
Depending on your renaming scheme it could happen that Radarr will match renamed files after they are downloaded and imported as BR-DISK, This is a cosmetic annoyance until we come up with another way to solve this, being that this Custom Format is used to not download BR-DISK it does its purpose as intended. Several reasons why this is happening:
Blame the often wrongly used naming of x265 encodes.
A collection of known low-quality groups (often banned from the top trackers due to their lack of quality), banned or dishonest release groups, or rips/encodes from the scene and quick-to-release P2P groups that, while adequate, are usually not considered high quality.
Release Groups that break the Starr apps automation because their bad naming could potentially cause download loops, even if their overall quality is perfect.
This blocks all 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265.
In your quality profile use the following score for this Custom Format: -10000
Why block 720/1080p encodes in x265? - [Click to show/hide]
Quote
x265 is good for 4k stuff or 1080p if they used the remuxes as the source. If the media isn't source quality/remux, then there will be a loss of quality every time. Also, once you go x265, typically that file is done. It can't be changed to something else without a huge loss of quality.
Something like 95% of video files are x264 and have much better direct play support. If you have more than a couple of users, you will notice much more transcoding. Just depends on your priorities.
So basically if you are storage-poor and just need to save space, use x265. The catch is if you want the best quality x265, you need high-quality source files, so you still have huge file sizes. If you want maximum compatibility and the option to change your files to something else later, then x264. It's all really dependent on specific situations for different people
If you have also added x265 (no HDR/DV) to your Radarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
It's a shame that most x265 groups microsize the releases or use the x264 as a source which results in low-quality releases. And the few groups that do use the correct source suffer from it.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#miscellaneous","title":"Miscellaneous","text":""},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#bad-dual-groups","title":"Bad Dual Groups","text":"Bad dual groups - [Click to show/hide]
These groups take the original release and add their language (ex. Portuguese) as the main audio track (AAC 2.0), What results after renaming and FFprobe is that the media file will be recognized as Portuguese AAC audio. It's a common rule that you add the best audio as the first track. Also they often even translate/rename the release name to Portuguese.
This is a special Custom Format that blocks WEBDLs with Dolby Vision but without HDR10 fallback.
You will need to add the following as a new Custom Format, and when created adjust the scoring in your Quality Profile (Setting => Profiles) to -10000.
This Custom Format works together with the normal DV Custom Format that you would use to prefer Dolby Vision.
Most WEBDL from Streaming Services don't have the fallback to HDR10. What can result during playback is issues with weird colors (typically a green hue) when you attempt to play it on a non-Dolby Vision-compatible setup.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#evo-no-webdl","title":"EVO (no WEBDL)","text":"EVO (no WEBDL) - [Click to show/hide]
This group is often banned for low-quality Blu-ray releases, but their WEB-DLs are okay.
You will need to add the following as a new Custom Format, and when created adjust the scoring in your Quality Profile (Setting => Profiles) to -10000.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#no-rlsgroup","title":"No-RlsGroup","text":"No-RlsGroup - [Click to show/hide]
Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups getting a higher score. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up stripped of the group name so they appear as \"upgrades\" and they end up getting a decent score if other things match
Warning
If you don't use decent filenames (like not adding release groups) don't add this Custom Format, except if you want to upgrade them.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#obfuscated","title":"Obfuscated","text":"Obfuscated - [Click to show/hide]
Obfuscated
Obfuscated are used on usenet, mostly with non-tier-1 indexers, to do re-posts of common/popular releases. Use this only if you've access to tier 1 Usenet indexers.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#retags","title":"Retags","text":"Retags - [Click to show/hide]
Retags
Retags are something you often see on public trackers where the tracker or uploader adds their name to the torrent. It is also possible that it could show up on some Usenet indexers.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#scene","title":"Scene","text":"Scene - [Click to show/hide]
This Custom Format will try to recognize so-called \"scene releases\". Depending on your preferences, you can give it a negative score -10000, a positive score, or just skip adding it altogether.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#x265-no-hdrdv","title":"x265 (no HDR/DV)","text":"x265 (no HDR/DV) - [Click to show/hide]
This blocks most 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265, But it will allow 720/1080p x265 releases if they have HDR and/or DV
Since some NF releases won't be released as 4k, this allows you to still have the DV/HDR releases.
In your quality profile use the following score for this Custom Format: -10000
Why block 720/1080p encodes in x265? - [Click to show/hide]
Quote
x265 is good for 4k stuff or 1080p if they used the remuxes as the source. If the media isn't source quality/remux, then there will be a loss of quality every time. Also, once you go x265, typically that file is done. It can't be changed to something else without a huge loss of quality.
Something like 95% of video files are x264 and have much better direct play support. If you have more than a couple of users, you will notice much more transcoding. Just depends on your priorities.
So basically if you are storage-poor and just need to save space, use x265. The catch is if you want the best quality x265, you need high-quality source files, so you still have huge file sizes. If you want maximum compatibility and the option to change your files to something else later, then x264. It's all really dependent on specific situations for different people
If you have also added x265 (HD) to your Radarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
It's a shame that most x265 groups microsize the releases or use the x264 as a source which results in low-quality releases. And the few groups that do use the correct source suffer from it.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#vc-1","title":"VC-1","text":"VC-1 - [Click to show/hide]
VC-1
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
VC-1 is a video compression codec primarily developed by Microsoft. It is often associated with older Blu-ray discs and some HD digital video content. While VC-1 was a popular choice in the early days of HD content, it has been largely supplanted by more efficient codecs, such as AVC (H.264) for 1080p Remuxes and HEVC (H.265) for 2160p Remuxes.
When it comes to remuxing, many release groups upgrade older VC-1 encoded content to AVC (If a disc is released as AVC), especially for 1080p Remuxes. This is because AVC is generally more efficient in terms of compression while maintaining better quality at lower bitrates. As a result, content encoded with AVC will typically have improved visual quality and smaller file sizes compared to its VC-1 counterparts.
If you are looking for better quality versions of films or shows that were originally released in VC-1, it's common for modern remuxes to include AVC encoding, making them more compatible with current playback devices and ensuring a better viewing experience.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#sdr-no-webdl","title":"SDR (no WEBDL)","text":"SDR (no WEBDL) - [Click to show/hide]
This will prevent grabbing UHD/4k Remux and Bluray encode releases without HDR Formats. - i.e., SDR WEB releases will still be allowed since 4K SDR WEB releases can often look better than the 1080p version due to the improved bitrate.
If you have also added SDR to your Radarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#dv-disk","title":"DV (Disk)","text":"DV (Disk) - [Click to show/hide]
This will boost the score for Dolby Vision Releases using the original full-quality Dolby Vision layer from the disc release to replace the old WEBDL HYBRID release.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#hfr","title":"HFR","text":"HFR - [Click to show/hide]
This will boost the score for HFR releases. HFR stands for High Frame Rate and refers to a video format that uses a higher number of frames per second than traditional video, resulting in smoother and more detailed motion.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#x264","title":"x264","text":"x264 - [Click to show/hide]
x264 is a free software library and application for encoding video streams into the H.264/MPEG-4 AVC compression format, and is released under the terms of the GNU GPL.
If you want maximum compatibility and have much better direct play support then use x264 for 720p/1080p.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#x265","title":"x265","text":"x265 - [Click to show/hide]
x265 is a free software library and application for encoding video streams into the H.265/MPEG-H HEVC compression format, and is released under the terms of the GNU GPL.
This applies to all x265/HEVC releases that are not Remux.
Please don't forget to read the following Microsized & Wrong Source
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#x266","title":"x266","text":"x266 - [Click to show/hide]
Versatile Video Coding (VVC), also known as H.266, ISO/IEC 23090-3, and MPEG-I Part 3, is a video compression standard finalized on 6 July 2020. Wikipedia.
This applies to all x266/VVC releases that are not Remux.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#freeleech","title":"FreeLeech","text":"FreeLeech - [Click to show/hide]
Sometimes, torrent sites set a torrent to be freeleech. This means, that the download of this torrent will not count towards your download quota or ratio. This is useful if you do not have the best ratio yet.
Warning
Keep in mind not all trackers support this option.
Amazon Prime Video, or simply Prime Video, is an American subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming and rental service of Amazon offered as a standalone service or as part of Amazon's Prime subscription. The service primarily distributes films and television series produced by Amazon MGM Studios or licensed to Amazon, as Amazon Originals, with the service also hosting content from other providers, content add-ons, live sporting events, and video rental and purchasing services.
Apple TV+ is an American subscription streaming service owned and operated by Apple Inc. Launched on November 1, 2019, it offers a selection of original production film and television series called Apple Originals.
Sony Pictures Core (formerly known as Bravia Core) is a video on demand service from Sony for its televisions and smartphones, launched in April 2021. The service offers the streaming of movies at up to 4K resolution provided by Sony Pictures Entertainment. CORE stands for Centre of Real Entertainment. Sony claims that Bravia Core has one of the largest libraries of IMAX Enhanced format film content. Streaming, which is marketed as Pure Stream, is claimed to be at speeds of up to 80 Mbit/s.
Disney+ is an American subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming media service owned and operated by Disney Streaming, the streaming division of Disney Entertainment, a major business segment of the Walt Disney Company.The service primarily distributes films and television shows produced by Walt Disney Studios and Disney Television Studios, with dedicated content hubs for Disney's flagship brands; Disney, Pixar, Marvel, Star Wars, National Geographic, and Hulu as well as showcasing original and exclusive films and television shows.
Home Box Office (HBO) is an American pay television network, which is the flagship property of namesake parent-subsidiary Home Box Office, Inc., itself a unit owned by Warner Bros. Discovery. The overall Home Box Office business unit is based at Warner Bros. Programming featured on the network consists primarily of theatrically released motion pictures and original television programs as well as made-for-cable movies, documentaries, occasional comedy, and concert specials, and periodic interstitial programs (consisting of short films and making-of documentaries).
Max (streaming service) aka HBO Max - [Click to show/hide]
Max (streaming service) aka HBO Max
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Max, formerly and in some markets still HBO Max, is an American subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming service. It is a proprietary unit of Warner Bros. Discovery Global Streaming & Interactive Entertainment, which is itself a division of Warner Bros. Discovery (WBD). First launched (as HBO Max) in the United States on May 27, 2020, the service offers content from the libraries of Warner Bros., Discovery Channel, HBO, CNN, Cartoon Network, Adult Swim, Animal Planet, Eurosport, and their related brands.
Apple introduced iTunes 6, enabling support for purchasing and viewing video content purchased from the iTunes Store. At launch, the store offered popular shows from the ABC network along with Disney Channel series. In 2008, Apple and select film studios introduced \"iTunes Digital Copy\", a feature on select DVDs and Blu-ray discs allowing a digital copy in iTunes and associated media players.
Max, formerly and in some markets still HBO Max, is an American subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming service. It is a proprietary unit of Warner Bros. Discovery Global Streaming & Interactive Entertainment, which is itself a division of Warner Bros. Discovery (WBD). First launched (as HBO Max) in the United States on May 27, 2020, the service offers content from the libraries of Warner Bros., Discovery Channel, HBO, CNN, Cartoon Network, Adult Swim, Animal Planet, Eurosport, and their related brands.
Movies Anywhere (MA) is a cloud-based digital rights locker and over-the-top streaming platform that allows users to stream and download purchased films, including digital copies redeemed from codes found in home video releases as well as digital purchases from participating services. Movies Anywhere is operated by The Walt Disney Company. The platform provides content from Walt Disney Studios, Sony Pictures, Universal Pictures, and Warner Bros. The system utilizes an internal platform known as KeyChest, which synchronizes content licenses from digital distribution platforms linked to a central user account.
Netflix is an American subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming service. The service primarily distributes original and acquired films and television shows from various genres, and it is available internationally in multiple languages.
Peacock is an American over-the-top video streaming service owned and operated by Peacock TV LLC, a subsidiary of NBCUniversal Media Group. Named after the NBC logo, the service launched on July 15, 2020. The service primarily features series and film content from NBCUniversal studios and other third-party content providers, including television series, films, news, and sports programming. The service is available in a grandfathered free ad-supported version with limited content, while premium tiers include a larger content library and access to additional NBC Sports, Hallmark Channel, and WWE content.
Paramount+ is an American subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming service owned by Paramount Global. The service's content is drawn primarily from the libraries of CBS Media Ventures, CBS Studios, Paramount Media Networks (formerly Viacom Media Networks and ViacomCBS Domestic Media Networks), and Paramount Pictures, while also including original series and films, live streaming sports coverage, and in the United States, live streaming of local CBS broadcast stations.
Stan is an Australian over-the-top streaming service. The service offers a broad range of film and television content from both local and foreign productions, particularly from the United States and United Kingdom. Stan also includes a growing library of their own original film and television content. With over 2.6 million subscribers, as of June 2023 Stan is the fourth largest streaming service in Australia, behind Disney+, Amazon Prime Video and Netflix.
Disney+ Hotstar is an Indian subscription video-on-demand over-the-top streaming service owned by Disney Star, a subsidiary of the Disney Entertainment business segment of The Walt Disney Company, featuring domestic Indian film, television and sports content for India itself and its worldwide diaspora. It also includes imported content from and serves Southeast Asia as well.
TVING (Korean: \ud2f0\ube59) is a South Korean subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming service operated by TVING Corporation, It is a platform that streams dramas, entertainment shows, animations, exclusive television films, specials and documentaries.
Viu (pronounced as view) is a Hong Kong-based over-the-top (OTT) video streaming provider, Viu delivers content in different genres from Asia's top content providers with local language subtitles, as well as original production series under the Viu Original initiative (similar to original programming from other services like Disney+, Amazon Prime Video and Netflix).
Videoland is a Dutch OTT online service provider owned by RTL Nederland. Originally it was a retail chain of video rental stores. Its main competitor is Netflix.
ITVX (formerly ITV Hub) is a British ad-supported video-on-demand streaming service operated by ITV. The service offers original content from the broadcaster, as well as some exclusive and licensed programming.
Now (formerly Now TV and often stylised as NOW) is a subscription over-the-top streaming television service operated by British satellite television provider Sky Group.
The Canadian Broadcasting Corporation (French: Soci\u00e9t\u00e9 Radio-Canada), branded as CBC/Radio-Canada, is the Canadian public broadcaster for both radio and television. It is a Crown corporation that serves as the national public broadcaster, with its English-language and French-language service units known as CBC and Radio-Canada, respectively.
CBC Gem
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
CBC Gem is CBC Television's over-the-top streaming platform; it launched in 2018, replacing the existing CBC TV app. The service carries live and on-demand programming from CBC Television, CBC News, and CBC Sports, as well as short- and long-form original programming and acquisitions (including films and television series).
Crave (originally CraveTV) is a Canadian subscription video on demand service. The service competes directly with other subscription-based over-the-top streaming services operating in Canada, primarily against American-based services. The service features Bell Media original programming, exclusive Canadian access to programming acquired from several U.S. television and streaming services, and various theatrically-released films. Crave's major programming supplier is Warner Bros. Discovery (HBO / Max and Warner Bros. films). Starz, offered in partnership with Lionsgate.
Star+ (Star Plus; stylized as ST\u2605R+) is a subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming service available in almost all Ibero-American states. The service is owned by The Walt Disney Company through the Disney Entertainment division and business segment.
In December 2023, it was confirmed that Star+ will be merged into Disney+ in the second quarter of 2024 with all of its content, including live sports from ESPN, migrating to Disney+ and its standalone app being discontinued.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#anime-web-tier-01-muxers","title":"Anime Web Tier 01 (Muxers)","text":"Anime Web Tier 01 (Muxers) - [Click to show/hide]
Groups that do the best releases as per SeaDex. They are more consistent and trump others
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#anime-web-tier-02-top-fansubs","title":"Anime Web Tier 02 (Top FanSubs)","text":"Anime Web Tier 02 (Top FanSubs) - [Click to show/hide]
Groups that do the best releases as per SeaDex. They are more consistent and trump others
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#anime-web-tier-03-official-subs","title":"Anime Web Tier 03 (Official Subs)","text":"Anime Web Tier 03 Official Subs) - [Click to show/hide]
Official sub groups that tend to be more consistent and release fast
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#anime-web-tier-04-official-subs","title":"Anime Web Tier 04 (Official Subs)","text":"Anime Web Tier 04 (Official Subs) - [Click to show/hide]
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#anime-web-tier-05-fansubs","title":"Anime Web Tier 05 (FanSubs)","text":"Anime Web Tier 05 (FanSubs) - [Click to show/hide]
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#anime-web-tier-06-fansubs","title":"Anime Web Tier 06 (FanSubs)","text":"Anime Web Tier 06 (FanSubs) - [Click to show/hide]
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#french-audio-version","title":"French Audio Version","text":""},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#multi-french","title":"Multi-French","text":"Multi-French - [Click to show/hide]
Recognize movies that include the original and the French audio. Works only after import as it needs the result from FFprobe to get which audio is present. Will rename the release to keep the recognition of 'Multi' by the Multi-Audio custom format.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#vostfr","title":"VOSTFR","text":"VOSTFR - [Click to show/hide]
Indicates soundtrack in the original language, with French subtitles. It should be noted that SUBFRENCH is included inside this Custom Format. However, SUB often means that the subtitle was embedded inside the picture (hardcoded). French releases tend to mix both, leading to some VOSTFR being labeled as SUBFRENCH and SUBFRENCH as VOSTFR.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#fansub","title":"FanSUB","text":"FanSUB - [Click to show/hide]
Action of subtitling a video for personal and non-professional purposes. The quality of FanSUBs can vary enormously (accuracy of translation, mistakes, etc.) and could lead to so-called FastSUBs.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#fr-hd-bluray-tier-01","title":"FR HD Bluray Tier 01","text":"FR HD Bluray Tier 01 - [Click to show/hide]
WiP
Groups that create encodes from a remux without micro-sizing them.
Groups that have a minimum count of great releases (best encode in its class 1080p and lower).
Groups that add the best French audio track to an English release from Tier 01 or 02.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#fr-hd-bluray-tier-02","title":"FR HD Bluray Tier 02","text":"FR HD Bluray Tier 02 - [Click to show/hide]
WiP
Groups that create encodes from a remux without micro-sizing them.
Groups that have the best French audio track to an English release.
Groups that haven't released much or are not well recognized. (yet)
Groups that retired and don't have the best quality by today's standards.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-how-to-update-custom-formats/","title":"How to update Custom Formats","text":"
Here we will try to explain how you can manually update Custom Formats for Radarr v3+, With any changes from the guide or changes provided to you from other sources, without losing the scoring in your Quality Profile.
Keep in mind Custom Formats are made to fine-tune your Quality Profile.Generally, quality trumps all
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-how-to-update-custom-formats/#how-to-copypaste-the-json","title":"How to Copy/Paste the JSON","text":"
The manual way is almost the same as the Import Custom Format way found HERE
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-how-to-update-custom-formats/#open-the-custom-format-you-want-to-update","title":"Open the Custom Format you want to update","text":""},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-how-to-update-custom-formats/#paste-the-custom-format","title":"Paste the Custom Format","text":"
In the empty Custom Format JSON box (1) you just paste the JSON that you got from the Custom Format Collection or provided to you from other sources followed by the Import button (2).
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-how-to-update-custom-formats/#save-the-custom-format","title":"Save the Custom Format","text":"
After selecting the Import button you will get a screen that has all the Custom Format variables filled in correctly, all you need to do now is click on the Save button and you're done.
The Import to update existing Custom Formats replaces the existing Custom Format, so all manual changes you did to it will be lost
You can also use a Guide sync tool to sync the Custom Formats or even the complete quality profile(s).
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-import-custom-formats/","title":"How to import Custom Formats","text":"
Here I will try to explain how you can manually import Custom Formats for Radarr v3+.
Keep in mind Custom Formats are made to fine-tune your Quality Profile.Generally, quality trumps all
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-import-custom-formats/#how-to-copypaste-the-json-from-the-site","title":"How to Copy/Paste the JSON from the site","text":"
In this example, I will use the BR-DISK Custom Format, the one most people don't want to download anyway. And if you do, then you probably don't use any of the Starr apps or Plex, being both don't support it.
Visit the Collection of Custom Formats and select BR-DISK from the table.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-import-custom-formats/#expand-the-json-for-br-disk","title":"Expand the JSON for BR-DISK","text":"
Then click the copy icon in the top right corner
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-import-custom-formats/#how-to-import-a-json-custom-format","title":"How to import a JSON Custom Format","text":""},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-import-custom-formats/#in-radarr","title":"In Radarr","text":"
Settings => Custom Formats
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-import-custom-formats/#add-a-new-custom-format","title":"Add a new Custom Format","text":"
Then click on the to add a new Custom Format.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-import-custom-formats/#import-the-custom-format","title":"Import the Custom Format","text":"
Followed by the Import in the lower left.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-import-custom-formats/#paste-the-custom-format","title":"Paste the Custom Format","text":"
Paste the JSON in the empty Custom Format JSON box (1) that you got from the Custom Format Collection followed by the Import button (2).
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-import-custom-formats/#save-the-custom-format","title":"Save the Custom Format","text":"
After selecting the Import button you will get a screen that has all the Custom Formats variables filled in correctly, all you need to do now is click on the Save button and you're done.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-import-custom-formats/#setup-the-scores-in-your-quality-profile","title":"Setup the scores in your Quality Profile","text":"
After you've added the Custom Formats, You will need to set it up in the Quality Profile you want to use/prefer to make use of the Custom Formats. How this is done is explained HERE
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-import-custom-formats/#start-adding-other-custom-formats-wisely","title":"Start adding other Custom Formats wisely","text":"
Start adding more Custom Formats wisely, Don't add all the available Custom Formats!!!
Check out the How to set up Quality Profiles where I will explain how to make the most use of custom formats and show some personal examples that I'm using. You can use these examples to get an idea of how to set yours up.
If, for whatever reason, you ever need to do a re-install or a full re-import in the Starr Apps or Plex/Emby/Jellyfin, it's nice to have all that info in the filename so it gets imported correctly and isn't incorrectly matched as HDTV or WEB-DL etc.
Why is the non-recoverable information important/needed?
Prevent download loops.
Quality Source (HDTV, WEBDL, Bluray, Remux, etc..): Can you tell from the following info: movie (year).ext, which quality source the file is from? Probably not, and there is no real way to determine it if it's lost after import. Why would you care? Mainly if you ever want to upgrade or downgrade your media file and to prevent re-downloads of the same file.
Release group: With the knowledge of which release group your release belongs to, you can determine if the file has any issues related to that specific release. It can also help find extra information if it's a hybrid release or which sources are used.
Edition version: To determine if the release is an directors cut, theatrical, unrated, etc.
Repack/Proper: To determine if the release was a repack or a proper, so you know if you have the correct version and not the broken one with playback issues or other issues with the media file.
But Plex, Emby and Jellyfin work fine with just movie (year).ext/tv showname SxxExx.ext
True, but they don't care about the quality of your media file you're using, their main purpose is just to provide you with your media library and play the media files.
Why is the file naming so long?
To make sure your filename contains all the info needed to prevent download loops after import.
The so-called \"naming tokens\" not used in your media file won't be used/shown.
Any proper media server (Plex, Emby, or Jellyfin) won't display the actual filename outright anyway, so why worry about how the file's naming looks when it has all the needed info included?
The naming scheme provided here is made with the help of the Sonarr/Radarr (Support) Team and information provided by the community.
Go to Settings => Media Management and make sure that Show Advanced at the top is enabled.
Once you've clicked on the button it should look like this and you should see all the advanced options.
Finally, enable Rename Movies to reveal the movie renaming options.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-recommended-naming-scheme/#standard-movie-format","title":"Standard Movie Format","text":"
While both IMDb and TMDb IDs are unique, TMDb can occasionally remove IDs entirely, sometimes only to be re-added with a new ID later. However, due to using TMDb as its metadata source, they can be seen as \"more aligned\" with Radarr. IMDb IDs on the other hand, once present, are very accurate and rarely ever change.
Movie: The Movie Title (2010) {edition-Ultimate Extended Edition} [IMAX HYBRID][Bluray-1080p Proper][3D][DV HDR10][DTS 5.1][x264]-EVOLVE
This naming scheme is made to be used with the New Plex Agent,
If you use the {edition-{Edition Tags}} part of the recommended file name, then Plex will recognize the edition of the movie and add it the the Plex UI - e.g., Directors Cut.However, this means that if you have two copies of a movie with different editions in a single merged library - for example, a 1080p Directors Cut and a 2160p Theatrical Edition - then these will show as two separate items in Plex.If you only want a movie to appear once per library, where you keep more than one copy of a movie, then replace: {edition-{Edition Tags}} with {Edition Tags}.
Movie: The Movie Title (2010) {imdb-tt0066921} {edition-Ultimate Extended Edition} [IMAX HYBRID][Bluray-1080p Proper][3D][DV HDR10][DTS 5.1][x264]-EVOLVE
Movie: The Movie Title (2010) {imdb-tt0066921} {edition-Ultimate Extended Edition} [Surround Sound x264][Bluray-1080p Proper][3D][DTS 5.1][DE][10bit][AVC]-EVOLVE
Movie: The Movie Title (2010) {tmdb-345691} {edition-Ultimate Extended Edition} [Surround Sound x264][Bluray-1080p Proper][3D][DTS 5.1][DE][10bit][AVC]-EVOLVE
Movie: The Movie Title (2010) [imdbid-tt0066921] - {edition-Ultimate Extended Edition} [IMAX HYBRID][Bluray-1080p Proper][3D][DV HDR10][DTS 5.1][x264]-EVOLVE
Movie: The Movie Title (2010) [tmdbid-tt0066921] - {edition-Ultimate Extended Edition} [IMAX HYBRID][Bluray-1080p Proper][3D][DV HDR10][DTS 5.1][x264]-EVOLVE
TMDb is usually better as it guarantees a match, IMDb only gets matched if the TMDb entry has the correct IMDb ID association.
Movie: The Movie Title (2010) [imdbid-tt0066921] - {edition-Ultimate Extended Edition} [Surround Sound x264][Bluray-1080p Proper][3D][DTS 5.1][DE][10bit][AVC]-EVOLVE
Movie: The Movie Title (2010) [tmdbid-tt0066921] - {edition-Ultimate Extended Edition} [Surround Sound x264][Bluray-1080p Proper][3D][DTS 5.1][DE][10bit][AVC]-EVOLVE
Movie: The Movie Title (2010) [imdbid-tt0106145] - {edition-Ultimate Extended Edition} [IMAX HYBRID][Bluray-1080p Proper][3D][DV HDR10][DTS 5.1][x264]-EVOLVE
Movie: The Movie Title (2010) [tmdbid-65567] - {edition-Ultimate Extended Edition} [IMAX HYBRID][Bluray-1080p Proper][3D][DV HDR10][DTS 5.1][x264]-EVOLVE
Movie: The Movie Title (2010) [imdbid-tt0106145] - {edition-Ultimate Extended Edition} [Surround Sound x264][Bluray-1080p Proper][3D][DTS 5.1][DE][10bit][AVC]-EVOLVE
Movie: The Movie Title (2010) [tmdbid-65567] - {edition-Ultimate Extended Edition} [Surround Sound x264][Bluray-1080p Proper][3D][DTS 5.1][DE][10bit][AVC]-EVOLVE
"},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-recommended-naming-scheme/#original-title-vs-original-filename","title":"Original Title vs Original Filename","text":""},{"location":"Radarr/Radarr-recommended-naming-scheme/#original-title","title":"Original Title","text":"
Another option is to use {Original Title} rather than the recommended naming scheme outlined above. {Original Title} will use the title of the release which will contain all of the information included in the release itself. The benefit of this naming scheme is to prevent download loops which can occur on import when there is a discrepancy in the release title compared to the contents of the file itself (for example, if the release title says DTS-ES but the contents are actually DTS). The downside is less flexibility with how the files are named.
If using this alternate naming scheme I suggest using {Original Title} over {Original Filename}
Why?
The filename can be Obscured where the Release naming isn't, especially when you use Usenet.
While both IMDb and TMDb IDs are unique, TMDb can occasionally remove IDs entirely, sometimes only to be re-added with a new ID later. However, due to using TMDb as its metadata source, they can be seen as \"more aligned\" with Radarr. IMDb IDs on the other hand, once present, are very accurate and rarely ever change.
Please note that folder names are created in the database whenever the movie is added to Radarr and it may be missing or incorrect at that time, resulting in your folder having a blank ID.If you instead add it to the filename, the IMDb/TMDb ID will be freshly pulled for any download or upgrade.
Standard FolderOptional PlexOptional EmbyOptional Jellyfin
Minimum needed and recommended
{Movie CleanTitle} ({Release Year})\n
Example: The Movie Title (2010)
Keep in mind adding anything additional after the release year could give issues during a fresh import into Radarr, but it can help for movies that have the same release name and year
Plex Folder IMDbPlex Folder TMDb
TMDb is usually better as it guarantees a match, IMDb only gets matched if the TMDb entry has the correct IMDb ID association.
Keep in mind adding anything additional after the release year could give issues during a fresh import into Radarr, but it can help for movies that have the same release name and year
Emby Folder IMDbEmby Folder TMDb
TMDb is usually better as it guarantees a match, IMDb only gets matched if the TMDb entry has the correct IMDb ID association.
Keep in mind adding anything additional after the release year could give issues during a fresh import into Radarr, but it can help for movies that have the same release name and year
Jellyfin Folder IMDbJellyfin Folder TMDb
TMDb is usually better as it guarantees a match, IMDb only gets matched if the TMDb entry has the correct IMDb ID association.
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-anime/","title":"How to setup Quality Profiles Anime","text":"
aka How to set up Custom Formats (Anime)
Note
This guide is created and maintained by FonduemangVI and rg9400
It's recommended to run two Radarr instances. One for Anime Movies and one for Normal Movies, or you can make use of Quality Profiles and score different Custom Formats (CFs) as required.
The aim of this guide is to grab the best release overall (as per SeaDex) and not necessarily just dual audio. The vast majority of releases can be found on Nyaa or AB
Nyaa is a public tracker while AB is an invite only tracker.
We need to create a new profile called Remux-1080p - Anime due to the way anime can be named we will need to merge a few qualities together see here for an example.
We need to add Bluray-1080p Remux and Bluray-1080p into a group together, HDTV-1080p into the same group as WEBDL-1080p and WEBRip-1080p, and lastly HDTV-720p into the same group as WEBDL-720p and WEBRip-720p so that the scoring will work correctly.
Go to Settings => Profiles
We then need to select and organise the qualities as seen below.
The scoring that has been set is the recommended scoring, however some of the CFs are optional depending on what you prefer. Anime Dual Audio, Uncensored and 10bit can be given positive scores if you want to prefer content with these attributes.
Anime Raws and Dubs Only are negatively scored, however if you prefer these attributes you can give them a positive score.
Once the custom formats have been imported you can set the scores as above. To do this go to Settings => Profiles and select the Remux-1080p - Anime profile that was setup before.
In the profile enter the scores as per the above table in this section.
After you are done it should look similar to the image above, but using the current Guide Scores from the above tables.
If you prefer Dual Audio releases you have a few options depending on your preference.
If you want to prefer Dual Audio within the same tier give the CF a score of 10, if you want it to be preferred a tier above give the CF a score of 101, and if you want to prefer it over any tiers give the CF a score of 2000.
If you must have Dual Audio releases set the Minimum Custom Format Score to 2000 in the Remux-1080p - Anime profile that you setup earlier.
Using this scoring you will still benefit from the tiers if a better release group does a Dual Audio release.
Below is an example of the scoring set to prefer Dual Audio over any tier.
Most BDs are uncensored by default, so most groups do not include that in the name.
If you prefer Uncensored releases you have a few options depending on your preference.
If you want to prefer Uncensored within the same tier give the CF a score of 10, if you want it to be preferred a tier above give the CF a score of 101.
Using this scoring you will still benefit from the tiers if a better release group does an Uncensored release.
Below is an example of the scoring set to prefer Uncensored a tier above.
Once you have set your preferred scoring you will need to make two more changes to your Remux-1080p - Anime profile.
Make sure Upgrades Allowed is ticked then set the Upgrade Until section to Remux-1080p and the Upgrade Until Custom Format Score to 10000 and set Language to Original
After this has been done your profile should look as seen below. This is an example of the Default Scoring setup.
rg9400 (Building the Custom Formats, Guidance on anime groups and sharing general knowledge.)
V01 from SeaDex (Guidance on anime groups and sharing general knowledge.)
Drazzilb (Guidance on anime groups, testing and sharing general knowledge.)
TRaSH (For allowing me to utilize his website for our guide and sharing general knowledge.)
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-en/","title":"How to set up Quality Profiles (French)","text":"
aka How to set up Custom Formats (French)
This guide is created and maintained by Someone Said \"Nice\"?
Cette page est aussi disponible en Fran\u00e7ais: Guide en Fran\u00e7ais.
So what is the best way to set up the Custom Formats and which one to use with which scores to get French and English Audio?
Keep in mind that most releases are MULTi (understand DUAL audio, original and French audio) and it will be difficult to only have French audio, unless you are willing to get 720p, or you are only looking for French movies.
Regarding quality there isn't a best setup, it depends on your setup (hardware devices) and your own personal preferences. Some prefer high-quality audio (HD Audio), others high-quality video. Many prefer both.
TRaSH created a flowchart to make your decision/choices easier. Remember that this chart does not include any of the following Custom Formats and you will still need to read this guide to get MULTi releases.
It is quite important that you follow and understand what is envisioned by Trash's guide:
Adding Custom Formats, as explained in How to import Custom Formats.
Setting up a quality Profile to make use of the Custom Formats, as explained in How to set up Quality Profiles | Basics section.
Mandatory
The only change that is needed and mandatory for French Custom Formats to work is to set the preferred language profile for your releases to Any.
Screenshot example - [Click to show/hide]
Info
We do choose Any for the language profile, as otherwise an English movie identified with French audio in Radarr will not be grabbed and vice-versa.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-en/#i-am-only-interested-in-french-subs-vostfr","title":"I am only interested in French subs (VOSTFR)","text":"
There is two options:
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-en/#using-trashs-guide-and-bazarr","title":"Using TRaSH's guide and Bazarr","text":"
This is the preferred method.
Set up Radarr using How to set up Quality Profiles | Which Quality Profile you should choose.
Set up Bazarr. It will do an amazing job of getting your subtitle on every movie.
Enjoy your movies with subs.
(Optional) Add the VOSTFR Custom Format with a score of 1000.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-en/#using-the-following-examples-and-the-vostfr-custom-format","title":"Using the following examples and the VOSTFR Custom Format","text":"
Continue to read this page.
Ignore any mention of MULTi Custom Formats.
Add the VOSTFR Custom Format with a score of 1000.
There are two ways of using those French Custom Formats, with and without the Guide's original Group tiers (which can be found here: Collection of Custom Formats). To illustrate this, you will see an \"Original mix (optional)\" section in each of the examples below. You need to understand that if you add the Custom Formats from this optional section if Radarr does not find a MULTi you will still have a good scoring for single audio.
Attention
If you use the \"Original mix (optional)\". You need to understand that even if in the beginning the main focus of those French Custom Formats is to work alongside the original ones. You could end up with a single audio release when a MULTi release exists. This is because it was not scored high enough to trump the other scoring.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-en/#examples-of-quality-profile","title":"Examples of Quality Profile","text":"
Attention
All the used scores and combinations of Custom Formats in this Guide are tested to get the desired results while preventing download loops as much as possible.
From experience, most of the time when people change scores or leave out certain CFs that work together - they end up with undesired results.
If you're unsure or have questions, do not hesitate to ask for help on Discord
Those are all optional and only there to rename your release or to avoid a certain type of French Audio. Examples:
You prefer VFF (including VFI and VF2) audio, in this case, you will put them at 101 instead of 0.
You only want VOSTFR, in this case, you will ignore any mention of MULTi Custom Formats and give the VOSTFR Custom Format a score of 1000.
Attention
It is not recommended to put any of the VF Custom Formats (VFF, VFQ, VQ, VFB, VFI, VF2) to a negative score. Instead, increase the score of your preferred audio.
Explanation - [Click to show/hide] Acronyms French Explanation English Explanation TRUEFRENCH or VFF Version Francophone Fran\u00e7aise (doublage r\u00e9alis\u00e9 en France) Full French version (dubbing done in France) FRENCH or VF[1] Version Francophone (normalement equivalent \u00e0 la VFQ) French version (normally equivalent to VFQ) VOF Version Originale Fran\u00e7aise Original French Version VFI Version Francophone Internationale International French Version VFQ Version Francophone Qu\u00e9b\u00e9coise Canadian French Version VOQ Version Original Qu\u00e9b\u00e9coise (ex: Bon Cop, Bad Cop) Quebec Original Version (ex: Bon Cop, Bad Cop) VQ Version Qu\u00e9b\u00e9coise (accent Qu\u00e9b\u00e9cois important, ex: Les Simpsons le film) Quebec Version (strong Quebec accent, ex: The Simpsons movie) VFB Version Francophone Belge Belgian French Version VF[1-9] or FR[1-9] Indique le nombre de doublage pr\u00e9sent (normalement VF2 soit VFF et VFQ) Indicates the number of dubs present (normally VF2 being VFF and VFQ) VOSTFR[2] Indique que l'audio est dans la langue originale, avec des sous-titres en fran\u00e7ais. Indicates soundtrack in the original language, with French subtitles
[1] VF is included under the VFQ Custom Format, but it should be noted that it was often mismatched with VFF instead of VFQ pre-2022.
[2] It should be noted that SUBFRENCH is included in this Custom Format. However, SUB often means that the subtitle was embedded inside the picture (hardcoded). French releases tend to mix the two, leading to some VOSTFR being labelled as SUBFRENCH and SUBFRENCH as VOSTFR.
Indexers renaming in Prowlarr
Some Indexers in Prowlarr can rename MULTi releases to MULTi.TRUEFRENCH or MULTi.FRENCH. It is not recommend to use such a feature along with those Custom Formats as it can lead to false positives from the VFF, VFQ and VQ Custom Formats.
MULTi definition per indexers
Some Indexers in Radarr will let you choose which audio is normally included inside a MULTi release as an option. You should choose only Original and French if you decide to use it. This option should only be used for French indexers where you are sure that MULTi does include both Original and French audio. Doing so in more \"international\" indexers can create to false positive with the French Audio CFs.
French Audio Versions - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Trash ID VFF 404c08fd0bd67f39b4d8e5709319094e VOF 4cafa20d5584f6ba1871d1b8941aa3cb VFI 52772f1cad6b5d26c2551f79bc538a50 VF2 29b5f7b1a5f20f64228786c3ab1bdc7d VFQ b6ace47331a1d3b77942fc18156f6df6 VOQ f7caa1942be5cc547c266bd3dbc2cda9 VQ 95aa50f71a01c82354a7a2b385f1c4d8 VFB b3fb499641d7b3c2006be1d9eb014cb3 VOSTFR 9172b2f683f6223e3a1846427b417a3d"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-en/#releases-you-should-avoid","title":"Releases you should avoid","text":"
This is a must-have for every Quality Profile you use. All these Custom Formats make sure you don't get low-quality Releases.
Unwanted - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 ed38b889b31be83fda192888e2286d83 3D -10000 b8cd450cbfa689c0259a01d9e29ba3d6 LQ -10000 90a6f9a284dff5103f6346090e6280c8 FR LQ -10000 48f031e76111f17ea94898f4cdc34fdc x265 (HD) -10000 dc98083864ea246d05a42df0d05f81cc
Breakdown and Why
BR-DISK : This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
3D: Is 3D still a thing for home use ?
LQ: A collection of known low-quality groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
FR LQ: A collection of known low-quality French groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
x265 (HD): This blocks/ignores 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265. - More info HERE.
Don't use this together with x265 (no HDR/DV), only ever include one of them
Optional - [Click to show/hide]
This includes optional Custom Formats made by Trash for the original guide. Please be sure to understand what those do before adding them. Moreover, it includes two Custom Formats you may use at your own risk if you want MULTi:
Bad Dual Groups, which can be controversial for people looking for MULTi release. I encourage you to not use it.
Scene, it may include Scene groups already in FR Scene Groups Custom Format. Which is used for fallback to be sure to get a MULTi release.
Miscellaneous (Optional) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Bad Dual Groups -10000 b6832f586342ef70d9c128d40c07b872 EVO (no WEBDL) -10000 90cedc1fea7ea5d11298bebd3d1d3223 No-RlsGroup -10000 ae9b7c9ebde1f3bd336a8cbd1ec4c5e5 Obfuscated -10000 7357cf5161efbf8c4d5d0c30b4815ee2 Retags -10000 5c44f52a8714fdd79bb4d98e2673be1f Scene -10000 f537cf427b64c38c8e36298f657e4828
Breakdown and Why
Bad Dual Groups: [Optional] These groups take the original release and add their own language track (e.g. AAC 2.0 Portuguese) as the first track. Afterward, FFprobe would determine that the media file is Portuguese. It's a common rule that you only add the best audio as the main track. Also they often even rename the release name into Portuguese.
EVO (no WEBDL): This group is often banned for low-quality Blu-ray releases, but their WEB-DLs are okay.
No-RlsGroup: [Optional] Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups being scored incorrectly. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up with a stripped group name. These releases would appear as \"upgrades\" and could end up getting a decent score after other CFs are scored.
Obfuscated: [Optional] Use these only if you wish to avoid renamed releases.
Retags: [Optional] Use this if you want to avoid retagged releases. Retagged releases often are not consistent with the quality of the original group's release.
Scene: [Optional] Use this only if you want to avoid SCENE releases.
For this Quality Profile we're going to make use of the following Custom Formats with the scores given in the table.
Attention
All the used scores and combinations of Custom Formats in this Guide are tested to get the desired results while preventing download loops as much as possible.
From experience, most of the time when people change scores or leave out certain CFs that work together - they end up with undesired results.
If you're unsure or have questions, do not hesitate to ask for help on Discord
Click For Support
Getting the movie name in French in the file and/or folder name
Following the recommended naming scheme for your library, whether it's Plex, Jellyfin, or Emby, you can add the ISO-2 language code at the end of the movie name tag to display the movie name in the desired language. The tag should look like the following: {Movie CleanTitle:fr}. This works in both Folder and File name.
If you prefer High-Quality HD Encodes (Bluray-720/1080p)
Size: 6-15 GB for a Bluray-1080p depending on the running time.
Multi audio - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Multi-Audio 300 72b1548df1ac3175ca105a9ce7043c91 French Audio 1 6d27683346c78d6a3f772e30877910a7 Multi-French 0 d5f3a1afdb77e6b95e489f7654532d04 Breakdown and Why - [Click to show/hide]
Multi-Audio: This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize MULTi audio releases.
Tip
You can safely replace the original Multi Custom Format from the Guide with it.
French Audio: This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize release with French audio. It is optional and only gives a small boost if the release indeed possesses French audio.
Multi-French: This is a custom format that will rename your file with Multi-French.
How it works
When Radarr finds a release with MULTi, it will allocate a 300 score to it thanks to the Multi-Audio custom format. If the release contains at least both the original audio and French audio, it will be renamed by the Multi-French. Allowing the release to keep the 300 score from the Multi-Audio Custom Format.
Movie Versions - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Hybrid 100 0f12c086e289cf966fa5948eac571f44 Remaster 25 570bc9ebecd92723d2d21500f4be314c 4K Remaster 25 eca37840c13c6ef2dd0262b141a5482f Criterion Collection 25 e0c07d59beb37348e975a930d5e50319 Masters of Cinema 25 9d27d9d2181838f76dee150882bdc58c Vinegar Syndrome 25 db9b4c4b53d312a3ca5f1378f6440fc9 Special Edition 125 957d0f44b592285f26449575e8b1167e IMAX 800 eecf3a857724171f968a66cb5719e152 IMAX Enhanced 800 9f6cbff8cfe4ebbc1bde14c7b7bec0de
IMAX Enhanced
IMAX Enhanced: Get More Picture Instead of Black Bars.
IMAX Enhanced exclusive expanded aspect ratio is 1:90:1, which offers up to 26% more picture for select sequences, meaning more of the action is visible on screen.
If you don't prefer IMAX Enhanced then don't add it or use a score of 0
HQ Source Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID FR HD Bluray Tier 01 1800 5322da05b19d857acc1e75be3edf47b3 FR HD Bluray Tier 02 1750 57f34251344be2e283fc30e00e458be6 FR WEB Tier 01 1700 9790a618cec1aeac8ce75601a17ea40d FR WEB Tier 02 1650 3c83a765f84239716bd5fd2d7af188f9 FR Scene Groups 1500 0d94489c0d5828cd3bf9409d309fb32b
Tip
French Scene groups are included as a fallback if you really want MULTi release despite a potential loss in quality. Either score the CF to 1500 (default) or 0 depending on what you want to achieve.
Original mix (optional) HQ Release Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID HD Bluray Tier 01 1800 ed27ebfef2f323e964fb1f61391bcb35 HD Bluray Tier 02 1750 c20c8647f2746a1f4c4262b0fbbeeeae HD Bluray Tier 03 1700 5608c71bcebba0a5e666223bae8c9227 WEB Tier 01 1700 c20f169ef63c5f40c2def54abaf4438e WEB Tier 02 1650 403816d65392c79236dcb6dd591aeda4 WEB Tier 03 1600 af94e0fe497124d1f9ce732069ec8c3b Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 e7718d7a3ce595f289bfee26adc178f5 Repack2 6 ae43b294509409a6a13919dedd4764c4 Repack3 7 5caaaa1c08c1742aa4342d8c4cc463f2 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Radarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
Unwanted - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 ed38b889b31be83fda192888e2286d83 3D -10000 b8cd450cbfa689c0259a01d9e29ba3d6 LQ -10000 90a6f9a284dff5103f6346090e6280c8 FR LQ -10000 48f031e76111f17ea94898f4cdc34fdc x265 (HD) -10000 dc98083864ea246d05a42df0d05f81cc
Breakdown and Why
BR-DISK : This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
3D: Is 3D still a thing for home use ?
LQ: A collection of known low-quality groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
FR LQ: A collection of known low-quality French groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
x265 (HD): This blocks/ignores 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265. - More info HERE.
Don't use this together with x265 (no HDR/DV), only ever include one of them
Optional - [Click to show/hide]
This includes optional Custom Formats made by Trash for the original guide. Please be sure to understand what those do before adding them. Moreover, it includes two Custom Formats you may use at your own risk if you want MULTi:
Bad Dual Groups, which can be controversial for people looking for MULTi release. I encourage you to not use it.
Scene, it may include Scene groups already in FR Scene Groups Custom Format. Which is used for fallback to be sure to get a MULTi release.
Miscellaneous (Optional) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Bad Dual Groups -10000 b6832f586342ef70d9c128d40c07b872 EVO (no WEBDL) -10000 90cedc1fea7ea5d11298bebd3d1d3223 No-RlsGroup -10000 ae9b7c9ebde1f3bd336a8cbd1ec4c5e5 Obfuscated -10000 7357cf5161efbf8c4d5d0c30b4815ee2 Retags -10000 5c44f52a8714fdd79bb4d98e2673be1f Scene -10000 f537cf427b64c38c8e36298f657e4828
Breakdown and Why
Bad Dual Groups: [Optional] These groups take the original release and add their own language track (e.g. AAC 2.0 Portuguese) as the first track. Afterward, FFprobe would determine that the media file is Portuguese. It's a common rule that you only add the best audio as the main track. Also they often even rename the release name into Portuguese.
EVO (no WEBDL): This group is often banned for low-quality Blu-ray releases, but their WEB-DLs are okay.
No-RlsGroup: [Optional] Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups being scored incorrectly. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up with a stripped group name. These releases would appear as \"upgrades\" and could end up getting a decent score after other CFs are scored.
Obfuscated: [Optional] Use these only if you wish to avoid renamed releases.
Retags: [Optional] Use this if you want to avoid retagged releases. Retagged releases often are not consistent with the quality of the original group's release.
Scene: [Optional] Use this only if you want to avoid SCENE releases.
General Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 0 b3b3a6ac74ecbd56bcdbefa4799fb9df ATVP 0 40e9380490e748672c2522eaaeb692f7 BCORE 15 cc5e51a9e85a6296ceefe097a77f12f4 CRiT 20 16622a6911d1ab5d5b8b713d5b0036d4 DSNP 0 84272245b2988854bfb76a16e60baea5 HBO 0 509e5f41146e278f9eab1ddaceb34515 HMAX 0 5763d1b0ce84aff3b21038eea8e9b8ad Hulu 0 526d445d4c16214309f0fd2b3be18a89 iT 0 e0ec9672be6cac914ffad34a6b077209 MAX 0 6a061313d22e51e0f25b7cd4dc065233 MA 20 2a6039655313bf5dab1e43523b62c374 NF 0 170b1d363bd8516fbf3a3eb05d4faff6 PMTP 0 e36a0ba1bc902b26ee40818a1d59b8bd PCOK 0 c9fd353f8f5f1baf56dc601c4cb29920 STAN 0 c2863d2a50c9acad1fb50e53ece60817
Breakdown and Why
The reason why these Custom Formats have a score of 0 is because they are mainly used for the naming scheme and other variables should decide for movies if a certain release if preferred.
BCore, CRiT and MA are the only ones with a score because of their better source material, or higher bitrate and quality compared to other streaming services.
Audio Advanced Custom Formats are not included in the encode's profile, as you will hardly find HD audio with HD Bluray Encodes. With HD Bluray Encodes it is suggested to go for quality. If you also want HD audio formats you should go for the Remuxes or UHD Encodes.
Use the following main settings in your profile.
Make sure you don't check the BR-DISK.
The reason why WEB-DL 720p is not selected is that you will hardly find any releases that aren't done as 1080p WEB-DL.
Info
The order listed in the profile matters even if a quality is not checked, for example if you have a 1080p version but wanted the SD version, Radarr will reject all SD results because 1080p is listed higher than SD even though 1080p was not checked.
Qualities at the top of the list will appear first in manual searches.
Qualities higher in the list are more preferred even if not checked.
Qualities within the same group are equal.
Only checked qualities are wanted.
This is why it's recommended to move the selected quality to the top of the list.
Source: Wiki Servarr
Workflow Logic - [Click to show/hide]
When the WEB-1080p is released it will download the WEB-1080p. (streaming services)
When the Bluray-1080p is released it will upgrade to the Bluray-1080p.
The downloaded media will be upgraded to any of the added Custom Formats until a score of 10000.
If you prefer High-Quality UHD Encodes (Bluray-2160p)
Size: 20-60 GB for a Bluray-2160p depending on the running time.
Information regarding HD audio
It should be noted that many problems can arise from this profile if you use the HD audio Custom Formats, as:
French Scene rules assert that the French audio should be the first (default) audio in a MULTi release.
The rules state that only the best audio (whether original or FR) should be mentioned in the title.
Some movies (and TV shows, mostly from the pre-streaming era) lack an equivalent FR audio track to the original audio's highest one.
Resulting in the following:
The quality of the audio in the release's title could not be the French one.
The French audio could be of lesser quality than the titled one.
Radarr will only score pre-import audio by the release title. Post-import by the release's first (default) audio (after ffprobe).
The final score for the release can be lower than the pre-import.
Tip
This is why the Group tiers exist; it tries to get hold of the groups that tend to get the best original and French audio for a release. However, it is not infallible, and, once again, a movie may not have an equivalent FR audio track to the original audio's highest one.
Audio - [Click to show/hide]
Why should I choose All Audio formats?
You have a hardware media player device and an audio setup that supports ALL HD Audio (TrueHD, DTS-X, DTS-HD, etc).
AppleTV doesn't passthrough HD-audio, If you use infuse it's still limited!please check I've a AppleTV
You've chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats. You should use all the Audio formats with Remuxes/UHD Encodes.
You should add ALL the Audio formats - don't leave any of them out!
Audio transcoding has a low impact on your server. If your server can't handle audio transcoding, consider choosing another quality profile.
I've a AppleTV - [Click to show/hide]
Passthrough: The preferred method if you have an audio setup (AVR/Soundbar). This mode will send the audio signals without any alteration or processing.
Direct Play: The client supports the container, video stream, and audio stream natively. The Plex server simply sends the media file as-is to the client. This uses very little CPU power.
Transcode: The client does not support the video stream and/or the audio stream. The Plex server re-encodes the video, audio, or both into a compatible format. Transcoding video uses a lot of CPU power, but transcoding audio uses little to moderate CPU power.
Decodes: Decompresses the audio before sending it to your AVR/Soundbar.
partial used source: Infuse FAQ
Am I losing any quality by using LPCM? - [Click to show/hide]
No. Since LPCM is a lossless format, using it will result in no loss of quality. What your ears hear will be exactly the same. The only difference is your receiver will recognize the audio stream as PCM instead of Dolby/DTS.
LPCM will discard object and spatial metadata. (TrueHD Atmos, DTS-X)
source: Infuse FAQ
Should I block certain audio formats because something in my setup doesn't support it? - [Click to show/hide]
If you have chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats, it's somewhat pointless to lower the scores or block certain audio formats since 95% of the Remuxes and UHD Encodes provide HD audio formats such as TrueHD Atmos, TrueHD, and DTS-X.
So you have 2 options.
Choose another quality profile that doesn't include audio formats such as HD Bluray + WEB or 2160p WEB-DL.
Accept the limitations of your audio setup (AVR/Soundbar) and/or your hardware media player device.
Which Audio Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID TrueHD ATMOS 5000 496f355514737f7d83bf7aa4d24f8169 DTS X 4500 2f22d89048b01681dde8afe203bf2e95 ATMOS (undefined) 3000 417804f7f2c4308c1f4c5d380d4c4475 DD+ ATMOS 3000 1af239278386be2919e1bcee0bde047e TrueHD 2750 3cafb66171b47f226146a0770576870f DTS-HD MA 2500 dcf3ec6938fa32445f590a4da84256cd FLAC 2250 a570d4a0e56a2874b64e5bfa55202a1b PCM 2250 e7c2fcae07cbada050a0af3357491d7b DTS-HD HRA 2000 8e109e50e0a0b83a5098b056e13bf6db DD+ 1750 185f1dd7264c4562b9022d963ac37424 DTS-ES 1500 f9f847ac70a0af62ea4a08280b859636 DTS 1250 1c1a4c5e823891c75bc50380a6866f73 AAC 1000 240770601cc226190c367ef59aba7463 DD 750 c2998bd0d90ed5621d8df281e839436e All HDR Formats - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I choose All HDR formats?
You have a 4K/2160p TV and a hardware media player device (such as Roku, AppleTV, Shield, SmartTV App, etc.) that supports several HDR formats (such as Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, etc.).
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
You've chosen a profile that includes 4K/2160p releases. You must use all the HDR formats with 4k/2160p profiles.
You must add ALL the HDR formats - don't leave any of them out!
Why am I getting purple or green colors? - [Click to show/hide]
Why am I getting purple or green colors?
There are several possible reasons why your TV would show purple or green colors when playing Dolby Vision content.
Unsupported Hardware: Your TV or hardware media player device (Roku, AppleTV, etc) doesn't support Dolby Vision or your hardware media player device doesn't support all the Dolby Vision Profiles. As a result, the device might struggle to produce accurate colors, leading to a purple or green tint.
Incorrect Display Settings: Dolby Vision content often requires specific settings to be enabled on your TV or display device in order to deliver the intended visual experience. If these settings are not configured properly, it can result in the device showing distorted colors (including purple or green hues).
HDMI Compatibility Issues: Sometimes, HDMI cables or ports may not be fully compatible with Dolby Vision. If the media player device is not recognizing the Dolby Vision signal properly, it may fail to process the content correctly, resulting in abnormal color rendering.
To resolve the purple or green color issues when playing Dolby Vision content, you can try the following troubleshooting steps:
Ensure your TV or hardware media player device is Dolby Vision compatible and up-to-date with the latest firmware.
Verify that your TV or display device is set up correctly and has the necessary Dolby Vision settings enabled.
Check the HDMI cables and ensure they are capable of transmitting Dolby Vision signals.
Dolby Vision Profiles - [Click to show/hide]
Dolby Vision Profiles
Profile 5 (1) - This is what comes with WEB-DL Dolby Vision releases without HDR10 fallback.(Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens)
Profile 7 (2) - This is what comes with UHD Bluray Remuxes and UHD BluRay releases.These files will play on an Nvidia Shield Pro (2019), but on most other players will revert to the HDR10 fallback.
Profile 8 (3) - This is what comes with (Hybrid) WEB-DL (HULU), Hybrid UHD Remux, and UHD BluRay releases (all of which have HDR10 fallback).This works with several mainstream media players.
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
(1) PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse will only play profile 5 correctly if CMv2.9 is used
(2) Neither Infuse nor PLEX for AppleTV will deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 7.
(3) On PLEX for AppleTV it won't deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 8, and will only play the HDR10 fallback if CM2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201calthough your TV will incorrectly say that it is playing DV\u201d.With infuse it will convert it on the fly to Profile 5, and deliver real Dolby Vision if CMv2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201cMake sure you set the Extended Dolby Vision settings to Limited (prefer accuracy), Convert P8 to P5 (when possible), and play other P8 as HDR (output will switch to either DoVi or HDR depending on the video)\u201d
Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 and CMv4.0 - [Click to show/hide]
It is too technical to explain in detail, so I'll keep it short with tested facts: PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse only support CMv2.9.
There are two versions of Dolby Vision, namely CMv2.9 and CMv4.0. CMv4.0 uses an improved algorithm and a superior tone curve that allows for better mapping and more controls during the Dolby Vision trim pass process.
More info about the different Dolby Vision Versions: Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 vs. CMv4.0
Which HDR Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID DV HDR10+ 1500 c53085ddbd027d9624b320627748612f DV HDR10 1500 e23edd2482476e595fb990b12e7c609c DV 1500 58d6a88f13e2db7f5059c41047876f00 DV HLG 1500 55d53828b9d81cbe20b02efd00aa0efd DV SDR 1500 a3e19f8f627608af0211acd02bf89735 HDR10+ 600 b974a6cd08c1066250f1f177d7aa1225 HDR10 500 dfb86d5941bc9075d6af23b09c2aeecd HDR 500 e61e28db95d22bedcadf030b8f156d96 HDR (undefined) 500 2a4d9069cc1fe3242ff9bdaebed239bb PQ 500 08d6d8834ad9ec87b1dc7ec8148e7a1f HLG 500 9364dd386c9b4a1100dde8264690add7 Add Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000 - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
Not all devices in your chain support Dolby Vision.
You share your media library with other family members that don't have Dolby Vision compatible devices.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
Custom Format Score Trash ID DV (WEBDL) -10000 923b6abef9b17f937fab56cfcf89e1f1 Add the Custom Formats DV HDR10+ Boost and HDR10+ Boost - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
You have a (Samsung) TV that supports HDR10+.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
If you use this Custom Format then 99% of the time you also need to add the following Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000
Custom Format Score Trash ID HDR10+ Boost 901 b17886cb4158d9fea189859409975758 DV HDR10+ Boost 100 55a5b50cb416dea5a50c4955896217ab Multi audio - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Multi-Audio 300 72b1548df1ac3175ca105a9ce7043c91 French Audio 1 6d27683346c78d6a3f772e30877910a7 Multi-French 0 d5f3a1afdb77e6b95e489f7654532d04 Breakdown and Why - [Click to show/hide]
Multi-Audio: This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize MULTi audio releases.
Tip
You can safely replace the original Multi Custom Format from the Guide with it.
French Audio: This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize release with French audio. It is optional and only gives a small boost if the release indeed possesses French audio.
Multi-French: This is a custom format that will rename your file with Multi-French.
How it works
When Radarr finds a release with MULTi, it will allocate a 300 score to it thanks to the Multi-Audio custom format. If the release contains at least both the original audio and French audio, it will be renamed by the Multi-French. Allowing the release to keep the 300 score from the Multi-Audio Custom Format.
Movie Versions - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Hybrid 100 0f12c086e289cf966fa5948eac571f44 Remaster 25 570bc9ebecd92723d2d21500f4be314c 4K Remaster 25 eca37840c13c6ef2dd0262b141a5482f Criterion Collection 25 e0c07d59beb37348e975a930d5e50319 Masters of Cinema 25 9d27d9d2181838f76dee150882bdc58c Vinegar Syndrome 25 db9b4c4b53d312a3ca5f1378f6440fc9 Special Edition 125 957d0f44b592285f26449575e8b1167e IMAX 800 eecf3a857724171f968a66cb5719e152 IMAX Enhanced 800 9f6cbff8cfe4ebbc1bde14c7b7bec0de
IMAX Enhanced
IMAX Enhanced: Get More Picture Instead of Black Bars.
IMAX Enhanced exclusive expanded aspect ratio is 1:90:1, which offers up to 26% more picture for select sequences, meaning more of the action is visible on screen.
If you don't prefer IMAX Enhanced then don't add it or use a score of 0
HQ Source Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID FR UHD Bluray Tier 01 1800 64f8f12bbf7472a6ccf838bfd6b5e3e8 FR UHD Bluray Tier 02 1750 0dcf0c8a386d82e3f2d424189af14065 FR WEB Tier 01 1700 9790a618cec1aeac8ce75601a17ea40d FR WEB Tier 02 1650 3c83a765f84239716bd5fd2d7af188f9 FR Scene Groups 1500 0d94489c0d5828cd3bf9409d309fb32b
Tip
French Scene groups are included as a fallback if you really want MULTi release despite a potential loss in quality. Either score the CF to 1500 (default) or 0 depending on what you want to achieve.
Original mix (optional) HQ Release Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID UHD Bluray Tier 01 1800 4d74ac4c4db0b64bff6ce0cffef99bf0 UHD Bluray Tier 02 1750 a58f517a70193f8e578056642178419d UHD Bluray Tier 03 1700 e71939fae578037e7aed3ee219bbe7c1 WEB Tier 01 1700 c20f169ef63c5f40c2def54abaf4438e WEB Tier 02 1650 403816d65392c79236dcb6dd591aeda4 WEB Tier 03 1600 af94e0fe497124d1f9ce732069ec8c3b Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 e7718d7a3ce595f289bfee26adc178f5 Repack2 6 ae43b294509409a6a13919dedd4764c4 Repack3 7 5caaaa1c08c1742aa4342d8c4cc463f2 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Radarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
Unwanted - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 ed38b889b31be83fda192888e2286d83 3D -10000 b8cd450cbfa689c0259a01d9e29ba3d6 LQ -10000 90a6f9a284dff5103f6346090e6280c8 FR LQ -10000 48f031e76111f17ea94898f4cdc34fdc Upscaled -10000 bfd8eb01832d646a0a89c4deb46f8564 x265 (HD) -10000 dc98083864ea246d05a42df0d05f81cc
Breakdown and Why
BR-DISK : This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
3D: Is 3D still a thing for home use ?
LQ: A collection of known low-quality groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
FR LQ: A collection of known low-quality French groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
Upscaled: A custom format to prevent Radarr from grabbing 4K upscaled releases.
x265 (HD): This blocks/ignores 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265. - More info HERE.
!!!! Danger \"Don't use this together with x265 (no HDR/DV), only ever include one of them \"
Optional - [Click to show/hide]
This includes optional Custom Formats made by Trash for the original guide. Please be sure to understand what those do before adding them. Moreover, it includes two Custom Formats you may use at your own risk if you want MULTi:
Bad Dual Groups, which can be controversial for people looking for MULTi release. We encourage you to not use it.
Scene, it may include Scene groups already in FR Scene Groups Custom Format. Which is used for fallback to be sure to get a MULTi release.
Miscellaneous (Optional) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Bad Dual Groups -10000 b6832f586342ef70d9c128d40c07b872 EVO (no WEBDL) -10000 90cedc1fea7ea5d11298bebd3d1d3223 No-RlsGroup -10000 ae9b7c9ebde1f3bd336a8cbd1ec4c5e5 Obfuscated -10000 7357cf5161efbf8c4d5d0c30b4815ee2 Retags -10000 5c44f52a8714fdd79bb4d98e2673be1f Scene -10000 f537cf427b64c38c8e36298f657e4828
Breakdown and Why
Bad Dual Groups: [Optional] These groups take the original release and add their own language track (e.g. AAC 2.0 Portuguese) as the first track. Afterward, FFprobe would determine that the media file is Portuguese. It's a common rule that you only add the best audio as the main track. Also they often even rename the release name into Portuguese.
EVO (no WEBDL): This group is often banned for low-quality Blu-ray releases, but their WEB-DLs are okay.
No-RlsGroup: [Optional] Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups being scored incorrectly. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up with a stripped group name. These releases would appear as \"upgrades\" and could end up getting a decent score after other CFs are scored.
Obfuscated: [Optional] Use these only if you wish to avoid renamed releases.
Retags: [Optional] Use this if you want to avoid retagged releases. Retagged releases often are not consistent with the quality of the original group's release.
Scene: [Optional] Use this only if you want to avoid SCENE releases.
General Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 0 b3b3a6ac74ecbd56bcdbefa4799fb9df ATVP 0 40e9380490e748672c2522eaaeb692f7 BCORE 15 cc5e51a9e85a6296ceefe097a77f12f4 CRiT 20 16622a6911d1ab5d5b8b713d5b0036d4 DSNP 0 84272245b2988854bfb76a16e60baea5 HBO 0 509e5f41146e278f9eab1ddaceb34515 HMAX 0 5763d1b0ce84aff3b21038eea8e9b8ad Hulu 0 526d445d4c16214309f0fd2b3be18a89 iT 0 e0ec9672be6cac914ffad34a6b077209 MAX 0 6a061313d22e51e0f25b7cd4dc065233 MA 20 2a6039655313bf5dab1e43523b62c374 NF 0 170b1d363bd8516fbf3a3eb05d4faff6 PMTP 0 e36a0ba1bc902b26ee40818a1d59b8bd PCOK 0 c9fd353f8f5f1baf56dc601c4cb29920 STAN 0 c2863d2a50c9acad1fb50e53ece60817
Breakdown and Why
The reason why these Custom Formats have a score of 0 is because they are mainly used for the naming scheme and other variables should decide for movies if a certain release if preferred.
BCore, CRiT and MA are the only ones with a score because of their better source material, or higher bitrate and quality compared to other streaming services.
Use the following main settings in your profile.
Make sure you don't check the BR-DISK.
Info
The order listed in the profile matters even if a quality is not checked, for example if you have a 1080p version but wanted the SD version, Radarr will reject all SD results because 1080p is listed higher than SD even though 1080p was not checked.
Qualities at the top of the list will appear first in manual searches.
Qualities higher in the list are more preferred even if not checked.
Qualities within the same group are equal.
Only checked qualities are wanted.
This is why it's recommended to move the selected quality to the top of the list.
Source: Wiki Servarr
Workflow Logic - [Click to show/hide]
Depending on what's released first and available the following Workflow Logic will be used:
When the WEB-2160p is released it will download the WEB-2160p. (streaming services)
When the Bluray-2160p is released it will upgrade to the Bluray-2160p.
The downloaded media will be upgraded to any of the added Custom Formats until a score of 10000.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-en/#remux-web-1080p","title":"Remux + WEB 1080p","text":"
If you prefer 1080p Remuxes (Remux-1080p)
Size: 20-40 GB for a Remux-1080p depending on the running time.
Information regarding HD audio
It should be noted that many problems can arise from this profile if you use the HD audio Custom Formats, as:
French Scene rules assert that the French audio should be the first (default) audio in a MULTi release.
The rules state that only the best audio (whether original or FR) should be mentioned in the title.
Some movies (and TV shows, mostly from the pre-streaming era) lack an equivalent FR audio track to the original audio's highest one.
Resulting in the following:
The quality of the audio in the release's title could not be the French one.
The French audio could be of lesser quality than the titled one.
Radarr will only score pre-import audio by the release title. Post-import by the release's first (default) audio (after ffprobe).
The final score for the release can be lower than the pre-import.
Tip
This is why the Group tiers exist; it tries to get hold of the groups that tend to get the best original and French audio for a release. However, it is not infallible, and, once again, a movie may not have an equivalent FR audio track to the original audio's highest one.
Audio - [Click to show/hide]
Why should I choose All Audio formats?
You have a hardware media player device and an audio setup that supports ALL HD Audio (TrueHD, DTS-X, DTS-HD, etc).
AppleTV doesn't passthrough HD-audio, If you use infuse it's still limited!please check I've a AppleTV
You've chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats. You should use all the Audio formats with Remuxes/UHD Encodes.
You should add ALL the Audio formats - don't leave any of them out!
Audio transcoding has a low impact on your server. If your server can't handle audio transcoding, consider choosing another quality profile.
I've a AppleTV - [Click to show/hide]
Passthrough: The preferred method if you have an audio setup (AVR/Soundbar). This mode will send the audio signals without any alteration or processing.
Direct Play: The client supports the container, video stream, and audio stream natively. The Plex server simply sends the media file as-is to the client. This uses very little CPU power.
Transcode: The client does not support the video stream and/or the audio stream. The Plex server re-encodes the video, audio, or both into a compatible format. Transcoding video uses a lot of CPU power, but transcoding audio uses little to moderate CPU power.
Decodes: Decompresses the audio before sending it to your AVR/Soundbar.
partial used source: Infuse FAQ
Am I losing any quality by using LPCM? - [Click to show/hide]
No. Since LPCM is a lossless format, using it will result in no loss of quality. What your ears hear will be exactly the same. The only difference is your receiver will recognize the audio stream as PCM instead of Dolby/DTS.
LPCM will discard object and spatial metadata. (TrueHD Atmos, DTS-X)
source: Infuse FAQ
Should I block certain audio formats because something in my setup doesn't support it? - [Click to show/hide]
If you have chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats, it's somewhat pointless to lower the scores or block certain audio formats since 95% of the Remuxes and UHD Encodes provide HD audio formats such as TrueHD Atmos, TrueHD, and DTS-X.
So you have 2 options.
Choose another quality profile that doesn't include audio formats such as HD Bluray + WEB or 2160p WEB-DL.
Accept the limitations of your audio setup (AVR/Soundbar) and/or your hardware media player device.
Which Audio Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID TrueHD ATMOS 5000 496f355514737f7d83bf7aa4d24f8169 DTS X 4500 2f22d89048b01681dde8afe203bf2e95 ATMOS (undefined) 3000 417804f7f2c4308c1f4c5d380d4c4475 DD+ ATMOS 3000 1af239278386be2919e1bcee0bde047e TrueHD 2750 3cafb66171b47f226146a0770576870f DTS-HD MA 2500 dcf3ec6938fa32445f590a4da84256cd FLAC 2250 a570d4a0e56a2874b64e5bfa55202a1b PCM 2250 e7c2fcae07cbada050a0af3357491d7b DTS-HD HRA 2000 8e109e50e0a0b83a5098b056e13bf6db DD+ 1750 185f1dd7264c4562b9022d963ac37424 DTS-ES 1500 f9f847ac70a0af62ea4a08280b859636 DTS 1250 1c1a4c5e823891c75bc50380a6866f73 AAC 1000 240770601cc226190c367ef59aba7463 DD 750 c2998bd0d90ed5621d8df281e839436e Multi audio - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Multi-Audio 300 72b1548df1ac3175ca105a9ce7043c91 French Audio 1 6d27683346c78d6a3f772e30877910a7 Multi-French 0 d5f3a1afdb77e6b95e489f7654532d04 Breakdown and Why - [Click to show/hide]
Multi-Audio: This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize MULTi audio releases.
Tip
You can safely replace the original Multi Custom Format from the Guide with it.
French Audio: This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize release with French audio. It is optional and only gives a small boost if the release indeed possesses French audio.
Multi-French: This is a custom format that will rename your file with Multi-French.
How it works
When Radarr finds a release with MULTi, it will allocate a 300 score to it thanks to the Multi-Audio custom format. If the release contains at least both the original audio and French audio, it will be renamed by the Multi-French. Allowing the release to keep the 300 score from the Multi-Audio Custom Format.
Movie Versions - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Hybrid 100 0f12c086e289cf966fa5948eac571f44 Remaster 25 570bc9ebecd92723d2d21500f4be314c 4K Remaster 25 eca37840c13c6ef2dd0262b141a5482f Criterion Collection 25 e0c07d59beb37348e975a930d5e50319 Masters of Cinema 25 9d27d9d2181838f76dee150882bdc58c Vinegar Syndrome 25 db9b4c4b53d312a3ca5f1378f6440fc9 Special Edition 125 957d0f44b592285f26449575e8b1167e IMAX 800 eecf3a857724171f968a66cb5719e152 IMAX Enhanced 800 9f6cbff8cfe4ebbc1bde14c7b7bec0de
IMAX Enhanced
IMAX Enhanced: Get More Picture Instead of Black Bars.
IMAX Enhanced exclusive expanded aspect ratio is 1:90:1, which offers up to 26% more picture for select sequences, meaning more of the action is visible on screen.
If you don't prefer IMAX Enhanced then don't add it or use a score of 0
HQ Source Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID FR Remux Tier 01 1950 5583260016e0b9f683f53af41fb42e4a FR Remux Tier 02 1900 9019d81307e68cd4a7eb06a567e833b8 FR WEB Tier 01 1700 9790a618cec1aeac8ce75601a17ea40d FR WEB Tier 02 1650 3c83a765f84239716bd5fd2d7af188f9 FR Scene Groups 1500 0d94489c0d5828cd3bf9409d309fb32b
Tip
French Scene groups are included as a fallback if you really want MULTi release despite a potential loss in quality. Either score the CF to 1500 (default) or 0 depending on what you want to achieve.
Original mix (optional) HQ Release Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Remux Tier 01 1950 3a3ff47579026e76d6504ebea39390de Remux Tier 02 1900 9f98181fe5a3fbeb0cc29340da2a468a Remux Tier 03 1850 8baaf0b3142bf4d94c42a724f034e27a WEB Tier 01 1700 c20f169ef63c5f40c2def54abaf4438e WEB Tier 02 1650 403816d65392c79236dcb6dd591aeda4 WEB Tier 03 1600 af94e0fe497124d1f9ce732069ec8c3b Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 e7718d7a3ce595f289bfee26adc178f5 Repack2 6 ae43b294509409a6a13919dedd4764c4 Repack3 7 5caaaa1c08c1742aa4342d8c4cc463f2 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Radarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
Unwanted - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 ed38b889b31be83fda192888e2286d83 3D -10000 b8cd450cbfa689c0259a01d9e29ba3d6 LQ -10000 90a6f9a284dff5103f6346090e6280c8 FR LQ -10000 48f031e76111f17ea94898f4cdc34fdc x265 (HD) -10000 dc98083864ea246d05a42df0d05f81cc
Breakdown and Why
BR-DISK : This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
3D: Is 3D still a thing for home use ?
LQ: A collection of known low-quality groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
FR LQ: A collection of known low-quality French groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
x265 (HD): This blocks/ignores 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265. - More info HERE.
Don't use this together with x265 (no HDR/DV), only ever include one of them
Optional - [Click to show/hide]
This includes optional Custom Formats made by Trash for the original guide. Please be sure to understand what those do before adding them. Moreover, it includes two Custom Formats you may use at your own risk if you want MULTi:
Bad Dual Groups, which can be controversial for people looking for MULTi release. I encourage you to not use it.
Scene, it may include Scene groups already in FR Scene Groups Custom Format. Which is used for fallback to be sure to get a MULTi release.
Miscellaneous (Optional) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Bad Dual Groups -10000 b6832f586342ef70d9c128d40c07b872 EVO (no WEBDL) -10000 90cedc1fea7ea5d11298bebd3d1d3223 No-RlsGroup -10000 ae9b7c9ebde1f3bd336a8cbd1ec4c5e5 Obfuscated -10000 7357cf5161efbf8c4d5d0c30b4815ee2 Retags -10000 5c44f52a8714fdd79bb4d98e2673be1f Scene -10000 f537cf427b64c38c8e36298f657e4828
Breakdown and Why
Bad Dual Groups: [Optional] These groups take the original release and add their own language track (e.g. AAC 2.0 Portuguese) as the first track. Afterward, FFprobe would determine that the media file is Portuguese. It's a common rule that you only add the best audio as the main track. Also they often even rename the release name into Portuguese.
EVO (no WEBDL): This group is often banned for low-quality Blu-ray releases, but their WEB-DLs are okay.
No-RlsGroup: [Optional] Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups being scored incorrectly. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up with a stripped group name. These releases would appear as \"upgrades\" and could end up getting a decent score after other CFs are scored.
Obfuscated: [Optional] Use these only if you wish to avoid renamed releases.
Retags: [Optional] Use this if you want to avoid retagged releases. Retagged releases often are not consistent with the quality of the original group's release.
Scene: [Optional] Use this only if you want to avoid SCENE releases.
General Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 0 b3b3a6ac74ecbd56bcdbefa4799fb9df ATVP 0 40e9380490e748672c2522eaaeb692f7 BCORE 15 cc5e51a9e85a6296ceefe097a77f12f4 CRiT 20 16622a6911d1ab5d5b8b713d5b0036d4 DSNP 0 84272245b2988854bfb76a16e60baea5 HBO 0 509e5f41146e278f9eab1ddaceb34515 HMAX 0 5763d1b0ce84aff3b21038eea8e9b8ad Hulu 0 526d445d4c16214309f0fd2b3be18a89 iT 0 e0ec9672be6cac914ffad34a6b077209 MAX 0 6a061313d22e51e0f25b7cd4dc065233 MA 20 2a6039655313bf5dab1e43523b62c374 NF 0 170b1d363bd8516fbf3a3eb05d4faff6 PMTP 0 e36a0ba1bc902b26ee40818a1d59b8bd PCOK 0 c9fd353f8f5f1baf56dc601c4cb29920 STAN 0 c2863d2a50c9acad1fb50e53ece60817
Breakdown and Why
The reason why these Custom Formats have a score of 0 is because they are mainly used for the naming scheme and other variables should decide for movies if a certain release if preferred.
BCore, CRiT and MA are the only ones with a score because of their better source material, or higher bitrate and quality compared to other streaming services.
Use the following main settings in your profile.
Make sure you don't check the BR-DISK.
The reason why we didn't select the WEB-DL 720p is that you will hardly find any releases that aren't done as 1080p WEB-DL.
Info
The order listed in the profile matters even if a quality is not checked, for example if you have a 1080p version but wanted the SD version, Radarr will reject all SD results because 1080p is listed higher than SD even though 1080p was not checked.
Qualities at the top of the list will appear first in manual searches.
Qualities higher in the list are more preferred even if not checked.
Qualities within the same group are equal.
Only checked qualities are wanted.
This is why it's recommended to move the selected quality to the top of the list.
Source: Wiki Servarr
Workflow Logic - [Click to show/hide]
When the WEB-1080p is released it will download the WEB-1080p. (streaming services)
When the REMUX-1080p is released it will upgrade to the REMUX-1080p.
The downloaded media will be upgraded to any of the added Custom Formats until a score of 10000.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-en/#remux-web-2160p","title":"Remux + WEB 2160p","text":"
If you prefer 2160p Remuxes (Remux-2160p)
Size: 40-100 GB for a Remux-2160p depending on the running time.
Information regarding HD audio
It should be noted that many problems can arise from this profile if you use the HD audio Custom Formats, as:
French Scene rules assert that the French audio should be the first (default) audio in a MULTi release.
The rules state that only the best audio (whether original or FR) should be mentioned in the title.
Some movies (and TV shows, mostly from the pre-streaming era) lack an equivalent FR audio track to the original audio's highest one.
Resulting in the following:
The quality of the audio in the release's title could not be the French one.
The French audio could be of lesser quality than the titled one.
Radarr will only score pre-import audio by the release title. Post-import by the release's first (default) audio (after ffprobe).
The final score for the release can be lower than the pre-import.
Tip
This is why the Group tiers exist; it tries to get hold of the groups that tend to get the best original and French audio for a release. However, it is not infallible, and, once again, a movie may not have an equivalent FR audio track to the original audio's highest one.
Audio - [Click to show/hide]
Why should I choose All Audio formats?
You have a hardware media player device and an audio setup that supports ALL HD Audio (TrueHD, DTS-X, DTS-HD, etc).
AppleTV doesn't passthrough HD-audio, If you use infuse it's still limited!please check I've a AppleTV
You've chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats. You should use all the Audio formats with Remuxes/UHD Encodes.
You should add ALL the Audio formats - don't leave any of them out!
Audio transcoding has a low impact on your server. If your server can't handle audio transcoding, consider choosing another quality profile.
I've a AppleTV - [Click to show/hide]
Passthrough: The preferred method if you have an audio setup (AVR/Soundbar). This mode will send the audio signals without any alteration or processing.
Direct Play: The client supports the container, video stream, and audio stream natively. The Plex server simply sends the media file as-is to the client. This uses very little CPU power.
Transcode: The client does not support the video stream and/or the audio stream. The Plex server re-encodes the video, audio, or both into a compatible format. Transcoding video uses a lot of CPU power, but transcoding audio uses little to moderate CPU power.
Decodes: Decompresses the audio before sending it to your AVR/Soundbar.
partial used source: Infuse FAQ
Am I losing any quality by using LPCM? - [Click to show/hide]
No. Since LPCM is a lossless format, using it will result in no loss of quality. What your ears hear will be exactly the same. The only difference is your receiver will recognize the audio stream as PCM instead of Dolby/DTS.
LPCM will discard object and spatial metadata. (TrueHD Atmos, DTS-X)
source: Infuse FAQ
Should I block certain audio formats because something in my setup doesn't support it? - [Click to show/hide]
If you have chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats, it's somewhat pointless to lower the scores or block certain audio formats since 95% of the Remuxes and UHD Encodes provide HD audio formats such as TrueHD Atmos, TrueHD, and DTS-X.
So you have 2 options.
Choose another quality profile that doesn't include audio formats such as HD Bluray + WEB or 2160p WEB-DL.
Accept the limitations of your audio setup (AVR/Soundbar) and/or your hardware media player device.
Which Audio Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID TrueHD ATMOS 5000 496f355514737f7d83bf7aa4d24f8169 DTS X 4500 2f22d89048b01681dde8afe203bf2e95 ATMOS (undefined) 3000 417804f7f2c4308c1f4c5d380d4c4475 DD+ ATMOS 3000 1af239278386be2919e1bcee0bde047e TrueHD 2750 3cafb66171b47f226146a0770576870f DTS-HD MA 2500 dcf3ec6938fa32445f590a4da84256cd FLAC 2250 a570d4a0e56a2874b64e5bfa55202a1b PCM 2250 e7c2fcae07cbada050a0af3357491d7b DTS-HD HRA 2000 8e109e50e0a0b83a5098b056e13bf6db DD+ 1750 185f1dd7264c4562b9022d963ac37424 DTS-ES 1500 f9f847ac70a0af62ea4a08280b859636 DTS 1250 1c1a4c5e823891c75bc50380a6866f73 AAC 1000 240770601cc226190c367ef59aba7463 DD 750 c2998bd0d90ed5621d8df281e839436e All HDR Formats - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I choose All HDR formats?
You have a 4K/2160p TV and a hardware media player device (such as Roku, AppleTV, Shield, SmartTV App, etc.) that supports several HDR formats (such as Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, etc.).
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
You've chosen a profile that includes 4K/2160p releases. You must use all the HDR formats with 4k/2160p profiles.
You must add ALL the HDR formats - don't leave any of them out!
Why am I getting purple or green colors? - [Click to show/hide]
Why am I getting purple or green colors?
There are several possible reasons why your TV would show purple or green colors when playing Dolby Vision content.
Unsupported Hardware: Your TV or hardware media player device (Roku, AppleTV, etc) doesn't support Dolby Vision or your hardware media player device doesn't support all the Dolby Vision Profiles. As a result, the device might struggle to produce accurate colors, leading to a purple or green tint.
Incorrect Display Settings: Dolby Vision content often requires specific settings to be enabled on your TV or display device in order to deliver the intended visual experience. If these settings are not configured properly, it can result in the device showing distorted colors (including purple or green hues).
HDMI Compatibility Issues: Sometimes, HDMI cables or ports may not be fully compatible with Dolby Vision. If the media player device is not recognizing the Dolby Vision signal properly, it may fail to process the content correctly, resulting in abnormal color rendering.
To resolve the purple or green color issues when playing Dolby Vision content, you can try the following troubleshooting steps:
Ensure your TV or hardware media player device is Dolby Vision compatible and up-to-date with the latest firmware.
Verify that your TV or display device is set up correctly and has the necessary Dolby Vision settings enabled.
Check the HDMI cables and ensure they are capable of transmitting Dolby Vision signals.
Dolby Vision Profiles - [Click to show/hide]
Dolby Vision Profiles
Profile 5 (1) - This is what comes with WEB-DL Dolby Vision releases without HDR10 fallback.(Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens)
Profile 7 (2) - This is what comes with UHD Bluray Remuxes and UHD BluRay releases.These files will play on an Nvidia Shield Pro (2019), but on most other players will revert to the HDR10 fallback.
Profile 8 (3) - This is what comes with (Hybrid) WEB-DL (HULU), Hybrid UHD Remux, and UHD BluRay releases (all of which have HDR10 fallback).This works with several mainstream media players.
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
(1) PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse will only play profile 5 correctly if CMv2.9 is used
(2) Neither Infuse nor PLEX for AppleTV will deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 7.
(3) On PLEX for AppleTV it won't deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 8, and will only play the HDR10 fallback if CM2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201calthough your TV will incorrectly say that it is playing DV\u201d.With infuse it will convert it on the fly to Profile 5, and deliver real Dolby Vision if CMv2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201cMake sure you set the Extended Dolby Vision settings to Limited (prefer accuracy), Convert P8 to P5 (when possible), and play other P8 as HDR (output will switch to either DoVi or HDR depending on the video)\u201d
Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 and CMv4.0 - [Click to show/hide]
It is too technical to explain in detail, so I'll keep it short with tested facts: PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse only support CMv2.9.
There are two versions of Dolby Vision, namely CMv2.9 and CMv4.0. CMv4.0 uses an improved algorithm and a superior tone curve that allows for better mapping and more controls during the Dolby Vision trim pass process.
More info about the different Dolby Vision Versions: Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 vs. CMv4.0
Which HDR Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID DV HDR10+ 1500 c53085ddbd027d9624b320627748612f DV HDR10 1500 e23edd2482476e595fb990b12e7c609c DV 1500 58d6a88f13e2db7f5059c41047876f00 DV HLG 1500 55d53828b9d81cbe20b02efd00aa0efd DV SDR 1500 a3e19f8f627608af0211acd02bf89735 HDR10+ 600 b974a6cd08c1066250f1f177d7aa1225 HDR10 500 dfb86d5941bc9075d6af23b09c2aeecd HDR 500 e61e28db95d22bedcadf030b8f156d96 HDR (undefined) 500 2a4d9069cc1fe3242ff9bdaebed239bb PQ 500 08d6d8834ad9ec87b1dc7ec8148e7a1f HLG 500 9364dd386c9b4a1100dde8264690add7 Add Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000 - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
Not all devices in your chain support Dolby Vision.
You share your media library with other family members that don't have Dolby Vision compatible devices.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
Custom Format Score Trash ID DV (WEBDL) -10000 923b6abef9b17f937fab56cfcf89e1f1 Add the Custom Formats DV HDR10+ Boost and HDR10+ Boost - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
You have a (Samsung) TV that supports HDR10+.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
If you use this Custom Format then 99% of the time you also need to add the following Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000
Custom Format Score Trash ID HDR10+ Boost 901 b17886cb4158d9fea189859409975758 DV HDR10+ Boost 100 55a5b50cb416dea5a50c4955896217ab Multi audio - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Multi-Audio 300 72b1548df1ac3175ca105a9ce7043c91 French Audio 1 6d27683346c78d6a3f772e30877910a7 Multi-French 0 d5f3a1afdb77e6b95e489f7654532d04 Breakdown and Why - [Click to show/hide]
Multi-Audio: This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize MULTi audio releases.
Tip
You can safely replace the original Multi Custom Format from the Guide with it.
French Audio: This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize release with French audio. It is optional and only gives a small boost if the release indeed possesses French audio.
Multi-French: This is a custom format that will rename your file with Multi-French.
How it works
When Radarr finds a release with MULTi, it will allocate a 300 score to it thanks to the Multi-Audio custom format. If the release contains at least both the original audio and French audio, it will be renamed by the Multi-French. Allowing the release to keep the 300 score from the Multi-Audio Custom Format.
Movie Versions - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Hybrid 100 0f12c086e289cf966fa5948eac571f44 Remaster 25 570bc9ebecd92723d2d21500f4be314c 4K Remaster 25 eca37840c13c6ef2dd0262b141a5482f Criterion Collection 25 e0c07d59beb37348e975a930d5e50319 Masters of Cinema 25 9d27d9d2181838f76dee150882bdc58c Vinegar Syndrome 25 db9b4c4b53d312a3ca5f1378f6440fc9 Special Edition 125 957d0f44b592285f26449575e8b1167e IMAX 800 eecf3a857724171f968a66cb5719e152 IMAX Enhanced 800 9f6cbff8cfe4ebbc1bde14c7b7bec0de
IMAX Enhanced
IMAX Enhanced: Get More Picture Instead of Black Bars.
IMAX Enhanced exclusive expanded aspect ratio is 1:90:1, which offers up to 26% more picture for select sequences, meaning more of the action is visible on screen.
If you don't prefer IMAX Enhanced then don't add it or use a score of 0
HQ Source Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID FR Remux Tier 01 1950 5583260016e0b9f683f53af41fb42e4a FR Remux Tier 02 1900 9019d81307e68cd4a7eb06a567e833b8 FR WEB Tier 01 1700 9790a618cec1aeac8ce75601a17ea40d FR WEB Tier 02 1650 3c83a765f84239716bd5fd2d7af188f9 FR Scene Groups 1500 0d94489c0d5828cd3bf9409d309fb32b
Tip
French Scene groups are included as a fallback if you really want MULTi release despite a potential loss in quality. Either score the CF to 1500 (default) or 0 depending on what you want to achieve.
Original mix (optional) HQ Release Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Remux Tier 01 1950 3a3ff47579026e76d6504ebea39390de Remux Tier 02 1900 9f98181fe5a3fbeb0cc29340da2a468a Remux Tier 03 1850 8baaf0b3142bf4d94c42a724f034e27a WEB Tier 01 1700 c20f169ef63c5f40c2def54abaf4438e WEB Tier 02 1650 403816d65392c79236dcb6dd591aeda4 WEB Tier 03 1600 af94e0fe497124d1f9ce732069ec8c3b Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 e7718d7a3ce595f289bfee26adc178f5 Repack2 6 ae43b294509409a6a13919dedd4764c4 Repack3 7 5caaaa1c08c1742aa4342d8c4cc463f2 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Radarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
Unwanted - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 ed38b889b31be83fda192888e2286d83 3D -10000 b8cd450cbfa689c0259a01d9e29ba3d6 LQ -10000 90a6f9a284dff5103f6346090e6280c8 FR LQ -10000 48f031e76111f17ea94898f4cdc34fdc Upscaled -10000 bfd8eb01832d646a0a89c4deb46f8564 x265 (HD) -10000 dc98083864ea246d05a42df0d05f81cc
Breakdown and Why
BR-DISK : This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
3D: Is 3D still a thing for home use ?
LQ: A collection of known low-quality groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
FR LQ: A collection of known low-quality French groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
Upscaled: A custom format to prevent Radarr from grabbing 4K upscaled releases.
x265 (HD): This blocks/ignores 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265. - More info HERE.
!!!! Danger \"Don't use this together with x265 (no HDR/DV), only ever include one of them \"
Optional - [Click to show/hide]
This includes optional Custom Formats made by Trash for the original guide. Please be sure to understand what those do before adding them. Moreover, it includes two Custom Formats you may use at your own risk if you want MULTi:
Bad Dual Groups, which can be controversial for people looking for MULTi release. We encourage you to not use it.
Scene, it may include Scene groups already in FR Scene Groups Custom Format. Which is used for fallback to be sure to get a MULTi release.
Miscellaneous (Optional) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Bad Dual Groups -10000 b6832f586342ef70d9c128d40c07b872 EVO (no WEBDL) -10000 90cedc1fea7ea5d11298bebd3d1d3223 No-RlsGroup -10000 ae9b7c9ebde1f3bd336a8cbd1ec4c5e5 Obfuscated -10000 7357cf5161efbf8c4d5d0c30b4815ee2 Retags -10000 5c44f52a8714fdd79bb4d98e2673be1f Scene -10000 f537cf427b64c38c8e36298f657e4828
Breakdown and Why
Bad Dual Groups: [Optional] These groups take the original release and add their own language track (e.g. AAC 2.0 Portuguese) as the first track. Afterward, FFprobe would determine that the media file is Portuguese. It's a common rule that you only add the best audio as the main track. Also they often even rename the release name into Portuguese.
EVO (no WEBDL): This group is often banned for low-quality Blu-ray releases, but their WEB-DLs are okay.
No-RlsGroup: [Optional] Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups being scored incorrectly. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up with a stripped group name. These releases would appear as \"upgrades\" and could end up getting a decent score after other CFs are scored.
Obfuscated: [Optional] Use these only if you wish to avoid renamed releases.
Retags: [Optional] Use this if you want to avoid retagged releases. Retagged releases often are not consistent with the quality of the original group's release.
Scene: [Optional] Use this only if you want to avoid SCENE releases.
General Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 0 b3b3a6ac74ecbd56bcdbefa4799fb9df ATVP 0 40e9380490e748672c2522eaaeb692f7 BCORE 15 cc5e51a9e85a6296ceefe097a77f12f4 CRiT 20 16622a6911d1ab5d5b8b713d5b0036d4 DSNP 0 84272245b2988854bfb76a16e60baea5 HBO 0 509e5f41146e278f9eab1ddaceb34515 HMAX 0 5763d1b0ce84aff3b21038eea8e9b8ad Hulu 0 526d445d4c16214309f0fd2b3be18a89 iT 0 e0ec9672be6cac914ffad34a6b077209 MAX 0 6a061313d22e51e0f25b7cd4dc065233 MA 20 2a6039655313bf5dab1e43523b62c374 NF 0 170b1d363bd8516fbf3a3eb05d4faff6 PMTP 0 e36a0ba1bc902b26ee40818a1d59b8bd PCOK 0 c9fd353f8f5f1baf56dc601c4cb29920 STAN 0 c2863d2a50c9acad1fb50e53ece60817
Breakdown and Why
The reason why these Custom Formats have a score of 0 is because they are mainly used for the naming scheme and other variables should decide for movies if a certain release if preferred.
BCore, CRiT and MA are the only ones with a score because of their better source material, or higher bitrate and quality compared to other streaming services.
Use the following main settings in your profile.
Make sure you don't check the BR-DISK.
Info
The order listed in the profile matters even if a quality is not checked, for example if you have a 1080p version but wanted the SD version, Radarr will reject all SD results because 1080p is listed higher than SD even though 1080p was not checked.
Qualities at the top of the list will appear first in manual searches.
Qualities higher in the list are more preferred even if not checked.
Qualities within the same group are equal.
Only checked qualities are wanted.
This is why it's recommended to move the selected quality to the top of the list.
Source: Wiki Servarr
Workflow Logic - [Click to show/hide]
When the WEB-2160p is released it will download the WEB-2160p. (streaming services)
When the REMUX-2160p is released it will upgrade to the REMUX-2160p.
The downloaded media will be upgraded to any of the added Custom Formats until a score of 10000.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-en/#advanced-audio-and-hdr-formats","title":"Advanced Audio and HDR Formats","text":"
TRaSH provides great guides and explanations about them at the following links:
A big thanks to all the people who helped me to test those profiles and formats (and continue to do so).
A special one to MySuperChef and PrL for their time and explanations.
A special one to Piou and Wikoul who are potentially both now in asylums due to the amount of testing.
TRaSH, for granting me a small space on his guide for this, his knowledge, and his friendliness.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/","title":"Comment configurer ses Profiles","text":"
Ce guide a \u00e9t\u00e9 cr\u00e9\u00e9 et est maintenu par Someone said \"Nice\"?
Quelle est la meilleure fa\u00e7on de configurer les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s (ou Custom Formats) et lesquels utiliser avec quel score pour obtenir une release avec un audio fran\u00e7ais et un anglais ?
Gardez \u00e0 l'esprit que la plupart des releases sont MULTi (comprenez double audio, original et fran\u00e7ais) et qu'il sera difficile d'avoir uniquement l'audio fran\u00e7ais, \u00e0 moins que vous ne soyez pr\u00eat \u00e0 obtenir du 720p, ou que vous ne recherchiez que des films fran\u00e7ais.
Pour ce qui est de la qualit\u00e9, il n'y a pas de recette miracle, cela d\u00e9pend de votre installation (p\u00e9riph\u00e9riques) et de vos pr\u00e9f\u00e9rences personnelles.
Certains pr\u00e9f\u00e8rent une qualit\u00e9 audio \u00e9lev\u00e9e (HD Audio), d'autres une meilleure qualit\u00e9 vid\u00e9o. Nombreux sont ceux qui pr\u00e9f\u00e8rent les deux.
TRaSH a cr\u00e9\u00e9 un sch\u00e9ma pour faciliter votre d\u00e9cision/choix. Notez que ce graphique n'inclut aucun des Formats Personnalis\u00e9s de ce guide et que vous devrez quand m\u00eame le lire pour obtenir des releases en MULTi.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#notions-de-base","title":"Notions de base","text":"
Il est imp\u00e9ratif que vous respectiez et compreniez ce qui est propos\u00e9 par le guide de TRaSH (en anglais uniquement) :
L'ajout de Formats Personnalis\u00e9s, comme expliqu\u00e9 dans How to import Custom Formats.
La configuration d'un profil de qualit\u00e9 pour utiliser les formats personnalis\u00e9s, comme expliqu\u00e9 dans la section How to set up Quality Profiles | Basics section.
Imp\u00e9ratif
La seule modification n\u00e9cessaire et indispensable pour que les formats personnalis\u00e9s fran\u00e7ais fonctionnent est de d\u00e9finir le profil de langue sur Any.
Exemple - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Info
Any est choisit sinon un film anglais identifi\u00e9 avec un audio fran\u00e7ais dans Radarr ne sera pas r\u00e9cup\u00e9r\u00e9 et vice-versa.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#je-ne-suis-interesse-que-par-des-films-sous-titres-en-francais-vostfr","title":"Je ne suis int\u00e9ress\u00e9 que par des films sous-titr\u00e9s en fran\u00e7ais (VOSTFR)","text":"
Deux options s'offre \u00e0 vous :
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#en-utilisant-le-guide-de-trash-et-bazarr","title":"En utilisant le guide de TRaSH et Bazarr","text":"
Il s'agit de la m\u00e9thode \u00e0 privil\u00e9gier.
Configurez Radarr en utilisant : How to set up Quality Profiles | Which Quality Profile should you choose (en anglais).
Configurez Bazarr (en anglais). Il permet d'obtenir des sous-titres pour tous les films.
Profitez de vos films avec les sous-titres.
(Facultatif) Ajoutez le Format Personnalis\u00e9 VOSTFR avec un score de 1000.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#en-utilisant-les-exemples-suivants-et-le-format-personnalise-vostfr","title":"En utilisant les exemples suivants et le Format Personnalis\u00e9 VOSTFR","text":"
Continuez sur cette page.
Ignorez toute mention des Formats Personnalis\u00e9s MULTi.
Ajoutez le Format Personnalis\u00e9 VOSTFR avec un score de 1000.
Il y a deux fa\u00e7ons d'aborder les exemples ci-dessous. En utilisant ou non les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s de Groupes P2P du Guide original (qui peuvent \u00eatre trouv\u00e9s ici : Collection of Custom Formats). Afin d'illustrer ce principe, vous verrez une section \"Mix original (optionnel)\" dans chacun des exemples ci-dessous. Vous devez comprendre que si vous ajoutez les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s de cette section optionnelle, si Radarr ne trouve pas de MULTi, vous aurez toujours un bon score pour l'audio anglais.
Attention
Si vous utilisez le \"Mix original (optionnel)\". Vous devez comprendre que m\u00eame si l'objectif principal de ces Formats Personnalis\u00e9s est de travailler en parall\u00e8le avec les formats du guide original. Vous pouvez vous retrouver avec un seul audio alors qu'il existe une version MULTi. La raison est que la release n'a pas \u00e9t\u00e9 not\u00e9e assez haut pour l'emporter sur les autres scores.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#exemples-de-profil","title":"Exemples de Profil","text":"
Attention
All the used scores and combinations of Custom Formats in this Guide are tested to get the desired results while preventing download loops as much as possible.
From experience, most of the time when people change scores or leave out certain CFs that work together - they end up with undesired results.
If you're unsure or have questions, do not hesitate to ask for help on Discord
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#type-de-versions-francaises","title":"Type de versions fran\u00e7aises","text":"
Ces Formats sont optionnels et ne sont l\u00e0 que pour renommer votre fichier ou pour \u00e9viter un certain type de version fran\u00e7aise. Exemples :
Vous pr\u00e9f\u00e9rez l'audio VFF (y compris VFI et VF2), dans ce cas vous les placerez \u00e0 101 au lieu de 0.
Vous souhaitez seulement du VOSTFR, dans ce ce cas, ignorez toute mention des Formats Personnalis\u00e9s MULTi et donnez un score de 1000 au Format Personnalis\u00e9 VOSTFR.
Attention
Il n'est pas vraiment recommand\u00e9 d'attribuer un score n\u00e9gatif \u00e0 l'un des Formats Personnalis\u00e9s de VF (VFF, VFQ, VQ, VFB, VFI, VF2). Augmentez plut\u00f4t le score de votre format audio pr\u00e9f\u00e9r\u00e9.
Explications - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Acronymes D\u00e9finition fran\u00e7aise D\u00e9finition anglaise TRUEFRENCH or VFF Version Francophone Fran\u00e7aise (doublage r\u00e9alis\u00e9 en France) Full French version (dubbing done in France) FRENCH or VF[1] Version Francophone (normalement equivalent \u00e0 la VFQ) French version (normally equivalent to VFQ) VOF Version Originale Fran\u00e7aise Original French Version VFI Version Francophone Internationale International French Version VFQ Version Francophone Qu\u00e9b\u00e9coise Canadian French Version VOQ Version Original Qu\u00e9b\u00e9coise (ex: Bon Cop, Bad Cop) Quebec Original Version (ex: Bon Cop, Bad Cop) VQ Version Qu\u00e9b\u00e9coise (accent Qu\u00e9b\u00e9cois important, ex: Les Simpsons le film) Quebec Version (strong Quebec accent, ex: The Simpsons movie) VFB Version Francophone Belge Belgian French Version VF[1-9] or FR[1-9] Indique le nombre de doublage pr\u00e9sent (normalement VF2 soit VFF et VFQ) Indicates the number of dubs present (normally VF2 being VFF and VFQ) VOSTFR[2] Indique que l'audio est dans la langue originale, avec des sous-titres en fran\u00e7ais. Indicates soundtrack in the original language, with French subtitles
[1] VF est inclus dans le Format Personnalis\u00e9 VFQ, mais il convient de noter qu'il \u00e9tait souvent associ\u00e9 \u00e0 VFF au lieu de VFQ avant 2022.
[2] Il est \u00e0 noter que le SUBFRENCH est inclus dans ce Format Personnalis\u00e9. N\u00e9anmoins, SUB signifie souvent que le sous-titre a \u00e9t\u00e9 int\u00e9gr\u00e9 \u00e0 l'image (hardcoded). Les sorties fran\u00e7aises ont tendance \u00e0 m\u00e9langer les deux, ce qui fait que certains VOSTFR sont \u00e9tiquet\u00e9s comme SUBFRENCH et SUBFRENCH comme VOSTFR.
Indexers renaming in Prowlarr
Certains indexeurs dans Prowlarr peuvent renommer les versions MULTi en MULTi.TRUEFRENCH ou MULTi.FRENCH. L'utilisation de cette fonction n'est pas recommand\u00e9, car elle peut entra\u00eener des faux positifs avec les formats personnalis\u00e9s VFF, VFQ et VQ.
MULTi definition per indexers
Certains indexers dans Radarr vous permettront de choisir l'audio qui est normalement inclus dans une version MULTi en tant qu'option. Vous devriez choisir seulement Original et French si vous d\u00e9cidez de l'utiliser. Cette option ne devrait \u00eatre utilis\u00e9e que pour les indexers fran\u00e7ais o\u00f9 vous \u00eates s\u00fbr du fait que MULTi inclut \u00e0 la fois l'audio Original et l'audio Fran\u00e7ais. L'utiliser avec des indexers plus \"internationaux\" peut cr\u00e9er un faux positif avec la recognaissance des CFs des versions fran\u00e7aises.
Ces Formats sont reconnus comme \u00e9tant indispensables pour tous les Profils de Qualit\u00e9 que vous utilisez. Ils vous assurent de ne pas avoir de releases de faible qualit\u00e9.
Ind\u00e9sirable - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 ed38b889b31be83fda192888e2286d83 3D -10000 b8cd450cbfa689c0259a01d9e29ba3d6 LQ -10000 90a6f9a284dff5103f6346090e6280c8 FR LQ -10000 48f031e76111f17ea94898f4cdc34fdc x265 (HD) -10000 dc98083864ea246d05a42df0d05f81cc
Description et objectifs
BR-DISK : Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 qui permet \u00e0 Radarr de reconna\u00eetre et d'ignorer les BR-DISK (ISO et structure de dossier Blu-ray) en plus de la qualit\u00e9 standard des BR-DISK.
3D: La 3D convient-elle encore pour les particuliers ?
LQ: Une collection de groupes P2P anglais qui sont souvent bannis des meilleurs trackers en raison de leur manque de qualit\u00e9 ou pour d'autres raisons.
FR LQ: Une collection de groupes P2P fran\u00e7ais qui sont souvent bannis des meilleurs trackers en raison de leur manque de qualit\u00e9 ou pour d'autres raisons.
x265 (HD): Ceci bloque/ignore les sorties 720/1080p (HD) qui sont encod\u00e9es en x265. - Plus d'informations ICI (en anglais).
Ne l'utilisez pas avec le Format Personnalis\u00e9 x265 (no HDR/DV)
Optionnel - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Cela inclut les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s optionnels cr\u00e9\u00e9s par TRaSH pour le guide original. Assurez-vous de bien comprendre ce qu'ils impliquent avant de les int\u00e9grer. En outre, deux Formats Personnalis\u00e9s peuvent cr\u00e9er des probl\u00e8mes si vous voulez du MULTi :
Bad Dual Groups : ce dernier peut \u00eatre sujet \u00e0 controverse pour les personnes recherchant une version MULTi. Il est recommand\u00e9 de ne pas l'utiliser.
Scene, il peut inclure des groupes Scene d\u00e9j\u00e0 dans le Format Personnalis\u00e9 FR Scene Groups. Qui est utilis\u00e9 comme substitut afin d'augmenter les chances d'obtenir une version MULTi.
Miscellaneous (Optional) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Bad Dual Groups -10000 b6832f586342ef70d9c128d40c07b872 EVO (no WEBDL) -10000 90cedc1fea7ea5d11298bebd3d1d3223 No-RlsGroup -10000 ae9b7c9ebde1f3bd336a8cbd1ec4c5e5 Obfuscated -10000 7357cf5161efbf8c4d5d0c30b4815ee2 Retags -10000 5c44f52a8714fdd79bb4d98e2673be1f Scene -10000 f537cf427b64c38c8e36298f657e4828
Breakdown and Why
Bad Dual Groups: [Optional] These groups take the original release and add their own language track (e.g. AAC 2.0 Portuguese) as the first track. Afterward, FFprobe would determine that the media file is Portuguese. It's a common rule that you only add the best audio as the main track. Also they often even rename the release name into Portuguese.
EVO (no WEBDL): This group is often banned for low-quality Blu-ray releases, but their WEB-DLs are okay.
No-RlsGroup: [Optional] Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups being scored incorrectly. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up with a stripped group name. These releases would appear as \"upgrades\" and could end up getting a decent score after other CFs are scored.
Obfuscated: [Optional] Use these only if you wish to avoid renamed releases.
Retags: [Optional] Use this if you want to avoid retagged releases. Retagged releases often are not consistent with the quality of the original group's release.
Scene: [Optional] Use this only if you want to avoid SCENE releases.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#trash-recommandations-en-anglais","title":"TRaSH recommandations (en anglais)","text":"
I suggest to follow the following Guides first.
Quality Settings (File Size).
Recommended naming scheme.
For this Quality Profile we're going to make use of the following Custom Formats with the scores given in the table.
Attention
All the used scores and combinations of Custom Formats in this Guide are tested to get the desired results while preventing download loops as much as possible.
From experience, most of the time when people change scores or leave out certain CFs that work together - they end up with undesired results.
If you're unsure or have questions, do not hesitate to ask for help on Discord
Click For Support
Obtenir le nom du film en fran\u00e7ais dans le nom du fichier et/ou du dossier
En suivant le sch\u00e9ma de d\u00e9nomination recommand\u00e9 pour votre biblioth\u00e8que, qu'il s'agisse de Plex, Jellyfin ou Emby. Vous pouvez ajouter le code de langue ISO-2 \u00e0 la fin de la balise du nom du film pour afficher le nom du film dans la langue souhait\u00e9e. La balise se pr\u00e9sentera comme suit : {Movie CleanTitle:fr}. Cela fonctionne aussi bien pour les noms de dossiers que pour les noms de fichiers.
Si vous pr\u00e9f\u00e9rez les encodages HD de haute qualit\u00e9 (Bluray-720/1080p)
Poids : 6 \u00e0 15 Go pour un Bluray-1080p selon la dur\u00e9e du m\u00e9dia.
Multi audio - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID Multi-Audio 300 72b1548df1ac3175ca105a9ce7043c91 French Audio 1 6d27683346c78d6a3f772e30877910a7 Multi-French 0 d5f3a1afdb77e6b95e489f7654532d04 Description et objectifs - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Multi-Audio: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Radarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre les releases aved plusieurs audios (MULTi).
Tip
Vous pouvez remplacer sans probl\u00e8me le Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi du Guide par celui-ci.
French Audio: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Radarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre les versions ayant un audio francophone. Il est facultatif et ne donne un l\u00e9ger bonus que si la version poss\u00e8de effectivement un audio fran\u00e7ais.
Multi-French: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 qui renommera votre fichier avec Multi-French..
Comment fonctionne cette m\u00e9thode
Lorsque Radarr trouve une version avec MULTi, il lui attribue le score de 300 gr\u00e2ce au Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-Audio. Si la version contient au moins l'audio original et l'audio fran\u00e7ais, elle sera renomm\u00e9e par le Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-French. Ce qui permet \u00e0 la version de conserver le score de 300 du Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-Audio.
Movie Versions - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Hybrid 100 0f12c086e289cf966fa5948eac571f44 Remaster 25 570bc9ebecd92723d2d21500f4be314c 4K Remaster 25 eca37840c13c6ef2dd0262b141a5482f Criterion Collection 25 e0c07d59beb37348e975a930d5e50319 Masters of Cinema 25 9d27d9d2181838f76dee150882bdc58c Vinegar Syndrome 25 db9b4c4b53d312a3ca5f1378f6440fc9 Special Edition 125 957d0f44b592285f26449575e8b1167e IMAX 800 eecf3a857724171f968a66cb5719e152 IMAX Enhanced 800 9f6cbff8cfe4ebbc1bde14c7b7bec0de
IMAX Enhanced
IMAX Enhanced: Get More Picture Instead of Black Bars.
IMAX Enhanced exclusive expanded aspect ratio is 1:90:1, which offers up to 26% more picture for select sequences, meaning more of the action is visible on screen.
If you don't prefer IMAX Enhanced then don't add it or use a score of 0
HQ Source Groups - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID FR HD Bluray Tier 01 1800 5322da05b19d857acc1e75be3edf47b3 FR HD Bluray Tier 02 1750 57f34251344be2e283fc30e00e458be6 FR WEB Tier 01 1700 9790a618cec1aeac8ce75601a17ea40d FR WEB Tier 02 1650 3c83a765f84239716bd5fd2d7af188f9 FR Scene Groups 1500 0d94489c0d5828cd3bf9409d309fb32b
Tip
Les groupes de la Sc\u00e8ne fran\u00e7aise sont inclus comme substitut si vous voulez vraiment une version MULTi malgr\u00e9 une \u00e9ventuelle perte de qualit\u00e9. Vous pouvez lui attribuer un score de 1500 (par d\u00e9faut) ou de 0 selon ce que vous voulez obtenir.
Mix original (optionnel) HQ Release Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID HD Bluray Tier 01 1800 ed27ebfef2f323e964fb1f61391bcb35 HD Bluray Tier 02 1750 c20c8647f2746a1f4c4262b0fbbeeeae HD Bluray Tier 03 1700 5608c71bcebba0a5e666223bae8c9227 WEB Tier 01 1700 c20f169ef63c5f40c2def54abaf4438e WEB Tier 02 1650 403816d65392c79236dcb6dd591aeda4 WEB Tier 03 1600 af94e0fe497124d1f9ce732069ec8c3b Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 e7718d7a3ce595f289bfee26adc178f5 Repack2 6 ae43b294509409a6a13919dedd4764c4 Repack3 7 5caaaa1c08c1742aa4342d8c4cc463f2 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Radarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
Ind\u00e9sirable - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 ed38b889b31be83fda192888e2286d83 3D -10000 b8cd450cbfa689c0259a01d9e29ba3d6 LQ -10000 90a6f9a284dff5103f6346090e6280c8 FR LQ -10000 48f031e76111f17ea94898f4cdc34fdc x265 (HD) -10000 dc98083864ea246d05a42df0d05f81cc
Description et objectifs
BR-DISK : Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 qui permet \u00e0 Radarr de reconna\u00eetre et d'ignorer les BR-DISK (ISO et structure de dossier Blu-ray) en plus de la qualit\u00e9 standard des BR-DISK.
3D: La 3D convient-elle encore pour les particuliers ?
LQ: Une collection de groupes P2P anglais qui sont souvent bannis des meilleurs trackers en raison de leur manque de qualit\u00e9 ou pour d'autres raisons.
FR LQ: Une collection de groupes P2P fran\u00e7ais qui sont souvent bannis des meilleurs trackers en raison de leur manque de qualit\u00e9 ou pour d'autres raisons.
x265 (HD): Ceci bloque/ignore les sorties 720/1080p (HD) qui sont encod\u00e9es en x265. - Plus d'informations ICI (en anglais).
Ne l'utilisez pas avec le Format Personnalis\u00e9 x265 (no HDR/DV)
Optionnel - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Cela inclut les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s optionnels cr\u00e9\u00e9s par TRaSH pour le guide original. Assurez-vous de bien comprendre ce qu'ils impliquent avant de les int\u00e9grer. En outre, deux Formats Personnalis\u00e9s peuvent cr\u00e9er des probl\u00e8mes si vous voulez du MULTi :
Bad Dual Groups : ce dernier peut \u00eatre sujet \u00e0 controverse pour les personnes recherchant une version MULTi. Il est recommand\u00e9 de ne pas l'utiliser.
Scene, il peut inclure des groupes Scene d\u00e9j\u00e0 dans le Format Personnalis\u00e9 FR Scene Groups. Qui est utilis\u00e9 comme substitut afin d'augmenter les chances d'obtenir une version MULTi.
Miscellaneous (Optional) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Bad Dual Groups -10000 b6832f586342ef70d9c128d40c07b872 EVO (no WEBDL) -10000 90cedc1fea7ea5d11298bebd3d1d3223 No-RlsGroup -10000 ae9b7c9ebde1f3bd336a8cbd1ec4c5e5 Obfuscated -10000 7357cf5161efbf8c4d5d0c30b4815ee2 Retags -10000 5c44f52a8714fdd79bb4d98e2673be1f Scene -10000 f537cf427b64c38c8e36298f657e4828
Breakdown and Why
Bad Dual Groups: [Optional] These groups take the original release and add their own language track (e.g. AAC 2.0 Portuguese) as the first track. Afterward, FFprobe would determine that the media file is Portuguese. It's a common rule that you only add the best audio as the main track. Also they often even rename the release name into Portuguese.
EVO (no WEBDL): This group is often banned for low-quality Blu-ray releases, but their WEB-DLs are okay.
No-RlsGroup: [Optional] Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups being scored incorrectly. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up with a stripped group name. These releases would appear as \"upgrades\" and could end up getting a decent score after other CFs are scored.
Obfuscated: [Optional] Use these only if you wish to avoid renamed releases.
Retags: [Optional] Use this if you want to avoid retagged releases. Retagged releases often are not consistent with the quality of the original group's release.
Scene: [Optional] Use this only if you want to avoid SCENE releases.
General Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 0 b3b3a6ac74ecbd56bcdbefa4799fb9df ATVP 0 40e9380490e748672c2522eaaeb692f7 BCORE 15 cc5e51a9e85a6296ceefe097a77f12f4 CRiT 20 16622a6911d1ab5d5b8b713d5b0036d4 DSNP 0 84272245b2988854bfb76a16e60baea5 HBO 0 509e5f41146e278f9eab1ddaceb34515 HMAX 0 5763d1b0ce84aff3b21038eea8e9b8ad Hulu 0 526d445d4c16214309f0fd2b3be18a89 iT 0 e0ec9672be6cac914ffad34a6b077209 MAX 0 6a061313d22e51e0f25b7cd4dc065233 MA 20 2a6039655313bf5dab1e43523b62c374 NF 0 170b1d363bd8516fbf3a3eb05d4faff6 PMTP 0 e36a0ba1bc902b26ee40818a1d59b8bd PCOK 0 c9fd353f8f5f1baf56dc601c4cb29920 STAN 0 c2863d2a50c9acad1fb50e53ece60817
Breakdown and Why
The reason why these Custom Formats have a score of 0 is because they are mainly used for the naming scheme and other variables should decide for movies if a certain release if preferred.
BCore, CRiT and MA are the only ones with a score because of their better source material, or higher bitrate and quality compared to other streaming services.
Les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Audio Advanced ne sont pas inclus dans le profil d'encodage, car vous trouverez difficilement de l'audio HD avec ce type d'encodages. Et il est conseill\u00e9 de privil\u00e9gier la qualit\u00e9 visuelle. Si vous voulez aussi de l'audio HD, vous devriez opter pour les Remuxes ou les Encodes UHD.
Utilisez les param\u00e8tres suivants dans votre profil.
Assurez-vous de ne pas cocher le BR-DISK.
La raison pour laquelle le WEB-DL 720p n'est pas s\u00e9lectionn\u00e9 est que vous ne trouverez pratiquement aucune release qui ne soit pas faite en 1080p WEB-DL.
Info
The order listed in the profile matters even if a quality is not checked, for example if you have a 1080p version but wanted the SD version, Radarr will reject all SD results because 1080p is listed higher than SD even though 1080p was not checked.
Qualities at the top of the list will appear first in manual searches.
Qualities higher in the list are more preferred even if not checked.
Qualities within the same group are equal.
Only checked qualities are wanted.
This is why it's recommended to move the selected quality to the top of the list.
Source: Wiki Servarr
Logique et fonctionnement - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
En fonction de ce qui est disponible en premier, la logique sera la suivante :
Lorsque le WEB-1080p deviendra disponible, le m\u00e9dia sera t\u00e9l\u00e9charger en WEB-1080p. (services de streaming)
Lorsque le Bluray-1080p sortira, il sera mis \u00e0 niveau vers le Bluray-1080p.
Le m\u00e9dia sera mis \u00e0 niveau en fonction des formats personnalis\u00e9s ajout\u00e9s jusqu'\u00e0 l'obtention d'un score de 10000.
Si vous pr\u00e9f\u00e9rez les encodages UHD de haute qualit\u00e9 (Bluray-2160p)
Poids : 20 \u00e0 60 Go pour un Bluray-2160p selon la dur\u00e9e du m\u00e9dia.
Informations concernant les audios HD
Il convient de noter que de divers probl\u00e8mes peuvent survenir avec ce profil si vous utilisez les formats personnalis\u00e9s de l'audio HD, car :
Les r\u00e8gles de la Sc\u00e8ne fran\u00e7aise stipulent que l'audio fran\u00e7ais doit \u00eatre le premier audio (celui par d\u00e9faut) dans une version MULTi.
Les r\u00e8gles stipulent que seul le meilleur son (qu'il soit original ou FR) doit \u00eatre mentionn\u00e9 dans le titre.
Certains films (et s\u00e9ries, principalement de l'\u00e8re pr\u00e9-streaming) ne disposent pas d'une piste audio FR \u00e9quivalente \u00e0 la piste la plus \u00e9lev\u00e9e de l'audio original.
En cons\u00e9quence, les situations ci-apr\u00e8s peuvent \u00eatre observ\u00e9es :
La qualit\u00e9 de l'audio dans le titre de la release pourrait ne pas \u00eatre celle de la version fran\u00e7aise.
L'audio fran\u00e7ais pourrait \u00eatre de moins bonne qualit\u00e9 que l'audio titr\u00e9.
Radarr n'\u00e9value que les fichiers audio pr\u00e9-importation en fonction du titre de la release. Apr\u00e8s l'importation, par la premi\u00e8re piste audio (par d\u00e9faut) de la release (apr\u00e8s ffprobe).
La note finale de la release peut \u00eatre inf\u00e9rieure \u00e0 celle obtenue avant l'importation.
Tip
Les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s de Groupes P2P existent pour cette raison ; ils essaient de regrouper les groupes qui ont tendance \u00e0 obtenir les meilleures pistes audio originales et fran\u00e7aises pour une sortie. Cependant, cette approche n'est pas infaillible et un film peut ne pas avoir une piste audio FR \u00e9quivalente \u00e0 la piste la plus \u00e9lev\u00e9e de l'audio original.
Audio - [Click to show/hide]
Why should I choose All Audio formats?
You have a hardware media player device and an audio setup that supports ALL HD Audio (TrueHD, DTS-X, DTS-HD, etc).
AppleTV doesn't passthrough HD-audio, If you use infuse it's still limited!please check I've a AppleTV
You've chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats. You should use all the Audio formats with Remuxes/UHD Encodes.
You should add ALL the Audio formats - don't leave any of them out!
Audio transcoding has a low impact on your server. If your server can't handle audio transcoding, consider choosing another quality profile.
I've a AppleTV - [Click to show/hide]
Passthrough: The preferred method if you have an audio setup (AVR/Soundbar). This mode will send the audio signals without any alteration or processing.
Direct Play: The client supports the container, video stream, and audio stream natively. The Plex server simply sends the media file as-is to the client. This uses very little CPU power.
Transcode: The client does not support the video stream and/or the audio stream. The Plex server re-encodes the video, audio, or both into a compatible format. Transcoding video uses a lot of CPU power, but transcoding audio uses little to moderate CPU power.
Decodes: Decompresses the audio before sending it to your AVR/Soundbar.
partial used source: Infuse FAQ
Am I losing any quality by using LPCM? - [Click to show/hide]
No. Since LPCM is a lossless format, using it will result in no loss of quality. What your ears hear will be exactly the same. The only difference is your receiver will recognize the audio stream as PCM instead of Dolby/DTS.
LPCM will discard object and spatial metadata. (TrueHD Atmos, DTS-X)
source: Infuse FAQ
Should I block certain audio formats because something in my setup doesn't support it? - [Click to show/hide]
If you have chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats, it's somewhat pointless to lower the scores or block certain audio formats since 95% of the Remuxes and UHD Encodes provide HD audio formats such as TrueHD Atmos, TrueHD, and DTS-X.
So you have 2 options.
Choose another quality profile that doesn't include audio formats such as HD Bluray + WEB or 2160p WEB-DL.
Accept the limitations of your audio setup (AVR/Soundbar) and/or your hardware media player device.
Which Audio Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID TrueHD ATMOS 5000 496f355514737f7d83bf7aa4d24f8169 DTS X 4500 2f22d89048b01681dde8afe203bf2e95 ATMOS (undefined) 3000 417804f7f2c4308c1f4c5d380d4c4475 DD+ ATMOS 3000 1af239278386be2919e1bcee0bde047e TrueHD 2750 3cafb66171b47f226146a0770576870f DTS-HD MA 2500 dcf3ec6938fa32445f590a4da84256cd FLAC 2250 a570d4a0e56a2874b64e5bfa55202a1b PCM 2250 e7c2fcae07cbada050a0af3357491d7b DTS-HD HRA 2000 8e109e50e0a0b83a5098b056e13bf6db DD+ 1750 185f1dd7264c4562b9022d963ac37424 DTS-ES 1500 f9f847ac70a0af62ea4a08280b859636 DTS 1250 1c1a4c5e823891c75bc50380a6866f73 AAC 1000 240770601cc226190c367ef59aba7463 DD 750 c2998bd0d90ed5621d8df281e839436e All HDR Formats - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I choose All HDR formats?
You have a 4K/2160p TV and a hardware media player device (such as Roku, AppleTV, Shield, SmartTV App, etc.) that supports several HDR formats (such as Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, etc.).
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
You've chosen a profile that includes 4K/2160p releases. You must use all the HDR formats with 4k/2160p profiles.
You must add ALL the HDR formats - don't leave any of them out!
Why am I getting purple or green colors? - [Click to show/hide]
Why am I getting purple or green colors?
There are several possible reasons why your TV would show purple or green colors when playing Dolby Vision content.
Unsupported Hardware: Your TV or hardware media player device (Roku, AppleTV, etc) doesn't support Dolby Vision or your hardware media player device doesn't support all the Dolby Vision Profiles. As a result, the device might struggle to produce accurate colors, leading to a purple or green tint.
Incorrect Display Settings: Dolby Vision content often requires specific settings to be enabled on your TV or display device in order to deliver the intended visual experience. If these settings are not configured properly, it can result in the device showing distorted colors (including purple or green hues).
HDMI Compatibility Issues: Sometimes, HDMI cables or ports may not be fully compatible with Dolby Vision. If the media player device is not recognizing the Dolby Vision signal properly, it may fail to process the content correctly, resulting in abnormal color rendering.
To resolve the purple or green color issues when playing Dolby Vision content, you can try the following troubleshooting steps:
Ensure your TV or hardware media player device is Dolby Vision compatible and up-to-date with the latest firmware.
Verify that your TV or display device is set up correctly and has the necessary Dolby Vision settings enabled.
Check the HDMI cables and ensure they are capable of transmitting Dolby Vision signals.
Dolby Vision Profiles - [Click to show/hide]
Dolby Vision Profiles
Profile 5 (1) - This is what comes with WEB-DL Dolby Vision releases without HDR10 fallback.(Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens)
Profile 7 (2) - This is what comes with UHD Bluray Remuxes and UHD BluRay releases.These files will play on an Nvidia Shield Pro (2019), but on most other players will revert to the HDR10 fallback.
Profile 8 (3) - This is what comes with (Hybrid) WEB-DL (HULU), Hybrid UHD Remux, and UHD BluRay releases (all of which have HDR10 fallback).This works with several mainstream media players.
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
(1) PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse will only play profile 5 correctly if CMv2.9 is used
(2) Neither Infuse nor PLEX for AppleTV will deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 7.
(3) On PLEX for AppleTV it won't deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 8, and will only play the HDR10 fallback if CM2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201calthough your TV will incorrectly say that it is playing DV\u201d.With infuse it will convert it on the fly to Profile 5, and deliver real Dolby Vision if CMv2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201cMake sure you set the Extended Dolby Vision settings to Limited (prefer accuracy), Convert P8 to P5 (when possible), and play other P8 as HDR (output will switch to either DoVi or HDR depending on the video)\u201d
Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 and CMv4.0 - [Click to show/hide]
It is too technical to explain in detail, so I'll keep it short with tested facts: PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse only support CMv2.9.
There are two versions of Dolby Vision, namely CMv2.9 and CMv4.0. CMv4.0 uses an improved algorithm and a superior tone curve that allows for better mapping and more controls during the Dolby Vision trim pass process.
More info about the different Dolby Vision Versions: Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 vs. CMv4.0
Which HDR Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID DV HDR10+ 1500 c53085ddbd027d9624b320627748612f DV HDR10 1500 e23edd2482476e595fb990b12e7c609c DV 1500 58d6a88f13e2db7f5059c41047876f00 DV HLG 1500 55d53828b9d81cbe20b02efd00aa0efd DV SDR 1500 a3e19f8f627608af0211acd02bf89735 HDR10+ 600 b974a6cd08c1066250f1f177d7aa1225 HDR10 500 dfb86d5941bc9075d6af23b09c2aeecd HDR 500 e61e28db95d22bedcadf030b8f156d96 HDR (undefined) 500 2a4d9069cc1fe3242ff9bdaebed239bb PQ 500 08d6d8834ad9ec87b1dc7ec8148e7a1f HLG 500 9364dd386c9b4a1100dde8264690add7 Add Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000 - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
Not all devices in your chain support Dolby Vision.
You share your media library with other family members that don't have Dolby Vision compatible devices.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
Custom Format Score Trash ID DV (WEBDL) -10000 923b6abef9b17f937fab56cfcf89e1f1 Add the Custom Formats DV HDR10+ Boost and HDR10+ Boost - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
You have a (Samsung) TV that supports HDR10+.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
If you use this Custom Format then 99% of the time you also need to add the following Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000
Custom Format Score Trash ID HDR10+ Boost 901 b17886cb4158d9fea189859409975758 DV HDR10+ Boost 100 55a5b50cb416dea5a50c4955896217ab Multi audio - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID Multi-Audio 300 72b1548df1ac3175ca105a9ce7043c91 French Audio 1 6d27683346c78d6a3f772e30877910a7 Multi-French 0 d5f3a1afdb77e6b95e489f7654532d04 Description et objectifs - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Multi-Audio: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Radarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre les releases aved plusieurs audios (MULTi).
Tip
Vous pouvez remplacer sans probl\u00e8me le Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi du Guide par celui-ci.
French Audio: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Radarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre les versions ayant un audio francophone. Il est facultatif et ne donne un l\u00e9ger bonus que si la version poss\u00e8de effectivement un audio fran\u00e7ais.
Multi-French: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 qui renommera votre fichier avec Multi-French..
Comment fonctionne cette m\u00e9thode
Lorsque Radarr trouve une version avec MULTi, il lui attribue le score de 300 gr\u00e2ce au Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-Audio. Si la version contient au moins l'audio original et l'audio fran\u00e7ais, elle sera renomm\u00e9e par le Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-French. Ce qui permet \u00e0 la version de conserver le score de 300 du Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-Audio.
Movie Versions - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Hybrid 100 0f12c086e289cf966fa5948eac571f44 Remaster 25 570bc9ebecd92723d2d21500f4be314c 4K Remaster 25 eca37840c13c6ef2dd0262b141a5482f Criterion Collection 25 e0c07d59beb37348e975a930d5e50319 Masters of Cinema 25 9d27d9d2181838f76dee150882bdc58c Vinegar Syndrome 25 db9b4c4b53d312a3ca5f1378f6440fc9 Special Edition 125 957d0f44b592285f26449575e8b1167e IMAX 800 eecf3a857724171f968a66cb5719e152 IMAX Enhanced 800 9f6cbff8cfe4ebbc1bde14c7b7bec0de
IMAX Enhanced
IMAX Enhanced: Get More Picture Instead of Black Bars.
IMAX Enhanced exclusive expanded aspect ratio is 1:90:1, which offers up to 26% more picture for select sequences, meaning more of the action is visible on screen.
If you don't prefer IMAX Enhanced then don't add it or use a score of 0
HQ Source Groups - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID FR UHD Bluray Tier 01 1800 64f8f12bbf7472a6ccf838bfd6b5e3e8 FR UHD Bluray Tier 02 1750 0dcf0c8a386d82e3f2d424189af14065 FR WEB Tier 01 1700 9790a618cec1aeac8ce75601a17ea40d FR WEB Tier 02 1650 3c83a765f84239716bd5fd2d7af188f9 FR Scene Groups 1500 0d94489c0d5828cd3bf9409d309fb32b
Tip
Les groupes de la Sc\u00e8ne fran\u00e7aise sont inclus comme substitut si vous voulez vraiment une version MULTi malgr\u00e9 une \u00e9ventuelle perte de qualit\u00e9. Vous pouvez lui attribuer un score de 1500 (par d\u00e9faut) ou de 0 selon ce que vous voulez obtenir.
Mix original (optionnel) HQ Release Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID UHD Bluray Tier 01 1800 4d74ac4c4db0b64bff6ce0cffef99bf0 UHD Bluray Tier 02 1750 a58f517a70193f8e578056642178419d UHD Bluray Tier 03 1700 e71939fae578037e7aed3ee219bbe7c1 WEB Tier 01 1700 c20f169ef63c5f40c2def54abaf4438e WEB Tier 02 1650 403816d65392c79236dcb6dd591aeda4 WEB Tier 03 1600 af94e0fe497124d1f9ce732069ec8c3b Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 e7718d7a3ce595f289bfee26adc178f5 Repack2 6 ae43b294509409a6a13919dedd4764c4 Repack3 7 5caaaa1c08c1742aa4342d8c4cc463f2 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Radarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
Ind\u00e9sirable - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 ed38b889b31be83fda192888e2286d83 3D -10000 b8cd450cbfa689c0259a01d9e29ba3d6 LQ -10000 90a6f9a284dff5103f6346090e6280c8 FR LQ -10000 48f031e76111f17ea94898f4cdc34fdc Upscaled -10000 bfd8eb01832d646a0a89c4deb46f8564 x265 (HD) -10000 dc98083864ea246d05a42df0d05f81cc
Description et objectifs
BR-DISK : Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 qui permet \u00e0 Radarr de reconna\u00eetre et d'ignorer les BR-DISK (ISO et structure de dossier Blu-ray) en plus de la qualit\u00e9 standard des BR-DISK.
3D: La 3D convient-elle encore pour les particuliers ?
LQ: Une collection de groupes P2P anglais qui sont souvent bannis des meilleurs trackers en raison de leur manque de qualit\u00e9 ou pour d'autres raisons.
FR LQ: Une collection de groupes P2P fran\u00e7ais qui sont souvent bannis des meilleurs trackers en raison de leur manque de qualit\u00e9 ou pour d'autres raisons.
Upscaled: Ceci permets de bloquer les versions upscal\u00e9es en 4K.
x265 (HD): Ceci bloque/ignore les sorties 720/1080p (HD) qui sont encod\u00e9es en x265. - Plus d'informations ICI (en anglais).
Ne l'utilisez pas avec le Format Personnalis\u00e9 x265 (no HDR/DV)
Optionnel - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Cela inclut les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s optionnels cr\u00e9\u00e9s par TRaSH pour le guide original. Assurez-vous de bien comprendre ce qu'ils impliquent avant de les int\u00e9grer. En outre, deux Formats Personnalis\u00e9s peuvent cr\u00e9er des probl\u00e8mes si vous voulez du MULTi :
Bad Dual Groups : ce dernier peut \u00eatre sujet \u00e0 controverse pour les personnes recherchant une version MULTi. Il est recommand\u00e9 de ne pas l'utiliser.
Scene, il peut inclure des groupes Scene d\u00e9j\u00e0 dans le Format Personnalis\u00e9 FR Scene Groups. Qui est utilis\u00e9 comme substitut afin d'augmenter les chances d'obtenir une version MULTi.
Miscellaneous (Optional) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Bad Dual Groups -10000 b6832f586342ef70d9c128d40c07b872 EVO (no WEBDL) -10000 90cedc1fea7ea5d11298bebd3d1d3223 No-RlsGroup -10000 ae9b7c9ebde1f3bd336a8cbd1ec4c5e5 Obfuscated -10000 7357cf5161efbf8c4d5d0c30b4815ee2 Retags -10000 5c44f52a8714fdd79bb4d98e2673be1f Scene -10000 f537cf427b64c38c8e36298f657e4828
Breakdown and Why
Bad Dual Groups: [Optional] These groups take the original release and add their own language track (e.g. AAC 2.0 Portuguese) as the first track. Afterward, FFprobe would determine that the media file is Portuguese. It's a common rule that you only add the best audio as the main track. Also they often even rename the release name into Portuguese.
EVO (no WEBDL): This group is often banned for low-quality Blu-ray releases, but their WEB-DLs are okay.
No-RlsGroup: [Optional] Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups being scored incorrectly. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up with a stripped group name. These releases would appear as \"upgrades\" and could end up getting a decent score after other CFs are scored.
Obfuscated: [Optional] Use these only if you wish to avoid renamed releases.
Retags: [Optional] Use this if you want to avoid retagged releases. Retagged releases often are not consistent with the quality of the original group's release.
Scene: [Optional] Use this only if you want to avoid SCENE releases.
General Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 0 b3b3a6ac74ecbd56bcdbefa4799fb9df ATVP 0 40e9380490e748672c2522eaaeb692f7 BCORE 15 cc5e51a9e85a6296ceefe097a77f12f4 CRiT 20 16622a6911d1ab5d5b8b713d5b0036d4 DSNP 0 84272245b2988854bfb76a16e60baea5 HBO 0 509e5f41146e278f9eab1ddaceb34515 HMAX 0 5763d1b0ce84aff3b21038eea8e9b8ad Hulu 0 526d445d4c16214309f0fd2b3be18a89 iT 0 e0ec9672be6cac914ffad34a6b077209 MAX 0 6a061313d22e51e0f25b7cd4dc065233 MA 20 2a6039655313bf5dab1e43523b62c374 NF 0 170b1d363bd8516fbf3a3eb05d4faff6 PMTP 0 e36a0ba1bc902b26ee40818a1d59b8bd PCOK 0 c9fd353f8f5f1baf56dc601c4cb29920 STAN 0 c2863d2a50c9acad1fb50e53ece60817
Breakdown and Why
The reason why these Custom Formats have a score of 0 is because they are mainly used for the naming scheme and other variables should decide for movies if a certain release if preferred.
BCore, CRiT and MA are the only ones with a score because of their better source material, or higher bitrate and quality compared to other streaming services.
Utilisez les param\u00e8tres suivants dans votre profil.
Assurez-vous de ne pas cocher le BR-DISK.
Info
The order listed in the profile matters even if a quality is not checked, for example if you have a 1080p version but wanted the SD version, Radarr will reject all SD results because 1080p is listed higher than SD even though 1080p was not checked.
Qualities at the top of the list will appear first in manual searches.
Qualities higher in the list are more preferred even if not checked.
Qualities within the same group are equal.
Only checked qualities are wanted.
This is why it's recommended to move the selected quality to the top of the list.
Source: Wiki Servarr
Logique et fonctionnement - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
En fonction de ce qui est disponible en premier, la logique sera la suivante :
Lorsque le WEB-2160p deviendra disponible, le m\u00e9dia sera t\u00e9l\u00e9charger en WEB-2160p. (services de streaming)
Lorsque le Bluray-2160p sortira, il sera mis \u00e0 niveau vers le Bluray-2160p.
Le m\u00e9dia sera mis \u00e0 niveau en fonction des formats personnalis\u00e9s ajout\u00e9s jusqu'\u00e0 l'obtention d'un score de 10000.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#remux-web-1080p","title":"Remux + WEB 1080p","text":"
Si vous pr\u00e9f\u00e9rez les Remuxes en 1080p (Remux-1080p)
Poids : 20 \u00e0 40 Go pour un Remux-1080p selon la dur\u00e9e du m\u00e9dia.
Informations concernant les audios HD
Il convient de noter que de divers probl\u00e8mes peuvent survenir avec ce profil si vous utilisez les formats personnalis\u00e9s de l'audio HD, car :
Les r\u00e8gles de la Sc\u00e8ne fran\u00e7aise stipulent que l'audio fran\u00e7ais doit \u00eatre le premier audio (celui par d\u00e9faut) dans une version MULTi.
Les r\u00e8gles stipulent que seul le meilleur son (qu'il soit original ou FR) doit \u00eatre mentionn\u00e9 dans le titre.
Certains films (et s\u00e9ries, principalement de l'\u00e8re pr\u00e9-streaming) ne disposent pas d'une piste audio FR \u00e9quivalente \u00e0 la piste la plus \u00e9lev\u00e9e de l'audio original.
En cons\u00e9quence, les situations ci-apr\u00e8s peuvent \u00eatre observ\u00e9es :
La qualit\u00e9 de l'audio dans le titre de la release pourrait ne pas \u00eatre celle de la version fran\u00e7aise.
L'audio fran\u00e7ais pourrait \u00eatre de moins bonne qualit\u00e9 que l'audio titr\u00e9.
Radarr n'\u00e9value que les fichiers audio pr\u00e9-importation en fonction du titre de la release. Apr\u00e8s l'importation, par la premi\u00e8re piste audio (par d\u00e9faut) de la release (apr\u00e8s ffprobe).
La note finale de la release peut \u00eatre inf\u00e9rieure \u00e0 celle obtenue avant l'importation.
Tip
Les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s de Groupes P2P existent pour cette raison ; ils essaient de regrouper les groupes qui ont tendance \u00e0 obtenir les meilleures pistes audio originales et fran\u00e7aises pour une sortie. Cependant, cette approche n'est pas infaillible et un film peut ne pas avoir une piste audio FR \u00e9quivalente \u00e0 la piste la plus \u00e9lev\u00e9e de l'audio original.
Audio - [Click to show/hide]
Why should I choose All Audio formats?
You have a hardware media player device and an audio setup that supports ALL HD Audio (TrueHD, DTS-X, DTS-HD, etc).
AppleTV doesn't passthrough HD-audio, If you use infuse it's still limited!please check I've a AppleTV
You've chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats. You should use all the Audio formats with Remuxes/UHD Encodes.
You should add ALL the Audio formats - don't leave any of them out!
Audio transcoding has a low impact on your server. If your server can't handle audio transcoding, consider choosing another quality profile.
I've a AppleTV - [Click to show/hide]
Passthrough: The preferred method if you have an audio setup (AVR/Soundbar). This mode will send the audio signals without any alteration or processing.
Direct Play: The client supports the container, video stream, and audio stream natively. The Plex server simply sends the media file as-is to the client. This uses very little CPU power.
Transcode: The client does not support the video stream and/or the audio stream. The Plex server re-encodes the video, audio, or both into a compatible format. Transcoding video uses a lot of CPU power, but transcoding audio uses little to moderate CPU power.
Decodes: Decompresses the audio before sending it to your AVR/Soundbar.
partial used source: Infuse FAQ
Am I losing any quality by using LPCM? - [Click to show/hide]
No. Since LPCM is a lossless format, using it will result in no loss of quality. What your ears hear will be exactly the same. The only difference is your receiver will recognize the audio stream as PCM instead of Dolby/DTS.
LPCM will discard object and spatial metadata. (TrueHD Atmos, DTS-X)
source: Infuse FAQ
Should I block certain audio formats because something in my setup doesn't support it? - [Click to show/hide]
If you have chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats, it's somewhat pointless to lower the scores or block certain audio formats since 95% of the Remuxes and UHD Encodes provide HD audio formats such as TrueHD Atmos, TrueHD, and DTS-X.
So you have 2 options.
Choose another quality profile that doesn't include audio formats such as HD Bluray + WEB or 2160p WEB-DL.
Accept the limitations of your audio setup (AVR/Soundbar) and/or your hardware media player device.
Which Audio Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID TrueHD ATMOS 5000 496f355514737f7d83bf7aa4d24f8169 DTS X 4500 2f22d89048b01681dde8afe203bf2e95 ATMOS (undefined) 3000 417804f7f2c4308c1f4c5d380d4c4475 DD+ ATMOS 3000 1af239278386be2919e1bcee0bde047e TrueHD 2750 3cafb66171b47f226146a0770576870f DTS-HD MA 2500 dcf3ec6938fa32445f590a4da84256cd FLAC 2250 a570d4a0e56a2874b64e5bfa55202a1b PCM 2250 e7c2fcae07cbada050a0af3357491d7b DTS-HD HRA 2000 8e109e50e0a0b83a5098b056e13bf6db DD+ 1750 185f1dd7264c4562b9022d963ac37424 DTS-ES 1500 f9f847ac70a0af62ea4a08280b859636 DTS 1250 1c1a4c5e823891c75bc50380a6866f73 AAC 1000 240770601cc226190c367ef59aba7463 DD 750 c2998bd0d90ed5621d8df281e839436e Multi audio - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID Multi-Audio 300 72b1548df1ac3175ca105a9ce7043c91 French Audio 1 6d27683346c78d6a3f772e30877910a7 Multi-French 0 d5f3a1afdb77e6b95e489f7654532d04 Description et objectifs - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Multi-Audio: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Radarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre les releases aved plusieurs audios (MULTi).
Tip
Vous pouvez remplacer sans probl\u00e8me le Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi du Guide par celui-ci.
French Audio: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Radarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre les versions ayant un audio francophone. Il est facultatif et ne donne un l\u00e9ger bonus que si la version poss\u00e8de effectivement un audio fran\u00e7ais.
Multi-French: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 qui renommera votre fichier avec Multi-French..
Comment fonctionne cette m\u00e9thode
Lorsque Radarr trouve une version avec MULTi, il lui attribue le score de 300 gr\u00e2ce au Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-Audio. Si la version contient au moins l'audio original et l'audio fran\u00e7ais, elle sera renomm\u00e9e par le Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-French. Ce qui permet \u00e0 la version de conserver le score de 300 du Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-Audio.
Movie Versions - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Hybrid 100 0f12c086e289cf966fa5948eac571f44 Remaster 25 570bc9ebecd92723d2d21500f4be314c 4K Remaster 25 eca37840c13c6ef2dd0262b141a5482f Criterion Collection 25 e0c07d59beb37348e975a930d5e50319 Masters of Cinema 25 9d27d9d2181838f76dee150882bdc58c Vinegar Syndrome 25 db9b4c4b53d312a3ca5f1378f6440fc9 Special Edition 125 957d0f44b592285f26449575e8b1167e IMAX 800 eecf3a857724171f968a66cb5719e152 IMAX Enhanced 800 9f6cbff8cfe4ebbc1bde14c7b7bec0de
IMAX Enhanced
IMAX Enhanced: Get More Picture Instead of Black Bars.
IMAX Enhanced exclusive expanded aspect ratio is 1:90:1, which offers up to 26% more picture for select sequences, meaning more of the action is visible on screen.
If you don't prefer IMAX Enhanced then don't add it or use a score of 0
HQ Source Groups - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID FR Remux Tier 01 1950 5583260016e0b9f683f53af41fb42e4a FR Remux Tier 02 1900 9019d81307e68cd4a7eb06a567e833b8 FR WEB Tier 01 1700 9790a618cec1aeac8ce75601a17ea40d FR WEB Tier 02 1650 3c83a765f84239716bd5fd2d7af188f9 FR Scene Groups 1500 0d94489c0d5828cd3bf9409d309fb32b
Tip
Les groupes de la Sc\u00e8ne fran\u00e7aise sont inclus comme substitut si vous voulez vraiment une version MULTi malgr\u00e9 une \u00e9ventuelle perte de qualit\u00e9. Vous pouvez lui attribuer un score de 1500 (par d\u00e9faut) ou de 0 selon ce que vous voulez obtenir.
Mix original (optionnel) HQ Release Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Remux Tier 01 1950 3a3ff47579026e76d6504ebea39390de Remux Tier 02 1900 9f98181fe5a3fbeb0cc29340da2a468a Remux Tier 03 1850 8baaf0b3142bf4d94c42a724f034e27a WEB Tier 01 1700 c20f169ef63c5f40c2def54abaf4438e WEB Tier 02 1650 403816d65392c79236dcb6dd591aeda4 WEB Tier 03 1600 af94e0fe497124d1f9ce732069ec8c3b Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 e7718d7a3ce595f289bfee26adc178f5 Repack2 6 ae43b294509409a6a13919dedd4764c4 Repack3 7 5caaaa1c08c1742aa4342d8c4cc463f2 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Radarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
Ind\u00e9sirable - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 ed38b889b31be83fda192888e2286d83 3D -10000 b8cd450cbfa689c0259a01d9e29ba3d6 LQ -10000 90a6f9a284dff5103f6346090e6280c8 FR LQ -10000 48f031e76111f17ea94898f4cdc34fdc x265 (HD) -10000 dc98083864ea246d05a42df0d05f81cc
Description et objectifs
BR-DISK : Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 qui permet \u00e0 Radarr de reconna\u00eetre et d'ignorer les BR-DISK (ISO et structure de dossier Blu-ray) en plus de la qualit\u00e9 standard des BR-DISK.
3D: La 3D convient-elle encore pour les particuliers ?
LQ: Une collection de groupes P2P anglais qui sont souvent bannis des meilleurs trackers en raison de leur manque de qualit\u00e9 ou pour d'autres raisons.
FR LQ: Une collection de groupes P2P fran\u00e7ais qui sont souvent bannis des meilleurs trackers en raison de leur manque de qualit\u00e9 ou pour d'autres raisons.
x265 (HD): Ceci bloque/ignore les sorties 720/1080p (HD) qui sont encod\u00e9es en x265. - Plus d'informations ICI (en anglais).
Ne l'utilisez pas avec le Format Personnalis\u00e9 x265 (no HDR/DV)
Optionnel - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Cela inclut les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s optionnels cr\u00e9\u00e9s par TRaSH pour le guide original. Assurez-vous de bien comprendre ce qu'ils impliquent avant de les int\u00e9grer. En outre, deux Formats Personnalis\u00e9s peuvent cr\u00e9er des probl\u00e8mes si vous voulez du MULTi :
Bad Dual Groups : ce dernier peut \u00eatre sujet \u00e0 controverse pour les personnes recherchant une version MULTi. Il est recommand\u00e9 de ne pas l'utiliser.
Scene, il peut inclure des groupes Scene d\u00e9j\u00e0 dans le Format Personnalis\u00e9 FR Scene Groups. Qui est utilis\u00e9 comme substitut afin d'augmenter les chances d'obtenir une version MULTi.
Miscellaneous (Optional) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Bad Dual Groups -10000 b6832f586342ef70d9c128d40c07b872 EVO (no WEBDL) -10000 90cedc1fea7ea5d11298bebd3d1d3223 No-RlsGroup -10000 ae9b7c9ebde1f3bd336a8cbd1ec4c5e5 Obfuscated -10000 7357cf5161efbf8c4d5d0c30b4815ee2 Retags -10000 5c44f52a8714fdd79bb4d98e2673be1f Scene -10000 f537cf427b64c38c8e36298f657e4828
Breakdown and Why
Bad Dual Groups: [Optional] These groups take the original release and add their own language track (e.g. AAC 2.0 Portuguese) as the first track. Afterward, FFprobe would determine that the media file is Portuguese. It's a common rule that you only add the best audio as the main track. Also they often even rename the release name into Portuguese.
EVO (no WEBDL): This group is often banned for low-quality Blu-ray releases, but their WEB-DLs are okay.
No-RlsGroup: [Optional] Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups being scored incorrectly. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up with a stripped group name. These releases would appear as \"upgrades\" and could end up getting a decent score after other CFs are scored.
Obfuscated: [Optional] Use these only if you wish to avoid renamed releases.
Retags: [Optional] Use this if you want to avoid retagged releases. Retagged releases often are not consistent with the quality of the original group's release.
Scene: [Optional] Use this only if you want to avoid SCENE releases.
General Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 0 b3b3a6ac74ecbd56bcdbefa4799fb9df ATVP 0 40e9380490e748672c2522eaaeb692f7 BCORE 15 cc5e51a9e85a6296ceefe097a77f12f4 CRiT 20 16622a6911d1ab5d5b8b713d5b0036d4 DSNP 0 84272245b2988854bfb76a16e60baea5 HBO 0 509e5f41146e278f9eab1ddaceb34515 HMAX 0 5763d1b0ce84aff3b21038eea8e9b8ad Hulu 0 526d445d4c16214309f0fd2b3be18a89 iT 0 e0ec9672be6cac914ffad34a6b077209 MAX 0 6a061313d22e51e0f25b7cd4dc065233 MA 20 2a6039655313bf5dab1e43523b62c374 NF 0 170b1d363bd8516fbf3a3eb05d4faff6 PMTP 0 e36a0ba1bc902b26ee40818a1d59b8bd PCOK 0 c9fd353f8f5f1baf56dc601c4cb29920 STAN 0 c2863d2a50c9acad1fb50e53ece60817
Breakdown and Why
The reason why these Custom Formats have a score of 0 is because they are mainly used for the naming scheme and other variables should decide for movies if a certain release if preferred.
BCore, CRiT and MA are the only ones with a score because of their better source material, or higher bitrate and quality compared to other streaming services.
Utilisez les param\u00e8tres suivants dans votre profil.
Assurez-vous de ne pas cocher le BR-DISK.
La raison pour laquelle le WEB-DL 720p n'est pas s\u00e9lectionn\u00e9 est que vous ne trouverez pratiquement aucune release qui ne soit pas faite en 1080p WEB-DL.
Info
The order listed in the profile matters even if a quality is not checked, for example if you have a 1080p version but wanted the SD version, Radarr will reject all SD results because 1080p is listed higher than SD even though 1080p was not checked.
Qualities at the top of the list will appear first in manual searches.
Qualities higher in the list are more preferred even if not checked.
Qualities within the same group are equal.
Only checked qualities are wanted.
This is why it's recommended to move the selected quality to the top of the list.
Source: Wiki Servarr
Logique et fonctionnement - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
En fonction de ce qui est disponible en premier, la logique sera la suivante :
Lorsque le WEB-1080p deviendra disponible, le m\u00e9dia sera t\u00e9l\u00e9charger en WEB-1080pp. (services de streaming)
Lorsque le REMUX-1080p sortira, il sera mis \u00e0 niveau vers le REMUX-2160p.
Le m\u00e9dia sera mis \u00e0 niveau en fonction des formats personnalis\u00e9s ajout\u00e9s jusqu'\u00e0 l'obtention d'un score de 10000.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#remux-web-2160p","title":"Remux + WEB 2160p","text":"
Si vous pr\u00e9f\u00e9rez les Remuxes en 2160p (Remux-2160p)
Poids : 40 \u00e0 100 Go pour un Remux-2160p selon la dur\u00e9e du m\u00e9dia.
Informations concernant les audios HD
Il convient de noter que de divers probl\u00e8mes peuvent survenir avec ce profil si vous utilisez les formats personnalis\u00e9s de l'audio HD, car :
Les r\u00e8gles de la Sc\u00e8ne fran\u00e7aise stipulent que l'audio fran\u00e7ais doit \u00eatre le premier audio (celui par d\u00e9faut) dans une version MULTi.
Les r\u00e8gles stipulent que seul le meilleur son (qu'il soit original ou FR) doit \u00eatre mentionn\u00e9 dans le titre.
Certains films (et s\u00e9ries, principalement de l'\u00e8re pr\u00e9-streaming) ne disposent pas d'une piste audio FR \u00e9quivalente \u00e0 la piste la plus \u00e9lev\u00e9e de l'audio original.
En cons\u00e9quence, les situations ci-apr\u00e8s peuvent \u00eatre observ\u00e9es :
La qualit\u00e9 de l'audio dans le titre de la release pourrait ne pas \u00eatre celle de la version fran\u00e7aise.
L'audio fran\u00e7ais pourrait \u00eatre de moins bonne qualit\u00e9 que l'audio titr\u00e9.
Radarr n'\u00e9value que les fichiers audio pr\u00e9-importation en fonction du titre de la release. Apr\u00e8s l'importation, par la premi\u00e8re piste audio (par d\u00e9faut) de la release (apr\u00e8s ffprobe).
La note finale de la release peut \u00eatre inf\u00e9rieure \u00e0 celle obtenue avant l'importation.
Tip
Les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s de Groupes P2P existent pour cette raison ; ils essaient de regrouper les groupes qui ont tendance \u00e0 obtenir les meilleures pistes audio originales et fran\u00e7aises pour une sortie. Cependant, cette approche n'est pas infaillible et un film peut ne pas avoir une piste audio FR \u00e9quivalente \u00e0 la piste la plus \u00e9lev\u00e9e de l'audio original.
Audio - [Click to show/hide]
Why should I choose All Audio formats?
You have a hardware media player device and an audio setup that supports ALL HD Audio (TrueHD, DTS-X, DTS-HD, etc).
AppleTV doesn't passthrough HD-audio, If you use infuse it's still limited!please check I've a AppleTV
You've chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats. You should use all the Audio formats with Remuxes/UHD Encodes.
You should add ALL the Audio formats - don't leave any of them out!
Audio transcoding has a low impact on your server. If your server can't handle audio transcoding, consider choosing another quality profile.
I've a AppleTV - [Click to show/hide]
Passthrough: The preferred method if you have an audio setup (AVR/Soundbar). This mode will send the audio signals without any alteration or processing.
Direct Play: The client supports the container, video stream, and audio stream natively. The Plex server simply sends the media file as-is to the client. This uses very little CPU power.
Transcode: The client does not support the video stream and/or the audio stream. The Plex server re-encodes the video, audio, or both into a compatible format. Transcoding video uses a lot of CPU power, but transcoding audio uses little to moderate CPU power.
Decodes: Decompresses the audio before sending it to your AVR/Soundbar.
partial used source: Infuse FAQ
Am I losing any quality by using LPCM? - [Click to show/hide]
No. Since LPCM is a lossless format, using it will result in no loss of quality. What your ears hear will be exactly the same. The only difference is your receiver will recognize the audio stream as PCM instead of Dolby/DTS.
LPCM will discard object and spatial metadata. (TrueHD Atmos, DTS-X)
source: Infuse FAQ
Should I block certain audio formats because something in my setup doesn't support it? - [Click to show/hide]
If you have chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats, it's somewhat pointless to lower the scores or block certain audio formats since 95% of the Remuxes and UHD Encodes provide HD audio formats such as TrueHD Atmos, TrueHD, and DTS-X.
So you have 2 options.
Choose another quality profile that doesn't include audio formats such as HD Bluray + WEB or 2160p WEB-DL.
Accept the limitations of your audio setup (AVR/Soundbar) and/or your hardware media player device.
Which Audio Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID TrueHD ATMOS 5000 496f355514737f7d83bf7aa4d24f8169 DTS X 4500 2f22d89048b01681dde8afe203bf2e95 ATMOS (undefined) 3000 417804f7f2c4308c1f4c5d380d4c4475 DD+ ATMOS 3000 1af239278386be2919e1bcee0bde047e TrueHD 2750 3cafb66171b47f226146a0770576870f DTS-HD MA 2500 dcf3ec6938fa32445f590a4da84256cd FLAC 2250 a570d4a0e56a2874b64e5bfa55202a1b PCM 2250 e7c2fcae07cbada050a0af3357491d7b DTS-HD HRA 2000 8e109e50e0a0b83a5098b056e13bf6db DD+ 1750 185f1dd7264c4562b9022d963ac37424 DTS-ES 1500 f9f847ac70a0af62ea4a08280b859636 DTS 1250 1c1a4c5e823891c75bc50380a6866f73 AAC 1000 240770601cc226190c367ef59aba7463 DD 750 c2998bd0d90ed5621d8df281e839436e All HDR Formats - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I choose All HDR formats?
You have a 4K/2160p TV and a hardware media player device (such as Roku, AppleTV, Shield, SmartTV App, etc.) that supports several HDR formats (such as Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, etc.).
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
You've chosen a profile that includes 4K/2160p releases. You must use all the HDR formats with 4k/2160p profiles.
You must add ALL the HDR formats - don't leave any of them out!
Why am I getting purple or green colors? - [Click to show/hide]
Why am I getting purple or green colors?
There are several possible reasons why your TV would show purple or green colors when playing Dolby Vision content.
Unsupported Hardware: Your TV or hardware media player device (Roku, AppleTV, etc) doesn't support Dolby Vision or your hardware media player device doesn't support all the Dolby Vision Profiles. As a result, the device might struggle to produce accurate colors, leading to a purple or green tint.
Incorrect Display Settings: Dolby Vision content often requires specific settings to be enabled on your TV or display device in order to deliver the intended visual experience. If these settings are not configured properly, it can result in the device showing distorted colors (including purple or green hues).
HDMI Compatibility Issues: Sometimes, HDMI cables or ports may not be fully compatible with Dolby Vision. If the media player device is not recognizing the Dolby Vision signal properly, it may fail to process the content correctly, resulting in abnormal color rendering.
To resolve the purple or green color issues when playing Dolby Vision content, you can try the following troubleshooting steps:
Ensure your TV or hardware media player device is Dolby Vision compatible and up-to-date with the latest firmware.
Verify that your TV or display device is set up correctly and has the necessary Dolby Vision settings enabled.
Check the HDMI cables and ensure they are capable of transmitting Dolby Vision signals.
Dolby Vision Profiles - [Click to show/hide]
Dolby Vision Profiles
Profile 5 (1) - This is what comes with WEB-DL Dolby Vision releases without HDR10 fallback.(Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens)
Profile 7 (2) - This is what comes with UHD Bluray Remuxes and UHD BluRay releases.These files will play on an Nvidia Shield Pro (2019), but on most other players will revert to the HDR10 fallback.
Profile 8 (3) - This is what comes with (Hybrid) WEB-DL (HULU), Hybrid UHD Remux, and UHD BluRay releases (all of which have HDR10 fallback).This works with several mainstream media players.
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
(1) PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse will only play profile 5 correctly if CMv2.9 is used
(2) Neither Infuse nor PLEX for AppleTV will deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 7.
(3) On PLEX for AppleTV it won't deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 8, and will only play the HDR10 fallback if CM2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201calthough your TV will incorrectly say that it is playing DV\u201d.With infuse it will convert it on the fly to Profile 5, and deliver real Dolby Vision if CMv2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201cMake sure you set the Extended Dolby Vision settings to Limited (prefer accuracy), Convert P8 to P5 (when possible), and play other P8 as HDR (output will switch to either DoVi or HDR depending on the video)\u201d
Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 and CMv4.0 - [Click to show/hide]
It is too technical to explain in detail, so I'll keep it short with tested facts: PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse only support CMv2.9.
There are two versions of Dolby Vision, namely CMv2.9 and CMv4.0. CMv4.0 uses an improved algorithm and a superior tone curve that allows for better mapping and more controls during the Dolby Vision trim pass process.
More info about the different Dolby Vision Versions: Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 vs. CMv4.0
Which HDR Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID DV HDR10+ 1500 c53085ddbd027d9624b320627748612f DV HDR10 1500 e23edd2482476e595fb990b12e7c609c DV 1500 58d6a88f13e2db7f5059c41047876f00 DV HLG 1500 55d53828b9d81cbe20b02efd00aa0efd DV SDR 1500 a3e19f8f627608af0211acd02bf89735 HDR10+ 600 b974a6cd08c1066250f1f177d7aa1225 HDR10 500 dfb86d5941bc9075d6af23b09c2aeecd HDR 500 e61e28db95d22bedcadf030b8f156d96 HDR (undefined) 500 2a4d9069cc1fe3242ff9bdaebed239bb PQ 500 08d6d8834ad9ec87b1dc7ec8148e7a1f HLG 500 9364dd386c9b4a1100dde8264690add7 Add Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000 - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
Not all devices in your chain support Dolby Vision.
You share your media library with other family members that don't have Dolby Vision compatible devices.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
Custom Format Score Trash ID DV (WEBDL) -10000 923b6abef9b17f937fab56cfcf89e1f1 Add the Custom Formats DV HDR10+ Boost and HDR10+ Boost - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
You have a (Samsung) TV that supports HDR10+.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
If you use this Custom Format then 99% of the time you also need to add the following Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000
Custom Format Score Trash ID HDR10+ Boost 901 b17886cb4158d9fea189859409975758 DV HDR10+ Boost 100 55a5b50cb416dea5a50c4955896217ab Multi audio - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID Multi-Audio 300 72b1548df1ac3175ca105a9ce7043c91 French Audio 1 6d27683346c78d6a3f772e30877910a7 Multi-French 0 d5f3a1afdb77e6b95e489f7654532d04 Description et objectifs - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Multi-Audio: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Radarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre les releases aved plusieurs audios (MULTi).
Tip
Vous pouvez remplacer sans probl\u00e8me le Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi du Guide par celui-ci.
French Audio: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Radarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre les versions ayant un audio francophone. Il est facultatif et ne donne un l\u00e9ger bonus que si la version poss\u00e8de effectivement un audio fran\u00e7ais.
Multi-French: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 qui renommera votre fichier avec Multi-French..
Comment fonctionne cette m\u00e9thode
Lorsque Radarr trouve une version avec MULTi, il lui attribue le score de 300 gr\u00e2ce au Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-Audio. Si la version contient au moins l'audio original et l'audio fran\u00e7ais, elle sera renomm\u00e9e par le Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-French. Ce qui permet \u00e0 la version de conserver le score de 300 du Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-Audio.
Movie Versions - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Hybrid 100 0f12c086e289cf966fa5948eac571f44 Remaster 25 570bc9ebecd92723d2d21500f4be314c 4K Remaster 25 eca37840c13c6ef2dd0262b141a5482f Criterion Collection 25 e0c07d59beb37348e975a930d5e50319 Masters of Cinema 25 9d27d9d2181838f76dee150882bdc58c Vinegar Syndrome 25 db9b4c4b53d312a3ca5f1378f6440fc9 Special Edition 125 957d0f44b592285f26449575e8b1167e IMAX 800 eecf3a857724171f968a66cb5719e152 IMAX Enhanced 800 9f6cbff8cfe4ebbc1bde14c7b7bec0de
IMAX Enhanced
IMAX Enhanced: Get More Picture Instead of Black Bars.
IMAX Enhanced exclusive expanded aspect ratio is 1:90:1, which offers up to 26% more picture for select sequences, meaning more of the action is visible on screen.
If you don't prefer IMAX Enhanced then don't add it or use a score of 0
HQ Source Groups - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID FR Remux Tier 01 1950 5583260016e0b9f683f53af41fb42e4a FR Remux Tier 02 1900 9019d81307e68cd4a7eb06a567e833b8 FR WEB Tier 01 1700 9790a618cec1aeac8ce75601a17ea40d FR WEB Tier 02 1650 3c83a765f84239716bd5fd2d7af188f9 FR Scene Groups 1500 0d94489c0d5828cd3bf9409d309fb32b
Tip
Les groupes de la Sc\u00e8ne fran\u00e7aise sont inclus comme substitut si vous voulez vraiment une version MULTi malgr\u00e9 une \u00e9ventuelle perte de qualit\u00e9. Vous pouvez lui attribuer un score de 1500 (par d\u00e9faut) ou de 0 selon ce que vous voulez obtenir.
Mix original (optionnel) HQ Release Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Remux Tier 01 1950 3a3ff47579026e76d6504ebea39390de Remux Tier 02 1900 9f98181fe5a3fbeb0cc29340da2a468a Remux Tier 03 1850 8baaf0b3142bf4d94c42a724f034e27a WEB Tier 01 1700 c20f169ef63c5f40c2def54abaf4438e WEB Tier 02 1650 403816d65392c79236dcb6dd591aeda4 WEB Tier 03 1600 af94e0fe497124d1f9ce732069ec8c3b Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 e7718d7a3ce595f289bfee26adc178f5 Repack2 6 ae43b294509409a6a13919dedd4764c4 Repack3 7 5caaaa1c08c1742aa4342d8c4cc463f2 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Radarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
Ind\u00e9sirable - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 ed38b889b31be83fda192888e2286d83 3D -10000 b8cd450cbfa689c0259a01d9e29ba3d6 LQ -10000 90a6f9a284dff5103f6346090e6280c8 FR LQ -10000 48f031e76111f17ea94898f4cdc34fdc Upscaled -10000 bfd8eb01832d646a0a89c4deb46f8564 x265 (HD) -10000 dc98083864ea246d05a42df0d05f81cc
Description et objectifs
BR-DISK : Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 qui permet \u00e0 Radarr de reconna\u00eetre et d'ignorer les BR-DISK (ISO et structure de dossier Blu-ray) en plus de la qualit\u00e9 standard des BR-DISK.
3D: La 3D convient-elle encore pour les particuliers ?
LQ: Une collection de groupes P2P anglais qui sont souvent bannis des meilleurs trackers en raison de leur manque de qualit\u00e9 ou pour d'autres raisons.
FR LQ: Une collection de groupes P2P fran\u00e7ais qui sont souvent bannis des meilleurs trackers en raison de leur manque de qualit\u00e9 ou pour d'autres raisons.
Upscaled: Ceci permets de bloquer les versions upscal\u00e9es en 4K.
x265 (HD): Ceci bloque/ignore les sorties 720/1080p (HD) qui sont encod\u00e9es en x265. - Plus d'informations ICI (en anglais).
Ne l'utilisez pas avec le Format Personnalis\u00e9 x265 (no HDR/DV)
Optionnel - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Cela inclut les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s optionnels cr\u00e9\u00e9s par TRaSH pour le guide original. Assurez-vous de bien comprendre ce qu'ils impliquent avant de les int\u00e9grer. En outre, deux Formats Personnalis\u00e9s peuvent cr\u00e9er des probl\u00e8mes si vous voulez du MULTi :
Bad Dual Groups : ce dernier peut \u00eatre sujet \u00e0 controverse pour les personnes recherchant une version MULTi. Il est recommand\u00e9 de ne pas l'utiliser.
Scene, il peut inclure des groupes Scene d\u00e9j\u00e0 dans le Format Personnalis\u00e9 FR Scene Groups. Qui est utilis\u00e9 comme substitut afin d'augmenter les chances d'obtenir une version MULTi.
Miscellaneous (Optional) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Bad Dual Groups -10000 b6832f586342ef70d9c128d40c07b872 EVO (no WEBDL) -10000 90cedc1fea7ea5d11298bebd3d1d3223 No-RlsGroup -10000 ae9b7c9ebde1f3bd336a8cbd1ec4c5e5 Obfuscated -10000 7357cf5161efbf8c4d5d0c30b4815ee2 Retags -10000 5c44f52a8714fdd79bb4d98e2673be1f Scene -10000 f537cf427b64c38c8e36298f657e4828
Breakdown and Why
Bad Dual Groups: [Optional] These groups take the original release and add their own language track (e.g. AAC 2.0 Portuguese) as the first track. Afterward, FFprobe would determine that the media file is Portuguese. It's a common rule that you only add the best audio as the main track. Also they often even rename the release name into Portuguese.
EVO (no WEBDL): This group is often banned for low-quality Blu-ray releases, but their WEB-DLs are okay.
No-RlsGroup: [Optional] Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups being scored incorrectly. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up with a stripped group name. These releases would appear as \"upgrades\" and could end up getting a decent score after other CFs are scored.
Obfuscated: [Optional] Use these only if you wish to avoid renamed releases.
Retags: [Optional] Use this if you want to avoid retagged releases. Retagged releases often are not consistent with the quality of the original group's release.
Scene: [Optional] Use this only if you want to avoid SCENE releases.
General Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 0 b3b3a6ac74ecbd56bcdbefa4799fb9df ATVP 0 40e9380490e748672c2522eaaeb692f7 BCORE 15 cc5e51a9e85a6296ceefe097a77f12f4 CRiT 20 16622a6911d1ab5d5b8b713d5b0036d4 DSNP 0 84272245b2988854bfb76a16e60baea5 HBO 0 509e5f41146e278f9eab1ddaceb34515 HMAX 0 5763d1b0ce84aff3b21038eea8e9b8ad Hulu 0 526d445d4c16214309f0fd2b3be18a89 iT 0 e0ec9672be6cac914ffad34a6b077209 MAX 0 6a061313d22e51e0f25b7cd4dc065233 MA 20 2a6039655313bf5dab1e43523b62c374 NF 0 170b1d363bd8516fbf3a3eb05d4faff6 PMTP 0 e36a0ba1bc902b26ee40818a1d59b8bd PCOK 0 c9fd353f8f5f1baf56dc601c4cb29920 STAN 0 c2863d2a50c9acad1fb50e53ece60817
Breakdown and Why
The reason why these Custom Formats have a score of 0 is because they are mainly used for the naming scheme and other variables should decide for movies if a certain release if preferred.
BCore, CRiT and MA are the only ones with a score because of their better source material, or higher bitrate and quality compared to other streaming services.
Utilisez les param\u00e8tres suivants dans votre profil.
Assurez-vous de ne pas cocher le BR-DISK.
Info
The order listed in the profile matters even if a quality is not checked, for example if you have a 1080p version but wanted the SD version, Radarr will reject all SD results because 1080p is listed higher than SD even though 1080p was not checked.
Qualities at the top of the list will appear first in manual searches.
Qualities higher in the list are more preferred even if not checked.
Qualities within the same group are equal.
Only checked qualities are wanted.
This is why it's recommended to move the selected quality to the top of the list.
Source: Wiki Servarr
Logique et fonctionnement - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Lorsque le WEB-2160p deviendra disponible, le m\u00e9dia sera t\u00e9l\u00e9charger en WEB-2160p. (services de streaming)
Lorsque le REMUX-2160p sortira, il sera mis \u00e0 niveau vers le REMUX-2160p.
Le m\u00e9dia sera mis \u00e0 niveau en fonction des formats personnalis\u00e9s ajout\u00e9s jusqu'\u00e0 l'obtention d'un score de 10000.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#formats-audio-avances-et-hdr","title":"Formats audio avanc\u00e9s et HDR","text":"
TRaSH fournit d'excellents guides et explications \u00e0 leur sujet dans les liens suivants (en anglais uniquement) :
Un grand merci \u00e0 toutes les personnes qui m'ont aid\u00e9 \u00e0 tester ces Profils et Formats (et qui continuent \u00e0 le faire).
Une mention sp\u00e9ciale \u00e0 MySuperChef et PrL pour leur temps et leurs explications.
Une mention sp\u00e9ciale pour Piou et Wikoul qui sont potentiellement tous les deux maintenant dans des asiles en raison de la quantit\u00e9 de tests effectu\u00e9s.
TRaSH, pour m'avoir accord\u00e9 un petit espace sur son guide, ses connaissances, et sa gentillesse.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/","title":"How to set up Quality Profiles","text":"
aka How to set up Custom Formats So what's the best way to set up the Custom Formats and which ones to use with which scores to set up your quality profiles?
There isn't a \"best\" setup, it depends on your media setup (hardware devices) and your personal preferences.
Some prefer high-quality audio (HD Audio), others high-quality video. Many prefer both.
Here we will try to explain how to make the most of Custom Formats to help you set up your quality profiles for your personal preferences.
We've created a flowchart to make your decisions/choices easier.
We've also created an Excel sheet with several tested media player devices to display what formats and capabilities they support, sourced from information provided by our community. We hope this Excel sheet will be a helpful resource for those looking for a reliable media player device and will help you choose the appropriate quality profile.
After you've added the Custom Formats, as explained in How to import Custom Formats. You will need to set it up in the quality Profile you want to use/prefer to make use of the Custom Formats.
You can also use a Guide sync tool to sync the Custom Formats or even the complete quality profile(s).
Settings => Profiles
Radarr Custom Formats can be set per profile and isn't global
Select the profile that you want to use/prefer.
Profile name.
Allow upgrades. Radarr will stop upgrading quality once (3) is met.
Upgrade until the selected quality.
The Minimum Custom Format Score that is allowed to download. More Info
Keep upgrading Custom Format until this score is reached. (setting this to 0 means no upgrades will happen based on Custom Formats)
Your preferred language profile for your releases. (Original is recommended)
At the bottom, in your chosen profile, you will see the added Custom Formats where you can start setting up the scores.
Screenshot example - [Click to show/hide]
Warning
These screenshots are just examples to show you how it should look and where you need to place the data that you need to add, they aren't always a 100% reflection of the actual data and are not 100% up to date with the actual data you need to add.
Always follow the data described in the guide.
If you have any questions or aren't sure just click the chat badge to join the Discord Channel where you can ask your questions directly.
Keep in mind Custom Formats are made to fine-tune your Quality Profile.Generally, quality trumps all
Custom formats are controlled by Quality Profiles.
The Upgrade Until score prevents upgrading once a release with this desired score has been downloaded.
A score of 0 results in the custom format being informational only.
The Minimum score requires releases to reach this threshold otherwise they will be rejected.
Custom formats that match with undesirable attributes should be given a negative score to lower their appeal.
Outright rejections should be given a negative score low enough that even if all of the other formats with positive scores were added, the score would still fall below the minimum.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/#radarr-current-logic","title":"Radarr current logic","text":"Radarr current logic - [Click to show/hide]
As of 2021-11-06 the logic is as follows:
The Current logic on how downloads are compared is Quality Trumps All
Quality
Custom Format Score
Protocol
Indexer Priority
Indexer Flags
Seeds/Peers (If Torrent)
Age (If Usenet)
Size
Source: Wiki Servarr
REPACKS and PROPERs are v2 of Qualities and thus rank above a non-repack of the same quality.
Settings => Media Management => File Management => Proper & Repacks Change to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/#which-quality-profile-should-you-choose","title":"Which Quality Profile should you choose","text":"Which Quality Profile should you choose - [Click to show/hide]
Click on the image below to see how to make use of the flowchart.
If you're unsure or have questions, do not hesitate to ask for help on Discord
The following Quality Profiles can be combined into a single Quality Profile if you, for example, want to be able to upgrade from 1080p to 4K/2160p when and if it becomes available AFTER the 1080p release is made.
If you prefer High-Quality HD Encodes (Bluray-720p/1080p)
Size: 6-15 GB for a Bluray-1080p depending on the running time.
I suggest to follow the following Guides first.
Quality Settings (File Size).
Recommended naming scheme.
For this Quality Profile we're going to make use of the following Custom Formats with the scores given in the table.
Attention
All the used scores and combinations of Custom Formats in this Guide are tested to get the desired results while preventing download loops as much as possible.
From experience, most of the time when people change scores or leave out certain CFs that work together - they end up with undesired results.
If you're unsure or have questions, do not hesitate to ask for help on Discord
Click For Support
The following Custom Formats are required:
HQ Release Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID HD Bluray Tier 01 1800 ed27ebfef2f323e964fb1f61391bcb35 HD Bluray Tier 02 1750 c20c8647f2746a1f4c4262b0fbbeeeae HD Bluray Tier 03 1700 5608c71bcebba0a5e666223bae8c9227 WEB Tier 01 1700 c20f169ef63c5f40c2def54abaf4438e WEB Tier 02 1650 403816d65392c79236dcb6dd591aeda4 WEB Tier 03 1600 af94e0fe497124d1f9ce732069ec8c3b Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 e7718d7a3ce595f289bfee26adc178f5 Repack2 6 ae43b294509409a6a13919dedd4764c4 Repack3 7 5caaaa1c08c1742aa4342d8c4cc463f2 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Radarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
Unwanted - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 ed38b889b31be83fda192888e2286d83 LQ -10000 90a6f9a284dff5103f6346090e6280c8 LQ (Release Title) -10000 e204b80c87be9497a8a6eaff48f72905 x265 (HD) -10000 dc98083864ea246d05a42df0d05f81cc 3D -10000 b8cd450cbfa689c0259a01d9e29ba3d6 Extras -10000 0a3f082873eb454bde444150b70253cc AV1 -10000 cae4ca30163749b891686f95532519bd
Breakdown and Why
BR-DISK : This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
LQ: A collection of known low-quality groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
LQ (Release Title): A collection of terms seen in the titles of low-quality releases that are not captured by using a release group name.
x265 (HD): This blocks 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265.
If you have also added x265 (no HDR/DV) to your Radarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
3D: Is 3D still a thing for home use ?
Extras: Blocks releases that only contain extras
AV1: This blocks all releases encoded in AV1.
AV1 encodes are currently targeting small file sizes, rather than good visual quality.
This is a new codec and you need modern devices that support it.
We also had reports of playback/transcoding issues.
No main group is actually using it (yet).
It's better to ignore this new codec to prevent compatibility issues
General Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 0 b3b3a6ac74ecbd56bcdbefa4799fb9df ATVP 0 40e9380490e748672c2522eaaeb692f7 BCORE 15 cc5e51a9e85a6296ceefe097a77f12f4 CRiT 20 16622a6911d1ab5d5b8b713d5b0036d4 DSNP 0 84272245b2988854bfb76a16e60baea5 HBO 0 509e5f41146e278f9eab1ddaceb34515 HMAX 0 5763d1b0ce84aff3b21038eea8e9b8ad Hulu 0 526d445d4c16214309f0fd2b3be18a89 iT 0 e0ec9672be6cac914ffad34a6b077209 MAX 0 6a061313d22e51e0f25b7cd4dc065233 MA 20 2a6039655313bf5dab1e43523b62c374 NF 0 170b1d363bd8516fbf3a3eb05d4faff6 PMTP 0 e36a0ba1bc902b26ee40818a1d59b8bd PCOK 0 c9fd353f8f5f1baf56dc601c4cb29920 STAN 0 c2863d2a50c9acad1fb50e53ece60817
Breakdown and Why
The reason why these Custom Formats have a score of 0 is because they are mainly used for the naming scheme and other variables should decide for movies if a certain release if preferred.
BCore, CRiT and MA are the only ones with a score because of their better source material, or higher bitrate and quality compared to other streaming services.
The following Custom Formats are optional:
Miscellaneous (Optional) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Bad Dual Groups -10000 b6832f586342ef70d9c128d40c07b872 EVO (no WEBDL) -10000 90cedc1fea7ea5d11298bebd3d1d3223 No-RlsGroup -10000 ae9b7c9ebde1f3bd336a8cbd1ec4c5e5 Obfuscated -10000 7357cf5161efbf8c4d5d0c30b4815ee2 Retags -10000 5c44f52a8714fdd79bb4d98e2673be1f Scene -10000 f537cf427b64c38c8e36298f657e4828
Breakdown and Why
Bad Dual Groups: [Optional] These groups take the original release and add their own language track (e.g. AAC 2.0 Portuguese) as the first track. Afterward, FFprobe would determine that the media file is Portuguese. It's a common rule that you only add the best audio as the main track. Also they often even rename the release name into Portuguese.
EVO (no WEBDL): This group is often banned for low-quality Blu-ray releases, but their WEB-DLs are okay.
No-RlsGroup: [Optional] Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups being scored incorrectly. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up with a stripped group name. These releases would appear as \"upgrades\" and could end up getting a decent score after other CFs are scored.
Obfuscated: [Optional] Use these only if you wish to avoid renamed releases.
Retags: [Optional] Use this if you want to avoid retagged releases. Retagged releases often are not consistent with the quality of the original group's release.
Scene: [Optional] Use this only if you want to avoid SCENE releases.
Movie Versions - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Remaster 25 570bc9ebecd92723d2d21500f4be314c 4K Remaster 25 eca37840c13c6ef2dd0262b141a5482f Criterion Collection 25 e0c07d59beb37348e975a930d5e50319 Masters of Cinema 25 9d27d9d2181838f76dee150882bdc58c Vinegar Syndrome 25 db9b4c4b53d312a3ca5f1378f6440fc9 Special Edition 125 957d0f44b592285f26449575e8b1167e IMAX 800 eecf3a857724171f968a66cb5719e152 IMAX Enhanced 800 9f6cbff8cfe4ebbc1bde14c7b7bec0de
IMAX Enhanced
IMAX Enhanced: Get More Picture Instead of Black Bars.
IMAX Enhanced exclusive expanded aspect ratio is 1:90:1, which offers up to 26% more picture for select sequences, meaning more of the action is visible on screen.
If you don't prefer IMAX Enhanced then don't add it or use a score of 0
Note: The Advanced Audio Custom Formats aren't used in the HD Bluray + WEB profile, as HD Bluray Encodes do not often come with HD audio. If you want HD audio, we would suggest going with a Remux or UHD Encode.
Use the following main settings in your profile.
Make sure you don't check the BR-DISK.
The reason why we didn't select the WEB-DL 720p is that you will hardly find any releases that aren't done as 1080p WEB-DL.
Info
The order listed in the profile matters even if a quality is not checked, for example if you have a 1080p version but wanted the SD version, Radarr will reject all SD results because 1080p is listed higher than SD even though 1080p was not checked.
Qualities at the top of the list will appear first in manual searches.
Qualities higher in the list are more preferred even if not checked.
Qualities within the same group are equal.
Only checked qualities are wanted.
This is why it's recommended to move the selected quality to the top of the list.
Source: Wiki Servarr
Workflow Logic - [Click to show/hide]
When the WEB-1080p is released it will download the WEB-1080p. (streaming services)
When the Bluray-1080p is released it will upgrade to the Bluray-1080p.
The downloaded media will be upgraded to any of the added Custom Formats until a score of 10000.
So why such a ridiculously high Upgrade Until Custom and not a score of 100?
We're too lazy to calculate the maximum for every Quality Profile we provide, and we want it to upgrade to the highest possible score anyway to result in the highest possible quality release.
If you prefer High-Quality UHD Encodes (Bluray-2160p)
Size: 20-60 GB for a Bluray-2160p depending on the running time.
I suggest to follow the following Guides first.
Quality Settings (File Size).
Recommended naming scheme.
For this Quality Profile we're going to make use of the following Custom Formats with the scores given in the table.
Attention
All the used scores and combinations of Custom Formats in this Guide are tested to get the desired results while preventing download loops as much as possible.
From experience, most of the time when people change scores or leave out certain CFs that work together - they end up with undesired results.
If you're unsure or have questions, do not hesitate to ask for help on Discord
Click For Support
The following Custom Formats are required:
All HDR Formats - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I choose All HDR formats?
You have a 4K/2160p TV and a hardware media player device (such as Roku, AppleTV, Shield, SmartTV App, etc.) that supports several HDR formats (such as Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, etc.).
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
You've chosen a profile that includes 4K/2160p releases. You must use all the HDR formats with 4k/2160p profiles.
You must add ALL the HDR formats - don't leave any of them out!
Why am I getting purple or green colors? - [Click to show/hide]
Why am I getting purple or green colors?
There are several possible reasons why your TV would show purple or green colors when playing Dolby Vision content.
Unsupported Hardware: Your TV or hardware media player device (Roku, AppleTV, etc) doesn't support Dolby Vision or your hardware media player device doesn't support all the Dolby Vision Profiles. As a result, the device might struggle to produce accurate colors, leading to a purple or green tint.
Incorrect Display Settings: Dolby Vision content often requires specific settings to be enabled on your TV or display device in order to deliver the intended visual experience. If these settings are not configured properly, it can result in the device showing distorted colors (including purple or green hues).
HDMI Compatibility Issues: Sometimes, HDMI cables or ports may not be fully compatible with Dolby Vision. If the media player device is not recognizing the Dolby Vision signal properly, it may fail to process the content correctly, resulting in abnormal color rendering.
To resolve the purple or green color issues when playing Dolby Vision content, you can try the following troubleshooting steps:
Ensure your TV or hardware media player device is Dolby Vision compatible and up-to-date with the latest firmware.
Verify that your TV or display device is set up correctly and has the necessary Dolby Vision settings enabled.
Check the HDMI cables and ensure they are capable of transmitting Dolby Vision signals.
Dolby Vision Profiles - [Click to show/hide]
Dolby Vision Profiles
Profile 5 (1) - This is what comes with WEB-DL Dolby Vision releases without HDR10 fallback.(Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens)
Profile 7 (2) - This is what comes with UHD Bluray Remuxes and UHD BluRay releases.These files will play on an Nvidia Shield Pro (2019), but on most other players will revert to the HDR10 fallback.
Profile 8 (3) - This is what comes with (Hybrid) WEB-DL (HULU), Hybrid UHD Remux, and UHD BluRay releases (all of which have HDR10 fallback).This works with several mainstream media players.
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
(1) PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse will only play profile 5 correctly if CMv2.9 is used
(2) Neither Infuse nor PLEX for AppleTV will deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 7.
(3) On PLEX for AppleTV it won't deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 8, and will only play the HDR10 fallback if CM2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201calthough your TV will incorrectly say that it is playing DV\u201d.With infuse it will convert it on the fly to Profile 5, and deliver real Dolby Vision if CMv2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201cMake sure you set the Extended Dolby Vision settings to Limited (prefer accuracy), Convert P8 to P5 (when possible), and play other P8 as HDR (output will switch to either DoVi or HDR depending on the video)\u201d
Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 and CMv4.0 - [Click to show/hide]
It is too technical to explain in detail, so I'll keep it short with tested facts: PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse only support CMv2.9.
There are two versions of Dolby Vision, namely CMv2.9 and CMv4.0. CMv4.0 uses an improved algorithm and a superior tone curve that allows for better mapping and more controls during the Dolby Vision trim pass process.
More info about the different Dolby Vision Versions: Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 vs. CMv4.0
Which HDR Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID DV HDR10+ 1500 c53085ddbd027d9624b320627748612f DV HDR10 1500 e23edd2482476e595fb990b12e7c609c DV 1500 58d6a88f13e2db7f5059c41047876f00 DV HLG 1500 55d53828b9d81cbe20b02efd00aa0efd DV SDR 1500 a3e19f8f627608af0211acd02bf89735 HDR10+ 600 b974a6cd08c1066250f1f177d7aa1225 HDR10 500 dfb86d5941bc9075d6af23b09c2aeecd HDR 500 e61e28db95d22bedcadf030b8f156d96 HDR (undefined) 500 2a4d9069cc1fe3242ff9bdaebed239bb PQ 500 08d6d8834ad9ec87b1dc7ec8148e7a1f HLG 500 9364dd386c9b4a1100dde8264690add7 Add Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000 - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
Not all devices in your chain support Dolby Vision.
You share your media library with other family members that don't have Dolby Vision compatible devices.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
Custom Format Score Trash ID DV (WEBDL) -10000 923b6abef9b17f937fab56cfcf89e1f1 Add the Custom Formats DV HDR10+ Boost and HDR10+ Boost - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
You have a (Samsung) TV that supports HDR10+.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
If you use this Custom Format then 99% of the time you also need to add the following Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000
Custom Format Score Trash ID HDR10+ Boost 901 b17886cb4158d9fea189859409975758 DV HDR10+ Boost 100 55a5b50cb416dea5a50c4955896217ab HQ Release Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID UHD Bluray Tier 01 1800 4d74ac4c4db0b64bff6ce0cffef99bf0 UHD Bluray Tier 02 1750 a58f517a70193f8e578056642178419d UHD Bluray Tier 03 1700 e71939fae578037e7aed3ee219bbe7c1 WEB Tier 01 1700 c20f169ef63c5f40c2def54abaf4438e WEB Tier 02 1650 403816d65392c79236dcb6dd591aeda4 WEB Tier 03 1600 af94e0fe497124d1f9ce732069ec8c3b Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 e7718d7a3ce595f289bfee26adc178f5 Repack2 6 ae43b294509409a6a13919dedd4764c4 Repack3 7 5caaaa1c08c1742aa4342d8c4cc463f2 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Radarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
Unwanted - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 ed38b889b31be83fda192888e2286d83 LQ -10000 90a6f9a284dff5103f6346090e6280c8 LQ (Release Title) -10000 e204b80c87be9497a8a6eaff48f72905 x265 (HD) -10000 dc98083864ea246d05a42df0d05f81cc 3D -10000 b8cd450cbfa689c0259a01d9e29ba3d6 Upscaled -10000 bfd8eb01832d646a0a89c4deb46f8564 Extras -10000 0a3f082873eb454bde444150b70253cc AV1 -10000 cae4ca30163749b891686f95532519bd
Breakdown and Why
BR-DISK : This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
LQ: A collection of known low-quality groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
LQ (Release Title): A collection of terms seen in the titles of low-quality releases that are not captured by using a release group name.
x265 (HD): This blocks 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265.
If you have also added x265 (no HDR/DV) to your Radarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
3D: Is 3D still a thing for home use ?
Upscaled: A custom format to prevent Radarr from grabbing upscaled releases.
Extras: Blocks releases that only contain extras
AV1: This blocks all releases encoded in AV1.
AV1 encodes are currently targeting small file sizes, rather than good visual quality.
This is a new codec and you need modern devices that support it.
We also had reports of playback/transcoding issues.
No main group is actually using it (yet).
It's better to ignore this new codec to prevent compatibility issues
General Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 0 b3b3a6ac74ecbd56bcdbefa4799fb9df ATVP 0 40e9380490e748672c2522eaaeb692f7 BCORE 15 cc5e51a9e85a6296ceefe097a77f12f4 CRiT 20 16622a6911d1ab5d5b8b713d5b0036d4 DSNP 0 84272245b2988854bfb76a16e60baea5 HBO 0 509e5f41146e278f9eab1ddaceb34515 HMAX 0 5763d1b0ce84aff3b21038eea8e9b8ad Hulu 0 526d445d4c16214309f0fd2b3be18a89 iT 0 e0ec9672be6cac914ffad34a6b077209 MAX 0 6a061313d22e51e0f25b7cd4dc065233 MA 20 2a6039655313bf5dab1e43523b62c374 NF 0 170b1d363bd8516fbf3a3eb05d4faff6 PMTP 0 e36a0ba1bc902b26ee40818a1d59b8bd PCOK 0 c9fd353f8f5f1baf56dc601c4cb29920 STAN 0 c2863d2a50c9acad1fb50e53ece60817
Breakdown and Why
The reason why these Custom Formats have a score of 0 is because they are mainly used for the naming scheme and other variables should decide for movies if a certain release if preferred.
BCore, CRiT and MA are the only ones with a score because of their better source material, or higher bitrate and quality compared to other streaming services.
The following Custom Formats are optional:
Audio - [Click to show/hide]
Why should I choose All Audio formats?
You have a hardware media player device and an audio setup that supports ALL HD Audio (TrueHD, DTS-X, DTS-HD, etc).
AppleTV doesn't passthrough HD-audio, If you use infuse it's still limited!please check I've a AppleTV
You've chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats. You should use all the Audio formats with Remuxes/UHD Encodes.
You should add ALL the Audio formats - don't leave any of them out!
Audio transcoding has a low impact on your server. If your server can't handle audio transcoding, consider choosing another quality profile.
I've a AppleTV - [Click to show/hide]
Passthrough: The preferred method if you have an audio setup (AVR/Soundbar). This mode will send the audio signals without any alteration or processing.
Direct Play: The client supports the container, video stream, and audio stream natively. The Plex server simply sends the media file as-is to the client. This uses very little CPU power.
Transcode: The client does not support the video stream and/or the audio stream. The Plex server re-encodes the video, audio, or both into a compatible format. Transcoding video uses a lot of CPU power, but transcoding audio uses little to moderate CPU power.
Decodes: Decompresses the audio before sending it to your AVR/Soundbar.
partial used source: Infuse FAQ
Am I losing any quality by using LPCM? - [Click to show/hide]
No. Since LPCM is a lossless format, using it will result in no loss of quality. What your ears hear will be exactly the same. The only difference is your receiver will recognize the audio stream as PCM instead of Dolby/DTS.
LPCM will discard object and spatial metadata. (TrueHD Atmos, DTS-X)
source: Infuse FAQ
Should I block certain audio formats because something in my setup doesn't support it? - [Click to show/hide]
If you have chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats, it's somewhat pointless to lower the scores or block certain audio formats since 95% of the Remuxes and UHD Encodes provide HD audio formats such as TrueHD Atmos, TrueHD, and DTS-X.
So you have 2 options.
Choose another quality profile that doesn't include audio formats such as HD Bluray + WEB or 2160p WEB-DL.
Accept the limitations of your audio setup (AVR/Soundbar) and/or your hardware media player device.
Which Audio Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID TrueHD ATMOS 5000 496f355514737f7d83bf7aa4d24f8169 DTS X 4500 2f22d89048b01681dde8afe203bf2e95 ATMOS (undefined) 3000 417804f7f2c4308c1f4c5d380d4c4475 DD+ ATMOS 3000 1af239278386be2919e1bcee0bde047e TrueHD 2750 3cafb66171b47f226146a0770576870f DTS-HD MA 2500 dcf3ec6938fa32445f590a4da84256cd FLAC 2250 a570d4a0e56a2874b64e5bfa55202a1b PCM 2250 e7c2fcae07cbada050a0af3357491d7b DTS-HD HRA 2000 8e109e50e0a0b83a5098b056e13bf6db DD+ 1750 185f1dd7264c4562b9022d963ac37424 DTS-ES 1500 f9f847ac70a0af62ea4a08280b859636 DTS 1250 1c1a4c5e823891c75bc50380a6866f73 AAC 1000 240770601cc226190c367ef59aba7463 DD 750 c2998bd0d90ed5621d8df281e839436e Miscellaneous (Optional) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Bad Dual Groups -10000 b6832f586342ef70d9c128d40c07b872 EVO (no WEBDL) -10000 90cedc1fea7ea5d11298bebd3d1d3223 No-RlsGroup -10000 ae9b7c9ebde1f3bd336a8cbd1ec4c5e5 Obfuscated -10000 7357cf5161efbf8c4d5d0c30b4815ee2 Retags -10000 5c44f52a8714fdd79bb4d98e2673be1f Scene -10000 f537cf427b64c38c8e36298f657e4828
Breakdown and Why
Bad Dual Groups: [Optional] These groups take the original release and add their own language track (e.g. AAC 2.0 Portuguese) as the first track. Afterward, FFprobe would determine that the media file is Portuguese. It's a common rule that you only add the best audio as the main track. Also they often even rename the release name into Portuguese.
EVO (no WEBDL): This group is often banned for low-quality Blu-ray releases, but their WEB-DLs are okay.
No-RlsGroup: [Optional] Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups being scored incorrectly. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up with a stripped group name. These releases would appear as \"upgrades\" and could end up getting a decent score after other CFs are scored.
Obfuscated: [Optional] Use these only if you wish to avoid renamed releases.
Retags: [Optional] Use this if you want to avoid retagged releases. Retagged releases often are not consistent with the quality of the original group's release.
Scene: [Optional] Use this only if you want to avoid SCENE releases.
Miscellaneous UHD (Optional) - [Click to show/hide]
I recommend using the following Custom Formats
For details on \"Why\" and a potential warning please see the notes below.
x265 (no HDR/DV) over the x265 (HD)
SDR (no WEBDL) over the SDR
Custom Format Score Trash ID SDR -10000 9c38ebb7384dada637be8899efa68e6f SDR (no WEBDL) -10000 25c12f78430a3a23413652cbd1d48d77 x265 (no HDR/DV) -10000 839bea857ed2c0a8e084f3cbdbd65ecb
Breakdown and Why
SDR: This will prevent grabbing UHD/4k releases without HDR Formats.
SDR (no WEBDL): This will prevent grabbing UHD/4k Remux and Bluray encode releases without HDR Formats. - i.e., SDR WEB releases will still be allowed since 4K SDR WEB releases can often look better than the 1080p version due to the improved bitrate.
If you have also added SDR to your Radarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
x265 (no HDR/DV): This blocks 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265, But it will allow x265 releases if they have HDR and/or DV
If you have also added x265 (HD) to your Radarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
Movie Versions - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Remaster 25 570bc9ebecd92723d2d21500f4be314c 4K Remaster 25 eca37840c13c6ef2dd0262b141a5482f Criterion Collection 25 e0c07d59beb37348e975a930d5e50319 Masters of Cinema 25 9d27d9d2181838f76dee150882bdc58c Vinegar Syndrome 25 db9b4c4b53d312a3ca5f1378f6440fc9 Special Edition 125 957d0f44b592285f26449575e8b1167e IMAX 800 eecf3a857724171f968a66cb5719e152 IMAX Enhanced 800 9f6cbff8cfe4ebbc1bde14c7b7bec0de
IMAX Enhanced
IMAX Enhanced: Get More Picture Instead of Black Bars.
IMAX Enhanced exclusive expanded aspect ratio is 1:90:1, which offers up to 26% more picture for select sequences, meaning more of the action is visible on screen.
If you don't prefer IMAX Enhanced then don't add it or use a score of 0
Use the following main settings in your profile.
Make sure you don't check the BR-DISK.
Info
The order listed in the profile matters even if a quality is not checked, for example if you have a 1080p version but wanted the SD version, Radarr will reject all SD results because 1080p is listed higher than SD even though 1080p was not checked.
Qualities at the top of the list will appear first in manual searches.
Qualities higher in the list are more preferred even if not checked.
Qualities within the same group are equal.
Only checked qualities are wanted.
This is why it's recommended to move the selected quality to the top of the list.
Source: Wiki Servarr
Workflow Logic - [Click to show/hide]
Depending on what's released first and available the following Workflow Logic will be used:
When the WEB-2160p is released it will download the WEB-2160p. (streaming services)
When the Bluray-2160p is released it will upgrade to the Bluray-2160p.
The downloaded media will be upgraded to any of the added Custom Formats until a score of 10000.
So why such a ridiculously high Upgrade Until Custom and not a score of 100?
We're too lazy to calculate the maximum for every Quality Profile we provide, and we want it to upgrade to the highest possible score anyway to result in the highest possible quality release.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/#remux-web-1080p","title":"Remux + WEB 1080p","text":"
If you prefer 1080p Remuxes (Remux-1080p)
Size: 20-40 GB for a Remux-1080p depending on the running time.
I suggest to follow the following Guides first.
Quality Settings (File Size).
Recommended naming scheme.
For this Quality Profile we're going to make use of the following Custom Formats with the scores given in the table.
Attention
All the used scores and combinations of Custom Formats in this Guide are tested to get the desired results while preventing download loops as much as possible.
From experience, most of the time when people change scores or leave out certain CFs that work together - they end up with undesired results.
If you're unsure or have questions, do not hesitate to ask for help on Discord
Click For Support
The following Custom Formats are required:
HQ Release Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Remux Tier 01 1950 3a3ff47579026e76d6504ebea39390de Remux Tier 02 1900 9f98181fe5a3fbeb0cc29340da2a468a Remux Tier 03 1850 8baaf0b3142bf4d94c42a724f034e27a WEB Tier 01 1700 c20f169ef63c5f40c2def54abaf4438e WEB Tier 02 1650 403816d65392c79236dcb6dd591aeda4 WEB Tier 03 1600 af94e0fe497124d1f9ce732069ec8c3b Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 e7718d7a3ce595f289bfee26adc178f5 Repack2 6 ae43b294509409a6a13919dedd4764c4 Repack3 7 5caaaa1c08c1742aa4342d8c4cc463f2 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Radarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
Unwanted - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 ed38b889b31be83fda192888e2286d83 LQ -10000 90a6f9a284dff5103f6346090e6280c8 LQ (Release Title) -10000 e204b80c87be9497a8a6eaff48f72905 x265 (HD) -10000 dc98083864ea246d05a42df0d05f81cc 3D -10000 b8cd450cbfa689c0259a01d9e29ba3d6 Extras -10000 0a3f082873eb454bde444150b70253cc AV1 -10000 cae4ca30163749b891686f95532519bd
Breakdown and Why
BR-DISK : This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
LQ: A collection of known low-quality groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
LQ (Release Title): A collection of terms seen in the titles of low-quality releases that are not captured by using a release group name.
x265 (HD): This blocks 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265.
If you have also added x265 (no HDR/DV) to your Radarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
3D: Is 3D still a thing for home use ?
Extras: Blocks releases that only contain extras
AV1: This blocks all releases encoded in AV1.
AV1 encodes are currently targeting small file sizes, rather than good visual quality.
This is a new codec and you need modern devices that support it.
We also had reports of playback/transcoding issues.
No main group is actually using it (yet).
It's better to ignore this new codec to prevent compatibility issues
General Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 0 b3b3a6ac74ecbd56bcdbefa4799fb9df ATVP 0 40e9380490e748672c2522eaaeb692f7 BCORE 15 cc5e51a9e85a6296ceefe097a77f12f4 CRiT 20 16622a6911d1ab5d5b8b713d5b0036d4 DSNP 0 84272245b2988854bfb76a16e60baea5 HBO 0 509e5f41146e278f9eab1ddaceb34515 HMAX 0 5763d1b0ce84aff3b21038eea8e9b8ad Hulu 0 526d445d4c16214309f0fd2b3be18a89 iT 0 e0ec9672be6cac914ffad34a6b077209 MAX 0 6a061313d22e51e0f25b7cd4dc065233 MA 20 2a6039655313bf5dab1e43523b62c374 NF 0 170b1d363bd8516fbf3a3eb05d4faff6 PMTP 0 e36a0ba1bc902b26ee40818a1d59b8bd PCOK 0 c9fd353f8f5f1baf56dc601c4cb29920 STAN 0 c2863d2a50c9acad1fb50e53ece60817
Breakdown and Why
The reason why these Custom Formats have a score of 0 is because they are mainly used for the naming scheme and other variables should decide for movies if a certain release if preferred.
BCore, CRiT and MA are the only ones with a score because of their better source material, or higher bitrate and quality compared to other streaming services.
The following Custom Formats are optional:
Audio - [Click to show/hide]
Why should I choose All Audio formats?
You have a hardware media player device and an audio setup that supports ALL HD Audio (TrueHD, DTS-X, DTS-HD, etc).
AppleTV doesn't passthrough HD-audio, If you use infuse it's still limited!please check I've a AppleTV
You've chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats. You should use all the Audio formats with Remuxes/UHD Encodes.
You should add ALL the Audio formats - don't leave any of them out!
Audio transcoding has a low impact on your server. If your server can't handle audio transcoding, consider choosing another quality profile.
I've a AppleTV - [Click to show/hide]
Passthrough: The preferred method if you have an audio setup (AVR/Soundbar). This mode will send the audio signals without any alteration or processing.
Direct Play: The client supports the container, video stream, and audio stream natively. The Plex server simply sends the media file as-is to the client. This uses very little CPU power.
Transcode: The client does not support the video stream and/or the audio stream. The Plex server re-encodes the video, audio, or both into a compatible format. Transcoding video uses a lot of CPU power, but transcoding audio uses little to moderate CPU power.
Decodes: Decompresses the audio before sending it to your AVR/Soundbar.
partial used source: Infuse FAQ
Am I losing any quality by using LPCM? - [Click to show/hide]
No. Since LPCM is a lossless format, using it will result in no loss of quality. What your ears hear will be exactly the same. The only difference is your receiver will recognize the audio stream as PCM instead of Dolby/DTS.
LPCM will discard object and spatial metadata. (TrueHD Atmos, DTS-X)
source: Infuse FAQ
Should I block certain audio formats because something in my setup doesn't support it? - [Click to show/hide]
If you have chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats, it's somewhat pointless to lower the scores or block certain audio formats since 95% of the Remuxes and UHD Encodes provide HD audio formats such as TrueHD Atmos, TrueHD, and DTS-X.
So you have 2 options.
Choose another quality profile that doesn't include audio formats such as HD Bluray + WEB or 2160p WEB-DL.
Accept the limitations of your audio setup (AVR/Soundbar) and/or your hardware media player device.
Which Audio Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID TrueHD ATMOS 5000 496f355514737f7d83bf7aa4d24f8169 DTS X 4500 2f22d89048b01681dde8afe203bf2e95 ATMOS (undefined) 3000 417804f7f2c4308c1f4c5d380d4c4475 DD+ ATMOS 3000 1af239278386be2919e1bcee0bde047e TrueHD 2750 3cafb66171b47f226146a0770576870f DTS-HD MA 2500 dcf3ec6938fa32445f590a4da84256cd FLAC 2250 a570d4a0e56a2874b64e5bfa55202a1b PCM 2250 e7c2fcae07cbada050a0af3357491d7b DTS-HD HRA 2000 8e109e50e0a0b83a5098b056e13bf6db DD+ 1750 185f1dd7264c4562b9022d963ac37424 DTS-ES 1500 f9f847ac70a0af62ea4a08280b859636 DTS 1250 1c1a4c5e823891c75bc50380a6866f73 AAC 1000 240770601cc226190c367ef59aba7463 DD 750 c2998bd0d90ed5621d8df281e839436e Miscellaneous (Optional) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Bad Dual Groups -10000 b6832f586342ef70d9c128d40c07b872 EVO (no WEBDL) -10000 90cedc1fea7ea5d11298bebd3d1d3223 No-RlsGroup -10000 ae9b7c9ebde1f3bd336a8cbd1ec4c5e5 Obfuscated -10000 7357cf5161efbf8c4d5d0c30b4815ee2 Retags -10000 5c44f52a8714fdd79bb4d98e2673be1f Scene -10000 f537cf427b64c38c8e36298f657e4828
Breakdown and Why
Bad Dual Groups: [Optional] These groups take the original release and add their own language track (e.g. AAC 2.0 Portuguese) as the first track. Afterward, FFprobe would determine that the media file is Portuguese. It's a common rule that you only add the best audio as the main track. Also they often even rename the release name into Portuguese.
EVO (no WEBDL): This group is often banned for low-quality Blu-ray releases, but their WEB-DLs are okay.
No-RlsGroup: [Optional] Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups being scored incorrectly. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up with a stripped group name. These releases would appear as \"upgrades\" and could end up getting a decent score after other CFs are scored.
Obfuscated: [Optional] Use these only if you wish to avoid renamed releases.
Retags: [Optional] Use this if you want to avoid retagged releases. Retagged releases often are not consistent with the quality of the original group's release.
Scene: [Optional] Use this only if you want to avoid SCENE releases.
Movie Versions - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Hybrid 100 0f12c086e289cf966fa5948eac571f44 Remaster 25 570bc9ebecd92723d2d21500f4be314c 4K Remaster 25 eca37840c13c6ef2dd0262b141a5482f Criterion Collection 25 e0c07d59beb37348e975a930d5e50319 Masters of Cinema 25 9d27d9d2181838f76dee150882bdc58c Vinegar Syndrome 25 db9b4c4b53d312a3ca5f1378f6440fc9 Special Edition 125 957d0f44b592285f26449575e8b1167e IMAX 800 eecf3a857724171f968a66cb5719e152 IMAX Enhanced 800 9f6cbff8cfe4ebbc1bde14c7b7bec0de
IMAX Enhanced
IMAX Enhanced: Get More Picture Instead of Black Bars.
IMAX Enhanced exclusive expanded aspect ratio is 1:90:1, which offers up to 26% more picture for select sequences, meaning more of the action is visible on screen.
If you don't prefer IMAX Enhanced then don't add it or use a score of 0
Use the following main settings in your profile.
Make sure you don't check the BR-DISK.
The reason why we didn't select the WEB-DL 720p is that you will hardly find any releases that aren't done as 1080p WEB-DL.
Info
The order listed in the profile matters even if a quality is not checked, for example if you have a 1080p version but wanted the SD version, Radarr will reject all SD results because 1080p is listed higher than SD even though 1080p was not checked.
Qualities at the top of the list will appear first in manual searches.
Qualities higher in the list are more preferred even if not checked.
Qualities within the same group are equal.
Only checked qualities are wanted.
This is why it's recommended to move the selected quality to the top of the list.
Source: Wiki Servarr
Workflow Logic - [Click to show/hide]
When the WEB-1080p is released it will download the WEB-1080p. (streaming services)
When the REMUX-1080p is released it will upgrade to the REMUX-1080p.
The downloaded media will be upgraded to any of the added Custom Formats until a score of 10000.
So why such a ridiculously high Upgrade Until Custom and not a score of 500?
We're too lazy to calculate the maximum for every Quality Profile we provide, and we want it to upgrade to the highest possible score anyway to result in the highest possible quality release.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/#remux-web-2160p","title":"Remux + WEB 2160p","text":"
If you prefer 2160p Remuxes (Remux-2160p)
Size: 40-100 GB for a Remux-2160p depending on the running time.
I suggest to follow the following Guides first.
Quality Settings (File Size).
Recommended naming scheme.
For this Quality Profile we're going to make use of the following Custom Formats with the scores given in the table.
Attention
All the used scores and combinations of Custom Formats in this Guide are tested to get the desired results while preventing download loops as much as possible.
From experience, most of the time when people change scores or leave out certain CFs that work together - they end up with undesired results.
If you're unsure or have questions, do not hesitate to ask for help on Discord
Click For Support
The following Custom Formats are required:
All HDR Formats - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I choose All HDR formats?
You have a 4K/2160p TV and a hardware media player device (such as Roku, AppleTV, Shield, SmartTV App, etc.) that supports several HDR formats (such as Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, etc.).
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
You've chosen a profile that includes 4K/2160p releases. You must use all the HDR formats with 4k/2160p profiles.
You must add ALL the HDR formats - don't leave any of them out!
Why am I getting purple or green colors? - [Click to show/hide]
Why am I getting purple or green colors?
There are several possible reasons why your TV would show purple or green colors when playing Dolby Vision content.
Unsupported Hardware: Your TV or hardware media player device (Roku, AppleTV, etc) doesn't support Dolby Vision or your hardware media player device doesn't support all the Dolby Vision Profiles. As a result, the device might struggle to produce accurate colors, leading to a purple or green tint.
Incorrect Display Settings: Dolby Vision content often requires specific settings to be enabled on your TV or display device in order to deliver the intended visual experience. If these settings are not configured properly, it can result in the device showing distorted colors (including purple or green hues).
HDMI Compatibility Issues: Sometimes, HDMI cables or ports may not be fully compatible with Dolby Vision. If the media player device is not recognizing the Dolby Vision signal properly, it may fail to process the content correctly, resulting in abnormal color rendering.
To resolve the purple or green color issues when playing Dolby Vision content, you can try the following troubleshooting steps:
Ensure your TV or hardware media player device is Dolby Vision compatible and up-to-date with the latest firmware.
Verify that your TV or display device is set up correctly and has the necessary Dolby Vision settings enabled.
Check the HDMI cables and ensure they are capable of transmitting Dolby Vision signals.
Dolby Vision Profiles - [Click to show/hide]
Dolby Vision Profiles
Profile 5 (1) - This is what comes with WEB-DL Dolby Vision releases without HDR10 fallback.(Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens)
Profile 7 (2) - This is what comes with UHD Bluray Remuxes and UHD BluRay releases.These files will play on an Nvidia Shield Pro (2019), but on most other players will revert to the HDR10 fallback.
Profile 8 (3) - This is what comes with (Hybrid) WEB-DL (HULU), Hybrid UHD Remux, and UHD BluRay releases (all of which have HDR10 fallback).This works with several mainstream media players.
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
(1) PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse will only play profile 5 correctly if CMv2.9 is used
(2) Neither Infuse nor PLEX for AppleTV will deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 7.
(3) On PLEX for AppleTV it won't deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 8, and will only play the HDR10 fallback if CM2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201calthough your TV will incorrectly say that it is playing DV\u201d.With infuse it will convert it on the fly to Profile 5, and deliver real Dolby Vision if CMv2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201cMake sure you set the Extended Dolby Vision settings to Limited (prefer accuracy), Convert P8 to P5 (when possible), and play other P8 as HDR (output will switch to either DoVi or HDR depending on the video)\u201d
Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 and CMv4.0 - [Click to show/hide]
It is too technical to explain in detail, so I'll keep it short with tested facts: PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse only support CMv2.9.
There are two versions of Dolby Vision, namely CMv2.9 and CMv4.0. CMv4.0 uses an improved algorithm and a superior tone curve that allows for better mapping and more controls during the Dolby Vision trim pass process.
More info about the different Dolby Vision Versions: Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 vs. CMv4.0
Which HDR Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID DV HDR10+ 1500 c53085ddbd027d9624b320627748612f DV HDR10 1500 e23edd2482476e595fb990b12e7c609c DV 1500 58d6a88f13e2db7f5059c41047876f00 DV HLG 1500 55d53828b9d81cbe20b02efd00aa0efd DV SDR 1500 a3e19f8f627608af0211acd02bf89735 HDR10+ 600 b974a6cd08c1066250f1f177d7aa1225 HDR10 500 dfb86d5941bc9075d6af23b09c2aeecd HDR 500 e61e28db95d22bedcadf030b8f156d96 HDR (undefined) 500 2a4d9069cc1fe3242ff9bdaebed239bb PQ 500 08d6d8834ad9ec87b1dc7ec8148e7a1f HLG 500 9364dd386c9b4a1100dde8264690add7 Add Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000 - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
Not all devices in your chain support Dolby Vision.
You share your media library with other family members that don't have Dolby Vision compatible devices.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
Custom Format Score Trash ID DV (WEBDL) -10000 923b6abef9b17f937fab56cfcf89e1f1 Add the Custom Formats DV HDR10+ Boost and HDR10+ Boost - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
You have a (Samsung) TV that supports HDR10+.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
If you use this Custom Format then 99% of the time you also need to add the following Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000
Custom Format Score Trash ID HDR10+ Boost 901 b17886cb4158d9fea189859409975758 DV HDR10+ Boost 100 55a5b50cb416dea5a50c4955896217ab HQ Release Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Remux Tier 01 1950 3a3ff47579026e76d6504ebea39390de Remux Tier 02 1900 9f98181fe5a3fbeb0cc29340da2a468a Remux Tier 03 1850 8baaf0b3142bf4d94c42a724f034e27a WEB Tier 01 1700 c20f169ef63c5f40c2def54abaf4438e WEB Tier 02 1650 403816d65392c79236dcb6dd591aeda4 WEB Tier 03 1600 af94e0fe497124d1f9ce732069ec8c3b Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 e7718d7a3ce595f289bfee26adc178f5 Repack2 6 ae43b294509409a6a13919dedd4764c4 Repack3 7 5caaaa1c08c1742aa4342d8c4cc463f2 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Radarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
Unwanted - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 ed38b889b31be83fda192888e2286d83 LQ -10000 90a6f9a284dff5103f6346090e6280c8 LQ (Release Title) -10000 e204b80c87be9497a8a6eaff48f72905 x265 (HD) -10000 dc98083864ea246d05a42df0d05f81cc 3D -10000 b8cd450cbfa689c0259a01d9e29ba3d6 Upscaled -10000 bfd8eb01832d646a0a89c4deb46f8564 Extras -10000 0a3f082873eb454bde444150b70253cc AV1 -10000 cae4ca30163749b891686f95532519bd
Breakdown and Why
BR-DISK : This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
LQ: A collection of known low-quality groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
LQ (Release Title): A collection of terms seen in the titles of low-quality releases that are not captured by using a release group name.
x265 (HD): This blocks 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265.
If you have also added x265 (no HDR/DV) to your Radarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
3D: Is 3D still a thing for home use ?
Upscaled: A custom format to prevent Radarr from grabbing upscaled releases.
Extras: Blocks releases that only contain extras
AV1: This blocks all releases encoded in AV1.
AV1 encodes are currently targeting small file sizes, rather than good visual quality.
This is a new codec and you need modern devices that support it.
We also had reports of playback/transcoding issues.
No main group is actually using it (yet).
It's better to ignore this new codec to prevent compatibility issues
General Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 0 b3b3a6ac74ecbd56bcdbefa4799fb9df ATVP 0 40e9380490e748672c2522eaaeb692f7 BCORE 15 cc5e51a9e85a6296ceefe097a77f12f4 CRiT 20 16622a6911d1ab5d5b8b713d5b0036d4 DSNP 0 84272245b2988854bfb76a16e60baea5 HBO 0 509e5f41146e278f9eab1ddaceb34515 HMAX 0 5763d1b0ce84aff3b21038eea8e9b8ad Hulu 0 526d445d4c16214309f0fd2b3be18a89 iT 0 e0ec9672be6cac914ffad34a6b077209 MAX 0 6a061313d22e51e0f25b7cd4dc065233 MA 20 2a6039655313bf5dab1e43523b62c374 NF 0 170b1d363bd8516fbf3a3eb05d4faff6 PMTP 0 e36a0ba1bc902b26ee40818a1d59b8bd PCOK 0 c9fd353f8f5f1baf56dc601c4cb29920 STAN 0 c2863d2a50c9acad1fb50e53ece60817
Breakdown and Why
The reason why these Custom Formats have a score of 0 is because they are mainly used for the naming scheme and other variables should decide for movies if a certain release if preferred.
BCore, CRiT and MA are the only ones with a score because of their better source material, or higher bitrate and quality compared to other streaming services.
The following Custom Formats are optional:
Audio - [Click to show/hide]
Why should I choose All Audio formats?
You have a hardware media player device and an audio setup that supports ALL HD Audio (TrueHD, DTS-X, DTS-HD, etc).
AppleTV doesn't passthrough HD-audio, If you use infuse it's still limited!please check I've a AppleTV
You've chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats. You should use all the Audio formats with Remuxes/UHD Encodes.
You should add ALL the Audio formats - don't leave any of them out!
Audio transcoding has a low impact on your server. If your server can't handle audio transcoding, consider choosing another quality profile.
I've a AppleTV - [Click to show/hide]
Passthrough: The preferred method if you have an audio setup (AVR/Soundbar). This mode will send the audio signals without any alteration or processing.
Direct Play: The client supports the container, video stream, and audio stream natively. The Plex server simply sends the media file as-is to the client. This uses very little CPU power.
Transcode: The client does not support the video stream and/or the audio stream. The Plex server re-encodes the video, audio, or both into a compatible format. Transcoding video uses a lot of CPU power, but transcoding audio uses little to moderate CPU power.
Decodes: Decompresses the audio before sending it to your AVR/Soundbar.
partial used source: Infuse FAQ
Am I losing any quality by using LPCM? - [Click to show/hide]
No. Since LPCM is a lossless format, using it will result in no loss of quality. What your ears hear will be exactly the same. The only difference is your receiver will recognize the audio stream as PCM instead of Dolby/DTS.
LPCM will discard object and spatial metadata. (TrueHD Atmos, DTS-X)
source: Infuse FAQ
Should I block certain audio formats because something in my setup doesn't support it? - [Click to show/hide]
If you have chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats, it's somewhat pointless to lower the scores or block certain audio formats since 95% of the Remuxes and UHD Encodes provide HD audio formats such as TrueHD Atmos, TrueHD, and DTS-X.
So you have 2 options.
Choose another quality profile that doesn't include audio formats such as HD Bluray + WEB or 2160p WEB-DL.
Accept the limitations of your audio setup (AVR/Soundbar) and/or your hardware media player device.
Which Audio Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID TrueHD ATMOS 5000 496f355514737f7d83bf7aa4d24f8169 DTS X 4500 2f22d89048b01681dde8afe203bf2e95 ATMOS (undefined) 3000 417804f7f2c4308c1f4c5d380d4c4475 DD+ ATMOS 3000 1af239278386be2919e1bcee0bde047e TrueHD 2750 3cafb66171b47f226146a0770576870f DTS-HD MA 2500 dcf3ec6938fa32445f590a4da84256cd FLAC 2250 a570d4a0e56a2874b64e5bfa55202a1b PCM 2250 e7c2fcae07cbada050a0af3357491d7b DTS-HD HRA 2000 8e109e50e0a0b83a5098b056e13bf6db DD+ 1750 185f1dd7264c4562b9022d963ac37424 DTS-ES 1500 f9f847ac70a0af62ea4a08280b859636 DTS 1250 1c1a4c5e823891c75bc50380a6866f73 AAC 1000 240770601cc226190c367ef59aba7463 DD 750 c2998bd0d90ed5621d8df281e839436e Miscellaneous (Optional) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Bad Dual Groups -10000 b6832f586342ef70d9c128d40c07b872 EVO (no WEBDL) -10000 90cedc1fea7ea5d11298bebd3d1d3223 No-RlsGroup -10000 ae9b7c9ebde1f3bd336a8cbd1ec4c5e5 Obfuscated -10000 7357cf5161efbf8c4d5d0c30b4815ee2 Retags -10000 5c44f52a8714fdd79bb4d98e2673be1f Scene -10000 f537cf427b64c38c8e36298f657e4828
Breakdown and Why
Bad Dual Groups: [Optional] These groups take the original release and add their own language track (e.g. AAC 2.0 Portuguese) as the first track. Afterward, FFprobe would determine that the media file is Portuguese. It's a common rule that you only add the best audio as the main track. Also they often even rename the release name into Portuguese.
EVO (no WEBDL): This group is often banned for low-quality Blu-ray releases, but their WEB-DLs are okay.
No-RlsGroup: [Optional] Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups being scored incorrectly. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up with a stripped group name. These releases would appear as \"upgrades\" and could end up getting a decent score after other CFs are scored.
Obfuscated: [Optional] Use these only if you wish to avoid renamed releases.
Retags: [Optional] Use this if you want to avoid retagged releases. Retagged releases often are not consistent with the quality of the original group's release.
Scene: [Optional] Use this only if you want to avoid SCENE releases.
Miscellaneous UHD (Optional) - [Click to show/hide]
I recommend using the following Custom Formats
For details on \"Why\" and a potential warning please see the notes below.
x265 (no HDR/DV) over the x265 (HD)
SDR (no WEBDL) over the SDR
Custom Format Score Trash ID SDR -10000 9c38ebb7384dada637be8899efa68e6f SDR (no WEBDL) -10000 25c12f78430a3a23413652cbd1d48d77 x265 (no HDR/DV) -10000 839bea857ed2c0a8e084f3cbdbd65ecb
Breakdown and Why
SDR: This will prevent grabbing UHD/4k releases without HDR Formats.
SDR (no WEBDL): This will prevent grabbing UHD/4k Remux and Bluray encode releases without HDR Formats. - i.e., SDR WEB releases will still be allowed since 4K SDR WEB releases can often look better than the 1080p version due to the improved bitrate.
If you have also added SDR to your Radarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
x265 (no HDR/DV): This blocks 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265, But it will allow x265 releases if they have HDR and/or DV
If you have also added x265 (HD) to your Radarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
Movie Versions - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Hybrid 100 0f12c086e289cf966fa5948eac571f44 Remaster 25 570bc9ebecd92723d2d21500f4be314c 4K Remaster 25 eca37840c13c6ef2dd0262b141a5482f Criterion Collection 25 e0c07d59beb37348e975a930d5e50319 Masters of Cinema 25 9d27d9d2181838f76dee150882bdc58c Vinegar Syndrome 25 db9b4c4b53d312a3ca5f1378f6440fc9 Special Edition 125 957d0f44b592285f26449575e8b1167e IMAX 800 eecf3a857724171f968a66cb5719e152 IMAX Enhanced 800 9f6cbff8cfe4ebbc1bde14c7b7bec0de
IMAX Enhanced
IMAX Enhanced: Get More Picture Instead of Black Bars.
IMAX Enhanced exclusive expanded aspect ratio is 1:90:1, which offers up to 26% more picture for select sequences, meaning more of the action is visible on screen.
If you don't prefer IMAX Enhanced then don't add it or use a score of 0
Use the following main settings in your profile.
Make sure you don't check the BR-DISK.
Info
The order listed in the profile matters even if a quality is not checked, for example if you have a 1080p version but wanted the SD version, Radarr will reject all SD results because 1080p is listed higher than SD even though 1080p was not checked.
Qualities at the top of the list will appear first in manual searches.
Qualities higher in the list are more preferred even if not checked.
Qualities within the same group are equal.
Only checked qualities are wanted.
This is why it's recommended to move the selected quality to the top of the list.
Source: Wiki Servarr
Workflow Logic - [Click to show/hide]
When the WEB-2160p is released it will download the WEB-2160p. (streaming services)
When the REMUX-2160p is released it will upgrade to the REMUX-2160p.
The downloaded media will be upgraded to any of the added Custom Formats until a score of 10000.
So why such a ridiculously high Upgrade Until Custom and not a score of 500?
We're too lazy to calculate the maximum for every Quality Profile we provide, and we want it to upgrade to the highest possible score anyway to result in the highest possible quality release.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/#custom-format-groups","title":"Custom Format Groups","text":"
The following custom format groups should be combined with the Quality Profiles above. Users will need to choose which options and custom formats they prefer.
You have a hardware media player device and an audio setup that supports ALL HD Audio (TrueHD, DTS-X, DTS-HD, etc).
AppleTV doesn't passthrough HD-audio, If you use infuse it's still limited!please check I've a AppleTV
You've chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats. You should use all the Audio formats with Remuxes/UHD Encodes.
You should add ALL the Audio formats - don't leave any of them out!
Audio transcoding has a low impact on your server. If your server can't handle audio transcoding, consider choosing another quality profile.
The reason that we score lossy Atmos higher than lossless DTS-HD MA is that we prefer having the object metadata (Atmos) over lossless audio.
Audio - [Click to show/hide]
Why should I choose All Audio formats?
You have a hardware media player device and an audio setup that supports ALL HD Audio (TrueHD, DTS-X, DTS-HD, etc).
AppleTV doesn't passthrough HD-audio, If you use infuse it's still limited!please check I've a AppleTV
You've chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats. You should use all the Audio formats with Remuxes/UHD Encodes.
You should add ALL the Audio formats - don't leave any of them out!
Audio transcoding has a low impact on your server. If your server can't handle audio transcoding, consider choosing another quality profile.
I've a AppleTV - [Click to show/hide]
Passthrough: The preferred method if you have an audio setup (AVR/Soundbar). This mode will send the audio signals without any alteration or processing.
Direct Play: The client supports the container, video stream, and audio stream natively. The Plex server simply sends the media file as-is to the client. This uses very little CPU power.
Transcode: The client does not support the video stream and/or the audio stream. The Plex server re-encodes the video, audio, or both into a compatible format. Transcoding video uses a lot of CPU power, but transcoding audio uses little to moderate CPU power.
Decodes: Decompresses the audio before sending it to your AVR/Soundbar.
partial used source: Infuse FAQ
Am I losing any quality by using LPCM? - [Click to show/hide]
No. Since LPCM is a lossless format, using it will result in no loss of quality. What your ears hear will be exactly the same. The only difference is your receiver will recognize the audio stream as PCM instead of Dolby/DTS.
LPCM will discard object and spatial metadata. (TrueHD Atmos, DTS-X)
source: Infuse FAQ
Should I block certain audio formats because something in my setup doesn't support it? - [Click to show/hide]
If you have chosen a profile that includes Audio Formats, it's somewhat pointless to lower the scores or block certain audio formats since 95% of the Remuxes and UHD Encodes provide HD audio formats such as TrueHD Atmos, TrueHD, and DTS-X.
So you have 2 options.
Choose another quality profile that doesn't include audio formats such as HD Bluray + WEB or 2160p WEB-DL.
Accept the limitations of your audio setup (AVR/Soundbar) and/or your hardware media player device.
Which Audio Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID TrueHD ATMOS 5000 496f355514737f7d83bf7aa4d24f8169 DTS X 4500 2f22d89048b01681dde8afe203bf2e95 ATMOS (undefined) 3000 417804f7f2c4308c1f4c5d380d4c4475 DD+ ATMOS 3000 1af239278386be2919e1bcee0bde047e TrueHD 2750 3cafb66171b47f226146a0770576870f DTS-HD MA 2500 dcf3ec6938fa32445f590a4da84256cd FLAC 2250 a570d4a0e56a2874b64e5bfa55202a1b PCM 2250 e7c2fcae07cbada050a0af3357491d7b DTS-HD HRA 2000 8e109e50e0a0b83a5098b056e13bf6db DD+ 1750 185f1dd7264c4562b9022d963ac37424 DTS-ES 1500 f9f847ac70a0af62ea4a08280b859636 DTS 1250 1c1a4c5e823891c75bc50380a6866f73 AAC 1000 240770601cc226190c367ef59aba7463 DD 750 c2998bd0d90ed5621d8df281e839436e"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/#hdr-formats","title":"HDR Formats","text":"
You have a 4K TV and a hardware media player device (such as Roku, AppleTV, Shield, SmartTV App, etc.) that supports several HDR formats (such as Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, etc.).
All HDR Formats - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I choose All HDR formats?
You have a 4K/2160p TV and a hardware media player device (such as Roku, AppleTV, Shield, SmartTV App, etc.) that supports several HDR formats (such as Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, etc.).
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
You've chosen a profile that includes 4K/2160p releases. You must use all the HDR formats with 4k/2160p profiles.
You must add ALL the HDR formats - don't leave any of them out!
Why am I getting purple or green colors? - [Click to show/hide]
Why am I getting purple or green colors?
There are several possible reasons why your TV would show purple or green colors when playing Dolby Vision content.
Unsupported Hardware: Your TV or hardware media player device (Roku, AppleTV, etc) doesn't support Dolby Vision or your hardware media player device doesn't support all the Dolby Vision Profiles. As a result, the device might struggle to produce accurate colors, leading to a purple or green tint.
Incorrect Display Settings: Dolby Vision content often requires specific settings to be enabled on your TV or display device in order to deliver the intended visual experience. If these settings are not configured properly, it can result in the device showing distorted colors (including purple or green hues).
HDMI Compatibility Issues: Sometimes, HDMI cables or ports may not be fully compatible with Dolby Vision. If the media player device is not recognizing the Dolby Vision signal properly, it may fail to process the content correctly, resulting in abnormal color rendering.
To resolve the purple or green color issues when playing Dolby Vision content, you can try the following troubleshooting steps:
Ensure your TV or hardware media player device is Dolby Vision compatible and up-to-date with the latest firmware.
Verify that your TV or display device is set up correctly and has the necessary Dolby Vision settings enabled.
Check the HDMI cables and ensure they are capable of transmitting Dolby Vision signals.
Dolby Vision Profiles - [Click to show/hide]
Dolby Vision Profiles
Profile 5 (1) - This is what comes with WEB-DL Dolby Vision releases without HDR10 fallback.(Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens)
Profile 7 (2) - This is what comes with UHD Bluray Remuxes and UHD BluRay releases.These files will play on an Nvidia Shield Pro (2019), but on most other players will revert to the HDR10 fallback.
Profile 8 (3) - This is what comes with (Hybrid) WEB-DL (HULU), Hybrid UHD Remux, and UHD BluRay releases (all of which have HDR10 fallback).This works with several mainstream media players.
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
(1) PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse will only play profile 5 correctly if CMv2.9 is used
(2) Neither Infuse nor PLEX for AppleTV will deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 7.
(3) On PLEX for AppleTV it won't deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 8, and will only play the HDR10 fallback if CM2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201calthough your TV will incorrectly say that it is playing DV\u201d.With infuse it will convert it on the fly to Profile 5, and deliver real Dolby Vision if CMv2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201cMake sure you set the Extended Dolby Vision settings to Limited (prefer accuracy), Convert P8 to P5 (when possible), and play other P8 as HDR (output will switch to either DoVi or HDR depending on the video)\u201d
Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 and CMv4.0 - [Click to show/hide]
It is too technical to explain in detail, so I'll keep it short with tested facts: PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse only support CMv2.9.
There are two versions of Dolby Vision, namely CMv2.9 and CMv4.0. CMv4.0 uses an improved algorithm and a superior tone curve that allows for better mapping and more controls during the Dolby Vision trim pass process.
More info about the different Dolby Vision Versions: Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 vs. CMv4.0
Which HDR Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID DV HDR10+ 1500 c53085ddbd027d9624b320627748612f DV HDR10 1500 e23edd2482476e595fb990b12e7c609c DV 1500 58d6a88f13e2db7f5059c41047876f00 DV HLG 1500 55d53828b9d81cbe20b02efd00aa0efd DV SDR 1500 a3e19f8f627608af0211acd02bf89735 HDR10+ 600 b974a6cd08c1066250f1f177d7aa1225 HDR10 500 dfb86d5941bc9075d6af23b09c2aeecd HDR 500 e61e28db95d22bedcadf030b8f156d96 HDR (undefined) 500 2a4d9069cc1fe3242ff9bdaebed239bb PQ 500 08d6d8834ad9ec87b1dc7ec8148e7a1f HLG 500 9364dd386c9b4a1100dde8264690add7 Add Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000 - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
Not all devices in your chain support Dolby Vision.
You share your media library with other family members that don't have Dolby Vision compatible devices.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
Custom Format Score Trash ID DV (WEBDL) -10000 923b6abef9b17f937fab56cfcf89e1f1 Add the Custom Formats DV HDR10+ Boost and HDR10+ Boost - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
You have a (Samsung) TV that supports HDR10+.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
If you use this Custom Format then 99% of the time you also need to add the following Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000
Custom Format Score Trash ID HDR10+ Boost 901 b17886cb4158d9fea189859409975758 DV HDR10+ Boost 100 55a5b50cb416dea5a50c4955896217ab"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/#faq-info","title":"FAQ & INFO","text":""},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/#proper-and-repacks","title":"Proper and Repacks","text":"Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest that you change the Propers and Repacks settings in Radarr
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Format preferences will be used instead.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/#custom-formats-to-avoid-certain-releases","title":"Custom Formats to avoid certain releases","text":"How to use a Custom Format to avoid certain releases? - [Click to show/hide]
For Custom Formats you want to avoid, set it to something really low like -10000 and not something like -10. When you add your preferred Custom Format and set it to something like +10, it's possible that, for example, the BR-DISK will be downloaded - (-10)+(+10)=0 - if your Minimum Custom Format Score is set at 0.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/#releases-you-should-avoid","title":"Releases you should avoid","text":"
This is a must-have for every Quality Profile you use in our opinion. All these Custom Formats make sure you don't get low-quality releases.
Unwanted - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 ed38b889b31be83fda192888e2286d83 LQ -10000 90a6f9a284dff5103f6346090e6280c8 LQ (Release Title) -10000 e204b80c87be9497a8a6eaff48f72905 x265 (HD) -10000 dc98083864ea246d05a42df0d05f81cc 3D -10000 b8cd450cbfa689c0259a01d9e29ba3d6 Extras -10000 0a3f082873eb454bde444150b70253cc AV1 -10000 cae4ca30163749b891686f95532519bd
Breakdown and Why
BR-DISK : This is a custom format to help Radarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
LQ: A collection of known low-quality groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
LQ (Release Title): A collection of terms seen in the titles of low-quality releases that are not captured by using a release group name.
x265 (HD): This blocks 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265.
If you have also added x265 (no HDR/DV) to your Radarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
3D: Is 3D still a thing for home use ?
Extras: Blocks releases that only contain extras
AV1: This blocks all releases encoded in AV1.
AV1 encodes are currently targeting small file sizes, rather than good visual quality.
This is a new codec and you need modern devices that support it.
We also had reports of playback/transcoding issues.
No main group is actually using it (yet).
It's better to ignore this new codec to prevent compatibility issues
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/#custom-formats-with-a-score-of-0","title":"Custom Formats with a score of 0","text":"What do Custom Formats with a score of 0 do? - [Click to show/hide]
All Custom Formats with a score of 0 are purely informational and don't do anything.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/#minimum-custom-format-score","title":"Minimum Custom Format Score","text":"Minimum Custom Format Score - [Click to show/hide]
Some people suggest not to use negative scores for your Custom Formats and set this option to a higher score than 0.
The reason why we don't prefer/use this is because you could limit yourself when some new groups or whatever will be released.
Also, it makes it much more clear what you prefer and what you want to avoid.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/#audio-channels","title":"Audio Channels","text":"Audio Channels - [Click to show/hide]
Elsewhere in the guide, you will find a separate group of custom formats called Audio Channels. These will match the number of audio channels in a release, for example, 2.0 (stereo) or 5.1/7.1 (surround sound). We wouldn't add the audio channels Custom Formats as you could limit yourself in the amount of releases you're able to get. Only use them if you have a specific need for them.
Using this with any kind of Remux Quality Profile is useless, in our opinion, being that 99% of all Remuxes are multi-audio anyway. You can get better scores just by using the Audio Advanced Custom Formats.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/#avoid-using-the-x264x265-custom-format","title":"Avoid using the x264/x265 Custom Format","text":"Avoid using the x264/x265 Custom Format - [Click to show/hide]
Avoid using the x264/x265 Custom Format with a score if possible, it's smarter to use the x265 (HD) Custom Format.
Something like 95% of video files are x264 and have much better direct play support. If you have more than a of couple users, you will notice much more transcoding.
Use x265 only for 4k releases and the x265 (HD) makes sure you still get the x265 releases.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/#why-am-i-getting-purple-or-green-colors","title":"Why am I getting purple or green colors","text":"Why am I getting purple or green colors? - [Click to show/hide]
Why am I getting purple or green colors?
There are several possible reasons why your TV would show purple or green colors when playing Dolby Vision content.
Unsupported Hardware: Your TV or hardware media player device (Roku, AppleTV, etc) doesn't support Dolby Vision or your hardware media player device doesn't support all the Dolby Vision Profiles. As a result, the device might struggle to produce accurate colors, leading to a purple or green tint.
Incorrect Display Settings: Dolby Vision content often requires specific settings to be enabled on your TV or display device in order to deliver the intended visual experience. If these settings are not configured properly, it can result in the device showing distorted colors (including purple or green hues).
HDMI Compatibility Issues: Sometimes, HDMI cables or ports may not be fully compatible with Dolby Vision. If the media player device is not recognizing the Dolby Vision signal properly, it may fail to process the content correctly, resulting in abnormal color rendering.
To resolve the purple or green color issues when playing Dolby Vision content, you can try the following troubleshooting steps:
Ensure your TV or hardware media player device is Dolby Vision compatible and up-to-date with the latest firmware.
Verify that your TV or display device is set up correctly and has the necessary Dolby Vision settings enabled.
Check the HDMI cables and ensure they are capable of transmitting Dolby Vision signals.
"},{"location":"Radarr/radarr-setup-quality-profiles/#dolby-vision-profiles","title":"Dolby Vision Profiles","text":"Dolby Vision Profiles - [Click to show/hide]
Dolby Vision Profiles
Profile 5 (1) - This is what comes with WEB-DL Dolby Vision releases without HDR10 fallback.(Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens)
Profile 7 (2) - This is what comes with UHD Bluray Remuxes and UHD BluRay releases.These files will play on an Nvidia Shield Pro (2019), but on most other players will revert to the HDR10 fallback.
Profile 8 (3) - This is what comes with (Hybrid) WEB-DL (HULU), Hybrid UHD Remux, and UHD BluRay releases (all of which have HDR10 fallback).This works with several mainstream media players.
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
(1) PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse will only play profile 5 correctly if CMv2.9 is used
(2) Neither Infuse nor PLEX for AppleTV will deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 7.
(3) On PLEX for AppleTV it won't deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 8, and will only play the HDR10 fallback if CM2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201calthough your TV will incorrectly say that it is playing DV\u201d.With infuse it will convert it on the fly to Profile 5, and deliver real Dolby Vision if CMv2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201cMake sure you set the Extended Dolby Vision settings to Limited (prefer accuracy), Convert P8 to P5 (when possible), and play other P8 as HDR (output will switch to either DoVi or HDR depending on the video)\u201d
Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 and CMv4.0 - [Click to show/hide]
It is too technical to explain in detail, so I'll keep it short with tested facts: PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse only support CMv2.9.
There are two versions of Dolby Vision, namely CMv2.9 and CMv4.0. CMv4.0 uses an improved algorithm and a superior tone curve that allows for better mapping and more controls during the Dolby Vision trim pass process.
More info about the different Dolby Vision Versions: Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 vs. CMv4.0
Special thanks to everyone who helped with the testing and creation of these Custom Formats.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/","title":"How to setup Language Custom Formats","text":"
Here we will explain how to set up your preferred language Custom Format, with a few examples.
Using language Custom Formats is not compatible with setting a preferred language in a quality profile in Radarr. You must use one or the other.If you want to make use of the Custom Formats set the preferred language to Any.Sonarr doesn't have a preferred language in the quality profile, so this can be ignored if you're setting this up with Sonarr
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/#language-prefer-x-but-ill-take-y","title":"Language: Prefer X but i'll take Y","text":"
Language: Not Original or German Language: Prefer German
Let's say you want German, but if German is not available then fall back to Original language but don't accept any other translated languages.
For languages other than German, replace the German condition with the language of your choice.
Add the following JSON to your Radarr/Sonarr with a score in your profile of -10000.
JSON - [Click to show/hide]
{\n \"trash_id\": \"guide-only\",\n \"trash_scores\": {\n \"default\": -10000\n },\n \"trash_description\": \"Language: Prefer X but i'll take Y\",\n \"name\": \"Language: Not Original or German\",\n \"includeCustomFormatWhenRenaming\": false,\n \"specifications\": [\n {\n \"name\": \"Not Original\",\n \"implementation\": \"LanguageSpecification\",\n \"negate\": true,\n \"required\": true,\n \"fields\": {\n \"value\": -2\n }\n },\n {\n \"name\": \"Not German\",\n \"implementation\": \"LanguageSpecification\",\n \"negate\": true,\n \"required\": true,\n \"fields\": {\n \"value\": 4\n }\n }\n ]\n}\n
Add the following JSON to your Radarr/Sonarr with a score in your profile of 10.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/#language-special-cases","title":"Language Special Cases","text":"
Here we will add special cases that often are related to specific languages. example: German Dual Language and/or Multi-language releases
In general, Dual/Multi in a release title stands for original language (movies/show original language) + foreign language(s). Which audio track is used for the first track isn't always known based solely on the naming.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/#language-german-original","title":"Language: German + Original","text":"
This Custom Format can be used in two ways:
If you DON'T WANT your media file to have a German audio track included, add this Custom Format with a score of -10000.
If you PREFER your media file to have a German audio track included, add this Custom Format with a positive score.
Language: German Dual Language JSON - [Click to show/hide]
With reverse scoring you add a Custom Format with a score of -10000 and your preferred condition you negate.
So in the case of the following Custom Format Language: Original Only, it will match all Not Original releases and give it a score of -10000.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/#prefer-language-x-over-language-y","title":"Prefer language X over language Y","text":"Prefer language X over language Y - [Click to show/hide]
If you want to use Prefer language X over language Y,
you add for example: Language: Prefer Language X with a score of 10, and add Language: Prefer Language Y with score of 9.
Which scores you should use depends on how important the language is compared to other Custom Formats you're using.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/#whats-original-language","title":"What's Original Language","text":"What's Original Language? - [Click to show/hide]
Original Language is the language in which a Movie/TV Show was originally made.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/#where-does-radarr-get-the-original-language-from","title":"Where does Radarr get the Original Language from","text":"Where does Radarr get the Original Language from? - [Click to show/hide]
Radarr makes use of The Movie Database (TMDB). As of February 12, 2023, Radarr has updated its metadata cache to use a movie's spoken language from TMDb as the original language, but only when there is a single spoken language listed for that movie on TMDb. In cases where multiple spoken languages are listed, Radarr will use the movie's designated original language from TMDb.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/#where-does-sonarr-get-the-original-language-from","title":"Where does Sonarr get the Original Language from","text":"Where does Sonarr get the Original Language from? - [Click to show/hide]
Sonarr makes use of TheTVDB.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/Merge-quality/","title":"How to Merge Quality","text":"
The current logic on how downloads are compared is Quality Trumps All
In some cases, it might be preferred to not have Quality Trump All, and let it be handled via Preferred Words / Custom Formats.
To accomplish this you will need to merge the qualities.
Here you will see the current logic so you understand how the possible downloads are compared.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/Merge-quality/#radarr-current-logic","title":"Radarr current logic","text":"Radarr current logic - [Click to show/hide]
As of 2021-11-06 the logic is as follows:
The Current logic on how downloads are compared is Quality Trumps All
Quality
Custom Format Score
Protocol
Indexer Priority
Indexer Flags
Seeds/Peers (If Torrent)
Age (If Usenet)
Size
Source: Wiki Servarr
REPACKS and PROPERs are v2 of Qualities and thus rank above a non-repack of the same quality.
Settings => Media Management => File Management => Proper & Repacks Change to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/Merge-quality/#sonarr-current-logic","title":"Sonarr current logic","text":"Sonarr current logic - [Click to show/hide]
As of 2024-01-16 the logic is as follows:
The Current logic on how downloads are compared is Quality Trumps All
Quality
Custom Format Score
Protocol
Episode Count
Episode Number
Indexer Priority
Seeds/Peers (If Torrent)
Age (If Usenet)
Size
Source: Wiki Servarr
* Use Custom Formats and TRaSH Guide's season pack custom format with a score greater than zero to prefer season packs.
REPACKS and PROPERs are v2 of Qualities and thus rank above a non-repack of the same quality. Set Media Management => File Management Download Proper & Repacks to \"Do Not Prefer\" and use TRaSH's Repack/Proper Custom Format with a positive score as suggested by TRaSH's Guides
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/Merge-quality/#merge-the-qualities","title":"Merge the Qualities","text":"
Go to your preferred Quality Profile or create a new one.
Settings => Profiles
In this example, we will merge the following qualities:
Bluray-720p
Bluray-1080p
WEBDL/WEBRip-1080p
To merge them you need to click on Edit Groups.
When done Sonarr/Radarr upgrades will be handled via Preferred Words / Custom Formats.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
It seems that a lot of people don't understand how remote path mapping works for Radarr. I will try to explain it with some screenshots and a short description.
Remote Path Mapping acts as a dumb find Remote Path and replace it with the Local Path
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/Radarr-remote-path-mapping/#when-do-i-need-remote-path-mappings","title":"When do I need remote path mappings","text":"
If Radarr and your download client are not on the same server/system.
If you use either merged local/remote setups using mergerfs or similar.
You run dockers and DON'T have consistent and well-planned paths.
Note
If you run dockers it would be smarter to fix the problem at the source of what's causing the actual issue.
Radarr Wiki Servarr - Docker Guide
TRaSH Guides
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/Radarr-remote-path-mapping/#how-do-i-recognize-that-i-need-remote-path-mappings","title":"How do I recognize that I need remote path mappings","text":"
Your download stays in your download client and Radarr doesn't want to import it.
Go to Activity => Queue
You will see a orange download icon, hover over it with your mouse and you will get an error that looks a bit like this:
Go to System => Events
You will see an error that looks a bit like this:
The following error could also mean that you need remote path mappings:
So looking at these screenshots, it seems you need to make use of remote path mappings.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/Radarr-remote-path-mapping/#how-do-i-setup-remote-path-mappings","title":"How do I setup remote path mappings","text":"
Go to Settings => Download Clients
Scroll down to the bottom where you will see Remote path mappings - and click on the plus sign in the bottom right corner.
A screen will pop up with the following options:
Host => This is the hostname or IP you set in your download client settings.
Remote Path => The download path that you've set in your download client.
Local Path => The path Radarr needs to access the same path.
Open up the download client. For this example, we will be using SABnzbd.
This is what you put in your Host in Remote Path Mapping. This could be a hostname, container name or an IP Address
example what to add in Add Remote Path Mapping - [Click to show/hide] "},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/Radarr-remote-path-mapping/#remote-path","title":"Remote Path","text":"
To find out what you need to put in your remote path you need to open up your download client and look at what you've used there as download location.
In SABnzbd go to settings => Folders
example what to add in Add Remote Path Mapping - [Click to show/hide] "},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/Radarr-remote-path-mapping/#local-path","title":"Local Path","text":"
To find out what you need to put in in your local path you need to know how Radarr can access the files that your download client downloaded. This can be done in different ways. Mounting/Network shares, whatever, but Radarr needs to have local access to it, so you need to figure out the best way for Radarr to access the download client's downloaded files yourself.
Click on the browse button and browse to the location where the files are accessible for Radarr.
example what to add in Add Remote Path Mapping - [Click to show/hide]
The final result will look something like this:
![!rpm-final-results]
After these changes, the file should be able to be imported by Radarr.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/Radarr-rename-your-folders/","title":"How to rename your folders","text":"
The same basics can be used with Sonarr, just replace movies with series.
If you need to rename your current folder names (for example, to a new naming scheme), you can do so with a little \"magic trick\".
Simply go to the movie overview section.
Movies
Click on Edit Movies (at the top)
Once you are in \"edit\" mode, you can select the movie(s) whose folders you want to be renamed.
If you want all your movie's folders to be renamed with the new naming scheme you set HERE.
Select the movie(s) that you want to have the folder(s) renamed.
At the bottom select Edit
A new popup will be shown:
Choose the same (current) root folder for your selected movies, and choose Apply Changes.
You will get a warning popup where you will need to choose Yes, Move the files
Warning
If you have a large library, use remote or cloud storage, or your path structure isn't well planned (or doesn't support instant moves) this could take a while.
Make sure you don't interrupt this process. If it stops before it has been completed, it could result in quite a mess.
Then, Magic!
As you can see, the folder has now been renamed to the new/updated naming scheme.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/Radarr-show-unknown-movie-items/","title":"Show Unknown Movie Items","text":"
You downloaded a movie and it doesn't show up in your Activity in Radarr?
By enabling the following option it will show items without a matched movie in the queue. This could include removed movies or anything else in Radarr's category.
Go to your Activity
Activity
Then on the top right click on Options and a new window will pop up and enable Show Unknown Movie Items
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/Sync-2-radarr-sonarr/","title":"How to Sync 2 Radarr or Sonarr with each other","text":"
In this guide, we will try to explain how you can sync two (or more) Radarr/Sonarr instances with each other.
I'm going to show two different options on how you can set up your sync with two Radarr/Sonarr instances.
Option 1: This option is best used if you want a 1:1 copy of your Radarr/Sonarr instances as it'll sync everything.
Option 2: This option is best used if you only want to cherry-pick which Movies/TV Shows you want as 4K/2160p (UHD).
We're not going to explain how to set up two Radarr/Sonarr instances for your system, being it depends on how you have it installed/running. Radarr Multiple Instance Information and Sonarr Multiple Instance Information
Announced: Radarr shall consider movies available as soon as they are added to Radarr. This setting is recommended if you have good private trackers that do not have fakes.
In Cinemas: Radarr shall consider movies available as soon as movies hit cinemas (Theatrical Date on TMDb) This option is not recommended.
Released: Radarr shall consider movies available as soon as the Blu-Ray or streaming version is released (Digital and Physical dates on TMDb) This option is recommended and likely should be combined with an Availability Delay of -14 or -21 days.
All Episodes: Monitor all episodes except specials
Future Episodes: Monitor episodes that have not aired yet
Missing Episodes: Monitor episodes that do not have files or have not aired yet
Existing Episodes: Monitor episodes that have files or have not aired yet
Recent Episodes: Monitor episodes aired within the last 90 days and future episodes
Pilot Episode: Only monitor the first episode of the first season
First Season: Monitor all episodes of the first season. All other seasons will be ignored
Last Season: Monitor all episodes of the last season
Monitor Specials: Monitor all special episodes without changing the monitored status of other episodes
Unmonitor Specials: Unmonitor all special episodes without changing the monitored status of other episodes
None: No episodes will be monitored
All Seasons: Monitor all new seasons automatically
No New Seasons: Do not monitor any new seasons automatically
Anime: Episodes released using an absolute episode number
Daily: Episodes released daily or less frequently that use year-month-day (2017-05-25)
Standard: Episodes released with SxxEyy pattern
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
If you're interested in the 1080p streaming optimized quality profile you can join our discord and get access to the Special Quality Profiles channel (access-to-sqp) by accepting the rules.
This is a special quality profile we created for people who are interested in it.
This release profile is fine-tuned for when you want to run a 2nd Radarr for 1080p and want minimum to no transcoding and smaller sizes for the second copies.
Why choose this quality profile?
Streaming optimized (optimized for PLEX, Emby, Jellyfin, and other streaming platforms)
Small sizes
Good quality
Only AC3 Audio (downmixed lossless audio track to Dolby Digital 5.1 for optimal compatibility)
You want maximum compatibility between all devices and still have an HQ release.
You run two instances of Radarr and want both versions or just the 1080p ones.
You want to have minimum to no transcoding for low-powered devices or remote streaming.
You don't need a separate download client for your two Radarr instances, this all can be done with one download client (Two if you prefer Usenet and Torrents).
Settings => Download Clients
Select your preferred download client.
The only thing you need to change/create is a separate Category that you're going to use for Radarr 2
Warning
This can't and shouldn't be the same category you use for Radarr 1 but a separate Category.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/Sync-2-radarr-sonarr/#how-does-this-radarr-sync-work","title":"How does this Radarr Sync work","text":"
You now only need to make use of Radarr 1. All movies you add to Radarr 1 will be synced to Radarr 2 at a scheduled time.
You don't need a separate download client for your two Sonarr/Radarr instances, this can all be done with one download client (Two if you prefer Usenet and Torrents).
Settings => Download Clients
Select your preferred download client.
Only thing you need to change/create is a separate Category that you're going to use for Sonarr 2
Tip
This can't and shouldn't be the same category you use for Sonarr 1 but a separate Category.
"},{"location":"Radarr/Tips/Sync-2-radarr-sonarr/#how-does-this-sonarr-sync-work","title":"How does this Sonarr Sync work","text":"
You now only need to make use of Sonarr 1. When you have a TV show (or a movie if you use this option with Radarr) that you also want as 4K/2160p (UHD) then you make sure you make use of the Cloned Quality Profile. And it will sync at a scheduled time.
Recyclarr is a command-line application that will automatically synchronize recommended settings from the TRaSH guides to your Sonarr/Radarr instances. It was formerly named \"Trash Updater\". Here you will find a collection of Recyclarr configs based on the profiles found in the guides.
Automatically mirror TRaSH guides to your Sonarr/Radarr instance based on your setup scheduler.
For Installation and setup Guide please check the official Recyclarr Wiki
For any questions or support questions please join the discord support channel.
"},{"location":"Recyclarr/#github-release","title":"GitHub release","text":""},{"location":"Recyclarr/#collection-of-configs","title":"Collection of configs","text":"
Recyclarr - collection of configs
"},{"location":"Recyclarr/recyclarr-configs-sqp/","title":"Collection of Recyclarr SQP configs","text":"
This page has been relocated here: Recyclarr - Pre-Built SQP Configuration Files
"},{"location":"Recyclarr/recyclarr-configs/","title":"Collection of Recyclarr configs","text":"
This page has been relocated here: Recyclarr - Pre-Built Configuration Files
After setting up your optimal volume/paths found HERE, follow the steps below to improve your setup.
Quality Settings (File Size) - Some recommendations to prevent low-quality or fake releases. These quality file size settings have been created and tested with information gathered from release comparisons from various sources and information provided by the community.
Recommended naming scheme - Recommended naming scheme provided with the help of the Sonarr/Radarr (Support) Team and information provided by the community to prevent download loops.
How to set up Quality Profiles - How to make the most use of the Custom Formats and shows some specifics of our recommended configuration. You can use these examples to understand how to set up your preferences.
How to setup Quality Profiles Anime - Same as above but specific for anime.
How to set up Quality Profiles (French) - Same as above but specific for French and English Audio.
How to import Custom Formats - How to manually import the Custom Formats from the Guide.
How to update Custom Formats - How to manually upgrade your existing Custom Formats.
Collection of Custom Formats - A collection of the most needed and commonly used Custom Formats. These Custom Formats have been collected from discussions on Discord or created with help from others.
Tips - Several other guides for Sonarr.
How to set up Language Custom Formats - A few examples of how to set up your preferred language Custom Format.
How to Merge Quality - How to merge quality sources if you prefer to not have Quality Trump All, and let it be handled via Custom Formats.
Remote Path Mappings - How to set up remote path mapping.
How to rename your folders - How to rename or change your root folder.
How to Sync 2 Radarr or Sonarr with each other - How you can sync two (or more) Radarr/Sonarr instances with each other.
\u201cWhat's the best quality size settings to use?\u201d
\u201cWhy are the ones from the TRaSH Guides so different from the default settings?\u201d
Even though it is a personal preference, we will show you some recommendations to prevent low-quality or fake releases.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Sonarr-Quality-Settings-File-Size/#faq","title":"FAQ","text":"Why do i only see sizes starting from HDTV720p and up?
Watching content below 720p on a big screen can result in a blurry and pixelated image, making it difficult to see details and enjoy the true quality of the content. Additionally, lower-resolution videos may not fill the entire screen, leading to a less immersive viewing experience. Investing in higher-quality content ensures that you are getting the best possible picture and sound quality for your viewing pleasure.
Why are some sizes set to max?
These guides are created to achieve the highest possible quality based on the quality profiles provided.
Why is there a difference between regular movies/tv shows and anime/animated/cartoons ?
Regular movies and TV shows are set up more strictly to prevent low-quality and fake releases, whereas anime, animated series, and cartoons are set up wide open.
When I set Bluray to MAX size I often get ISO's/ Bluray folder structure.
You have probably configured your Quality Profiles incorrectly by enabling BR-DISK without adding the recommended Custom Format for Radarr to block/ignore BR-DISK. For Sonarr, you can use the following to block/ignore BR-DISK.
Some movies or episodes may not be grabbed due to these settings.
If you notice that some movies or episodes are not being grabbed due to size settings, you can provide proof with a screenshot showing the error that appears during an interactive search (excluding the indexer or tracker if you prefer).
We will only consider changes for international releases; no multi-language or dubbed releases will be accepted.
We will not accept incorrectly labeled source releases such as those from MeGusta, they need to properly name their content first.
Changes for micro-sized releases will not be accepted.
Documentaries and cartoons are typically much smaller, so we may not make edits to those either.
These quality file size settings have been created and tested with information gathered from release comparisons from various sources and information provided by the community.
Make sure you have enabled 'Show Advanced' if you don't see a provision to enter the scores, under the Quality settings.After setting the Max Size, set the 'Preferred' score as high as possible. You can accomplish that with one of the two following ways.- 1. You move the slider to the far most right.- 2. You enter a score of 400.In both cases, it will automatically change to the highest possible. This will be slightly below the Max Size setting.
If, for whatever reason, you ever need to do a re-install or a full re-import in the Starr Apps or Plex/Emby/Jellyfin, it's nice to have all that info in the filename so it gets imported correctly and isn't incorrectly matched as HDTV or WEB-DL etc.
Why is the non-recoverable information important/needed?
Prevent download loops.
Quality Source (HDTV, WEBDL, Bluray, Remux, etc..): Can you tell from the following info: movie (year).ext, which quality source the file is from? Probably not, and there is no real way to determine it if it's lost after import. Why would you care? Mainly if you ever want to upgrade or downgrade your media file and to prevent re-downloads of the same file.
Release group: With the knowledge of which release group your release belongs to, you can determine if the file has any issues related to that specific release. It can also help find extra information if it's a hybrid release or which sources are used.
Edition version: To determine if the release is an directors cut, theatrical, unrated, etc.
Repack/Proper: To determine if the release was a repack or a proper, so you know if you have the correct version and not the broken one with playback issues or other issues with the media file.
But Plex, Emby and Jellyfin work fine with just movie (year).ext/tv showname SxxExx.ext
True, but they don't care about the quality of your media file you're using, their main purpose is just to provide you with your media library and play the media files.
Why is the file naming so long?
To make sure your filename contains all the info needed to prevent download loops after import.
The so-called \"naming tokens\" not used in your media file won't be used/shown.
Any proper media server (Plex, Emby, or Jellyfin) won't display the actual filename outright anyway, so why worry about how the file's naming looks when it has all the needed info included?
The naming scheme provided here is made with the help of the Sonarr/Radarr (Support) Team and information provided by the community.
While both IMDb and TVDb IDs are unique, TVDb can occasionally remove IDs entirely, sometimes only to be re-added with a new ID later. However, due to using TVDb as its metadata source, they can be seen as \"more aligned\" with Sonarr. IMDb IDs on the other hand, once present, are very accurate and rarely ever change.
Standard FolderOptional PlexOptional EmbyOptional Jellyfin
{Series TitleYear}\n
Example: The Series Title! (2010)
This naming scheme is made to be used with the New Plex TV Series Scanner
Plex Folder IMDbPlex Folder TVDb
TVDb is usually better as it guarantees a match, IMDb only gets matched if the TVDb entry has the correct IMDb ID association.
{Series TitleYear} {imdb-{ImdbId}}\n
Example: The Series Title! (2010) {imdb-tt1520211}
{Series TitleYear} {tvdb-{TvdbId}}\n
Example: The Series Title! (2010) {tvdb-1520211}
Source: Emby Wiki/Docs
Emby Folder IMDbEmby Folder TVDb
TVDb is usually better as it guarantees a match, IMDb only gets matched if the TVDb entry has the correct IMDb ID association.
{Series TitleYear} [imdb-{ImdbId}]\n
Example: The Series Title! (2010) [imdb-tt1520211]
{Series TitleYear} [tvdb-{TvdbId}]\n
Example: The Series Title! (2010) [tvdb-1520211]
Source: Jellyfin Wiki/Docs
Jellyfin doesn't support IMDb IDs for shows
Jellyfin Folder TVDb
{Series TitleYear} [tvdbid-{TvdbId}]\n
Example: The Series Title! (2010) [tvdbid-1520211]
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Sonarr-recommended-naming-scheme/#original-title-vs-original-filename","title":"Original Title vs Original Filename","text":""},{"location":"Sonarr/Sonarr-recommended-naming-scheme/#original-title","title":"Original Title","text":"
Another option is to use {Original Title} rather than the recommended naming scheme outlined above. {Original Title} will use the title of the release which will contain all of the information included in the release itself. The benefit of this naming scheme is to prevent download loops which can occur on import when there is a discrepancy in the release title compared to the contents of the file itself (for example, if the release title says DTS-ES but the contents are actually DTS). The downside is less flexibility with how the files are named.
If using this alternate naming scheme we suggest using {Original Title} over {Original Filename}
Why?
The filename can be Obscured where the Release naming isn't, especially when you use Usenet.
{Original Filename} => show episode 1-1080p or lchd-tkk1080p or t1i0p3s7i8yuti
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/","title":"Collection of Custom Formats","text":"
Below is a collection of what we've come to regard as the most needed and commonly used Custom Formats. These CFs have been collected from discussions on Discord or created with help from others.
Special thanks to everyone who has helped in the creation and testing of these Custom Formats, my team at TRaSH guides, and the community.
Sonarr V4+ introduces Custom Formats. These are much more advanced/powerful than the release profiles, although this also means a Custom Format can require more knowledge to set up or create. We've made 3 guides related to this.
How to import Custom Formats - Explains how to import the Custom Formats.
How to upgrade Custom Formats - Explains how to upgrade your existing Custom Formats.
How to set up Quality Profiles - Explains how to make the most use of Custom Formats and shows some specifics of my configuration. You can use these examples to get an idea of how to set up your preferences.
Tip
It also is recommended to change the Propers and Repacks settings in Sonarr's Settings.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Format scoring and preferences will be fully utilized.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#index","title":"INDEX","text":"Audio Advanced #1 Audio Advanced #2 Audio Channels HDR Formats TrueHD ATMOS FLAC 1.0 Mono DV HDR10+ DTS X PCM 2.0 Stereo DV HDR10 ATMOS (undefined) DTS-HD HRA 3.0 Sound DV DD+ ATMOS AAC 4.0 Sound DV HLG TrueHD DD 5.1 Surround DV SDR DTS-HD MA MP3 6.1 Surround HDR10+ DD+ Opus 7.1 Surround HDR10 DTS-ES HDR DTS HDR (undefined) PQ HLG Series Versions Unwanted HQ Source Groups Hybrid AV1 Remux Tier 01 Remaster BR-DISK Remux Tier 02 Extras HD Bluray Tier 01 LQ HD Bluray Tier 02 LQ (Release Title) WEB Tier 01 Upscaled WEB Tier 02 x265 (HD) WEB Tier 03 WEB Scene General Streaming Services French Streaming Services Asian Streaming Services Dutch Streaming Services Amazon CANAL+ FOD NLZiet Apple TV+ RTBF Disney+ Hotstar Videoland Comedy Central SALTO TVer DC Universe TVING Disney+ U-NEXT HBO Max VIU HBO Hulu iTunes Max Netflix Paramount+ Peacock TV SHOWTIME Stan Syfy UK Streaming Services Misc Streaming Services Anime Streaming Services Optional Streaming Services 4OD AUBC ABEMA UHD Streaming Boost ALL4 CBC ADN UHD Streaming Cut BBC iPlayer Crave B-Global ITVX Discovery+ Bilibili MY5 OViD Crunchyroll NOW Star+ Funimation YouTube Red HIDIVE Quibi VRV WKN Miscellaneous French Audio Version French Source Groups Bad Dual Groups Multi-French FR Remux Tier 01 DV (Disk) Multi-Audio FR HD Bluray Tier 01 DV (WEBDL) French Audio FR WEB Tier 01 DV HDR10+ Boost VFF FR WEB Tier 02 FreeLeech VOF FR WEB Tier 03 HDR10+ Boost VFI FR Anime Tier 01 HFR VF2 FR Anime Tier 02 Internal VFQ FR Anime Tier 03 MPEG2 VOQ FR Anime FanSub Multi VQ FR Scene Groups No-RlsGroup VFB FR LQ Obfuscated VOSTFR Repack v2 FanSUB Repack v3 FastSUB Repack/Proper Retags Scene SDR (no WEBDL) SDR Season Packs VC-1 VP9 x264 x265 (no HDR/DV) x265 x266 Anime Source Groups Anime Source Groups Anime Misc Anime Optional Anime BD Tier 01 (Top SeaDex Muxers) Anime Web Tier 01 (Muxers) v0 Uncensored Anime BD Tier 02 (SeaDex Muxers) Anime Web Tier 02 (Top FanSubs) v1 10bit Anime BD Tier 03 (SeaDex Muxers) Anime Web Tier 03 (Official Subs) v2 Anime Dual Audio Anime BD Tier 04 (SeaDex Muxers) Anime Web Tier 04 (Official Subs) v3 Dubs Only Anime BD Tier 05 (Remuxes) Anime Web Tier 05 (FanSubs) v4 Anime BD Tier 06 (FanSubs) Anime Web Tier 06 (FanSubs) Anime BD Tier 07 (P2P/Scene) Anime Raws Anime BD Tier 08 (Mini Encodes) Anime LQ Groups"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#audio-advanced","title":"Audio Advanced","text":""},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#truehd-atmos","title":"TrueHD ATMOS","text":"TrueHD ATMOS - [Click to show/hide]
TrueHD Atmos
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Dolby Atmos is a surround sound technology developed by Dolby Laboratories. It expands on existing surround sound systems by adding height channels, allowing sounds to be interpreted as three-dimensional objects.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#dts-x","title":"DTS X","text":"DTS:X - [Click to show/hide]
DTS-X
DTS:X is an object-based audio codec which aims to create a multi-dimensional sound that \u201cmoves around you like it would in real life\u201d. You may think that sounds similar to Dolby Atmos, and you\u2019d be right, but where DTS:X's differences lie in the required speaker configuration. While Dolby Atmos requires adding additional overhead channels to your 5.1 or 7.1 setup, DTS:X works with standard surround speaker setups \u2013 just like the one you might already have at home. It can support up to 32 speaker locations and an 11.2-channel system. DTS:X, like other higher-quality DTS formats (e.g. DTS-HD MA), is lossless.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#truehd","title":"TrueHD","text":"TrueHD - [Click to show/hide]
TrueHD
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Dolby TrueHD is a lossless multi-channel audio codec developed by Dolby Laboratories for home video, used principally in Blu-ray Discs and compatible hardware.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#dts-hd-ma","title":"DTS-HD MA","text":"DTS-HD MA - [Click to show/hide]
DTS-HD MA
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
DTS-HD Master Audio is a multi-channel lossless audio codec developed by DTS that extends the lossy DTS Coherent Acoustics codec (DTS CA; usually referred to as simply \"DTS\"). Rather than being an entirely new coding mechanism, DTS-HD MA encodes an audio master in lossy DTS first, then stores a concurrent stream of supplementary data representing whatever the DTS encoder discarded. This gives DTS-HD MA a lossy \"core\" able to be played back by devices that cannot decode the more complex lossless audio. DTS-HD MA's primary application is audio storage and playback for Blu-ray Disc media.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#flac","title":"FLAC","text":"FLAC - [Click to show/hide]
FLAC
FLAC stands for Free Lossless Audio Codec, an audio format similar to MP3 - but lossless, meaning that the audio compressed with FLAC does not receive any loss in quality. This is similar to how Zip works, except with FLAC you will get much better compression because it is designed specifically for audio.
Dolby Digital Plus, also known as Enhanced AC-3 (commonly abbreviated as DD+ or E-AC-3, or EC-3), is the successor to Dolby Digital (AC-3). It is a digital audio compression scheme developed by Dolby Labs for the transport and storage of multi-channel digital audio.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#dts-es","title":"DTS-ES","text":"DTS-ES - [Click to show/hide]
DTS-ES
DTS-ES (DTS Extended Surround) includes two variants, DTS-ES Discrete 6.1 and DTS-ES Matrix 5.1, depending on how the sound was originally mastered and stored.
Digital Theater Sound (DTS) is a digital audio technology developed by DTS, Inc, which focuses on digital surround sound formats for consumer and commercial applications as well as theatrical purposes. Compared to the Dolby Digital standard, DTS uses four times less compression and digitizes audio sounds at 20 bits instead of 16 bits. This makes DTS-based audio richer in sound and more detailed than Dolby Digital-based ones.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#aac","title":"AAC","text":"AAC - [Click to show/hide]
AAC
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia Advanced Audio Coding (AAC) is an audio coding standard for lossy digital audio compression. Designed to be the successor of the MP3 format, AAC generally achieves higher sound quality than MP3 at the same bit rate.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#opus","title":"Opus","text":"Opus - [Click to show/hide]
OPUS
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Opus is a lossy audio coding format developed by the Xiph.Org Foundation and standardized by the Internet Engineering Task Force, designed to efficiently code speech and general audio in a single format while remaining low-latency enough for real-time interactive communication and low-complexity enough for low-end embedded processors. Opus replaces both Vorbis and Speex for new applications, and several blind listening tests have ranked it higher quality than any other standard audio format at any given bitrate until transparency is reached, including MP3, AAC, and HE-AAC.
Dolby Vision is a dynamic HDR format. It can offer better visual experiences relative to HDR10. The most significant difference is that it uses dynamic metadata which allows varying brightness levels within HDR content which enables filmmakers to have more precise control over the overall image appearance. HDR10 relies on static metadata which limits the HDR effect to a per-movie or per-episode basis.
HDR10+
HDR10+ improves upon HDR10 by making its metadata dynamic, allowing for it to change for each frame of video. This means every frame is adjusted to its own set of colors, brightness, and contrast parameters, making for a much more vibrant and realistic-looking image. Areas of the screen that might have been over-saturated with HDR10 will display their full contrast and detail with HDR10+.
\ud83d\udca1 Any form of HDR will look significantly better than SDR on supporting equipment. The overall result will ultimately end up varying, though, based on your hardware and how the studio and filmmaker implemented HDR.
This format provides Dolby Vision with HDR10 fallback. You will find this mainly with:
Remuxes
Bluray encodes
Hybrid WEB-DL (Hybrid isn't always mentioned)
Dolby Vision
Dolby Vision is a dynamic HDR format. It can offer better visual experiences relative to HDR10. The most significant difference is that it uses dynamic metadata which allows varying brightness levels within HDR content which enables filmmakers to have more precise control over the overall image appearance. HDR10 relies on static metadata which limits the HDR effect to a per-movie or per-episode basis.
HDR10
HDR10 is the most basic HDR format used in consumer media and is supported by all HDR-supported devices.
HDR10 relies on static metadata which limits its effect to a per-movie or per-episode basis. Because of this, it lacks the information for how the content should be adjusted for your specific display. The interaction between display capabilities, video metadata, and the ultimate output (i.e., the presentation of the video) is controlled by the display, which may result in quality that is ultimately not how was originally intended.
\ud83d\udca1 Any form of HDR will look significantly better than SDR on supporting equipment. The overall result will ultimately end up varying, though, based on your hardware and how the studio and filmmaker implemented HDR.
This Custom Format will only match on DV NOT on DV HDR10 etc.
Depending on the source (WEB-DL, Bluray, or Remux) this format will match the following:
With Remuxes, it means that it will have DV HDR10.
With Bluray encodes, it means it will have DV HDR10.
With WEB-DL, it means 99% it will only support Dolby Vision without HDR10 fallback (Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens, if you have this issue always make sure you also add the following Custom Format with a score of -10000)
DV HLG This is a very rare HDR Format that was created by NHK (JP) and the BBC for cable, satellite, and over-the-air TV broadcasts.
Dolby Vision
Dolby Vision is a dynamic HDR format. It can offer better visual experiences relative to HDR10. The most significant difference is that it uses dynamic metadata which allows varying brightness levels within HDR content which enables filmmakers to have more precise control over the overall image appearance. HDR10 relies on static metadata which limits the HDR effect to a per-movie or per-episode basis.
This Custom Format will only match on DV HLG
HLG
HLG or HLG10 is an HDR format created by NHK (JP) and the BBC that can be used for both video and still images. This format is backward compatible with SDR UHD TV, but not with older SDR displays that do not implement the Rec. 2020 color standards.
You will find this mainly with cable, satellite, and over-the-air TV broadcast series and movies from the likes of BBC and National Geographic.
HDR10+ improves upon HDR10 by making its metadata dynamic, allowing for it to change for each frame of video. This means every frame is adjusted to its own set of colors, brightness, and contrast parameters, making for a much more vibrant and realistic-looking image. Areas of the screen that might have been over-saturated with HDR10 will display their full contrast and detail with HDR10+.
HDR10 is the most basic HDR format used in consumer media and is supported by all HDR-supported devices.
HDR10 relies on static metadata which limits its effect to a per-movie or per-episode basis. Because of this, it lacks the information for how the content should be adjusted for your specific display. The interaction between display capabilities, video metadata, and the ultimate output (i.e., the presentation of the video) is controlled by the display, which may result in quality that is ultimately not how was originally intended.
This Custom Format will only match on HDR NOT on HDR10, HDR10+ etc
This Custom Format is a sort of \"catch-all\" for the HDR scene naming scheme where we don't know, based on name alone, which HDR formats are included - it could be HDR10, HDR10+ or even PQ.
PQ (perceptual quantizer) or PQ10 is the most basic HDR format that can be used for both video and still images. It is the same as the HDR10 format without any metadata.
HLG or HLG10 is an HDR format created by NHK (JP) and the BBC that can be used for both video and still images. This format is backward compatible with SDR UHD TV, but not with older SDR displays that do not implement the Rec. 2020 color standards.
You will find this mainly with cable, satellite, and over-the-air TV broadcast series and movies from the likes of BBC and National Geographic.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#series-versions","title":"Series Versions","text":""},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#hybrid","title":"Hybrid","text":"Hybrid - [Click to show/hide]
A hybrid release means any combination of sources (video + audio) and not a direct encoding of a single source. Generally, you can be sure that any hybrid that has been put together is the best quality release of a particular title.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#remaster","title":"Remaster","text":"Remaster - [Click to show/hide]
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
For the software term, see Software remastering. Remaster (also digital remastering and digitally remastered) refers to changing the quality of the sound or of the image, or both, of previously created recordings, either audiophonic, cinematic, or videographic.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#unwanted","title":"Unwanted","text":""},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#av1","title":"AV1","text":"AV1 - [Click to show/hide]
AV1 encodes are currently targeting small file sizes, rather than good visual quality.
This is a new codec and you need modern devices that support it.
We also had reports of playback/transcoding issues.
No main group is actually using it (yet).
It's better to ignore this new codec to prevent compatibility issues
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#br-disk","title":"BR-DISK","text":"BR-DISK - [Click to show/hide]
This is a custom format to help Sonarr recognize and ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
You will need to add the following as a new Custom Format, and when created adjust the scoring in your Quality Profile (Setting => Profiles) to -10000.
Note
Depending on your renaming scheme Sonarr could potentially match renamed files AFTER they are downloaded and imported as BR-DISK, This is only a cosmetic annoyance until we come up with another way to solve this, Because this Custom Format is used to exclude downloading of BR-DISK, it is still behaving as intended.
Potential reasons why this is could occurr:
Blame the often wrongly used naming of x265 encodes.
This blocks all 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265.
In your quality profile use the following score for this Custom Format: -10000
Why block 720/1080p encodes in x265? - [Click to show/hide]
Quote
x265 is good for 4k stuff or 1080p if they used the remuxes as the source. If the media isn't source quality/remux, then there will be a loss of quality every time. Also, once you go x265, typically that file is done. It can't be changed to something else without a huge loss of quality.
Something like 95% of video files are x264 and have much better direct play support. If you have more than a couple of users, you will notice much more transcoding. Just depends on your priorities.
So basically if you are storage-poor and just need to save space, use x265. The catch is if you want the best quality x265, you need high-quality source files, so you still have huge file sizes. If you want maximum compatibility and the option to change your files to something else later, then x264. It's all really dependent on specific situations for different people
If you have also added x265 (no HDR/DV) to your Sonarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
It's a shame that most x265 groups microsize the releases or use the x264 as a source which results in low-quality releases. And the few groups that do use the correct source suffer from it.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#miscellaneous","title":"Miscellaneous","text":""},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#repackproper","title":"Repack/Proper","text":"JSON - [Click to show/hide]
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#x264","title":"x264","text":"x264 - [Click to show/hide]
x264 is a free software library and application for encoding video streams into the H.264/MPEG-4 AVC compression format, and is released under the terms of the GNU GPL.
If you want maximum compatibility and have much better direct play support then use x264 for 720p/1080p.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#x265","title":"x265","text":"x265 - [Click to show/hide]
x265 is a free software library and application for encoding video streams into the H.265/MPEG-H HEVC compression format, and is released under the terms of the GNU GPL.
This applies to all x265/HEVC releases that are not Remux.
Please don't forget to read the following Microsized & Wrong Source
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#x266","title":"x266","text":"x266 - [Click to show/hide]
Versatile Video Coding (VVC), also known as H.266, ISO/IEC 23090-3, and MPEG-I Part 3, is a video compression standard finalized on 6 July 2020. Wikipedia.
This applies to all x266/VVC releases that are not Remux.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#freeleech","title":"FreeLeech","text":"FreeLeech - [Click to show/hide]
Torrent sites sometimes set a torrent to be freeleech. This means that the download of this torrent will not count towards your quota or ratio. This can be useful when starting a new account or if you do not have the best ratio yet.
Warning
Keep in mind not all trackers support this option.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#bad-dual-groups","title":"Bad Dual Groups","text":"Bad dual groups - [Click to show/hide]
These groups take the original release and add their language (ex. Portuguese) as the main audio track (AAC 2.0), What results after renaming and FFprobe is that the media file will be recognized as Portuguese AAC audio. It's a common rule that you add the best audio as the first track. Also they often even translate/rename the release name to Portuguese.
This is a special Custom Format that blocks WEBDLs with Dolby Vision but without HDR10 fallback.
You will need to add the following as a new Custom Format, and when created adjust the scoring in your Quality Profile (Setting => Profiles) to -10000.
This Custom Format works together with the normal DV Custom Format that you would use to prefer Dolby Vision.
Most WEBDL from Streaming Services don't have the fallback to HDR10. What can result during playback is issues with weird colors (typically a green hue) when you attempt to play it on a non-Dolby Vision-compatible setup.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#no-rlsgroup","title":"No-RlsGroup","text":"No-RlsGroup - [Click to show/hide]
Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups getting a higher score. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up stripped of the group name so they appear as \"upgrades\" and they end up getting a decent score if other things match
Warning
If you don't use decent filenames (like not adding release groups) don't add this Custom Format, except if you want to upgrade them.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#obfuscated","title":"Obfuscated","text":"Obfuscated - [Click to show/hide]
Obfuscated
Obfuscated are used on usenet, mostly with non-tier-1 indexers, to do re-posts of common/popular releases. Use this only if you've access to tier 1 Usenet indexers.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#retags","title":"Retags","text":"Retags - [Click to show/hide]
Retags
Retags are something you often see on public trackers where the tracker or uploader adds their name to the torrent. It is also possible that it could show up on some Usenet indexers.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#scene","title":"Scene","text":"Scene - [Click to show/hide]
This Custom Format will try to recognize so-called \"scene releases\". Depending on your preferences, you can give it a negative score -10000, a positive score, or just skip adding it altogether.
This CF utilizes functionality only available starting in Sonarr v4.0.2.1262.
Single Episode - [Click to show/hide]
This Custom Format will recognize single-episode releases, instead of multi-episode or season packs, using Sonarr's built-in parser. Depending on your preference, you can give it a negative or positive score or skip adding it altogether.
This CF utilizes functionality only available in Sonarr v4.0.2.1262 or later.
Multi-Episode - [Click to show/hide]
This Custom Format will recognize multi-episode releases (e.g. episodes named with 'S01E01E02'), instead of single-episode or season packs, using Sonarr's built-in parser. Depending on your preference, you can give it a negative or positive score or skip adding it altogether.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#x265-no-hdrdv","title":"x265 (no HDR/DV)","text":"x265 (no HDR/DV) - [Click to show/hide]
This blocks most 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265, But it will allow 720/1080p x265 releases if they have HDR and/or DV
Since some NF releases won't be released as 4k, this allows you to still have the DV/HDR releases.
In your quality profile use the following score for this Custom Format: -10000
Why block 720/1080p encodes in x265? - [Click to show/hide]
Quote
x265 is good for 4k stuff or 1080p if they used the remuxes as the source. If the media isn't source quality/remux, then there will be a loss of quality every time. Also, once you go x265, typically that file is done. It can't be changed to something else without a huge loss of quality.
Something like 95% of video files are x264 and have much better direct play support. If you have more than a couple of users, you will notice much more transcoding. Just depends on your priorities.
So basically if you are storage-poor and just need to save space, use x265. The catch is if you want the best quality x265, you need high-quality source files, so you still have huge file sizes. If you want maximum compatibility and the option to change your files to something else later, then x264. It's all really dependent on specific situations for different people
If you have also added x265 (HD) to your Sonarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
It's a shame that most x265 groups microsize the releases or use the x264 as a source which results in low-quality releases. And the few groups that do use the correct source suffer from it.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#vc-1","title":"VC-1","text":"VC-1 - [Click to show/hide]
VC-1
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
VC-1 is a video compression codec primarily developed by Microsoft. It is often associated with older Blu-ray discs and some HD digital video content. While VC-1 was a popular choice in the early days of HD content, it has been largely supplanted by more efficient codecs, such as AVC (H.264) for 1080p Remuxes and HEVC (H.265) for 2160p Remuxes.
When it comes to remuxing, many release groups upgrade older VC-1 encoded content to AVC (If a disc is released as AVC), especially for 1080p Remuxes. This is because AVC is generally more efficient in terms of compression while maintaining better quality at lower bitrates. As a result, content encoded with AVC will typically have improved visual quality and smaller file sizes compared to its VC-1 counterparts.
If you are looking for better quality versions of films or shows that were originally released in VC-1, it's common for modern remuxes to include AVC encoding, making them more compatible with current playback devices and ensuring a better viewing experience.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#sdr-no-webdl","title":"SDR (no WEBDL)","text":"SDR (no WEBDL) - [Click to show/hide]
This will prevent grabbing UHD/4k Remux and Bluray encode releases without HDR Formats. - i.e., SDR WEB releases will still be allowed since 4K SDR WEB releases can often look better than the 1080p version due to the improved bitrate.
If you have also added SDR to your Sonarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#dv-disk","title":"DV (Disk)","text":"DV (Disk) - [Click to show/hide]
This will boost the score for Dolby Vision Releases using the original full-quality Dolby Vision layer from the disc release to replace the old WEBDL HYBRID release.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#hfr","title":"HFR","text":"HFR - [Click to show/hide]
This will boost the score for HFR releases. HFR stands for High Frame Rate and refers to a video format that uses a higher number of frames per second than traditional video, resulting in smoother and more detailed motion.
Amazon Prime Video, or simply Prime Video, is an American subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming and rental service of Amazon offered as a standalone service or as part of Amazon's Prime subscription. The service primarily distributes films and television series produced by Amazon MGM Studios or licensed to Amazon, as Amazon Originals, with the service also hosting content from other providers, content add-ons, live sporting events, and video rental and purchasing services.
Apple TV+ is an American subscription streaming service owned and operated by Apple Inc. Launched on November 1, 2019, it offers a selection of original production film and television series called Apple Originals.
DC Universe (streaming service) - [Click to show/hide]
DC Universe (streaming service)
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
DC Universe was an American subscription video-on-demand (SVOD) and digital comics service operated by DC Entertainment and Warner Bros. Digital Networks, both divisions of WarnerMedia. Launched on September 15, 2018, the service featured a streaming library of animated series and films based on DC Comics properties, new original television series adapted from DC properties, as well as a rotating back catalogue of DC Comics publications, and online community features. In 2020.
In June 2020, WarnerMedia began to phase out DC Universe in favor of its new flagship streaming service HBO Max, initially by offering a promotional offer via DC Universe for new subscribers. DC Universe's original series and future streaming productions were moved to HBO Max and became Max Originals.
Disney+ is an American subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming media service owned and operated by Disney Streaming, the streaming division of Disney Entertainment, a major business segment of the Walt Disney Company.The service primarily distributes films and television shows produced by Walt Disney Studios and Disney Television Studios, with dedicated content hubs for Disney's flagship brands; Disney, Pixar, Marvel, Star Wars, National Geographic, and Hulu as well as showcasing original and exclusive films and television shows.
Max (streaming service) aka HBO Max - [Click to show/hide]
Max (streaming service) aka HBO Max
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
Max, formerly and in some markets still HBO Max, is an American subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming service. It is a proprietary unit of Warner Bros. Discovery Global Streaming & Interactive Entertainment, which is itself a division of Warner Bros. Discovery (WBD). First launched (as HBO Max) in the United States on May 27, 2020, the service offers content from the libraries of Warner Bros., Discovery Channel, HBO, CNN, Cartoon Network, Adult Swim, Animal Planet, Eurosport, and their related brands.
Home Box Office (HBO) is an American pay television network, which is the flagship property of namesake parent-subsidiary Home Box Office, Inc., itself a unit owned by Warner Bros. Discovery. The overall Home Box Office business unit is based at Warner Bros. Programming featured on the network consists primarily of theatrically released motion pictures and original television programs as well as made-for-cable movies, documentaries, occasional comedy, and concert specials, and periodic interstitial programs (consisting of short films and making-of documentaries).
Apple introduced iTunes 6, enabling support for purchasing and viewing video content purchased from the iTunes Store. At launch, the store offered popular shows from the ABC network along with Disney Channel series. In 2008, Apple and select film studios introduced \"iTunes Digital Copy\", a feature on select DVDs and Blu-ray discs allowing a digital copy in iTunes and associated media players.
Max, formerly and in some markets still HBO Max, is an American subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming service. It is a proprietary unit of Warner Bros. Discovery Global Streaming & Interactive Entertainment, which is itself a division of Warner Bros. Discovery (WBD). First launched (as HBO Max) in the United States on May 27, 2020, the service offers content from the libraries of Warner Bros., Discovery Channel, HBO, CNN, Cartoon Network, Adult Swim, Animal Planet, Eurosport, and their related brands.
Netflix is an American subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming service. The service primarily distributes original and acquired films and television shows from various genres, and it is available internationally in multiple languages.
Paramount+ is an American subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming service owned by Paramount Global. The service's content is drawn primarily from the libraries of CBS Media Ventures, CBS Studios, Paramount Media Networks (formerly Viacom Media Networks and ViacomCBS Domestic Media Networks), and Paramount Pictures, while also including original series and films, live streaming sports coverage, and in the United States, live streaming of local CBS broadcast stations.
Peacock is an American over-the-top video streaming service owned and operated by Peacock TV LLC, a subsidiary of NBCUniversal Media Group. Named after the NBC logo, the service launched on July 15, 2020. The service primarily features series and film content from NBCUniversal studios and other third-party content providers, including television series, films, news, and sports programming. The service is available in a grandfathered free ad-supported version with limited content, while premium tiers include a larger content library and access to additional NBC Sports, Hallmark Channel, and WWE content.
Paramount+ with Showtime, also known as Showtime (the former name of its main channel from 1976 to 2024, but still used for certain marketing and channel branding contexts), is an American premium television network and the flagship property of Showtime Networks, a sub-division of the Paramount Media Networks division of Paramount Global. Paramount+ with Showtime's programming includes original television series produced exclusively for the linear network and developed for the co-owned Paramount+ streaming service, theatrically released and independent motion pictures, documentaries, and occasional stand-up comedy specials, made-for-TV movies and softcore adult programming.
Stan is an Australian over-the-top streaming service. The service offers a broad range of film and television content from both local and foreign productions, particularly from the United States and United Kingdom. Stan also includes a growing library of their own original film and television content. With over 2.6 million subscribers, as of June 2023 Stan is the fourth largest streaming service in Australia, behind Disney+, Amazon Prime Video and Netflix.
Syfy is an American basic cable television channel. Launched on September 24, 1992, the channel broadcasts programming relating to the science fiction, horror, and fantasy genres.
Disney+ Hotstar is an Indian subscription video-on-demand over-the-top streaming service owned by Disney Star, a subsidiary of the Disney Entertainment business segment of The Walt Disney Company, featuring domestic Indian film, television and sports content for India itself and its worldwide diaspora. It also includes imported content from and serves Southeast Asia as well.
TVING (Korean: \ud2f0\ube59) is a South Korean subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming service operated by TVING Corporation, It is a platform that streams dramas, entertainment shows, animations, exclusive television films, specials and documentaries.
Viu (pronounced as view) is a Hong Kong-based over-the-top (OTT) video streaming provider, Viu delivers content in different genres from Asia's top content providers with local language subtitles, as well as original production series under the Viu Original initiative (similar to original programming from other services like Disney+, Amazon Prime Video and Netflix).
NLZIET is the online service of Dutch broadcasters that provides non-stop tv, commercial-free. The streaming service brings the best of all channels straight to your preferred device and lets you see your favorite tv content in high quality on all available platforms; anytime and anywhere.
Videoland is a Dutch OTT online service provider owned by RTL Nederland. Originally it was a retail chain of video rental stores. Its main competitor is Netflix.
ITVX (formerly ITV Hub) is a British ad-supported video-on-demand streaming service operated by ITV. The service offers original content from the broadcaster, as well as some exclusive and licensed programming.
Now (formerly Now TV and often stylised as NOW) is a subscription over-the-top streaming television service operated by British satellite television provider Sky Group.
The Canadian Broadcasting Corporation (French: Soci\u00e9t\u00e9 Radio-Canada), branded as CBC/Radio-Canada, is the Canadian public broadcaster for both radio and television. It is a Crown corporation that serves as the national public broadcaster, with its English-language and French-language service units known as CBC and Radio-Canada, respectively.
CBC Gem
From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
CBC Gem is CBC Television's over-the-top streaming platform; it launched in 2018, replacing the existing CBC TV app. The service carries live and on-demand programming from CBC Television, CBC News, and CBC Sports, as well as short- and long-form original programming and acquisitions (including films and television series).
Crave (originally CraveTV) is a Canadian subscription video on demand service. The service competes directly with other subscription-based over-the-top streaming services operating in Canada, primarily against American-based services. The service features Bell Media original programming, exclusive Canadian access to programming acquired from several U.S. television and streaming services, and various theatrically-released films. Crave's major programming supplier is Warner Bros. Discovery (HBO / Max and Warner Bros. films). Starz, offered in partnership with Lionsgate.
Discovery+ (pronounced \"Discovery Plus\"; stylized as discovery+) is an American subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming service owned by Warner Bros. Discovery (WBD). The service focuses on factual programming drawn from the libraries of Discovery's main channel brands, as well as original series (including spin-offs of programs from Discovery's television networks), and other acquired content.
Star+ (Star Plus; stylized as ST\u2605R+) is a subscription video on-demand over-the-top streaming service available in almost all Ibero-American states. The service is owned by The Walt Disney Company through the Disney Entertainment division and business segment.
In December 2023, it was confirmed that Star+ will be merged into Disney+ in the second quarter of 2024 with all of its content, including live sports from ESPN, migrating to Disney+ and its standalone app being discontinued.
Quibi (/\u02c8kw\u026abi/ KWIB-ee) was an American short-form streaming platform, It launched in April 2020, but shut down in December 2020 after falling short of its subscriber projections.
Some streaming services have UHD releases that are generally better than their HD counterparts. The UHD Streaming Boost custom format increases those streaming services' scores appropriately for UHD releases. Use this in conjunction with the regular streaming service custom formats.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#uhd-streaming-cut","title":"UHD Streaming Cut","text":"UHD Streaming Cut - [Click to show/hide]
Some streaming services have UHD releases that are generally worse than their HD counterparts. The UHD Streaming Cut custom format decreases those streaming services' scores appropriately for UHD releases. Use this in conjunction with the regular streaming service custom formats.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#anime-web-tier-01-muxers","title":"Anime Web Tier 01 (Muxers)","text":"Anime Web Tier 01 (Muxers) - [Click to show/hide]
Groups that do the best releases as per SeaDex. They are more consistent and trump others
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#anime-web-tier-02-top-fansubs","title":"Anime Web Tier 02 (Top FanSubs)","text":"Anime Web Tier 02 (Top FanSubs) - [Click to show/hide]
Groups that do the best releases as per SeaDex. They are more consistent and trump others
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#anime-web-tier-03-official-subs","title":"Anime Web Tier 03 (Official Subs)","text":"Anime Web Tier 03 (Official Subs) - [Click to show/hide]
Official sub-groups that tend to be more consistent and release fast
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#anime-web-tier-04-official-subs","title":"Anime Web Tier 04 (Official Subs)","text":"Anime Web Tier 04 (Official Subs) - [Click to show/hide]
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#anime-web-tier-05-fansubs","title":"Anime Web Tier 05 (FanSubs)","text":"Anime Web Tier 05 (FanSubs) - [Click to show/hide]
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#anime-web-tier-06-fansubs","title":"Anime Web Tier 06 (FanSubs)","text":"Anime Web Tier 06 (FanSubs) - [Click to show/hide]
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#french-audio-version","title":"French Audio Version","text":""},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#multi-french","title":"Multi-French","text":"Multi-French - [Click to show/hide]
Recognize movies that include the original and the French audio. Works only after import as it needs the result from FFprobe to get which audio tracks are present. Will rename the release to keep the recognition of 'Multi' by the Multi-Audio custom format.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#vostfr","title":"VOSTFR","text":"VOSTFR - [Click to show/hide]
Indicates soundtrack in the original language, with French subtitles. It should be noted that SUBFRENCH is included inside this Custom Format. However, SUB often means that the subtitle was embedded inside the picture (hardcoded). French releases tend to mix both, leading to some VOSTFR being labeled as SUBFRENCH and SUBFRENCH as VOSTFR.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#fansub","title":"FanSUB","text":"FanSUB - [Click to show/hide]
Action of subtitling a video for personal and non-professional purposes. The quality of FanSUBs can vary enormously (accuracy of translation, mistakes, etc.) and could lead to so-called FastSUBs.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-collection-of-custom-formats/#fr-hd-bluray-tier-01","title":"FR HD Bluray Tier 01","text":"FR HD Bluray Tier 01 - [Click to show/hide]
WIP
Groups that create encodes from remuxes without micro-sizing them.
Groups that add the best French audio track to an English release from Tier 01 or 02.
Groups that have a minimum of great releases (best encode in its class 1080p and lower).
Groups with no or little activity that have at some point made an interesting release which is either the only one available (in VOSTFR/MULTi) or still top of its category.
Groups that haven't released much or are not well recognized. (yet)
Groups doing only anime that have retired (or no longer exist) and may not have the best quality by today's standards.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-how-to-update-custom-formats/","title":"How to update Custom Formats","text":"
Here we will try to explain how you can manually update Custom Formats for Sonarr v3+, With any changes from the guide or changes provided to you from other sources, without losing the scoring in your Quality Profile.
Keep in mind Custom Formats are made to fine-tune your Quality Profile.Generally, quality trumps all
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-how-to-update-custom-formats/#how-to-copypaste-the-json","title":"How to Copy/Paste the JSON","text":"
The manual way is almost the same as the Import Custom Format way found HERE
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-how-to-update-custom-formats/#open-the-custom-format-you-want-to-update","title":"Open the Custom Format you want to update","text":""},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-how-to-update-custom-formats/#paste-the-custom-format","title":"Paste the Custom Format","text":"
In the empty Custom Format JSON box (1) you just paste the JSON that you got from the Custom Format Collection or provided to you from other sources followed by the Import button (2).
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-how-to-update-custom-formats/#save-the-custom-format","title":"Save the Custom Format","text":"
After selecting the Import button you will get a screen that has all the Custom Format variables filled in correctly, all you need to do now is click on the Save button and you're done.
The Import to update existing Custom Formats replaces the existing Custom Format, so all manual changes you did to it will be lost
You can also use a Guide sync tool to sync the Custom Formats or even the complete quality profile(s).
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-import-custom-formats/","title":"How to import Custom Formats","text":"
Here we will try to explain how you can manually import Custom Formats for Sonarr v4+.
Keep in mind Custom Formats are made to fine-tune your Quality Profile.Generally, quality trumps all
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-import-custom-formats/#how-to-copypaste-the-json-from-the-site","title":"How to Copy/Paste the JSON from the site","text":"
In this example, we will use the BR-DISK Custom Format, the one most people don't want to download anyway. And if you do, then you probably don't use any of the Starr apps or Plex, being both don't support it.
Visit the Collection of Custom Formats and select BR-DISK from the table.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-import-custom-formats/#expand-the-json-for-br-disk","title":"Expand the JSON for BR-DISK","text":"
Then click the copy icon in the top right corner
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-import-custom-formats/#how-to-import-a-json-custom-format","title":"How to import a JSON Custom Format","text":""},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-import-custom-formats/#in-sonarr","title":"In Sonarr","text":"
Settings => Custom Formats
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-import-custom-formats/#add-a-new-custom-format","title":"Add a new Custom Format","text":"
Then click on the to add a new Custom Format.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-import-custom-formats/#import-the-custom-format","title":"Import the Custom Format","text":"
Followed by the Import in the lower left.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-import-custom-formats/#paste-the-custom-format","title":"Paste the Custom Format","text":"
Paste the JSON in the empty Custom Format JSON box (1) that you got from the Custom Format Collection followed by the Import button (2).
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-import-custom-formats/#save-the-custom-format","title":"Save the Custom Format","text":"
After selecting the Import button you will get a screen that has all the Custom Formats variables filled in correctly, all you need to do now is click on the Save button and you're done.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-import-custom-formats/#setup-the-scores-in-your-quality-profile","title":"Setup the scores in your Quality Profile","text":"
After you've added the Custom Formats, You will need to set it up in the Quality Profile you want to use/prefer to make use of the Custom Formats. How this is done is explained HERE
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-import-custom-formats/#start-adding-other-custom-formats-wisely","title":"Start adding other Custom Formats wisely","text":"
Start adding more Custom Formats wisely, Don't add all the available Custom Formats!!!
Check out the How to set up Custom Formats where we will explain how to make the most use of custom formats and show some personal examples that I'm using. You can use these examples to get an idea of how to set up yours.
You can also use a Guide sync tool to sync the Custom Formats or even the complete quality profile(s).
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-anime/","title":"How to setup Quality Profiles Anime","text":"
aka How to set up Custom Formats (Anime)
Warning
You must be running Sonarr V4 to be able to use this setup.
Note
This guide is created and maintained by FonduemangVI and rg9400
It's recommended to run two Sonarr instances. One for Anime and one for normal TV shows, or you can make use of Quality Profiles and score different Custom Formats (CFs) as required.
This guide aims to grab the best release overall (as per SeaDex) and not necessarily just dual audio. The vast majority of releases can be found on Nyaa or AB
Nyaa is a public tracker while AB is an invite-only tracker.
When adding a new series make sure you set the series type to Anime
example - [Click to show/hide] "},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-anime/#recommended-naming-scheme","title":"Recommended naming scheme","text":"
We need to create a new profile called Remux-1080p - Anime due to the way anime can be named we will need to merge a few qualities - see here for an example.
We need to add Bluray-1080p Remux and Bluray-1080p into a group together, HDTV-1080p into the same group as WEBDL-1080p and WEBRip-1080p, and HDTV-720p into the same group as WEBDL-720p and WEBRip-720p so that the scoring will work correctly.
Go to Settings => Profiles
We then need to select and organize the qualities as seen below.
The scoring that has been set is the recommended scoring, however, some of the CFs are optional depending on what you prefer. Anime Dual Audio, Uncensored and 10bit can be given positive scores if you want to prefer content with these attributes.
Anime Raws and Dubs Only are negatively scored, however, if you prefer these attributes you can give them a positive score.
Once the custom formats have been imported you can set the scores as above. To do this go to Settings => Profiles and select the Remux-1080p - Anime profile that was set up before.
In the profile enter the scores as per the above table in this section.
After you are done it should look similar to the image above, but using the current Guide Scores from the above tables.
If you prefer Dual Audio releases you have a few options depending on your preference.
If you want to prefer Dual Audio within the same tier give the CF a score of 10, if you want it to be preferred a tier above give the CF a score of 101, and if you want to prefer it over any tiers give the CF a score of 2000.
If you must have Dual Audio releases set the Minimum Custom Format Score to 2000 in the Remux-1080p - Anime profile that you setup earlier.
Using this scoring you will still benefit from the tiers if a better release group does a Dual Audio release.
Below is an example of the scoring set to prefer Dual Audio over any tier.
Most BDs are uncensored by default, so most groups do not include that in the name.
If you prefer Uncensored releases you have a few options depending on your preference.
If you want to prefer Uncensored within the same tier give the CF a score of 10, if you want it to be preferred a tier above give the CF a score of 101.
Using this scoring you will still benefit from the tiers if a better release group does an Uncensored release.
Below is an example of the scoring set to prefer Uncensored a tier above.
rg9400 (Building the Custom Formats, Guidance on anime groups and sharing general knowledge.)
V01 from SeaDex (Guidance on anime groups and sharing general knowledge.)
Drazzilb (Guidance on anime groups, testing and sharing general knowledge.)
TRaSH (For allowing me to utilize his website for our guide and sharing general knowledge.)
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-en/","title":"How to set up Quality Profiles (French)","text":"
This guide is created and maintained by Someone Said \"Nice\"?
Cette page est aussi disponible en Fran\u00e7ais: Guide en Fran\u00e7ais.
So what is the best way to set up the Custom Formats and which one to use with which scores to get French and English Audio?
Keep in mind that most releases are MULTi (understand DUAL audio, original and French audio) and it can be difficult to only have French audio, unless you are willing to get 720p, or you are only looking for French TV shows.
Regarding quality there isn't a best setup, it depends on your setup (hardware devices) and your own personal preferences. Some prefer high-quality audio (HD Audio), others high-quality video. Many prefer both.
TRaSH created a flowchart to make your decision/choices easier. Remember that this chart does not include any of the following Custom Formats and you will still need to read this guide to get MULTi releases.
You must follow and understand what is envisioned by Trash's guide:
Adding Custom Formats, as explained in How to import Custom Formats.
Setting up a quality Profile to make use of the Custom Formats, as explained in How to set up Quality Profiles | Basics section.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-en/#i-am-only-interested-in-french-subs-vostfr","title":"I am only interested in French subs (VOSTFR)","text":"
There is two options:
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-en/#using-trashs-guide-and-bazarr","title":"Using TRaSH's guide and Bazarr","text":"
This is the preferred method.
Set up Sonarr using How to set up Quality Profiles | Which Quality Profile should you choose.
Set up Bazarr. It will do an amazing job of getting your subtitle on every show.
Enjoy your shows with subs.
(Optional) Add the VOSTFR Custom Format with a score of 1000.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-en/#using-the-following-examples-and-the-vostfr-custom-format","title":"Using the following examples and the VOSTFR Custom Format","text":"
Continue to read this page.
Ignore any mention of MULTi Custom Formats.
Add the VOSTFR Custom Format with a score of 1000.
There are two ways of using those French Custom Formats, with and without the Guide's original Group tiers (which can be found here: Collection of Custom Formats). To illustrate this, you will see an \"Original mix (optional)\" section in each of the examples below. You need to understand that if you add the Custom Formats from this optional section if Sonarr does not find a MULTi you will still have a good scoring for single audio.
Attention
If you use the \"Original mix (optional)\". You need to understand that even if in the beginning the main focus of those French Custom Formats is to work alongside the original ones. You could end up with a single audio release when a MULTi release exists. This is because it was not scored high enough to trump the other scoring.
An example of Anime in MULTi/VOSTFR is also provided at the end: Anime Example
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-en/#examples-of-quality-profile","title":"Examples of Quality Profile","text":"
Attention
All the used scores and combinations of Custom Formats in this Guide are tested to get the desired results while preventing download loops as much as possible.
From experience, most of the time when people change scores or leave out certain CFs that work together - they end up with undesired results.
If you're unsure or have questions, do not hesitate to ask for help on Discord
Those are all optional and only there to rename your release or to prefer a certain type of French Audio. Examples:
You prefer VFF (including VFI and VF2) audio, in this case, you will put them at 101 instead of 0.
You only want VOSTFR, in this case, you will ignore any mention of MULTi Custom Formats and give the VOSTFR Custom Format a score of 1000.
Attention
It is not recommended to put any of the VF Custom Formats (VFF, VFQ, VQ, VFB, VFI, VF2) to a negative score. Instead, increase the score of your preferred audio.
Explanation - [Click to show/hide] Acronyms French Explanation English Explanation TRUEFRENCH or VFF Version Francophone Fran\u00e7aise (doublage r\u00e9alis\u00e9 en France) Full French version (dubbing done in France) FRENCH or VF[1] Version Francophone (normalement equivalent \u00e0 la VFQ) French version (normally equivalent to VFQ) VOF Version Originale Fran\u00e7aise Original French Version VFI Version Francophone Internationale International French Version VFQ Version Francophone Qu\u00e9b\u00e9coise Canadian French Version VOQ Version Original Qu\u00e9b\u00e9coise (ex: Bon Cop, Bad Cop) Quebec Original Version (ex: Bon Cop, Bad Cop) VQ Version Qu\u00e9b\u00e9coise (accent Qu\u00e9b\u00e9cois important, ex: Les Simpsons le film) Quebec Version (strong Quebec accent, ex: The Simpsons movie) VFB Version Francophone Belge Belgian French Version VF[1-9] or FR[1-9] Indique le nombre de doublage pr\u00e9sent (normalement VF2 soit VFF et VFQ) Indicates the number of dubs present (normally VF2 being VFF and VFQ) VOSTFR[2] Indique que l'audio est dans la langue originale, avec des sous-titres en fran\u00e7ais. Indicates soundtrack in the original language, with French subtitles
[1] VF is included under the VFQ Custom Format, but it should be noted that it was often mismatched with VFF instead of VFQ pre-2022.
[2] It should be noted that SUBFRENCH is included in this Custom Format. However, SUB often means that the subtitle was embedded inside the picture (hardcoded). French releases tend to mix the two, leading to some VOSTFR being labelled as SUBFRENCH and SUBFRENCH as VOSTFR.
Indexers renaming in Prowlarr
Some Indexers in Prowlarr can rename MULTi releases to MULTi.TRUEFRENCH or MULTi.FRENCH. It is not recommend to use such a feature along with those Custom Formats as it can lead to false positives from the VFF, VFQ and VQ Custom Formats.
French Audio Versions - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Trash ID VFF 2c29a39a4fdfd6d258799bc4c09731b9 VOF 7ae924ee9b2f39df3283c6c0beb8a2aa VFI b6816a0e1d4b64bf3550ad3b74b009b6 VF2 34789ec3caa819f087e23bbf9999daf7 VFQ 7a7f4e4f58bd1058440236d033a90b67 VOQ 802dd70b856c423a9b0cb7f34ac42be1 VQ 82085412d9a53ba8d8e46fc624eb701d VFB 0ce1e39a4676c6692ce47935278dac76 VOSTFR 07a32f77690263bb9fda1842db7e273f"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-en/#french-speaking-streaming-services","title":"French Speaking Streaming Services","text":"
Those are all optional and only there for information does not have a score attached. This is because few releases are tagged with them, so scoring them is difficult. Moreover, streaming services covered by TRaSH's guide are often of better quality than the following.
French Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Trash ID CANAL+ f27d46a831e6b16fa3fee2c4e5d10984 SALTO 0455d6519a550dbf648c97b56e7231d2 RTBF b0d6195c23ae254932da00512db7e8a8 Info - [Click to show/hide]
CANAL+/MyCANAL: Canal+ (Canal Plus, sometimes abbreviated C+ or Canal) is a French premium television channel launched in 1984. The channel broadcasts several kinds of programming, mostly encrypted. The channel does not broadcast advertising, except when broadcasting on free-to-air slots. Almost all foreign films and series are broadcast in their original language with French subtitles. MyCANAL is its streaming service.
SALTO: Salto (stylized as S\u2c6fLTO) is a French subscription streaming service. A joint venture between France T\u00e9l\u00e9visions, the TF1 Group and the Groupe M6, it was launched on October 20, 2020.
RTBF: The Radio-t\u00e9l\u00e9vision belge de la Communaut\u00e9 fran\u00e7aise is a public service broadcaster delivering radio and television services to the French-speaking Community of Belgium, in Wallonia and Brussels.
For this Quality Profile we're going to make use of the following Custom Formats with the scores given in the table.
Attention
All the used scores and combinations of Custom Formats in this Guide are tested to get the desired results while preventing download loops as much as possible.
From experience, most of the time when people change scores or leave out certain CFs that work together - they end up with undesired results.
If you're unsure or have questions, do not hesitate to ask for help on Discord
Multi Audio - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Multi-Audio 300 2f6e84efc47246ec9071e311e71c4953 French Audio 1 4721382d9ee05f1b4967a25e75072911 Multi-French 0 7982e39789f17864f57b11f1996844f4 Breakdown and Why - [Click to show/hide]
Multi-Audio: This is a custom format to help Sonarr recognize MULTi audio releases.
Tip
You can safely replace the original Multi Custom Format from the Guide with it.
French Audio: This is a custom format to help Sonarr recognize release with French audio. It is optional and only gives a small boost if the release indeed possesses French audio.
Multi-French: This is a custom format that will rename your file with Multi-French.
How it works
When Sonarr finds a release with MULTi, it will allocate a 300 score to it thanks to the Multi-Audio custom format. If the release contains at least both the original audio and French audio, it will be renamed by the Multi-French. Allowing the release to keep the 300 score from the Multi-Audio Custom Format.
Unwanted - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 85c61753df5da1fb2aab6f2a47426b09 LQ -10000 9c11cd3f07101cdba90a2d81cf0e56b4 FR LQ -10000 3ba797e5dc13af4b8d9bb25e83d90de2 x265 (HD) -10000 47435ece6b99a0b477caf360e79ba0bb Extras -10000 fbcb31d8dabd2a319072b84fc0b7249c
Breakdown and Why
BR-DISK : This is a custom format to help Sonarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
LQ: A collection of known low-quality groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
FR LQ: A collection of known low-quality French groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
x265 (HD): This blocks 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265. - More info HERE.
Don't use this together with x265 (no HDR/DV), Only ever include one of them
Extras: This blocks/ignores extras
Type of FanSubs - [Click to show/hide]
Those Custom Formats are optionals and allow to know which type of FanSubs your releases have. Only the FastSub is not wanted as it is often done too quickly and are often not well done. If you do not want FanSub either you should also score it to -10000.
Custom Format Score Trash ID FanSUB 0 84f0acbda9c0c9de783894fb66df25aa FastSUB -10000 ea0bb4b6ba388992fad1092703b5ff7b Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 ec8fa7296b64e8cd390a1600981f3923 Repack v2 6 eb3d5cc0a2be0db205fb823640db6a3c Repack v3 7 44e7c4de10ae50265753082e5dc76047 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Sonarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
General Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 70 d660701077794679fd59e8bdf4ce3a29 ATVP 100 f67c9ca88f463a48346062e8ad07713f CC 50 77a7b25585c18af08f60b1547bb9b4fb DCU 50 36b72f59f4ea20aad9316f475f2d9fbb DSNP 100 89358767a60cc28783cdc3d0be9388a4 HMAX 80 a880d6abc21e7c16884f3ae393f84179 HBO 50 7a235133c87f7da4c8cccceca7e3c7a6 HULU 50 f6cce30f1733d5c8194222a7507909bb iT 50 0ac24a2a68a9700bcb7eeca8e5cd644c MAX 90 81d1fbf600e2540cee87f3a23f9d3c1c NF 60 d34870697c9db575f17700212167be23 PMTP 60 c67a75ae4a1715f2bb4d492755ba4195 PCOK 60 1656adc6d7bb2c8cca6acfb6592db421 SHO 50 ae58039e1319178e6be73caab5c42166 STAN 60 1efe8da11bfd74fbbcd4d8117ddb9213 SYFY 50 9623c5c9cac8e939c1b9aedd32f640bf HQ Source Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID FR WEB Tier 01 1700 ddb8eaa9c85a549c50034d280539d54d FR WEB Tier 02 1650 a4c51febd4d8b2a0db10a3c974f21d92 FR WEB Tier 03 1600 dbfc0a4b5cb4cbd693311c4482ae9683 FR Scene Groups 1500 2f3422339d185eb227a324644a2fbfca
Tip
French Scene groups are included as a fallback if you really want MULTi release despite a potential loss in quality. Either score the CF to 1500 (default) or 0 depending on what you want to achieve.
Original mix (optional) HQ Source Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID WEB Tier 01 1700 e6258996055b9fbab7e9cb2f75819294 WEB Tier 02 1650 58790d4e2fdcd9733aa7ae68ba2bb503 WEB Tier 03 1600 d84935abd3f8556dcd51d4f27e22d0a6 WEB Scene 1600 d0c516558625b04b363fa6c5c2c7cfd4
Info
= The reason why this Custom Format gets positively scored is because it's the only quality scene group that exists (up until now). Scene groups don't add a streaming service to their release names, so the score is adjusted to take this into account.
Audio Advanced Custom Formats are not included in the WEB profile, as you will hardly find HD audio with WEB-DL (only newer WEBDL will have Atmos). If you also want HD audio formats it is suggested to go for the Remuxes.
Use the following main settings in your profile.
For some older shows, you might want to enable the WEB 720p or even the HDTV 1080p.
Info
The order listed in the profile matters even if a quality is not checked, for example if you have a 1080p version but wanted the SD version, Radarr will reject all SD results because 1080p is listed higher than SD even though 1080p was not checked.
Qualities at the top of the list will appear first in manual searches.
Qualities higher in the list are more preferred even if not checked.
Qualities within the same group are equal.
Only checked qualities are wanted.
This is why it's recommended to move the selected quality to the top of the list.
Source: Wiki Servarr
The following workflow will be applied:
It will download WEB-DL 1080p. (If you also enabled WEB 720p and/or HDTV 1080p it will upgrade till Upgrade Until)
The downloaded media will be upgraded to any of the added Custom Formats until a score of 10000.
The only deal breaker with 2160p is when you get them with DV/HDR, 2160p without DV/HDR is a minimal profit.
All HDR Formats - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I choose All HDR formats ?
You have a 4K/2160p TV and a hardware media player device (such as Roku, AppleTV, Shield, SmartTV App, etc.) that supports several HDR formats (such as Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, etc.).
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
You've chosen a profile that includes 4K/2160p releases. You must use all the HDR formats with 4k/2160p profiles.
You must add ALL the HDR formats - don't leave any of them out!
Why am I getting purple or green colors? - [Click to show/hide]
Why am I getting purple or green colors?
There are several possible reasons why your TV would show purple or green colors when playing Dolby Vision content.
Unsupported Hardware: Your TV or hardware media player device (Roku, AppleTV, etc) doesn't support Dolby Vision or your hardware media player device doesn't support all the Dolby Vision Profiles. As a result, the device might struggle to produce accurate colors, leading to a purple or green tint.
Incorrect Display Settings: Dolby Vision content often requires specific settings to be enabled on your TV or display device in order to deliver the intended visual experience. If these settings are not configured properly, it can result in the device showing distorted colors (including purple or green hues).
HDMI Compatibility Issues: Sometimes, HDMI cables or ports may not be fully compatible with Dolby Vision. If the media player device is not recognizing the Dolby Vision signal properly, it may fail to process the content correctly, resulting in abnormal color rendering.
To resolve the purple or green color issues when playing Dolby Vision content, you can try the following troubleshooting steps:
Ensure your TV or hardware media player device is Dolby Vision compatible and up-to-date with the latest firmware.
Verify that your TV or display device is set up correctly and has the necessary Dolby Vision settings enabled.
Check the HDMI cables and ensure they are capable of transmitting Dolby Vision signals.
Dolby Vision Profiles - [Click to show/hide]
Dolby Vision Profiles
Profile 5 (1) - This is what comes with WEB-DL Dolby Vision releases without HDR10 fallback.(Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens)
Profile 7 (2) - This is what comes with UHD Bluray Remuxes and UHD BluRay releases.These files will play on an Nvidia Shield Pro (2019), but on most other players will revert to the HDR10 fallback.
Profile 8 (3) - This is what comes with (Hybrid) WEB-DL (HULU), Hybrid UHD Remux, and UHD BluRay releases (all of which have HDR10 fallback).This works with several mainstream media players.
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
(1) PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse will only play profile 5 correctly if CMv2.9 is used
(2) Neither Infuse nor PLEX for AppleTV will deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 7.
(3) On PLEX for AppleTV it won't deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 8, and will only play the HDR10 fallback if CM2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201calthough your TV will incorrectly say that it is playing DV\u201d.With infuse it will convert it on the fly to Profile 5, and deliver real Dolby Vision if CMv2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201cMake sure you set the Extended Dolby Vision settings to Limited (prefer accuracy), Convert P8 to P5 (when possible), and play other P8 as HDR (output will switch to either DoVi or HDR depending on the video)\u201d
Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 and CMv4.0 - [Click to show/hide]
It is too technical to explain in detail, so I'll keep it short with tested facts: PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse only support CMv2.9.
There are two versions of Dolby Vision, namely CMv2.9 and CMv4.0. CMv4.0 uses an improved algorithm and a superior tone curve that allows for better mapping and more controls during the Dolby Vision trim pass process.
More info about the different Dolby Vision Versions: Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 vs. CMv4.0
Which HDR Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID DV HDR10+ 1500 2b239ed870daba8126a53bd5dc8dc1c8 DV HDR10 1500 7878c33f1963fefb3d6c8657d46c2f0a DV 1500 6d0d8de7b57e35518ac0308b0ddf404e DV HLG 1500 1f733af03141f068a540eec352589a89 DV SDR 1500 27954b0a80aab882522a88a4d9eae1cd HDR10+ 600 a3d82cbef5039f8d295478d28a887159 HDR10 500 3497799d29a085e2ac2df9d468413c94 HDR 500 3e2c4e748b64a1a1118e0ea3f4cf6875 HDR (undefined) 500 bb019e1cd00f304f80971c965de064dc PQ 500 2a7e3be05d3861d6df7171ec74cad727 HLG 500 17e889ce13117940092308f48b48b45b Add Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000 - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
Not all devices in your chain support Dolby Vision.
You share your media library with other family members that don't have Dolby Vision compatible devices.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
Custom Format Score Trash ID DV (WEBDL) -10000 9b27ab6498ec0f31a3353992e19434ca Add the Custom Formats DV HDR10+ Boost and HDR10+ Boost - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
You have a (Samsung) TV that supports HDR10+.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
If you use this Custom Format then 99% of the time you also need to add the following Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000
Custom Format Score Trash ID HDR10+ Boost 901 0dad0a507451acddd754fe6dc3a7f5e7 DV HDR10+ Boost 100 385e9e8581d33133c3961bdcdeffb7b4 Multi Audio - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Multi-Audio 300 2f6e84efc47246ec9071e311e71c4953 French Audio 1 4721382d9ee05f1b4967a25e75072911 Multi-French 0 7982e39789f17864f57b11f1996844f4 Breakdown and Why - [Click to show/hide]
Multi-Audio: This is a custom format to help Sonarr recognize MULTi audio releases.
Tip
You can safely replace the original Multi Custom Format from the Guide with it.
French Audio: This is a custom format to help Sonarr recognize release with French audio. It is optional and only gives a small boost if the release indeed possesses French audio.
Multi-French: This is a custom format that will rename your file with Multi-French.
How it works
When Sonarr finds a release with MULTi, it will allocate a 300 score to it thanks to the Multi-Audio custom format. If the release contains at least both the original audio and French audio, it will be renamed by the Multi-French. Allowing the release to keep the 300 score from the Multi-Audio Custom Format.
Unwanted - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 85c61753df5da1fb2aab6f2a47426b09 LQ -10000 9c11cd3f07101cdba90a2d81cf0e56b4 FR LQ -10000 3ba797e5dc13af4b8d9bb25e83d90de2 Extras -10000 fbcb31d8dabd2a319072b84fc0b7249c
Breakdown and Why
BR-DISK : This is a custom format to help Sonarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
LQ: A collection of known low-quality groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
FR LQ: A collection of known low-quality French groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
Extras: This blocks/ignores extras
Type of FanSubs - [Click to show/hide]
Those Custom Formats are optionals and allow to know which type of FanSubs your releases have. Only the FastSub is not wanted as it is often done too quickly and are often not well done. If you do not want FanSub either you should also score it to -10000.
Custom Format Score Trash ID FanSUB 0 84f0acbda9c0c9de783894fb66df25aa FastSUB -10000 ea0bb4b6ba388992fad1092703b5ff7b Miscellaneous UHD (Optional) - [Click to show/hide]
I recommend using the following Custom Formats
For details on \"Why\" and a potential warning please see the notes below.
x265 (no HDR/DV) over the x265 (HD)
SDR (no WEBDL) over the SDR
Custom Format Score Trash ID SDR -10000 2016d1676f5ee13a5b7257ff86ac9a93 SDR (no WEBDL) -10000 83304f261cf516bb208c18c54c0adf97 x265 (no HDR/DV) -10000 9b64dff695c2115facf1b6ea59c9bd07
Breakdown and Why
SDR: This will prevent grabbing UHD/4k releases without HDR Formats.
SDR (no WEBDL): This will prevent grabbing UHD/4k Remux and Bluray encode releases without HDR Formats. - i.e., SDR WEB releases will still be allowed since 4K SDR WEB releases can often look better than the 1080p version due to the improved bitrate.
If you have also added SDR to your Sonarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
x265 (no HDR/DV): This blocks 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265, But it will allow x265 releases if they have HDR and/or DV
If you have also added x265 (HD) to your Sonarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 ec8fa7296b64e8cd390a1600981f3923 Repack v2 6 eb3d5cc0a2be0db205fb823640db6a3c Repack v3 7 44e7c4de10ae50265753082e5dc76047 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Sonarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
General Streaming Services (UHD) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 70 d660701077794679fd59e8bdf4ce3a29 ATVP 100 f67c9ca88f463a48346062e8ad07713f CC 50 77a7b25585c18af08f60b1547bb9b4fb DCU 50 36b72f59f4ea20aad9316f475f2d9fbb DSNP 100 89358767a60cc28783cdc3d0be9388a4 HMAX 80 a880d6abc21e7c16884f3ae393f84179 HBO 50 7a235133c87f7da4c8cccceca7e3c7a6 HULU 50 f6cce30f1733d5c8194222a7507909bb iT 50 0ac24a2a68a9700bcb7eeca8e5cd644c MAX 90 81d1fbf600e2540cee87f3a23f9d3c1c NF 60 d34870697c9db575f17700212167be23 PMTP 60 c67a75ae4a1715f2bb4d492755ba4195 PCOK 60 1656adc6d7bb2c8cca6acfb6592db421 SHO 50 ae58039e1319178e6be73caab5c42166 STAN 60 1efe8da11bfd74fbbcd4d8117ddb9213 SYFY 50 9623c5c9cac8e939c1b9aedd32f640bf UHD Streaming Boost 20 43b3cf48cb385cd3eac608ee6bca7f09 UHD Streaming Cut -20 d2d299244a92b8a52d4921ce3897a256
UHD Streaming Boost and UHD Streaming Cut Custom Formats
Some streaming services have UHD releases that are generally better or worse than their HD counterparts. The UHD Streaming Boost and UHD Streaming Cut custom formats adjust those streaming services' scores appropriately for UHD releases.
These two custom formats must be included in your profile for UHD releases to be scored correctly.
HQ Source Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID FR WEB Tier 01 1700 ddb8eaa9c85a549c50034d280539d54d FR WEB Tier 02 1650 a4c51febd4d8b2a0db10a3c974f21d92 FR WEB Tier 03 1600 dbfc0a4b5cb4cbd693311c4482ae9683 FR Scene Groups 1500 2f3422339d185eb227a324644a2fbfca
Tip
French Scene groups are included as a fallback if you really want MULTi release despite a potential loss in quality. Either score the CF to 1500 (default) or 0 depending on what you want to achieve.
Original mix (optional) HQ Source Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID WEB Tier 01 1700 e6258996055b9fbab7e9cb2f75819294 WEB Tier 02 1650 58790d4e2fdcd9733aa7ae68ba2bb503 WEB Tier 03 1600 d84935abd3f8556dcd51d4f27e22d0a6 WEB Scene 1600 d0c516558625b04b363fa6c5c2c7cfd4
Info
= The reason why this Custom Format gets positively scored is because it's the only quality scene group that exists (up until now). Scene groups don't add a streaming service to their release names, so the score is adjusted to take this into account.
Use the following main settings in your profile.
The reason why WEB 1080p is merged with the 2160p is because some NF releases won't be released as 4k, but DV/HDR releases are still wanted. If you want to do the same make sure you replace x265 (HD) with x265 (no HDR/DV).
The following workflow will be applied:
It will download WEB-1080p with HDR/DV.
It will upgrade to WEB-2160p when available.
The downloaded media will be upgraded to any of the added Custom Formats until a score of 10000.
If you are looking to grab Anime with either French sub or MULTi audio (original + French).
Important
In a first time you should follow the original Anime Guide following sections:
How to set up Quality Profiles Anime | Media Management.
How to set up Quality Profiles Anime | Quality Settings.
How to set up Quality Profiles Anime | Quality Profile.
Do not continue before you read those three sections and you followed their instructions.
Original Scoring
Those are the original scoring from the Anime Guide and need to be followed depending what you want to achieve. It will unsure that if a VOSTFR or MULTi releases is not found you will still have a good quality releases:
Default Scoring: Default scoring that will insure that you have good English subbed releases at least.
Dual Audio: If you want to have Dual Audio releases (original and English audio) in case Sonarr does not find a VOSTFR or MULTi release.
Uncensored Scoring: If you prefer uncensored releases.
Careful to not add the VOSTFR Custom Format with a score of -10000 as stated in the original guide. Otherwise, you will hinder your chance to get \"French\" releases.
Only want VOSTFR anime
For this example if you prefer VOSTFR over potential MULTi/DUAL (original and French) audio releases, you should score the VOSTFR to 101, and disregard all the Multi and French version Custom Formats.
(Optional) You can also try to set up Bazarr to get French Sub. This is less preferred as fewer anime subs can be found online than from normal TV shows. However, it can be still a great backup.
Multi Audio - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Multi-Audio 300 2f6e84efc47246ec9071e311e71c4953 French Audio 1 4721382d9ee05f1b4967a25e75072911 Multi-French 0 7982e39789f17864f57b11f1996844f4 Breakdown and Why - [Click to show/hide]
Multi-Audio: This is a custom format to help Sonarr recognize MULTi audio releases.
Tip
You can safely replace the original Multi Custom Format from the Guide with it.
French Audio: This is a custom format to help Sonarr recognize release with French audio. It is optional and only gives a small boost if the release indeed possesses French audio.
Multi-French: This is a custom format that will rename your file with Multi-French.
How it works
When Sonarr finds a release with MULTi, it will allocate a 300 score to it thanks to the Multi-Audio custom format. If the release contains at least both the original audio and French audio, it will be renamed by the Multi-French. Allowing the release to keep the 300 score from the Multi-Audio Custom Format.
Unwanted - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 85c61753df5da1fb2aab6f2a47426b09 LQ -10000 9c11cd3f07101cdba90a2d81cf0e56b4 FR LQ -10000 3ba797e5dc13af4b8d9bb25e83d90de2 Extras -10000 fbcb31d8dabd2a319072b84fc0b7249c
Breakdown and Why
BR-DISK : This is a custom format to help Sonarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
LQ: A collection of known low-quality groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
FR LQ: A collection of known low-quality French groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
Extras: This blocks/ignores extras
Type of FanSubs - [Click to show/hide]
Those Custom Formats are optionals and allow to know which type of FanSubs your releases have. Only the FastSub is not wanted as it is often done too quickly and are often not well done. If you do not want FanSub either you should also score it to -10000.
Custom Format Score Trash ID FanSUB 0 84f0acbda9c0c9de783894fb66df25aa FastSUB -10000 ea0bb4b6ba388992fad1092703b5ff7b French Anime Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID CR 6 3e0b26604165f463f3e8e192261e7284 DSNP 5 89358767a60cc28783cdc3d0be9388a4 NF 4 d34870697c9db575f17700212167be23 AMZN 3 d660701077794679fd59e8bdf4ce3a29 ADN 3 d54cd2bf1326287275b56bccedb72ee2 VRV 3 44a8ee6403071dd7b8a3a8dd3fe8cb20 FUNi 2 1284d18e693de8efe0fe7d6b3e0b9170 B-Global 0 7dd31f3dee6d2ef8eeaa156e23c3857e Bilibili 0 4c67ff059210182b59cdd41697b8cb08 HIDIVE 0 570b03b3145a25011bf073274a407259 WKN 0 e5e6405d439dcd1af90962538acd4fe0 Info regarding ADN and WKN (French Streaming Services) - [Click to show/hide]
ADN: Animation Digital Network, abbreviated ADN, formerly Anime Digital Network, is a VoD and simulcast platform born from the merger between KZPlay, belonging to Kaz\u00e9, and Genzai, belonging to Kana Home Video, with the theme of broadcasting series and features Japanese and Franco-Belgian animated films.
WKN (or Wakanim): Wakanim was a French subscription video on-demand streaming service owned by U.S.-based Funimation. The service was specialized in the online streaming and simulcasting of Japanese anime series. It was also the first company to offer videos for download without digital rights management on anime series in Europe. The service was consolidated into Crunchyroll in March 2022.
HQ Source Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID FR Anime Tier 01 1650 db13a377f7afb29975ea39470434d2ef FR Anime Tier 02 1600 4e6134a384dbc0ef166234cc0e45d26d FR Anime Tier 03 1550 db34d4357937fbfe89b63ba095f22155 FR Scene Groups 1500 2f3422339d185eb227a324644a2fbfca FR Anime FanSub 1400 or 1000 44b6c964dad997577d793fd004a39224 FR HD Bluray Tier 01 (optional) 1150 d844321db5e126d2e7e46152f0706532 FR WEB Tier 01 (optional) 1100 ddb8eaa9c85a549c50034d280539d54d FR WEB Tier 02 (optional) 1100 a4c51febd4d8b2a0db10a3c974f21d92 FR WEB Tier 03 (optional) 1100 dbfc0a4b5cb4cbd693311c4482ae9683
Tip
French Scene groups are included and should be always added as some of the biggest releaser of French subbed and/or dubbed are from the French Scene.
FanSUB groups can either be scored either 1400 (default) or 1000 depending if you want to prefer FanSUB or SeaDex releases.
Original French Bluray/Web Tiers
They are optional and can be included or not. This is due because some of them tend to release some animes.
A big thanks to all the people who helped me to test those profiles and formats (and continue to do so).
A special one to MySuperChef, PrL and KoUiGnAmAnN for their time and explanations.
A special one to SeiyaGame, TheFrenchNaruto and Maxence which provided all of the Anime information.
A special one to Piou and Wikoul who are potentially both now in asylums due to the amount of testing.
TRaSH, for granting me a small space on his guide for this, his knowledge, and his friendliness.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/","title":"Comment configurer ses Profiles","text":"
Ce guide a \u00e9t\u00e9 cr\u00e9\u00e9 et est maintenu par Someone said \"Nice\"?
Quelle est la meilleure fa\u00e7on de configurer les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s (ou Custom Formats) et lesquels utiliser avec quel score pour obtenir une release avec un audio fran\u00e7ais et un anglais ?
Gardez \u00e0 l'esprit que la plupart des releases sont MULTi (comprenez double audio, original et fran\u00e7ais) et qu'il sera difficile d'avoir uniquement l'audio fran\u00e7ais, \u00e0 moins que vous ne soyez pr\u00eat \u00e0 obtenir du 720p, ou que vous ne recherchiez que des s\u00e9ries fran\u00e7aises.
Pour ce qui est de la qualit\u00e9, il n'y a pas de recette miracle, cela d\u00e9pend de votre installation (p\u00e9riph\u00e9riques) et de vos pr\u00e9f\u00e9rences personnelles.
Certains pr\u00e9f\u00e8rent une qualit\u00e9 audio \u00e9lev\u00e9e (HD Audio), d'autres une meilleure qualit\u00e9 vid\u00e9o. Nombreux sont ceux qui pr\u00e9f\u00e8rent les deux.
TRaSH a cr\u00e9\u00e9 un sch\u00e9ma pour faciliter votre d\u00e9cision/choix. Notez que ce graphique n'inclut aucun des Formats Personnalis\u00e9s de ce guide et que vous devrez quand m\u00eame le lire pour obtenir des releases en MULTi.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#notions-de-base","title":"Notions de base","text":"
Il est imp\u00e9ratif que vous respectiez et compreniez ce qui est propos\u00e9 par le guide de TRaSH (en anglais uniquement) :
L'ajout de Formats Personnalis\u00e9s, comme expliqu\u00e9 dans How to import Custom Formats.
La configuration d'un profil de qualit\u00e9 pour utiliser les formats personnalis\u00e9s, comme expliqu\u00e9 dans la section How to set up Quality Profiles | Basics section.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#je-ne-suis-interesse-que-par-des-films-sous-titres-en-francais-vostfr","title":"Je ne suis int\u00e9ress\u00e9 que par des films sous-titr\u00e9s en fran\u00e7ais (VOSTFR)","text":"
Deux options s'offre \u00e0 vous :
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#en-utilisant-le-guide-de-trash-et-bazarr","title":"En utilisant le guide de TRaSH et Bazarr","text":"
Il s'agit de la m\u00e9thode \u00e0 privil\u00e9gier.
Configurez Radarr en utilisant : How to set up Quality Profiles | Which Quality Profile should you choose. (en anglais).
Configurez Bazarr (en anglais). Il permet d'obtenir des sous-titres pour tous les films.
Profitez de vos films avec les sous-titres.
(Facultatif) Ajoutez le Format Personnalis\u00e9 VOSTFR avec un score de 1000.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#en-utilisant-les-exemples-suivants-et-le-format-personnalise-vostfr","title":"En utilisant les exemples suivants et le Format Personnalis\u00e9 VOSTFR","text":"
Continuez sur cette page.
Ignorez toute mention des Formats Personnalis\u00e9s MULTi.
Ajoutez le Format Personnalis\u00e9 VOSTFR avec un score de 1000.
Il y a deux fa\u00e7ons d'aborder les exemples ci-dessous. En utilisant ou non les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s de Groupes P2P du Guide original (qui peuvent \u00eatre trouv\u00e9s ici : Collection of Custom Formats). Afin d'illustrer ce principe, vous verrez une section \"Mix original (optionnel)\" dans chacun des exemples ci-dessous. Vous devez comprendre que si vous ajoutez les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s de cette section optionnelle, si Radarr ne trouve pas de MULTi, vous aurez toujours un bon score pour l'audio anglais.
Attention
Si vous utilisez le \"Mix original (optionnel)\". Vous devez comprendre que m\u00eame si l'objectif principal de ces Formats Personnalis\u00e9s est de travailler en parall\u00e8le avec les formats du guide original. Vous pouvez vous retrouver avec un seul audio alors qu'il existe une version MULTi. La raison est que la release n'a pas \u00e9t\u00e9 not\u00e9e assez haut pour l'emporter sur les autres scores.
Un exemple pour les Animes en MULTi/VOSTFR est \u00e9galement fourni \u00e0 la fin : Exemple pour les Animes
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#exemples-de-profil","title":"Exemples de Profil","text":"
Attention
All the used scores and combinations of Custom Formats in this Guide are tested to get the desired results while preventing download loops as much as possible.
From experience, most of the time when people change scores or leave out certain CFs that work together - they end up with undesired results.
If you're unsure or have questions, do not hesitate to ask for help on Discord
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#type-de-versions-francaises","title":"Type de versions fran\u00e7aises","text":"
Ces Formats sont optionnels et ne sont l\u00e0 que pour renommer votre fichier ou pour \u00e9viter un certain type de version fran\u00e7aise. Exemples :
Vous pr\u00e9f\u00e9rez l'audio VFF (y compris VFI et VF2), dans ce cas vous les placerez \u00e0 101 au lieu de 0.
Vous souhaitez seulement du VOSTFR, dans ce ce cas, ignorez toute mention des Formats Personnalis\u00e9s MULTi et donnez un score de 1000 au Format Personnalis\u00e9 VOSTFR.
Attention
Il n'est pas vraiment recommand\u00e9 d'attribuer un score n\u00e9gatif \u00e0 l'un des Formats Personnalis\u00e9s de VF (VFF, VFQ, VQ, VFB, VFI, VF2). Augmentez plut\u00f4t le score de votre format audio pr\u00e9f\u00e9r\u00e9.
Explications - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Acronymes D\u00e9finition fran\u00e7aise D\u00e9finition anglaise TRUEFRENCH or VFF Version Francophone Fran\u00e7aise (doublage r\u00e9alis\u00e9 en France) Full French version (dubbing done in France) FRENCH or VF[1] Version Francophone (normalement equivalent \u00e0 la VFQ) French version (normally equivalent to VFQ) VOF Version Originale Fran\u00e7aise Original French Version VFI Version Francophone Internationale International French Version VFQ Version Francophone Qu\u00e9b\u00e9coise Canadian French Version VOQ Version Original Qu\u00e9b\u00e9coise (ex: Bon Cop, Bad Cop) Quebec Original Version (ex: Bon Cop, Bad Cop) VQ Version Qu\u00e9b\u00e9coise (accent Qu\u00e9b\u00e9cois important, ex: Les Simpsons le film) Quebec Version (strong Quebec accent, ex: The Simpsons movie) VFB Version Francophone Belge Belgian French Version VF[1-9] or FR[1-9] Indique le nombre de doublage pr\u00e9sent (normalement VF2 soit VFF et VFQ) Indicates the number of dubs present (normally VF2 being VFF and VFQ) VOSTFR[2] Indique que l'audio est dans la langue originale, avec des sous-titres en fran\u00e7ais. Indicates soundtrack in the original language, with French subtitles
[1] VF est inclus dans le Format Personnalis\u00e9 VFQ, mais il convient de noter qu'il \u00e9tait souvent associ\u00e9 \u00e0 VFF au lieu de VFQ avant 2022.
[2] Il est \u00e0 noter que le SUBFRENCH est inclus dans ce Format Personnalis\u00e9. N\u00e9anmoins, SUB signifie souvent que le sous-titre a \u00e9t\u00e9 int\u00e9gr\u00e9 \u00e0 l'image (hardcoded). Les sorties fran\u00e7aises ont tendance \u00e0 m\u00e9langer les deux, ce qui fait que certains VOSTFR sont \u00e9tiquet\u00e9s comme SUBFRENCH et SUBFRENCH comme VOSTFR.
Indexers renaming in Prowlarr
Certains indexeurs dans Prowlarr peuvent renommer les versions MULTi en MULTi.TRUEFRENCH ou MULTi.FRENCH. L'utilisation de cette fonction n'est pas recommand\u00e9, car elle peut entra\u00eener des faux positifs avec les formats personnalis\u00e9s VFF, VFQ et VQ.
Tous ces \u00e9l\u00e9ments sont facultatifs et ne sont l\u00e0 qu'\u00e0 titre d'information et ne sont pas associ\u00e9s \u00e0 un score. Cela est d\u00fb au fait que peu de sorties sont marqu\u00e9es avec ces services, ce qui rend leur \u00e9valuation difficile. De plus, les services de streaming couverts par le guide de TRaSH sont souvent de meilleure qualit\u00e9.
Services de streaming en fran\u00e7ais - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Trash ID CANAL+ f27d46a831e6b16fa3fee2c4e5d10984 SALTO 0455d6519a550dbf648c97b56e7231d2 RTBF b0d6195c23ae254932da00512db7e8a8 Info - [Click to show/hide]
CANAL+/MyCANAL: Canal+ est une cha\u00eene de t\u00e9l\u00e9vision g\u00e9n\u00e9raliste nationale fran\u00e7aise priv\u00e9e \u00e0 p\u00e9age, ax\u00e9e sur le cin\u00e9ma et le sport. MyCanal, stylis\u00e9 en myCANAL, est un service fran\u00e7ais de distribution de contenu par Internet du groupe Canal+ lanc\u00e9 en d\u00e9cembre 2013. Il permet d\u2019acc\u00e9der aux programmes en direct et en replay des cha\u00eenes du groupe Canal+, mais aussi aux programmes des cha\u00eenes de la TNT gratuite fran\u00e7aise.
SALTO: Salto (stylis\u00e9 S\u2c6fLTO) est un service fran\u00e7ais de vid\u00e9o \u00e0 la demande par abonnement, qui propose des films et des s\u00e9ries ainsi que des documentaires et des \u00e9missions de divertissement.
RTBF: La Radio-t\u00e9l\u00e9vision belge de la Communaut\u00e9 fran\u00e7aise (RTBF) est une entreprise publique autonome \u00e0 caract\u00e8re culturel responsable du service public de la radio et de la t\u00e9l\u00e9vision pour la Communaut\u00e9 fran\u00e7aise de Belgique (Wallonie et Bruxelles).
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#trash-recommandations-en-anglais","title":"TRaSH recommandations (en anglais)","text":"
I suggest to follow the following Guides first.
Quality Settings (File Size).
Recommended naming scheme.
For this Quality Profile we're going to make use of the following Custom Formats with the scores given in the table.
Attention
All the used scores and combinations of Custom Formats in this Guide are tested to get the desired results while preventing download loops as much as possible.
From experience, most of the time when people change scores or leave out certain CFs that work together - they end up with undesired results.
If you're unsure or have questions, do not hesitate to ask for help on Discord
Si vous pr\u00e9f\u00e9rez les 720p/1080p WEBDL (WEB-1080p)
Multi Audio - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID Multi-Audio 300 2f6e84efc47246ec9071e311e71c4953 French Audio 1 4721382d9ee05f1b4967a25e75072911 Multi-French 0 7982e39789f17864f57b11f1996844f4 Description et objectifs - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Multi-Audio: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Sonarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre les releases aved plusieurs audios (MULTi).
Tip
Vous pouvez remplacer sans probl\u00e8me le Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi du Guide par celui-ci.
French Audio: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Sonarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre les versions ayant un audio francophone. Il est facultatif et ne donne un l\u00e9ger bonus que si la version poss\u00e8de effectivement un audio fran\u00e7ais.
Multi-French: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 qui renommera votre fichier avec Multi-French..
Comment fonctionne cette m\u00e9thode
Lorsque Sonarr trouve une version avec MULTi, il lui attribue le score de 300 gr\u00e2ce au Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-Audio. Si la version contient au moins l'audio original et l'audio fran\u00e7ais, elle sera renomm\u00e9e par le Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-French. Ce qui permet \u00e0 la version de conserver le score de 300 du Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-Audio.
BR-DISK : Il s'agit d'un format personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Sonarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre et \u00e0 ignorer les BR-DISK (ISO et structure de dossier Blu-ray) en plus de la qualit\u00e9 standard des BR-DISK.
LQ: Une collection de groupes P2P anglais qui sont souvent bannis des meilleurs trackers en raison de leur manque de qualit\u00e9 ou pour d'autres raisons.
FR LQ: Une collection de groupes P2P fran\u00e7ais qui sont souvent bannis des meilleurs trackers en raison de leur manque de qualit\u00e9 ou pour d'autres raisons.
x265 (HD): Ceci bloque/ignore les sorties 720/1080p (HD) qui sont encod\u00e9es en x265. - Plus d'informations ICI (en anglais).
Ne l'utilisez pas avec le Format Personnalis\u00e9 x265 (no HDR/DV)
Extras: Bloque les extras
Type de FanSubs - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Ces Formats Personnalis\u00e9s sont optionnels et permettent de savoir quel type de FanSubs vos versions poss\u00e8dent. Seul le FastSub n'est pas souhait\u00e9 car il est souvent fait trop rapidement et reste peu soign\u00e9. Si vous ne voulez pas de FanSub non plus, vous devez aussi lui donner un score de -10000.
Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID FanSUB 0 84f0acbda9c0c9de783894fb66df25aa FastSUB -10000 ea0bb4b6ba388992fad1092703b5ff7b Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 ec8fa7296b64e8cd390a1600981f3923 Repack v2 6 eb3d5cc0a2be0db205fb823640db6a3c Repack v3 7 44e7c4de10ae50265753082e5dc76047 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Sonarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
General Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 70 d660701077794679fd59e8bdf4ce3a29 ATVP 100 f67c9ca88f463a48346062e8ad07713f CC 50 77a7b25585c18af08f60b1547bb9b4fb DCU 50 36b72f59f4ea20aad9316f475f2d9fbb DSNP 100 89358767a60cc28783cdc3d0be9388a4 HMAX 80 a880d6abc21e7c16884f3ae393f84179 HBO 50 7a235133c87f7da4c8cccceca7e3c7a6 HULU 50 f6cce30f1733d5c8194222a7507909bb iT 50 0ac24a2a68a9700bcb7eeca8e5cd644c MAX 90 81d1fbf600e2540cee87f3a23f9d3c1c NF 60 d34870697c9db575f17700212167be23 PMTP 60 c67a75ae4a1715f2bb4d492755ba4195 PCOK 60 1656adc6d7bb2c8cca6acfb6592db421 SHO 50 ae58039e1319178e6be73caab5c42166 STAN 60 1efe8da11bfd74fbbcd4d8117ddb9213 SYFY 50 9623c5c9cac8e939c1b9aedd32f640bf HQ Source Groups - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID FR WEB Tier 01 1700 ddb8eaa9c85a549c50034d280539d54d FR WEB Tier 02 1650 a4c51febd4d8b2a0db10a3c974f21d92 FR WEB Tier 03 1600 dbfc0a4b5cb4cbd693311c4482ae9683 FR Scene Groups 1500 2f3422339d185eb227a324644a2fbfca
Tip
Les groupes de la Sc\u00e8ne fran\u00e7aise sont inclus comme substitut si vous voulez vraiment une version MULTi malgr\u00e9 une \u00e9ventuelle perte de qualit\u00e9. Vous pouvez lui attribuer un score de 1500 (par d\u00e9faut) ou de 0 selon ce que vous voulez obtenir.
Mix original (optionnel) HQ Source Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID WEB Tier 01 1700 e6258996055b9fbab7e9cb2f75819294 WEB Tier 02 1650 58790d4e2fdcd9733aa7ae68ba2bb503 WEB Tier 03 1600 d84935abd3f8556dcd51d4f27e22d0a6 WEB Scene 1600 d0c516558625b04b363fa6c5c2c7cfd4
Info
= The reason why this Custom Format gets positively scored is because it's the only quality scene group that exists (up until now). Scene groups don't add a streaming service to their release names, so the score is adjusted to take this into account.
Les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Audio Advanced ne sont pas inclus dans le profil WEB, car vous trouverez difficilement de l'audio HD avec des WEBDL (seuls les nouveaux WEBDL auront de l'Atmos). Si vous voulez aussi de l'audio HD, vous devriez opter pour les Remuxes.
Utilisez les param\u00e8tres principaux suivants dans votre profil.
Pour certaines \u00e9missions plus anciennes, vous pourriez avoir besoin d'activer le WEB 720p ou m\u00eame le HDTV 1080p.
Info
The order listed in the profile matters even if a quality is not checked, for example if you have a 1080p version but wanted the SD version, Radarr will reject all SD results because 1080p is listed higher than SD even though 1080p was not checked.
Qualities at the top of the list will appear first in manual searches.
Qualities higher in the list are more preferred even if not checked.
Qualities within the same group are equal.
Only checked qualities are wanted.
This is why it's recommended to move the selected quality to the top of the list.
Source: Wiki Servarr
Logique et fonctionnement - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
En fonction de ce qui est disponible en premier, la logique sera la suivante :
Il t\u00e9l\u00e9chargera le WEB-DL 1080p (si vous avez \u00e9galement activ\u00e9 WEB 720p et/ou HDTV 1080p, la mise \u00e0 niveau se fera jusqu'au WEB-DL 1080p).
Le m\u00e9dia sera mis \u00e0 niveau en fonction des formats personnalis\u00e9s ajout\u00e9s jusqu'\u00e0 l'obtention d'un score de 10000.
Si vous pr\u00e9f\u00e9rez les 2160p WEBDL (WEB-2160p)
Le seul probl\u00e8me avec le 2160p r\u00e9side dans le fait de l'obtenir avec le DV/HDR, le 2160p sans DV/HDR ne repr\u00e9sente qu'un b\u00e9n\u00e9fice minime.
All HDR Formats - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I choose All HDR formats ?
You have a 4K/2160p TV and a hardware media player device (such as Roku, AppleTV, Shield, SmartTV App, etc.) that supports several HDR formats (such as Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, etc.).
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
You've chosen a profile that includes 4K/2160p releases. You must use all the HDR formats with 4k/2160p profiles.
You must add ALL the HDR formats - don't leave any of them out!
Why am I getting purple or green colors? - [Click to show/hide]
Why am I getting purple or green colors?
There are several possible reasons why your TV would show purple or green colors when playing Dolby Vision content.
Unsupported Hardware: Your TV or hardware media player device (Roku, AppleTV, etc) doesn't support Dolby Vision or your hardware media player device doesn't support all the Dolby Vision Profiles. As a result, the device might struggle to produce accurate colors, leading to a purple or green tint.
Incorrect Display Settings: Dolby Vision content often requires specific settings to be enabled on your TV or display device in order to deliver the intended visual experience. If these settings are not configured properly, it can result in the device showing distorted colors (including purple or green hues).
HDMI Compatibility Issues: Sometimes, HDMI cables or ports may not be fully compatible with Dolby Vision. If the media player device is not recognizing the Dolby Vision signal properly, it may fail to process the content correctly, resulting in abnormal color rendering.
To resolve the purple or green color issues when playing Dolby Vision content, you can try the following troubleshooting steps:
Ensure your TV or hardware media player device is Dolby Vision compatible and up-to-date with the latest firmware.
Verify that your TV or display device is set up correctly and has the necessary Dolby Vision settings enabled.
Check the HDMI cables and ensure they are capable of transmitting Dolby Vision signals.
Dolby Vision Profiles - [Click to show/hide]
Dolby Vision Profiles
Profile 5 (1) - This is what comes with WEB-DL Dolby Vision releases without HDR10 fallback.(Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens)
Profile 7 (2) - This is what comes with UHD Bluray Remuxes and UHD BluRay releases.These files will play on an Nvidia Shield Pro (2019), but on most other players will revert to the HDR10 fallback.
Profile 8 (3) - This is what comes with (Hybrid) WEB-DL (HULU), Hybrid UHD Remux, and UHD BluRay releases (all of which have HDR10 fallback).This works with several mainstream media players.
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
(1) PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse will only play profile 5 correctly if CMv2.9 is used
(2) Neither Infuse nor PLEX for AppleTV will deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 7.
(3) On PLEX for AppleTV it won't deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 8, and will only play the HDR10 fallback if CM2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201calthough your TV will incorrectly say that it is playing DV\u201d.With infuse it will convert it on the fly to Profile 5, and deliver real Dolby Vision if CMv2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201cMake sure you set the Extended Dolby Vision settings to Limited (prefer accuracy), Convert P8 to P5 (when possible), and play other P8 as HDR (output will switch to either DoVi or HDR depending on the video)\u201d
Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 and CMv4.0 - [Click to show/hide]
It is too technical to explain in detail, so I'll keep it short with tested facts: PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse only support CMv2.9.
There are two versions of Dolby Vision, namely CMv2.9 and CMv4.0. CMv4.0 uses an improved algorithm and a superior tone curve that allows for better mapping and more controls during the Dolby Vision trim pass process.
More info about the different Dolby Vision Versions: Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 vs. CMv4.0
Which HDR Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID DV HDR10+ 1500 2b239ed870daba8126a53bd5dc8dc1c8 DV HDR10 1500 7878c33f1963fefb3d6c8657d46c2f0a DV 1500 6d0d8de7b57e35518ac0308b0ddf404e DV HLG 1500 1f733af03141f068a540eec352589a89 DV SDR 1500 27954b0a80aab882522a88a4d9eae1cd HDR10+ 600 a3d82cbef5039f8d295478d28a887159 HDR10 500 3497799d29a085e2ac2df9d468413c94 HDR 500 3e2c4e748b64a1a1118e0ea3f4cf6875 HDR (undefined) 500 bb019e1cd00f304f80971c965de064dc PQ 500 2a7e3be05d3861d6df7171ec74cad727 HLG 500 17e889ce13117940092308f48b48b45b Add Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000 - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
Not all devices in your chain support Dolby Vision.
You share your media library with other family members that don't have Dolby Vision compatible devices.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
Custom Format Score Trash ID DV (WEBDL) -10000 9b27ab6498ec0f31a3353992e19434ca Add the Custom Formats DV HDR10+ Boost and HDR10+ Boost - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
You have a (Samsung) TV that supports HDR10+.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
If you use this Custom Format then 99% of the time you also need to add the following Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000
Custom Format Score Trash ID HDR10+ Boost 901 0dad0a507451acddd754fe6dc3a7f5e7 DV HDR10+ Boost 100 385e9e8581d33133c3961bdcdeffb7b4 Multi Audio - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID Multi-Audio 300 2f6e84efc47246ec9071e311e71c4953 French Audio 1 4721382d9ee05f1b4967a25e75072911 Multi-French 0 7982e39789f17864f57b11f1996844f4 Description et objectifs - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Multi-Audio: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Sonarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre les releases aved plusieurs audios (MULTi).
Tip
Vous pouvez remplacer sans probl\u00e8me le Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi du Guide par celui-ci.
French Audio: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Sonarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre les versions ayant un audio francophone. Il est facultatif et ne donne un l\u00e9ger bonus que si la version poss\u00e8de effectivement un audio fran\u00e7ais.
Multi-French: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 qui renommera votre fichier avec Multi-French..
Comment fonctionne cette m\u00e9thode
Lorsque Sonarr trouve une version avec MULTi, il lui attribue le score de 300 gr\u00e2ce au Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-Audio. Si la version contient au moins l'audio original et l'audio fran\u00e7ais, elle sera renomm\u00e9e par le Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-French. Ce qui permet \u00e0 la version de conserver le score de 300 du Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-Audio.
BR-DISK : Il s'agit d'un format personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Sonarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre et \u00e0 ignorer les BR-DISK (ISO et structure de dossier Blu-ray) en plus de la qualit\u00e9 standard des BR-DISK.
LQ: Une collection de groupes P2P anglais qui sont souvent bannis des meilleurs trackers en raison de leur manque de qualit\u00e9 ou pour d'autres raisons.
FR LQ: Une collection de groupes P2P fran\u00e7ais qui sont souvent bannis des meilleurs trackers en raison de leur manque de qualit\u00e9 ou pour d'autres raisons.
Extras: Bloque les extras
Type de FanSubs - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Ces Formats Personnalis\u00e9s sont optionnels et permettent de savoir quel type de FanSubs vos versions poss\u00e8dent. Seul le FastSub n'est pas souhait\u00e9 car il est souvent fait trop rapidement et reste peu soign\u00e9. Si vous ne voulez pas de FanSub non plus, vous devez aussi lui donner un score de -10000.
Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID FanSUB 0 84f0acbda9c0c9de783894fb66df25aa FastSUB -10000 ea0bb4b6ba388992fad1092703b5ff7b Miscellaneous UHD (Optional) - [Click to show/hide]
I recommend using the following Custom Formats
For details on \"Why\" and a potential warning please see the notes below.
x265 (no HDR/DV) over the x265 (HD)
SDR (no WEBDL) over the SDR
Custom Format Score Trash ID SDR -10000 2016d1676f5ee13a5b7257ff86ac9a93 SDR (no WEBDL) -10000 83304f261cf516bb208c18c54c0adf97 x265 (no HDR/DV) -10000 9b64dff695c2115facf1b6ea59c9bd07
Breakdown and Why
SDR: This will prevent grabbing UHD/4k releases without HDR Formats.
SDR (no WEBDL): This will prevent grabbing UHD/4k Remux and Bluray encode releases without HDR Formats. - i.e., SDR WEB releases will still be allowed since 4K SDR WEB releases can often look better than the 1080p version due to the improved bitrate.
If you have also added SDR to your Sonarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
x265 (no HDR/DV): This blocks 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265, But it will allow x265 releases if they have HDR and/or DV
If you have also added x265 (HD) to your Sonarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 ec8fa7296b64e8cd390a1600981f3923 Repack v2 6 eb3d5cc0a2be0db205fb823640db6a3c Repack v3 7 44e7c4de10ae50265753082e5dc76047 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Sonarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
General Streaming Services (UHD) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 70 d660701077794679fd59e8bdf4ce3a29 ATVP 100 f67c9ca88f463a48346062e8ad07713f CC 50 77a7b25585c18af08f60b1547bb9b4fb DCU 50 36b72f59f4ea20aad9316f475f2d9fbb DSNP 100 89358767a60cc28783cdc3d0be9388a4 HMAX 80 a880d6abc21e7c16884f3ae393f84179 HBO 50 7a235133c87f7da4c8cccceca7e3c7a6 HULU 50 f6cce30f1733d5c8194222a7507909bb iT 50 0ac24a2a68a9700bcb7eeca8e5cd644c MAX 90 81d1fbf600e2540cee87f3a23f9d3c1c NF 60 d34870697c9db575f17700212167be23 PMTP 60 c67a75ae4a1715f2bb4d492755ba4195 PCOK 60 1656adc6d7bb2c8cca6acfb6592db421 SHO 50 ae58039e1319178e6be73caab5c42166 STAN 60 1efe8da11bfd74fbbcd4d8117ddb9213 SYFY 50 9623c5c9cac8e939c1b9aedd32f640bf UHD Streaming Boost 20 43b3cf48cb385cd3eac608ee6bca7f09 UHD Streaming Cut -20 d2d299244a92b8a52d4921ce3897a256
UHD Streaming Boost and UHD Streaming Cut Custom Formats
Some streaming services have UHD releases that are generally better or worse than their HD counterparts. The UHD Streaming Boost and UHD Streaming Cut custom formats adjust those streaming services' scores appropriately for UHD releases.
These two custom formats must be included in your profile for UHD releases to be scored correctly.
HQ Source Groups - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID FR WEB Tier 01 1700 ddb8eaa9c85a549c50034d280539d54d FR WEB Tier 02 1650 a4c51febd4d8b2a0db10a3c974f21d92 FR WEB Tier 03 1600 dbfc0a4b5cb4cbd693311c4482ae9683 FR Scene Groups 1500 2f3422339d185eb227a324644a2fbfca
Tip
Les groupes de la Sc\u00e8ne fran\u00e7aise sont inclus comme substitut si vous voulez vraiment une version MULTi malgr\u00e9 une \u00e9ventuelle perte de qualit\u00e9. Vous pouvez lui attribuer un score de 1500 (par d\u00e9faut) ou de 0 selon ce que vous voulez obtenir.
Mix original (optionnel) HQ Source Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID WEB Tier 01 1700 e6258996055b9fbab7e9cb2f75819294 WEB Tier 02 1650 58790d4e2fdcd9733aa7ae68ba2bb503 WEB Tier 03 1600 d84935abd3f8556dcd51d4f27e22d0a6 WEB Scene 1600 d0c516558625b04b363fa6c5c2c7cfd4
Info
= The reason why this Custom Format gets positively scored is because it's the only quality scene group that exists (up until now). Scene groups don't add a streaming service to their release names, so the score is adjusted to take this into account.
Utilisez les param\u00e8tres principaux suivants dans votre profil.
La raison pour laquelle le WEB 1080p est fusionn\u00e9 avec le 2160p est que certaines sorties NF ne seront pas publi\u00e9es en 4k, mais poss\u00e8de tout de m\u00eame du DV/HDR. Si vous voulez faire la m\u00eame chose, veillez \u00e0 remplacer x265 (HD) par x265 (no HDR/DV).
Logique et fonctionnement - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
En fonction de ce qui est disponible en premier, la logique sera la suivante :
Il t\u00e9l\u00e9chargera le WEB-DL 1080p si il poss\u00e8de un layer DV/HDR.
Il sera mis \u00e0 niveau vers le WEB-2160p lorsqu'il sera disponible.
Le m\u00e9dia sera mis \u00e0 niveau en fonction des formats personnalis\u00e9s ajout\u00e9s jusqu'\u00e0 l'obtention d'un score de 10000.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles-french-fr/#exemple-pour-les-animes","title":"Exemple pour les Animes","text":"
Si vous cherchez des animes avec des sous-titres fran\u00e7ais ou en MULTi (audio original + fran\u00e7ais).
Important
Dans un premier temps, vous devez suivre les sections suivantes du Guide Anime original (en anglais uniquemment) :
How to set up Quality Profiles Anime | Media Management.
How to set up Quality Profiles Anime | Quality Settings.
How to set up Quality Profiles Anime | Quality Profile.
Ne continuez pas avant d'avoir lu ces trois sections et d'avoir suivi leurs instructions.
Original Scoring
Il s'agit de la notation originale du Guide Anime et elle doit \u00eatre suivie en fonction de ce que vous voulez obtenir. Ainsi vous ne trouvez pas de version VOSTFR ou MULTi, vous aurez toujours une version de bonne qualit\u00e9 :
Default Scoring: La configuration par d\u00e9faut qui garantit que vous aurez au minimum une bonne version sous-titr\u00e9e en anglais.
Dual Audio: Si vous voulez avoir des versions Dual Audio (audio original et anglais) au cas o\u00f9 Sonarr ne trouve pas de sortie VOSTFR ou MULTi.
Uncensored Scoring: Si vous pr\u00e9f\u00e9rez les versions non censur\u00e9es (les Bluray sont le plus souvent non-censur\u00e9es).
Attention \u00e0 ne pas ajouter le Format Personnalis\u00e9 VOSTFR avec un score de -10000 comme indiqu\u00e9 dans le guide original. Sinon, vous compromettrez vos chances d'obtenir des versions \"fran\u00e7aises\".
VOSTFR uniquement pour les anime
Dans cet exemple, si vous pr\u00e9f\u00e9rez la VOSTFR \u00e0 d'\u00e9ventuelles releases MULTi/DUAL (audio original et fran\u00e7ais), vous devez donner un score de 101 pour le Format Personnalis\u00e9s VOSTFR, et ignorer tous les Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Multi et version fran\u00e7aise.
(Optionnel) Vous pouvez \u00e9galement essayer de configurer Bazarr (en anglais) pour obtenir les sous-titres fran\u00e7ais de vos animes. Cette option est toute fois moins recommand\u00e9e, car on trouve moins de sous-titres pour les animes en ligne que pour les s\u00e9ries habituelles. Cependant, cela peut \u00eatre une alternative int\u00e9ressante.
Multi Audio - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID Multi-Audio 300 2f6e84efc47246ec9071e311e71c4953 French Audio 1 4721382d9ee05f1b4967a25e75072911 Multi-French 0 7982e39789f17864f57b11f1996844f4 Description et objectifs - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Multi-Audio: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Sonarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre les releases aved plusieurs audios (MULTi).
Tip
Vous pouvez remplacer sans probl\u00e8me le Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi du Guide par celui-ci.
French Audio: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Sonarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre les versions ayant un audio francophone. Il est facultatif et ne donne un l\u00e9ger bonus que si la version poss\u00e8de effectivement un audio fran\u00e7ais.
Multi-French: Il s'agit d'un Format Personnalis\u00e9 qui renommera votre fichier avec Multi-French..
Comment fonctionne cette m\u00e9thode
Lorsque Sonarr trouve une version avec MULTi, il lui attribue le score de 300 gr\u00e2ce au Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-Audio. Si la version contient au moins l'audio original et l'audio fran\u00e7ais, elle sera renomm\u00e9e par le Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-French. Ce qui permet \u00e0 la version de conserver le score de 300 du Format Personnalis\u00e9 Multi-Audio.
BR-DISK : Il s'agit d'un format personnalis\u00e9 pour aider Sonarr \u00e0 reconna\u00eetre et \u00e0 ignorer les BR-DISK (ISO et structure de dossier Blu-ray) en plus de la qualit\u00e9 standard des BR-DISK.
LQ: Une collection de groupes P2P anglais qui sont souvent bannis des meilleurs trackers en raison de leur manque de qualit\u00e9 ou pour d'autres raisons.
FR LQ: Une collection de groupes P2P fran\u00e7ais qui sont souvent bannis des meilleurs trackers en raison de leur manque de qualit\u00e9 ou pour d'autres raisons.
Extras: Bloque les extras
Type de FanSubs - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer]
Ces Formats Personnalis\u00e9s sont optionnels et permettent de savoir quel type de FanSubs vos versions poss\u00e8dent. Seul le FastSub n'est pas souhait\u00e9 car il est souvent fait trop rapidement et reste peu soign\u00e9. Si vous ne voulez pas de FanSub non plus, vous devez aussi lui donner un score de -10000.
Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID FanSUB 0 84f0acbda9c0c9de783894fb66df25aa FastSUB -10000 ea0bb4b6ba388992fad1092703b5ff7b Services de streaming fran\u00e7ais d'Anim\u00e9s - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID CR 6 3e0b26604165f463f3e8e192261e7284 DSNP 5 89358767a60cc28783cdc3d0be9388a4 NF 4 d34870697c9db575f17700212167be23 AMZN 3 d660701077794679fd59e8bdf4ce3a29 ADN 3 d54cd2bf1326287275b56bccedb72ee2 VRV 3 44a8ee6403071dd7b8a3a8dd3fe8cb20 FUNi 2 1284d18e693de8efe0fe7d6b3e0b9170 B-Global 0 7dd31f3dee6d2ef8eeaa156e23c3857e Bilibili 0 4c67ff059210182b59cdd41697b8cb08 HIDIVE 0 570b03b3145a25011bf073274a407259 WKN 0 e5e6405d439dcd1af90962538acd4fe0 Info sur ADN et WKN (Service de streaming francophone) - [Click to show/hide]
ADN: Animation Digital Network, abr\u00e9g\u00e9 ADN, anciennement Anime Digital Network, est une plate-forme de VoD et simulcast n\u00e9e de la fusion entre KZPlay, appartenant \u00e0 Kaz\u00e9, et Genzai, appartenant \u00e0 Kana Home Video, ayant pour th\u00e9matique la diffusion de s\u00e9ries et longs m\u00e9trages d'animation japonaise et franco-belge.
WKN (ou Wakanim): Wakanim est une plateforme de VOD ayant pour th\u00e9matique la diffusion de s\u00e9ries d'animation japonaise. C'est \u00e9galement la premi\u00e8re soci\u00e9t\u00e9 \u00e0 proposer des vid\u00e9os en t\u00e9l\u00e9chargement sans gestion des droits num\u00e9riques sur des s\u00e9ries d'animation en Europe. En mars 2022, le catalogue de la plateforme est fusionn\u00e9 sur Crunchyroll.
HQ Source Groups - [Cliquer pour afficher/masquer] Formats Personnalis\u00e9s Score Trash ID FR Anime Tier 01 1650 db13a377f7afb29975ea39470434d2ef FR Anime Tier 02 1600 4e6134a384dbc0ef166234cc0e45d26d FR Anime Tier 03 1550 db34d4357937fbfe89b63ba095f22155 FR Scene Groups 1500 2f3422339d185eb227a324644a2fbfca FR Anime FanSub 1400 ou 1000 44b6c964dad997577d793fd004a39224 FR HD Bluray Tier 01 (optional) 1150 d844321db5e126d2e7e46152f0706532 FR WEB Tier 01 (optional) 1100 ddb8eaa9c85a549c50034d280539d54d FR WEB Tier 02 (optional) 1100 a4c51febd4d8b2a0db10a3c974f21d92 FR WEB Tier 03 (optional) 1100 dbfc0a4b5cb4cbd693311c4482ae9683
Tip
Les groupes de la sc\u00e8ne fran\u00e7aise sont inclus et devraient toujours \u00eatre ajout\u00e9s car certains des principaux groupes qui publient des versions sous-titr\u00e9es et/ou doubl\u00e9es en fran\u00e7ais en sont issus.
Les groupes FanSUB peuvent \u00eatre not\u00e9s soit 1400 (par d\u00e9faut) soit 1000 selon que vous souhaitez privil\u00e9gier les sorties FanSUB ou SeaDex.
Original French Bluray/Web Tiers
Ils sont optionnels et peuvent \u00eatre inclus ou non. Cela est d\u00fb au fait que certains d'entre eux ont tendance \u00e0 publier des animes.
Un grand merci \u00e0 toutes les personnes qui m'ont aid\u00e9 \u00e0 tester ces Profils et Formats (et qui continuent \u00e0 le faire).
Une mention sp\u00e9ciale \u00e0 MySuperChef, PrL et KoUiGnAmAnN pour leur temps et leurs explications.
Une mention sp\u00e9ciale \u00e0 SeiyaGame, TheFrenchNaruto et Maxence qui ont fourni toutes les informations concernant les animes.
Une mention sp\u00e9ciale pour Piou et Wikoul qui sont potentiellement tous les deux maintenant dans des asiles en raison de la quantit\u00e9 de tests effectu\u00e9s.
TRaSH, pour m'avoir accord\u00e9 un petit espace sur son guide, ses connaissances, et sa gentillesse.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/","title":"How to set up Quality Profiles","text":"
aka How to set up Custom Formats So what's the best way to set up the Custom Formats and which ones to use with which scores to set up your quality profiles?
There isn't a \"best\" setup, it depends on your media setup (hardware devices) and your personal preferences.
Some prefer high-quality audio (HD Audio), others high-quality video. Many prefer both.
Here we will try to explain how to make the most of Custom Formats to help you set up your quality profiles for your personal preferences.
We've created a flowchart to make your decisions/choices easier.
We've also created an Excel sheet with several tested media player devices to display what formats and capabilities they support, sourced from information provided by our community. We hope this Excel sheet will be a helpful resource for those looking for a reliable media player device and will help you choose the appropriate quality profile.
After you've added the Custom Formats, as explained in How to import Custom Formats. You will need to set it up in the quality Profile you want to use/prefer to make use of the Custom Formats.
You can also use a Guide sync tool to sync the Custom Formats or even the complete quality profile(s).
Settings => Profiles
Sonarr Custom Formats can be set per profile and isn't global
Select the profile that you want to use/prefer.
Profile name.
Allow upgrades. Sonarr will stop upgrading quality once (3) is met.
Upgrade until the selected quality.
The Minimum Custom Format Score that is allowed to download. More Info
Keep upgrading Custom Format until this score is reached. (setting this to 0 means no upgrades will happen based on Custom Formats)
At the bottom, in your chosen profile, you will see the added Custom Formats where you can start setting up the scores.
Screenshot example - [Click to show/hide]
Warning
These screenshots are just examples to show you how it should look and where you need to place the data that you need to add, they aren't always a 100% reflection of the actual data and are not 100% up to date with the actual data you need to add.
Always follow the data described in the guide.
If you have any questions or aren't sure just click the chat badge to join the Discord Channel where you can ask your questions directly.
Keep in mind Custom Formats are made to fine-tune your Quality Profile.Generally, quality trumps all
Custom formats are controlled by Quality Profiles.
The Upgrade Until score prevents upgrading once a release with this desired score has been downloaded.
A score of 0 results in the custom format being informational only.
The Minimum score requires releases to reach this threshold otherwise they will be rejected.
Custom formats that match with undesirable attributes should be given a negative score to lower their appeal.
Outright rejections should be given a negative score low enough that even if all of the other formats with positive scores were added, the score would still fall below the minimum.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#sonarr-v4-current-logic","title":"Sonarr v4 current logic","text":"Sonarr v4 current logic - [Click to show/hide]
As of v4 release the logic is as follows:
The Current logic on how downloads are compared is Quality Trumps All
Quality
Custom Formats
Protocol
Episode Count
Episode Number
Indexer Priority
Seeds/Peers (If Torrent)
Age (If Usenet)
Size
Source: Wiki Servarr
REPACKS and PROPERs are v2 of Qualities and thus rank above a non-repack of the same quality.
Settings => Media Management => File Management => Proper & Repacks Change to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#which-quality-profile-should-you-choose","title":"Which Quality Profile should you choose","text":"Which Quality Profile should you choose - [Click to show/hide]
If you're unsure or have questions, do not hesitate to ask for help on Discord
The following Quality Profiles can be combined into a single Quality Profile if you, for example, want to be able to upgrade from 1080p to 4K/2160p when and if it becomes available AFTER the 1080p release is made.
For this Quality Profile we're going to make use of the following Custom Formats with the scores given in the table.
Attention
All the used scores and combinations of Custom Formats in this Guide are tested to get the desired results while preventing download loops as much as possible.
From experience, most of the time when people change scores or leave out certain CFs that work together - they end up with undesired results.
If you're unsure or have questions, do not hesitate to ask for help on Discord
BR-DISK : This is a custom format to help Sonarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
LQ: A collection of known low-quality groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
LQ (Release Title): A collection of terms seen in the titles of low-quality releases that are not captured by using a release group name.
x265 (HD): This blocks 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265.
If you have also added x265 (no HDR/DV) to your Sonarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
Extras: This blocks/ignores extras
AV1: This blocks all releases encoded in AV1.
AV1 encodes are currently targeting small file sizes, rather than good visual quality.
This is a new codec and you need modern devices that support it.
We also had reports of playback/transcoding issues.
No main group is actually using it (yet).
It's better to ignore this new codec to prevent compatibility issues
Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 ec8fa7296b64e8cd390a1600981f3923 Repack v2 6 eb3d5cc0a2be0db205fb823640db6a3c Repack v3 7 44e7c4de10ae50265753082e5dc76047 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Sonarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
General Streaming Services - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 70 d660701077794679fd59e8bdf4ce3a29 ATVP 100 f67c9ca88f463a48346062e8ad07713f CC 50 77a7b25585c18af08f60b1547bb9b4fb DCU 50 36b72f59f4ea20aad9316f475f2d9fbb DSNP 100 89358767a60cc28783cdc3d0be9388a4 HMAX 80 a880d6abc21e7c16884f3ae393f84179 HBO 50 7a235133c87f7da4c8cccceca7e3c7a6 HULU 50 f6cce30f1733d5c8194222a7507909bb iT 50 0ac24a2a68a9700bcb7eeca8e5cd644c MAX 90 81d1fbf600e2540cee87f3a23f9d3c1c NF 60 d34870697c9db575f17700212167be23 PMTP 60 c67a75ae4a1715f2bb4d492755ba4195 PCOK 60 1656adc6d7bb2c8cca6acfb6592db421 SHO 50 ae58039e1319178e6be73caab5c42166 STAN 60 1efe8da11bfd74fbbcd4d8117ddb9213 SYFY 50 9623c5c9cac8e939c1b9aedd32f640bf HQ Source Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID WEB Tier 01 1700 e6258996055b9fbab7e9cb2f75819294 WEB Tier 02 1650 58790d4e2fdcd9733aa7ae68ba2bb503 WEB Tier 03 1600 d84935abd3f8556dcd51d4f27e22d0a6 WEB Scene 1600 d0c516558625b04b363fa6c5c2c7cfd4
Info
= The reason why this Custom Format gets positively scored is because it's the only quality scene group that exists (up until now). Scene groups don't add a streaming service to their release names, so the score is adjusted to take this into account.
The following Custom Formats are optional:
Miscellaneous (Optional) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Bad Dual Groups -10000 32b367365729d530ca1c124a0b180c64 No-RlsGroup -10000 82d40da2bc6923f41e14394075dd4b03 Obfuscated -10000 e1a997ddb54e3ecbfe06341ad323c458 Retags -10000 06d66ab109d4d2eddb2794d21526d140 Scene -10000 1b3994c551cbb92a2c781af061f4ab44
Breakdown and Why
Bad Dual Groups: [Optional] These groups take the original release and add their own language track (e.g. AAC 2.0 Portuguese) as the first track. Afterward, FFprobe would determine that the media file is Portuguese. It's a common rule that you only add the best audio as the main track. Also they often even rename the release name into Portuguese.
No-RlsGroup: [Optional] Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups being scored incorrectly. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up with a stripped group name. These releases would appear as \"upgrades\" and could end up getting a decent score after other CFs are scored.
Obfuscated: [Optional] Use these only if you wish to avoid renamed releases.
Retags: [Optional] Use this if you wish to avoid retagged releases. Retagged releases often are not consistent with the quality of the original group's release (e.g. TGx downsampling an NTb release from 5.1 audio to 2.0 audio, yet maintaining the NTb naming).
Scene: [Optional] Use this only if you want to avoid SCENE releases.
Note: The Advanced Audio Custom Formats aren't used in the WEB profile, as WEB-DL do not often come with HD audio (most newer WEB-DL will have lossy Atmos, though). If you want HD audio, we would suggest going with Remuxes.
Use the following main settings in your profile.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#web-1080p-alternative-quality-profile","title":"WEB-1080p alternative Quality Profile","text":"
Tip
For some older shows, you might want to enable the WEB-720p, HDTV-720p/1080p, or even Bluray-720p/1080p quality source. Depending on your preferences, you can put them above or below the WEB-1080p.
Info
The order listed in the profile matters even if a quality is not checked, for example if you have a 1080p version but wanted the SD version, Radarr will reject all SD results because 1080p is listed higher than SD even though 1080p was not checked.
Qualities at the top of the list will appear first in manual searches.
Qualities higher in the list are more preferred even if not checked.
Qualities within the same group are equal.
Only checked qualities are wanted.
This is why it's recommended to move the selected quality to the top of the list.
Source: Wiki Servarr
Workflow Logic - [Click to show/hide]
It will download WEB-DL 1080p. (If you also enabled WEB 720p and/or HDTV 1080p it will upgrade until Upgrade Until)
The downloaded media will be upgraded to any of the added Custom Formats until a score of 10000.
So why such a ridiculously high Upgrade Until Custom and not a score of 100?
We're too lazy to calculate the maximum for every Quality Profile we provide, and we want it to upgrade to the highest possible score anyway to result in the highest possible quality release.
For this Quality Profile we're going to make use of the following Custom Formats with the scores given in the table.
Attention
All the used scores and combinations of Custom Formats in this Guide are tested to get the desired results while preventing download loops as much as possible.
From experience, most of the time when people change scores or leave out certain CFs that work together - they end up with undesired results.
If you're unsure or have questions, do not hesitate to ask for help on Discord
Click For Support
The following Custom Formats are required:
All HDR Formats - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I choose All HDR formats ?
You have a 4K/2160p TV and a hardware media player device (such as Roku, AppleTV, Shield, SmartTV App, etc.) that supports several HDR formats (such as Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, etc.).
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
You've chosen a profile that includes 4K/2160p releases. You must use all the HDR formats with 4k/2160p profiles.
You must add ALL the HDR formats - don't leave any of them out!
Why am I getting purple or green colors? - [Click to show/hide]
Why am I getting purple or green colors?
There are several possible reasons why your TV would show purple or green colors when playing Dolby Vision content.
Unsupported Hardware: Your TV or hardware media player device (Roku, AppleTV, etc) doesn't support Dolby Vision or your hardware media player device doesn't support all the Dolby Vision Profiles. As a result, the device might struggle to produce accurate colors, leading to a purple or green tint.
Incorrect Display Settings: Dolby Vision content often requires specific settings to be enabled on your TV or display device in order to deliver the intended visual experience. If these settings are not configured properly, it can result in the device showing distorted colors (including purple or green hues).
HDMI Compatibility Issues: Sometimes, HDMI cables or ports may not be fully compatible with Dolby Vision. If the media player device is not recognizing the Dolby Vision signal properly, it may fail to process the content correctly, resulting in abnormal color rendering.
To resolve the purple or green color issues when playing Dolby Vision content, you can try the following troubleshooting steps:
Ensure your TV or hardware media player device is Dolby Vision compatible and up-to-date with the latest firmware.
Verify that your TV or display device is set up correctly and has the necessary Dolby Vision settings enabled.
Check the HDMI cables and ensure they are capable of transmitting Dolby Vision signals.
Dolby Vision Profiles - [Click to show/hide]
Dolby Vision Profiles
Profile 5 (1) - This is what comes with WEB-DL Dolby Vision releases without HDR10 fallback.(Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens)
Profile 7 (2) - This is what comes with UHD Bluray Remuxes and UHD BluRay releases.These files will play on an Nvidia Shield Pro (2019), but on most other players will revert to the HDR10 fallback.
Profile 8 (3) - This is what comes with (Hybrid) WEB-DL (HULU), Hybrid UHD Remux, and UHD BluRay releases (all of which have HDR10 fallback).This works with several mainstream media players.
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
(1) PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse will only play profile 5 correctly if CMv2.9 is used
(2) Neither Infuse nor PLEX for AppleTV will deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 7.
(3) On PLEX for AppleTV it won't deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 8, and will only play the HDR10 fallback if CM2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201calthough your TV will incorrectly say that it is playing DV\u201d.With infuse it will convert it on the fly to Profile 5, and deliver real Dolby Vision if CMv2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201cMake sure you set the Extended Dolby Vision settings to Limited (prefer accuracy), Convert P8 to P5 (when possible), and play other P8 as HDR (output will switch to either DoVi or HDR depending on the video)\u201d
Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 and CMv4.0 - [Click to show/hide]
It is too technical to explain in detail, so I'll keep it short with tested facts: PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse only support CMv2.9.
There are two versions of Dolby Vision, namely CMv2.9 and CMv4.0. CMv4.0 uses an improved algorithm and a superior tone curve that allows for better mapping and more controls during the Dolby Vision trim pass process.
More info about the different Dolby Vision Versions: Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 vs. CMv4.0
Which HDR Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID DV HDR10+ 1500 2b239ed870daba8126a53bd5dc8dc1c8 DV HDR10 1500 7878c33f1963fefb3d6c8657d46c2f0a DV 1500 6d0d8de7b57e35518ac0308b0ddf404e DV HLG 1500 1f733af03141f068a540eec352589a89 DV SDR 1500 27954b0a80aab882522a88a4d9eae1cd HDR10+ 600 a3d82cbef5039f8d295478d28a887159 HDR10 500 3497799d29a085e2ac2df9d468413c94 HDR 500 3e2c4e748b64a1a1118e0ea3f4cf6875 HDR (undefined) 500 bb019e1cd00f304f80971c965de064dc PQ 500 2a7e3be05d3861d6df7171ec74cad727 HLG 500 17e889ce13117940092308f48b48b45b Add Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000 - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
Not all devices in your chain support Dolby Vision.
You share your media library with other family members that don't have Dolby Vision compatible devices.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
Custom Format Score Trash ID DV (WEBDL) -10000 9b27ab6498ec0f31a3353992e19434ca Add the Custom Formats DV HDR10+ Boost and HDR10+ Boost - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
You have a (Samsung) TV that supports HDR10+.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
If you use this Custom Format then 99% of the time you also need to add the following Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000
Custom Format Score Trash ID HDR10+ Boost 901 0dad0a507451acddd754fe6dc3a7f5e7 DV HDR10+ Boost 100 385e9e8581d33133c3961bdcdeffb7b4 Unwanted - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID BR-DISK -10000 85c61753df5da1fb2aab6f2a47426b09 LQ -10000 9c11cd3f07101cdba90a2d81cf0e56b4 LQ (Release Title) -10000 e2315f990da2e2cbfc9fa5b7a6fcfe48 x265 (HD) -10000 47435ece6b99a0b477caf360e79ba0bb Extras -10000 fbcb31d8dabd2a319072b84fc0b7249c AV1 -10000 15a05bc7c1a36e2b57fd628f8977e2fc
Breakdown and Why
BR-DISK : This is a custom format to help Sonarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
LQ: A collection of known low-quality groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
LQ (Release Title): A collection of terms seen in the titles of low-quality releases that are not captured by using a release group name.
x265 (HD): This blocks 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265.
If you have also added x265 (no HDR/DV) to your Sonarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
Extras: This blocks/ignores extras
AV1: This blocks all releases encoded in AV1.
AV1 encodes are currently targeting small file sizes, rather than good visual quality.
This is a new codec and you need modern devices that support it.
We also had reports of playback/transcoding issues.
No main group is actually using it (yet).
It's better to ignore this new codec to prevent compatibility issues
Miscellaneous (Required) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Repack/Proper 5 ec8fa7296b64e8cd390a1600981f3923 Repack v2 6 eb3d5cc0a2be0db205fb823640db6a3c Repack v3 7 44e7c4de10ae50265753082e5dc76047 Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest changing the Propers and Repacks settings in Sonarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Formats preferences will be used and not ignored.
General Streaming Services (UHD) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID AMZN 70 d660701077794679fd59e8bdf4ce3a29 ATVP 100 f67c9ca88f463a48346062e8ad07713f CC 50 77a7b25585c18af08f60b1547bb9b4fb DCU 50 36b72f59f4ea20aad9316f475f2d9fbb DSNP 100 89358767a60cc28783cdc3d0be9388a4 HMAX 80 a880d6abc21e7c16884f3ae393f84179 HBO 50 7a235133c87f7da4c8cccceca7e3c7a6 HULU 50 f6cce30f1733d5c8194222a7507909bb iT 50 0ac24a2a68a9700bcb7eeca8e5cd644c MAX 90 81d1fbf600e2540cee87f3a23f9d3c1c NF 60 d34870697c9db575f17700212167be23 PMTP 60 c67a75ae4a1715f2bb4d492755ba4195 PCOK 60 1656adc6d7bb2c8cca6acfb6592db421 SHO 50 ae58039e1319178e6be73caab5c42166 STAN 60 1efe8da11bfd74fbbcd4d8117ddb9213 SYFY 50 9623c5c9cac8e939c1b9aedd32f640bf UHD Streaming Boost 20 43b3cf48cb385cd3eac608ee6bca7f09 UHD Streaming Cut -20 d2d299244a92b8a52d4921ce3897a256
UHD Streaming Boost and UHD Streaming Cut Custom Formats
Some streaming services have UHD releases that are generally better or worse than their HD counterparts. The UHD Streaming Boost and UHD Streaming Cut custom formats adjust those streaming services' scores appropriately for UHD releases.
These two custom formats must be included in your profile for UHD releases to be scored correctly.
HQ Source Groups - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID WEB Tier 01 1700 e6258996055b9fbab7e9cb2f75819294 WEB Tier 02 1650 58790d4e2fdcd9733aa7ae68ba2bb503 WEB Tier 03 1600 d84935abd3f8556dcd51d4f27e22d0a6 WEB Scene 1600 d0c516558625b04b363fa6c5c2c7cfd4
Info
= The reason why this Custom Format gets positively scored is because it's the only quality scene group that exists (up until now). Scene groups don't add a streaming service to their release names, so the score is adjusted to take this into account.
The following Custom Formats are optional:
Miscellaneous (Optional) - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID Bad Dual Groups -10000 32b367365729d530ca1c124a0b180c64 No-RlsGroup -10000 82d40da2bc6923f41e14394075dd4b03 Obfuscated -10000 e1a997ddb54e3ecbfe06341ad323c458 Retags -10000 06d66ab109d4d2eddb2794d21526d140 Scene -10000 1b3994c551cbb92a2c781af061f4ab44
Breakdown and Why
Bad Dual Groups: [Optional] These groups take the original release and add their own language track (e.g. AAC 2.0 Portuguese) as the first track. Afterward, FFprobe would determine that the media file is Portuguese. It's a common rule that you only add the best audio as the main track. Also they often even rename the release name into Portuguese.
No-RlsGroup: [Optional] Some indexers strip out the release group which could result in LQ groups being scored incorrectly. For example, a lot of EVO releases end up with a stripped group name. These releases would appear as \"upgrades\" and could end up getting a decent score after other CFs are scored.
Obfuscated: [Optional] Use these only if you wish to avoid renamed releases.
Retags: [Optional] Use this if you wish to avoid retagged releases. Retagged releases often are not consistent with the quality of the original group's release (e.g. TGx downsampling an NTb release from 5.1 audio to 2.0 audio, yet maintaining the NTb naming).
Scene: [Optional] Use this only if you want to avoid SCENE releases.
Miscellaneous UHD (Optional) - [Click to show/hide]
I recommend using the following Custom Formats
For details on \"Why\" and a potential warning please see the notes below.
x265 (no HDR/DV) over the x265 (HD)
SDR (no WEBDL) over the SDR
Custom Format Score Trash ID SDR -10000 2016d1676f5ee13a5b7257ff86ac9a93 SDR (no WEBDL) -10000 83304f261cf516bb208c18c54c0adf97 x265 (no HDR/DV) -10000 9b64dff695c2115facf1b6ea59c9bd07
Breakdown and Why
SDR: This will prevent grabbing UHD/4k releases without HDR Formats.
SDR (no WEBDL): This will prevent grabbing UHD/4k Remux and Bluray encode releases without HDR Formats. - i.e., SDR WEB releases will still be allowed since 4K SDR WEB releases can often look better than the 1080p version due to the improved bitrate.
If you have also added SDR to your Sonarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
x265 (no HDR/DV): This blocks 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265, But it will allow x265 releases if they have HDR and/or DV
If you have also added x265 (HD) to your Sonarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
Note: The Advanced Audio Custom Formats aren't used in the WEB profile, as WEB-DL do not often come with HD audio (most newer WEB-DL will have lossy Atmos, though). If you want HD audio, we would suggest going with Remuxes.
Use the following main settings in your profile.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#web-2160p-alternative-quality-profile","title":"WEB-2160p alternative Quality Profile","text":"
Tip
You might want to combine the WEB-720p/1080p into a single Quality Profile if you, for example, want to be able to upgrade from 1080p to 4K/2160p when and if it becomes available after the 1080p release is made, and perhaps enable the HDTV-720p/1080p and/or Bluray-720p/1080p for some older shows, or even the Bluray-2160p and Bluray-2160p Remux quality source because you prefer HD audio. Depending on your preferences, you can put them above or below the WEB-2160p.
Info
The order listed in the profile matters even if a quality is not checked, for example if you have a 1080p version but wanted the SD version, Radarr will reject all SD results because 1080p is listed higher than SD even though 1080p was not checked.
Qualities at the top of the list will appear first in manual searches.
Qualities higher in the list are more preferred even if not checked.
Qualities within the same group are equal.
Only checked qualities are wanted.
This is why it's recommended to move the selected quality to the top of the list.
Source: Wiki Servarr
Workflow Logic - [Click to show/hide]
This will download WEB-2160p with HDR/DV.
The downloaded media will be upgraded to any of the added Custom Formats until a score of 10000.
So why such a ridiculously high Upgrade Until Custom and not a score of 100?
We're too lazy to calculate the maximum for every Quality Profile we provide, and we want it to upgrade to the highest possible score anyway to result in the highest possible quality release.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#custom-format-groups","title":"Custom Format Groups","text":"
The following custom format groups should be combined with the Quality Profiles above. Users will need to choose which options and custom formats they prefer.
You have a 4K TV and a hardware media player device (such as Roku, AppleTV, Shield, SmartTV App, etc.) that supports several HDR formats (such as Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, etc.).
All HDR Formats - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I choose All HDR formats ?
You have a 4K/2160p TV and a hardware media player device (such as Roku, AppleTV, Shield, SmartTV App, etc.) that supports several HDR formats (such as Dolby Vision, HDR10, HDR10+, etc.).
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
You've chosen a profile that includes 4K/2160p releases. You must use all the HDR formats with 4k/2160p profiles.
You must add ALL the HDR formats - don't leave any of them out!
Why am I getting purple or green colors? - [Click to show/hide]
Why am I getting purple or green colors?
There are several possible reasons why your TV would show purple or green colors when playing Dolby Vision content.
Unsupported Hardware: Your TV or hardware media player device (Roku, AppleTV, etc) doesn't support Dolby Vision or your hardware media player device doesn't support all the Dolby Vision Profiles. As a result, the device might struggle to produce accurate colors, leading to a purple or green tint.
Incorrect Display Settings: Dolby Vision content often requires specific settings to be enabled on your TV or display device in order to deliver the intended visual experience. If these settings are not configured properly, it can result in the device showing distorted colors (including purple or green hues).
HDMI Compatibility Issues: Sometimes, HDMI cables or ports may not be fully compatible with Dolby Vision. If the media player device is not recognizing the Dolby Vision signal properly, it may fail to process the content correctly, resulting in abnormal color rendering.
To resolve the purple or green color issues when playing Dolby Vision content, you can try the following troubleshooting steps:
Ensure your TV or hardware media player device is Dolby Vision compatible and up-to-date with the latest firmware.
Verify that your TV or display device is set up correctly and has the necessary Dolby Vision settings enabled.
Check the HDMI cables and ensure they are capable of transmitting Dolby Vision signals.
Dolby Vision Profiles - [Click to show/hide]
Dolby Vision Profiles
Profile 5 (1) - This is what comes with WEB-DL Dolby Vision releases without HDR10 fallback.(Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens)
Profile 7 (2) - This is what comes with UHD Bluray Remuxes and UHD BluRay releases.These files will play on an Nvidia Shield Pro (2019), but on most other players will revert to the HDR10 fallback.
Profile 8 (3) - This is what comes with (Hybrid) WEB-DL (HULU), Hybrid UHD Remux, and UHD BluRay releases (all of which have HDR10 fallback).This works with several mainstream media players.
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
(1) PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse will only play profile 5 correctly if CMv2.9 is used
(2) Neither Infuse nor PLEX for AppleTV will deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 7.
(3) On PLEX for AppleTV it won't deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 8, and will only play the HDR10 fallback if CM2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201calthough your TV will incorrectly say that it is playing DV\u201d.With infuse it will convert it on the fly to Profile 5, and deliver real Dolby Vision if CMv2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201cMake sure you set the Extended Dolby Vision settings to Limited (prefer accuracy), Convert P8 to P5 (when possible), and play other P8 as HDR (output will switch to either DoVi or HDR depending on the video)\u201d
Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 and CMv4.0 - [Click to show/hide]
It is too technical to explain in detail, so I'll keep it short with tested facts: PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse only support CMv2.9.
There are two versions of Dolby Vision, namely CMv2.9 and CMv4.0. CMv4.0 uses an improved algorithm and a superior tone curve that allows for better mapping and more controls during the Dolby Vision trim pass process.
More info about the different Dolby Vision Versions: Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 vs. CMv4.0
Which HDR Format should I choose? - [Click to show/hide] Custom Format Score Trash ID DV HDR10+ 1500 2b239ed870daba8126a53bd5dc8dc1c8 DV HDR10 1500 7878c33f1963fefb3d6c8657d46c2f0a DV 1500 6d0d8de7b57e35518ac0308b0ddf404e DV HLG 1500 1f733af03141f068a540eec352589a89 DV SDR 1500 27954b0a80aab882522a88a4d9eae1cd HDR10+ 600 a3d82cbef5039f8d295478d28a887159 HDR10 500 3497799d29a085e2ac2df9d468413c94 HDR 500 3e2c4e748b64a1a1118e0ea3f4cf6875 HDR (undefined) 500 bb019e1cd00f304f80971c965de064dc PQ 500 2a7e3be05d3861d6df7171ec74cad727 HLG 500 17e889ce13117940092308f48b48b45b Add Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000 - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
Not all devices in your chain support Dolby Vision.
You share your media library with other family members that don't have Dolby Vision compatible devices.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
Custom Format Score Trash ID DV (WEBDL) -10000 9b27ab6498ec0f31a3353992e19434ca Add the Custom Formats DV HDR10+ Boost and HDR10+ Boost - [Click to show/hide]
Why would I add this Custom Format?
You have a (Samsung) TV that supports HDR10+.
According the flowchart I should add this Custom Format
If you use this Custom Format then 99% of the time you also need to add the following Custom Format DV (WEBDL) with a score of -10000
Custom Format Score Trash ID HDR10+ Boost 901 0dad0a507451acddd754fe6dc3a7f5e7 DV HDR10+ Boost 100 385e9e8581d33133c3961bdcdeffb7b4"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#faq-info","title":"FAQ & INFO","text":""},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#why-only-web-dl","title":"Why only WEB-DL","text":"Why do you only have a release profile for WEB-DL - [Click to show/hide]
We only do WEB-DL, myself, for TV shows. In our opinion, WEB-DL is the sweet spot between quality and size (you often don't see big differences anyway for TV shows) except for shows like GOT, Vikings, etc.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#why-prefer-p2p-groups","title":"Why prefer P2P groups","text":"Why do you prefer P2P groups over scene groups - [Click to show/hide]
Scene groups are always in a rush to bring releases out as fast as possible.
We noticed, often, that we got Repacks/Propers from them, or of different groups and quality. P2P release groups are a bit smarter, and sort of work together, by not doing the same releases. Also, we noticed that with some scene releases the 5.1 audio was stripped out or converted to AAC audio.
In our opinion, the P2P releases are better quality. However, there is one scene group that does bring out quality releases -deflate/-inflate.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#why-so-many-repackspropers","title":"Why so many repacks/propers","text":"Why do we see so many repacks/propers of Amazon WEB-DLs lately - [Click to show/hide]
A large portion of Amazon WEB-DLs in the last weeks have only had 192Kbps DD+5.1 (because that's all Amazon made available initially). The proper 640Kbps DD+5.1 audio might appear a few hours, or a few months, later. The lower quality release will be REPACKED when the higher quality audio is available.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#proper-and-repacks","title":"Proper and Repacks","text":"Proper and Repacks - [Click to show/hide]
We also suggest that you change the Propers and Repacks settings in Radarr.
Media Management => File Management to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format.
This way you make sure the Custom Format preferences will be used instead.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#custom-formats-to-avoid-certain-releases","title":"Custom Formats to avoid certain releases","text":"How to use a Custom Format to avoid certain releases? - [Click to show/hide]
For Custom Formats matching what you want to avoid, set it to something really low like -10000 and not something like -10. When you add your preferred Custom Format and set it to something like +10, it's possible that, for example, the BR-DISK will be downloaded - (-10)+(+10)=0 - if your Minimum Custom Format Score is set at 0.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#releases-you-should-avoid","title":"Releases you should avoid","text":"
This is a must-have for every Quality Profile you use in our opinion. All these Custom Formats make sure you don't get low-quality releases.
BR-DISK : This is a custom format to help Sonarr recognize & ignore BR-DISK (ISO's and Blu-ray folder structure) in addition to the standard BR-DISK quality.
LQ: A collection of known low-quality groups that are often banned from the top trackers due to their releases' lack of quality or other reasons.
LQ (Release Title): A collection of terms seen in the titles of low-quality releases that are not captured by using a release group name.
x265 (HD): This blocks 720/1080p (HD) releases that are encoded in x265.
If you have also added x265 (no HDR/DV) to your Sonarr,then one of them should be scored as 0 in your quality profile.
Extras: This blocks/ignores extras
AV1: This blocks all releases encoded in AV1.
AV1 encodes are currently targeting small file sizes, rather than good visual quality.
This is a new codec and you need modern devices that support it.
We also had reports of playback/transcoding issues.
No main group is actually using it (yet).
It's better to ignore this new codec to prevent compatibility issues
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#custom-formats-with-a-score-of-0","title":"Custom Formats with a score of 0","text":"What do Custom Formats with a score of 0 do? - [Click to show/hide]
All Custom Formats with a score of 0 are purely informational and don't do anything.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#minimum-custom-format-score","title":"Minimum Custom Format Score","text":"Minimum Custom Format Score - [Click to show/hide]
Some people suggest not to use negative scores for your Custom Formats and set this option to a higher score than 0.
The reason why we don't prefer/use this is because you could limit yourself when some new groups or whatever will be released.
Also, it makes it much more clear what you prefer and what you want to avoid.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#audio-channels","title":"Audio Channels","text":"Audio Channels - [Click to show/hide]
Elsewhere in the guide, you will find a separate group of custom formats called Audio Channels. These will match the number of audio channels in a release, for example, 2.0 (stereo) or 5.1/7.1 (surround sound). We wouldn't add the audio channels Custom Formats as you could limit yourself in the amount of releases you're able to get. Only use them if you have a specific need for them.
Using this with any kind of Remux Quality Profile is useless, in our opinion, being that 99% of all Remuxes are multi-audio anyway. You can get better scores just by using the Audio Advanced Custom Formats.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#avoid-using-the-x264x265-custom-format","title":"Avoid using the x264/x265 Custom Format","text":"Avoid using the x264/x265 Custom Format - [Click to show/hide]
Avoid using the x264/x265 Custom Format with a score if possible, it's smarter to use the x265 (HD) Custom Format.
Something like 95% of video files are x264 and have much better direct play support. If you have more than a of couple users, you will notice much more transcoding.
Use x265 only for 4k releases and the x265 (HD) makes sure you still get the x265 releases.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#why-am-i-getting-purple-or-green-colors","title":"Why am I getting purple or green colors","text":"Why am I getting purple or green colors? - [Click to show/hide]
Why am I getting purple or green colors?
There are several possible reasons why your TV would show purple or green colors when playing Dolby Vision content.
Unsupported Hardware: Your TV or hardware media player device (Roku, AppleTV, etc) doesn't support Dolby Vision or your hardware media player device doesn't support all the Dolby Vision Profiles. As a result, the device might struggle to produce accurate colors, leading to a purple or green tint.
Incorrect Display Settings: Dolby Vision content often requires specific settings to be enabled on your TV or display device in order to deliver the intended visual experience. If these settings are not configured properly, it can result in the device showing distorted colors (including purple or green hues).
HDMI Compatibility Issues: Sometimes, HDMI cables or ports may not be fully compatible with Dolby Vision. If the media player device is not recognizing the Dolby Vision signal properly, it may fail to process the content correctly, resulting in abnormal color rendering.
To resolve the purple or green color issues when playing Dolby Vision content, you can try the following troubleshooting steps:
Ensure your TV or hardware media player device is Dolby Vision compatible and up-to-date with the latest firmware.
Verify that your TV or display device is set up correctly and has the necessary Dolby Vision settings enabled.
Check the HDMI cables and ensure they are capable of transmitting Dolby Vision signals.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-setup-quality-profiles/#dolby-vision-profiles","title":"Dolby Vision Profiles","text":"Dolby Vision Profiles - [Click to show/hide]
Dolby Vision Profiles
Profile 5 (1) - This is what comes with WEB-DL Dolby Vision releases without HDR10 fallback.(Incompatible devices will playback with blown out pinks and greens)
Profile 7 (2) - This is what comes with UHD Bluray Remuxes and UHD BluRay releases.These files will play on an Nvidia Shield Pro (2019), but on most other players will revert to the HDR10 fallback.
Profile 8 (3) - This is what comes with (Hybrid) WEB-DL (HULU), Hybrid UHD Remux, and UHD BluRay releases (all of which have HDR10 fallback).This works with several mainstream media players.
Plex for Apple TV and Plex with Infuse is only capable of playing Dolby Vision profiles 5 and 8 correctly if CMv2.9 is being used.This is something that cannot be determined beforehand.So whether you are using an Apple TV, with or without Infuse, it will always be hit or miss whether the content is compatible.Additionally, it is uncertain whether the Dolby Vision layer will play, fall back to HDR10, or encounter a black screen.
(1) PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse will only play profile 5 correctly if CMv2.9 is used
(2) Neither Infuse nor PLEX for AppleTV will deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 7.
(3) On PLEX for AppleTV it won't deliver real Dolby Vision with Profile 8, and will only play the HDR10 fallback if CM2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201calthough your TV will incorrectly say that it is playing DV\u201d.With infuse it will convert it on the fly to Profile 5, and deliver real Dolby Vision if CMv2.9 is used, otherwise you will end up with a black screen\u201cMake sure you set the Extended Dolby Vision settings to Limited (prefer accuracy), Convert P8 to P5 (when possible), and play other P8 as HDR (output will switch to either DoVi or HDR depending on the video)\u201d
Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 and CMv4.0 - [Click to show/hide]
It is too technical to explain in detail, so I'll keep it short with tested facts: PLEX for AppleTV and Plex with Infuse only support CMv2.9.
There are two versions of Dolby Vision, namely CMv2.9 and CMv4.0. CMv4.0 uses an improved algorithm and a superior tone curve that allows for better mapping and more controls during the Dolby Vision trim pass process.
More info about the different Dolby Vision Versions: Dolby Vision Versions - CMv2.9 vs. CMv4.0
Special thanks to everyone who helped with the testing and creation of these Custom Formats.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Sonarr/sonarr-v3-eol/","title":"Sonarr v3 - End Of Life","text":"
Sonarr v3 - End Of LifeAs of December 30th 2023, Sonarr v4 has been officially released.Sonarr v3 is therefore in End of Life status.As v4 is now the only supported version of Sonarr, we have removed the Sonarr v3 guide.We recommend that all users upgrade to Sonarr v4. Before updating to Sonarr v4 it is recommended that you delete any existing Release Profiles
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/","title":"How to set up Language Custom Formats","text":""},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/#how-to-setup-language-custom-formats","title":"How to setup Language Custom Formats","text":"
Here we will explain how to set up your preferred language Custom Format, with a few examples.
Using language Custom Formats is not compatible with setting a preferred language in a quality profile in Radarr. You must use one or the other.If you want to make use of the Custom Formats set the preferred language to Any.Sonarr doesn't have a preferred language in the quality profile, so this can be ignored if you're setting this up with Sonarr
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/#language-prefer-x-but-ill-take-y","title":"Language: Prefer X but i'll take Y","text":"
Language: Not Original or German Language: Prefer German
Let's say you want German, but if German is not available then fall back to Original language but don't accept any other translated languages.
For languages other than German, replace the German condition with the language of your choice.
Add the following JSON to your Radarr/Sonarr with a score in your profile of -10000.
JSON - [Click to show/hide]
{\n \"trash_id\": \"guide-only\",\n \"trash_scores\": {\n \"default\": -10000\n },\n \"trash_description\": \"Language: Prefer X but i'll take Y\",\n \"name\": \"Language: Not Original or German\",\n \"includeCustomFormatWhenRenaming\": false,\n \"specifications\": [\n {\n \"name\": \"Not Original\",\n \"implementation\": \"LanguageSpecification\",\n \"negate\": true,\n \"required\": true,\n \"fields\": {\n \"value\": -2\n }\n },\n {\n \"name\": \"Not German\",\n \"implementation\": \"LanguageSpecification\",\n \"negate\": true,\n \"required\": true,\n \"fields\": {\n \"value\": 4\n }\n }\n ]\n}\n
Add the following JSON to your Radarr/Sonarr with a score in your profile of 10.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/#language-special-cases","title":"Language Special Cases","text":"
Here we will add special cases that often are related to specific languages. example: German Dual Language and/or Multi-language releases
In general, Dual/Multi in a release title stands for original language (movies/show original language) + foreign language(s). Which audio track is used for the first track isn't always known based solely on the naming.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/#language-german-original","title":"Language: German + Original","text":"
This Custom Format can be used in two ways:
If you DON'T WANT your media file to have a German audio track included, add this Custom Format with a score of -10000.
If you PREFER your media file to have a German audio track included, add this Custom Format with a positive score.
Language: German Dual Language JSON - [Click to show/hide]
With reverse scoring you add a Custom Format with a score of -10000 and your preferred condition you negate.
So in the case of the following Custom Format Language: Original Only, it will match all Not Original releases and give it a score of -10000.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/#prefer-language-x-over-language-y","title":"Prefer language X over language Y","text":"Prefer language X over language Y - [Click to show/hide]
If you want to use Prefer language X over language Y,
you add for example: Language: Prefer Language X with a score of 10, and add Language: Prefer Language Y with score of 9.
Which scores you should use depends on how important the language is compared to other Custom Formats you're using.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/#whats-original-language","title":"What's Original Language","text":"What's Original Language? - [Click to show/hide]
Original Language is the language in which a Movie/TV Show was originally made.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/#where-does-radarr-get-the-original-language-from","title":"Where does Radarr get the Original Language from","text":"Where does Radarr get the Original Language from? - [Click to show/hide]
Radarr makes use of The Movie Database (TMDB). As of February 12, 2023, Radarr has updated its metadata cache to use a movie's spoken language from TMDb as the original language, but only when there is a single spoken language listed for that movie on TMDb. In cases where multiple spoken languages are listed, Radarr will use the movie's designated original language from TMDb.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/How-to-setup-language-custom-formats/#where-does-sonarr-get-the-original-language-from","title":"Where does Sonarr get the Original Language from","text":"Where does Sonarr get the Original Language from? - [Click to show/hide]
Sonarr makes use of TheTVDB.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/Merge-quality/","title":"How to Merge Quality","text":""},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/Merge-quality/#how-to-merge-quality","title":"How to Merge Quality","text":"
The current logic on how downloads are compared is Quality Trumps All
In some cases, it might be preferred to not have Quality Trump All, and let it be handled via Preferred Words / Custom Formats.
To accomplish this you will need to merge the qualities.
Here you will see the current logic so you understand how the possible downloads are compared.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/Merge-quality/#radarr-current-logic","title":"Radarr current logic","text":"Radarr current logic - [Click to show/hide]
As of 2021-11-06 the logic is as follows:
The Current logic on how downloads are compared is Quality Trumps All
Quality
Custom Format Score
Protocol
Indexer Priority
Indexer Flags
Seeds/Peers (If Torrent)
Age (If Usenet)
Size
Source: Wiki Servarr
REPACKS and PROPERs are v2 of Qualities and thus rank above a non-repack of the same quality.
Settings => Media Management => File Management => Proper & Repacks Change to Do Not Prefer and use the Repack/Proper Custom Format
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/Merge-quality/#sonarr-current-logic","title":"Sonarr current logic","text":"Sonarr current logic - [Click to show/hide]
As of 2024-01-16 the logic is as follows:
The Current logic on how downloads are compared is Quality Trumps All
Quality
Custom Format Score
Protocol
Episode Count
Episode Number
Indexer Priority
Seeds/Peers (If Torrent)
Age (If Usenet)
Size
Source: Wiki Servarr
* Use Custom Formats and TRaSH Guide's season pack custom format with a score greater than zero to prefer season packs.
REPACKS and PROPERs are v2 of Qualities and thus rank above a non-repack of the same quality. Set Media Management => File Management Download Proper & Repacks to \"Do Not Prefer\" and use TRaSH's Repack/Proper Custom Format with a positive score as suggested by TRaSH's Guides
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/Merge-quality/#merge-the-qualities","title":"Merge the Qualities","text":"
Go to your preferred Quality Profile or create a new one.
Settings => Profiles
In this example, we will merge the following qualities:
Bluray-720p
Bluray-1080p
WEBDL/WEBRip-1080p
To merge them you need to click on Edit Groups.
When done Sonarr/Radarr upgrades will be handled via Preferred Words / Custom Formats.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
It seems that a lot of people don't understand how remote path mapping works for Sonarr. we will try to explain it with some screenshots and a short description.
Remote Path Mapping acts as a dumb find Remote Path and replaces it with the Local Path
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/Sonarr-remote-path-mapping/#when-do-i-need-remote-path-mappings","title":"When do I need remote path mappings","text":"
If Sonarr and your download client are not on the same server/system.
If you use either merged local/remote setups using mergerfs or similar.
You run dockers and DON'T have consistent and well-planned paths.
Note
If you run dockers it would be smarter to fix the problem at the source of what's causing the actual issue.
Sonarr Wiki Servarr - Docker Guide
TRaSH Guides
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/Sonarr-remote-path-mapping/#how-do-i-recognize-that-i-need-remote-path-mappings","title":"How do I recognize that I need remote path mappings","text":"
If your download client is on another system than Sonarr then you probably need to make use of Remote Path Mappings.
You will get an error that looks a little bit like the following screenshot.
So looking at this screenshot it seems we need to make use of Remote Path Mappings
To find what you need to put in your host you navigate in Sonarr to the Settings => Download Clients Tab. There you open up the download client for this example we will be using QBittorrent
This is what you put in your Host in Remote Path Mapping.
To find out what you need to put in in your local path you need to know how Sonarr can access the files that your download client downloaded. This can be done in different ways. Mounting/Network shares, whatever, but Sonarr needs to have local access to it, so you need to figure out the best way for Sonarr to access the download client's downloaded files yourself.
The final result will look something like this.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/Sonarr-rename-your-folders/","title":"How to rename your folders","text":""},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/Sonarr-rename-your-folders/#how-to-rename-your-folders","title":"How to rename your folders","text":"
The same basics can be used with Sonarr, just replace movies with series.
If you need to rename your current folder names (for example, to a new naming scheme), you can do so with a little \"magic trick\".
Simply go to the movie overview section.
Movies
Click on Edit Movies (at the top)
Once you are in \"edit\" mode, you can select the movie(s) whose folders you want to be renamed.
If you want all your movie's folders to be renamed with the new naming scheme you set HERE.
Select the movie(s) that you want to have the folder(s) renamed.
At the bottom select Edit
A new popup will be shown:
Choose the same (current) root folder for your selected movies, and choose Apply Changes.
You will get a warning popup where you will need to choose Yes, Move the files
Warning
If you have a large library, use remote or cloud storage, or your path structure isn't well planned (or doesn't support instant moves) this could take a while.
Make sure you don't interrupt this process. If it stops before it has been completed, it could result in quite a mess.
Then, Magic!
As you can see, the folder has now been renamed to the new/updated naming scheme.
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/Sync-2-radarr-sonarr/","title":"How to Sync 2 Radarr or Sonarr with each other","text":""},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/Sync-2-radarr-sonarr/#how-to-sync-2-radarr-or-sonarr-with-each-other","title":"How to Sync 2 Radarr or Sonarr with each other","text":"
In this guide, we will try to explain how you can sync two (or more) Radarr/Sonarr instances with each other.
I'm going to show two different options on how you can set up your sync with two Radarr/Sonarr instances.
Option 1: This option is best used if you want a 1:1 copy of your Radarr/Sonarr instances as it'll sync everything.
Option 2: This option is best used if you only want to cherry-pick which Movies/TV Shows you want as 4K/2160p (UHD).
We're not going to explain how to set up two Radarr/Sonarr instances for your system, being it depends on how you have it installed/running. Radarr Multiple Instance Information and Sonarr Multiple Instance Information
Announced: Radarr shall consider movies available as soon as they are added to Radarr. This setting is recommended if you have good private trackers that do not have fakes.
In Cinemas: Radarr shall consider movies available as soon as movies hit cinemas (Theatrical Date on TMDb) This option is not recommended.
Released: Radarr shall consider movies available as soon as the Blu-Ray or streaming version is released (Digital and Physical dates on TMDb) This option is recommended and likely should be combined with an Availability Delay of -14 or -21 days.
All Episodes: Monitor all episodes except specials
Future Episodes: Monitor episodes that have not aired yet
Missing Episodes: Monitor episodes that do not have files or have not aired yet
Existing Episodes: Monitor episodes that have files or have not aired yet
Recent Episodes: Monitor episodes aired within the last 90 days and future episodes
Pilot Episode: Only monitor the first episode of the first season
First Season: Monitor all episodes of the first season. All other seasons will be ignored
Last Season: Monitor all episodes of the last season
Monitor Specials: Monitor all special episodes without changing the monitored status of other episodes
Unmonitor Specials: Unmonitor all special episodes without changing the monitored status of other episodes
None: No episodes will be monitored
All Seasons: Monitor all new seasons automatically
No New Seasons: Do not monitor any new seasons automatically
Anime: Episodes released using an absolute episode number
Daily: Episodes released daily or less frequently that use year-month-day (2017-05-25)
Standard: Episodes released with SxxEyy pattern
Questions or Suggestions?
If you have questions or suggestions, click the button below to join our Discord server.
Click For Support
If you're interested in the 1080p streaming optimized quality profile you can join our discord and get access to the Special Quality Profiles channel (access-to-sqp) by accepting the rules.
This is a special quality profile we created for people who are interested in it.
This release profile is fine-tuned for when you want to run a 2nd Radarr for 1080p and want minimum to no transcoding and smaller sizes for the second copies.
Why choose this quality profile?
Streaming optimized (optimized for PLEX, Emby, Jellyfin, and other streaming platforms)
Small sizes
Good quality
Only AC3 Audio (downmixed lossless audio track to Dolby Digital 5.1 for optimal compatibility)
You want maximum compatibility between all devices and still have an HQ release.
You run two instances of Radarr and want both versions or just the 1080p ones.
You want to have minimum to no transcoding for low-powered devices or remote streaming.
You don't need a separate download client for your two Radarr instances, this all can be done with one download client (Two if you prefer Usenet and Torrents).
Settings => Download Clients
Select your preferred download client.
The only thing you need to change/create is a separate Category that you're going to use for Radarr 2
Warning
This can't and shouldn't be the same category you use for Radarr 1 but a separate Category.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/Sync-2-radarr-sonarr/#how-does-this-radarr-sync-work","title":"How does this Radarr Sync work","text":"
You now only need to make use of Radarr 1. All movies you add to Radarr 1 will be synced to Radarr 2 at a scheduled time.
You don't need a separate download client for your two Sonarr/Radarr instances, this can all be done with one download client (Two if you prefer Usenet and Torrents).
Settings => Download Clients
Select your preferred download client.
Only thing you need to change/create is a separate Category that you're going to use for Sonarr 2
Tip
This can't and shouldn't be the same category you use for Sonarr 1 but a separate Category.
"},{"location":"Sonarr/Tips/Sync-2-radarr-sonarr/#how-does-this-sonarr-sync-work","title":"How does this Sonarr Sync work","text":"
You now only need to make use of Sonarr 1. When you have a TV show (or a movie if you use this option with Radarr) that you also want as 4K/2160p (UHD) then you make sure you make use of the Cloned Quality Profile. And it will sync at a scheduled time.
